summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/doc/translations/nb.po
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/translations/nb.po')
-rw-r--r--doc/translations/nb.po69473
1 files changed, 69473 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/doc/translations/nb.po b/doc/translations/nb.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f08034df2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/translations/nb.po
@@ -0,0 +1,69473 @@
+# LANGUAGE translation of the Godot Engine class reference.
+# Copyright (c) 2007-2021 Juan Linietsky, Ariel Manzur.
+# Copyright (c) 2014-2021 Godot Engine contributors (cf. AUTHORS.md).
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Godot source code.
+#
+# slasken06 <ask.skivdal@gmail.com>, 2021.
+# Daniel Skogly <daniel@klungo.no>, 2021.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Godot Engine class reference\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://github.com/godotengine/godot\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-11-03 13:15+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Daniel Skogly <daniel@klungo.no>\n"
+"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/godot-"
+"engine/godot-class-reference/nb_NO/>\n"
+"Language: nb_NO\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 4.9-dev\n"
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beskrivelse"
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Tutorials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Properties"
+msgstr "Egenskaper"
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Methods"
+msgstr "Metoder"
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Theme Properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Signals"
+msgstr "Signaler"
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Enumerations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Constants"
+msgstr "Konstanter"
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Property Descriptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/tools/make_rst.py
+msgid "Method Descriptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:4
+msgid "Built-in GDScript functions."
+msgstr "Innebygde GDScript-funksjoner."
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"List of core built-in GDScript functions. Math functions and other "
+"utilities. Everything else is provided by objects. (Keywords: builtin, built "
+"in, global functions.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns a color constructed from integer red, green, blue, and alpha "
+"channels. Each channel should have 8 bits of information ranging from 0 to "
+"255.\n"
+"[code]r8[/code] red channel\n"
+"[code]g8[/code] green channel\n"
+"[code]b8[/code] blue channel\n"
+"[code]a8[/code] alpha channel\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"red = Color8(255, 0, 0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+"Returnerer en farge konstruert fra heltall rødt-, grønt-, blått- og "
+"alfakanaler. Hver kanal skal ha 8 bits med informasjon fra 0 til 255.\n"
+"[code]r8[/code] rød kanal\n"
+"[code]g8[/code] grønn kanal\n"
+"[code]b8[/code] blå kanal\n"
+"[code]a8[/code] alfakanal\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"red = Color8(255, 0, 0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns a color according to the standardized [code]name[/code] with "
+"[code]alpha[/code] ranging from 0 to 1.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"red = ColorN(\"red\", 1)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Supported color names are the same as the constants defined in [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute value of parameter [code]s[/code] (i.e. positive "
+"value).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = abs(-1) # a is 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns the arc cosine of [code]s[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of "
+"cosine [code]s[/code]. [code]s[/code] must be between [code]-1.0[/code] and "
+"[code]1.0[/code] (inclusive), otherwise, [method acos] will return [constant "
+"NAN].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# c is 0.523599 or 30 degrees if converted with rad2deg(s)\n"
+"c = acos(0.866025)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Returns the arc sine of [code]s[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle of "
+"sine [code]s[/code]. [code]s[/code] must be between [code]-1.0[/code] and "
+"[code]1.0[/code] (inclusive), otherwise, [method asin] will return [constant "
+"NAN].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# s is 0.523599 or 30 degrees if converted with rad2deg(s)\n"
+"s = asin(0.5)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Asserts that the [code]condition[/code] is [code]true[/code]. If the "
+"[code]condition[/code] is [code]false[/code], an error is generated. When "
+"running from the editor, the running project will also be paused until you "
+"resume it. This can be used as a stronger form of [method push_error] for "
+"reporting errors to project developers or add-on users.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the code inside [method assert] is "
+"only executed in debug builds or when running the project from the editor. "
+"Don't include code that has side effects in an [method assert] call. "
+"Otherwise, the project will behave differently when exported in release "
+"mode.\n"
+"The optional [code]message[/code] argument, if given, is shown in addition "
+"to the generic \"Assertion failed\" message. You can use this to provide "
+"additional details about why the assertion failed.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Imagine we always want speed to be between 0 and 20.\n"
+"var speed = -10\n"
+"assert(speed < 20) # True, the program will continue\n"
+"assert(speed >= 0) # False, the program will stop\n"
+"assert(speed >= 0 and speed < 20) # You can also combine the two conditional "
+"statements in one check\n"
+"assert(speed < 20, \"speed = %f, but the speed limit is 20\" % speed) # Show "
+"a message with clarifying details\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Returns the arc tangent of [code]s[/code] in radians. Use it to get the "
+"angle from an angle's tangent in trigonometry: [code]atan(tan(angle)) == "
+"angle[/code].\n"
+"The method cannot know in which quadrant the angle should fall. See [method "
+"atan2] if you have both [code]y[/code] and [code]x[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = atan(0.5) # a is 0.463648\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Returns the arc tangent of [code]y/x[/code] in radians. Use to get the angle "
+"of tangent [code]y/x[/code]. To compute the value, the method takes into "
+"account the sign of both arguments in order to determine the quadrant.\n"
+"Important note: The Y coordinate comes first, by convention.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = atan2(0, -1) # a is 3.141593\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Decodes a byte array back to a value. When [code]allow_objects[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code] decoding objects is allowed.\n"
+"[b]WARNING:[/b] Deserialized object can contain code which gets executed. Do "
+"not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources to "
+"avoid potential security threats (remote code execution)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:128
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Converts a 2D point expressed in the cartesian coordinate system (X and Y "
+"axis) to the polar coordinate system (a distance from the origin and an "
+"angle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Rounds [code]s[/code] upward (towards positive infinity), returning the "
+"smallest whole number that is not less than [code]s[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = ceil(1.45) # a is 2.0\n"
+"a = ceil(1.001) # a is 2.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [method floor], [method round], [method stepify], and [int]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Returns a character as a String of the given Unicode code point (which is "
+"compatible with ASCII code).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = char(65) # a is \"A\"\n"
+"a = char(65 + 32) # a is \"a\"\n"
+"a = char(8364) # a is \"€\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This is the inverse of [method ord]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"Clamps [code]value[/code] and returns a value not less than [code]min[/code] "
+"and not more than [code]max[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = clamp(1000, 1, 20) # a is 20\n"
+"a = clamp(-10, 1, 20) # a is 1\n"
+"a = clamp(15, 1, 20) # a is 15\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Converts from a type to another in the best way possible. The [code]type[/"
+"code] parameter uses the [enum Variant.Type] values.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = Vector2(1, 0)\n"
+"# Prints 1\n"
+"print(a.length())\n"
+"a = convert(a, TYPE_STRING)\n"
+"# Prints 6 as \"(1, 0)\" is 6 characters\n"
+"print(a.length())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Returns the cosine of angle [code]s[/code] in radians.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = cos(TAU) # a is 1.0\n"
+"a = cos(PI) # a is -1.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Returns the hyperbolic cosine of [code]s[/code] in radians.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(cosh(1)) # Prints 1.543081\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:211
+msgid "Converts from decibels to linear energy (audio)."
+msgstr "Konverterer fra desibel til lineær energi (lyd)."
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:218
+msgid "Deprecated alias for [method step_decimals]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]dectime[/code] has been deprecated and will be removed in "
+"Godot 4.0, please use [method move_toward] instead.\n"
+"Returns the result of [code]value[/code] decreased by [code]step[/code] * "
+"[code]amount[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = dectime(60, 10, 0.1)) # a is 59.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:238
+msgid ""
+"Converts an angle expressed in degrees to radians.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"r = deg2rad(180) # r is 3.141593\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"Converts a dictionary (previously created with [method inst2dict]) back to "
+"an instance. Useful for deserializing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:256
+msgid ""
+"Returns an \"eased\" value of [code]x[/code] based on an easing function "
+"defined with [code]curve[/code]. This easing function is based on an "
+"exponent. The [code]curve[/code] can be any floating-point number, with "
+"specific values leading to the following behaviors:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"- Lower than -1.0 (exclusive): Ease in-out\n"
+"- 1.0: Linear\n"
+"- Between -1.0 and 0.0 (exclusive): Ease out-in\n"
+"- 0.0: Constant\n"
+"- Between 0.0 to 1.0 (exclusive): Ease in\n"
+"- 1.0: Linear\n"
+"- Greater than 1.0 (exclusive): Ease out\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/3.4/img/"
+"ease_cheatsheet.png]ease() curve values cheatsheet[/url]\n"
+"See also [method smoothstep]. If you need to perform more advanced "
+"transitions, use [Tween] or [AnimationPlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"The natural exponential function. It raises the mathematical constant [b]e[/"
+"b] to the power of [code]s[/code] and returns it.\n"
+"[b]e[/b] has an approximate value of 2.71828, and can be obtained with "
+"[code]exp(1)[/code].\n"
+"For exponents to other bases use the method [method pow].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = exp(2) # Approximately 7.39\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"Rounds [code]s[/code] downward (towards negative infinity), returning the "
+"largest whole number that is not more than [code]s[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = floor(2.45) # a is 2.0\n"
+"a = floor(2.99) # a is 2.0\n"
+"a = floor(-2.99) # a is -3.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [method ceil], [method round], [method stepify], and [int].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method returns a float. If you need an integer and "
+"[code]s[/code] is a non-negative number, you can use [code]int(s)[/code] "
+"directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"Returns the floating-point remainder of [code]a/b[/code], keeping the sign "
+"of [code]a[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"r = fmod(7, 5.5) # r is 1.5\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"For the integer remainder operation, use the % operator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"Returns the floating-point modulus of [code]a/b[/code] that wraps equally in "
+"positive and negative.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for i in 7:\n"
+" var x = 0.5 * i - 1.5\n"
+" print(\"%4.1f %4.1f %4.1f\" % [x, fmod(x, 1.5), fposmod(x, 1.5)])\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Produces:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"-1.5 -0.0 0.0\n"
+"-1.0 -1.0 0.5\n"
+"-0.5 -0.5 1.0\n"
+" 0.0 0.0 0.0\n"
+" 0.5 0.5 0.5\n"
+" 1.0 1.0 1.0\n"
+" 1.5 0.0 0.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:336
+msgid ""
+"Returns a reference to the specified function [code]funcname[/code] in the "
+"[code]instance[/code] node. As functions aren't first-class objects in "
+"GDscript, use [code]funcref[/code] to store a [FuncRef] in a variable and "
+"call it later.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func foo():\n"
+" return(\"bar\")\n"
+"\n"
+"a = funcref(self, \"foo\")\n"
+"print(a.call_func()) # Prints bar\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:349
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of dictionaries representing the current call stack.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" foo()\n"
+"\n"
+"func foo():\n"
+" bar()\n"
+"\n"
+"func bar():\n"
+" print(get_stack())\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"would print\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"[{function:bar, line:12, source:res://script.gd}, {function:foo, line:9, "
+"source:res://script.gd}, {function:_ready, line:6, source:res://script.gd}]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:370
+msgid ""
+"Returns the integer hash of the variable passed.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(hash(\"a\")) # Prints 177670\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"Returns the passed instance converted to a dictionary (useful for "
+"serializing).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var foo = \"bar\"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var d = inst2dict(self)\n"
+" print(d.keys())\n"
+" print(d.values())\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Prints out:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"[@subpath, @path, foo]\n"
+"[, res://test.gd, bar]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:399
+msgid ""
+"Returns the Object that corresponds to [code]instance_id[/code]. All Objects "
+"have a unique instance ID.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var foo = \"bar\"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var id = get_instance_id()\n"
+" var inst = instance_from_id(id)\n"
+" print(inst.foo) # Prints bar\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:415
+msgid ""
+"Returns a normalized value considering the given range. This is the opposite "
+"of [method lerp].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var middle = lerp(20, 30, 0.75)\n"
+"# `middle` is now 27.5.\n"
+"# Now, we pretend to have forgotten the original ratio and want to get it "
+"back.\n"
+"var ratio = inverse_lerp(20, 30, 27.5)\n"
+"# `ratio` is now 0.75.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are "
+"approximately equal to each other.\n"
+"Here, approximately equal means that [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are "
+"within a small internal epsilon of each other, which scales with the "
+"magnitude of the numbers.\n"
+"Infinity values of the same sign are considered equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:439
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]s[/code] is an infinity value (either positive "
+"infinity or negative infinity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:446
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]instance[/code] is a valid object (e.g. has not been "
+"deleted from memory)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]s[/code] is a NaN (\"Not a Number\" or invalid) value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:460
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]s[/code] is zero or almost zero.\n"
+"This method is faster than using [method is_equal_approx] with one value as "
+"zero."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"Returns length of Variant [code]var[/code]. Length is the character count of "
+"String, element count of Array, size of Dictionary, etc.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Generates a fatal error if Variant can not provide a length.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = [1, 2, 3, 4]\n"
+"len(a) # Returns 4\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:482
+msgid ""
+"Linearly interpolates between two values by a normalized value. This is the "
+"opposite of [method inverse_lerp].\n"
+"If the [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] arguments are of type [int] or "
+"[float], the return value is a [float].\n"
+"If both are of the same vector type ([Vector2], [Vector3] or [Color]), the "
+"return value will be of the same type ([code]lerp[/code] then calls the "
+"vector type's [code]linear_interpolate[/code] method).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"lerp(0, 4, 0.75) # Returns 3.0\n"
+"lerp(Vector2(1, 5), Vector2(3, 2), 0.5) # Returns Vector2(2, 3.5)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:497
+msgid ""
+"Linearly interpolates between two angles (in radians) by a normalized "
+"value.\n"
+"Similar to [method lerp], but interpolates correctly when the angles wrap "
+"around [constant @GDScript.TAU].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends Sprite\n"
+"var elapsed = 0.0\n"
+"func _process(delta):\n"
+" var min_angle = deg2rad(0.0)\n"
+" var max_angle = deg2rad(90.0)\n"
+" rotation = lerp_angle(min_angle, max_angle, elapsed)\n"
+" elapsed += delta\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:514
+msgid ""
+"Converts from linear energy to decibels (audio). This can be used to "
+"implement volume sliders that behave as expected (since volume isn't "
+"linear). Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# \"Slider\" refers to a node that inherits Range such as HSlider or "
+"VSlider.\n"
+"# Its range must be configured to go from 0 to 1.\n"
+"# Change the bus name if you'd like to change the volume of a specific bus "
+"only.\n"
+"AudioServer.set_bus_volume_db(AudioServer.get_bus_index(\"Master\"), "
+"linear2db($Slider.value))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:527
+msgid ""
+"Loads a resource from the filesystem located at [code]path[/code]. The "
+"resource is loaded on the method call (unless it's referenced already "
+"elsewhere, e.g. in another script or in the scene), which might cause slight "
+"delay, especially when loading scenes. To avoid unnecessary delays when "
+"loading something multiple times, either store the resource in a variable or "
+"use [method preload].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Resource paths can be obtained by right-clicking on a resource "
+"in the FileSystem dock and choosing \"Copy Path\" or by dragging the file "
+"from the FileSystem dock into the script.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Load a scene called main located in the root of the project directory and "
+"cache it in a variable.\n"
+"var main = load(\"res://main.tscn\") # main will contain a PackedScene "
+"resource.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Important:[/b] The path must be absolute, a local path will just return "
+"[code]null[/code].\n"
+"This method is a simplified version of [method ResourceLoader.load], which "
+"can be used for more advanced scenarios."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:541
+msgid ""
+"Natural logarithm. The amount of time needed to reach a certain level of "
+"continuous growth.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is not the same as the \"log\" function on most "
+"calculators, which uses a base 10 logarithm.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"log(10) # Returns 2.302585\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The logarithm of [code]0[/code] returns [code]-inf[/code], "
+"while negative values return [code]-nan[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:554
+msgid ""
+"Returns the maximum of two values.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"max(1, 2) # Returns 2\n"
+"max(-3.99, -4) # Returns -3.99\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:566
+msgid ""
+"Returns the minimum of two values.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"min(1, 2) # Returns 1\n"
+"min(-3.99, -4) # Returns -4\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Moves [code]from[/code] toward [code]to[/code] by the [code]delta[/code] "
+"value.\n"
+"Use a negative [code]delta[/code] value to move away.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"move_toward(5, 10, 4) # Returns 9\n"
+"move_toward(10, 5, 4) # Returns 6\n"
+"move_toward(10, 5, -1.5) # Returns 11.5\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:592
+msgid ""
+"Returns the nearest equal or larger power of 2 for integer [code]value[/"
+"code].\n"
+"In other words, returns the smallest value [code]a[/code] where [code]a = "
+"pow(2, n)[/code] such that [code]value <= a[/code] for some non-negative "
+"integer [code]n[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"nearest_po2(3) # Returns 4\n"
+"nearest_po2(4) # Returns 4\n"
+"nearest_po2(5) # Returns 8\n"
+"\n"
+"nearest_po2(0) # Returns 0 (this may not be what you expect)\n"
+"nearest_po2(-1) # Returns 0 (this may not be what you expect)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]WARNING:[/b] Due to the way it is implemented, this function returns "
+"[code]0[/code] rather than [code]1[/code] for non-positive values of "
+"[code]value[/code] (in reality, 1 is the smallest integer power of 2)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:609
+msgid ""
+"Returns an integer representing the Unicode code point of the given Unicode "
+"character [code]char[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = ord(\"A\") # a is 65\n"
+"a = ord(\"a\") # a is 97\n"
+"a = ord(\"€\") # a is 8364\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This is the inverse of [method char]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:622
+msgid ""
+"Parse JSON text to a Variant. (Use [method typeof] to check if the Variant's "
+"type is what you expect.)\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, "
+"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, parsing a JSON text will convert "
+"all numerical values to [float] types.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] JSON objects do not preserve key order like Godot dictionaries, "
+"thus, you should not rely on keys being in a certain order if a dictionary "
+"is constructed from JSON. In contrast, JSON arrays retain the order of their "
+"elements:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var p = JSON.parse('[\"hello\", \"world\", \"!\"]')\n"
+"if typeof(p.result) == TYPE_ARRAY:\n"
+" print(p.result[0]) # Prints \"hello\"\n"
+"else:\n"
+" push_error(\"Unexpected results.\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [JSON] for an alternative way to parse JSON text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:640
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Converts a 2D point expressed in the polar coordinate system (a distance "
+"from the origin [code]r[/code] and an angle [code]th[/code]) to the "
+"cartesian coordinate system (X and Y axis)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"Returns the integer modulus of [code]a/b[/code] that wraps equally in "
+"positive and negative.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for i in range(-3, 4):\n"
+" print(\"%2d %2d %2d\" % [i, i % 3, posmod(i, 3)])\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Produces:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"-3 0 0\n"
+"-2 -2 1\n"
+"-1 -1 2\n"
+" 0 0 0\n"
+" 1 1 1\n"
+" 2 2 2\n"
+" 3 0 0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:670
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of [code]base[/code] raised to the power of [code]exp[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"pow(2, 5) # Returns 32.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:680
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Resource] from the filesystem located at [code]path[/code]. The "
+"resource is loaded during script parsing, i.e. is loaded with the script and "
+"[method preload] effectively acts as a reference to that resource. Note that "
+"the method requires a constant path. If you want to load a resource from a "
+"dynamic/variable path, use [method load].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Resource paths can be obtained by right clicking on a resource "
+"in the Assets Panel and choosing \"Copy Path\" or by dragging the file from "
+"the FileSystem dock into the script.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Instance a scene.\n"
+"var diamond = preload(\"res://diamond.tscn\").instance()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:691
+msgid ""
+"Converts one or more arguments of any type to string in the best way "
+"possible and prints them to the console.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = [1, 2, 3]\n"
+"print(\"a\", \"=\", a) # Prints a=[1, 2, 3]\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Consider using [method push_error] and [method push_warning] to "
+"print error and warning messages instead of [method print]. This "
+"distinguishes them from print messages used for debugging purposes, while "
+"also displaying a stack trace when an error or warning is printed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:702
+msgid "Like [method print], but prints only when used in debug mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:708
+msgid ""
+"Prints a stack track at code location, only works when running with debugger "
+"turned on.\n"
+"Output in the console would look something like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"Frame 0 - res://test.gd:16 in function '_process'\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:718
+msgid ""
+"Prints one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible to standard "
+"error line.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"printerr(\"prints to stderr\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:727
+msgid ""
+"Prints one or more arguments to strings in the best way possible to console. "
+"No newline is added at the end.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"printraw(\"A\")\n"
+"printraw(\"B\")\n"
+"# Prints AB\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to limitations with Godot's built-in console, this only "
+"prints to the terminal. If you need to print in the editor, use another "
+"method, such as [method print]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:739
+msgid ""
+"Prints one or more arguments to the console with a space between each "
+"argument.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"prints(\"A\", \"B\", \"C\") # Prints A B C\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:748
+msgid ""
+"Prints one or more arguments to the console with a tab between each "
+"argument.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"printt(\"A\", \"B\", \"C\") # Prints A B C\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:758
+msgid ""
+"Pushes an error message to Godot's built-in debugger and to the OS "
+"terminal.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"push_error(\"test error\") # Prints \"test error\" to debugger and terminal "
+"as error call\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Errors printed this way will not pause project execution. To "
+"print an error message and pause project execution in debug builds, use "
+"[code]assert(false, \"test error\")[/code] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:769
+msgid ""
+"Pushes a warning message to Godot's built-in debugger and to the OS "
+"terminal.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"push_warning(\"test warning\") # Prints \"test warning\" to debugger and "
+"terminal as warning call\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:779
+msgid ""
+"Converts an angle expressed in radians to degrees.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"rad2deg(0.523599) # Returns 30.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:790
+msgid ""
+"Random range, any floating point value between [code]from[/code] and "
+"[code]to[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"prints(rand_range(0, 1), rand_range(0, 1)) # Prints e.g. 0.135591 0.405263\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:800
+msgid ""
+"Random from seed: pass a [code]seed[/code], and an array with both number "
+"and new seed is returned. \"Seed\" here refers to the internal state of the "
+"pseudo random number generator. The internal state of the current "
+"implementation is 64 bits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:806
+msgid ""
+"Returns a random floating point value on the interval [code][0, 1][/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"randf() # Returns e.g. 0.375671\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:815
+msgid ""
+"Returns a random unsigned 32-bit integer. Use remainder to obtain a random "
+"value in the interval [code][0, N - 1][/code] (where N is smaller than "
+"2^32).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"randi() # Returns random integer between 0 and 2^32 - 1\n"
+"randi() % 20 # Returns random integer between 0 and 19\n"
+"randi() % 100 # Returns random integer between 0 and 99\n"
+"randi() % 100 + 1 # Returns random integer between 1 and 100\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:827
+msgid ""
+"Randomizes the seed (or the internal state) of the random number generator. "
+"Current implementation reseeds using a number based on time.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" randomize()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:837
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the given range. Range can be 1 argument [code]N[/"
+"code] (0 to [code]N[/code] - 1), two arguments ([code]initial[/code], "
+"[code]final - 1[/code]) or three arguments ([code]initial[/code], "
+"[code]final - 1[/code], [code]increment[/code]). Returns an empty array if "
+"the range isn't valid (e.g. [code]range(2, 5, -1)[/code] or [code]range(5, "
+"5, 1)[/code]).\n"
+"Returns an array with the given range. [code]range()[/code] can have 1 "
+"argument N ([code]0[/code] to [code]N - 1[/code]), two arguments "
+"([code]initial[/code], [code]final - 1[/code]) or three arguments "
+"([code]initial[/code], [code]final - 1[/code], [code]increment[/code]). "
+"[code]increment[/code] can be negative. If [code]increment[/code] is "
+"negative, [code]final - 1[/code] will become [code]final + 1[/code]. Also, "
+"the initial value must be greater than the final value for the loop to run.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(range(4))\n"
+"print(range(2, 5))\n"
+"print(range(0, 6, 2))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Output:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"[0, 1, 2, 3]\n"
+"[2, 3, 4]\n"
+"[0, 2, 4]\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"To iterate over an [Array] backwards, use:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var array = [3, 6, 9]\n"
+"var i := array.size() - 1\n"
+"while i >= 0:\n"
+" print(array[i])\n"
+" i -= 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Output:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"9\n"
+"6\n"
+"3\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"Maps a [code]value[/code] from range [code][istart, istop][/code] to [code]"
+"[ostart, ostop][/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"range_lerp(75, 0, 100, -1, 1) # Returns 0.5\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:884
+msgid ""
+"Rounds [code]s[/code] to the nearest whole number, with halfway cases "
+"rounded away from zero.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = round(2.49) # a is 2.0\n"
+"a = round(2.5) # a is 3.0\n"
+"a = round(2.51) # a is 3.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [method floor], [method ceil], [method stepify], and [int]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:897
+msgid ""
+"Sets seed for the random number generator.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"my_seed = \"Godot Rocks\"\n"
+"seed(my_seed.hash())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:908
+msgid ""
+"Returns the sign of [code]s[/code]: -1 or 1. Returns 0 if [code]s[/code] is "
+"0.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"sign(-6) # Returns -1\n"
+"sign(0) # Returns 0\n"
+"sign(6) # Returns 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:920
+msgid ""
+"Returns the sine of angle [code]s[/code] in radians.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"sin(0.523599) # Returns 0.5\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:930
+msgid ""
+"Returns the hyperbolic sine of [code]s[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = log(2.0) # Returns 0.693147\n"
+"sinh(a) # Returns 0.75\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:943
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of smoothly interpolating the value of [code]s[/code] "
+"between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code], based on the where [code]s[/code] "
+"lies with respect to the edges [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code].\n"
+"The return value is [code]0[/code] if [code]s <= from[/code], and [code]1[/"
+"code] if [code]s >= to[/code]. If [code]s[/code] lies between [code]from[/"
+"code] and [code]to[/code], the returned value follows an S-shaped curve that "
+"maps [code]s[/code] between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code].\n"
+"This S-shaped curve is the cubic Hermite interpolator, given by [code]f(y) = "
+"3*y^2 - 2*y^3[/code] where [code]y = (x-from) / (to-from)[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"smoothstep(0, 2, -5.0) # Returns 0.0\n"
+"smoothstep(0, 2, 0.5) # Returns 0.15625\n"
+"smoothstep(0, 2, 1.0) # Returns 0.5\n"
+"smoothstep(0, 2, 2.0) # Returns 1.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Compared to [method ease] with a curve value of [code]-1.6521[/code], "
+"[method smoothstep] returns the smoothest possible curve with no sudden "
+"changes in the derivative. If you need to perform more advanced transitions, "
+"use [Tween] or [AnimationPlayer].\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/3.4/img/"
+"smoothstep_ease_comparison.png]Comparison between smoothstep() and ease(x, "
+"-1.6521) return values[/url]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:960
+msgid ""
+"Returns the square root of [code]s[/code], where [code]s[/code] is a non-"
+"negative number.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"sqrt(9) # Returns 3\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Negative values of [code]s[/code] return NaN. If you need "
+"negative inputs, use [code]System.Numerics.Complex[/code] in C#."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:971
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the first non-zero digit, after the decimal point. "
+"Note that the maximum return value is 10, which is a design decision in the "
+"implementation.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"n = step_decimals(5) # n is 0\n"
+"n = step_decimals(1.0005) # n is 4\n"
+"n = step_decimals(0.000000005) # n is 9\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:984
+msgid ""
+"Snaps float value [code]s[/code] to a given [code]step[/code]. This can also "
+"be used to round a floating point number to an arbitrary number of "
+"decimals.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"stepify(100, 32) # Returns 96.0\n"
+"stepify(3.14159, 0.01) # Returns 3.14\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [method ceil], [method floor], [method round], and [int]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:995
+msgid ""
+"Converts one or more arguments of any type to string in the best way "
+"possible.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var a = [10, 20, 30]\n"
+"var b = str(a);\n"
+"len(a) # Returns 3\n"
+"len(b) # Returns 12\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1008
+msgid ""
+"Converts a formatted string that was returned by [method var2str] to the "
+"original value.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = '{ \"a\": 1, \"b\": 2 }'\n"
+"b = str2var(a)\n"
+"print(b[\"a\"]) # Prints 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1020
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tangent of angle [code]s[/code] in radians.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"tan(deg2rad(45)) # Returns 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1030
+msgid ""
+"Returns the hyperbolic tangent of [code]s[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = log(2.0) # a is 0.693147\n"
+"b = tanh(a) # b is 0.6\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1041
+msgid ""
+"Converts a [Variant] [code]var[/code] to JSON text and return the result. "
+"Useful for serializing data to store or send over the network.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Both numbers below are integers.\n"
+"a = { \"a\": 1, \"b\": 2 }\n"
+"b = to_json(a)\n"
+"print(b) # {\"a\":1, \"b\":2}\n"
+"# Both numbers above are floats, even if they display without any decimal "
+"places.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, "
+"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, converting a [Variant] to JSON "
+"text will convert all numerical values to [float] types.\n"
+"See also [JSON] for an alternative way to convert a [Variant] to JSON text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1057
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the given class exists in [ClassDB].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"type_exists(\"Sprite\") # Returns true\n"
+"type_exists(\"Variant\") # Returns false\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1068
+msgid ""
+"Returns the internal type of the given Variant object, using the [enum "
+"Variant.Type] values.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"p = parse_json('[\"a\", \"b\", \"c\"]')\n"
+"if typeof(p) == TYPE_ARRAY:\n"
+" print(p[0]) # Prints a\n"
+"else:\n"
+" print(\"unexpected results\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1082
+msgid ""
+"Checks that [code]json[/code] is valid JSON data. Returns an empty string if "
+"valid, or an error message otherwise.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"j = to_json([1, 2, 3])\n"
+"v = validate_json(j)\n"
+"if not v:\n"
+" print(\"Valid JSON.\")\n"
+"else:\n"
+" push_error(\"Invalid JSON: \" + v)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1098
+msgid ""
+"Encodes a variable value to a byte array. When [code]full_objects[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include "
+"code)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1105
+msgid ""
+"Converts a Variant [code]var[/code] to a formatted string that can later be "
+"parsed using [method str2var].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"a = { \"a\": 1, \"b\": 2 }\n"
+"print(var2str(a))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"prints\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\n"
+"\"a\": 1,\n"
+"\"b\": 2\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1123
+msgid ""
+"Returns a weak reference to an object.\n"
+"A weak reference to an object is not enough to keep the object alive: when "
+"the only remaining references to a referent are weak references, garbage "
+"collection is free to destroy the referent and reuse its memory for "
+"something else. However, until the object is actually destroyed the weak "
+"reference may return the object even if there are no strong references to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1133
+msgid ""
+"Wraps float [code]value[/code] between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/"
+"code].\n"
+"Usable for creating loop-alike behavior or infinite surfaces.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Infinite loop between 5.0 and 9.9\n"
+"value = wrapf(value + 0.1, 5.0, 10.0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Infinite rotation (in radians)\n"
+"angle = wrapf(angle + 0.1, 0.0, TAU)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Infinite rotation (in radians)\n"
+"angle = wrapf(angle + 0.1, -PI, PI)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]min[/code] is [code]0[/code], this is equivalent to "
+"[method fposmod], so prefer using that instead.\n"
+"[code]wrapf[/code] is more flexible than using the [method fposmod] approach "
+"by giving the user control over the minimum value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1157
+msgid ""
+"Wraps integer [code]value[/code] between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/"
+"code].\n"
+"Usable for creating loop-alike behavior or infinite surfaces.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Infinite loop between 5 and 9\n"
+"frame = wrapi(frame + 1, 5, 10)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# result is -2\n"
+"var result = wrapi(-6, -5, -1)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]min[/code] is [code]0[/code], this is equivalent to "
+"[method posmod], so prefer using that instead.\n"
+"[code]wrapi[/code] is more flexible than using the [method posmod] approach "
+"by giving the user control over the minimum value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1176
+msgid ""
+"Stops the function execution and returns the current suspended state to the "
+"calling function.\n"
+"From the caller, call [method GDScriptFunctionState.resume] on the state to "
+"resume execution. This invalidates the state. Within the resumed function, "
+"[code]yield()[/code] returns whatever was passed to the [code]resume()[/"
+"code] function call.\n"
+"If passed an object and a signal, the execution is resumed when the object "
+"emits the given signal. In this case, [code]yield()[/code] returns the "
+"argument passed to [code]emit_signal()[/code] if the signal takes only one "
+"argument, or an array containing all the arguments passed to "
+"[code]emit_signal()[/code] if the signal takes multiple arguments.\n"
+"You can also use [code]yield[/code] to wait for a function to finish:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" yield(countdown(), \"completed\") # waiting for the countdown() function "
+"to complete\n"
+" print('Ready')\n"
+"\n"
+"func countdown():\n"
+" yield(get_tree(), \"idle_frame\") # returns a GDScriptFunctionState "
+"object to _ready()\n"
+" print(3)\n"
+" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n"
+" print(2)\n"
+" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n"
+" print(1)\n"
+" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n"
+"\n"
+"# prints:\n"
+"# 3\n"
+"# 2\n"
+"# 1\n"
+"# Ready\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"When yielding on a function, the [code]completed[/code] signal will be "
+"emitted automatically when the function returns. It can, therefore, be used "
+"as the [code]signal[/code] parameter of the [code]yield[/code] method to "
+"resume.\n"
+"In order to yield on a function, the resulting function should also return a "
+"[code]GDScriptFunctionState[/code]. Notice [code]yield(get_tree(), "
+"\"idle_frame\")[/code] from the above example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1207
+msgid ""
+"Constant that represents how many times the diameter of a circle fits around "
+"its perimeter. This is equivalent to [code]TAU / 2[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1210
+msgid ""
+"The circle constant, the circumference of the unit circle in radians. This "
+"is equivalent to [code]PI * 2[/code], or 360 degrees in rotations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1213
+msgid ""
+"Positive floating-point infinity. This is the result of floating-point "
+"division when the divisor is [code]0.0[/code]. For negative infinity, use "
+"[code]-INF[/code]. Dividing by [code]-0.0[/code] will result in negative "
+"infinity if the numerator is positive, so dividing by [code]0.0[/code] is "
+"not the same as dividing by [code]-0.0[/code] (despite [code]0.0 == -0.0[/"
+"code] returning [code]true[/code]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Numeric infinity is only a concept with floating-point numbers, "
+"and has no equivalent for integers. Dividing an integer number by [code]0[/"
+"code] will not result in [constant INF] and will result in a run-time error "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/@GDScript.xml:1217
+msgid ""
+"\"Not a Number\", an invalid floating-point value. [constant NAN] has "
+"special properties, including that it is not equal to itself ([code]NAN == "
+"NAN[/code] returns [code]false[/code]). It is output by some invalid "
+"operations, such as dividing floating-point [code]0.0[/code] by [code]0.0[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] \"Not a Number\" is only a concept with floating-point numbers, "
+"and has no equivalent for integers. Dividing an integer [code]0[/code] by "
+"[code]0[/code] will not result in [constant NAN] and will result in a run-"
+"time error instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:4
+msgid "Global scope constants and variables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Global scope constants and variables. This is all that resides in the "
+"globals, constants regarding error codes, scancodes, property hints, etc.\n"
+"Singletons are also documented here, since they can be accessed from "
+"anywhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:16
+msgid "The [ARVRServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:19
+msgid "The [AudioServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:22
+msgid "The [CameraServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:25
+msgid "The [ClassDB] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:28
+msgid "The [Engine] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:31
+msgid "The [Geometry] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:34
+msgid "The [IP] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:37
+msgid "The [Input] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:40
+msgid "The [InputMap] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:43
+msgid "The [JSON] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The [JavaClassWrapper] singleton.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"The [JavaScript] singleton.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on HTML5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:54
+msgid "The [Marshalls] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:57
+msgid "The [EditorNavigationMeshGenerator] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:60
+msgid "The [OS] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:63
+msgid "The [Performance] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:66
+msgid "The [Physics2DServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:69
+msgid "The [PhysicsServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:72
+msgid "The [ProjectSettings] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:75
+msgid "The [ResourceLoader] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:78
+msgid "The [ResourceSaver] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:81
+msgid "The [TranslationServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:84
+msgid "The [VisualScriptEditor] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:87
+msgid "The [VisualServer] singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:92
+msgid "Left margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:95
+msgid "Top margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:98
+msgid "Right margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Bottom margin, usually used for [Control] or [StyleBox]-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:104
+msgid "Top-left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:107
+msgid "Top-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:110
+msgid "Bottom-right corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:113
+msgid "Bottom-left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"General vertical alignment, usually used for [Separator], [ScrollBar], "
+"[Slider], etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"General horizontal alignment, usually used for [Separator], [ScrollBar], "
+"[Slider], etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:122
+msgid "Horizontal left alignment, usually for text-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:125
+msgid "Horizontal center alignment, usually for text-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:128
+msgid "Horizontal right alignment, usually for text-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:131
+msgid "Vertical top alignment, usually for text-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:134
+msgid "Vertical center alignment, usually for text-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:137
+msgid "Vertical bottom alignment, usually for text-derived classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:140
+msgid "Scancodes with this bit applied are non-printable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:143
+msgid "Escape key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:146
+msgid "Tab key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:149
+msgid "Shift+Tab key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:152
+msgid "Backspace key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:155
+msgid "Return key (on the main keyboard)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:158
+msgid "Enter key on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:161
+msgid "Insert key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:164
+msgid "Delete key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:167
+msgid "Pause key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:170
+msgid "Print Screen key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:173
+msgid "System Request key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:176
+msgid "Clear key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:179
+msgid "Home key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:182
+msgid "End key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:185
+msgid "Left arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:188
+msgid "Up arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:191
+msgid "Right arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:194
+msgid "Down arrow key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:197
+msgid "Page Up key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:200
+msgid "Page Down key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:203
+msgid "Shift key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:206
+msgid "Control key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:209
+msgid "Meta key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:212
+msgid "Alt key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:215
+msgid "Caps Lock key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:218
+msgid "Num Lock key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:221
+msgid "Scroll Lock key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:224
+msgid "F1 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:227
+msgid "F2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:230
+msgid "F3 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:233
+msgid "F4 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:236
+msgid "F5 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:239
+msgid "F6 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:242
+msgid "F7 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:245
+msgid "F8 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:248
+msgid "F9 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:251
+msgid "F10 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:254
+msgid "F11 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:257
+msgid "F12 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:260
+msgid "F13 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:263
+msgid "F14 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:266
+msgid "F15 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:269
+msgid "F16 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:272
+msgid "Multiply (*) key on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:275
+msgid "Divide (/) key on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:278
+msgid "Subtract (-) key on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:281
+msgid "Period (.) key on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:284
+msgid "Add (+) key on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:287
+msgid "Number 0 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:290
+msgid "Number 1 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:293
+msgid "Number 2 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:296
+msgid "Number 3 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:299
+msgid "Number 4 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:302
+msgid "Number 5 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:305
+msgid "Number 6 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:308
+msgid "Number 7 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:311
+msgid "Number 8 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:314
+msgid "Number 9 on the numeric keypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:317
+msgid "Left Super key (Windows key)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:320
+msgid "Right Super key (Windows key)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:323
+msgid "Context menu key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:326
+msgid "Left Hyper key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:329
+msgid "Right Hyper key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:332
+msgid "Help key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:335
+msgid "Left Direction key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:338
+msgid "Right Direction key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Media back key. Not to be confused with the Back button on an Android device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:344
+msgid "Media forward key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:347 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:380
+msgid "Media stop key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:350
+msgid "Media refresh key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:353
+msgid "Volume down key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:356
+msgid "Mute volume key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:359
+msgid "Volume up key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:362
+msgid "Bass Boost key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:365
+msgid "Bass up key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:368
+msgid "Bass down key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:371
+msgid "Treble up key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:374
+msgid "Treble down key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:377
+msgid "Media play key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:383
+msgid "Previous song key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:386
+msgid "Next song key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:389
+msgid "Media record key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:392
+msgid "Home page key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:395
+msgid "Favorites key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:398
+msgid "Search key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:401
+msgid "Standby key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:404
+msgid "Open URL / Launch Browser key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:407
+msgid "Launch Mail key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:410
+msgid "Launch Media key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:413
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 0 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:416
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 1 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:419
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 2 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:422
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 3 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:425
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 4 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:428
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 5 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:431
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 6 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:434
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 7 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:437
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 8 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:440
+msgid "Launch Shortcut 9 key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:443
+msgid "Launch Shortcut A key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:446
+msgid "Launch Shortcut B key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:449
+msgid "Launch Shortcut C key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:452
+msgid "Launch Shortcut D key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:455
+msgid "Launch Shortcut E key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:458
+msgid "Launch Shortcut F key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:461
+msgid "Unknown key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:464
+msgid "Space key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:467
+msgid "! key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:470
+msgid "\" key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:473
+msgid "# key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:476
+msgid "$ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:479
+msgid "% key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:482
+msgid "& key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:485
+msgid "' key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:488
+msgid "( key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:491
+msgid ") key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:494
+msgid "* key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:497
+msgid "+ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:500
+msgid ", key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:503
+msgid "- key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:506
+msgid ". key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:509
+msgid "/ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:512
+msgid "Number 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:515
+msgid "Number 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:518
+msgid "Number 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:521
+msgid "Number 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:524
+msgid "Number 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:527
+msgid "Number 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:530
+msgid "Number 6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:533
+msgid "Number 7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:536
+msgid "Number 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:539
+msgid "Number 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:542
+msgid ": key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:545
+msgid "; key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:548
+msgid "< key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:551
+msgid "= key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:554
+msgid "> key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:557
+msgid "? key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:560
+msgid "@ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:563
+msgid "A key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:566
+msgid "B key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:569
+msgid "C key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:572
+msgid "D key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:575
+msgid "E key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:578
+msgid "F key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:581
+msgid "G key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:584
+msgid "H key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:587
+msgid "I key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:590
+msgid "J key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:593
+msgid "K key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:596
+msgid "L key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:599
+msgid "M key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:602
+msgid "N key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:605
+msgid "O key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:608
+msgid "P key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:611
+msgid "Q key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:614
+msgid "R key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:617
+msgid "S key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:620
+msgid "T key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:623
+msgid "U key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:626
+msgid "V key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:629
+msgid "W key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:632
+msgid "X key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:635
+msgid "Y key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:638
+msgid "Z key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:641
+msgid "[ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:644
+msgid "\\ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:647
+msgid "] key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:650
+msgid "^ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:653
+msgid "_ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:656
+msgid "` key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:659
+msgid "{ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:662
+msgid "| key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:665
+msgid "} key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:668
+msgid "~ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:671
+msgid "Non-breakable space key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:674
+msgid "¡ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:677
+msgid "¢ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:680
+msgid "£ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:683
+msgid "¤ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:686
+msgid "¥ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:689
+msgid "¦ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:692
+msgid "§ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:695
+msgid "¨ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:698
+msgid "© key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:701
+msgid "ª key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:704
+msgid "« key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:707
+msgid "¬ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:710
+msgid "Soft hyphen key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:713
+msgid "® key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:716
+msgid "¯ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:719
+msgid "° key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:722
+msgid "± key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:725
+msgid "² key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:728
+msgid "³ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:731
+msgid "´ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:734
+msgid "µ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:737
+msgid "¶ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:740
+msgid "· key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:743
+msgid "¸ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:746
+msgid "¹ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:749
+msgid "º key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:752
+msgid "» key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:755
+msgid "¼ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:758
+msgid "½ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:761
+msgid "¾ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:764
+msgid "¿ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:767
+msgid "À key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:770
+msgid "Á key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:773
+msgid "Â key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:776
+msgid "Ã key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:779
+msgid "Ä key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:782
+msgid "Å key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:785
+msgid "Æ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:788
+msgid "Ç key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:791
+msgid "È key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:794
+msgid "É key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:797
+msgid "Ê key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:800
+msgid "Ë key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:803
+msgid "Ì key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:806
+msgid "Í key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:809
+msgid "Î key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:812
+msgid "Ï key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:815
+msgid "Ð key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:818
+msgid "Ñ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:821
+msgid "Ò key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:824
+msgid "Ó key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:827
+msgid "Ô key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:830
+msgid "Õ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:833
+msgid "Ö key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:836
+msgid "× key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:839
+msgid "Ø key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:842
+msgid "Ù key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:845
+msgid "Ú key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:848
+msgid "Û key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:851
+msgid "Ü key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:854
+msgid "Ý key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:857
+msgid "Þ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:860
+msgid "ß key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:863
+msgid "÷ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:866
+msgid "ÿ key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:869
+msgid "Key Code mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:872
+msgid "Modifier key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:875
+msgid "Shift key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:878
+msgid "Alt key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:881
+msgid "Meta key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:884
+msgid "Ctrl key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:887
+msgid ""
+"Command key mask. On macOS, this is equivalent to [constant KEY_MASK_META]. "
+"On other platforms, this is equivalent to [constant KEY_MASK_CTRL]. This "
+"mask should be preferred to [constant KEY_MASK_META] or [constant "
+"KEY_MASK_CTRL] for system shortcuts as it handles all platforms correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:890
+msgid "Keypad key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:893
+msgid "Group Switch key mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:896
+msgid "Left mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:899
+msgid "Right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:902
+msgid "Middle mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:905
+msgid "Extra mouse button 1 (only present on some mice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:908
+msgid "Extra mouse button 2 (only present on some mice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:911
+msgid "Mouse wheel up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:914
+msgid "Mouse wheel down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:917
+msgid "Mouse wheel left button (only present on some mice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:920
+msgid "Mouse wheel right button (only present on some mice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:923
+msgid "Left mouse button mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:926
+msgid "Right mouse button mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:929
+msgid "Middle mouse button mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:932
+msgid "Extra mouse button 1 mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:935
+msgid "Extra mouse button 2 mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:938
+msgid "Invalid button or axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:941
+msgid "Gamepad button 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:944
+msgid "Gamepad button 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:947
+msgid "Gamepad button 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:950
+msgid "Gamepad button 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:953
+msgid "Gamepad button 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:956
+msgid "Gamepad button 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:959
+msgid "Gamepad button 6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:962
+msgid "Gamepad button 7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:965
+msgid "Gamepad button 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:968
+msgid "Gamepad button 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:971
+msgid "Gamepad button 10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:974
+msgid "Gamepad button 11."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:977
+msgid "Gamepad button 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:980
+msgid "Gamepad button 13."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:983
+msgid "Gamepad button 14."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:986
+msgid "Gamepad button 15."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:989
+msgid "Gamepad button 16."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:992
+msgid "Gamepad button 17."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:995
+msgid "Gamepad button 18."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:998
+msgid "Gamepad button 19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1001
+msgid "Gamepad button 20."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1004
+msgid "Gamepad button 21."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1007
+msgid "Gamepad button 22."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1010
+msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick buttons supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1013
+msgid "DualShock circle button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1016
+msgid "DualShock X button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1019
+msgid "DualShock square button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1022
+msgid "DualShock triangle button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1025
+msgid "Xbox controller B button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1028
+msgid "Xbox controller A button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1031
+msgid "Xbox controller X button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1034
+msgid "Xbox controller Y button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1037
+msgid "Nintendo controller A button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1040
+msgid "Nintendo controller B button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1043
+msgid "Nintendo controller X button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1046
+msgid "Nintendo controller Y button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1049
+msgid "Grip (side) buttons on a VR controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1052
+msgid "Push down on the touchpad or main joystick on a VR controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1055
+msgid "Trigger on a VR controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1058
+msgid ""
+"A button on the right Oculus Touch controller, X button on the left "
+"controller (also when used in OpenVR)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1061
+msgid ""
+"B button on the right Oculus Touch controller, Y button on the left "
+"controller (also when used in OpenVR)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1064
+msgid "Menu button on either Oculus Touch controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1067
+msgid "Menu button in OpenVR (Except when Oculus Touch controllers are used)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1070
+msgid "Gamepad button Select."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1073
+msgid "Gamepad button Start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1076
+msgid "Gamepad DPad up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1079
+msgid "Gamepad DPad down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1082
+msgid "Gamepad DPad left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1085
+msgid "Gamepad DPad right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1088
+msgid "Gamepad SDL guide button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1091
+msgid "Gamepad SDL miscellaneous button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1094
+msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 1 button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1097
+msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 2 button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1100
+msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 3 button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1103
+msgid "Gamepad SDL paddle 4 button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1106
+msgid "Gamepad SDL touchpad button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1109
+msgid "Gamepad left Shoulder button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1112
+msgid "Gamepad left trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1115
+msgid "Gamepad left stick click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1118
+msgid "Gamepad right Shoulder button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1121
+msgid "Gamepad right trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1124
+msgid "Gamepad right stick click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1127 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1160
+msgid "Gamepad left stick horizontal axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1130 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1163
+msgid "Gamepad left stick vertical axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1133 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1166
+msgid "Gamepad right stick horizontal axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1136 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1169
+msgid "Gamepad right stick vertical axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1139
+msgid "Generic gamepad axis 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1142
+msgid "Generic gamepad axis 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1145
+msgid "Gamepad left trigger analog axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1148
+msgid "Gamepad right trigger analog axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1151
+msgid "Generic gamepad axis 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1154
+msgid "Generic gamepad axis 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1157
+msgid "Represents the maximum number of joystick axes supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1172
+msgid "Gamepad left analog trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1175
+msgid "Gamepad right analog trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1178
+msgid "VR Controller analog trigger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1181
+msgid "VR Controller analog grip (side buttons)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1184
+msgid ""
+"OpenVR touchpad X axis (Joystick axis on Oculus Touch and Windows MR "
+"controllers)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1187
+msgid ""
+"OpenVR touchpad Y axis (Joystick axis on Oculus Touch and Windows MR "
+"controllers)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1190
+msgid "MIDI note OFF message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1193
+msgid "MIDI note ON message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1196
+msgid "MIDI aftertouch message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1199
+msgid "MIDI control change message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1202
+msgid "MIDI program change message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1205
+msgid "MIDI channel pressure message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1208
+msgid "MIDI pitch bend message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1211
+msgid ""
+"Methods that return [enum Error] return [constant OK] when no error "
+"occurred. Note that many functions don't return an error code but will print "
+"error messages to standard output.\n"
+"Since [constant OK] has value 0, and all other failure codes are positive "
+"integers, it can also be used in boolean checks, e.g.:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var err = method_that_returns_error()\n"
+"if err != OK:\n"
+" print(\"Failure!\")\n"
+"# Or, equivalent:\n"
+"if err:\n"
+" print(\"Still failing!\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1223
+msgid "Generic error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1226
+msgid "Unavailable error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1229
+msgid "Unconfigured error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1232
+msgid "Unauthorized error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1235
+msgid "Parameter range error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1238
+msgid "Out of memory (OOM) error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1241
+msgid "File: Not found error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1244
+msgid "File: Bad drive error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1247
+msgid "File: Bad path error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1250
+msgid "File: No permission error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1253
+msgid "File: Already in use error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1256
+msgid "File: Can't open error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1259
+msgid "File: Can't write error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1262
+msgid "File: Can't read error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1265
+msgid "File: Unrecognized error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1268
+msgid "File: Corrupt error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1271
+msgid "File: Missing dependencies error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1274
+msgid "File: End of file (EOF) error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1277
+msgid "Can't open error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1280
+msgid "Can't create error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1283
+msgid "Query failed error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1286
+msgid "Already in use error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1289
+msgid "Locked error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1292
+msgid "Timeout error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1295
+msgid "Can't connect error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1298
+msgid "Can't resolve error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1301
+msgid "Connection error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1304
+msgid "Can't acquire resource error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1307
+msgid "Can't fork process error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1310
+msgid "Invalid data error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1313
+msgid "Invalid parameter error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1316
+msgid "Already exists error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1319
+msgid "Does not exist error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1322
+msgid "Database: Read error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1325
+msgid "Database: Write error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1328
+msgid "Compilation failed error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1331
+msgid "Method not found error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1334
+msgid "Linking failed error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1337
+msgid "Script failed error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1340
+msgid "Cycling link (import cycle) error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1343
+msgid "Invalid declaration error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1346
+msgid "Duplicate symbol error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1349
+msgid "Parse error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1352
+msgid "Busy error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1355
+msgid "Skip error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1358
+msgid "Help error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1361
+msgid "Bug error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1364
+msgid ""
+"Printer on fire error. (This is an easter egg, no engine methods return this "
+"error code.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1367
+msgid "No hint for the edited property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1370
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer or float property should be within a range specified "
+"via the hint string [code]\"min,max\"[/code] or [code]\"min,max,step\"[/"
+"code]. The hint string can optionally include [code]\"or_greater\"[/code] "
+"and/or [code]\"or_lesser\"[/code] to allow manual input going respectively "
+"above the max or below the min values. Example: [code]\"-360,360,1,"
+"or_greater,or_lesser\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1373
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a float property should be within an exponential range specified "
+"via the hint string [code]\"min,max\"[/code] or [code]\"min,max,step\"[/"
+"code]. The hint string can optionally include [code]\"or_greater\"[/code] "
+"and/or [code]\"or_lesser\"[/code] to allow manual input going respectively "
+"above the max or below the min values. Example: [code]\"0.01,100,0.01,"
+"or_greater\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1376
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer, float or string property is an enumerated value to "
+"pick in a list specified via a hint string such as [code]\"Hello,Something,"
+"Else\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1379
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a float property should be edited via an exponential easing "
+"function. The hint string can include [code]\"attenuation\"[/code] to flip "
+"the curve horizontally and/or [code]\"inout\"[/code] to also include in/out "
+"easing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1382 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1385
+msgid "Deprecated hint, unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1388
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask with named bit flags. For "
+"example, to allow toggling bits 0, 1, 2 and 4, the hint could be something "
+"like [code]\"Bit0,Bit1,Bit2,,Bit4\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1391
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 2D "
+"render layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1394
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 2D "
+"physics layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1397
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 3D "
+"render layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1400
+msgid ""
+"Hints that an integer property is a bitmask using the optionally named 3D "
+"physics layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1403
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a string property is a path to a file. Editing it will show a "
+"file dialog for picking the path. The hint string can be a set of filters "
+"with wildcards like [code]\"*.png,*.jpg\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1406
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a string property is a path to a directory. Editing it will show "
+"a file dialog for picking the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1409
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a string property is an absolute path to a file outside the "
+"project folder. Editing it will show a file dialog for picking the path. The "
+"hint string can be a set of filters with wildcards like [code]\"*.png,*.jpg"
+"\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1412
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a string property is an absolute path to a directory outside the "
+"project folder. Editing it will show a file dialog for picking the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1415
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a property is an instance of a [Resource]-derived type, "
+"optionally specified via the hint string (e.g. [code]\"Texture\"[/code]). "
+"Editing it will show a popup menu of valid resource types to instantiate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1418
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a string property is text with line breaks. Editing it will show "
+"a text input field where line breaks can be typed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a string property should have a placeholder text visible on its "
+"input field, whenever the property is empty. The hint string is the "
+"placeholder text to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1424
+msgid ""
+"Hints that a color property should be edited without changing its alpha "
+"component, i.e. only R, G and B channels are edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1427
+msgid "Hints that an image is compressed using lossy compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1430
+msgid "Hints that an image is compressed using lossless compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1433
+msgid "The property is serialized and saved in the scene file (default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1436
+msgid "The property is shown in the editor inspector (default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1439 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1442
+msgid "Deprecated usage flag, unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1445
+msgid "The property can be checked in the editor inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1448
+msgid "The property is checked in the editor inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1451
+msgid "The property is a translatable string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1454
+msgid "Used to group properties together in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1457
+msgid "Used to categorize properties together in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1460
+msgid "The property does not save its state in [PackedScene]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1463
+msgid "Editing the property prompts the user for restarting the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1466
+msgid ""
+"The property is a script variable which should be serialized and saved in "
+"the scene file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1469
+msgid "Default usage (storage, editor and network)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1472
+msgid ""
+"Default usage for translatable strings (storage, editor, network and "
+"internationalized)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1475
+msgid ""
+"Default usage but without showing the property in the editor (storage, "
+"network)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1478
+msgid "Flag for a normal method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1481
+msgid "Flag for an editor method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1484 doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1490
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1496
+msgid "Deprecated method flag, unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1487
+msgid "Flag for a constant method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1493
+msgid "Flag for a virtual method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1499
+msgid "Default method flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1502
+msgid "Variable is [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1505
+msgid "Variable is of type [bool]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1508
+msgid "Variable is of type [int]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1511
+msgid "Variable is of type [float] (real)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1514
+msgid "Variable is of type [String]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1517
+msgid "Variable is of type [Vector2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1520
+msgid "Variable is of type [Rect2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1523
+msgid "Variable is of type [Vector3]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1526
+msgid "Variable is of type [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1529
+msgid "Variable is of type [Plane]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1532
+msgid "Variable is of type [Quat]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1535
+msgid "Variable is of type [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1538
+msgid "Variable is of type [Basis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1541
+msgid "Variable is of type [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1544
+msgid "Variable is of type [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1547
+msgid "Variable is of type [NodePath]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1550
+msgid "Variable is of type [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1553
+msgid "Variable is of type [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1556
+msgid "Variable is of type [Dictionary]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1559
+msgid "Variable is of type [Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1562
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolByteArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1565
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolIntArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1568
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolRealArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1571
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolStringArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1574
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolVector2Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1577
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolVector3Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1580
+msgid "Variable is of type [PoolColorArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1583
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Variant.Type] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1586
+msgid "Equality operator ([code]==[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1589
+msgid "Inequality operator ([code]!=[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1592
+msgid "Less than operator ([code]<[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1595
+msgid "Less than or equal operator ([code]<=[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1598
+msgid "Greater than operator ([code]>[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1601
+msgid "Greater than or equal operator ([code]>=[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1604
+msgid "Addition operator ([code]+[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1607
+msgid "Subtraction operator ([code]-[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1610
+msgid "Multiplication operator ([code]*[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1613
+msgid "Division operator ([code]/[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1616
+msgid "Unary negation operator ([code]-[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1619
+msgid "Unary plus operator ([code]+[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1622
+msgid "Remainder/modulo operator ([code]%[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1625
+msgid "String concatenation operator ([code]+[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1628
+msgid "Left shift operator ([code]<<[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1631
+msgid "Right shift operator ([code]>>[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1634
+msgid "Bitwise AND operator ([code]&[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1637
+msgid "Bitwise OR operator ([code]|[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1640
+msgid "Bitwise XOR operator ([code]^[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1643
+msgid "Bitwise NOT operator ([code]~[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1646
+msgid "Logical AND operator ([code]and[/code] or [code]&&[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1649
+msgid "Logical OR operator ([code]or[/code] or [code]||[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1652
+msgid "Logical XOR operator (not implemented in GDScript)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1655
+msgid "Logical NOT operator ([code]not[/code] or [code]![/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1658
+msgid "Logical IN operator ([code]in[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/@GlobalScope.xml:1661
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Variant.Operator] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:4
+msgid "Axis-Aligned Bounding Box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[AABB] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
+"typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
+"It uses floating-point coordinates. The 2D counterpart to [AABB] is "
+"[Rect2].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Rect2], [AABB] does not have a variant that uses "
+"integer coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:12 doc/classes/Basis.xml:13 doc/classes/Plane.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:12 doc/classes/Transform.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:11 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:11
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:13 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:13 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:12
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/vector_math.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:14 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:14 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/vectors_advanced.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:22
+msgid "Constructs an [AABB] from a position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns an AABB with equivalent position and size, modified so that the most-"
+"negative corner is the origin and the size is positive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AABB] completely encloses another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of this [AABB] expanded to include a given point.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# position (-3, 2, 0), size (1, 1, 1)\n"
+"var box = AABB(Vector3(-3, 2, 0), Vector3(1, 1, 1))\n"
+"# position (-3, -1, 0), size (3, 4, 2), so we fit both the original AABB and "
+"Vector3(0, -1, 2)\n"
+"var box2 = box.expand(Vector3(0, -1, 2))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:55
+msgid "Returns the volume of the [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:62
+msgid "Gets the position of the 8 endpoints of the [AABB] in space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:68
+msgid "Returns the normalized longest axis of the [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the longest axis of the [AABB] (according to "
+"[Vector3]'s [code]AXIS_*[/code] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:80
+msgid "Returns the scalar length of the longest axis of the [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:86
+msgid "Returns the normalized shortest axis of the [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the shortest axis of the [AABB] (according to "
+"[Vector3]::AXIS* enum)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:98
+msgid "Returns the scalar length of the shortest axis of the [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Returns the support point in a given direction. This is useful for collision "
+"detection algorithms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the [AABB] grown a given amount of units towards all the "
+"sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:118
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is flat or empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:124
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:131
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] contains a point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Returns the intersection between two [AABB]. An empty AABB (size 0,0,0) is "
+"returned on failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:145
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] overlaps with another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:152
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] is on both sides of a plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AABB] intersects the line segment between "
+"[code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [AABB] and [code]aabb[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by calling [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"Returns a larger [AABB] that contains both this [AABB] and [code]with[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:180 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Ending corner. This is calculated as [code]position + size[/code]. Setting "
+"this value will change the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:183 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:143
+msgid "Beginning corner. Typically has values lower than [member end]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AABB.xml:186 doc/classes/Rect2.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Size from [member position] to [member end]. Typically, all components are "
+"positive.\n"
+"If the size is negative, you can use [method abs] to fix it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:4
+msgid "Base dialog for user notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This dialog is useful for small notifications to the user about an event. It "
+"can only be accepted or closed, with the same result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a button with label [code]text[/code] and a custom [code]action[/code] "
+"to the dialog and returns the created button. [code]action[/code] will be "
+"passed to the [signal custom_action] signal when pressed.\n"
+"If [code]true[/code], [code]right[/code] will place the button to the right "
+"of any sibling buttons.\n"
+"You can use [method remove_button] method to remove a button created with "
+"this method from the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Adds a button with label [code]name[/code] and a cancel action to the dialog "
+"and returns the created button.\n"
+"You can use [method remove_button] method to remove a button created with "
+"this method from the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns the label used for built-in text.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns the OK [Button] instance.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Registers a [LineEdit] in the dialog. When the enter key is pressed, the "
+"dialog will be accepted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Removes the [code]button[/code] from the dialog. Does NOT free the "
+"[code]button[/code]. The [code]button[/code] must be a [Button] added with "
+"[method add_button] or [method add_cancel] method. After removal, pressing "
+"the [code]button[/code] will no longer emit this dialog's [signal "
+"custom_action] signal or cancel this dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:62
+msgid "Sets autowrapping for the text in the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the dialog is hidden when the OK button is pressed. "
+"You can set it to [code]false[/code] if you want to do e.g. input validation "
+"when receiving the [signal confirmed] signal, and handle hiding the dialog "
+"in your own logic.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Some nodes derived from this class can have a different default "
+"value, and potentially their own built-in logic overriding this setting. For "
+"example [FileDialog] defaults to [code]false[/code], and has its own input "
+"validation code that is called when you press OK, which eventually hides the "
+"dialog if the input is valid. As such, this property can't be used in "
+"[FileDialog] to disable hiding the dialog when pressing OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:69
+msgid "The text displayed by the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:76
+msgid "Emitted when the dialog is accepted, i.e. the OK button is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AcceptDialog.xml:82
+msgid "Emitted when a custom button is pressed. See [method add_button]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:4
+msgid "Interface to low level AES encryption features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class provides access to AES encryption/decryption of raw data. Both "
+"AES-ECB and AES-CBC mode are supported.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var aes = AESContext.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var key = \"My secret key!!!\" # Key must be either 16 or 32 bytes.\n"
+" var data = \"My secret text!!\" # Data size must be multiple of 16 "
+"bytes, apply padding if needed.\n"
+" # Encrypt ECB\n"
+" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_ECB_ENCRYPT, key.to_utf8())\n"
+" var encrypted = aes.update(data.to_utf8())\n"
+" aes.finish()\n"
+" # Decrypt ECB\n"
+" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_ECB_DECRYPT, key.to_utf8())\n"
+" var decrypted = aes.update(encrypted)\n"
+" aes.finish()\n"
+" # Check ECB\n"
+" assert(decrypted == data.to_utf8())\n"
+"\n"
+" var iv = \"My secret iv!!!!\" # IV must be of exactly 16 bytes.\n"
+" # Encrypt CBC\n"
+" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_CBC_ENCRYPT, key.to_utf8(), iv.to_utf8())\n"
+" encrypted = aes.update(data.to_utf8())\n"
+" aes.finish()\n"
+" # Decrypt CBC\n"
+" aes.start(AESContext.MODE_CBC_DECRYPT, key.to_utf8(), iv.to_utf8())\n"
+" decrypted = aes.update(encrypted)\n"
+" aes.finish()\n"
+" # Check CBC\n"
+" assert(decrypted == data.to_utf8())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:46
+msgid "Close this AES context so it can be started again. See [method start]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Get the current IV state for this context (IV gets updated when calling "
+"[method update]). You normally don't need this function.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This function only makes sense when the context is started with "
+"[constant MODE_CBC_ENCRYPT] or [constant MODE_CBC_DECRYPT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Start the AES context in the given [code]mode[/code]. A [code]key[/code] of "
+"either 16 or 32 bytes must always be provided, while an [code]iv[/code] "
+"(initialization vector) of exactly 16 bytes, is only needed when [code]mode[/"
+"code] is either [constant MODE_CBC_ENCRYPT] or [constant MODE_CBC_DECRYPT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Run the desired operation for this AES context. Will return a "
+"[PoolByteArray] containing the result of encrypting (or decrypting) the "
+"given [code]src[/code]. See [method start] for mode of operation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The size of [code]src[/code] must be a multiple of 16. Apply "
+"some padding if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:76
+msgid "AES electronic codebook encryption mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:79
+msgid "AES electronic codebook decryption mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:82
+msgid "AES cipher blocker chaining encryption mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:85
+msgid "AES cipher blocker chaining decryption mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AESContext.xml:88
+msgid "Maximum value for the mode enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:4
+msgid "Sprite node that can use multiple textures for animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Animations are created using a [SpriteFrames] resource, which can be "
+"configured in the editor via the SpriteFrames panel.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
+"[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
+"having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
+"code] will make it so the [code]run[/code] animation uses the normal map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:11 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_sprite_animation.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:12 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:12 doc/classes/Button.xml:24
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:12 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:10 doc/classes/Input.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:12 doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:12 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:11 doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:12
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/515"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:18 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:16
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation is currently being played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Plays the animation named [code]anim[/code]. If no [code]anim[/code] is "
+"provided, the current animation is played. If [code]backwards[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], the animation will be played in reverse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:32 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:29
+msgid "Stops the current animation (does not reset the frame counter)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:38 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The current animation from the [code]frames[/code] resource. If this value "
+"changes, the [code]frame[/code] counter is reset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:41 doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:48
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture will be centered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:44 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:39
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:54 doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:21
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:20
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture is flipped horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:47 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:42
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:57 doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:24
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:23
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture is flipped vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:50 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:38
+msgid "The displayed animation frame's index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:53 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:41
+msgid "The [SpriteFrames] resource containing the animation(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:56 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:58
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:63
+msgid "The texture's drawing offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:59 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:44
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [member animation] is currently playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:62
+msgid "The animation speed is multiplied by this value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:68 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the animation is finished (when it plays the last frame). If "
+"the animation is looping, this signal is emitted every time the last frame "
+"is drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite.xml:73 doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:55
+msgid "Emitted when [member frame] changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"2D sprite node in 3D world, that can use multiple 2D textures for animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Animations are created using a [SpriteFrames] resource, which can be "
+"configured in the editor via the SpriteFrames panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedSprite3D.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Plays the animation named [code]anim[/code]. If no [code]anim[/code] is "
+"provided, the current animation is played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Proxy texture for simple frame-based animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[AnimatedTexture] is a resource format for frame-based animations, where "
+"multiple textures can be chained automatically with a predefined delay for "
+"each frame. Unlike [AnimationPlayer] or [AnimatedSprite], it isn't a [Node], "
+"but has the advantage of being usable anywhere a [Texture] resource can be "
+"used, e.g. in a [TileSet].\n"
+"The playback of the animation is controlled by the [member fps] property as "
+"well as each frame's optional delay (see [method set_frame_delay]). The "
+"animation loops, i.e. it will restart at frame 0 automatically after playing "
+"the last frame.\n"
+"[AnimatedTexture] currently requires all frame textures to have the same "
+"size, otherwise the bigger ones will be cropped to match the smallest one.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] AnimatedTexture doesn't support using [AtlasTexture]s. Each "
+"frame needs to be a separate [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:19
+msgid "Returns the given frame's delay value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:26
+msgid "Returns the given frame's [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Sets an additional delay (in seconds) between this frame and the next one, "
+"that will be added to the time interval defined by [member fps]. By default, "
+"frames have no delay defined. If a delay value is defined, the final time "
+"interval between this frame and the next will be [code]1.0 / fps + delay[/"
+"code].\n"
+"For example, for an animation with 3 frames, 2 FPS and a frame delay on the "
+"second frame of 1.2, the resulting playback will be:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"Frame 0: 0.5 s (1 / fps)\n"
+"Frame 1: 1.7 s (1 / fps + 1.2)\n"
+"Frame 2: 0.5 s (1 / fps)\n"
+"Total duration: 2.7 s\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Assigns a [Texture] to the given frame. Frame IDs start at 0, so the first "
+"frame has ID 0, and the last frame of the animation has ID [member frames] - "
+"1.\n"
+"You can define any number of textures up to [constant MAX_FRAMES], but keep "
+"in mind that only frames from 0 to [member frames] - 1 will be part of the "
+"animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:56
+msgid "Sets the currently visible frame of the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Animation speed in frames per second. This value defines the default time "
+"interval between two frames of the animation, and thus the overall duration "
+"of the animation loop based on the [member frames] property. A value of 0 "
+"means no predefined number of frames per second, the animation will play "
+"according to each frame's frame delay (see [method set_frame_delay]).\n"
+"For example, an animation with 8 frames, no frame delay and a [code]fps[/"
+"code] value of 2 will run for 4 seconds, with each frame lasting 0.5 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Number of frames to use in the animation. While you can create the frames "
+"independently with [method set_frame_texture], you need to set this value "
+"for the animation to take new frames into account. The maximum number of "
+"frames is [constant MAX_FRAMES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the animation will only play once and will not loop "
+"back to the first frame after reaching the end. Note that reaching the end "
+"will not set [member pause] to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the animation will pause where it currently is (i.e. "
+"at [member current_frame]). The animation will continue from where it was "
+"paused when changing this property to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimatedTexture.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of frames supported by [AnimatedTexture]. If you need "
+"more frames in your animation, use [AnimationPlayer] or [AnimatedSprite]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:4
+msgid "Contains data used to animate everything in the engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An Animation resource contains data used to animate everything in the "
+"engine. Animations are divided into tracks, and each track must be linked to "
+"a node. The state of that node can be changed through time, by adding timed "
+"keys (events) to the track.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# This creates an animation that makes the node \"Enemy\" move to the right "
+"by\n"
+"# 100 pixels in 0.5 seconds.\n"
+"var animation = Animation.new()\n"
+"var track_index = animation.add_track(Animation.TYPE_VALUE)\n"
+"animation.track_set_path(track_index, \"Enemy:position:x\")\n"
+"animation.track_insert_key(track_index, 0.0, 0)\n"
+"animation.track_insert_key(track_index, 0.5, 100)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Animations are just data containers, and must be added to nodes such as an "
+"[AnimationPlayer] or [AnimationTreePlayer] to be played back. Animation "
+"tracks have different types, each with its own set of dedicated methods. "
+"Check [enum TrackType] to see available types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:20 doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:12
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:28
+msgid "Adds a track to the Animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns the animation name at the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. "
+"The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Animation Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a key with value [code]animation[/code] at the given [code]time[/"
+"code] (in seconds). The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an "
+"Animation Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Sets the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value [code]animation[/"
+"code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Animation Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Returns the end offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track.\n"
+"End offset is the number of seconds cut off at the ending of the audio "
+"stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Returns the start offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track.\n"
+"Start offset is the number of seconds cut off at the beginning of the audio "
+"stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Returns the audio stream of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Inserts an Audio Track key at the given [code]time[/code] in seconds. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an Audio Track.\n"
+"[code]stream[/code] is the [AudioStream] resource to play. "
+"[code]start_offset[/code] is the number of seconds cut off at the beginning "
+"of the audio stream, while [code]end_offset[/code] is at the ending."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Sets the end offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value "
+"[code]offset[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an "
+"Audio Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Sets the start offset of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value "
+"[code]offset[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an "
+"Audio Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Sets the stream of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value "
+"[code]stream[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of an "
+"Audio Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Returns the in handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Returns the out handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code]. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a Bezier Track key at the given [code]time[/code] in seconds. The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track.\n"
+"[code]in_handle[/code] is the left-side weight of the added Bezier curve "
+"point, [code]out_handle[/code] is the right-side one, while [code]value[/"
+"code] is the actual value at this point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"Returns the interpolated value at the given [code]time[/code] (in seconds). "
+"The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Sets the in handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value "
+"[code]in_handle[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a "
+"Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Sets the out handle of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to value "
+"[code]out_handle[/code]. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a "
+"Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value of the key identified by [code]key_idx[/code] to the given "
+"value. The [code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a Bezier Track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:196
+msgid "Clear the animation (clear all tracks and reset all)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:204
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new track that is a copy of the given track from [code]to_animation[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the specified track. If the track is not found, return "
+"-1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:217
+msgid "Returns the amount of tracks in the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the key indices of a method track, given a position and delta "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:234
+msgid "Returns the method name of a method track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"Returns the arguments values to be called on a method track for a given key "
+"in a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:249
+msgid "Removes a track by specifying the track index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"Finds the key index by time in a given track. Optionally, only find it if "
+"the exact time is given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the track at [code]idx[/code] wraps the "
+"interpolation loop. New tracks wrap the interpolation loop by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:272
+msgid "Returns the interpolation type of a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:279
+msgid "Returns the amount of keys in a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:287
+msgid "Returns the time at which the key is located."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"Returns the transition curve (easing) for a specific key (see the built-in "
+"math function [method @GDScript.ease])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:303
+msgid "Returns the value of a given key in a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"Gets the path of a track. For more information on the path format, see "
+"[method track_set_path]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:317
+msgid "Gets the type of a track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:327
+msgid "Insert a generic key in a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the track at index [code]idx[/code] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given track is imported. Else, return "
+"[code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:348
+msgid "Moves a track down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:356
+msgid ""
+"Changes the index position of track [code]idx[/code] to the one defined in "
+"[code]to_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:363
+msgid "Moves a track up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:371
+msgid "Removes a key by index in a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:379
+msgid "Removes a key by position (seconds) in a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:387
+msgid "Enables/disables the given track. Tracks are enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:395
+msgid "Sets the given track as imported or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:403
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the track at [code]idx[/code] wraps the interpolation "
+"loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:411
+msgid "Sets the interpolation type of a given track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:420
+msgid "Sets the time of an existing key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:429
+msgid ""
+"Sets the transition curve (easing) for a specific key (see the built-in math "
+"function [method @GDScript.ease])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:438
+msgid "Sets the value of an existing key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:446
+msgid ""
+"Sets the path of a track. Paths must be valid scene-tree paths to a node and "
+"must be specified starting from the parent node of the node that will "
+"reproduce the animation. Tracks that control properties or bones must append "
+"their name after the path, separated by [code]\":\"[/code].\n"
+"For example, [code]\"character/skeleton:ankle\"[/code] or [code]\"character/"
+"mesh:transform/local\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:455
+msgid ""
+"Swaps the track [code]idx[/code]'s index position with the track "
+"[code]with_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:466
+msgid "Insert a transform key for a transform track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:474
+msgid ""
+"Returns the interpolated value of a transform track at a given time (in "
+"seconds). An array consisting of 3 elements: position ([Vector3]), rotation "
+"([Quat]) and scale ([Vector3])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:483
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the key indices of a value track, given a position and delta "
+"time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:490
+msgid "Returns the update mode of a value track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:498
+msgid ""
+"Returns the interpolated value at the given time (in seconds). The "
+"[code]track_idx[/code] must be the index of a value track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:506
+msgid "Sets the update mode (see [enum UpdateMode]) of a value track."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:512
+msgid ""
+"The total length of the animation (in seconds).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Length is not delimited by the last key, as this one may be "
+"before or after the end to ensure correct interpolation and looping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:516
+msgid ""
+"A flag indicating that the animation must loop. This is used for correct "
+"interpolation of animation cycles, and for hinting the player that it must "
+"restart the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:519
+msgid "The animation step value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:525
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when there's a change in the list of tracks, e.g. tracks are added, "
+"moved or have changed paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:531
+msgid ""
+"Value tracks set values in node properties, but only those which can be "
+"Interpolated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:534
+msgid ""
+"Transform tracks are used to change node local transforms or skeleton pose "
+"bones. Transitions are interpolated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:537
+msgid "Method tracks call functions with given arguments per key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:540
+msgid ""
+"Bezier tracks are used to interpolate a value using custom curves. They can "
+"also be used to animate sub-properties of vectors and colors (e.g. alpha "
+"value of a [Color])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:543
+msgid ""
+"Audio tracks are used to play an audio stream with either type of "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer]. The stream can be trimmed and previewed in the "
+"animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:546
+msgid "Animation tracks play animations in other [AnimationPlayer] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:549
+msgid "No interpolation (nearest value)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:552
+msgid "Linear interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:555
+msgid "Cubic interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:558
+msgid "Update between keyframes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:561
+msgid "Update at the keyframes and hold the value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:564
+msgid "Update at the keyframes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Animation.xml:567
+msgid ""
+"Same as linear interpolation, but also interpolates from the current value "
+"(i.e. dynamically at runtime) if the first key isn't at 0 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:4
+msgid "Base resource for [AnimationTree] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base resource for [AnimationTree] nodes. In general, it's not used directly, "
+"but you can create custom ones with custom blending formulas.\n"
+"Inherit this when creating nodes mainly for use in [AnimationNodeBlendTree], "
+"otherwise [AnimationRootNode] should be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:11 doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:14
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:14
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:9
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:8
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml:21
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:10 doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/animation_tree.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds an input to the node. This is only useful for nodes created for use in "
+"an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Blend an animation by [code]blend[/code] amount (name must be valid in the "
+"linked [AnimationPlayer]). A [code]time[/code] and [code]delta[/code] may be "
+"passed, as well as whether [code]seek[/code] happened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Blend an input. This is only useful for nodes created for an "
+"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]. The [code]time[/code] parameter is a relative "
+"delta, unless [code]seek[/code] is [code]true[/code], in which case it is "
+"absolute. A filter mode may be optionally passed (see [enum FilterAction] "
+"for options)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Blend another animation node (in case this node contains children animation "
+"nodes). This function is only useful if you inherit from [AnimationRootNode] "
+"instead, else editors will not display your node for addition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:60
+msgid "Gets the text caption for this node (used by some editors)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Gets a child node by index (used by editors inheriting from "
+"[AnimationRootNode])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Gets all children nodes in order as a [code]name: node[/code] dictionary. "
+"Only useful when inheriting [AnimationRootNode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Amount of inputs in this node, only useful for nodes that go into "
+"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:86
+msgid "Gets the name of an input by index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Gets the value of a parameter. Parameters are custom local memory used for "
+"your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple trees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Gets the default value of a parameter. Parameters are custom local memory "
+"used for your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple trees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Gets the property information for parameter. Parameters are custom local "
+"memory used for your nodes, given a resource can be reused in multiple "
+"trees. Format is similar to [method Object.get_property_list]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] whether you want the blend tree editor to display "
+"filter editing on this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:119
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] whether a given path is filtered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"User-defined callback called when a custom node is processed. The "
+"[code]time[/code] parameter is a relative delta, unless [code]seek[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], in which case it is absolute.\n"
+"Here, call the [method blend_input], [method blend_node] or [method "
+"blend_animation] functions. You can also use [method get_parameter] and "
+"[method set_parameter] to modify local memory.\n"
+"This function should return the time left for the current animation to "
+"finish (if unsure, pass the value from the main blend being called)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:136
+msgid "Removes an input, call this only when inactive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:144
+msgid "Adds or removes a path for the filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom parameter. These are used as local storage, because resources "
+"can be reused across the tree or scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:158
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], filtering is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:164
+msgid "Called when the node was removed from the graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Emitted by nodes that inherit from this class and that have an internal tree "
+"when one of their nodes changes. The nodes that emit this signal are "
+"[AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D], [AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D], "
+"[AnimationNodeStateMachine], and [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:175
+msgid "Do not use filtering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:178
+msgid "Paths matching the filter will be allowed to pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:181
+msgid "Paths matching the filter will be discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNode.xml:184
+msgid "Paths matching the filter will be blended (by the blend value)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:4
+msgid "Blends two animations additively inside of an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations "
+"additively based on an amount value in the [code][0.0, 1.0][/code] range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd2.xml:16 doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:21
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:18
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], sets the [code]optimization[/code] to [code]false[/"
+"code] when calling [method AnimationNode.blend_input], forcing the blended "
+"animations to update every frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Blends two of three animations additively inside of an "
+"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations "
+"together additively out of three based on a value in the [code][-1.0, 1.0][/"
+"code] range.\n"
+"This node has three inputs:\n"
+"- The base animation to add to\n"
+"- A -add animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code]"
+"[-1.0, 0.0][/code] range.\n"
+"- A +add animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code][0.0, "
+"1.0][/code] range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAdd3.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:14 doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:11 doc/classes/Camera.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:13 doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:19 doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:16
+#: doc/classes/GIProbeData.xml:8 doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:16
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:11 doc/classes/Material.xml:11 doc/classes/Mesh.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:13 doc/classes/Particles.xml:14
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:13 doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:12 doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:15
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/678"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:4
+msgid "Input animation to use in an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Only features one output "
+"set using the [member animation] property. Use it as an input for "
+"[AnimationNode] that blend animations together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:11 doc/classes/Area.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:17 doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:12 modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:14 doc/classes/Mesh.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:12 doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:14 doc/classes/Transform.xml:15
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/125"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeAnimation.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Animation to use as an output. It is one of the animations provided by "
+"[member AnimationTree.anim_player]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:4
+msgid "Blends two animations linearly inside of an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend2.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations "
+"linearly based on an amount value in the [code][0.0, 1.0][/code] range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Blends two of three animations linearly inside of an "
+"[AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlend3.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. Blends two animations "
+"together linearly out of three based on a value in the [code][-1.0, 1.0][/"
+"code] range.\n"
+"This node has three inputs:\n"
+"- The base animation\n"
+"- A -blend animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code]"
+"[-1.0, 0.0][/code] range.\n"
+"- A +blend animation to blend with when the blend amount is in the [code]"
+"[0.0, 1.0][/code] range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Blends linearly between two of any number of [AnimationNode] of any type "
+"placed on a virtual axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree].\n"
+"This is a virtual axis on which you can add any type of [AnimationNode] "
+"using [method add_blend_point].\n"
+"Outputs the linear blend of the two [AnimationNode]s closest to the node's "
+"current value.\n"
+"You can set the extents of the axis using the [member min_space] and [member "
+"max_space]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new point that represents a [code]node[/code] on the virtual axis at "
+"a given position set by [code]pos[/code]. You can insert it at a specific "
+"index using the [code]at_index[/code] argument. If you use the default value "
+"for [code]at_index[/code], the point is inserted at the end of the blend "
+"points array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:28
+msgid "Returns the number of points on the blend axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AnimationNode] referenced by the point at index [code]point[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:42
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:52
+msgid "Returns the position of the point at index [code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:49
+msgid "Removes the point at index [code]point[/code] from the blend axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:57
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Changes the [AnimationNode] referenced by the point at index [code]point[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:65
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Updates the position of the point at index [code]point[/code] on the blend "
+"axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The blend space's axis's upper limit for the points' position. See [method "
+"add_blend_point]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"The blend space's axis's lower limit for the points' position. See [method "
+"add_blend_point]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:77
+msgid "Position increment to snap to when moving a point on the axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace1D.xml:80
+msgid "Label of the virtual axis of the blend space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Blends linearly between three [AnimationNode] of any type placed in a 2D "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree].\n"
+"This node allows you to blend linearly between three animations using a "
+"[Vector2] weight.\n"
+"You can add vertices to the blend space with [method add_blend_point] and "
+"automatically triangulate it by setting [member auto_triangles] to "
+"[code]true[/code]. Otherwise, use [method add_triangle] and [method "
+"remove_triangle] to create up the blend space by hand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new point that represents a [code]node[/code] at the position set by "
+"[code]pos[/code]. You can insert it at a specific index using the "
+"[code]at_index[/code] argument. If you use the default value for "
+"[code]at_index[/code], the point is inserted at the end of the blend points "
+"array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new triangle using three points [code]x[/code], [code]y[/code], "
+"and [code]z[/code]. Triangles can overlap. You can insert the triangle at a "
+"specific index using the [code]at_index[/code] argument. If you use the "
+"default value for [code]at_index[/code], the point is inserted at the end of "
+"the blend points array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the number of points in the blend space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AnimationRootNode] referenced by the point at index "
+"[code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:58
+msgid "Returns the number of triangles in the blend space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the point at index [code]point[/code] in the "
+"triangle of index [code]triangle[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:73
+msgid "Removes the point at index [code]point[/code] from the blend space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Removes the triangle at index [code]triangle[/code] from the blend space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the blend space is triangulated automatically. The "
+"mesh updates every time you add or remove points with [method "
+"add_blend_point] and [method remove_blend_point]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Controls the interpolation between animations. See [enum BlendMode] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The blend space's X and Y axes' upper limit for the points' position. See "
+"[method add_blend_point]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"The blend space's X and Y axes' lower limit for the points' position. See "
+"[method add_blend_point]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:114
+msgid "Position increment to snap to when moving a point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:117
+msgid "Name of the blend space's X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:120
+msgid "Name of the blend space's Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Emitted every time the blend space's triangles are created, removed, or when "
+"one of their vertices changes position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:132
+msgid "The interpolation between animations is linear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"The blend space plays the animation of the node the blending position is "
+"closest to. Useful for frame-by-frame 2D animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendSpace2D.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Similar to [constant BLEND_MODE_DISCRETE], but starts the new animation at "
+"the last animation's playback position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:4
+msgid "[AnimationTree] node resource that contains many blend type nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node may contain a sub-tree of any other blend type nodes, such as mix, "
+"blend2, blend3, one shot, etc. This is one of the most commonly used roots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Adds an [AnimationNode] at the given [code]position[/code]. The [code]name[/"
+"code] is used to identify the created sub-node later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Connects the output of an [AnimationNode] as input for another "
+"[AnimationNode], at the input port specified by [code]input_index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:36
+msgid "Disconnects the node connected to the specified input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:43
+msgid "Returns the sub-node with the specified [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the sub-node with the specified [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a sub-node with specified [code]name[/code] "
+"exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:64
+msgid "Removes a sub-node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:72
+msgid "Changes the name of a sub-node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:80
+msgid "Modifies the position of a sub-node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:86
+msgid "The global offset of all sub-nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:91
+msgid "The connection was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:94
+msgid "The input node is [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:97
+msgid "The specified input port is out of range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:100
+msgid "The output node is [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:103
+msgid "Input and output nodes are the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeBlendTree.xml:106
+msgid "The specified connection already exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:4
+msgid "Plays an animation once in [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource to add to an [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. This node will execute a "
+"sub-animation and return once it finishes. Blend times for fading in and out "
+"can be customized, as well as filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the sub-animation will restart automatically after "
+"finishing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:31
+msgid "The delay after which the automatic restart is triggered, in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOneShot.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If [member autorestart] is [code]true[/code], a random additional delay (in "
+"seconds) between 0 and this value will be added to [member "
+"autorestart_delay]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeOutput.xml:4
+msgid "Generic output node to be added to [AnimationNodeBlendTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:4
+msgid "State machine for control of animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains multiple nodes representing animation states, connected in a graph. "
+"Node transitions can be configured to happen automatically or via code, "
+"using a shortest-path algorithm. Retrieve the "
+"[AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback] object from the [AnimationTree] node to "
+"control it programmatically.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var state_machine = $AnimationTree.get(\"parameters/playback\")\n"
+"state_machine.travel(\"some_state\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new node to the graph. The [code]position[/code] is used for display "
+"in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:33
+msgid "Adds a transition between the given nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:39
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:72
+msgid "Returns the graph's end node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the draw offset of the graph. Used for display in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:52
+msgid "Returns the animation node with the given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:59
+msgid "Returns the given animation node's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the given node's coordinates. Used for display in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:79
+msgid "Returns the given transition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:85
+msgid "Returns the number of connections in the graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:92
+msgid "Returns the given transition's start node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:99
+msgid "Returns the given transition's end node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:106
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the graph contains the given node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a transition between the given nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:121
+msgid "Deletes the given node from the graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:129
+msgid "Deletes the transition between the two specified nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:136
+msgid "Deletes the given transition by index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:144
+msgid "Renames the given node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:152
+msgid "Replaces the node and keeps its transitions unchanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:159
+msgid "Sets the given node as the graph end point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:166
+msgid "Sets the draw offset of the graph. Used for display in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:174
+msgid "Sets the node's coordinates. Used for display in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachine.xml:181
+msgid "Sets the given node as the graph start point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:4
+msgid "Playback control for [AnimationNodeStateMachine]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Allows control of [AnimationTree] state machines created with "
+"[AnimationNodeStateMachine]. Retrieve with [code]$AnimationTree."
+"get(\"parameters/playback\")[/code].\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var state_machine = $AnimationTree.get(\"parameters/playback\")\n"
+"state_machine.travel(\"some_state\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:26
+msgid "Returns the currently playing animation state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:32
+msgid "Returns the playback position within the current animation state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current travel path as computed internally by the A* algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:44
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if an animation is playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:51
+msgid "Starts playing the given animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:57
+msgid "Stops the currently playing animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Transitions from the current state to another one, following the shortest "
+"path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Turn on auto advance when this condition is set. The provided name will "
+"become a boolean parameter on the [AnimationTree] that can be controlled "
+"from code (see [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/"
+"animation_tree.html#controlling-from-code][/url]). For example, if [member "
+"AnimationTree.tree_root] is an [AnimationNodeStateMachine] and [member "
+"advance_condition] is set to [code]\"idle\"[/code]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"$animation_tree[\"parameters/conditions/idle\"] = is_on_floor and "
+"(linear_velocity.x == 0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Turn on the transition automatically when this state is reached. This works "
+"best with [constant SWITCH_MODE_AT_END]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Don't use this transition during [method AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback."
+"travel] or [member auto_advance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Lower priority transitions are preferred when travelling through the tree "
+"via [method AnimationNodeStateMachinePlayback.travel] or [member "
+"auto_advance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:29
+msgid "The transition type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:32
+msgid "The time to cross-fade between this state and the next."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:38
+msgid "Emitted when [member advance_condition] is changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Switch to the next state immediately. The current state will end and blend "
+"into the beginning of the new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Switch to the next state immediately, but will seek the new state to the "
+"playback position of the old state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeStateMachineTransition.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Wait for the current state playback to end, then switch to the beginning of "
+"the next state animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:4
+msgid "A time-scaling animation node to be used with [AnimationTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeScale.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Allows scaling the speed of the animation (or reversing it) in any children "
+"nodes. Setting it to 0 will pause the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml:4
+msgid "A time-seeking animation node to be used with [AnimationTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTimeSeek.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node can be used to cause a seek command to happen to any sub-children "
+"of the animation graph. Use this node type to play an [Animation] from the "
+"start or a certain playback position inside the [AnimationNodeBlendTree]. "
+"After setting the time and changing the animation playback, the seek node "
+"automatically goes into sleep mode on the next process frame by setting its "
+"[code]seek_position[/code] value to [code]-1.0[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Play child animation from the start.\n"
+"animation_tree.set(\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\", 0.0)\n"
+"# Alternative syntax (same result as above).\n"
+"animation_tree[\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\"] = 0.0\n"
+"\n"
+"# Play child animation from 12 second timestamp.\n"
+"animation_tree.set(\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\", 12.0)\n"
+"# Alternative syntax (same result as above).\n"
+"animation_tree[\"parameters/Seek/seek_position\"] = 12.0\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:4
+msgid "A generic animation transition node for [AnimationTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Simple state machine for cases which don't require a more advanced "
+"[AnimationNodeStateMachine]. Animations can be connected to the inputs and "
+"transition times can be specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:44
+msgid "The number of available input ports for this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationNodeTransition.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Cross-fading time (in seconds) between each animation connected to the "
+"inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:4
+msgid "Container and player of [Animation] resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An animation player is used for general-purpose playback of [Animation] "
+"resources. It contains a dictionary of animations (referenced by name) and "
+"custom blend times between their transitions. Additionally, animations can "
+"be played and blended in different channels.\n"
+"[AnimationPlayer] is more suited than [Tween] for animations where you know "
+"the final values in advance. For example, fading a screen in and out is more "
+"easily done with an [AnimationPlayer] node thanks to the animation tools "
+"provided by the editor. That particular example can also be implemented with "
+"a [Tween] node, but it requires doing everything by code.\n"
+"Updating the target properties of animations occurs at process time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]animation[/code] to the player accessible with the key "
+"[code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Shifts position in the animation timeline and immediately updates the "
+"animation. [code]delta[/code] is the time in seconds to shift. Events "
+"between the current frame and [code]delta[/code] are handled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the name of the next animation in the queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Triggers the [code]anim_to[/code] animation when the [code]anim_from[/code] "
+"animation completes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"[AnimationPlayer] caches animated nodes. It may not notice if a node "
+"disappears; [method clear_caches] forces it to update the cache again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:56
+msgid "Clears all queued, unplayed animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of [code]animation[/code] or an empty string if not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Animation] with key [code]name[/code] or [code]null[/code] if "
+"not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:76
+msgid "Returns the list of stored animation names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Gets the blend time (in seconds) between two animations, referenced by their "
+"names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Gets the actual playing speed of current animation or 0 if not playing. This "
+"speed is the [member playback_speed] property multiplied by "
+"[code]custom_speed[/code] argument specified when calling the [method play] "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of the animation names that are currently queued to play."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [AnimationPlayer] stores an [Animation] "
+"with key [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:109
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if playing an animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Plays the animation with key [code]name[/code]. Custom blend times and speed "
+"can be set. If [code]custom_speed[/code] is negative and [code]from_end[/"
+"code] is [code]true[/code], the animation will play backwards (which is "
+"equivalent to calling [method play_backwards]).\n"
+"The [AnimationPlayer] keeps track of its current or last played animation "
+"with [member assigned_animation]. If this method is called with that same "
+"animation [code]name[/code], or with no [code]name[/code] parameter, the "
+"assigned animation will resume playing if it was paused, or restart if it "
+"was stopped (see [method stop] for both pause and stop). If the animation "
+"was already playing, it will keep playing.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The animation will be updated the next time the "
+"[AnimationPlayer] is processed. If other variables are updated at the same "
+"time this is called, they may be updated too early. To perform the update "
+"immediately, call [code]advance(0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Plays the animation with key [code]name[/code] in reverse.\n"
+"This method is a shorthand for [method play] with [code]custom_speed = -1.0[/"
+"code] and [code]from_end = true[/code], so see its description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Queues an animation for playback once the current one is done.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If a looped animation is currently playing, the queued "
+"animation will never play unless the looped animation is stopped somehow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:145
+msgid "Removes the animation with key [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"Renames an existing animation with key [code]name[/code] to [code]newname[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Seeks the animation to the [code]seconds[/code] point in time (in seconds). "
+"If [code]update[/code] is [code]true[/code], the animation updates too, "
+"otherwise it updates at process time. Events between the current frame and "
+"[code]seconds[/code] are skipped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a blend time (in seconds) between two animations, referenced by "
+"their names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"Stops or pauses the currently playing animation. If [code]reset[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], the animation position is reset to [code]0[/code] and the "
+"playback speed is reset to [code]1.0[/code].\n"
+"If [code]reset[/code] is [code]false[/code], the [member "
+"current_animation_position] will be kept and calling [method play] or "
+"[method play_backwards] without arguments or with the same animation name as "
+"[member assigned_animation] will resume the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"If playing, the current animation; otherwise, the animation last played. "
+"When set, would change the animation, but would not play it unless currently "
+"playing. See also [member current_animation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:187
+msgid "The name of the animation to play when the scene loads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"The name of the currently playing animation. If no animation is playing, the "
+"property's value is an empty string. Changing this value does not restart "
+"the animation. See [method play] for more information on playing "
+"animations.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] While this property appears in the inspector, it's not meant to "
+"be edited, and it's not saved in the scene. This property is mainly used to "
+"get the currently playing animation, and internally for animation playback "
+"tracks. For more information, see [Animation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:194
+msgid "The length (in seconds) of the currently being played animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:197
+msgid "The position (in seconds) of the currently playing animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:200
+msgid "The call mode to use for Call Method tracks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], updates animations in response to process-related "
+"notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"The default time in which to blend animations. Ranges from 0 to 4096 with "
+"0.01 precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:209
+msgid "The process notification in which to update animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"The speed scaling ratio. For instance, if this value is 1, then the "
+"animation plays at normal speed. If it's 0.5, then it plays at half speed. "
+"If it's 2, then it plays at double speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"This is used by the editor. If set to [code]true[/code], the scene will be "
+"saved with the effects of the reset animation applied (as if it had been "
+"seeked to time 0), then reverted after saving.\n"
+"In other words, the saved scene file will contain the \"default pose\", as "
+"defined by the reset animation, if any, with the editor keeping the values "
+"that the nodes had before saving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:219
+msgid "The node from which node path references will travel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a queued animation plays after the previous animation was "
+"finished. See [method queue].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The signal is not emitted when the animation is changed via "
+"[method play] or from [AnimationTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:234
+msgid "Notifies when an animation finished playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:240
+msgid "Notifies when an animation starts playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"Notifies when the caches have been cleared, either automatically, or "
+"manually via [method clear_caches]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:251 doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:505
+msgid ""
+"Process animation during the physics process. This is especially useful when "
+"animating physics bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:254 doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:508
+msgid "Process animation during the idle process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"Do not process animation. Use [method advance] to process the animation "
+"manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"Batch method calls during the animation process, then do the calls after "
+"events are processed. This avoids bugs involving deleting nodes or modifying "
+"the AnimationPlayer while playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationPlayer.xml:263
+msgid "Make method calls immediately when reached in the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A node to be used for advanced animation transitions in an [AnimationPlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A node to be used for advanced animation transitions in an "
+"[AnimationPlayer].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When linked with an [AnimationPlayer], several properties and "
+"methods of the corresponding [AnimationPlayer] will not function as "
+"expected. Playback and transitions should be handled using only the "
+"[AnimationTree] and its constituent [AnimationNode](s). The "
+"[AnimationPlayer] node should be used solely for adding, deleting, and "
+"editing animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:19
+msgid "Manually advance the animations by the specified time (in seconds)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Retrieve the motion of the [member root_motion_track] as a [Transform] that "
+"can be used elsewhere. If [member root_motion_track] is not a path to a "
+"track of type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM], returns an identity "
+"transformation. See also [member root_motion_track] and [RootMotionView]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:38
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [AnimationTree] will be processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:41
+msgid "The path to the [AnimationPlayer] used for animating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The process mode of this [AnimationTree]. See [enum AnimationProcessMode] "
+"for available modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The path to the Animation track used for root motion. Paths must be valid "
+"scene-tree paths to a node, and must be specified starting from the parent "
+"node of the node that will reproduce the animation. To specify a track that "
+"controls properties or bones, append its name after the path, separated by "
+"[code]\":\"[/code]. For example, [code]\"character/skeleton:ankle\"[/code] "
+"or [code]\"character/mesh:transform/local\"[/code].\n"
+"If the track has type [constant Animation.TYPE_TRANSFORM], the "
+"transformation will be cancelled visually, and the animation will appear to "
+"stay in place. See also [method get_root_motion_transform] and "
+"[RootMotionView]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:51
+msgid "The root animation node of this [AnimationTree]. See [AnimationNode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The animations will progress during the physics frame (i.e. [method Node."
+"_physics_process])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"The animations will progress during the idle frame (i.e. [method Node."
+"_process])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTree.xml:62
+msgid "The animations will only progress manually (see [method advance])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Animation player that uses a node graph for blending "
+"animations. Superseded by [AnimationTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] A node graph tool for blending multiple animations bound "
+"to an [AnimationPlayer]. Especially useful for animating characters or other "
+"skeleton-based rigs. It can combine several animations to form a desired "
+"pose.\n"
+"It takes [Animation]s from an [AnimationPlayer] node and mixes them "
+"depending on the graph.\n"
+"See [AnimationTree] for a more full-featured replacement of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:20
+msgid "Adds a [code]type[/code] node to the graph with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Shifts position in the animation timeline. [code]delta[/code] is the time in "
+"seconds to shift. Events between the current frame and [code]delta[/code] "
+"are handled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AnimationPlayer]'s [Animation] bound to the "
+"[AnimationTreePlayer]'s animation node with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the [member master_player]'s [Animation] bound to this "
+"animation node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute playback timestamp of the animation node with name "
+"[code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Binds a new [Animation] from the [member master_player] to the "
+"[AnimationTreePlayer]'s animation node with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the animation node with ID "
+"[code]id[/code] turns off the track modifying the property at [code]path[/"
+"code]. The modified node's children continue to animate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Binds the [Animation] named [code]source[/code] from [member master_player] "
+"to the animation node [code]id[/code]. Recalculates caches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether node [code]id[/code] and [code]dst_id[/code] are connected "
+"at the specified slot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:89
+msgid "Returns the blend amount of a Blend2 node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Sets the blend amount of a Blend2 node given its name and value.\n"
+"A Blend2 node blends two animations (A and B) with the amount between 0 and "
+"1.\n"
+"At 0, output is input A. Towards 1, the influence of A gets lessened, the "
+"influence of B gets raised. At 1, output is input B."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the Blend2 node with name "
+"[code]id[/code] turns off the track modifying the property at [code]path[/"
+"code]. The modified node's children continue to animate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:115
+msgid "Returns the blend amount of a Blend3 node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Sets the blend amount of a Blend3 node given its name and value.\n"
+"A Blend3 Node blends three animations (A, B-, B+) with the amount between -1 "
+"and 1.\n"
+"At -1, output is input B-. From -1 to 0, the influence of B- gets lessened, "
+"the influence of A gets raised and the influence of B+ is 0. At 0, output is "
+"input A. From 0 to 1, the influence of A gets lessened, the influence of B+ "
+"gets raised and the influence of B+ is 0. At 1, output is input B+."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:132
+msgid "Returns the blend amount of a Blend4 node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Sets the blend amount of a Blend4 node given its name and value.\n"
+"A Blend4 Node blends two pairs of animations.\n"
+"The two pairs are blended like Blend2 and then added together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"Connects node [code]id[/code] to [code]dst_id[/code] at the specified input "
+"slot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Disconnects nodes connected to [code]id[/code] at the specified input slot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:165
+msgid "Returns a [PoolStringArray] containing the name of all nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:172
+msgid "Returns the mix amount of a Mix node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"Sets the mix amount of a Mix node given its name and value.\n"
+"A Mix node adds input b to input a by the amount given by ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:188
+msgid "Check if a node exists (by name)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"Returns the input count for a given node. Different types of nodes have "
+"different amount of inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:203
+msgid "Returns the input source for a given node input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:210
+msgid "Returns position of a node in the graph given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:217
+msgid "Gets the node type, will return from [enum NodeType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:225
+msgid "Renames a node in the graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:233
+msgid "Sets the position of a node in the graph given its name and position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:240
+msgid "Returns the autostart delay of a OneShot node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:247
+msgid "Returns the autostart random delay of a OneShot node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:254
+msgid "Returns the fade in time of a OneShot node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:261
+msgid "Returns the fade out time of a OneShot node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:268
+msgid "Returns whether a OneShot node will auto restart given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:275
+msgid "Returns whether a OneShot node is active given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"Sets the autorestart property of a OneShot node given its name and value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"Sets the autorestart delay of a OneShot node given its name and value in "
+"seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"Sets the autorestart random delay of a OneShot node given its name and value "
+"in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:307
+msgid ""
+"Sets the fade in time of a OneShot node given its name and value in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:315
+msgid ""
+"Sets the fade out time of a OneShot node given its name and value in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the OneShot node with ID "
+"[code]id[/code] turns off the track modifying the property at [code]path[/"
+"code]. The modified node's children continue to animate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:331
+msgid "Starts a OneShot node given its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:338
+msgid "Stops the OneShot node with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:344
+msgid ""
+"Manually recalculates the cache of track information generated from "
+"animation nodes. Needed when external sources modify the animation nodes' "
+"state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:351
+msgid "Removes the animation node with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:357
+msgid "Resets this [AnimationTreePlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:364
+msgid ""
+"Returns the time scale value of the TimeScale node with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:372
+msgid ""
+"Sets the time scale of the TimeScale node with name [code]id[/code] to "
+"[code]scale[/code].\n"
+"The TimeScale node is used to speed [Animation]s up if the scale is above 1 "
+"or slow them down if it is below 1.\n"
+"If applied after a blend or mix, affects all input animations to that blend "
+"or mix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:382
+msgid ""
+"Sets the time seek value of the TimeSeek node with name [code]id[/code] to "
+"[code]seconds[/code].\n"
+"This functions as a seek in the [Animation] or the blend or mix of "
+"[Animation]s input in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:391
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the input at [code]input_idx[/code] for the transition node with "
+"name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:398
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the currently evaluated input for the transition node "
+"with name [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:405
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of inputs for the transition node with name [code]id[/"
+"code]. You can add inputs by right-clicking on the transition node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:412
+msgid ""
+"Returns the cross fade time for the transition node with name [code]id[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:420
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the input at [code]input_idx[/code] on the "
+"transition node with name [code]id[/code] is set to automatically advance to "
+"the next input upon completion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:428
+msgid ""
+"The transition node with name [code]id[/code] sets its current input at "
+"[code]input_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:437
+msgid ""
+"The transition node with name [code]id[/code] advances to its next input "
+"automatically when the input at [code]input_idx[/code] completes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:445
+msgid ""
+"Resizes the number of inputs available for the transition node with name "
+"[code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"The transition node with name [code]id[/code] sets its cross fade time to "
+"[code]time_sec[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:459
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [AnimationTreePlayer] is able to play animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:462
+msgid ""
+"The node from which to relatively access other nodes.\n"
+"It accesses the bones, so it should point to the same node the "
+"[AnimationPlayer] would point its Root Node at."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:466
+msgid ""
+"The path to the [AnimationPlayer] from which this [AnimationTreePlayer] "
+"binds animations to animation nodes.\n"
+"Once set, [Animation] nodes can be added to the [AnimationTreePlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:470
+msgid "The thread in which to update animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:475
+msgid "Output node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:478
+msgid "Animation node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:481
+msgid "OneShot node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:484
+msgid "Mix node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:487
+msgid "Blend2 node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:490
+msgid "Blend3 node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:493
+msgid "Blend4 node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:496
+msgid "TimeScale node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:499
+msgid "TimeSeek node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AnimationTreePlayer.xml:502
+msgid "Transition node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:4
+msgid "3D area for detection and physics and audio influence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"3D area that detects [CollisionObject] nodes overlapping, entering, or "
+"exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, "
+"damping) and route audio to custom audio buses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:11 doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:17 doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:11
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/127"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of intersecting [Area]s. The overlapping area's [member "
+"CollisionObject.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member "
+"CollisionObject.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n"
+"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this "
+"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects "
+"are moved. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody]s. The overlapping body's "
+"[member CollisionObject.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member "
+"CollisionObject.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n"
+"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this "
+"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects "
+"are moved. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the given area overlaps the Area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. "
+"For performance, list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before the "
+"physics step. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the given physics body overlaps the Area.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. "
+"For performance, list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before the "
+"physics step. Consider using signals instead.\n"
+"The [code]body[/code] argument can either be a [PhysicsBody] or a [GridMap] "
+"instance (while GridMaps are not physics body themselves, they register "
+"their tiles with collision shapes as a virtual physics body)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"The rate at which objects stop spinning in this area. Represents the angular "
+"velocity lost per second.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_angular_damp] for more "
+"details about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:52 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:54
+msgid "The name of the area's audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:55 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the area's audio bus overrides the default audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The area's gravity intensity (in meters per second squared). This value "
+"multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity "
+"without altering its direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:61 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"The falloff factor for point gravity. The greater the value, the faster "
+"gravity decreases with distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:64 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], gravity is calculated from a point (set via [member "
+"gravity_vec]). See also [member space_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:67 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"The area's gravity vector (not normalized). If gravity is a point (see "
+"[member gravity_point]), this will be the point of attraction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The rate at which objects stop moving in this area. Represents the linear "
+"velocity lost per second.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_linear_damp] for more details "
+"about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:74 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:76
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], other monitoring areas can detect this area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:77 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the area detects bodies or areas entering and exiting "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:80 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:82
+msgid "The area's priority. Higher priority areas are processed first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"The degree to which this area applies reverb to its associated audio. Ranges "
+"from [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code] with [code]0.1[/code] precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:86
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the area applies reverb to its associated audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:89
+msgid "The reverb bus name to use for this area's associated audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"The degree to which this area's reverb is a uniform effect. Ranges from "
+"[code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code] with [code]0.1[/code] precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:95 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Override mode for gravity and damping calculations within this area. See "
+"[enum SpaceOverride] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when another Area enters this Area. Requires [member monitoring] to "
+"be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when another Area exits this Area. Requires [member monitoring] to "
+"be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:119 doc/classes/Area.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of another Area's [Shape]s enters one of this Area's "
+"[Shape]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other Area's [CollisionObject] used "
+"by the [PhysicsServer].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area.\n"
+"[code]area_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the other Area "
+"used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]area."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(area_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this Area used by "
+"the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] enters this Area. Requires [member "
+"monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [GridMap]s are detected if the "
+"[MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] exits this Area. Requires [member "
+"monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [GridMap]s are detected if the "
+"[MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:159 doc/classes/Area.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of a [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]'s [Shape]s enters one of "
+"this Area's [Shape]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/"
+"code]. [GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the [PhysicsBody] or [MeshLibrary]'s "
+"[CollisionObject] used by the [PhysicsServer].\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the [PhysicsBody] "
+"or [GridMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the [PhysicsBody] "
+"or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with "
+"[code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this Area used by "
+"the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:182 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:172
+msgid "This area does not affect gravity/damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:185 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"This area adds its gravity/damping values to whatever has been calculated so "
+"far (in [member priority] order)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:188 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"This area adds its gravity/damping values to whatever has been calculated so "
+"far (in [member priority] order), ignoring any lower priority areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:191 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"This area replaces any gravity/damping, even the defaults, ignoring any "
+"lower priority areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area.xml:194 doc/classes/Area2D.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"This area replaces any gravity/damping calculated so far (in [member "
+"priority] order), but keeps calculating the rest of the areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:4
+msgid "2D area for detection and physics and audio influence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"2D area that detects [CollisionObject2D] nodes overlapping, entering, or "
+"exiting. Can also alter or override local physics parameters (gravity, "
+"damping) and route audio to a custom audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/using_area_2d.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:12 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:10
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/121"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:13 doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:15 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:12
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/120"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of intersecting [Area2D]s. The overlapping area's [member "
+"CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's [member "
+"CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n"
+"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this "
+"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects "
+"are moved. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of intersecting [PhysicsBody2D]s. The overlapping body's "
+"[member CollisionObject2D.collision_layer] must be part of this area's "
+"[member CollisionObject2D.collision_mask] in order to be detected.\n"
+"For performance reasons (collisions are all processed at the same time) this "
+"list is modified once during the physics step, not immediately after objects "
+"are moved. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the given area overlaps the Area2D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. "
+"For performance, the list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before "
+"the physics step. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the given physics body overlaps the Area2D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. "
+"For performance, list of overlaps is updated once per frame and before the "
+"physics step. Consider using signals instead.\n"
+"The [code]body[/code] argument can either be a [PhysicsBody2D] or a "
+"[TileMap] instance (while TileMaps are not physics bodies themselves, they "
+"register their tiles with collision shapes as a virtual physics body)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"The rate at which objects stop spinning in this area. Represents the angular "
+"velocity lost per second.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_angular_damp] for more "
+"details about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"The area's gravity intensity (in pixels per second squared). This value "
+"multiplies the gravity vector. This is useful to alter the force of gravity "
+"without altering its direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"The rate at which objects stop moving in this area. Represents the linear "
+"velocity lost per second.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_linear_damp] for more details "
+"about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when another Area2D enters this Area2D. Requires [member monitoring] "
+"to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when another Area2D exits this Area2D. Requires [member monitoring] "
+"to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of another Area2D's [Shape2D]s enters one of this Area2D's "
+"[Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other Area2D's [CollisionObject2D] "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D.\n"
+"[code]area_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other Area2D "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with "
+"[code]area.shape_owner_get_owner(area_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with "
+"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of another Area2D's [Shape2D]s exits one of this Area2D's "
+"[Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[code]area_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other Area2D's [CollisionObject2D] "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer].\n"
+"[code]area[/code] the other Area2D.\n"
+"[code]area_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other Area2D "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with "
+"[code]area.shape_owner_get_owner(area_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with "
+"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] enters this Area2D. Requires "
+"[member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected "
+"if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] exits this Area2D. Requires "
+"[member monitoring] to be set to [code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected "
+"if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s enters one "
+"of this Area2D's [Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to "
+"[code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision "
+"[Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s "
+"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the "
+"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with "
+"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Area2D.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of a [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s exits one of "
+"this Area2D's [Shape2D]s. Requires [member monitoring] to be set to "
+"[code]true[/code]. [TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision "
+"[Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s "
+"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the "
+"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this Area2D "
+"used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node with "
+"[code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:4
+msgid "A generic array datatype."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A generic array that can contain several elements of any type, accessible by "
+"a numerical index starting at 0. Negative indices can be used to count from "
+"the back, like in Python (-1 is the last element, -2 is the second to last, "
+"etc.).\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var array = [\"One\", 2, 3, \"Four\"]\n"
+"print(array[0]) # One.\n"
+"print(array[2]) # 3.\n"
+"print(array[-1]) # Four.\n"
+"array[2] = \"Three\"\n"
+"print(array[-2]) # Three.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Arrays can be concatenated using the [code]+[/code] operator:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var array1 = [\"One\", 2]\n"
+"var array2 = [3, \"Four\"]\n"
+"print(array1 + array2) # [\"One\", 2, 3, \"Four\"]\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Concatenating with the [code]+=[/code] operator will create a "
+"new array, which has a cost. If you want to append another array to an "
+"existing array, [method append_array] is more efficient.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Arrays are always passed by reference. To get a copy of an "
+"array that can be modified independently of the original array, use [method "
+"duplicate].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When declaring an array with [code]const[/code], the array "
+"itself can still be mutated by defining the values at individual indices or "
+"pushing/removing elements. Using [code]const[/code] will only prevent "
+"assigning the constant with another value after it was initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:34
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolColorArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:41
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolVector3Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:48
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolVector2Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:55
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolStringArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:62
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolRealArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:69
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolIntArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:76
+msgid "Constructs an array from a [PoolByteArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:82 doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:23
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:23 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:24
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:24 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:24
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:24 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Appends an element at the end of the array (alias of [method push_back])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Appends another array at the end of this array.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var array1 = [1, 2, 3]\n"
+"var array2 = [4, 5, 6]\n"
+"array1.append_array(array2)\n"
+"print(array1) # Prints [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6].\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Returns the last element of the array. Prints an error and returns "
+"[code]null[/code] if the array is empty.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Calling this function is not the same as writing [code]array[-1]"
+"[/code]. If the array is empty, accessing by index will pause project "
+"execution when running from the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains "
+"sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary "
+"search. Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If "
+"[code]false[/code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of "
+"the value in the array.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch] on an unsorted array results in "
+"unexpected behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Finds the index of an existing value (or the insertion index that maintains "
+"sorting order, if the value is not yet present in the array) using binary "
+"search and a custom comparison method declared in the [code]obj[/code]. "
+"Optionally, a [code]before[/code] specifier can be passed. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the returned index comes after all existing entries of the value in "
+"the array. The custom method receives two arguments (an element from the "
+"array and the value searched for) and must return [code]true[/code] if the "
+"first argument is less than the second, and return [code]false[/code] "
+"otherwise.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func cardinal_to_algebraic(a):\n"
+" match a:\n"
+" \"one\":\n"
+" return 1\n"
+" \"two\":\n"
+" return 2\n"
+" \"three\":\n"
+" return 3\n"
+" \"four\":\n"
+" return 4\n"
+" _:\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"\n"
+"func compare(a, b):\n"
+" return cardinal_to_algebraic(a) < cardinal_to_algebraic(b)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var a = [\"one\", \"two\", \"three\", \"four\"]\n"
+" # `compare` is defined in this object, so we use `self` as the `obj` "
+"parameter.\n"
+" print(a.bsearch_custom(\"three\", self, \"compare\", true)) # Expected "
+"value is 2.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Calling [method bsearch_custom] on an unsorted array results in "
+"unexpected behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"Clears the array. This is equivalent to using [method resize] with a size of "
+"[code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:155
+msgid "Returns the number of times an element is in the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the array.\n"
+"If [code]deep[/code] is [code]true[/code], a deep copy is performed: all "
+"nested arrays and dictionaries are duplicated and will not be shared with "
+"the original array. If [code]false[/code], a shallow copy is made and "
+"references to the original nested arrays and dictionaries are kept, so that "
+"modifying a sub-array or dictionary in the copy will also impact those "
+"referenced in the source array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:169 doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:61
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:35 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:36
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:36 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:36
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:36 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:35
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the array is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Removes the first occurrence of a value from the array. To remove an element "
+"by index, use [method remove] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method acts in-place and doesn't return a value.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the removed "
+"element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because "
+"all elements placed after the removed element have to be reindexed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Searches the array for a value and returns its index or [code]-1[/code] if "
+"not found. Optionally, the initial search index can be passed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Searches the array in reverse order for a value and returns its index or "
+"[code]-1[/code] if not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"Returns the first element of the array. Prints an error and returns "
+"[code]null[/code] if the array is empty.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Calling this function is not the same as writing [code]array[0]"
+"[/code]. If the array is empty, accessing by index will pause project "
+"execution when running from the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the array contains the given value.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"[\"inside\", 7].has(\"inside\") # True\n"
+"[\"inside\", 7].has(\"outside\") # False\n"
+"[\"inside\", 7].has(7) # True\n"
+"[\"inside\", 7].has(\"7\") # False\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is equivalent to using the [code]in[/code] operator as "
+"follows:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Will evaluate to `true`.\n"
+"if 2 in [2, 4, 6, 8]:\n"
+" pass\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Returns a hashed integer value representing the array and its contents.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Arrays with equal contents can still produce different hashes. "
+"Only the exact same arrays will produce the same hashed integer value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be "
+"valid, or at the end of the array ([code]pos == size()[/code]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method acts in-place and doesn't return a value.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the inserted "
+"element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because "
+"all elements placed after the newly inserted element have to be reindexed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:239 doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:96
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:48 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:49
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:49 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:49
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:49 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:48
+msgid "Reverses the order of the elements in the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"Returns the maximum value contained in the array if all elements are of "
+"comparable types. If the elements can't be compared, [code]null[/code] is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Returns the minimum value contained in the array if all elements are of "
+"comparable types. If the elements can't be compared, [code]null[/code] is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"Removes and returns the element of the array at index [code]position[/code]. "
+"If negative, [code]position[/code] is considered relative to the end of the "
+"array. Leaves the array untouched and returns [code]null[/code] if the array "
+"is empty or if it's accessed out of bounds. An error message is printed when "
+"the array is accessed out of bounds, but not when the array is empty.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method can be slower than [method "
+"pop_back] as it will reindex the array's elements that are located after the "
+"removed element. The larger the array and the lower the index of the removed "
+"element, the slower [method pop_at] will be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"Removes and returns the last element of the array. Returns [code]null[/code] "
+"if the array is empty, without printing an error message. See also [method "
+"pop_front]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"Removes and returns the first element of the array. Returns [code]null[/"
+"code] if the array is empty, without printing an error message. See also "
+"[method pop_back].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method is much slower than [method "
+"pop_back] as it will reindex all the array's elements every time it's "
+"called. The larger the array, the slower [method pop_front] will be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:278
+msgid ""
+"Appends an element at the end of the array. See also [method push_front]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Adds an element at the beginning of the array. See also [method push_back].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method is much slower than [method "
+"push_back] as it will reindex all the array's elements every time it's "
+"called. The larger the array, the slower [method push_front] will be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"Removes an element from the array by index. If the index does not exist in "
+"the array, nothing happens. To remove an element by searching for its value, "
+"use [method erase] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method acts in-place and doesn't return a value.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On large arrays, this method will be slower if the removed "
+"element is close to the beginning of the array (index 0). This is because "
+"all elements placed after the removed element have to be reindexed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"Resizes the array to contain a different number of elements. If the array "
+"size is smaller, elements are cleared, if bigger, new elements are "
+"[code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:307
+msgid ""
+"Searches the array in reverse order. Optionally, a start search index can be "
+"passed. If negative, the start index is considered relative to the end of "
+"the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Shuffles the array such that the items will have a random order. This method "
+"uses the global random number generator common to methods such as [method "
+"@GDScript.randi]. Call [method @GDScript.randomize] to ensure that a new "
+"seed will be used each time if you want non-reproducible shuffling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:318
+msgid "Returns the number of elements in the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"Duplicates the subset described in the function and returns it in an array, "
+"deeply copying the array if [code]deep[/code] is [code]true[/code]. Lower "
+"and upper index are inclusive, with the [code]step[/code] describing the "
+"change between indices while slicing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"Sorts the array.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Strings are sorted in alphabetical order (as opposed to natural "
+"order). This may lead to unexpected behavior when sorting an array of "
+"strings ending with a sequence of numbers. Consider the following example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var strings = [\"string1\", \"string2\", \"string10\", \"string11\"]\n"
+"strings.sort()\n"
+"print(strings) # Prints [string1, string10, string11, string2]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Array.xml:346
+msgid ""
+"Sorts the array using a custom method. The arguments are an object that "
+"holds the method and the name of such method. The custom method receives two "
+"arguments (a pair of elements from the array) and must return either "
+"[code]true[/code] or [code]false[/code].\n"
+"For two elements [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code], if the given method "
+"returns [code]true[/code], element [code]b[/code] will be after element "
+"[code]a[/code] in the array.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot randomize the return value as the heapsort algorithm "
+"expects a deterministic result. Doing so will result in unexpected "
+"behavior.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"class MyCustomSorter:\n"
+" static func sort_ascending(a, b):\n"
+" if a[0] < b[0]:\n"
+" return true\n"
+" return false\n"
+"\n"
+"var my_items = [[5, \"Potato\"], [9, \"Rice\"], [4, \"Tomato\"]]\n"
+"my_items.sort_custom(MyCustomSorter, \"sort_ascending\")\n"
+"print(my_items) # Prints [[4, Tomato], [5, Potato], [9, Rice]].\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"[Mesh] type that provides utility for constructing a surface from arrays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [ArrayMesh] is used to construct a [Mesh] by specifying the attributes "
+"as arrays.\n"
+"The most basic example is the creation of a single triangle:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var vertices = PoolVector3Array()\n"
+"vertices.push_back(Vector3(0, 1, 0))\n"
+"vertices.push_back(Vector3(1, 0, 0))\n"
+"vertices.push_back(Vector3(0, 0, 1))\n"
+"# Initialize the ArrayMesh.\n"
+"var arr_mesh = ArrayMesh.new()\n"
+"var arrays = []\n"
+"arrays.resize(ArrayMesh.ARRAY_MAX)\n"
+"arrays[ArrayMesh.ARRAY_VERTEX] = vertices\n"
+"# Create the Mesh.\n"
+"arr_mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, arrays)\n"
+"var m = MeshInstance.new()\n"
+"m.mesh = arr_mesh\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The [MeshInstance] is ready to be added to the [SceneTree] to be shown.\n"
+"See also [ImmediateGeometry], [MeshDataTool] and [SurfaceTool] for "
+"procedural geometry generation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-"
+"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle "
+"primitive modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/content/procedural_geometry/"
+"arraymesh.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Adds name for a blend shape that will be added with [method "
+"add_surface_from_arrays]. Must be called before surface is added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new surface.\n"
+"Surfaces are created to be rendered using a [code]primitive[/code], which "
+"may be any of the types defined in [enum Mesh.PrimitiveType]. (As a note, "
+"when using indices, it is recommended to only use points, lines, or "
+"triangles.) [method Mesh.get_surface_count] will become the [code]surf_idx[/"
+"code] for this new surface.\n"
+"The [code]arrays[/code] argument is an array of arrays. See [enum ArrayType] "
+"for the values used in this array. For example, [code]arrays[0][/code] is "
+"the array of vertices. That first vertex sub-array is always required; the "
+"others are optional. Adding an index array puts this function into \"index "
+"mode\" where the vertex and other arrays become the sources of data and the "
+"index array defines the vertex order. All sub-arrays must have the same "
+"length as the vertex array or be empty, except for [constant ARRAY_INDEX] if "
+"it is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:54
+msgid "Removes all blend shapes from this [ArrayMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:60
+msgid "Removes all surfaces from this [ArrayMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the number of blend shapes that the [ArrayMesh] holds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:73
+msgid "Returns the name of the blend shape at this index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Will perform a UV unwrap on the [ArrayMesh] to prepare the mesh for "
+"lightmapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:87
+msgid "Will regenerate normal maps for the [ArrayMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the first surface with this name held within this "
+"[ArrayMesh]. If none are found, -1 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Returns the length in indices of the index array in the requested surface "
+"(see [method add_surface_from_arrays])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Returns the length in vertices of the vertex array in the requested surface "
+"(see [method add_surface_from_arrays])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Returns the format mask of the requested surface (see [method "
+"add_surface_from_arrays])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:129
+msgid "Gets the name assigned to this surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns the primitive type of the requested surface (see [method "
+"add_surface_from_arrays])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Removes a surface at position [code]surf_idx[/code], shifting greater "
+"surfaces one [code]surf_idx[/code] slot down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:151
+msgid "Sets a name for a given surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"Updates a specified region of mesh arrays on the GPU.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Only use if you know what you are doing. You can easily "
+"cause crashes by calling this function with improper arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:167
+msgid "Sets the blend shape mode to one of [enum Mesh.BlendShapeMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:170 doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the [AABB] with one defined by user for use with frustum culling. "
+"Especially useful to avoid unexpected culling when using a shader to offset "
+"vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:175
+msgid "Default value used for index_array_len when no indices are present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:178
+msgid "Amount of weights/bone indices per vertex (always 4)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:181
+msgid "[PoolVector3Array], [PoolVector2Array], or [Array] of vertex positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:184
+msgid "[PoolVector3Array] of vertex normals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"[PoolRealArray] of vertex tangents. Each element in groups of 4 floats, "
+"first 3 floats determine the tangent, and the last the binormal direction as "
+"-1 or 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:190
+msgid "[PoolColorArray] of vertex colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:193
+msgid "[PoolVector2Array] for UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:196
+msgid "[PoolVector2Array] for second UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"[PoolRealArray] or [PoolIntArray] of bone indices. Each element in groups of "
+"4 floats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:202
+msgid "[PoolRealArray] of bone weights. Each element in groups of 4 floats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"[PoolIntArray] of integers used as indices referencing vertices, colors, "
+"normals, tangents, and textures. All of those arrays must have the same "
+"number of elements as the vertex array. No index can be beyond the vertex "
+"array size. When this index array is present, it puts the function into "
+"\"index mode,\" where the index selects the *i*'th vertex, normal, tangent, "
+"color, UV, etc. This means if you want to have different normals or colors "
+"along an edge, you have to duplicate the vertices.\n"
+"For triangles, the index array is interpreted as triples, referring to the "
+"vertices of each triangle. For lines, the index array is in pairs indicating "
+"the start and end of each line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:209 doc/classes/Mesh.xml:225
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3270
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ArrayType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:212
+msgid "Array format will include vertices (mandatory)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:215
+msgid "Array format will include normals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:218
+msgid "Array format will include tangents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:221
+msgid "Array format will include a color array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:224
+msgid "Array format will include UVs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:227
+msgid "Array format will include another set of UVs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:230
+msgid "Array format will include bone indices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:233
+msgid "Array format will include bone weights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ArrayMesh.xml:236
+msgid "Index array will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:4
+msgid "An anchor point in AR space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [ARVRAnchor] point is a spatial node that maps a real world location "
+"identified by the AR platform to a position within the game world. For "
+"example, as long as plane detection in ARKit is on, ARKit will identify and "
+"update the position of planes (tables, floors, etc) and create anchors for "
+"them.\n"
+"This node is mapped to one of the anchors through its unique ID. When you "
+"receive a signal that a new anchor is available, you should add this node to "
+"your scene for that anchor. You can predefine nodes and set the ID; the "
+"nodes will simply remain on 0,0,0 until a plane is recognized.\n"
+"Keep in mind that, as long as plane detection is enabled, the size, placing "
+"and orientation of an anchor will be updated as the detection logic learns "
+"more about the real world out there especially if only part of the surface "
+"is in view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:17
+msgid "Returns the name given to this anchor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the anchor is being tracked and [code]false[/"
+"code] if no anchor with this ID is currently known."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If provided by the [ARVRInterface], this returns a mesh object for the "
+"anchor. For an anchor, this can be a shape related to the object being "
+"tracked or it can be a mesh that provides topology related to the anchor and "
+"can be used to create shadows/reflections on surfaces or for generating "
+"collision shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns a plane aligned with our anchor; handy for intersection testing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns the estimated size of the plane that was detected. Say when the "
+"anchor relates to a table in the real world, this is the estimated size of "
+"the surface of that table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The anchor's ID. You can set this before the anchor itself exists. The first "
+"anchor gets an ID of [code]1[/code], the second an ID of [code]2[/code], "
+"etc. When anchors get removed, the engine can then assign the corresponding "
+"ID to new anchors. The most common situation where anchors \"disappear\" is "
+"when the AR server identifies that two anchors represent different parts of "
+"the same plane and merges them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRAnchor.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the mesh associated with the anchor changes or when one becomes "
+"available. This is especially important for topology that is constantly "
+"being [code]mesh_updated[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A camera node with a few overrules for AR/VR applied, such as location "
+"tracking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a helper spatial node for our camera; note that, if stereoscopic "
+"rendering is applicable (VR-HMD), most of the camera properties are ignored, "
+"as the HMD information overrides them. The only properties that can be "
+"trusted are the near and far planes.\n"
+"The position and orientation of this node is automatically updated by the "
+"ARVR Server to represent the location of the HMD if such tracking is "
+"available and can thus be used by game logic. Note that, in contrast to the "
+"ARVR Controller, the render thread has access to the most up-to-date "
+"tracking data of the HMD and the location of the ARVRCamera can lag a few "
+"milliseconds behind what is used for rendering as a result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRCamera.xml:11 doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:11 doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:12 doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/vr/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:4
+msgid "A spatial node representing a spatially-tracked controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a helper spatial node that is linked to the tracking of controllers. "
+"It also offers several handy passthroughs to the state of buttons and such "
+"on the controllers.\n"
+"Controllers are linked by their ID. You can create controller nodes before "
+"the controllers are available. If your game always uses two controllers (one "
+"for each hand), you can predefine the controllers with ID 1 and 2; they will "
+"become active as soon as the controllers are identified. If you expect "
+"additional controllers to be used, you should react to the signals and add "
+"ARVRController nodes to your scene.\n"
+"The position of the controller node is automatically updated by the "
+"[ARVRServer]. This makes this node ideal to add child nodes to visualize the "
+"controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If active, returns the name of the associated controller if provided by the "
+"AR/VR SDK used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns the hand holding this controller, if known. See [enum "
+"ARVRPositionalTracker.TrackerHand]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the bound controller is active. ARVR systems "
+"attempt to track active controllers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of the given axis for things like triggers, touchpads, "
+"etc. that are embedded into the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ID of the joystick object bound to this. Every controller "
+"tracked by the [ARVRServer] that has buttons and axis will also be "
+"registered as a joystick within Godot. This means that all the normal "
+"joystick tracking and input mapping will work for buttons and axis found on "
+"the AR/VR controllers. This ID is purely offered as information so you can "
+"link up the controller with its joystick entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If provided by the [ARVRInterface], this returns a mesh associated with the "
+"controller. This can be used to visualize the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button[/code] is "
+"pressed. See [enum JoystickList], in particular the [code]JOY_VR_*[/code] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"The controller's ID.\n"
+"A controller ID of 0 is unbound and will always result in an inactive node. "
+"Controller ID 1 is reserved for the first controller that identifies itself "
+"as the left-hand controller and ID 2 is reserved for the first controller "
+"that identifies itself as the right-hand controller.\n"
+"For any other controller that the [ARVRServer] detects, we continue with "
+"controller ID 3.\n"
+"When a controller is turned off, its slot is freed. This ensures controllers "
+"will keep the same ID even when controllers with lower IDs are turned off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The degree to which the controller vibrates. Ranges from [code]0.0[/code] to "
+"[code]1.0[/code] with precision [code].01[/code]. If changed, updates "
+"[member ARVRPositionalTracker.rumble] accordingly.\n"
+"This is a useful property to animate if you want the controller to vibrate "
+"for a limited duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:76
+msgid "Emitted when a button on this controller is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:82
+msgid "Emitted when a button on this controller is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRController.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the mesh associated with the controller changes or when one "
+"becomes available. Generally speaking this will be a static mesh after "
+"becoming available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for an AR/VR interface implementation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class needs to be implemented to make an AR or VR platform available to "
+"Godot and these should be implemented as C++ modules or GDNative modules "
+"(note that for GDNative the subclass ARVRScriptInterface should be used). "
+"Part of the interface is exposed to GDScript so you can detect, enable and "
+"configure an AR or VR platform.\n"
+"Interfaces should be written in such a way that simply enabling them will "
+"give us a working setup. You can query the available interfaces through "
+"[ARVRServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If this is an AR interface that requires displaying a camera feed as the "
+"background, this method returns the feed ID in the [CameraServer] for this "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns a combination of [enum Capabilities] flags providing information "
+"about the capabilities of this interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:29
+msgid "Returns the name of this interface (OpenVR, OpenHMD, ARKit, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns the resolution at which we should render our intermediate results "
+"before things like lens distortion are applied by the VR platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If supported, returns the status of our tracking. This will allow you to "
+"provide feedback to the user whether there are issues with positional "
+"tracking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Call this to initialize this interface. The first interface that is "
+"initialized is identified as the primary interface and it will be used for "
+"rendering output.\n"
+"After initializing the interface you want to use you then need to enable the "
+"AR/VR mode of a viewport and rendering should commence.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You must enable the AR/VR mode on the main viewport for any "
+"device that uses the main output of Godot, such as for mobile VR.\n"
+"If you do this for a platform that handles its own output (such as OpenVR) "
+"Godot will show just one eye without distortion on screen. Alternatively, "
+"you can add a separate viewport node to your scene and enable AR/VR on that "
+"viewport. It will be used to output to the HMD, leaving you free to do "
+"anything you like in the main window, such as using a separate camera as a "
+"spectator camera or rendering something completely different.\n"
+"While currently not used, you can activate additional interfaces. You may "
+"wish to do this if you want to track controllers from other platforms. "
+"However, at this point in time only one interface can render to an HMD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the current output of this interface is in "
+"stereo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:63
+msgid "Turns the interface off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:69
+msgid "On an AR interface, [code]true[/code] if anchor detection is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:72
+msgid "[code]true[/code] if this interface been initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:75
+msgid "[code]true[/code] if this is the primary interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:80
+msgid "No ARVR capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"This interface can work with normal rendering output (non-HMD based AR)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:86
+msgid "This interface supports stereoscopic rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:89
+msgid "This interface supports AR (video background and real world tracking)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"This interface outputs to an external device. If the main viewport is used, "
+"the on screen output is an unmodified buffer of either the left or right eye "
+"(stretched if the viewport size is not changed to the same aspect ratio of "
+"[method get_render_targetsize]). Using a separate viewport node frees up the "
+"main viewport for other purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Mono output, this is mostly used internally when retrieving positioning "
+"information for our camera node or when stereo scopic rendering is not "
+"supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Left eye output, this is mostly used internally when rendering the image for "
+"the left eye and obtaining positioning and projection information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Right eye output, this is mostly used internally when rendering the image "
+"for the right eye and obtaining positioning and projection information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:104
+msgid "Tracking is behaving as expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Tracking is hindered by excessive motion (the player is moving faster than "
+"tracking can keep up)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Tracking is hindered by insufficient features, it's too dark (for camera-"
+"based tracking), player is blocked, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"We don't know the status of the tracking or this interface does not provide "
+"feedback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRInterface.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Tracking is not functional (camera not plugged in or obscured, lighthouses "
+"turned off, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/ARVRInterfaceGDNative.xml:4
+msgid "GDNative wrapper for an ARVR interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/ARVRInterfaceGDNative.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a wrapper class for GDNative implementations of the ARVR interface. "
+"To use a GDNative ARVR interface, simply instantiate this object and set "
+"your GDNative library containing the ARVR interface implementation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:4
+msgid "The origin point in AR/VR."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a special node within the AR/VR system that maps the physical "
+"location of the center of our tracking space to the virtual location within "
+"our game world.\n"
+"There should be only one of these nodes in your scene and you must have one. "
+"All the ARVRCamera, ARVRController and ARVRAnchor nodes should be direct "
+"children of this node for spatial tracking to work correctly.\n"
+"It is the position of this node that you update when your character needs to "
+"move through your game world while we're not moving in the real world. "
+"Movement in the real world is always in relation to this origin point.\n"
+"For example, if your character is driving a car, the ARVROrigin node should "
+"be a child node of this car. Or, if you're implementing a teleport system to "
+"move your character, you should change the position of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVROrigin.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to adjust the scale to your game's units. Most AR/VR platforms "
+"assume a scale of 1 game world unit = 1 real world meter.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is a passthrough to the [ARVRServer] itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:4
+msgid "A tracked object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An instance of this object represents a device that is tracked, such as a "
+"controller or anchor point. HMDs aren't represented here as they are handled "
+"internally.\n"
+"As controllers are turned on and the AR/VR interface detects them, instances "
+"of this object are automatically added to this list of active tracking "
+"objects accessible through the [ARVRServer].\n"
+"The [ARVRController] and [ARVRAnchor] both consume objects of this type and "
+"should be used in your project. The positional trackers are just under-the-"
+"hood objects that make this all work. These are mostly exposed so that "
+"GDNative-based interfaces can interact with them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the hand holding this tracker, if known. See [enum TrackerHand] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If this is a controller that is being tracked, the controller will also be "
+"represented by a joystick entry with this ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the mesh related to a controller or anchor point if one is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the controller or anchor point's name if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:42
+msgid "Returns the controller's orientation matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:48
+msgid "Returns the world-space controller position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns the internal tracker ID. This uniquely identifies the tracker per "
+"tracker type and matches the ID you need to specify for nodes such as the "
+"[ARVRController] and [ARVRAnchor] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:60
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this device tracks orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:66
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this device tracks position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:73
+msgid "Returns the transform combining this device's orientation and position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:79
+msgid "Returns the tracker's type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"The degree to which the tracker rumbles. Ranges from [code]0.0[/code] to "
+"[code]1.0[/code] with precision [code].01[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:90
+msgid "The hand this tracker is held in is unknown or not applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:93
+msgid "This tracker is the left hand controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRPositionalTracker.xml:96
+msgid "This tracker is the right hand controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server for AR and VR features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The AR/VR server is the heart of our Advanced and Virtual Reality solution "
+"and handles all the processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:17
+msgid "Registers an [ARVRInterface] object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Registers a new [ARVRPositionalTracker] that tracks a spatial location in "
+"real space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"This is an important function to understand correctly. AR and VR platforms "
+"all handle positioning slightly differently.\n"
+"For platforms that do not offer spatial tracking, our origin point (0,0,0) "
+"is the location of our HMD, but you have little control over the direction "
+"the player is facing in the real world.\n"
+"For platforms that do offer spatial tracking, our origin point depends very "
+"much on the system. For OpenVR, our origin point is usually the center of "
+"the tracking space, on the ground. For other platforms, it's often the "
+"location of the tracking camera.\n"
+"This method allows you to center your tracker on the location of the HMD. It "
+"will take the current location of the HMD and use that to adjust all your "
+"tracking data; in essence, realigning the real world to your player's "
+"current position in the game world.\n"
+"For this method to produce usable results, tracking information must be "
+"available. This often takes a few frames after starting your game.\n"
+"You should call this method after a few seconds have passed. For instance, "
+"when the user requests a realignment of the display holding a designated "
+"button on a controller for a short period of time, or when implementing a "
+"teleport mechanism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Clears our current primary interface if it is set to the provided interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Finds an interface by its name. For instance, if your project uses "
+"capabilities of an AR/VR platform, you can find the interface for that "
+"platform by name and initialize it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:57
+msgid "Returns the primary interface's transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns the interface registered at a given index in our list of interfaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of interfaces currently registered with the AR/VR server. "
+"If your project supports multiple AR/VR platforms, you can look through the "
+"available interface, and either present the user with a selection or simply "
+"try to initialize each interface and use the first one that returns "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of available interfaces the ID and name of each interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute timestamp (in μs) of the last [ARVRServer] commit of "
+"the AR/VR eyes to [VisualServer]. The value comes from an internal call to "
+"[method OS.get_ticks_usec]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Returns the duration (in μs) of the last frame. This is computed as the "
+"difference between [method get_last_commit_usec] and [method "
+"get_last_process_usec] when committing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute timestamp (in μs) of the last [ARVRServer] process "
+"callback. The value comes from an internal call to [method OS."
+"get_ticks_usec]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Returns the reference frame transform. Mostly used internally and exposed "
+"for GDNative build interfaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:107
+msgid "Returns the positional tracker at the given ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:113
+msgid "Returns the number of trackers currently registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:120
+msgid "Removes this interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:127
+msgid "Removes this positional tracker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:133
+msgid "The primary [ARVRInterface] currently bound to the [ARVRServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to adjust the scale to your game's units. Most AR/VR platforms "
+"assume a scale of 1 game world unit = 1 real world meter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:143
+msgid "Emitted when a new interface has been added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:149
+msgid "Emitted when an interface is removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a new tracker has been added. If you don't use a fixed number "
+"of controllers or if you're using [ARVRAnchor]s for an AR solution, it is "
+"important to react to this signal to add the appropriate [ARVRController] or "
+"[ARVRAnchor] nodes related to this new tracker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a tracker is removed. You should remove any [ARVRController] or "
+"[ARVRAnchor] points if applicable. This is not mandatory, the nodes simply "
+"become inactive and will be made active again when a new tracker becomes "
+"available (i.e. a new controller is switched on that takes the place of the "
+"previous one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:171
+msgid "The tracker tracks the location of a controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:174
+msgid "The tracker tracks the location of a base station."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:177
+msgid "The tracker tracks the location and size of an AR anchor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:180
+msgid "Used internally to filter trackers of any known type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:183
+msgid "Used internally if we haven't set the tracker type yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:186
+msgid "Used internally to select all trackers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Fully reset the orientation of the HMD. Regardless of what direction the "
+"user is looking to in the real world. The user will look dead ahead in the "
+"virtual world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Resets the orientation but keeps the tilt of the device. So if we're looking "
+"down, we keep looking down but heading will be reset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ARVRServer.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"Does not reset the orientation of the HMD, only the position of the player "
+"gets centered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Container that preserves its child controls' aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Arranges child controls in a way to preserve their aspect ratio "
+"automatically whenever the container is resized. Solves the problem where "
+"the container size is dynamic and the contents' size needs to adjust "
+"accordingly without losing proportions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:15
+msgid "Specifies the horizontal relative position of child controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:18
+msgid "Specifies the vertical relative position of child controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The aspect ratio to enforce on child controls. This is the width divided by "
+"the height. The ratio depends on the [member stretch_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:24
+msgid "The stretch mode used to align child controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"The height of child controls is automatically adjusted based on the width of "
+"the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The width of child controls is automatically adjusted based on the height of "
+"the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The bounding rectangle of child controls is automatically adjusted to fit "
+"inside the container while keeping the aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The width and height of child controls is automatically adjusted to make "
+"their bounding rectangle cover the entire area of the container while "
+"keeping the aspect ratio.\n"
+"When the bounding rectangle of child controls exceed the container's size "
+"and [member Control.rect_clip_content] is enabled, this allows to show only "
+"the container's area restricted by its own bounding rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Aligns child controls with the beginning (left or top) of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:45
+msgid "Aligns child controls with the center of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AspectRatioContainer.xml:48
+msgid "Aligns child controls with the end (right or bottom) of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"An implementation of A* to find the shortest paths among connected points in "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A* (A star) is a computer algorithm that is widely used in pathfinding and "
+"graph traversal, the process of plotting short paths among vertices "
+"(points), passing through a given set of edges (segments). It enjoys "
+"widespread use due to its performance and accuracy. Godot's A* "
+"implementation uses points in three-dimensional space and Euclidean "
+"distances by default.\n"
+"You must add points manually with [method add_point] and create segments "
+"manually with [method connect_points]. Then you can test if there is a path "
+"between two points with the [method are_points_connected] function, get a "
+"path containing indices by [method get_id_path], or one containing actual "
+"coordinates with [method get_point_path].\n"
+"It is also possible to use non-Euclidean distances. To do so, create a class "
+"that extends [code]AStar[/code] and override methods [method _compute_cost] "
+"and [method _estimate_cost]. Both take two indices and return a length, as "
+"is shown in the following example.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"class MyAStar:\n"
+" extends AStar\n"
+"\n"
+" func _compute_cost(u, v):\n"
+" return abs(u - v)\n"
+"\n"
+" func _estimate_cost(u, v):\n"
+" return min(0, abs(u - v) - 1)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[method _estimate_cost] should return a lower bound of the distance, i.e. "
+"[code]_estimate_cost(u, v) <= _compute_cost(u, v)[/code]. This serves as a "
+"hint to the algorithm because the custom [code]_compute_cost[/code] might be "
+"computation-heavy. If this is not the case, make [method _estimate_cost] "
+"return the same value as [method _compute_cost] to provide the algorithm "
+"with the most accurate information.\n"
+"If the default [method _estimate_cost] and [method _compute_cost] methods "
+"are used, or if the supplied [method _estimate_cost] method returns a lower "
+"bound of the cost, then the paths returned by A* will be the lowest-cost "
+"paths. Here, the cost of a path equals the sum of the [method _compute_cost] "
+"results of all segments in the path multiplied by the [code]weight_scale[/"
+"code]s of the endpoints of the respective segments. If the default methods "
+"are used and the [code]weight_scale[/code]s of all points are set to "
+"[code]1.0[/code], then this equals the sum of Euclidean distances of all "
+"segments in the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Called when computing the cost between two connected points.\n"
+"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar[/code] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Called when estimating the cost between a point and the path's ending "
+"point.\n"
+"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar[/code] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new point at the given position with the given identifier. The "
+"[code]id[/code] must be 0 or larger, and the [code]weight_scale[/code] must "
+"be 1 or larger.\n"
+"The [code]weight_scale[/code] is multiplied by the result of [method "
+"_compute_cost] when determining the overall cost of traveling across a "
+"segment from a neighboring point to this point. Thus, all else being equal, "
+"the algorithm prefers points with lower [code]weight_scale[/code]s to form a "
+"path.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(1, 0, 0), 4) # Adds the point (1, 0, 0) with "
+"weight_scale 4 and id 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If there already exists a point for the given [code]id[/code], its position "
+"and weight scale are updated to the given values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the two given points are directly connected by a segment. If "
+"[code]bidirectional[/code] is [code]false[/code], returns whether movement "
+"from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/code] is possible through this segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:71 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:56
+msgid "Clears all the points and segments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Creates a segment between the given points. If [code]bidirectional[/code] is "
+"[code]false[/code], only movement from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/code] "
+"is allowed, not the reverse direction.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(1, 1, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 5, 0))\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the segment between the given points. If [code]bidirectional[/code] "
+"is [code]false[/code], only movement from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/"
+"code] is prevented, and a unidirectional segment possibly remains."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:101 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:85
+msgid "Returns the next available point ID with no point associated to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:109 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ID of the closest point to [code]to_position[/code], optionally "
+"taking disabled points into account. Returns [code]-1[/code] if there are no "
+"points in the points pool.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If several points are the closest to [code]to_position[/code], "
+"the one with the smallest ID will be returned, ensuring a deterministic "
+"result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns the closest position to [code]to_position[/code] that resides inside "
+"a segment between two connected points.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 5, 0))\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2)\n"
+"var res = astar.get_closest_position_in_segment(Vector3(3, 3, 0)) # Returns "
+"(0, 3, 0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The result is in the segment that goes from [code]y = 0[/code] to [code]y = "
+"5[/code]. It's the closest position in the segment to the given point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the path found by "
+"AStar between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point "
+"to the ending point of the path.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 1, 0), 1) # Default weight is 1\n"
+"astar.add_point(3, Vector3(1, 1, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(4, Vector3(2, 0, 0))\n"
+"\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(2, 3, false)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(4, 3, false)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 4, false)\n"
+"\n"
+"var res = astar.get_id_path(1, 3) # Returns [1, 2, 3]\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If you change the 2nd point's weight to 3, then the result will be [code][1, "
+"4, 3][/code] instead, because now even though the distance is longer, it's "
+"\"easier\" to get through point 4 than through point 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:154 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Returns the capacity of the structure backing the points, useful in "
+"conjunction with [code]reserve_space[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the connection with "
+"the given point.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector3(0, 1, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(3, Vector3(1, 1, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(4, Vector3(2, 0, 0))\n"
+"\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2, true)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 3, true)\n"
+"\n"
+"var neighbors = astar.get_point_connections(1) # Returns [2, 3]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:179 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:163
+msgid "Returns the number of points currently in the points pool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStar between "
+"the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to the ending "
+"point of the path.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it "
+"will return an empty [PoolVector3Array] and will print an error message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:195 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the point associated with the given [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:202 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Returns the weight scale of the point associated with the given [code]id[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:208 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:192
+msgid "Returns an array of all points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:215 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether a point associated with the given [code]id[/code] exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:222 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether a point is disabled or not for pathfinding. By default, all "
+"points are enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:229 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"Removes the point associated with the given [code]id[/code] from the points "
+"pool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:236 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"Reserves space internally for [code]num_nodes[/code] points, useful if "
+"you're adding a known large number of points at once, for a grid for "
+"instance. New capacity must be greater or equals to old capacity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:244 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"Disables or enables the specified point for pathfinding. Useful for making a "
+"temporary obstacle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:252 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [code]position[/code] for the point with the given [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar.xml:260 doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [code]weight_scale[/code] for the point with the given [code]id[/"
+"code]. The [code]weight_scale[/code] is multiplied by the result of [method "
+"_compute_cost] when determining the overall cost of traveling across a "
+"segment from a neighboring point to this point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:4
+msgid "AStar class representation that uses 2D vectors as edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a wrapper for the [AStar] class which uses 2D vectors instead of 3D "
+"vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Called when computing the cost between two connected points.\n"
+"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar2D[/code] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Called when estimating the cost between a point and the path's ending "
+"point.\n"
+"Note that this function is hidden in the default [code]AStar2D[/code] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new point at the given position with the given identifier. The "
+"[code]id[/code] must be 0 or larger, and the [code]weight_scale[/code] must "
+"be 1 or larger.\n"
+"The [code]weight_scale[/code] is multiplied by the result of [method "
+"_compute_cost] when determining the overall cost of traveling across a "
+"segment from a neighboring point to this point. Thus, all else being equal, "
+"the algorithm prefers points with lower [code]weight_scale[/code]s to form a "
+"path.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(1, 0), 4) # Adds the point (1, 0) with "
+"weight_scale 4 and id 1\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If there already exists a point for the given [code]id[/code], its position "
+"and weight scale are updated to the given values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:50
+msgid "Returns whether there is a connection/segment between the given points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Creates a segment between the given points. If [code]bidirectional[/code] is "
+"[code]false[/code], only movement from [code]id[/code] to [code]to_id[/code] "
+"is allowed, not the reverse direction.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(1, 1))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 5))\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:79
+msgid "Deletes the segment between the given points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Returns the closest position to [code]to_position[/code] that resides inside "
+"a segment between two connected points.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(0, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 5))\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2)\n"
+"var res = astar.get_closest_position_in_segment(Vector2(3, 3)) # Returns (0, "
+"3)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The result is in the segment that goes from [code]y = 0[/code] to [code]y = "
+"5[/code]. It's the closest position in the segment to the given point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the path found by "
+"AStar2D between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting "
+"point to the ending point of the path.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(0, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 1), 1) # Default weight is 1\n"
+"astar.add_point(3, Vector2(1, 1))\n"
+"astar.add_point(4, Vector2(2, 0))\n"
+"\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2, false)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(2, 3, false)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(4, 3, false)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 4, false)\n"
+"\n"
+"var res = astar.get_id_path(1, 3) # Returns [1, 2, 3]\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If you change the 2nd point's weight to 3, then the result will be [code][1, "
+"4, 3][/code] instead, because now even though the distance is longer, it's "
+"\"easier\" to get through point 4 than through point 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the IDs of the points that form the connection with "
+"the given point.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var astar = AStar2D.new()\n"
+"astar.add_point(1, Vector2(0, 0))\n"
+"astar.add_point(2, Vector2(0, 1))\n"
+"astar.add_point(3, Vector2(1, 1))\n"
+"astar.add_point(4, Vector2(2, 0))\n"
+"\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 2, true)\n"
+"astar.connect_points(1, 3, true)\n"
+"\n"
+"var neighbors = astar.get_point_connections(1) # Returns [2, 3]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AStar2D.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the points that are in the path found by AStar2D "
+"between the given points. The array is ordered from the starting point to "
+"the ending point of the path.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is not thread-safe. If called from a [Thread], it "
+"will return an empty [PoolVector2Array] and will print an error message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Crops out one part of a texture, such as a texture from a texture atlas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[Texture] resource that crops out one part of the [member atlas] texture, "
+"defined by [member region]. The main use case is cropping out textures from "
+"a texture atlas, which is a big texture file that packs multiple smaller "
+"textures. Consists of a [Texture] for the [member atlas], a [member region] "
+"that defines the area of [member atlas] to use, and a [member margin] that "
+"defines the border width.\n"
+"[AtlasTexture] cannot be used in an [AnimatedTexture], cannot be tiled in "
+"nodes such as [TextureRect], and does not work properly if used inside of "
+"other [AtlasTexture] resources. Multiple [AtlasTexture] resources can be "
+"used to crop multiple textures from the atlas. Using a texture atlas helps "
+"to optimize video memory costs and render calls compared to using multiple "
+"small files.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] AtlasTextures don't support repetition. The [constant Texture."
+"FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant Texture.FLAG_MIRRORED_REPEAT] flags are ignored "
+"when using an AtlasTexture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:17
+msgid "The texture that contains the atlas. Can be any [Texture] subtype."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], clips the area outside of the region to avoid bleeding "
+"of the surrounding texture pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The margin around the region. The [Rect2]'s [member Rect2.size] parameter "
+"(\"w\" and \"h\" in the editor) resizes the texture so it fits within the "
+"margin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AtlasTexture.xml:27
+msgid "The AtlasTexture's used region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml:4
+msgid "Stores information about the audio buses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioBusLayout.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Stores position, muting, solo, bypass, effects, effect position, volume, and "
+"the connections between buses. See [AudioServer] for usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml:4
+msgid "Audio effect for audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base resource for audio bus. Applies an audio effect on the bus that the "
+"resource is applied on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffect.xml:10 doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:12 doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:15
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/527"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds an amplifying audio effect to an audio bus.\n"
+"Increases or decreases the volume of the selected audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml:8
+msgid "Increases or decreases the volume being routed through the audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectAmplify.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Amount of amplification in decibels. Positive values make the sound louder, "
+"negative values make it quieter. Value can range from -80 to 24."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a band limit filter to the audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandLimitFilter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Limits the frequencies in a range around the [member AudioEffectFilter."
+"cutoff_hz] and allows frequencies outside of this range to pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a band pass filter to the audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectBandPassFilter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Attenuates the frequencies inside of a range around the [member "
+"AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz] and cuts frequencies outside of this band."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:4
+msgid "Captures audio from an audio bus in real-time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"AudioEffectCapture is an AudioEffect which copies all audio frames from the "
+"attached audio effect bus into its internal ring buffer.\n"
+"Application code should consume these audio frames from this ring buffer "
+"using [method get_buffer] and process it as needed, for example to capture "
+"data from a microphone, implement application defined effects, or to "
+"transmit audio over the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if at least [code]frames[/code] audio frames are "
+"available to read in the internal ring buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:23
+msgid "Clears the internal ring buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Gets the next [code]frames[/code] audio samples from the internal ring "
+"buffer.\n"
+"Returns a [PoolVector2Array] containing exactly [code]frames[/code] audio "
+"samples if available, or an empty [PoolVector2Array] if insufficient data "
+"was available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:37
+msgid "Returns the total size of the internal ring buffer in frames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of audio frames discarded from the audio bus due to full "
+"buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of frames available to read using [method get_buffer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:55
+msgid "Returns the number of audio frames inserted from the audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCapture.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Length of the internal ring buffer, in seconds. Setting the buffer length "
+"will have no effect if already initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a chorus audio effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Adds a chorus audio effect. The effect applies a filter with voices to "
+"duplicate the audio source and manipulate it through the filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:93
+msgid "The effect's raw signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:96 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:114
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:132 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:150
+msgid "The voice's cutoff frequency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:99 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:117
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:135 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:153
+msgid "The voice's signal delay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:102 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:120
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:138 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:156
+msgid "The voice filter's depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:105 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:123
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:141 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:159
+msgid "The voice's volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:108 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:126
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:144 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:162
+msgid "The voice's pan level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:111 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:129
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:147 doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:165
+msgid "The voice's filter rate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:168
+msgid "The amount of voices in the effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectChorus.xml:171
+msgid "The effect's processed signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a compressor audio effect to an audio bus.\n"
+"Reduces sounds that exceed a certain threshold level, smooths out the "
+"dynamics and increases the overall volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Dynamic range compressor reduces the level of the sound when the amplitude "
+"goes over a certain threshold in Decibels. One of the main uses of a "
+"compressor is to increase the dynamic range by clipping as little as "
+"possible (when sound goes over 0dB).\n"
+"Compressor has many uses in the mix:\n"
+"- In the Master bus to compress the whole output (although an "
+"[AudioEffectLimiter] is probably better).\n"
+"- In voice channels to ensure they sound as balanced as possible.\n"
+"- Sidechained. This can reduce the sound level sidechained with another "
+"audio bus for threshold detection. This technique is common in video game "
+"mixing to the level of music and SFX while voices are being heard.\n"
+"- Accentuates transients by using a wider attack, making effects sound more "
+"punchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Compressor's reaction time when the signal exceeds the threshold, in "
+"microseconds. Value can range from 20 to 2000."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:24
+msgid "Gain applied to the output signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Balance between original signal and effect signal. Value can range from 0 "
+"(totally dry) to 1 (totally wet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Amount of compression applied to the audio once it passes the threshold "
+"level. The higher the ratio, the more the loud parts of the audio will be "
+"compressed. Value can range from 1 to 48."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Compressor's delay time to stop reducing the signal after the signal level "
+"falls below the threshold, in milliseconds. Value can range from 20 to 2000."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:36
+msgid "Reduce the sound level using another audio bus for threshold detection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectCompressor.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The level above which compression is applied to the audio. Value can range "
+"from -60 to 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a delay audio effect to an audio bus. Plays input signal back after a "
+"period of time.\n"
+"Two tap delay and feedback options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Plays input signal back after a period of time. The delayed signal may be "
+"played back multiple times to create the sound of a repeating, decaying "
+"echo. Delay effects range from a subtle echo effect to a pronounced blending "
+"of previous sounds with new sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Output percent of original sound. At 0, only delayed sounds are output. "
+"Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:19
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], feedback is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:22
+msgid "Feedback delay time in milliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:25 doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:37
+msgid "Sound level for [code]tap1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Low-pass filter for feedback, in Hz. Frequencies below this value are "
+"filtered out of the source signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:31
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [code]tap1[/code] will be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:34
+msgid "[code]tap1[/code] delay time in milliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Pan position for [code]tap1[/code]. Value can range from -1 (fully left) to "
+"1 (fully right)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:43
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [code]tap2[/code] will be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:46
+msgid "[b]Tap2[/b] delay time in milliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:49
+msgid "Sound level for [code]tap2[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDelay.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Pan position for [code]tap2[/code]. Value can range from -1 (fully left) to "
+"1 (fully right)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a distortion audio effect to an Audio bus.\n"
+"Modify the sound to make it distorted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Different types are available: clip, tan, lo-fi (bit crushing), overdrive, "
+"or waveshape.\n"
+"By distorting the waveform the frequency content change, which will often "
+"make the sound \"crunchy\" or \"abrasive\". For games, it can simulate sound "
+"coming from some saturated device or speaker very efficiently."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml:9
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml:9 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/audio/audio_buses.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:18
+msgid "Distortion power. Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"High-pass filter, in Hz. Frequencies higher than this value will not be "
+"affected by the distortion. Value can range from 1 to 20000."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:24
+msgid "Distortion type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Increases or decreases the volume after the effect. Value can range from -80 "
+"to 24."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Increases or decreases the volume before the effect. Value can range from "
+"-60 to 60."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Digital distortion effect which cuts off peaks at the top and bottom of the "
+"waveform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Low-resolution digital distortion effect. You can use it to emulate the "
+"sound of early digital audio devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Emulates the warm distortion produced by a field effect transistor, which is "
+"commonly used in solid-state musical instrument amplifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectDistortion.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Waveshaper distortions are used mainly by electronic musicians to achieve an "
+"extra-abrasive sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Base class for audio equalizers. Gives you control over frequencies.\n"
+"Use it to create a custom equalizer if [AudioEffectEQ6], [AudioEffectEQ10] "
+"or [AudioEffectEQ21] don't fit your needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"AudioEffectEQ gives you control over frequencies. Use it to compensate for "
+"existing deficiencies in audio. AudioEffectEQs are useful on the Master bus "
+"to completely master a mix and give it more character. They are also useful "
+"when a game is run on a mobile device, to adjust the mix to that kind of "
+"speakers (it can be added but disabled when headphones are plugged)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the number of bands of the equalizer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:23
+msgid "Returns the band's gain at the specified index, in dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ.xml:31
+msgid "Sets band's gain at the specified index, in dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a 10-band equalizer audio effect to an Audio bus. Gives you control "
+"over frequencies from 31 Hz to 16000 Hz.\n"
+"Each frequency can be modulated between -60/+24 dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ10.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Frequency bands:\n"
+"Band 1: 31 Hz\n"
+"Band 2: 62 Hz\n"
+"Band 3: 125 Hz\n"
+"Band 4: 250 Hz\n"
+"Band 5: 500 Hz\n"
+"Band 6: 1000 Hz\n"
+"Band 7: 2000 Hz\n"
+"Band 8: 4000 Hz\n"
+"Band 9: 8000 Hz\n"
+"Band 10: 16000 Hz\n"
+"See also [AudioEffectEQ], [AudioEffectEQ6], [AudioEffectEQ21]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a 21-band equalizer audio effect to an Audio bus. Gives you control "
+"over frequencies from 22 Hz to 22000 Hz.\n"
+"Each frequency can be modulated between -60/+24 dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ21.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Frequency bands:\n"
+"Band 1: 22 Hz\n"
+"Band 2: 32 Hz\n"
+"Band 3: 44 Hz\n"
+"Band 4: 63 Hz\n"
+"Band 5: 90 Hz\n"
+"Band 6: 125 Hz\n"
+"Band 7: 175 Hz\n"
+"Band 8: 250 Hz\n"
+"Band 9: 350 Hz\n"
+"Band 10: 500 Hz\n"
+"Band 11: 700 Hz\n"
+"Band 12: 1000 Hz\n"
+"Band 13: 1400 Hz\n"
+"Band 14: 2000 Hz\n"
+"Band 15: 2800 Hz\n"
+"Band 16: 4000 Hz\n"
+"Band 17: 5600 Hz\n"
+"Band 18: 8000 Hz\n"
+"Band 19: 11000 Hz\n"
+"Band 20: 16000 Hz\n"
+"Band 21: 22000 Hz\n"
+"See also [AudioEffectEQ], [AudioEffectEQ6], [AudioEffectEQ10]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a 6-band equalizer audio effect to an Audio bus. Gives you control over "
+"frequencies from 32 Hz to 10000 Hz.\n"
+"Each frequency can be modulated between -60/+24 dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectEQ6.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Frequency bands:\n"
+"Band 1: 32 Hz\n"
+"Band 2: 100 Hz\n"
+"Band 3: 320 Hz\n"
+"Band 4: 1000 Hz\n"
+"Band 5: 3200 Hz\n"
+"Band 6: 10000 Hz\n"
+"See also [AudioEffectEQ], [AudioEffectEQ10], [AudioEffectEQ21]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a filter to the audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:7
+msgid "Allows frequencies other than the [member cutoff_hz] to pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:16
+msgid "Threshold frequency for the filter, in Hz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:21
+msgid "Gain amount of the frequencies after the filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectFilter.xml:24
+msgid "Amount of boost in the frequency range near the cutoff frequency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a high-pass filter to the Audio Bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighPassFilter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Cuts frequencies lower than the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz] and "
+"allows higher frequencies to pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectHighShelfFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Reduces all frequencies above the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a soft-clip limiter audio effect to an Audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A limiter is similar to a compressor, but it's less flexible and designed to "
+"disallow sound going over a given dB threshold. Adding one in the Master bus "
+"is always recommended to reduce the effects of clipping.\n"
+"Soft clipping starts to reduce the peaks a little below the threshold level "
+"and progressively increases its effect as the input level increases such "
+"that the threshold is never exceeded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The waveform's maximum allowed value, in decibels. Value can range from -20 "
+"to -0.1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Applies a gain to the limited waves, in decibels. Value can range from 0 to "
+"6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLimiter.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Threshold from which the limiter begins to be active, in decibels. Value can "
+"range from -30 to 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a low-pass filter to the Audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowPassFilter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Cuts frequencies higher than the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz] and "
+"allows lower frequencies to pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectLowShelfFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Reduces all frequencies below the [member AudioEffectFilter.cutoff_hz]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a notch filter to the Audio bus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectNotchFilter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Attenuates frequencies in a narrow band around the [member AudioEffectFilter."
+"cutoff_hz] and cuts frequencies outside of this range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml:4
+msgid "Adds a panner audio effect to an Audio bus. Pans sound left or right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Determines how much of an audio signal is sent to the left and right buses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPanner.xml:15
+msgid "Pan position. Value can range from -1 (fully left) to 1 (fully right)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a phaser audio effect to an Audio bus.\n"
+"Combines the original signal with a copy that is slightly out of phase with "
+"the original."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Combines phase-shifted signals with the original signal. The movement of the "
+"phase-shifted signals is controlled using a low-frequency oscillator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Governs how high the filter frequencies sweep. Low value will primarily "
+"affect bass frequencies. High value can sweep high into the treble. Value "
+"can range from 0.1 to 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:19
+msgid "Output percent of modified sound. Value can range from 0.1 to 0.9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Determines the maximum frequency affected by the LFO modulations, in Hz. "
+"Value can range from 10 to 10000."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Determines the minimum frequency affected by the LFO modulations, in Hz. "
+"Value can range from 10 to 10000."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPhaser.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Adjusts the rate in Hz at which the effect sweeps up and down across the "
+"frequency range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a pitch-shifting audio effect to an Audio bus.\n"
+"Raises or lowers the pitch of original sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Allows modulation of pitch independently of tempo. All frequencies can be "
+"increased/decreased with minimal effect on transients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The size of the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Fast_Fourier_transform]Fast Fourier transform[/url] buffer. Higher values "
+"smooth out the effect over time, but have greater latency. The effects of "
+"this higher latency are especially noticeable on sounds that have sudden "
+"amplitude changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The oversampling factor to use. Higher values result in better quality, but "
+"are more demanding on the CPU and may cause audio cracking if the CPU can't "
+"keep up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The pitch scale to use. [code]1.0[/code] is the default pitch and plays "
+"sounds unaltered. [member pitch_scale] can range from [code]0.0[/code] "
+"(infinitely low pitch, inaudible) to [code]16[/code] (16 times higher than "
+"the initial pitch)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:27
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Use a buffer of 256 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. Lowest latency, "
+"but least stable over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:30
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Use a buffer of 512 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. Low latency, but "
+"less stable over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:33
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Use a buffer of 1024 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. This is a "
+"compromise between latency and stability over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:36
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Use a buffer of 2048 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. High latency, "
+"but stable over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:39
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Use a buffer of 4096 samples for the Fast Fourier transform. Highest "
+"latency, but most stable over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectPitchShift.xml:42
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:43
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum FFT_Size] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:4
+msgid "Audio effect used for recording sound from a microphone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to record sound from a microphone. It sets and gets the "
+"format in which the audio file will be recorded (8-bit, 16-bit, or "
+"compressed). It checks whether or not the recording is active, and if it is, "
+"records the sound. It then returns the recorded sample."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/audio/"
+"recording_with_microphone.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:17
+msgid "Returns the recorded sample."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:23
+msgid "Returns whether the recording is active or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the sound will be recorded. Note that restarting the "
+"recording will remove the previously recorded sample."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectRecord.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the format in which the sample will be recorded. See [enum "
+"AudioStreamSample.Format] for available formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Adds a reverberation audio effect to an Audio bus.\n"
+"Simulates the sound of acoustic environments such as rooms, concert halls, "
+"caverns, or an open spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Simulates rooms of different sizes. Its parameters can be adjusted to "
+"simulate the sound of a specific room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Defines how reflective the imaginary room's walls are. Value can range from "
+"0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Output percent of original sound. At 0, only modified sound is outputted. "
+"Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"High-pass filter passes signals with a frequency higher than a certain "
+"cutoff frequency and attenuates signals with frequencies lower than the "
+"cutoff frequency. Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:26
+msgid "Output percent of predelay. Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Time between the original signal and the early reflections of the reverb "
+"signal, in milliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Dimensions of simulated room. Bigger means more echoes. Value can range from "
+"0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Widens or narrows the stereo image of the reverb tail. 1 means fully widens. "
+"Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectReverb.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Output percent of modified sound. At 0, only original sound is outputted. "
+"Value can range from 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:4
+msgid "Audio effect that can be used for real-time audio visualizations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This audio effect does not affect sound output, but can be used for real-"
+"time audio visualizations.\n"
+"See also [AudioStreamGenerator] for procedurally generating sounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:11
+msgid "Audio Spectrum Demo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:11
+msgid "Godot 3.2 will get new audio features"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The length of the buffer to keep (in seconds). Higher values keep data "
+"around for longer, but require more memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The size of the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Fast_Fourier_transform]Fast Fourier transform[/url] buffer. Higher values "
+"smooth out the spectrum analysis over time, but have greater latency. The "
+"effects of this higher latency are especially noticeable with sudden "
+"amplitude changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml:21
+msgid "Use the average value as magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzerInstance.xml:24
+msgid "Use the maximum value as magnitude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server interface for low-level audio access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[AudioServer] is a low-level server interface for audio access. It is in "
+"charge of creating sample data (playable audio) as well as its playback via "
+"a voice interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:11 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:13
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/525"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:13 doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:16 doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:17
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/528"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:20
+msgid "Adds a bus at [code]at_position[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Adds an [AudioEffect] effect to the bus [code]bus_idx[/code] at "
+"[code]at_position[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Name of the current device for audio input (see [method "
+"capture_get_device_list])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:41
+msgid "Returns the names of all audio input devices detected on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:48
+msgid "Sets which audio input device is used for audio capture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:54
+msgid "Generates an [AudioBusLayout] using the available buses and effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Returns the amount of channels of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AudioEffect] at position [code]effect_idx[/code] in bus "
+"[code]bus_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:76
+msgid "Returns the number of effects on the bus at [code]bus_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AudioEffectInstance] assigned to the given bus and effect "
+"indices (and optionally channel)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:92
+msgid "Returns the index of the bus with the name [code]bus_name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:99
+msgid "Returns the name of the bus with the index [code]bus_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Returns the peak volume of the left speaker at bus index [code]bus_idx[/"
+"code] and channel index [code]channel[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Returns the peak volume of the right speaker at bus index [code]bus_idx[/"
+"code] and channel index [code]channel[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the bus that the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] sends "
+"to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:129
+msgid "Returns the volume of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] in dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:135
+msgid "Returns the names of all audio devices detected on the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:141
+msgid "Returns the sample rate at the output of the [AudioServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:147
+msgid "Returns the audio driver's output latency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:153
+msgid "Returns the speaker configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:159
+msgid "Returns the relative time since the last mix occurred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:165
+msgid "Returns the relative time until the next mix occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:172 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is bypassing "
+"effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:180 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the effect at index [code]effect_idx[/code] on the bus "
+"at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:187 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:256
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is muted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:194 doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] is in solo mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Locks the audio driver's main loop.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Remember to unlock it afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"Moves the bus from index [code]index[/code] to index [code]to_index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:216
+msgid "Removes the bus at index [code]index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Removes the effect at index [code]effect_idx[/code] from the bus at index "
+"[code]bus_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:248
+msgid "Overwrites the currently used [AudioBusLayout]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:264
+msgid ""
+"Sets the name of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] to [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"Connects the output of the bus at [code]bus_idx[/code] to the bus named "
+"[code]send[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Sets the volume of the bus at index [code]bus_idx[/code] to [code]volume_db[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:297
+msgid "Swaps the position of two effects in bus [code]bus_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"Unlocks the audio driver's main loop. (After locking it, you should always "
+"unlock it.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:309
+msgid "Number of available audio buses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Name of the current device for audio output (see [method get_device_list])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:315
+msgid ""
+"Scales the rate at which audio is played (i.e. setting it to [code]0.5[/"
+"code] will make the audio be played twice as fast)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:321
+msgid "Emitted when the [AudioBusLayout] changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:327
+msgid "Two or fewer speakers were detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:330
+msgid "A 3.1 channel surround setup was detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:333
+msgid "A 5.1 channel surround setup was detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioServer.xml:336
+msgid "A 7.1 channel surround setup was detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for audio streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for audio streams. Audio streams are used for sound effects and "
+"music playback, and support WAV (via [AudioStreamSample]) and OGG (via "
+"[AudioStreamOGGVorbis]) file formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:10 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:13
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/audio/audio_streams.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:11 doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml:10 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:14
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/526"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStream.xml:19
+msgid "Returns the length of the audio stream in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:4
+msgid "Audio stream that generates sounds procedurally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This audio stream does not play back sounds, but expects a script to "
+"generate audio data for it instead. See also "
+"[AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback].\n"
+"See also [AudioEffectSpectrumAnalyzer] for performing real-time audio "
+"spectrum analysis.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to performance constraints, this class is best used from C# "
+"or from a compiled language via GDNative. If you still want to use this "
+"class from GDScript, consider using a lower [member mix_rate] such as 11,025 "
+"Hz or 22,050 Hz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The length of the buffer to generate (in seconds). Lower values result in "
+"less latency, but require the script to generate audio data faster, "
+"resulting in increased CPU usage and more risk for audio cracking if the CPU "
+"can't keep up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGenerator.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The sample rate to use (in Hz). Higher values are more demanding for the CPU "
+"to generate, but result in better quality.\n"
+"In games, common sample rates in use are [code]11025[/code], [code]16000[/"
+"code], [code]22050[/code], [code]32000[/code], [code]44100[/code], and "
+"[code]48000[/code].\n"
+"According to the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nyquist"
+"%E2%80%93Shannon_sampling_theorem]Nyquist-Shannon sampling theorem[/url], "
+"there is no quality difference to human hearing when going past 40,000 Hz "
+"(since most humans can only hear up to ~20,000 Hz, often less). If you are "
+"generating lower-pitched sounds such as voices, lower sample rates such as "
+"[code]32000[/code] or [code]22050[/code] may be usable with no loss in "
+"quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:4
+msgid "Plays back audio generated using [AudioStreamGenerator]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class is meant to be used with [AudioStreamGenerator] to play back the "
+"generated audio in real-time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a buffer of the size [code]amount[/code] can be "
+"pushed to the audio sample data buffer without overflowing it, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:24
+msgid "Clears the audio sample data buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of audio data frames left to play. If this returned "
+"number reaches [code]0[/code], the audio will stop playing until frames are "
+"added again. Therefore, make sure your script can always generate and push "
+"new audio frames fast enough to avoid audio cracking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Pushes several audio data frames to the buffer. This is usually more "
+"efficient than [method push_frame] in C# and compiled languages via "
+"GDNative, but [method push_buffer] may be [i]less[/i] efficient in GDScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamGeneratorPlayback.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Pushes a single audio data frame to the buffer. This is usually less "
+"efficient than [method push_buffer] in C# and compiled languages via "
+"GDNative, but [method push_frame] may be [i]more[/i] efficient in GDScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:4
+#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:7
+msgid "MP3 audio stream driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:15
+#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:15
+msgid "Contains the audio data in bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:18
+#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the stream will automatically loop when it reaches the "
+"end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/minimp3/doc_classes/AudioStreamMP3.xml:21
+#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:21
+msgid "Time in seconds at which the stream starts after being looped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:4
+#: modules/stb_vorbis/doc_classes/AudioStreamOGGVorbis.xml:7
+msgid "OGG Vorbis audio stream driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml:4
+msgid "Meta class for playing back audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayback.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Can play, loop, pause a scroll through audio. See [AudioStream] and "
+"[AudioStreamOGGVorbis] for usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:4
+msgid "Plays back audio non-positionally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Plays an audio stream non-positionally.\n"
+"To play audio positionally, use [AudioStreamPlayer2D] or "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer3D] instead of [AudioStreamPlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:22
+msgid "Returns the position in the [AudioStream] in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AudioStreamPlayback] object associated with this "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:35
+msgid "Plays the audio from the given [code]from_position[/code], in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:42 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:38
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:39
+msgid "Sets the position from which audio will be played, in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:48 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:44
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:45
+msgid "Stops the audio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:54 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:56
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], audio plays when added to scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:57 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:59
+msgid "Bus on which this audio is playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the audio configuration has more than two speakers, this sets the target "
+"channels. See [enum MixTarget] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:63 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:65
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The pitch and the tempo of the audio, as a multiplier of the audio sample's "
+"sample rate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:66 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:68
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:94
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], audio is playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:69 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:71
+msgid "The [AudioStream] object to be played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:72 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the playback is paused. You can resume it by setting "
+"[code]stream_paused[/code] to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:75
+msgid "Volume of sound, in dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:81 doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:83
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:112
+msgid "Emitted when the audio stops playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:87
+msgid "The audio will be played only on the first channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:90
+msgid "The audio will be played on all surround channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"The audio will be played on the second channel, which is usually the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:4
+msgid "Plays positional sound in 2D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Plays audio that dampens with distance from screen center.\n"
+"See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer2D] node does not disable its audio "
+"output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer2D]'s audio output, set "
+"[member volume_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't "
+"audible to human hearing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:18
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:19
+msgid "Returns the position in the [AudioStream]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AudioStreamPlayback] object associated with this "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:31
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Plays the audio from the given position [code]from_position[/code], in "
+"seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:50
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:51
+msgid "Areas in which this sound plays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:53
+msgid "Dampens audio over distance with this as an exponent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:62
+msgid "Maximum distance from which audio is still hearable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer2D.xml:77
+msgid "Base volume without dampening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:4
+msgid "Plays positional sound in 3D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Plays a sound effect with directed sound effects, dampens with distance if "
+"needed, generates effect of hearable position in space. For greater realism, "
+"a low-pass filter is automatically applied to distant sounds. This can be "
+"disabled by setting [member attenuation_filter_cutoff_hz] to [code]20500[/"
+"code].\n"
+"By default, audio is heard from the camera position. This can be changed by "
+"adding a [Listener] node to the scene and enabling it by calling [method "
+"Listener.make_current] on it.\n"
+"See also [AudioStreamPlayer] to play a sound non-positionally.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Hiding an [AudioStreamPlayer3D] node does not disable its audio "
+"output. To temporarily disable an [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s audio output, set "
+"[member unit_db] to a very low value like [code]-100[/code] (which isn't "
+"audible to human hearing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AudioStreamPlayback] object associated with this "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer3D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Dampens audio using a low-pass filter above this frequency, in Hz. To "
+"disable the dampening effect entirely, set this to [code]20500[/code] as "
+"this frequency is above the human hearing limit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:57
+msgid "Amount how much the filter affects the loudness, in decibels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Decides if audio should get quieter with distance linearly, quadratically, "
+"logarithmically, or not be affected by distance, effectively disabling "
+"attenuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], audio plays when the AudioStreamPlayer3D node is added "
+"to scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:66
+msgid "The bus on which this audio is playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Decides in which step the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/url] should be calculated.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only effective if the current [Camera]'s [member Camera."
+"doppler_tracking] property is set to a value other than [constant Camera."
+"DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:73
+msgid "The angle in which the audio reaches cameras undampened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the audio should be dampened according to the "
+"direction of the sound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Dampens audio if camera is outside of [member emission_angle_degrees] and "
+"[member emission_angle_enabled] is set by this factor, in decibels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:82
+msgid "Sets the absolute maximum of the soundlevel, in decibels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Sets the distance from which the [member out_of_range_mode] takes effect. "
+"Has no effect if set to 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Decides if audio should pause when source is outside of [member "
+"max_distance] range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:97
+msgid "The [AudioStream] resource to be played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the playback is paused. You can resume it by setting "
+"[member stream_paused] to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:103
+msgid "The base sound level unaffected by dampening, in decibels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"The factor for the attenuation effect. Higher values make the sound audible "
+"over a larger distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:118
+msgid "Linear dampening of loudness according to distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:121
+msgid "Squared dampening of loudness according to distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:124
+msgid "Logarithmic dampening of loudness according to distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"No dampening of loudness according to distance. The sound will still be "
+"heard positionally, unlike an [AudioStreamPlayer]. [constant "
+"ATTENUATION_DISABLED] can be combined with a [member max_distance] value "
+"greater than [code]0.0[/code] to achieve linear attenuation clamped to a "
+"sphere of a defined size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Mix this audio in, even when it's out of range. This increases CPU usage, "
+"but keeps the sound playing at the correct position if the camera leaves and "
+"enters the [AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s [member max_distance] radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Pause this audio when it gets out of range. This decreases CPU usage, but "
+"will cause the sound to restart if the camera leaves and enters the "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer3D]'s [member max_distance] radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:136
+msgid "Disables doppler tracking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:139
+msgid "Executes doppler tracking in idle step (every rendered frame)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamPlayer3D.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Executes doppler tracking in physics step (every simulated physics frame)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:4
+msgid "Plays audio with random pitch shifting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:7
+msgid "Randomly varies pitch on each start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:15
+msgid "The current [AudioStream]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamRandomPitch.xml:18
+msgid "The intensity of random pitch variation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:4
+msgid "Stores audio data loaded from WAV files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"AudioStreamSample stores sound samples loaded from WAV files. To play the "
+"stored sound, use an [AudioStreamPlayer] (for non-positional audio) or "
+"[AudioStreamPlayer2D]/[AudioStreamPlayer3D] (for positional audio). The "
+"sound can be looped.\n"
+"This class can also be used to store dynamically-generated PCM audio data. "
+"See also [AudioStreamGenerator] for procedural audio generation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Saves the AudioStreamSample as a WAV file to [code]path[/code]. Samples with "
+"IMA ADPCM format can't be saved.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A [code].wav[/code] extension is automatically appended to "
+"[code]path[/code] if it is missing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Contains the audio data in bytes.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property expects signed PCM8 data. To convert unsigned "
+"PCM8 to signed PCM8, subtract 128 from each byte."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:28
+msgid "Audio format. See [enum Format] constants for values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The loop start point (in number of samples, relative to the beginning of the "
+"sample). This information will be imported automatically from the WAV file "
+"if present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The loop end point (in number of samples, relative to the beginning of the "
+"sample). This information will be imported automatically from the WAV file "
+"if present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"The loop mode. This information will be imported automatically from the WAV "
+"file if present. See [enum LoopMode] constants for values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The sample rate for mixing this audio. Higher values require more storage "
+"space, but result in better quality.\n"
+"In games, common sample rates in use are [code]11025[/code], [code]16000[/"
+"code], [code]22050[/code], [code]32000[/code], [code]44100[/code], and "
+"[code]48000[/code].\n"
+"According to the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nyquist"
+"%E2%80%93Shannon_sampling_theorem]Nyquist-Shannon sampling theorem[/url], "
+"there is no quality difference to human hearing when going past 40,000 Hz "
+"(since most humans can only hear up to ~20,000 Hz, often less). If you are "
+"using lower-pitched sounds such as voices, lower sample rates such as "
+"[code]32000[/code] or [code]22050[/code] may be usable with no loss in "
+"quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:45
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], audio is stereo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:50
+msgid "8-bit audio codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:53
+msgid "16-bit audio codec."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:56
+msgid "Audio is compressed using IMA ADPCM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:59
+msgid "Audio does not loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Audio loops the data between [member loop_begin] and [member loop_end], "
+"playing forward only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Audio loops the data between [member loop_begin] and [member loop_end], "
+"playing back and forth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/AudioStreamSample.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Audio loops the data between [member loop_begin] and [member loop_end], "
+"playing backward only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Copies a region of the screen (or the whole screen) to a buffer so it can be "
+"accessed in your shader scripts through the "
+"[code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Node for back-buffering the currently-displayed screen. The region defined "
+"in the BackBufferCopy node is buffered with the content of the screen it "
+"covers, or the entire screen according to the copy mode set. Use the "
+"[code]texture(SCREEN_TEXTURE, ...)[/code] function in your shader scripts to "
+"access the buffer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Since this node inherits from [Node2D] (and not [Control]), "
+"anchors and margins won't apply to child [Control]-derived nodes. This can "
+"be problematic when resizing the window. To avoid this, add [Control]-"
+"derived nodes as [i]siblings[/i] to the BackBufferCopy node instead of "
+"adding them as children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:16
+msgid "Buffer mode. See [enum CopyMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The area covered by the BackBufferCopy. Only used if [member copy_mode] is "
+"[constant COPY_MODE_RECT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Disables the buffering mode. This means the BackBufferCopy node will "
+"directly use the portion of screen it covers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:27
+msgid "BackBufferCopy buffers a rectangular region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BackBufferCopy.xml:30
+msgid "BackBufferCopy buffers the entire screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:4
+msgid "Prerendered indirect light map for a scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Baked lightmaps are an alternative workflow for adding indirect (or baked) "
+"lighting to a scene. Unlike the [GIProbe] approach, baked lightmaps work "
+"fine on low-end PCs and mobile devices as they consume almost no resources "
+"in run-time.\n"
+"[b]Procedural generation:[/b] Lightmap baking functionality is only "
+"available in the editor. This means [BakedLightmap] is not suited to "
+"procedurally generated or user-built levels. For procedurally generated or "
+"user-built levels, use [GIProbe] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to how lightmaps work, most properties only have a visible "
+"effect once lightmaps are baked again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:12
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/baked_lightmaps.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Bakes the lightmap, scanning from the given [code]from_node[/code] root and "
+"saves the resulting [BakedLightmapData] in [code]data_save_path[/code]. If "
+"no root node is provided, parent of this node will be used as root instead. "
+"If no save path is provided it will try to match the path from the current "
+"[member light_data]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When enabled, the lightmapper will merge the textures for all meshes into a "
+"single large layered texture. Not supported in GLES2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Maximum size of each lightmap layer, only used when [member atlas_generate] "
+"is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Raycasting bias used during baking to avoid floating point precision issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The energy multiplier for each bounce. Higher values will make indirect "
+"lighting brighter. A value of [code]1.0[/code] represents physically "
+"accurate behavior, but higher values can be used to make indirect lighting "
+"propagate more visibly when using a low number of bounces. This can be used "
+"to speed up bake times by lowering the number of [member bounces] then "
+"increasing [member bounce_indirect_energy]. Unlike [member BakedLightmapData."
+"energy], this property does not affect direct lighting emitted by light "
+"nodes, emissive materials and the environment.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [member bounce_indirect_energy] only has an effect if [member "
+"bounces] is set to a value greater than or equal to [code]1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Number of light bounces that are taken into account during baking. See also "
+"[member bounce_indirect_energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:42
+msgid "Grid size used for real-time capture information on dynamic objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"When enabled, an octree containing the scene's lighting information will be "
+"computed. This octree will then be used to light dynamic objects in the "
+"scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Bias value to reduce the amount of light proagation in the captured octree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:51
+msgid "Bake quality of the capture data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If a baked mesh doesn't have a UV2 size hint, this value will be used to "
+"roughly compute a suitable lightmap size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"The environment color when [member environment_mode] is set to [constant "
+"ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_COLOR]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"The energy scaling factor when when [member environment_mode] is set to "
+"[constant ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_COLOR] or [constant "
+"ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_SKY]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"The [Sky] resource to use when [member environment_mode] is set o [constant "
+"ENVIRONMENT_MODE_CUSTOM_SKY]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:66
+msgid "The rotation of the baked custom sky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Minimum ambient light for all the lightmap texels. This doesn't take into "
+"account any occlusion from the scene's geometry, it simply ensures a minimum "
+"amount of light on all the lightmap texels. Can be used for artistic control "
+"on shadow color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:72
+msgid "Decides which environment to use during baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Size of the baked lightmap. Only meshes inside this region will be included "
+"in the baked lightmap, also used as the bounds of the captured region for "
+"dynamic lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Deprecated, in previous versions it determined the location where lightmaps "
+"were be saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:81
+msgid "The calculated light data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Determines the amount of samples per texel used in indrect light baking. The "
+"amount of samples for each quality level can be configured in the project "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Store full color values in the lightmap textures. When disabled, lightmap "
+"textures will store a single brightness channel. Can be disabled to reduce "
+"disk usage if the scene contains only white lights or you don't mind losing "
+"color information in indirect lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"When enabled, a lightmap denoiser will be used to reduce the noise inherent "
+"to Monte Carlo based global illumination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], stores the lightmap textures in a high dynamic range "
+"format (EXR). If [code]false[/code], stores the lightmap texture in a low "
+"dynamic range PNG image. This can be set to [code]false[/code] to reduce "
+"disk usage, but light values over 1.0 will be clamped and you may see "
+"banding caused by the reduced precision.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Setting [member use_hdr] to [code]true[/code] will decrease "
+"lightmap banding even when using the GLES2 backend or if [member "
+"ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/depth/hdr] is [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:99
+msgid "The lowest bake quality mode. Fastest to calculate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:102
+msgid "The default bake quality mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:105
+msgid "A higher bake quality mode. Takes longer to calculate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:108
+msgid "The highest bake quality mode. Takes the longest to calculate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:111
+msgid "Baking was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Returns if no viable save path is found. This can happen where an [member "
+"image_path] is not specified or when the save location is invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:117 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:622
+msgid "Currently unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:120
+msgid "Returns when the baker cannot save per-mesh textures to file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:123
+msgid "The size of the generated lightmaps is too large."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:126
+msgid "Some mesh contains UV2 values outside the [code][0,1][/code] range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:129
+msgid "Returns if user cancels baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Returns if lightmapper can't be created. Unless you are using a custom "
+"lightmapper, please report this as bug."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"There is no root node to start baking from. Either provide [code]from_node[/"
+"code] argument or attach this node to a parent that should be used as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:138
+msgid "No environment is used during baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:141
+msgid "The baked environment is automatically picked from the current scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:144
+msgid "A custom sky is used as environment during baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmap.xml:147
+msgid "A custom solid color is used as environment during baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Global energy multiplier for baked and dynamic capture objects. This can be "
+"changed at run-time without having to bake lightmaps again.\n"
+"To adjust only the energy of indirect lighting (without affecting direct "
+"lighting or emissive materials), adjust [member BakedLightmap."
+"bounce_indirect_energy] and bake lightmaps again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BakedLightmapData.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Controls whether dynamic capture objects receive environment lighting or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for different kinds of buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"BaseButton is the abstract base class for buttons, so it shouldn't be used "
+"directly (it doesn't display anything). Other types of buttons inherit from "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Called when the button is pressed. If you need to know the button's pressed "
+"state (and [member toggle_mode] is active), use [method _toggled] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Called when the button is toggled (only if [member toggle_mode] is active)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns the visual state used to draw the button. This is useful mainly when "
+"implementing your own draw code by either overriding _draw() or connecting "
+"to \"draw\" signal. The visual state of the button is defined by the [enum "
+"DrawMode] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the mouse has entered the button and has not "
+"left it yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Changes the [member pressed] state of the button, without emitting [signal "
+"toggled]. Use when you just want to change the state of the button without "
+"sending the pressed event (e.g. when initializing scene). Only works if "
+"[member toggle_mode] is [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method doesn't unpress other buttons in its button [member "
+"group]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Determines when the button is considered clicked, one of the [enum "
+"ActionMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Binary mask to choose which mouse buttons this button will respond to.\n"
+"To allow both left-click and right-click, use [code]BUTTON_MASK_LEFT | "
+"BUTTON_MASK_RIGHT[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button is in disabled state and can't be clicked "
+"or toggled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] This property has been deprecated due to redundancy and "
+"will be removed in Godot 4.0. This property no longer has any effect when "
+"set. Please use [member Control.focus_mode] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:62
+msgid "[ButtonGroup] associated to the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button stays pressed when moving the cursor "
+"outside the button while pressing it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property only affects the button's visual appearance. "
+"Signals will be emitted at the same moment regardless of this property's "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button's state is pressed. Means the button is "
+"pressed down or toggled (if [member toggle_mode] is active). Only works if "
+"[member toggle_mode] is [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Setting [member pressed] will result in [signal toggled] to be "
+"emitted. If you want to change the pressed state without emitting that "
+"signal, use [method set_pressed_no_signal]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:73
+msgid "[ShortCut] associated to the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button will add information about its shortcut in "
+"the tooltip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button is in toggle mode. Makes the button flip "
+"state between pressed and unpressed each time its area is clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:85
+msgid "Emitted when the button starts being held down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:90
+msgid "Emitted when the button stops being held down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the button is toggled or pressed. This is on [signal "
+"button_down] if [member action_mode] is [constant ACTION_MODE_BUTTON_PRESS] "
+"and on [signal button_up] otherwise.\n"
+"If you need to know the button's pressed state (and [member toggle_mode] is "
+"active), use [signal toggled] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the button was just toggled between pressed and normal states "
+"(only if [member toggle_mode] is active). The new state is contained in the "
+"[code]button_pressed[/code] argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The normal state (i.e. not pressed, not hovered, not toggled and enabled) of "
+"buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:111
+msgid "The state of buttons are pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:114
+msgid "The state of buttons are hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:117
+msgid "The state of buttons are disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:120
+msgid "The state of buttons are both hovered and pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:123
+msgid "Require just a press to consider the button clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BaseButton.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Require a press and a subsequent release before considering the button "
+"clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:4
+msgid "3×3 matrix datatype."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"3×3 matrix used for 3D rotation and scale. Almost always used as an "
+"orthogonal basis for a Transform.\n"
+"Contains 3 vector fields X, Y and Z as its columns, which are typically "
+"interpreted as the local basis vectors of a transformation. For such use, it "
+"is composed of a scaling and a rotation matrix, in that order (M = R.S).\n"
+"Can also be accessed as array of 3D vectors. These vectors are normally "
+"orthogonal to each other, but are not necessarily normalized (due to "
+"scaling).\n"
+"For more information, read the \"Matrices and transforms\" documentation "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:14 doc/classes/Transform.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/matrices_and_transforms."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:15 doc/classes/Transform.xml:13
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_transforms.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:16 doc/classes/Line2D.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:14 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:15 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:15
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/584"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:18 doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:88 doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:18
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:10 doc/classes/File.xml:29
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:12 doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:12 doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:15 doc/classes/RayCast.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:13 doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:22
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:12 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:13 doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:10
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/676"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:19 doc/classes/Line2D.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:16 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:14
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/583"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:26
+msgid "Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix from the given quaternion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix from the given Euler angles (in the "
+"YXZ convention: when *composing*, first Y, then X, and Z last), given in the "
+"vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle).\n"
+"Consider using the [Quat] constructor instead, which uses a quaternion "
+"instead of Euler angles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a pure rotation basis matrix, rotated around the given "
+"[code]axis[/code] by [code]phi[/code], in radians. The axis must be a "
+"normalized vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:51
+msgid "Constructs a basis matrix from 3 axis vectors (matrix columns)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Returns the determinant of the basis matrix. If the basis is uniformly "
+"scaled, its determinant is the square of the scale.\n"
+"A negative determinant means the basis has a negative scale. A zero "
+"determinant means the basis isn't invertible, and is usually considered "
+"invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns the basis's rotation in the form of Euler angles (in the YXZ "
+"convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last). The returned "
+"vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z "
+"angle).\n"
+"Consider using the [method get_rotation_quat] method instead, which returns "
+"a [Quat] quaternion instead of Euler angles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"This function considers a discretization of rotations into 24 points on unit "
+"sphere, lying along the vectors (x,y,z) with each component being either -1, "
+"0, or 1, and returns the index of the point best representing the "
+"orientation of the object. It is mainly used by the [GridMap] editor. For "
+"further details, refer to the Godot source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns the basis's rotation in the form of a quaternion. See [method "
+"get_euler] if you need Euler angles, but keep in mind quaternions should "
+"generally be preferred to Euler angles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Assuming that the matrix is the combination of a rotation and scaling, "
+"return the absolute value of scaling factors along each axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:89
+msgid "Returns the inverse of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this basis and [code]b[/code] are approximately "
+"equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each component.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For complicated reasons, the epsilon argument is always "
+"discarded. Don't use the epsilon argument, it does nothing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Returns the orthonormalized version of the matrix (useful to call from time "
+"to time to avoid rounding error for orthogonal matrices). This performs a "
+"Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization on the basis of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Introduce an additional rotation around the given axis by phi (radians). The "
+"axis must be a normalized vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Introduce an additional scaling specified by the given 3D scaling factor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Assuming that the matrix is a proper rotation matrix, slerp performs a "
+"spherical-linear interpolation with another rotation matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:134
+msgid "Transposed dot product with the X axis of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:141
+msgid "Transposed dot product with the Y axis of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:148
+msgid "Transposed dot product with the Z axis of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:154
+msgid "Returns the transposed version of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:161
+msgid "Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the transposed basis matrix.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This results in a multiplication by the inverse of the matrix "
+"only if it represents a rotation-reflection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:175 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"The basis matrix's X vector (column 0). Equivalent to array index [code]0[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:178 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"The basis matrix's Y vector (column 1). Equivalent to array index [code]1[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"The basis matrix's Z vector (column 2). Equivalent to array index [code]2[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"The identity basis, with no rotation or scaling applied.\n"
+"This is identical to calling [code]Basis()[/code] without any parameters. "
+"This constant can be used to make your code clearer, and for consistency "
+"with C#."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"The basis that will flip something along the X axis when used in a "
+"transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"The basis that will flip something along the Y axis when used in a "
+"transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Basis.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"The basis that will flip something along the Z axis when used in a "
+"transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:4
+msgid "Boolean matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A two-dimensional array of boolean values, can be used to efficiently store "
+"a binary matrix (every matrix element takes only one bit) and query the "
+"values using natural cartesian coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Creates a bitmap with the specified size, filled with [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Creates a bitmap that matches the given image dimensions, every element of "
+"the bitmap is set to [code]false[/code] if the alpha value of the image at "
+"that position is equal to [code]threshold[/code] or less, and [code]true[/"
+"code] in other case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:31
+msgid "Returns bitmap's value at the specified position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:37
+msgid "Returns bitmap's dimensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Returns the amount of bitmap elements that are set to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Applies morphological dilation or erosion to the bitmap. If [code]pixels[/"
+"code] is positive, dilation is applied to the bitmap. If [code]pixels[/code] "
+"is negative, erosion is applied to the bitmap. [code]rect[/code] defines the "
+"area where the morphological operation is applied. Pixels located outside "
+"the [code]rect[/code] are unaffected by [method grow_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bitmap's element at the specified position, to the specified value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitMap.xml:74
+msgid "Sets a rectangular portion of the bitmap to the specified value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Renders text using fonts under the [url=https://www.angelcode.com/products/"
+"bmfont/]BMFont[/url] format.\n"
+"Handles files with the [code].fnt[/code] extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Renders text using [code]*.fnt[/code] fonts containing texture atlases. "
+"Supports distance fields. For using vector font files like TTF directly, see "
+"[DynamicFont]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Adds a character to the font, where [code]character[/code] is the Unicode "
+"value, [code]texture[/code] is the texture index, [code]rect[/code] is the "
+"region in the texture (in pixels!), [code]align[/code] is the (optional) "
+"alignment for the character and [code]advance[/code] is the (optional) "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Adds a kerning pair to the [BitmapFont] as a difference. Kerning pairs are "
+"special cases where a typeface advance is determined by the next character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:37
+msgid "Adds a texture to the [BitmapFont]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:43
+msgid "Clears all the font data and settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Creates a BitmapFont from the [code]*.fnt[/code] file at [code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:58
+msgid "Returns a kerning pair as a difference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:65
+msgid "Returns the font atlas texture at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:71
+msgid "Returns the number of textures in the BitmapFont atlas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:77
+msgid "Ascent (number of pixels above the baseline)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:80
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], distance field hint is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:83
+msgid "The fallback font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BitmapFont.xml:86
+msgid "Total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:4
+msgid "Joint used with [Skeleton2D] to control and animate other nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Use a hierarchy of [code]Bone2D[/code] bound to a [Skeleton2D] to control, "
+"and animate other [Node2D] nodes.\n"
+"You can use [code]Bone2D[/code] and [code]Skeleton2D[/code] nodes to animate "
+"2D meshes created with the Polygon 2D UV editor.\n"
+"Each bone has a [member rest] transform that you can reset to with [method "
+"apply_rest]. These rest poses are relative to the bone's parent.\n"
+"If in the editor, you can set the rest pose of an entire skeleton using a "
+"menu option, from the code, you need to iterate over the bones to set their "
+"individual rest poses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:18
+msgid "Stores the node's current transforms in [member rest]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns the node's index as part of the entire skeleton. See [Skeleton2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the node's [member rest] [code]Transform2D[/code] if it doesn't have "
+"a parent, or its rest pose relative to its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Length of the bone's representation drawn in the editor's viewport in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Bone2D.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Rest transform of the bone. You can reset the node's transforms to this "
+"value using [method apply_rest]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml:4
+msgid "A node that will attach to a bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node must be the child of a [Skeleton] node. You can then select a bone "
+"for this node to attach to. The BoneAttachment node will copy the transform "
+"of the selected bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoneAttachment.xml:15
+msgid "The name of the attached bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/bool.xml:4
+msgid "Boolean built-in type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/bool.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Boolean is a built-in type. There are two boolean values: [code]true[/code] "
+"and [code]false[/code]. You can think of it as a switch with on or off (1 or "
+"0) setting. Booleans are used in programming for logic in condition "
+"statements, like [code]if[/code] statements.\n"
+"Booleans can be directly used in [code]if[/code] statements. The code below "
+"demonstrates this on the [code]if can_shoot:[/code] line. You don't need to "
+"use [code]== true[/code], you only need [code]if can_shoot:[/code]. "
+"Similarly, use [code]if not can_shoot:[/code] rather than [code]== false[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var can_shoot = true\n"
+"\n"
+"func shoot():\n"
+" if can_shoot:\n"
+" pass # Perform shooting actions here.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The following code will only create a bullet if both conditions are met: "
+"action \"shoot\" is pressed and if [code]can_shoot[/code] is [code]true[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]Input.is_action_pressed(\"shoot\")[/code] is also a "
+"boolean that is [code]true[/code] when \"shoot\" is pressed and [code]false[/"
+"code] when \"shoot\" isn't pressed.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var can_shoot = true\n"
+"\n"
+"func shoot():\n"
+" if can_shoot and Input.is_action_pressed(\"shoot\"):\n"
+" create_bullet()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The following code will set [code]can_shoot[/code] to [code]false[/code] and "
+"start a timer. This will prevent player from shooting until the timer runs "
+"out. Next [code]can_shoot[/code] will be set to [code]true[/code] again "
+"allowing player to shoot once again.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var can_shoot = true\n"
+"onready var cool_down = $CoolDownTimer\n"
+"\n"
+"func shoot():\n"
+" if can_shoot and Input.is_action_pressed(\"shoot\"):\n"
+" create_bullet()\n"
+" can_shoot = false\n"
+" cool_down.start()\n"
+"\n"
+"func _on_CoolDownTimer_timeout():\n"
+" can_shoot = true\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/bool.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Cast an [int] value to a boolean value, this method will return [code]false[/"
+"code] if [code]0[/code] is passed in, and [code]true[/code] for all other "
+"ints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/bool.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Cast a [float] value to a boolean value, this method will return "
+"[code]false[/code] if [code]0.0[/code] is passed in, and [code]true[/code] "
+"for all other floats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/bool.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Cast a [String] value to a boolean value, this method will return "
+"[code]false[/code] if [code]\"\"[/code] is passed in, and [code]true[/code] "
+"for all non-empty strings.\n"
+"Examples: [code]bool(\"False\")[/code] returns [code]true[/code], "
+"[code]bool(\"\")[/code] returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for box containers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Arranges child controls vertically or horizontally, and rearranges the "
+"controls automatically when their minimum size changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Adds a control to the box as a spacer. If [code]true[/code], [code]begin[/"
+"code] will insert the spacer control in front of other children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The alignment of the container's children (must be one of [constant "
+"ALIGN_BEGIN], [constant ALIGN_CENTER] or [constant ALIGN_END])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:28
+msgid "Aligns children with the beginning of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:31
+msgid "Aligns children with the center of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxContainer.xml:34
+msgid "Aligns children with the end of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:4
+msgid "Box shape resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:7
+msgid "3D box shape that can be a child of a [PhysicsBody] or [Area]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:10 doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:11 doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:11 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:16 doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:11
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/675"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:11 doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:11
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:16 doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:11 doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:10
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/126"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/BoxShape.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The box's half extents. The width, height and depth of this shape is twice "
+"the half extents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:4
+msgid "Standard themed Button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Button is the standard themed button. It can contain text and an icon, and "
+"will display them according to the current [Theme].\n"
+"[b]Example of creating a button and assigning an action when pressed by code:"
+"[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var button = Button.new()\n"
+" button.text = \"Click me\"\n"
+" button.connect(\"pressed\", self, \"_button_pressed\")\n"
+" add_child(button)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _button_pressed():\n"
+" print(\"Hello world!\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Buttons (like all Control nodes) can also be created in the editor, but some "
+"situations may require creating them from code.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Buttons do not interpret touch input and therefore don't "
+"support multitouch, since mouse emulation can only press one button at a "
+"given time. Use [TouchScreenButton] for buttons that trigger gameplay "
+"movement or actions, as [TouchScreenButton] supports multitouch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:25 doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:89
+#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:12 doc/classes/OS.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:11 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:11 doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:17
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/677"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Text alignment policy for the button's text, use one of the [enum TextAlign] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"When this property is enabled, text that is too large to fit the button is "
+"clipped, when disabled the Button will always be wide enough to hold the "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"When enabled, the button's icon will expand/shrink to fit the button's size "
+"while keeping its aspect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:40
+msgid "Flat buttons don't display decoration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Button's icon, if text is present the icon will be placed before the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:46 doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:18
+msgid "The button's text that will be displayed inside the button's area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:51
+msgid "Align the text to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:54
+msgid "Align the text to the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:57
+msgid "Align the text to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:62
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is focused. It is displayed over the "
+"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus "
+"visual effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:68
+msgid "[Font] of the [Button]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:71
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [Button]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:74
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [Button] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] used when the [Button] is focused. Only replaces the normal "
+"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:80
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [Button] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:83
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [Button] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:86
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:89
+msgid "The horizontal space between [Button]'s icon and text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:92
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [Button]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Button.xml:95
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Button] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:4
+msgid "Group of Buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Group of [Button]. All direct and indirect children buttons become radios. "
+"Only one allows being pressed.\n"
+"[member BaseButton.toggle_mode] should be [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [Button]s who have this as their [ButtonGroup] (see "
+"[member BaseButton.group])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:22
+msgid "Returns the current pressed button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ButtonGroup.xml:33
+msgid "Emitted when one of the buttons of the group is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:4
+msgid "Camera node, displays from a point of view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Camera is a special node that displays what is visible from its current "
+"location. Cameras register themselves in the nearest [Viewport] node (when "
+"ascending the tree). Only one camera can be active per viewport. If no "
+"viewport is available ascending the tree, the camera will register in the "
+"global viewport. In other words, a camera just provides 3D display "
+"capabilities to a [Viewport], and, without one, a scene registered in that "
+"[Viewport] (or higher viewports) can't be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If this is the current camera, remove it from being current. If "
+"[code]enable_next[/code] is [code]true[/code], request to make the next "
+"camera current, if any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:23
+msgid "Returns the camera's RID from the [VisualServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Returns the transform of the camera plus the vertical ([member v_offset]) "
+"and horizontal ([member h_offset]) offsets; and any other adjustments made "
+"to the position and orientation of the camera by subclassed cameras such as "
+"[ClippedCamera], [InterpolatedCamera] and [ARVRCamera]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [code]layer[/code] in the [member "
+"cull_mask] is enabled, [code]false[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Returns the camera's frustum planes in world space units as an array of "
+"[Plane]s in the following order: near, far, left, top, right, bottom. Not to "
+"be confused with [member frustum_offset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given position is behind the camera.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A position which returns [code]false[/code] may still be "
+"outside the camera's field of view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Makes this camera the current camera for the [Viewport] (see class "
+"description). If the camera node is outside the scene tree, it will attempt "
+"to become current once it's added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Returns a normal vector from the screen point location directed along the "
+"camera. Orthogonal cameras are normalized. Perspective cameras account for "
+"perspective, screen width/height, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 3D point in world space that maps to the given 2D coordinate in "
+"the [Viewport] rectangle on a plane that is the given [code]z_depth[/code] "
+"distance into the scene away from the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Returns a normal vector in world space, that is the result of projecting a "
+"point on the [Viewport] rectangle by the camera projection. This is useful "
+"for casting rays in the form of (origin, normal) for object intersection or "
+"picking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Returns a 3D position in world space, that is the result of projecting a "
+"point on the [Viewport] rectangle by the camera projection. This is useful "
+"for casting rays in the form of (origin, normal) for object intersection or "
+"picking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables the given [code]layer[/code] in the [member cull_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Sets the camera projection to frustum mode (see [constant "
+"PROJECTION_FRUSTUM]), by specifying a [code]size[/code], an [code]offset[/"
+"code], and the [code]z_near[/code] and [code]z_far[/code] clip planes in "
+"world space units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Sets the camera projection to orthogonal mode (see [constant "
+"PROJECTION_ORTHOGONAL]), by specifying a [code]size[/code], and the "
+"[code]z_near[/code] and [code]z_far[/code] clip planes in world space units. "
+"(As a hint, 2D games often use this projection, with values specified in "
+"pixels.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Sets the camera projection to perspective mode (see [constant "
+"PROJECTION_PERSPECTIVE]), by specifying a [code]fov[/code] (field of view) "
+"angle in degrees, and the [code]z_near[/code] and [code]z_far[/code] clip "
+"planes in world space units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D coordinate in the [Viewport] rectangle that maps to the given "
+"3D point in world space.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using this to position GUI elements over a 3D viewport, "
+"use [method is_position_behind] to prevent them from appearing if the 3D "
+"point is behind the camera:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# This code block is part of a script that inherits from Spatial.\n"
+"# `control` is a reference to a node inheriting from Control.\n"
+"control.visible = not get_viewport().get_camera()."
+"is_position_behind(global_transform.origin)\n"
+"control.rect_position = get_viewport().get_camera()."
+"unproject_position(global_transform.origin)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"The culling mask that describes which 3D render layers are rendered by this "
+"camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the ancestor [Viewport] is currently using this camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"If not [constant DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED], this camera will simulate the "
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/url] for "
+"objects changed in particular [code]_process[/code] methods. The Doppler "
+"effect is only simulated for [AudioStreamPlayer3D] nodes that have [member "
+"AudioStreamPlayer3D.doppler_tracking] set to a value other than [constant "
+"AudioStreamPlayer3D.DOPPLER_TRACKING_DISABLED].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To toggle the Doppler effect preview in the editor, use the "
+"Perspective menu in the top-left corner of the 3D viewport and toggle "
+"[b]Enable Doppler[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:151
+msgid "The [Environment] to use for this camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"The distance to the far culling boundary for this camera relative to its "
+"local Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"The camera's field of view angle (in degrees). Only applicable in "
+"perspective mode. Since [member keep_aspect] locks one axis, [code]fov[/"
+"code] sets the other axis' field of view angle.\n"
+"For reference, the default vertical field of view value ([code]70.0[/code]) "
+"is equivalent to a horizontal FOV of:\n"
+"- ~86.07 degrees in a 4:3 viewport\n"
+"- ~96.50 degrees in a 16:10 viewport\n"
+"- ~102.45 degrees in a 16:9 viewport\n"
+"- ~117.06 degrees in a 21:9 viewport"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"The camera's frustum offset. This can be changed from the default to create "
+"\"tilted frustum\" effects such as [url=https://zdoom.org/wiki/Y-shearing]Y-"
+"shearing[/url]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:168
+msgid "The horizontal (X) offset of the camera viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"The axis to lock during [member fov]/[member size] adjustments. Can be "
+"either [constant KEEP_WIDTH] or [constant KEEP_HEIGHT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"The distance to the near culling boundary for this camera relative to its "
+"local Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"The camera's projection mode. In [constant PROJECTION_PERSPECTIVE] mode, "
+"objects' Z distance from the camera's local space scales their perceived "
+"size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"The camera's size measured as 1/2 the width or height. Only applicable in "
+"orthogonal mode. Since [member keep_aspect] locks on axis, [code]size[/code] "
+"sets the other axis' size length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:183
+msgid "The vertical (Y) offset of the camera viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Perspective projection. Objects on the screen becomes smaller when they are "
+"far away."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Orthogonal projection, also known as orthographic projection. Objects remain "
+"the same size on the screen no matter how far away they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"Frustum projection. This mode allows adjusting [member frustum_offset] to "
+"create \"tilted frustum\" effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Preserves the horizontal aspect ratio; also known as Vert- scaling. This is "
+"usually the best option for projects running in portrait mode, as taller "
+"aspect ratios will benefit from a wider vertical FOV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Preserves the vertical aspect ratio; also known as Hor+ scaling. This is "
+"usually the best option for projects running in landscape mode, as wider "
+"aspect ratios will automatically benefit from a wider horizontal FOV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"Disables [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/"
+"url] simulation (default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Simulate [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/"
+"url] by tracking positions of objects that are changed in [code]_process[/"
+"code]. Changes in the relative velocity of this camera compared to those "
+"objects affect how Audio is perceived (changing the Audio's [code]pitch "
+"shift[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"Simulate [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Doppler_effect]Doppler effect[/"
+"url] by tracking positions of objects that are changed in "
+"[code]_physics_process[/code]. Changes in the relative velocity of this "
+"camera compared to those objects affect how Audio is perceived (changing the "
+"Audio's [code]pitch shift[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:4
+msgid "Camera node for 2D scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Camera node for 2D scenes. It forces the screen (current layer) to scroll "
+"following this node. This makes it easier (and faster) to program scrollable "
+"scenes than manually changing the position of [CanvasItem]-based nodes.\n"
+"This node is intended to be a simple helper to get things going quickly, but "
+"more functionality may be desired to change how the camera works. To make "
+"your own custom camera node, inherit it from [Node2D] and change the "
+"transform of the canvas by setting [member Viewport.canvas_transform] in "
+"[Viewport] (you can obtain the current [Viewport] by using [method Node."
+"get_viewport]).\n"
+"Note that the [Camera2D] node's [code]position[/code] doesn't represent the "
+"actual position of the screen, which may differ due to applied smoothing or "
+"limits. You can use [method get_camera_screen_center] to get the real "
+"position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:13 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:13
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/112"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:14 doc/classes/Environment.xml:18
+#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:14
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/110"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:20
+msgid "Aligns the camera to the tracked node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Removes any [Camera2D] from the ancestor [Viewport]'s internal currently-"
+"assigned camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:32
+msgid "Forces the camera to update scroll immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the camera position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns the location of the [Camera2D]'s screen-center, relative to the "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns the specified margin. See also [member drag_margin_bottom], [member "
+"drag_margin_top], [member drag_margin_left], and [member drag_margin_right]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns the specified camera limit. See also [member limit_bottom], [member "
+"limit_top], [member limit_left], and [member limit_right]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Make this the current 2D camera for the scene (viewport and layer), in case "
+"there are many cameras in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Sets the camera's position immediately to its current smoothing "
+"destination.\n"
+"This has no effect if smoothing is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified margin. See also [member drag_margin_bottom], [member "
+"drag_margin_top], [member drag_margin_left], and [member drag_margin_right]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified camera limit. See also [member limit_bottom], [member "
+"limit_top], [member limit_left], and [member limit_right]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:93
+msgid "The Camera2D's anchor point. See [enum AnchorMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the camera is the active camera for the current scene. "
+"Only one camera can be current, so setting a different camera [code]current[/"
+"code] will disable this one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The custom [Viewport] node attached to the [Camera2D]. If [code]null[/code] "
+"or not a [Viewport], uses the default viewport instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Bottom margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the "
+"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the camera only moves when reaching the horizontal "
+"drag margins. If [code]false[/code], the camera moves horizontally "
+"regardless of margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Left margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the "
+"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Right margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the "
+"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Top margin needed to drag the camera. A value of [code]1[/code] makes the "
+"camera move only when reaching the edge of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the camera only moves when reaching the vertical drag "
+"margins. If [code]false[/code], the camera moves vertically regardless of "
+"margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], draws the camera's drag margin rectangle in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], draws the camera's limits rectangle in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], draws the camera's screen rectangle in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Bottom scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Left scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Right scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the camera smoothly stops when reaches its limits.\n"
+"This has no effect if smoothing is disabled.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To immediately update the camera's position to be within limits "
+"without smoothing, even with this setting enabled, invoke [method "
+"reset_smoothing]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Top scroll limit in pixels. The camera stops moving when reaching this value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"The camera's offset, useful for looking around or camera shake animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal offset of the camera, relative to the drag margins.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Offset H is used only to force offset relative to margins. It's "
+"not updated in any way if drag margins are enabled and can be used to set "
+"initial offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"The vertical offset of the camera, relative to the drag margins.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Used the same as [member offset_h]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:157
+msgid "The camera's process callback. See [enum Camera2DProcessMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:160
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the camera rotates with the target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the camera smoothly moves towards the target at "
+"[member smoothing_speed]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Speed in pixels per second of the camera's smoothing effect when [member "
+"smoothing_enabled] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"The camera's zoom relative to the viewport. Values larger than "
+"[code]Vector2(1, 1)[/code] zoom out and smaller values zoom in. For an "
+"example, use [code]Vector2(0.5, 0.5)[/code] for a 2× zoom-in, and "
+"[code]Vector2(4, 4)[/code] for a 4× zoom-out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"The camera's position is fixed so that the top-left corner is always at the "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"The camera's position takes into account vertical/horizontal offsets and the "
+"screen size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:180 doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:89
+msgid "The camera updates with the [code]_physics_process[/code] callback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Camera2D.xml:183 doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:92
+msgid "The camera updates with the [code]_process[/code] callback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A camera feed gives you access to a single physical camera attached to your "
+"device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A camera feed gives you access to a single physical camera attached to your "
+"device. When enabled, Godot will start capturing frames from the camera "
+"which can then be used.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Many cameras will return YCbCr images which are split into two "
+"textures and need to be combined in a shader. Godot does this automatically "
+"for you if you set the environment to show the camera image in the "
+"background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the unique ID for this feed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:22
+msgid "Returns the camera's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:28
+msgid "Returns the position of camera on the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:34
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the feed is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:37
+msgid "The transform applied to the camera's image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:42
+msgid "No image set for the feed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:45
+msgid "Feed supplies RGB images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:48
+msgid "Feed supplies YCbCr images that need to be converted to RGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Feed supplies separate Y and CbCr images that need to be combined and "
+"converted to RGB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:54
+msgid "Unspecified position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:57
+msgid "Camera is mounted at the front of the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraFeed.xml:60
+msgid "Camera is mounted at the back of the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server keeping track of different cameras accessible in Godot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [CameraServer] keeps track of different cameras accessible in Godot. "
+"These are external cameras such as webcams or the cameras on your phone.\n"
+"It is notably used to provide AR modules with a video feed from the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:17
+msgid "Adds a camera feed to the camera server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:23
+msgid "Returns an array of [CameraFeed]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:30
+msgid "Returns the [CameraFeed] with this id."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the number of [CameraFeed]s registered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:43
+msgid "Removes a [CameraFeed]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:51
+msgid "Emitted when a [CameraFeed] is added (e.g. webcam is plugged in)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:57
+msgid "Emitted when a [CameraFeed] is removed (e.g. webcam is unplugged)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:63
+msgid "The RGBA camera image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:66
+msgid "The YCbCr camera image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:69
+msgid "The Y component camera image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraServer.xml:72
+msgid "The CbCr component camera image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Texture provided by a [CameraFeed]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This texture gives access to the camera texture provided by a [CameraFeed].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Many cameras supply YCbCr images which need to be converted in "
+"a shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:16
+msgid "The ID of the [CameraFeed] for which we want to display the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Convenience property that gives access to the active property of the "
+"[CameraFeed]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CameraTexture.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Which image within the [CameraFeed] we want access to, important if the "
+"camera image is split in a Y and CbCr component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:4
+msgid "Base class of anything 2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class of anything 2D. Canvas items are laid out in a tree; children "
+"inherit and extend their parent's transform. [CanvasItem] is extended by "
+"[Control] for anything GUI-related, and by [Node2D] for anything related to "
+"the 2D engine.\n"
+"Any [CanvasItem] can draw. For this, [method update] must be called, then "
+"[constant NOTIFICATION_DRAW] will be received on idle time to request "
+"redraw. Because of this, canvas items don't need to be redrawn on every "
+"frame, improving the performance significantly. Several functions for "
+"drawing on the [CanvasItem] are provided (see [code]draw_*[/code] "
+"functions). However, they can only be used inside the [method Object."
+"_notification], signal or [method _draw] virtual functions.\n"
+"Canvas items are drawn in tree order. By default, children are on top of "
+"their parents so a root [CanvasItem] will be drawn behind everything. This "
+"behavior can be changed on a per-item basis.\n"
+"A [CanvasItem] can also be hidden, which will also hide its children. It "
+"provides many ways to change parameters such as modulation (for itself and "
+"its children) and self modulation (only for itself), as well as its blend "
+"mode.\n"
+"Ultimately, a transform notification can be requested, which will notify the "
+"node that its global position changed in case the parent tree changed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unless otherwise specified, all methods that have angle "
+"parameters must have angles specified as [i]radians[/i]. To convert degrees "
+"to radians, use [method @GDScript.deg2rad]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:15 doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:11 doc/classes/Viewport.xml:15
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_transforms.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:16 doc/classes/Control.xml:18
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/custom_drawing_in_2d.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Overridable function called by the engine (if defined) to draw the canvas "
+"item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Draws an arc between the given angles. The larger the value of "
+"[code]point_count[/code], the smoother the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Draws a string character using a custom font. Returns the advance, depending "
+"on the character width and kerning with an optional next character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:57
+msgid "Draws a colored circle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:69
+msgid "Draws a colored polygon of any amount of points, convex or concave."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Draws a line from a 2D point to another, with a given color and width. It "
+"can be optionally antialiased."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Draws a [Mesh] in 2D, using the provided texture. See [MeshInstance2D] for "
+"related documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]color[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are currently "
+"not implemented and have no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Draws multiple, parallel lines with a uniform [code]width[/code] and segment-"
+"by-segment coloring. Colors assigned to line segments match by index between "
+"[code]points[/code] and [code]colors[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are currently "
+"not implemented and have no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Draws a [MultiMesh] in 2D with the provided texture. See "
+"[MultiMeshInstance2D] for related documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:134
+msgid "Draws a polygon of any amount of points, convex or concave."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Draws interconnected line segments with a uniform [code]color[/code] and "
+"[code]width[/code] and optional antialiasing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Draws interconnected line segments with a uniform [code]width[/code], "
+"segment-by-segment coloring, and optional antialiasing. Colors assigned to "
+"line segments match by index between [code]points[/code] and [code]colors[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Draws a custom primitive. 1 point for a point, 2 points for a line, 3 points "
+"for a triangle and 4 points for a quad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"Draws a rectangle. If [code]filled[/code] is [code]true[/code], the "
+"rectangle will be filled with the [code]color[/code] specified. If "
+"[code]filled[/code] is [code]false[/code], the rectangle will be drawn as a "
+"stroke with the [code]color[/code] and [code]width[/code] specified. If "
+"[code]antialiased[/code] is [code]true[/code], the lines will be "
+"antialiased.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]width[/code] and [code]antialiased[/code] are only "
+"effective if [code]filled[/code] is [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom transform for drawing via components. Anything drawn "
+"afterwards will be transformed by this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom transform for drawing via matrix. Anything drawn afterwards "
+"will be transformed by this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"Draws [code]text[/code] using the specified [code]font[/code] at the "
+"[code]position[/code] (bottom-left corner using the baseline of the font). "
+"The text will have its color multiplied by [code]modulate[/code]. If "
+"[code]clip_w[/code] is greater than or equal to 0, the text will be clipped "
+"if it exceeds the specified width.\n"
+"[b]Example using the default project font:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# If using this method in a script that redraws constantly, move the\n"
+"# `default_font` declaration to a member variable assigned in `_ready()`\n"
+"# so the Control is only created once.\n"
+"var default_font = Control.new().get_font(\"font\")\n"
+"draw_string(default_font, Vector2(64, 64), \"Hello world\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [method Font.draw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:222
+msgid "Draws a styled rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:232
+msgid "Draws a texture at a given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"Draws a textured rectangle at a given position, optionally modulated by a "
+"color. If [code]transpose[/code] is [code]true[/code], the texture will have "
+"its X and Y coordinates swapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"Draws a textured rectangle region at a given position, optionally modulated "
+"by a color. If [code]transpose[/code] is [code]true[/code], the texture will "
+"have its X and Y coordinates swapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:263 doc/classes/Spatial.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Forces the transform to update. Transform changes in physics are not instant "
+"for performance reasons. Transforms are accumulated and then set. Use this "
+"if you need an up-to-date transform when doing physics operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:269
+msgid "Returns the [RID] of the [World2D] canvas where this item is in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:275
+msgid "Returns the canvas item RID used by [VisualServer] for this item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:281
+msgid "Returns the transform matrix of this item's canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:287
+msgid "Returns the global position of the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:293
+msgid "Returns the global transform matrix of this item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"Returns the global transform matrix of this item in relation to the canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:305
+msgid "Returns the mouse position relative to this item's position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:311
+msgid "Returns the transform matrix of this item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:317
+msgid "Returns the viewport's boundaries as a [Rect2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:323
+msgid "Returns this item's transform in relation to the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:329
+msgid "Returns the [World2D] where this item is in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:335
+msgid "Hide the [CanvasItem] if it's currently visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if local transform notifications are communicated "
+"to children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is set as top-level. See [method "
+"set_as_toplevel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if global transform notifications are communicated "
+"to children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:359 doc/classes/Spatial.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is present in the [SceneTree], its "
+"[member visible] property is [code]true[/code] and all its antecedents are "
+"also visible. If any antecedent is hidden, this node will not be visible in "
+"the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:366
+msgid "Assigns [code]screen_point[/code] as this node's new local transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:373
+msgid ""
+"Transformations issued by [code]event[/code]'s inputs are applied in local "
+"space instead of global space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], the node won't inherit its "
+"transform from parent canvas items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:387
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], children will be updated with "
+"local transform data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:394
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], children will be updated with "
+"global transform data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"Show the [CanvasItem] if it's currently hidden. For controls that inherit "
+"[Popup], the correct way to make them visible is to call one of the multiple "
+"[code]popup*()[/code] functions instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:406
+msgid ""
+"Queue the [CanvasItem] for update. [constant NOTIFICATION_DRAW] will be "
+"called on idle time to request redraw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:412
+msgid ""
+"The rendering layers in which this [CanvasItem] responds to [Light2D] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:415
+msgid "The material applied to textures on this [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:418
+msgid "The color applied to textures on this [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"The color applied to textures on this [CanvasItem]. This is not inherited by "
+"children [CanvasItem]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:424
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object draws behind its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:427
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object draws on top of its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the parent [CanvasItem]'s [member material] property "
+"is used as this one's material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:433
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this [CanvasItem] is drawn. The node is only visible "
+"if all of its antecedents are visible as well (in other words, [method "
+"is_visible_in_tree] must return [code]true[/code]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For controls that inherit [Popup], the correct way to make them "
+"visible is to call one of the multiple [code]popup*()[/code] functions "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the [CanvasItem] must redraw. This can only be connected "
+"realtime, as deferred will not allow drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:445
+msgid "Emitted when becoming hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:450
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the item's [Rect2] boundaries (position or size) have changed, "
+"or when an action is taking place that may have impacted these boundaries (e."
+"g. changing [member Sprite.texture])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:455
+msgid "Emitted when the visibility (hidden/visible) changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:461 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Mix blending mode. Colors are assumed to be independent of the alpha "
+"(opacity) value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:464 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:42
+msgid "Additive blending mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:467 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:45
+msgid "Subtractive blending mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:470 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:48
+msgid "Multiplicative blending mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:473 doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Mix blending mode. Colors are assumed to be premultiplied by the alpha "
+"(opacity) value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:476
+msgid ""
+"Disables blending mode. Colors including alpha are written as-is. Only "
+"applicable for render targets with a transparent background. No lighting "
+"will be applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:479
+msgid ""
+"The [CanvasItem]'s transform has changed. This notification is only received "
+"if enabled by [method set_notify_transform] or [method "
+"set_notify_local_transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:482
+msgid "The [CanvasItem] is requested to draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:485
+msgid "The [CanvasItem]'s visibility has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:488
+msgid "The [CanvasItem] has entered the canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItem.xml:491
+msgid "The [CanvasItem] has exited the canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:4
+msgid "A material for [CanvasItem]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[CanvasItemMaterial]s provide a means of modifying the textures associated "
+"with a CanvasItem. They specialize in describing blend and lighting "
+"behaviors for textures. Use a [ShaderMaterial] to more fully customize a "
+"material's interactions with a [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The manner in which a material's rendering is applied to underlying textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:18
+msgid "The manner in which material reacts to lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The number of columns in the spritesheet assigned as [Texture] for a "
+"[Particles2D] or [CPUParticles2D].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member "
+"particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the particles animation will loop.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member "
+"particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"The number of rows in the spritesheet assigned as [Texture] for a "
+"[Particles2D] or [CPUParticles2D].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only used and visible in the editor if [member "
+"particles_animation] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enable spritesheet-based animation features when "
+"assigned to [Particles2D] and [CPUParticles2D] nodes. The [member "
+"ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed] or [member CPUParticles2D.anim_speed] should "
+"also be set to a positive value for the animation to play.\n"
+"This property (and other [code]particles_anim_*[/code] properties that "
+"depend on it) has no effect on other types of nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Render the material using both light and non-light sensitive material "
+"properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:57
+msgid "Render the material as if there were no light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasItemMaterial.xml:60
+msgid "Render the material as if there were only light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:4
+msgid "Canvas drawing layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Canvas drawing layer. [CanvasItem] nodes that are direct or indirect "
+"children of a [CanvasLayer] will be drawn in that layer. The layer is a "
+"numeric index that defines the draw order. The default 2D scene renders with "
+"index 0, so a [CanvasLayer] with index -1 will be drawn below, and one with "
+"index 1 will be drawn above. This is very useful for HUDs (in layer 1+ or "
+"above), or backgrounds (in layer -1 or below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:11
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/canvas_layers.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:18
+msgid "Returns the RID of the canvas used by this layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The custom [Viewport] node assigned to the [CanvasLayer]. If [code]null[/"
+"code], uses the default viewport instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Sets the layer to follow the viewport in order to simulate a pseudo 3D "
+"effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Scales the layer when using [member follow_viewport_enable]. Layers moving "
+"into the foreground should have increasing scales, while layers moving into "
+"the background should have decreasing scales."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:33
+msgid "Layer index for draw order. Lower values are drawn first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:36
+msgid "The layer's base offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:39
+msgid "The layer's rotation in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:42
+msgid "The layer's rotation in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:45
+msgid "The layer's scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasLayer.xml:48
+msgid "The layer's transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml:4
+msgid "Tint the entire canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[CanvasModulate] tints the canvas elements using its assigned [member color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CanvasModulate.xml:15
+msgid "The tint color to apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:4 doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:7
+msgid "Class representing a capsule-shaped [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Height of the middle cylindrical part of the capsule (without the "
+"hemispherical ends).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The capsule's total height is equal to [member mid_height] + 2 "
+"* [member radius]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:19
+msgid "Number of radial segments on the capsule mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:22
+msgid "Radius of the capsule mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleMesh.xml:25
+msgid "Number of rings along the height of the capsule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:4 doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:7
+msgid "Capsule shape for collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:16 doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:15
+msgid "The capsule's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape.xml:19 doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:18
+msgid "The capsule's radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:4 doc/classes/CapsuleShape2D.xml:7
+msgid "Capsule shape for 2D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Keeps children controls centered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"CenterContainer keeps children controls centered. This container keeps all "
+"children to their minimum size, in the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CenterContainer.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], centers children relative to the [CenterContainer]'s "
+"top left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Controls how an individual character will be displayed in a [RichTextEffect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"By setting various properties on this object, you can control how individual "
+"characters will be displayed in a [RichTextEffect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:10 doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:16
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/bbcode_in_richtextlabel."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:11 doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"https://github.com/Eoin-ONeill-Yokai/Godot-Rich-Text-Effect-Test-Project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:17 doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The index of the current character (starting from 0). Setting this property "
+"won't affect drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"The Unicode codepoint the character will use. This only affects non-"
+"whitespace characters. [method @GDScript.ord] can be useful here. For "
+"example, the following will replace all characters with asterisks:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# `char_fx` is the CharFXTransform parameter from `_process_custom_fx()`.\n"
+"# See the RichTextEffect documentation for details.\n"
+"char_fx.character = ord(\"*\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:28
+msgid "The color the character will be drawn with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The time elapsed since the [RichTextLabel] was added to the scene tree (in "
+"seconds). Time stops when the [RichTextLabel] is paused (see [member Node."
+"pause_mode]). Resets when the text in the [RichTextLabel] is changed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Time still passes while the [RichTextLabel] is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Contains the arguments passed in the opening BBCode tag. By default, "
+"arguments are strings; if their contents match a type such as [bool], [int] "
+"or [float], they will be converted automatically. Color codes in the form "
+"[code]#rrggbb[/code] or [code]#rgb[/code] will be converted to an opaque "
+"[Color]. String arguments may not contain spaces, even if they're quoted. If "
+"present, quotes will also be present in the final string.\n"
+"For example, the opening BBCode tag [code][example foo=hello bar=true baz=42 "
+"color=#ffffff][/code] will map to the following [Dictionary]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\"foo\": \"hello\", \"bar\": true, \"baz\": 42, \"color\": Color(1, 1, 1, "
+"1)}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:42
+msgid "The position offset the character will be drawn with (in pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CharFXTransform.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the character will be drawn. If [code]false[/code], "
+"the character will be hidden. Characters around hidden characters will "
+"reflow to take the space of hidden characters. If this is not desired, set "
+"their [member color] to [code]Color(1, 1, 1, 0)[/code] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:4
+msgid "Binary choice user interface widget. See also [CheckButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A checkbox allows the user to make a binary choice (choosing only one of two "
+"possible options). It's similar to [CheckButton] in functionality, but it "
+"has a different appearance. To follow established UX patterns, it's "
+"recommended to use CheckBox when toggling it has [b]no[/b] immediate effect "
+"on something. For instance, it should be used when toggling it will only do "
+"something once a confirmation button is pressed.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:22
+msgid "The vertical offset used when rendering the check icons (in pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:25
+msgid "The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:28
+msgid "The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is checked and disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:37
+msgid "The [Font] to use for the [CheckBox] text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:40
+msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:43
+msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's focused. Only replaces the normal "
+"text color of the checkbox. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:49
+msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:52
+msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's hovered and pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:55
+msgid "The [CheckBox] text's font color when it's pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is hovered and "
+"pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:64
+msgid "The separation between the check icon and the text (in pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:67 doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:61
+msgid "The [StyleBox] to display as a background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckBox] is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"If the [CheckBox] is configured as a radio button, the icon to display when "
+"the [CheckBox] is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"If the [CheckBox] is configured as a radio button, the icon to display when "
+"the [CheckBox] is unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:83
+msgid "The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckBox.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"The check icon to display when the [CheckBox] is unchecked and disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:4
+msgid "Checkable button. See also [CheckBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"CheckButton is a toggle button displayed as a check field. It's similar to "
+"[CheckBox] in functionality, but it has a different appearance. To follow "
+"established UX patterns, it's recommended to use CheckButton when toggling "
+"it has an [b]immediate[/b] effect on something. For instance, it should be "
+"used if toggling it enables/disables a setting without requiring the user to "
+"press a confirmation button.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:22
+msgid "The vertical offset used when rendering the toggle icons (in pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:31
+msgid "The [Font] to use for the [CheckButton] text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:34
+msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:37
+msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's focused. Only replaces the "
+"normal text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:43
+msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:46
+msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's hovered and pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:49
+msgid "The [CheckButton] text's font color when it's pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is hovered "
+"and pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:58
+msgid "The separation between the toggle icon and the text (in pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:64
+msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:67
+msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is unchecked and disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:70
+msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:73
+msgid "The icon to display when the [CheckButton] is checked and disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CheckButton.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] to display as a background when the [CheckButton] is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Circular shape for 2D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Circular shape for 2D collisions. This shape is useful for modeling balls or "
+"small characters and its collision detection with everything else is very "
+"fast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CircleShape2D.xml:15
+msgid "The circle's radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:4
+msgid "Class information repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:7
+msgid "Provides access to metadata stored for every available class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if you can instance objects from the specified "
+"[code]class[/code], [code]false[/code] in other case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:23
+msgid "Returns whether the specified [code]class[/code] is available or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns a category associated with the class for use in documentation and "
+"the Asset Library. Debug mode required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with all the keys in [code]enum[/code] of [code]class[/"
+"code] or its ancestry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with all the enums of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of the integer constant [code]name[/code] of [code]class[/"
+"code] or its ancestry. Always returns 0 when the constant could not be found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns which enum the integer constant [code]name[/code] of [code]class[/"
+"code] or its ancestry belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with the names all the integer constants of [code]class[/"
+"code] or its ancestry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with all the methods of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry "
+"if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the "
+"array is a [Dictionary] with the following keys: [code]args[/code], "
+"[code]default_args[/code], [code]flags[/code], [code]id[/code], [code]name[/"
+"code], [code]return: (class_name, hint, hint_string, name, type, usage)[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In exported release builds the debug info is not available, so "
+"the returned dictionaries will contain only method names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of [code]property[/code] of [code]class[/code] or its "
+"ancestry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with all the properties of [code]class[/code] or its "
+"ancestry if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [code]signal[/code] data of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry. "
+"The returned value is a [Dictionary] with the following keys: [code]args[/"
+"code], [code]default_args[/code], [code]flags[/code], [code]id[/code], "
+"[code]name[/code], [code]return: (class_name, hint, hint_string, name, type, "
+"usage)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with all the signals of [code]class[/code] or its ancestry "
+"if [code]no_inheritance[/code] is [code]false[/code]. Every element of the "
+"array is a [Dictionary] as described in [method class_get_signal]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has an enum called "
+"[code]name[/code] or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has an integer constant "
+"called [code]name[/code] or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]class[/code] (or its ancestry if [code]no_inheritance[/"
+"code] is [code]false[/code]) has a method called [code]method[/code] or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]class[/code] or its ancestry has a signal called "
+"[code]signal[/code] or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Sets [code]property[/code] value of [code]class[/code] to [code]value[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:162
+msgid "Returns the names of all the classes available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Returns the names of all the classes that directly or indirectly inherit "
+"from [code]class[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:176
+msgid "Returns the parent class of [code]class[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:183
+msgid "Creates an instance of [code]class[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:190
+msgid "Returns whether this [code]class[/code] is enabled or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClassDB.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether [code]inherits[/code] is an ancestor of [code]class[/code] "
+"or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:4
+msgid "A [Camera] that includes collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node extends [Camera] to add collisions with [Area] and/or "
+"[PhysicsBody] nodes. The camera cannot move through colliding objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Adds a collision exception so the camera does not collide with the specified "
+"node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Adds a collision exception so the camera does not collide with the specified "
+"[RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:29
+msgid "Removes all collision exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:35
+msgid "Returns the distance the camera has been offset due to a collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified bit index is on.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indices range from 0-19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:50
+msgid "Removes a collision exception with the specified node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:57
+msgid "Removes a collision exception with the specified [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified bit index to the [code]value[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indices range from 0-19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:72
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the camera stops on contact with [Area]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:75
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the camera stops on contact with [PhysicsBody]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"The camera's collision mask. Only objects in at least one collision layer "
+"matching the mask will be detected. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/"
+"en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-"
+"masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"The camera's collision margin. The camera can't get closer than this "
+"distance to a colliding object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ClippedCamera.xml:84
+msgid "The camera's process callback. See [enum ProcessMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:4
+msgid "Base node for collision objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"CollisionObject is the base class for physics objects. It can hold any "
+"number of collision [Shape]s. Each shape must be assigned to a [i]shape "
+"owner[/i]. The CollisionObject can have any number of shape owners. Shape "
+"owners are not nodes and do not appear in the editor, but are accessible "
+"through code using the [code]shape_owner_*[/code] methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Receives unhandled [InputEvent]s. [code]position[/code] is the location in "
+"world space of the mouse pointer on the surface of the shape with index "
+"[code]shape_idx[/code] and [code]normal[/code] is the normal vector of the "
+"surface at that point. Connect to the [signal input_event] signal to easily "
+"pick up these events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:27 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new shape owner for the given object. Returns [code]owner_id[/"
+"code] of the new owner for future reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:34 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member "
+"collision_layer] is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:41 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether or not the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member "
+"collision_mask] is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:47 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the object's [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:53 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [code]owner_id[/code] identifiers. You can use these "
+"ids in other methods that take [code]owner_id[/code] as an argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:60 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:65
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the shape owner and its shapes are disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:67 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:79
+msgid "Removes the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:75 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"If [code]value[/code] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/"
+"code] in the the [member collision_layer].\n"
+"If [code]value[/code] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/"
+"code] in the the [member collision_layer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:84 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"If [code]value[/code] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/"
+"code] in the the [member collision_mask].\n"
+"If [code]value[/code] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/"
+"code] in the the [member collision_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:92 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:104
+msgid "Returns the [code]owner_id[/code] of the given shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:100
+msgid "Adds a [Shape] to the shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:107 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:119
+msgid "Removes all shapes from the shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:114 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:126
+msgid "Returns the parent object of the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:122
+msgid "Returns the [Shape] with the given id from the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:129 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:141
+msgid "Returns the number of shapes the given shape owner contains."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Returns the child index of the [Shape] with the given id from the given "
+"shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:144
+msgid "Returns the shape owner's [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:152 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:164
+msgid "Removes a shape from the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:160 doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:172
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], disables the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:168
+msgid "Sets the [Transform] of the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this CollisionObject3D is in. Collision objects can exist "
+"in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that "
+"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See "
+"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/"
+"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and "
+"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this CollisionObject3D scans. Collision objects can scan "
+"one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that "
+"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See "
+"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/"
+"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and "
+"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [CollisionObject] will continue to receive input "
+"events as the mouse is dragged across its shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [CollisionObject]'s shapes will respond to "
+"[RayCast]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:196
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the object receives an unhandled [InputEvent]. [code]position[/"
+"code] is the location in world space of the mouse pointer on the surface of "
+"the shape with index [code]shape_idx[/code] and [code]normal[/code] is the "
+"normal vector of the surface at that point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:201
+msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer enters any of this object's shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject.xml:206
+msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer exits all this object's shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:4
+msgid "Base node for 2D collision objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"CollisionObject2D is the base class for 2D physics objects. It can hold any "
+"number of 2D collision [Shape2D]s. Each shape must be assigned to a [i]shape "
+"owner[/i]. The CollisionObject2D can have any number of shape owners. Shape "
+"owners are not nodes and do not appear in the editor, but are accessible "
+"through code using the [code]shape_owner_*[/code] methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Accepts unhandled [InputEvent]s. Requires [member input_pickable] to be "
+"[code]true[/code]. [code]shape_idx[/code] is the child index of the clicked "
+"[Shape2D]. Connect to the [code]input_event[/code] signal to easily pick up "
+"these events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [code]one_way_collision_margin[/code] of the shape owner "
+"identified by given [code]owner_id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if collisions for the shape owner originating from "
+"this [CollisionObject2D] will not be reported to collided with "
+"[CollisionObject2D]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:112
+msgid "Adds a [Shape2D] to the shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:134
+msgid "Returns the [Shape2D] with the given id from the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Returns the child index of the [Shape2D] with the given id from the given "
+"shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:156
+msgid "Returns the shape owner's [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/code], collisions for the shape owner "
+"originating from this [CollisionObject2D] will not be reported to collided "
+"with [CollisionObject2D]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [code]one_way_collision_margin[/code] of the shape owner identified "
+"by given [code]owner_id[/code] to [code]margin[/code] pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:196
+msgid "Sets the [Transform2D] of the given shape owner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this CollisionObject2D is in. Collision objects can exist "
+"in one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_mask].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that "
+"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See "
+"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/"
+"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and "
+"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this CollisionObject2D scans. Collision objects can scan "
+"one or more of 32 different layers. See also [member collision_layer].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that "
+"object B scans, or object B is in any layers that object A scans. See "
+"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/physics/"
+"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and "
+"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this object is pickable. A pickable object can detect "
+"the mouse pointer entering/leaving, and if the mouse is inside it, report "
+"input events. Requires at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be "
+"set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when an input event occurs. Requires [member input_pickable] to be "
+"[code]true[/code] and at least one [code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be "
+"set. See [method _input_event] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the mouse pointer enters any of this object's shapes. Requires "
+"[member input_pickable] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one "
+"[code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionObject2D.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the mouse pointer exits all this object's shapes. Requires "
+"[member input_pickable] to be [code]true[/code] and at least one "
+"[code]collision_layer[/code] bit to be set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:4
+msgid "Editor-only class for defining a collision polygon in 3D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Allows editing a collision polygon's vertices on a selected plane. Can also "
+"set a depth perpendicular to that plane. This class is only available in the "
+"editor. It will not appear in the scene tree at run-time. Creates a [Shape] "
+"for gameplay. Properties modified during gameplay will have no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Length that the resulting collision extends in either direction "
+"perpendicular to its polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:18
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], no collision will be produced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The collision margin for the generated [Shape]. See [member Shape.margin] "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Array of vertices which define the polygon.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The returned value is a copy of the original. Methods which "
+"mutate the size or properties of the return value will not impact the "
+"original polygon. To change properties of the polygon, assign it to a "
+"temporary variable and make changes before reassigning the [code]polygon[/"
+"code] member."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:4
+msgid "Defines a 2D collision polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides a 2D collision polygon to a [CollisionObject2D] parent. Polygons "
+"can be drawn in the editor or specified by a list of vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:15
+msgid "Collision build mode. Use one of the [enum BuildMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:18
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], no collisions will be detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], only edges that face up, relative to "
+"[CollisionPolygon2D]'s rotation, will collide with other objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The margin used for one-way collision (in pixels). Higher values will make "
+"the shape thicker, and work better for colliders that enter the polygon at a "
+"high velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The polygon's list of vertices. The final point will be connected to the "
+"first. The returned value is a clone of the [PoolVector2Array], not a "
+"reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:32
+msgid "Collisions will include the polygon and its contained area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionPolygon2D.xml:35
+msgid "Collisions will only include the polygon edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:4
+msgid "Node that represents collision shape data in 3D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Editor facility for creating and editing collision shapes in 3D space. You "
+"can use this node to represent all sorts of collision shapes, for example, "
+"add this to an [Area] to give it a detection shape, or add it to a "
+"[PhysicsBody] to create a solid object. [b]IMPORTANT[/b]: this is an Editor-"
+"only helper to create shapes, use [method CollisionObject."
+"shape_owner_get_shape] to get the actual shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:10 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:10 doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:10 doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:10 doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:14
+#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:10 doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Sets the collision shape's shape to the addition of all its convexed "
+"[MeshInstance] siblings geometry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"If this method exists within a script it will be called whenever the shape "
+"resource has been modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:32
+msgid "A disabled collision shape has no effect in the world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape.xml:35 doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:28
+msgid "The actual shape owned by this collision shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Node that represents collision shape data in 2D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Editor facility for creating and editing collision shapes in 2D space. You "
+"can use this node to represent all sorts of collision shapes, for example, "
+"add this to an [Area2D] to give it a detection shape, or add it to a "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] to create a solid object. [b]IMPORTANT[/b]: this is an "
+"Editor-only helper to create shapes, use [method CollisionObject2D."
+"shape_owner_get_shape] to get the actual shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:13 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:14
+#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:11 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:17
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:17
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/113"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"A disabled collision shape has no effect in the world. This property should "
+"be changed with [method Object.set_deferred]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether this collision shape should only detect collision on one side "
+"(top or bottom)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CollisionShape2D.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The margin used for one-way collision (in pixels). Higher values will make "
+"the shape thicker, and work better for colliders that enter the shape at a "
+"high velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:4
+msgid "Color in RGBA format using floats on the range of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A color represented by red, green, blue, and alpha (RGBA) components. The "
+"alpha component is often used for transparency. Values are in floating-point "
+"and usually range from 0 to 1. Some properties (such as CanvasItem.modulate) "
+"may accept values greater than 1 (overbright or HDR colors).\n"
+"You can also create a color from standardized color names by using [method "
+"@GDScript.ColorN] or directly using the color constants defined here. The "
+"standardized color set is based on the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"X11_color_names]X11 color names[/url].\n"
+"If you want to supply values in a range of 0 to 255, you should use [method "
+"@GDScript.Color8].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In a boolean context, a Color will evaluate to [code]false[/"
+"code] if it's equal to [code]Color(0, 0, 0, 1)[/code] (opaque black). "
+"Otherwise, a Color will always evaluate to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
+"color_constants.png]Color constants cheatsheet[/url]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:14 doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:13
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/517"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:15 doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:11
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/146"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:16 doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:12
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/133"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a color from an HTML hexadecimal color string in ARGB or RGB "
+"format. See also [method @GDScript.ColorN].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Each of the following creates the same color RGBA(178, 217, 10, 255).\n"
+"var c1 = Color(\"#ffb2d90a\") # ARGB format with \"#\".\n"
+"var c2 = Color(\"ffb2d90a\") # ARGB format.\n"
+"var c3 = Color(\"#b2d90a\") # RGB format with \"#\".\n"
+"var c4 = Color(\"b2d90a\") # RGB format.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a color from a 32-bit integer in RGBA format (each byte "
+"represents a color channel).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c = Color(274) # Similar to Color(0.0, 0.0, 0.004, 0.07)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a color from RGB values, typically between 0 and 1. Alpha will be "
+"1.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7) # Similar to Color8(51, 255, 178, 255)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a color from RGBA values, typically between 0 and 1.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(0.2, 1.0, 0.7, 0.8) # Similar to Color8(51, 255, 178, "
+"204)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new color resulting from blending this color over another. If the "
+"color is opaque, the result is also opaque. The second color may have a "
+"range of alpha values.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var bg = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.5) # Green with alpha of 50%\n"
+"var fg = Color(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.5) # Red with alpha of 50%\n"
+"var blended_color = bg.blend(fg) # Brown with alpha of 75%\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Returns the most contrasting color.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c = Color(0.3, 0.4, 0.9)\n"
+"var contrasted_color = c.contrasted() # Equivalent to RGBA(204, 229, 102, "
+"255)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new color resulting from making this color darker by the specified "
+"percentage (ratio from 0 to 1).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var green = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0)\n"
+"var darkgreen = green.darkened(0.2) # 20% darker than regular green\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a color from an HSV profile. [code]h[/code], [code]s[/code], and "
+"[code]v[/code] are values between 0 and 1.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c = Color.from_hsv(0.58, 0.5, 0.79, 0.8) # Equivalent to HSV(210, 50, "
+"79, 0.8) or Color8(100, 151, 201, 0.8)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color's grayscale representation.\n"
+"The gray value is calculated as [code](r + g + b) / 3[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c = Color(0.2, 0.45, 0.82)\n"
+"var gray = c.gray() # A value of 0.466667\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Returns the inverted color [code](1 - r, 1 - g, 1 - b, a)[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(0.3, 0.4, 0.9)\n"
+"var inverted_color = color.inverted() # Equivalent to Color(0.7, 0.6, 0.1)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this color and [code]color[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new color resulting from making this color lighter by the "
+"specified percentage (ratio from 0 to 1).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var green = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0)\n"
+"var lightgreen = green.lightened(0.2) # 20% lighter than regular green\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Returns the linear interpolation with another color. The interpolation "
+"factor [code]weight[/code] is between 0 and 1.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c1 = Color(1.0, 0.0, 0.0)\n"
+"var c2 = Color(0.0, 1.0, 0.0)\n"
+"var li_c = c1.linear_interpolate(c2, 0.5) # Equivalent to Color(0.5, 0.5, "
+"0.0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in ABGR format (each byte "
+"represents a color channel). ABGR is the reversed version of the default "
+"format.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n"
+"print(color.to_abgr32()) # Prints 4281565439\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in ABGR format (each word "
+"represents a color channel). ABGR is the reversed version of the default "
+"format.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n"
+"print(color.to_abgr64()) # Prints -225178692812801\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in ARGB format (each byte "
+"represents a color channel). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n"
+"print(color.to_argb32()) # Prints 4294934323\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in ARGB format (each word "
+"represents a color channel). ARGB is more compatible with DirectX.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n"
+"print(color.to_argb64()) # Prints -2147470541\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color's HTML hexadecimal color string in ARGB format (ex: "
+"[code]ff34f822[/code]).\n"
+"Setting [code]with_alpha[/code] to [code]false[/code] excludes alpha from "
+"the hexadecimal string.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c = Color(1, 1, 1, 0.5)\n"
+"var s1 = c.to_html() # Returns \"7fffffff\"\n"
+"var s2 = c.to_html(false) # Returns \"ffffff\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color converted to a 32-bit integer in RGBA format (each byte "
+"represents a color channel). RGBA is Godot's default format.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n"
+"print(color.to_rgba32()) # Prints 4286526463\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color converted to a 64-bit integer in RGBA format (each word "
+"represents a color channel). RGBA is Godot's default format.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var color = Color(1, 0.5, 0.2)\n"
+"print(color.to_rgba64()) # Prints -140736629309441\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"The color's alpha (transparency) component, typically on the range of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:245
+msgid "Wrapper for [member a] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:248
+msgid "The color's blue component, typically on the range of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:251
+msgid "Wrapper for [member b] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:254
+msgid "The color's green component, typically on the range of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:257
+msgid "Wrapper for [member g] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:260
+msgid "The HSV hue of this color, on the range 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:263
+msgid "The color's red component, typically on the range of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:266
+msgid "Wrapper for [member r] that uses the range 0 to 255 instead of 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:269
+msgid "The HSV saturation of this color, on the range 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:272
+msgid "The HSV value (brightness) of this color, on the range 0 to 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:277
+msgid "Alice blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:280
+msgid "Antique white color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:283
+msgid "Aqua color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:286
+msgid "Aquamarine color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:289
+msgid "Azure color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:292
+msgid "Beige color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:295
+msgid "Bisque color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:298
+msgid "Black color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:301
+msgid "Blanche almond color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:304
+msgid "Blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:307
+msgid "Blue violet color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:310
+msgid "Brown color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:313
+msgid "Burly wood color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:316
+msgid "Cadet blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:319
+msgid "Chartreuse color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:322
+msgid "Chocolate color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:325
+msgid "Coral color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:328
+msgid "Cornflower color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:331
+msgid "Corn silk color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:334
+msgid "Crimson color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:337
+msgid "Cyan color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:340
+msgid "Dark blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:343
+msgid "Dark cyan color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:346
+msgid "Dark goldenrod color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:349
+msgid "Dark gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:352
+msgid "Dark green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:355
+msgid "Dark khaki color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:358
+msgid "Dark magenta color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:361
+msgid "Dark olive green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:364
+msgid "Dark orange color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:367
+msgid "Dark orchid color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:370
+msgid "Dark red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:373
+msgid "Dark salmon color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:376
+msgid "Dark sea green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:379
+msgid "Dark slate blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:382
+msgid "Dark slate gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:385
+msgid "Dark turquoise color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:388
+msgid "Dark violet color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:391
+msgid "Deep pink color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:394
+msgid "Deep sky blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:397
+msgid "Dim gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:400
+msgid "Dodger blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:403
+msgid "Firebrick color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:406
+msgid "Floral white color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:409
+msgid "Forest green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:412
+msgid "Fuchsia color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:415
+msgid "Gainsboro color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:418
+msgid "Ghost white color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:421
+msgid "Gold color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:424
+msgid "Goldenrod color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:427
+msgid "Gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:430
+msgid "Green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:433
+msgid "Green yellow color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:436
+msgid "Honeydew color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:439
+msgid "Hot pink color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:442
+msgid "Indian red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:445
+msgid "Indigo color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:448
+msgid "Ivory color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:451
+msgid "Khaki color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:454
+msgid "Lavender color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:457
+msgid "Lavender blush color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:460
+msgid "Lawn green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:463
+msgid "Lemon chiffon color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:466
+msgid "Light blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:469
+msgid "Light coral color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:472
+msgid "Light cyan color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:475
+msgid "Light goldenrod color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:478
+msgid "Light gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:481
+msgid "Light green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:484
+msgid "Light pink color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:487
+msgid "Light salmon color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:490
+msgid "Light sea green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:493
+msgid "Light sky blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:496
+msgid "Light slate gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:499
+msgid "Light steel blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:502
+msgid "Light yellow color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:505
+msgid "Lime color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:508
+msgid "Lime green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:511
+msgid "Linen color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:514
+msgid "Magenta color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:517
+msgid "Maroon color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:520
+msgid "Medium aquamarine color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:523
+msgid "Medium blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:526
+msgid "Medium orchid color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:529
+msgid "Medium purple color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:532
+msgid "Medium sea green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:535
+msgid "Medium slate blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:538
+msgid "Medium spring green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:541
+msgid "Medium turquoise color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:544
+msgid "Medium violet red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:547
+msgid "Midnight blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:550
+msgid "Mint cream color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:553
+msgid "Misty rose color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:556
+msgid "Moccasin color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:559
+msgid "Navajo white color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:562
+msgid "Navy blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:565
+msgid "Old lace color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:568
+msgid "Olive color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:571
+msgid "Olive drab color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:574
+msgid "Orange color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:577
+msgid "Orange red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:580
+msgid "Orchid color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:583
+msgid "Pale goldenrod color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:586
+msgid "Pale green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:589
+msgid "Pale turquoise color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:592
+msgid "Pale violet red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:595
+msgid "Papaya whip color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:598
+msgid "Peach puff color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:601
+msgid "Peru color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:604
+msgid "Pink color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:607
+msgid "Plum color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:610
+msgid "Powder blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:613
+msgid "Purple color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:616
+msgid "Rebecca purple color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:619
+msgid "Red color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:622
+msgid "Rosy brown color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:625
+msgid "Royal blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:628
+msgid "Saddle brown color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:631
+msgid "Salmon color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:634
+msgid "Sandy brown color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:637
+msgid "Sea green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:640
+msgid "Seashell color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:643
+msgid "Sienna color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:646
+msgid "Silver color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:649
+msgid "Sky blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:652
+msgid "Slate blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:655
+msgid "Slate gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:658
+msgid "Snow color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:661
+msgid "Spring green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:664
+msgid "Steel blue color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:667
+msgid "Tan color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:670
+msgid "Teal color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:673
+msgid "Thistle color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:676
+msgid "Tomato color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:679
+msgid "Transparent color (white with no alpha)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:682
+msgid "Turquoise color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:685
+msgid "Violet color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:688
+msgid "Web gray color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:691
+msgid "Web green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:694
+msgid "Web maroon color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:697
+msgid "Web purple color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:700
+msgid "Wheat color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:703
+msgid "White color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:706
+msgid "White smoke color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:709
+msgid "Yellow color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Color.xml:712
+msgid "Yellow green color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:4
+msgid "Color picker control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Displays a color picker widget. Useful for selecting a color from an RGB/"
+"RGBA colorspace.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This control is the color picker widget itself. You can use a "
+"[ColorPickerButton] instead if you need a button that brings up a "
+"[ColorPicker] in a pop-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds the given color to a list of color presets. The presets are displayed "
+"in the color picker and the user will be able to select them.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The presets list is only for [i]this[/i] color picker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Removes the given color from the list of color presets of this color picker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:32
+msgid "Returns the list of colors in the presets of the color picker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:38 doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:33
+msgid "The currently selected color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the color will apply only after the user releases the "
+"mouse button, otherwise it will apply immediately even in mouse motion event "
+"(which can cause performance issues)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:44
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], shows an alpha channel slider (transparency)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], allows editing the color with Hue/Saturation/Value "
+"sliders.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cannot be enabled if raw mode is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:51
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the \"add preset\" button is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:54
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], saved color presets are visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], allows the color R, G, B component values to go beyond "
+"1.0, which can be used for certain special operations that require it (like "
+"tinting without darkening or rendering sprites in HDR).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Cannot be enabled if HSV mode is on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:65
+msgid "Emitted when the color is changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:71
+msgid "Emitted when a preset is added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:77
+msgid "Emitted when a preset is removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:85
+msgid "The icon for the \"Add Preset\" button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:88
+msgid "Custom texture for the hue selection slider on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:93
+msgid "The width of the hue selection slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:98
+msgid "The margin around the [ColorPicker]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"The indicator used to signalize that the color value is outside the 0-1 "
+"range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:106
+msgid "The icon for the screen color picker button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:109
+msgid "The height of the saturation-value selection box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPicker.xml:112
+msgid "The width of the saturation-value selection box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:4
+msgid "Button that pops out a [ColorPicker]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Encapsulates a [ColorPicker] making it accessible by pressing a button. "
+"Pressing the button will toggle the [ColorPicker] visibility.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, the button may not be wide enough for the color "
+"preview swatch to be visible. Make sure to set [member Control."
+"rect_min_size] to a big enough value to give the button enough space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [ColorPicker] that this node toggles.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Returns the control's [PopupPanel] which allows you to connect to popup "
+"signals. This allows you to handle events when the ColorPicker is shown or "
+"hidden.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the alpha channel in the displayed [ColorPicker] will "
+"be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:44
+msgid "Emitted when the color changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the [ColorPicker] is created (the button is pressed for the "
+"first time)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:54
+msgid "Emitted when the [ColorPicker] is closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:62
+msgid "The background of the color preview rect on the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:65
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is focused. It is displayed "
+"over the current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the "
+"focus visual effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:71
+msgid "[Font] of the [ColorPickerButton]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:74
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [ColorPickerButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:77
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is focused. Only replaces the "
+"normal text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:83
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:86
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:89
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:92
+msgid "The horizontal space between [ColorPickerButton]'s icon and text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:95
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [ColorPickerButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorPickerButton.xml:98
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ColorPickerButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:4
+msgid "Colored rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Displays a rectangle filled with a solid [member color]. If you need to "
+"display the border alone, consider using [ReferenceRect] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ColorRect.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The fill color.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"$ColorRect.color = Color(1, 0, 0, 1) # Set ColorRect's color to red.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:4
+msgid "Concave polygon shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Concave polygon shape resource, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody] or "
+"area. This shape is created by feeding a list of triangles.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When used for collision, [ConcavePolygonShape] is intended to "
+"work with static [PhysicsBody] nodes like [StaticBody] and will not work "
+"with [KinematicBody] or [RigidBody] with a mode other than Static."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:17
+msgid "Returns the faces (an array of triangles)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape.xml:24
+msgid "Sets the faces (an array of triangles)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Concave polygon 2D shape resource for physics. It is made out of segments "
+"and is optimal for complex polygonal concave collisions. However, it is not "
+"advised to use for [RigidBody2D] nodes. A CollisionPolygon2D in convex "
+"decomposition mode (solids) or several convex objects are advised for that "
+"instead. Otherwise, a concave polygon 2D shape is better for static "
+"collisions.\n"
+"The main difference between a [ConvexPolygonShape2D] and a "
+"[ConcavePolygonShape2D] is that a concave polygon assumes it is concave and "
+"uses a more complex method of collision detection, and a convex one forces "
+"itself to be convex in order to speed up collision detection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConcavePolygonShape2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The array of points that make up the [ConcavePolygonShape2D]'s line segments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:4
+msgid "A twist joint between two 3D PhysicsBodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The joint can rotate the bodies across an axis defined by the local x-axes "
+"of the [Joint].\n"
+"The twist axis is initiated as the X axis of the [Joint].\n"
+"Once the Bodies swing, the twist axis is calculated as the middle of the x-"
+"axes of the Joint in the local space of the two Bodies. See also "
+"[Generic6DOFJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:30 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:62
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1076
+msgid ""
+"The speed with which the swing or twist will take place.\n"
+"The higher, the faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:34 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:69
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1083
+msgid ""
+"Defines, how fast the swing- and twist-speed-difference on both sides gets "
+"synced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:37 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The ease with which the joint starts to twist. If it's too low, it takes "
+"more force to start twisting the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:40 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:52
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1066
+msgid ""
+"Swing is rotation from side to side, around the axis perpendicular to the "
+"twist axis.\n"
+"The swing span defines, how much rotation will not get corrected along the "
+"swing axis.\n"
+"Could be defined as looseness in the [ConeTwistJoint].\n"
+"If below 0.05, this behavior is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:46 doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:58
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1072
+msgid ""
+"Twist is the rotation around the twist axis, this value defined how far the "
+"joint can twist.\n"
+"Twist is locked if below 0.05."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConeTwistJoint.xml:72 doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:384
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:99 doc/classes/Light.xml:124
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:165
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Param] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:4
+msgid "Helper class to handle INI-style files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This helper class can be used to store [Variant] values on the filesystem "
+"using INI-style formatting. The stored values are identified by a section "
+"and a key:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"[section]\n"
+"some_key=42\n"
+"string_example=\"Hello World!\"\n"
+"a_vector=Vector3( 1, 0, 2 )\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The stored data can be saved to or parsed from a file, though ConfigFile "
+"objects can also be used directly without accessing the filesystem.\n"
+"The following example shows how to create a simple [ConfigFile] and save it "
+"on disk:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Create new ConfigFile object.\n"
+"var config = ConfigFile.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"# Store some values.\n"
+"config.set_value(\"Player1\", \"player_name\", \"Steve\")\n"
+"config.set_value(\"Player1\", \"best_score\", 10)\n"
+"config.set_value(\"Player2\", \"player_name\", \"V3geta\")\n"
+"config.set_value(\"Player2\", \"best_score\", 9001)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Save it to a file (overwrite if already exists).\n"
+"config.save(\"user://scores.cfg\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This example shows how the above file could be loaded:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var score_data = {}\n"
+"var config = ConfigFile.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"# Load data from a file.\n"
+"var err = config.load(\"user://scores.cfg\")\n"
+"\n"
+"# If the file didn't load, ignore it.\n"
+"if err != OK:\n"
+" return\n"
+"\n"
+"# Iterate over all sections.\n"
+"for player in config.get_sections():\n"
+" # Fetch the data for each section.\n"
+" var player_name = config.get_value(player, \"player_name\")\n"
+" var player_score = config.get_value(player, \"best_score\")\n"
+" score_data[player_name] = player_score\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Any operation that mutates the ConfigFile such as [method set_value], "
+"[method clear], or [method erase_section], only changes what is loaded in "
+"memory. If you want to write the change to a file, you have to save the "
+"changes with [method save], [method save_encrypted], or [method "
+"save_encrypted_pass].\n"
+"Keep in mind that section and property names can't contain spaces. Anything "
+"after a space will be ignored on save and on load.\n"
+"ConfigFiles can also contain manually written comment lines starting with a "
+"semicolon ([code];[/code]). Those lines will be ignored when parsing the "
+"file. Note that comments will be lost when saving the ConfigFile. This can "
+"still be useful for dedicated server configuration files, which are "
+"typically never overwritten without explicit user action.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The file extension given to a ConfigFile does not have any "
+"impact on its formatting or behavior. By convention, the [code].cfg[/code] "
+"extension is used here, but any other extension such as [code].ini[/code] is "
+"also valid. Since neither [code].cfg[/code] nor [code].ini[/code] are "
+"standardized, Godot's ConfigFile formatting may differ from files written by "
+"other programs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:59
+msgid "Removes the entire contents of the config."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the specified section along with all the key-value pairs inside. "
+"Raises an error if the section does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the specified key in a section. Raises an error if either the "
+"section or the key do not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of all defined key identifiers in the specified section. "
+"Raises an error and returns an empty array if the section does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:87
+msgid "Returns an array of all defined section identifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current value for the specified section and key. If either the "
+"section or the key do not exist, the method returns the fallback "
+"[code]default[/code] value. If [code]default[/code] is not specified or set "
+"to [code]null[/code], an error is also raised."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:103
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified section exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:111
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified section-key pair exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Loads the config file specified as a parameter. The file's contents are "
+"parsed and loaded in the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called "
+"on.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Loads the encrypted config file specified as a parameter, using the provided "
+"[code]key[/code] to decrypt it. The file's contents are parsed and loaded in "
+"the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called on.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Loads the encrypted config file specified as a parameter, using the provided "
+"[code]password[/code] to decrypt it. The file's contents are parsed and "
+"loaded in the [ConfigFile] object which the method was called on.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Parses the passed string as the contents of a config file. The string is "
+"parsed and loaded in the ConfigFile object which the method was called on.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Saves the contents of the [ConfigFile] object to the file specified as a "
+"parameter. The output file uses an INI-style structure.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Saves the contents of the [ConfigFile] object to the AES-256 encrypted file "
+"specified as a parameter, using the provided [code]key[/code] to encrypt it. "
+"The output file uses an INI-style structure.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Saves the contents of the [ConfigFile] object to the AES-256 encrypted file "
+"specified as a parameter, using the provided [code]password[/code] to "
+"encrypt it. The output file uses an INI-style structure.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfigFile.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"Assigns a value to the specified key of the specified section. If either the "
+"section or the key do not exist, they are created. Passing a [code]null[/"
+"code] value deletes the specified key if it exists, and deletes the section "
+"if it ends up empty once the key has been removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml:4
+msgid "Dialog for confirmation of actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Dialog for confirmation of actions. This dialog inherits from "
+"[AcceptDialog], but has by default an OK and Cancel button (in host OS "
+"order).\n"
+"To get cancel action, you can use:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"get_cancel().connect(\"pressed\", self, \"cancelled\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConfirmationDialog.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns the cancel button.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Container.xml:4
+msgid "Base node for containers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Container.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base node for containers. A [Container] contains other controls and "
+"automatically arranges them in a certain way.\n"
+"A Control can inherit this to create custom container classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Container.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Fit a child control in a given rect. This is mainly a helper for creating "
+"custom container classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Container.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Queue resort of the contained children. This is called automatically anyway, "
+"but can be called upon request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Container.xml:31
+msgid "Emitted when sorting the children is needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Container.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Notification for when sorting the children, it must be obeyed immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"All user interface nodes inherit from Control. A control's anchors and "
+"margins adapt its position and size relative to its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for all UI-related nodes. [Control] features a bounding rectangle "
+"that defines its extents, an anchor position relative to its parent control "
+"or the current viewport, and margins that represent an offset to the anchor. "
+"The margins update automatically when the node, any of its parents, or the "
+"screen size change.\n"
+"For more information on Godot's UI system, anchors, margins, and containers, "
+"see the related tutorials in the manual. To build flexible UIs, you'll need "
+"a mix of UI elements that inherit from [Control] and [Container] nodes.\n"
+"[b]User Interface nodes and input[/b]\n"
+"Godot sends input events to the scene's root node first, by calling [method "
+"Node._input]. [method Node._input] forwards the event down the node tree to "
+"the nodes under the mouse cursor, or on keyboard focus. To do so, it calls "
+"[method MainLoop._input_event]. Call [method accept_event] so no other node "
+"receives the event. Once you accept an input, it becomes handled so [method "
+"Node._unhandled_input] will not process it.\n"
+"Only one [Control] node can be in keyboard focus. Only the node in focus "
+"will receive keyboard events. To get the focus, call [method grab_focus]. "
+"[Control] nodes lose focus when another node grabs it, or if you hide the "
+"node in focus.\n"
+"Sets [member mouse_filter] to [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE] to tell a "
+"[Control] node to ignore mouse or touch events. You'll need it if you place "
+"an icon on top of a button.\n"
+"[Theme] resources change the Control's appearance. If you change the [Theme] "
+"on a [Control] node, it affects all of its children. To override some of the "
+"theme's parameters, call one of the [code]add_*_override[/code] methods, "
+"like [method add_font_override]. You can override the theme with the "
+"inspector.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Theme items are [i]not[/i] [Object] properties. This means you "
+"can't access their values using [method Object.get] and [method Object.set]. "
+"Instead, use [method get_color], [method get_constant], [method get_font], "
+"[method get_icon], [method get_stylebox], and the [code]add_*_override[/"
+"code] methods provided by this class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:17
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/control_node_gallery.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:20
+msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/gui"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns whether [method "
+"_gui_input] should not be called for children controls outside this "
+"control's rectangle. Input will be clipped to the Rect of this [Control]. "
+"Similar to [member rect_clip_content], but doesn't affect visibility.\n"
+"If not overridden, defaults to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns the minimum size for "
+"this control. Alternative to [member rect_min_size] for controlling minimum "
+"size via code. The actual minimum size will be the max value of these two "
+"(in each axis separately).\n"
+"If not overridden, defaults to [constant Vector2.ZERO]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Use this method to process and "
+"accept inputs on UI elements. See [method accept_event].\n"
+"Example: clicking a control.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _gui_input(event):\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseButton:\n"
+" if event.button_index == BUTTON_LEFT and event.pressed:\n"
+" print(\"I've been clicked D:\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The event won't trigger if:\n"
+"* clicking outside the control (see [method has_point]);\n"
+"* control has [member mouse_filter] set to [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE];\n"
+"* control is obstructed by another [Control] on top of it, which doesn't "
+"have [member mouse_filter] set to [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE];\n"
+"* control's parent has [member mouse_filter] set to [constant "
+"MOUSE_FILTER_STOP] or has accepted the event;\n"
+"* it happens outside the parent's rectangle and the parent has either "
+"[member rect_clip_content] or [method _clips_input] enabled.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Event position is relative to the control origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns a [Control] node that "
+"should be used as a tooltip instead of the default one. The [code]for_text[/"
+"code] includes the contents of the [member hint_tooltip] property.\n"
+"The returned node must be of type [Control] or Control-derived. It can have "
+"child nodes of any type. It is freed when the tooltip disappears, so make "
+"sure you always provide a new instance (if you want to use a pre-existing "
+"node from your scene tree, you can duplicate it and pass the duplicated "
+"instance). When [code]null[/code] or a non-Control node is returned, the "
+"default tooltip will be used instead.\n"
+"The returned node will be added as child to a [PopupPanel], so you should "
+"only provide the contents of that panel. That [PopupPanel] can be themed "
+"using [method Theme.set_stylebox] for the type [code]\"TooltipPanel\"[/code] "
+"(see [member hint_tooltip] for an example).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The tooltip is shrunk to minimal size. If you want to ensure "
+"it's fully visible, you might want to set its [member rect_min_size] to some "
+"non-zero value.\n"
+"Example of usage with a custom-constructed node:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _make_custom_tooltip(for_text):\n"
+" var label = Label.new()\n"
+" label.text = for_text\n"
+" return label\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Example of usage with a custom scene instance:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _make_custom_tooltip(for_text):\n"
+" var tooltip = preload(\"res://SomeTooltipScene.tscn\").instance()\n"
+" tooltip.get_node(\"Label\").text = for_text\n"
+" return tooltip\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Marks an input event as handled. Once you accept an input event, it stops "
+"propagating, even to nodes listening to [method Node._unhandled_input] or "
+"[method Node._unhandled_key_input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Creates a local override for a theme [Color] with the specified [code]name[/"
+"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
+"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
+"the corresponding default value.\n"
+"See also [method get_color].\n"
+"[b]Example of overriding a label's color and resetting it later:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Given the child Label node \"MyLabel\", override its font color with a "
+"custom value.\n"
+"$MyLabel.add_color_override(\"font_color\", Color(1, 0.5, 0))\n"
+"# Reset the font color of the child label.\n"
+"$MyLabel.add_color_override(\"font_color\", get_color(\"font_color\", \"Label"
+"\"))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Creates a local override for a theme constant with the specified [code]name[/"
+"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
+"the control. An override cannot be removed, but it can be overridden with "
+"the corresponding default value.\n"
+"See also [method get_constant]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Creates a local override for a theme [Font] with the specified [code]name[/"
+"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
+"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value.\n"
+"See also [method get_font]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Creates a local override for a theme icon with the specified [code]name[/"
+"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
+"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value.\n"
+"See also [method get_icon]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Creates a local override for a theme shader with the specified [code]name[/"
+"code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching theme items for "
+"the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a [code]null[/code] "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Creates a local override for a theme [StyleBox] with the specified "
+"[code]name[/code]. Local overrides always take precedence when fetching "
+"theme items for the control. An override can be removed by assigning it a "
+"[code]null[/code] value.\n"
+"See also [method get_stylebox].\n"
+"[b]Example of modifying a property in a StyleBox by duplicating it:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# The snippet below assumes the child node MyButton has a StyleBoxFlat "
+"assigned.\n"
+"# Resources are shared across instances, so we need to duplicate it\n"
+"# to avoid modifying the appearance of all other buttons.\n"
+"var new_stylebox_normal = $MyButton.get_stylebox(\"normal\").duplicate()\n"
+"new_stylebox_normal.border_width_top = 3\n"
+"new_stylebox_normal.border_color = Color(0, 1, 0.5)\n"
+"$MyButton.add_stylebox_override(\"normal\", new_stylebox_normal)\n"
+"# Remove the stylebox override.\n"
+"$MyButton.add_stylebox_override(\"normal\", null)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Godot calls this method to test if [code]data[/code] from a control's "
+"[method get_drag_data] can be dropped at [code]position[/code]. "
+"[code]position[/code] is local to this control.\n"
+"This method should only be used to test the data. Process the data in "
+"[method drop_data].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func can_drop_data(position, data):\n"
+" # Check position if it is relevant to you\n"
+" # Otherwise, just check data\n"
+" return typeof(data) == TYPE_DICTIONARY and data.has(\"expected\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"Godot calls this method to pass you the [code]data[/code] from a control's "
+"[method get_drag_data] result. Godot first calls [method can_drop_data] to "
+"test if [code]data[/code] is allowed to drop at [code]position[/code] where "
+"[code]position[/code] is local to this control.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func can_drop_data(position, data):\n"
+" return typeof(data) == TYPE_DICTIONARY and data.has(\"color\")\n"
+"\n"
+"func drop_data(position, data):\n"
+" color = data[\"color\"]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"Finds the next (below in the tree) [Control] that can receive the focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Finds the previous (above in the tree) [Control] that can receive the focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Forces drag and bypasses [method get_drag_data] and [method "
+"set_drag_preview] by passing [code]data[/code] and [code]preview[/code]. "
+"Drag will start even if the mouse is neither over nor pressed on this "
+"control.\n"
+"The methods [method can_drop_data] and [method drop_data] must be "
+"implemented on controls that want to receive drop data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Returns the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
+"Margin] enum. A getter method for [member anchor_bottom], [member "
+"anchor_left], [member anchor_right] and [member anchor_top]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:221
+msgid ""
+"Returns [member margin_left] and [member margin_top]. See also [member "
+"rect_position]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Color] from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that "
+"[Theme] has a color item with the specified [code]name[/code] and "
+"[code]theme_type[/code]. If [code]theme_type[/code] is omitted the class "
+"name of the current control is used as the type. If the type is a class name "
+"its parent classes are also checked, in order of inheritance.\n"
+"For the current control its local overrides are considered first (see "
+"[method add_color_override]), then its assigned [member theme]. After the "
+"current control, each parent control and its assigned [member theme] are "
+"considered; controls without a [member theme] assigned are skipped. If no "
+"matching [Theme] is found in the tree, a custom project [Theme] (see [member "
+"ProjectSettings.gui/theme/custom]) and the default [Theme] are used.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" # Get the font color defined for the current Control's class, if it "
+"exists.\n"
+" modulate = get_color(\"font_color\")\n"
+" # Get the font color defined for the Button class.\n"
+" modulate = get_color(\"font_color\", \"Button\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Returns combined minimum size from [member rect_min_size] and [method "
+"get_minimum_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Returns a constant from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that "
+"[Theme] has a constant item with the specified [code]name[/code] and "
+"[code]theme_type[/code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:259
+msgid ""
+"Returns the mouse cursor shape the control displays on mouse hover. See "
+"[enum CursorShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"Godot calls this method to get data that can be dragged and dropped onto "
+"controls that expect drop data. Returns [code]null[/code] if there is no "
+"data to drag. Controls that want to receive drop data should implement "
+"[method can_drop_data] and [method drop_data]. [code]position[/code] is "
+"local to this control. Drag may be forced with [method force_drag].\n"
+"A preview that will follow the mouse that should represent the data can be "
+"set with [method set_drag_preview]. A good time to set the preview is in "
+"this method.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func get_drag_data(position):\n"
+" var mydata = make_data()\n"
+" set_drag_preview(make_preview(mydata))\n"
+" return mydata\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:279
+msgid "Returns [member margin_right] and [member margin_bottom]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"Returns the focus neighbour identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from "
+"[enum Margin] enum. A getter method for [member focus_neighbour_bottom], "
+"[member focus_neighbour_left], [member focus_neighbour_right] and [member "
+"focus_neighbour_top]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"Returns the control that has the keyboard focus or [code]null[/code] if none."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Font] from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that [Theme] "
+"has a font item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/"
+"code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:307
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position and size of the control relative to the top-left corner "
+"of the screen. See [member rect_position] and [member rect_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:315
+msgid ""
+"Returns an icon from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that [Theme] "
+"has an icon item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/"
+"code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:323
+msgid ""
+"Returns the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
+"Margin] enum. A getter method for [member margin_bottom], [member "
+"margin_left], [member margin_right] and [member margin_top]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:329
+msgid "Returns the minimum size for this control. See [member rect_min_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:335
+msgid "Returns the width/height occupied in the parent control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:341
+msgid "Returns the parent control node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position and size of the control relative to the top-left corner "
+"of the parent Control. See [member rect_position] and [member rect_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:353
+msgid "Returns the rotation (in radians)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:361
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [StyleBox] from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that "
+"[Theme] has a stylebox item with the specified [code]name[/code] and "
+"[code]theme_type[/code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:368
+msgid ""
+"Returns the default font from the first matching [Theme] in the tree if that "
+"[Theme] has a valid [member Theme.default_font] value.\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:376
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tooltip, which will appear when the cursor is resting over this "
+"control. See [member hint_tooltip]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:382
+msgid ""
+"Creates an [InputEventMouseButton] that attempts to click the control. If "
+"the event is received, the control acquires focus.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _process(delta):\n"
+" grab_click_focus() #when clicking another Control node, this node will "
+"be clicked instead\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:392
+msgid ""
+"Steal the focus from another control and become the focused control (see "
+"[member focus_mode])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that "
+"has a color item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/"
+"code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:408
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme [Color] "
+"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n"
+"See [method add_color_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:417
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that "
+"has a constant item with the specified [code]name[/code] and "
+"[code]theme_type[/code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:425
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme constant "
+"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n"
+"See [method add_constant_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:432
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is the current focused control. See "
+"[member focus_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that "
+"has a font item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/"
+"code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:448
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme [Font] "
+"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n"
+"See [method add_font_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:457
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that "
+"has an icon item with the specified [code]name[/code] and [code]theme_type[/"
+"code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:465
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme icon with "
+"the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n"
+"See [method add_icon_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:473
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be implemented by the user. Returns whether the given "
+"[code]point[/code] is inside this control.\n"
+"If not overridden, default behavior is checking if the point is within "
+"control's Rect.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to check if a point is inside the control, you can "
+"use [code]get_rect().has_point(point)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:482
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme shader "
+"with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n"
+"See [method add_shader_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:491
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a matching [Theme] in the tree that "
+"has a stylebox item with the specified [code]name[/code] and "
+"[code]theme_type[/code].\n"
+"See [method get_color] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:499
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a local override for a theme "
+"[StyleBox] with the specified [code]name[/code] in this [Control] node.\n"
+"See [method add_stylebox_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:506
+msgid ""
+"Invalidates the size cache in this node and in parent nodes up to toplevel. "
+"Intended to be used with [method get_minimum_size] when the return value is "
+"changed. Setting [member rect_min_size] directly calls this method "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:512
+msgid ""
+"Give up the focus. No other control will be able to receive keyboard input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:522
+msgid ""
+"Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
+"Margin] enum to value [code]anchor[/code]. A setter method for [member "
+"anchor_bottom], [member anchor_left], [member anchor_right] and [member "
+"anchor_top].\n"
+"If [code]keep_margin[/code] is [code]true[/code], margins aren't updated "
+"after this operation.\n"
+"If [code]push_opposite_anchor[/code] is [code]true[/code] and the opposite "
+"anchor overlaps this anchor, the opposite one will have its value "
+"overridden. For example, when setting left anchor to 1 and the right anchor "
+"has value of 0.5, the right anchor will also get value of 1. If "
+"[code]push_opposite_anchor[/code] was [code]false[/code], the left anchor "
+"would get value 0.5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:534
+msgid ""
+"Works the same as [method set_anchor], but instead of [code]keep_margin[/"
+"code] argument and automatic update of margin, it allows to set the margin "
+"offset yourself (see [method set_margin])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:543
+msgid ""
+"Sets both anchor preset and margin preset. See [method set_anchors_preset] "
+"and [method set_margins_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:551
+msgid ""
+"Sets the anchors to a [code]preset[/code] from [enum Control.LayoutPreset] "
+"enum. This is the code equivalent to using the Layout menu in the 2D "
+"editor.\n"
+"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's position will "
+"also be updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:559
+msgid ""
+"Sets [member margin_left] and [member margin_top] at the same time. "
+"Equivalent of changing [member rect_position]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:566
+msgid ""
+"Forwards the handling of this control's drag and drop to [code]target[/code] "
+"control.\n"
+"Forwarding can be implemented in the target control similar to the methods "
+"[method get_drag_data], [method can_drop_data], and [method drop_data] but "
+"with two differences:\n"
+"1. The function name must be suffixed with [b]_fw[/b]\n"
+"2. The function must take an extra argument that is the control doing the "
+"forwarding\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# ThisControl.gd\n"
+"extends Control\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" set_drag_forwarding(target_control)\n"
+"\n"
+"# TargetControl.gd\n"
+"extends Control\n"
+"func can_drop_data_fw(position, data, from_control):\n"
+" return true\n"
+"\n"
+"func drop_data_fw(position, data, from_control):\n"
+" my_handle_data(data)\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_drag_data_fw(position, from_control):\n"
+" set_drag_preview(my_preview)\n"
+" return my_data()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:594
+msgid ""
+"Shows the given control at the mouse pointer. A good time to call this "
+"method is in [method get_drag_data]. The control must not be in the scene "
+"tree. You should not free the control, and you should not keep a reference "
+"to the control beyond the duration of the drag. It will be deleted "
+"automatically after the drag has ended.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"export (Color, RGBA) var color = Color(1, 0, 0, 1)\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_drag_data(position):\n"
+" # Use a control that is not in the tree\n"
+" var cpb = ColorPickerButton.new()\n"
+" cpb.color = color\n"
+" cpb.rect_size = Vector2(50, 50)\n"
+" set_drag_preview(cpb)\n"
+" return color\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:612
+msgid "Sets [member margin_right] and [member margin_bottom] at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:620
+msgid ""
+"Sets the anchor identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
+"Margin] enum to [Control] at [code]neighbor[/code] node path. A setter "
+"method for [member focus_neighbour_bottom], [member focus_neighbour_left], "
+"[member focus_neighbour_right] and [member focus_neighbour_top]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:628
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [member rect_global_position] to given [code]position[/code].\n"
+"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's anchors will be "
+"updated instead of margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:637
+msgid ""
+"Sets the margin identified by [code]margin[/code] constant from [enum "
+"Margin] enum to given [code]offset[/code]. A setter method for [member "
+"margin_bottom], [member margin_left], [member margin_right] and [member "
+"margin_top]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:646
+msgid ""
+"Sets the margins to a [code]preset[/code] from [enum Control.LayoutPreset] "
+"enum. This is the code equivalent to using the Layout menu in the 2D "
+"editor.\n"
+"Use parameter [code]resize_mode[/code] with constants from [enum Control."
+"LayoutPresetMode] to better determine the resulting size of the [Control]. "
+"Constant size will be ignored if used with presets that change size, e.g. "
+"[code]PRESET_LEFT_WIDE[/code].\n"
+"Use parameter [code]margin[/code] to determine the gap between the [Control] "
+"and the edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:656
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [member rect_position] to given [code]position[/code].\n"
+"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's anchors will be "
+"updated instead of margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:664
+msgid "Sets the rotation (in radians)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:672
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size (see [member rect_size]).\n"
+"If [code]keep_margins[/code] is [code]true[/code], control's anchors will be "
+"updated instead of margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:680
+msgid ""
+"Displays a control as modal. Control must be a subwindow. Modal controls "
+"capture the input signals until closed or the area outside them is accessed. "
+"When a modal control loses focus, or the ESC key is pressed, they "
+"automatically hide. Modal controls are used extensively for popup dialogs "
+"and menus.\n"
+"If [code]exclusive[/code] is [code]true[/code], other controls will not "
+"receive input and clicking outside this control will not close it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:688
+msgid ""
+"Moves the mouse cursor to [code]to_position[/code], relative to [member "
+"rect_position] of this [Control]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:694
+msgid ""
+"Anchors the bottom edge of the node to the origin, the center, or the end of "
+"its parent control. It changes how the bottom margin updates when the node "
+"moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for "
+"convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:697
+msgid ""
+"Anchors the left edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of "
+"its parent control. It changes how the left margin updates when the node "
+"moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for "
+"convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:700
+msgid ""
+"Anchors the right edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of "
+"its parent control. It changes how the right margin updates when the node "
+"moves or changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for "
+"convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:703
+msgid ""
+"Anchors the top edge of the node to the origin, the center or the end of its "
+"parent control. It changes how the top margin updates when the node moves or "
+"changes size. You can use one of the [enum Anchor] constants for convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:706
+msgid ""
+"The focus access mode for the control (None, Click or All). Only one Control "
+"can be focused at the same time, and it will receive keyboard signals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:709
+msgid ""
+"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses "
+"the down arrow on the keyboard or down on a gamepad by default. You can "
+"change the key by editing the [code]ui_down[/code] input action. The node "
+"must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to "
+"the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:712
+msgid ""
+"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses "
+"the left arrow on the keyboard or left on a gamepad by default. You can "
+"change the key by editing the [code]ui_left[/code] input action. The node "
+"must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to "
+"the closest [Control] to the left of this one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:715
+msgid ""
+"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses "
+"the right arrow on the keyboard or right on a gamepad by default. You can "
+"change the key by editing the [code]ui_right[/code] input action. The node "
+"must be a [Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to "
+"the closest [Control] to the bottom of this one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:718
+msgid ""
+"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses "
+"the top arrow on the keyboard or top on a gamepad by default. You can change "
+"the key by editing the [code]ui_top[/code] input action. The node must be a "
+"[Control]. If this property is not set, Godot will give focus to the closest "
+"[Control] to the bottom of this one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:721
+msgid ""
+"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses "
+"Tab on a keyboard by default. You can change the key by editing the "
+"[code]ui_focus_next[/code] input action.\n"
+"If this property is not set, Godot will select a \"best guess\" based on "
+"surrounding nodes in the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:725
+msgid ""
+"Tells Godot which node it should give keyboard focus to if the user presses "
+"Shift+Tab on a keyboard by default. You can change the key by editing the "
+"[code]ui_focus_prev[/code] input action.\n"
+"If this property is not set, Godot will select a \"best guess\" based on "
+"surrounding nodes in the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:729
+msgid ""
+"Controls the direction on the horizontal axis in which the control should "
+"grow if its horizontal minimum size is changed to be greater than its "
+"current size, as the control always has to be at least the minimum size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:732
+msgid ""
+"Controls the direction on the vertical axis in which the control should grow "
+"if its vertical minimum size is changed to be greater than its current size, "
+"as the control always has to be at least the minimum size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:735
+msgid ""
+"Changes the tooltip text. The tooltip appears when the user's mouse cursor "
+"stays idle over this control for a few moments, provided that the [member "
+"mouse_filter] property is not [constant MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE]. You can change "
+"the time required for the tooltip to appear with [code]gui/timers/"
+"tooltip_delay_sec[/code] option in Project Settings.\n"
+"The tooltip popup will use either a default implementation, or a custom one "
+"that you can provide by overriding [method _make_custom_tooltip]. The "
+"default tooltip includes a [PopupPanel] and [Label] whose theme properties "
+"can be customized using [Theme] methods with the [code]\"TooltipPanel\"[/"
+"code] and [code]\"TooltipLabel\"[/code] respectively. For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var style_box = StyleBoxFlat.new()\n"
+"style_box.set_bg_color(Color(1, 1, 0))\n"
+"style_box.set_border_width_all(2)\n"
+"# We assume here that the `theme` property has been assigned a custom Theme "
+"beforehand.\n"
+"theme.set_stylebox(\"panel\", \"TooltipPanel\", style_box)\n"
+"theme.set_color(\"font_color\", \"TooltipLabel\", Color(0, 1, 1))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:747
+msgid ""
+"Enables whether input should propagate when you close the control as modal.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], stops event handling at the viewport input event "
+"handling. The viewport first hides the modal and after marks the input as "
+"handled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:751
+msgid ""
+"Distance between the node's bottom edge and its parent control, based on "
+"[member anchor_bottom].\n"
+"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so "
+"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a "
+"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:755
+msgid ""
+"Distance between the node's left edge and its parent control, based on "
+"[member anchor_left].\n"
+"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so "
+"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a "
+"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:759
+msgid ""
+"Distance between the node's right edge and its parent control, based on "
+"[member anchor_right].\n"
+"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so "
+"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a "
+"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:763
+msgid ""
+"Distance between the node's top edge and its parent control, based on "
+"[member anchor_top].\n"
+"Margins are often controlled by one or multiple parent [Container] nodes, so "
+"you should not modify them manually if your node is a direct child of a "
+"[Container]. Margins update automatically when you move or resize the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:767
+msgid ""
+"The default cursor shape for this control. Useful for Godot plugins and "
+"applications or games that use the system's mouse cursors.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On Linux, shapes may vary depending on the cursor theme of the "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:771
+msgid ""
+"Controls whether the control will be able to receive mouse button input "
+"events through [method _gui_input] and how these events should be handled. "
+"Also controls whether the control can receive the [signal mouse_entered], "
+"and [signal mouse_exited] signals. See the constants to learn what each does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:774
+msgid ""
+"Enables whether rendering of [CanvasItem] based children should be clipped "
+"to this control's rectangle. If [code]true[/code], parts of a child which "
+"would be visibly outside of this control's rectangle will not be rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:777
+msgid ""
+"The node's global position, relative to the world (usually to the top-left "
+"corner of the window)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:780
+msgid ""
+"The minimum size of the node's bounding rectangle. If you set it to a value "
+"greater than (0, 0), the node's bounding rectangle will always have at least "
+"this size, even if its content is smaller. If it's set to (0, 0), the node "
+"sizes automatically to fit its content, be it a texture or child nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:783
+msgid ""
+"By default, the node's pivot is its top-left corner. When you change its "
+"[member rect_scale], it will scale around this pivot. Set this property to "
+"[member rect_size] / 2 to center the pivot in the node's rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:786
+msgid ""
+"The node's position, relative to its parent. It corresponds to the "
+"rectangle's top-left corner. The property is not affected by [member "
+"rect_pivot_offset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:789
+msgid ""
+"The node's rotation around its pivot, in degrees. See [member "
+"rect_pivot_offset] to change the pivot's position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:792
+msgid ""
+"The node's scale, relative to its [member rect_size]. Change this property "
+"to scale the node around its [member rect_pivot_offset]. The Control's "
+"[member hint_tooltip] will also scale according to this value.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is mainly intended to be used for animation "
+"purposes. Text inside the Control will look pixelated or blurry when the "
+"Control is scaled. To support multiple resolutions in your project, use an "
+"appropriate viewport stretch mode as described in the [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/viewports/multiple_resolutions."
+"html]documentation[/url] instead of scaling Controls individually.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If the Control node is a child of a [Container] node, the scale "
+"will be reset to [code]Vector2(1, 1)[/code] when the scene is instanced. To "
+"set the Control's scale when it's instanced, wait for one frame using "
+"[code]yield(get_tree(), \"idle_frame\")[/code] then set its [member "
+"rect_scale] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:797
+msgid ""
+"The size of the node's bounding rectangle, in pixels. [Container] nodes "
+"update this property automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:800
+msgid ""
+"Tells the parent [Container] nodes how they should resize and place the node "
+"on the X axis. Use one of the [enum SizeFlags] constants to change the "
+"flags. See the constants to learn what each does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:803
+msgid ""
+"If the node and at least one of its neighbours uses the [constant "
+"SIZE_EXPAND] size flag, the parent [Container] will let it take more or less "
+"space depending on this property. If this node has a stretch ratio of 2 and "
+"its neighbour a ratio of 1, this node will take two thirds of the available "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:806
+msgid ""
+"Tells the parent [Container] nodes how they should resize and place the node "
+"on the Y axis. Use one of the [enum SizeFlags] constants to change the "
+"flags. See the constants to learn what each does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:809
+msgid ""
+"Changing this property replaces the current [Theme] resource this node and "
+"all its [Control] children use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:815
+msgid "Emitted when the node gains keyboard focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:820
+msgid "Emitted when the node loses keyboard focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:826
+msgid "Emitted when the node receives an [InputEvent]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:831
+msgid "Emitted when the node's minimum size changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:836
+msgid "Emitted when a modal [Control] is closed. See [method show_modal]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:841
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the mouse enters the control's [code]Rect[/code] area, provided "
+"its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_entered] will not be emitted if the mouse enters "
+"a child [Control] node before entering the parent's [code]Rect[/code] area, "
+"at least until the mouse is moved to reach the parent's [code]Rect[/code] "
+"area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:847
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the mouse leaves the control's [code]Rect[/code] area, provided "
+"its [member mouse_filter] lets the event reach it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [signal mouse_exited] will be emitted if the mouse enters a "
+"child [Control] node, even if the mouse cursor is still inside the parent's "
+"[code]Rect[/code] area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:853
+msgid "Emitted when the control changes size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:858
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of the size flags changes. See [member "
+"size_flags_horizontal] and [member size_flags_vertical]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:864
+msgid "The node cannot grab focus. Use with [member focus_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:867
+msgid ""
+"The node can only grab focus on mouse clicks. Use with [member focus_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:870
+msgid ""
+"The node can grab focus on mouse click or using the arrows and the Tab keys "
+"on the keyboard. Use with [member focus_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:873
+msgid ""
+"Sent when the node changes size. Use [member rect_size] to get the new size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:876
+msgid "Sent when the mouse pointer enters the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:879
+msgid "Sent when the mouse pointer exits the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:882
+msgid "Sent when the node grabs focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:885
+msgid "Sent when the node loses focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:888
+msgid ""
+"Sent when the node's [member theme] changes, right before Godot redraws the "
+"control. Happens when you call one of the [code]add_*_override[/code] "
+"methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:891
+msgid "Sent when an open modal dialog closes. See [method show_modal]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:894
+msgid ""
+"Sent when this node is inside a [ScrollContainer] which has begun being "
+"scrolled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:897
+msgid ""
+"Sent when this node is inside a [ScrollContainer] which has stopped being "
+"scrolled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:900
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's arrow mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. Use with "
+"[member mouse_default_cursor_shape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:903
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's I-beam mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. The I-"
+"beam pointer has a shape similar to \"I\". It tells the user they can "
+"highlight or insert text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:906
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's pointing hand mouse cursor when the user hovers the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:909
+msgid "Show the system's cross mouse cursor when the user hovers the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:912
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's wait mouse cursor, often an hourglass, when the user "
+"hovers the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:915
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's busy mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. Often an "
+"hourglass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:918
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's drag mouse cursor, often a closed fist or a cross symbol, "
+"when the user hovers the node. It tells the user they're currently dragging "
+"an item, like a node in the Scene dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:921
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's drop mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. It can be "
+"an open hand. It tells the user they can drop an item they're currently "
+"grabbing, like a node in the Scene dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:924
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's forbidden mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. "
+"Often a crossed circle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:927
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's vertical resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the "
+"node. A double-headed vertical arrow. It tells the user they can resize the "
+"window or the panel vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:930
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's horizontal resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the "
+"node. A double-headed horizontal arrow. It tells the user they can resize "
+"the window or the panel horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:933
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's window resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. "
+"The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes from the bottom left to the "
+"top right. It tells the user they can resize the window or the panel both "
+"horizontally and vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:936
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's window resize mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. "
+"The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes from the top left to the "
+"bottom right, the opposite of [constant CURSOR_BDIAGSIZE]. It tells the user "
+"they can resize the window or the panel both horizontally and vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:939
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's move mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. It shows "
+"2 double-headed arrows at a 90 degree angle. It tells the user they can move "
+"a UI element freely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:942
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's vertical split mouse cursor when the user hovers the node. "
+"On Windows, it's the same as [constant CURSOR_VSIZE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:945
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's horizontal split mouse cursor when the user hovers the "
+"node. On Windows, it's the same as [constant CURSOR_HSIZE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:948
+msgid ""
+"Show the system's help mouse cursor when the user hovers the node, a "
+"question mark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:951
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the top-left of the parent control's bounds. Use with "
+"[method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:954
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the top-right of the parent control's bounds. Use with "
+"[method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:957
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the bottom-left of the parent control's bounds. Use "
+"with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:960
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the bottom-right of the parent control's bounds. Use "
+"with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:963
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the left edge of the parent control's "
+"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:966
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the top edge of the parent control's "
+"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:969
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the right edge of the parent control's "
+"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:972
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the bottom edge of the parent control's "
+"bounds. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:975
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the center of the parent control's bounds. Use with "
+"[method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:978
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the left edge of the parent control. The left margin "
+"becomes relative to the left edge and the top margin relative to the top "
+"left corner of the node's parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:981
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the top edge of the parent control. The left margin "
+"becomes relative to the top left corner, the top margin relative to the top "
+"edge, and the right margin relative to the top right corner of the node's "
+"parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:984
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the right edge of the parent control. The right margin "
+"becomes relative to the right edge and the top margin relative to the top "
+"right corner of the node's parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:987
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the bottom edge of the parent control. The left margin "
+"becomes relative to the bottom left corner, the bottom margin relative to "
+"the bottom edge, and the right margin relative to the bottom right corner of "
+"the node's parent. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:990
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to a vertical line that cuts the parent control in half. "
+"Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:993
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to a horizontal line that cuts the parent control in "
+"half. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:996
+msgid ""
+"Snap all 4 anchors to the respective corners of the parent control. Set all "
+"4 margins to 0 after you applied this preset and the [Control] will fit its "
+"parent control. This is equivalent to the \"Full Rect\" layout option in the "
+"editor. Use with [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:999
+msgid "The control will be resized to its minimum size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1002
+msgid "The control's width will not change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1005
+msgid "The control's height will not change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1008
+msgid "The control's size will not change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1011
+msgid ""
+"Tells the parent [Container] to expand the bounds of this node to fill all "
+"the available space without pushing any other node. Use with [member "
+"size_flags_horizontal] and [member size_flags_vertical]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1014
+msgid ""
+"Tells the parent [Container] to let this node take all the available space "
+"on the axis you flag. If multiple neighboring nodes are set to expand, "
+"they'll share the space based on their stretch ratio. See [member "
+"size_flags_stretch_ratio]. Use with [member size_flags_horizontal] and "
+"[member size_flags_vertical]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1017
+msgid ""
+"Sets the node's size flags to both fill and expand. See the 2 constants "
+"above for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1020
+msgid ""
+"Tells the parent [Container] to center the node in itself. It centers the "
+"control based on its bounding box, so it doesn't work with the fill or "
+"expand size flags. Use with [member size_flags_horizontal] and [member "
+"size_flags_vertical]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1023
+msgid ""
+"Tells the parent [Container] to align the node with its end, either the "
+"bottom or the right edge. It doesn't work with the fill or expand size "
+"flags. Use with [member size_flags_horizontal] and [member "
+"size_flags_vertical]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1026
+msgid ""
+"The control will receive mouse button input events through [method "
+"_gui_input] if clicked on. And the control will receive the [signal "
+"mouse_entered] and [signal mouse_exited] signals. These events are "
+"automatically marked as handled, and they will not propagate further to "
+"other controls. This also results in blocking signals in other controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1029
+msgid ""
+"The control will receive mouse button input events through [method "
+"_gui_input] if clicked on. And the control will receive the [signal "
+"mouse_entered] and [signal mouse_exited] signals. If this control does not "
+"handle the event, the parent control (if any) will be considered, and so on "
+"until there is no more parent control to potentially handle it. This also "
+"allows signals to fire in other controls. Even if no control handled it at "
+"all, the event will still be handled automatically, so unhandled input will "
+"not be fired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1032
+msgid ""
+"The control will not receive mouse button input events through [method "
+"_gui_input]. The control will also not receive the [signal mouse_entered] "
+"nor [signal mouse_exited] signals. This will not block other controls from "
+"receiving these events or firing the signals. Ignored events will not be "
+"handled automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1035
+msgid ""
+"The control will grow to the left or top to make up if its minimum size is "
+"changed to be greater than its current size on the respective axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1038
+msgid ""
+"The control will grow to the right or bottom to make up if its minimum size "
+"is changed to be greater than its current size on the respective axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1041
+msgid ""
+"The control will grow in both directions equally to make up if its minimum "
+"size is changed to be greater than its current size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1044
+msgid ""
+"Snaps one of the 4 anchor's sides to the origin of the node's [code]Rect[/"
+"code], in the top left. Use it with one of the [code]anchor_*[/code] member "
+"variables, like [member anchor_left]. To change all 4 anchors at once, use "
+"[method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Control.xml:1047
+msgid ""
+"Snaps one of the 4 anchor's sides to the end of the node's [code]Rect[/"
+"code], in the bottom right. Use it with one of the [code]anchor_*[/code] "
+"member variables, like [member anchor_left]. To change all 4 anchors at "
+"once, use [method set_anchors_preset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:4
+msgid "Convex polygon shape for 3D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Convex polygon shape resource, which can be added to a [PhysicsBody] or area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape.xml:16
+msgid "The list of 3D points forming the convex polygon shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Convex polygon shape for 2D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Convex polygon shape for 2D physics. A convex polygon, whatever its shape, "
+"is internally decomposed into as many convex polygons as needed to ensure "
+"all collision checks against it are always done on convex polygons (which "
+"are faster to check).\n"
+"The main difference between a [ConvexPolygonShape2D] and a "
+"[ConcavePolygonShape2D] is that a concave polygon assumes it is concave and "
+"uses a more complex method of collision detection, and a convex one forces "
+"itself to be convex in order to speed up collision detection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Based on the set of points provided, this creates and assigns the [member "
+"points] property using the convex hull algorithm. Removing all unneeded "
+"points. See [method Geometry.convex_hull_2d] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ConvexPolygonShape2D.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The polygon's list of vertices. Can be in either clockwise or "
+"counterclockwise order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:4
+msgid "CPU-based 3D particle emitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"CPU-based 3D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and "
+"effects.\n"
+"See also [Particles], which provides the same functionality with hardware "
+"acceleration, but may not run on older devices.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Particles], the visibility rect is generated on-the-fly "
+"and doesn't need to be configured by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Sets this node's properties to match a given [Particles] node with an "
+"assigned [ParticlesMaterial]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:25 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:26
+msgid "Returns the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:32 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:33
+msgid "Returns the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:39 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:46 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns the enabled state of the given flag (see [enum Flags] for options)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:52 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:53
+msgid "Restarts the particle emitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:60 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:61
+msgid "Sets the base value of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:68 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:69
+msgid "Sets the [Curve] of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:76 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Sets the randomness factor of the parameter specified by [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:84 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:85
+msgid "Enables or disables the given flag (see [enum Flags] for options)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:90 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:91
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:47 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The number of particles emitted in one emission cycle (corresponding to the "
+"[member lifetime]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing [member amount] will reset the particle emission, "
+"therefore removing all particles that were already emitted before changing "
+"[member amount]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:94 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:95
+msgid "Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:97 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:98
+msgid "Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:100 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:101
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:84
+msgid "Rotation randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:103 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of "
+"rotation of the particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:106 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:107
+msgid "Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:109 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:110
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:94
+msgid "Angular velocity randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:112 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:113
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:97
+msgid "Particle animation offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:115 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:116
+msgid "Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:118 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:119
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:103
+msgid "Animation offset randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:121 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:122
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:106
+msgid "Particle animation speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:124 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:125
+msgid "Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:127 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:128
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:112
+msgid "Animation speed randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's initial color. To have particle display color in a "
+"[SpatialMaterial] make sure to set [member SpatialMaterial."
+"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:133 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's color will vary along this [GradientTexture] over its "
+"lifetime (multiplied with [member color])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:136 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:137
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:121
+msgid "The rate at which particles lose velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:139 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:140
+msgid "Damping will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:142 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:143
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:127
+msgid "Damping randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:145 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:146
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:130
+msgid "Unit vector specifying the particles' emission direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:148 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:149
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:51 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:37
+msgid "Particle draw order. Uses [enum DrawOrder] values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"The rectangle's extents if [member emission_shape] is set to [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_BOX]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:154 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color]s to modulate particles by when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] or [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:157 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"Sets the direction the particles will be emitted in when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:160 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Sets the initial positions to spawn particles when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] or [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"The axis for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"The height for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"The inner radius for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"The radius for the ring shaped emitter when using [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:175 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted inside this region. See [enum EmissionShape] for "
+"possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"The sphere's radius if [enum EmissionShape] is set to [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:181 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:170
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:69 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:40
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], particles are being emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:184 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:173
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"How rapidly particles in an emission cycle are emitted. If greater than "
+"[code]0[/code], there will be a gap in emissions before the next cycle "
+"begins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"The particle system's frame rate is fixed to a value. For instance, changing "
+"the value to 2 will make the particles render at 2 frames per second. Note "
+"this does not slow down the particle system itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:190 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:179
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:166
+msgid "Align Y axis of particle with the direction of its velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:193 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:169
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], particles will not move on the z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:196 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:172
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], particles rotate around Y axis by [member angle]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Amount of [member spread] in Y/Z plane. A value of [code]1[/code] restricts "
+"particles to X/Z plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:202 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:182
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:78 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], results in fractional delta calculation which has a "
+"smoother particles display effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:205 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:185
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:178
+msgid "Gravity applied to every particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:208 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:188
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:181
+msgid "Initial hue variation applied to each particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:211 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:191
+msgid "Each particle's hue will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:214 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:194
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:187
+msgid "Hue variation randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:217 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:197
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Initial velocity magnitude for each particle. Direction comes from [member "
+"spread] and the node's orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:220 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:200
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:193
+msgid "Initial velocity randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:223 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:203
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:81 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:52
+msgid "The amount of time each particle will exist (in seconds)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:226 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:206
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:196
+msgid "Particle lifetime randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:229 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:209
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Linear acceleration applied to each particle in the direction of motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:232 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:212
+msgid "Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:235 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:215
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:205
+msgid "Linear acceleration randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:238 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:218
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:84 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], particles use the parent node's coordinate space. If "
+"[code]false[/code], they use global coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"The [Mesh] used for each particle. If [code]null[/code], particles will be "
+"spheres."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:244 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:225
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], only one emission cycle occurs. If set [code]true[/"
+"code] during a cycle, emission will stop at the cycle's end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:247
+msgid ""
+"Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around "
+"origin in the local XY plane. Specified in number of full rotations around "
+"origin per second.\n"
+"This property is only available when [member flag_disable_z] is [code]true[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:251 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:231
+msgid "Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:254 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:234
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:215
+msgid "Orbital velocity randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:257 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:237
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:65
+msgid "Particle system starts as if it had already run for this many seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:260 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:240
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"Radial acceleration applied to each particle. Makes particle accelerate away "
+"from origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:263 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:243
+msgid "Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:266 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:246
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:224
+msgid "Radial acceleration randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:269 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:249
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:71
+msgid "Emission lifetime randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:272 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:252
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:227
+msgid "Initial scale applied to each particle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:275 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:255
+msgid "Each particle's scale will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:278 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:258
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:233
+msgid "Scale randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:281 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:261
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Particle system's running speed scaling ratio. A value of [code]0[/code] can "
+"be used to pause the particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-"
+"spread[/code] degrees. Applied to X/Z plane and Y/Z planes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:287 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:267
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"Tangential acceleration applied to each particle. Tangential acceleration is "
+"perpendicular to the particle's velocity giving the particles a swirling "
+"motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:290 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:270
+msgid "Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [Curve]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:293 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:273
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:245
+msgid "Tangential acceleration randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:298 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:281
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:109 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:86
+msgid "Particles are drawn in the order emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:301 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:284
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:112 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:89
+msgid "Particles are drawn in order of remaining lifetime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:304 doc/classes/Particles.xml:115
+msgid "Particles are drawn in order of depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:307 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:287
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set initial velocity properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:310 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set angular velocity properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:313 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:293
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set orbital velocity properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:316 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:296
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set linear acceleration properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:319 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set radial acceleration properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:322 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set tangential acceleration properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:325 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:305
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set damping properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:328 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:308
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set angle properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:331 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set scale properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:334 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:314
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set hue variation properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:337 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:317
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set animation speed properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:340 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:320
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_curve] to set animation offset properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:343 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:323
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:295
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Parameter] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:346 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:326
+msgid "Use with [method set_particle_flag] to set [member flag_align_y]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:349
+msgid "Use with [method set_particle_flag] to set [member flag_rotate_y]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:352
+msgid "Use with [method set_particle_flag] to set [member flag_disable_z]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:355 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:335
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:109 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:307
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:564
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Flags] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:358 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:338
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:310
+msgid "All particles will be emitted from a single point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:361 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:313
+msgid "Particles will be emitted in the volume of a sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:364 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:316
+msgid "Particles will be emitted in the volume of a box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:367 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted at a position chosen randomly among [member "
+"emission_points]. Particle color will be modulated by [member "
+"emission_colors]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:370 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:350
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted at a position chosen randomly among [member "
+"emission_points]. Particle velocity and rotation will be set based on "
+"[member emission_normals]. Particle color will be modulated by [member "
+"emission_colors]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:373 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:325
+msgid "Particles will be emitted in a ring or cylinder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles.xml:376 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:353
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:328
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum EmissionShape] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:4
+msgid "CPU-based 2D particle emitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"CPU-based 2D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and "
+"effects.\n"
+"See also [Particles2D], which provides the same functionality with hardware "
+"acceleration, but may not run on older devices.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Particles2D], the visibility rect is generated on-the-"
+"fly and doesn't need to be configured by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:12 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/particle_systems_2d.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Sets this node's properties to match a given [Particles2D] node with an "
+"assigned [ParticlesMaterial]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's initial color. If [member texture] is defined, it will be "
+"multiplied by this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's color will vary along this [Gradient] (multiplied with "
+"[member color])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"The rectangle's extents if [member emission_shape] is set to [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_RECTANGLE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"The sphere's radius if [member emission_shape] is set to [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:176 doc/classes/Particles.xml:75
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The particle system's frame rate is fixed to a value. For instance, changing "
+"the value to 2 will make the particles render at 2 frames per second. Note "
+"this does not slow down the simulation of the particle system itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:221 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Normal map to be used for the [member texture] property.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around "
+"origin. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:264 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's initial direction range from [code]+spread[/code] to [code]-"
+"spread[/code] degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:276 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:77
+msgid "Particle texture. If [code]null[/code], particles will be squares."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:329 doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:332
+msgid "Present for consistency with 3D particle nodes, not used in 2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted on the surface of a sphere flattened to two "
+"dimensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CPUParticles2D.xml:344
+msgid "Particles will be emitted in the area of a rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:4
+msgid "Access to advanced cryptographic functionalities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The Crypto class allows you to access some more advanced cryptographic "
+"functionalities in Godot.\n"
+"For now, this includes generating cryptographically secure random bytes, RSA "
+"keys and self-signed X509 certificates generation, asymmetric key encryption/"
+"decryption, and signing/verification.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var crypto = Crypto.new()\n"
+"var key = CryptoKey.new()\n"
+"var cert = X509Certificate.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" # Generate new RSA key.\n"
+" key = crypto.generate_rsa(4096)\n"
+" # Generate new self-signed certificate with the given key.\n"
+" cert = crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate(key, \"CN=mydomain.com,"
+"O=My Game Company,C=IT\")\n"
+" # Save key and certificate in the user folder.\n"
+" key.save(\"user://generated.key\")\n"
+" cert.save(\"user://generated.crt\")\n"
+" # Encryption\n"
+" var data = \"Some data\"\n"
+" var encrypted = crypto.encrypt(key, data.to_utf8())\n"
+" # Decryption\n"
+" var decrypted = crypto.decrypt(key, encrypted)\n"
+" # Signing\n"
+" var signature = crypto.sign(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, data."
+"sha256_buffer(), key)\n"
+" # Verifying\n"
+" var verified = crypto.verify(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, data."
+"sha256_buffer(), signature, key)\n"
+" # Checks\n"
+" assert(verified)\n"
+" assert(data.to_utf8() == decrypted)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Compares two [PoolByteArray]s for equality without leaking timing "
+"information in order to prevent timing attacks.\n"
+"See [url=https://paragonie.com/blog/2015/11/preventing-timing-attacks-on-"
+"string-comparison-with-double-hmac-strategy]this blog post[/url] for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Decrypt the given [code]ciphertext[/code] with the provided private "
+"[code]key[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum size of accepted ciphertext is limited by the key "
+"size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Encrypt the given [code]plaintext[/code] with the provided public [code]key[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum size of accepted plaintext is limited by the key "
+"size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Generates a [PoolByteArray] of cryptographically secure random bytes with "
+"given [code]size[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Generates an RSA [CryptoKey] that can be used for creating self-signed "
+"certificates and passed to [method StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Generates a self-signed [X509Certificate] from the given [CryptoKey] and "
+"[code]issuer_name[/code]. The certificate validity will be defined by "
+"[code]not_before[/code] and [code]not_after[/code] (first valid date and "
+"last valid date). The [code]issuer_name[/code] must contain at least \"CN="
+"\" (common name, i.e. the domain name), \"O=\" (organization, i.e. your "
+"company name), \"C=\" (country, i.e. 2 lettered ISO-3166 code of the country "
+"the organization is based in).\n"
+"A small example to generate an RSA key and a X509 self-signed certificate.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var crypto = Crypto.new()\n"
+"# Generate 4096 bits RSA key.\n"
+"var key = crypto.generate_rsa(4096)\n"
+"# Generate self-signed certificate using the given key.\n"
+"var cert = crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate(key, \"CN=example.com,O=A "
+"Game Company,C=IT\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Generates an [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HMAC]HMAC[/url] digest of "
+"[code]msg[/code] using [code]key[/code]. The [code]hash_type[/code] "
+"parameter is the hashing algorithm that is used for the inner and outer "
+"hashes.\n"
+"Currently, only [constant HashingContext.HASH_SHA256] and [constant "
+"HashingContext.HASH_SHA1] are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Sign a given [code]hash[/code] of type [code]hash_type[/code] with the "
+"provided private [code]key[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Crypto.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Verify that a given [code]signature[/code] for [code]hash[/code] of type "
+"[code]hash_type[/code] against the provided public [code]key[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:4
+msgid "A cryptographic key (RSA)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The CryptoKey class represents a cryptographic key. Keys can be loaded and "
+"saved like any other [Resource].\n"
+"They can be used to generate a self-signed [X509Certificate] via [method "
+"Crypto.generate_self_signed_certificate] and as private key in [method "
+"StreamPeerSSL.accept_stream] along with the appropriate certificate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Return [code]true[/code] if this CryptoKey only has the public part, and not "
+"the private one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Loads a key from [code]path[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], only the public key will be loaded.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]path[/code] should be a \"*.pub\" file if "
+"[code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a \"*.key\" file otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Loads a key from the given [code]string[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] "
+"is [code]true[/code], only the public key will be loaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Saves a key to the given [code]path[/code]. If [code]public_only[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], only the public key will be saved.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]path[/code] should be a \"*.pub\" file if "
+"[code]public_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], a \"*.key\" file otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CryptoKey.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns a string containing the key in PEM format. If [code]public_only[/"
+"code] is [code]true[/code], only the public key will be included."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:4
+msgid "A CSG Box shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:7
+msgid "This node allows you to create a box for use with the CSG system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:15
+msgid "Depth of the box measured from the center of the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:18
+msgid "Height of the box measured from the center of the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:21
+msgid "The material used to render the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGBox.xml:24
+msgid "Width of the box measured from the center of the box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCombiner.xml:4
+msgid "A CSG node that allows you to combine other CSG modifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCombiner.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"For complex arrangements of shapes, it is sometimes needed to add structure "
+"to your CSG nodes. The CSGCombiner node allows you to create this structure. "
+"The node encapsulates the result of the CSG operations of its children. In "
+"this way, it is possible to do operations on one set of shapes that are "
+"children of one CSGCombiner node, and a set of separate operations on a "
+"second set of shapes that are children of a second CSGCombiner node, and "
+"then do an operation that takes the two end results as its input to create "
+"the final shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:4
+msgid "A CSG Cylinder shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node allows you to create a cylinder (or cone) for use with the CSG "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] a cone is created, the [member radius] will only apply "
+"to one side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:18
+msgid "The height of the cylinder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:21
+msgid "The material used to render the cylinder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:24
+msgid "The radius of the cylinder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The number of sides of the cylinder, the higher this number the more detail "
+"there will be in the cylinder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGCylinder.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] the normals of the cylinder are set to give a smooth "
+"effect making the cylinder seem rounded. If [code]false[/code] the cylinder "
+"will have a flat shaded look."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:4
+msgid "A CSG Mesh shape that uses a mesh resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This CSG node allows you to use any mesh resource as a CSG shape, provided "
+"it is closed, does not self-intersect, does not contain internal faces and "
+"has no edges that connect to more then two faces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:15
+msgid "The [Material] used in drawing the CSG shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGMesh.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The [Mesh] resource to use as a CSG shape.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using an [ArrayMesh], avoid meshes with vertex normals "
+"unless a flat shader is required. By default, CSGMesh will ignore the mesh's "
+"vertex normals and use a smooth shader calculated using the faces' normals. "
+"If a flat shader is required, ensure that all faces' vertex normals are "
+"parallel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:4
+msgid "Extrudes a 2D polygon shape to create a 3D mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An array of 2D points is extruded to quickly and easily create a variety of "
+"3D meshes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_DEPTH], the depth of the extrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Material to use for the resulting mesh. The UV maps the top half of the "
+"material to the extruded shape (U along the the length of the extrusions and "
+"V around the outline of the [member polygon]), the bottom-left quarter to "
+"the front end face, and the bottom-right quarter to the back end face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:21
+msgid "The [member mode] used to extrude the [member polygon]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], by default, the top half of the "
+"[member material] is stretched along the entire length of the extruded "
+"shape. If [code]false[/code] the top half of the material is repeated every "
+"step of the extrusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], the path interval or ratio of "
+"path points to extrusions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], this will determine if the "
+"interval should be by distance ([constant PATH_INTERVAL_DISTANCE]) or "
+"subdivision fractions ([constant PATH_INTERVAL_SUBDIVIDE])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], if [code]true[/code] the ends of "
+"the path are joined, by adding an extrusion between the last and first "
+"points of the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], if [code]true[/code] the "
+"[Transform] of the [CSGPolygon] is used as the starting point for the "
+"extrusions, not the [Transform] of the [member path_node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], the location of the [Path] "
+"object used to extrude the [member polygon]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], the [enum PathRotation] method "
+"used to rotate the [member polygon] as it is extruded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], extrusions that are less than "
+"this angle, will be merged together to reduce polygon count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_PATH], this is the distance along the "
+"path, in meters, the texture coordinates will tile. When set to 0, texture "
+"coordinates will match geometry exactly with no tiling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:51
+msgid "The point array that defines the 2D polygon that is extruded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:54
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], applies smooth shading to the extrusions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_SPIN], the total number of degrees the "
+"[member polygon] is rotated when extruding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is [constant MODE_SPIN], the number of extrusions made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:65
+msgid "The [member polygon] shape is extruded along the negative Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The [member polygon] shape is extruded by rotating it around the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The [member polygon] shape is extruded along the [Path] specified in [member "
+"path_node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"The [member polygon] shape is not rotated.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Requires the path's Z coordinates to continually decrease to "
+"ensure viable shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"The [member polygon] shape is rotated along the path, but it is not rotated "
+"around the path axis.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Requires the path's Z coordinates to continually decrease to "
+"ensure viable shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"The [member polygon] shape follows the path and its rotations around the "
+"path axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is set to [constant MODE_PATH], [member path_interval] "
+"will determine the distance, in meters, each interval of the path will "
+"extrude."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPolygon.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"When [member mode] is set to [constant MODE_PATH], [member path_interval] "
+"will subdivide the polygons along the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPrimitive.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for CSG primitives."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPrimitive.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Parent class for various CSG primitives. It contains code and functionality "
+"that is common between them. It cannot be used directly. Instead use one of "
+"the various classes that inherit from it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGPrimitive.xml:15
+msgid "Invert the faces of the mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:4
+msgid "The CSG base class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is the CSG base class that provides CSG operation support to the "
+"various CSG nodes in Godot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:16
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:23 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:60
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:30 doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:37
+msgid "Returns an individual bit on the collision mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] with two elements, the first is the [Transform] of this "
+"node and the second is the root [Mesh] of this node. Only works when this "
+"node is the root shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a root shape and is thus the object "
+"that is rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:43 doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Sets individual bits on the layer mask. Use this if you only need to change "
+"one layer's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:51 doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Sets individual bits on the collision mask. Use this if you only need to "
+"change one layer's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Calculate tangents for the CSG shape which allows the use of normal maps. "
+"This is only applied on the root shape, this setting is ignored on any child."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this area is in.\n"
+"Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers "
+"work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these "
+"layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask "
+"property.\n"
+"A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B "
+"scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. See [url=https://"
+"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this CSG shape scans for collisions. See [url=https://"
+"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The operation that is performed on this shape. This is ignored for the first "
+"CSG child node as the operation is between this node and the previous child "
+"of this nodes parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Snap makes the mesh snap to a given distance so that the faces of two meshes "
+"can be perfectly aligned. A lower value results in greater precision but may "
+"be harder to adjust."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Adds a collision shape to the physics engine for our CSG shape. This will "
+"always act like a static body. Note that the collision shape is still active "
+"even if the CSG shape itself is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Geometry of both primitives is merged, intersecting geometry is removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:82
+msgid "Only intersecting geometry remains, the rest is removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGShape.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"The second shape is subtracted from the first, leaving a dent with its shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:4
+msgid "A CSG Sphere shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:7
+msgid "This node allows you to create a sphere for use with the CSG system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:15
+msgid "The material used to render the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:18
+msgid "Number of vertical slices for the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:21
+msgid "Radius of the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:24
+msgid "Number of horizontal slices for the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGSphere.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] the normals of the sphere are set to give a smooth "
+"effect making the sphere seem rounded. If [code]false[/code] the sphere will "
+"have a flat shaded look."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:4
+msgid "A CSG Torus shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:7
+msgid "This node allows you to create a torus for use with the CSG system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:15
+msgid "The inner radius of the torus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:18
+msgid "The material used to render the torus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:21
+msgid "The outer radius of the torus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:24
+msgid "The number of edges each ring of the torus is constructed of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:27
+msgid "The number of slices the torus is constructed of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/csg/doc_classes/CSGTorus.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] the normals of the torus are set to give a smooth "
+"effect making the torus seem rounded. If [code]false[/code] the torus will "
+"have a flat shaded look."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A script implemented in the C# programming language (Mono-enabled builds "
+"only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class represents a C# script. It is the C# equivalent of the [GDScript] "
+"class and is only available in Mono-enabled Godot builds.\n"
+"See also [GodotSharp]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/c_sharp/index."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/CSharpScript.xml:18
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/PluginScript.xml:13
+msgid "Returns a new instance of the script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:4
+msgid "A CubeMap is a 6-sided 3D texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A 6-sided 3D texture typically used for faking reflections. It can be used "
+"to make an object look as if it's reflecting its surroundings. This usually "
+"delivers much better performance than other reflection methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:15
+msgid "Returns the [CubeMap]'s height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Image] for a side of the [CubeMap] using one of the [enum Side] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:28
+msgid "Returns the [CubeMap]'s width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Sets an [Image] for a side of the [CubeMap] using one of the [enum Side] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The render flags for the [CubeMap]. See the [enum Flags] constants for "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The lossy storage quality of the [CubeMap] if the storage mode is set to "
+"[constant STORAGE_COMPRESS_LOSSY]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:48
+msgid "The [CubeMap]'s storage mode. See [enum Storage] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:53
+msgid "Store the [CubeMap] without any compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:56
+msgid "Store the [CubeMap] with strong compression that reduces image quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Store the [CubeMap] with moderate compression that doesn't reduce image "
+"quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:62
+msgid "Identifier for the left face of the [CubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:65
+msgid "Identifier for the right face of the [CubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:68
+msgid "Identifier for the bottom face of the [CubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:71
+msgid "Identifier for the top face of the [CubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:74
+msgid "Identifier for the front face of the [CubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:77
+msgid "Identifier for the back face of the [CubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:80
+msgid "Generate mipmaps, to enable smooth zooming out of the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:83
+msgid "Repeat (instead of clamp to edge)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:86
+msgid "Turn on magnifying filter, to enable smooth zooming in of the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMap.xml:89
+msgid "Default flags. Generate mipmaps, repeat, and filter are enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Generate an axis-aligned cuboid [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Generate an axis-aligned cuboid [PrimitiveMesh].\n"
+"The cube's UV layout is arranged in a 3×2 layout that allows texturing each "
+"face individually. To apply the same texture on all faces, change the "
+"material's UV property to [code]Vector3(3, 2, 1)[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using a large textured [CubeMesh] (e.g. as a floor), you "
+"may stumble upon UV jittering issues depending on the camera angle. To solve "
+"this, increase [member subdivide_depth], [member subdivide_height] and "
+"[member subdivide_width] until you no longer notice UV jittering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:17
+msgid "Size of the cuboid mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:20
+msgid "Number of extra edge loops inserted along the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:23
+msgid "Number of extra edge loops inserted along the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CubeMesh.xml:26
+msgid "Number of extra edge loops inserted along the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:4
+msgid "Parent of all nodes that can be culled by the Portal system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides common functionality to nodes that can be culled by the [Portal] "
+"system.\n"
+"[code]Static[/code] and [code]Dynamic[/code] objects are the most "
+"efficiently managed objects in the system, but there are some caveats. They "
+"are expected to be present initially when [Room]s are converted using the "
+"[RoomManager] [code]rooms_convert[/code] function, and their lifetime should "
+"be the same as the game level (i.e. present until you call "
+"[code]rooms_clear[/code] on the [RoomManager]. Although you shouldn't "
+"create / delete these objects during gameplay, you can manage their "
+"visibility with the standard [code]hide[/code] and [code]show[/code] "
+"commands.\n"
+"[code]Roaming[/code] objects on the other hand, require extra processing to "
+"keep track of which [Room] they are within. This enables them to be culled "
+"effectively, wherever they are.\n"
+"[code]Global[/code] objects are not culled by the portal system, and use "
+"view frustum culling only.\n"
+"Objects that are not [code]Static[/code] or [code]Dynamic[/code] can be "
+"freely created and deleted during the lifetime of the game level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"When set to [code]0[/code], [CullInstance]s will be autoplaced in the [Room] "
+"with the highest priority.\n"
+"When set to a value other than [code]0[/code], the system will attempt to "
+"autoplace in a [Room] with the [code]autoplace_priority[/code], if it is "
+"present.\n"
+"This can be used to control autoplacement of building exteriors in an outer "
+"[RoomGroup]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"When a manual bound has not been explicitly specified for a [Room], the "
+"convex hull bound will be estimated from the geometry of the objects within "
+"the room. This setting determines whether the geometry of an object is "
+"included in this estimate of the room bound.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is only relevant when the object is set to "
+"[code]PORTAL_MODE_STATIC[/code] or [code]PORTAL_MODE_DYNAMIC[/code], and for "
+"[Portal]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"When using [Room]s and [Portal]s, this specifies how the [CullInstance] is "
+"processed in the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Use for instances within [Room]s that will [b]not move[/b] - e.g. walls, "
+"floors.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you attempt to delete a [code]PORTAL_MODE_STATIC[/code] "
+"instance while the room graph is loaded (converted), it will unload the room "
+"graph and deactivate portal culling. This is because the [b]room graph[/b] "
+"data has been invalidated. You will need to reconvert the rooms using the "
+"[RoomManager] to activate the system again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Use for instances within rooms that will move but [b]not change room[/b] - e."
+"g. moving platforms.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you attempt to delete a [code]PORTAL_MODE_DYNAMIC[/code] "
+"instance while the room graph is loaded (converted), it will unload the room "
+"graph and deactivate portal culling. This is because the [b]room graph[/b] "
+"data has been invalidated. You will need to reconvert the rooms using the "
+"[RoomManager] to activate the system again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:41
+msgid "Use for instances that will move [b]between[/b] [Room]s - e.g. players."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Use for instances that will be frustum culled only - e.g. first person "
+"weapon, debug."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CullInstance.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Use for instances that will not be shown at all - e.g. [b]manual room "
+"bounds[/b] (specified by prefix [i]'Bound_'[/i])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:4
+msgid "A mathematic curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A curve that can be saved and re-used for other objects. By default, it "
+"ranges between [code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code] on the Y axis and positions "
+"points relative to the [code]0.5[/code] Y position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Adds a point to the curve. For each side, if the [code]*_mode[/code] is "
+"[constant TANGENT_LINEAR], the [code]*_tangent[/code] angle (in degrees) "
+"uses the slope of the curve halfway to the adjacent point. Allows custom "
+"assignments to the [code]*_tangent[/code] angle if [code]*_mode[/code] is "
+"set to [constant TANGENT_FREE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:26
+msgid "Recomputes the baked cache of points for the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Removes points that are closer than [code]CMP_EPSILON[/code] (0.00001) units "
+"to their neighbor on the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:38 doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:27
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:27
+msgid "Removes all points from the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:44 doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:61
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:74
+msgid "Returns the number of points describing the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns the left [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns the left tangent angle (in degrees) for the point at [code]index[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:65
+msgid "Returns the curve coordinates for the point at [code]index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns the right [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns the right tangent angle (in degrees) for the point at [code]index[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Returns the Y value for the point that would exist at the X position "
+"[code]offset[/code] along the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns the Y value for the point that would exist at the X position "
+"[code]offset[/code] along the curve using the baked cache. Bakes the curve's "
+"points if not already baked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:100
+msgid "Removes the point at [code]index[/code] from the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Sets the left [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code] to "
+"[code]mode[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Sets the left tangent angle for the point at [code]index[/code] to "
+"[code]tangent[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:124
+msgid "Sets the offset from [code]0.5[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Sets the right [enum TangentMode] for the point at [code]index[/code] to "
+"[code]mode[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Sets the right tangent angle for the point at [code]index[/code] to "
+"[code]tangent[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"Assigns the vertical position [code]y[/code] to the point at [code]index[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:154
+msgid "The number of points to include in the baked (i.e. cached) curve data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:157
+msgid "The maximum value the curve can reach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:160
+msgid "The minimum value the curve can reach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:166
+msgid "Emitted when [member max_value] or [member min_value] is changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:172
+msgid "The tangent on this side of the point is user-defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"The curve calculates the tangent on this side of the point as the slope "
+"halfway towards the adjacent point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve.xml:178
+msgid "The total number of available tangent modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:4
+msgid "Describes a Bézier curve in 2D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class describes a Bézier curve in 2D space. It is mainly used to give a "
+"shape to a [Path2D], but can be manually sampled for other purposes.\n"
+"It keeps a cache of precalculated points along the curve, to speed up "
+"further calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:20 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Adds a point to a curve at [code]position[/code], with control points "
+"[code]in[/code] and [code]out[/code].\n"
+"If [code]at_position[/code] is given, the point is inserted before the point "
+"number [code]at_position[/code], moving that point (and every point after) "
+"after the inserted point. If [code]at_position[/code] is not given, or is an "
+"illegal value ([code]at_position <0[/code] or [code]at_position >= [method "
+"get_point_count][/code]), the point will be appended at the end of the point "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:33 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total length of the curve, based on the cached points. Given "
+"enough density (see [member bake_interval]), it should be approximate enough."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:39
+msgid "Returns the cache of points as a [PoolVector2Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Returns the closest offset to [code]to_point[/code]. This offset is meant to "
+"be used in [method interpolate_baked].\n"
+"[code]to_point[/code] must be in this curve's local space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:54 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns the closest baked point (in curve's local space) to [code]to_point[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[code]to_point[/code] must be in this curve's local space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/"
+"code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If "
+"the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and "
+"returns [code](0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex "
+"[code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/"
+"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the "
+"console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of "
+"bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)"
+"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position between the vertex [code]idx[/code] and the vertex "
+"[code]idx + 1[/code], where [code]t[/code] controls if the point is the "
+"first vertex ([code]t = 0.0[/code]), the last vertex ([code]t = 1.0[/code]), "
+"or in between. Values of [code]t[/code] outside the range ([code]0.0 >= t "
+"<=1[/code]) give strange, but predictable results.\n"
+"If [code]idx[/code] is out of bounds it is truncated to the first or last "
+"vertex, and [code]t[/code] is ignored. If the curve has no points, the "
+"function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where "
+"[code]offset[/code] is measured as a pixel distance along the curve.\n"
+"To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] "
+"lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if "
+"[code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to "
+"[code]false[/code].\n"
+"Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster "
+"(and often, precise enough)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:108 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position at the vertex [code]fofs[/code]. It calls [method "
+"interpolate] using the integer part of [code]fofs[/code] as [code]idx[/"
+"code], and its fractional part as [code]t[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:115 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the point [code]idx[/code] from the curve. Sends an error to the "
+"console if [code]idx[/code] is out of bounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:123 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"Sets the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/"
+"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the "
+"console. The position is relative to the vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:131 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Sets the position of the control point leading out of the vertex [code]idx[/"
+"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the "
+"console. The position is relative to the vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:139 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Sets the position for the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of "
+"bounds, the function sends an error to the console."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:147 doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of points along the curve, with a curvature controlled point "
+"density. That is, the curvier parts will have more points than the "
+"straighter parts.\n"
+"This approximation makes straight segments between each point, then "
+"subdivides those segments until the resulting shape is similar enough.\n"
+"[code]max_stages[/code] controls how many subdivisions a curve segment may "
+"face before it is considered approximate enough. Each subdivision splits the "
+"segment in half, so the default 5 stages may mean up to 32 subdivisions per "
+"curve segment. Increase with care!\n"
+"[code]tolerance_degrees[/code] controls how many degrees the midpoint of a "
+"segment may deviate from the real curve, before the segment has to be "
+"subdivided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve2D.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"The distance in pixels between two adjacent cached points. Changing it "
+"forces the cache to be recomputed the next time the [method "
+"get_baked_points] or [method get_baked_length] function is called. The "
+"smaller the distance, the more points in the cache and the more memory it "
+"will consume, so use with care."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:4
+msgid "Describes a Bézier curve in 3D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class describes a Bézier curve in 3D space. It is mainly used to give a "
+"shape to a [Path], but can be manually sampled for other purposes.\n"
+"It keeps a cache of precalculated points along the curve, to speed up "
+"further calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:39
+msgid "Returns the cache of points as a [PoolVector3Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the cache of tilts as a [PoolRealArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns the cache of up vectors as a [PoolVector3Array].\n"
+"If [member up_vector_enabled] is [code]false[/code], the cache will be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns the closest offset to [code]to_point[/code]. This offset is meant to "
+"be used in [method interpolate_baked] or [method "
+"interpolate_baked_up_vector].\n"
+"[code]to_point[/code] must be in this curve's local space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the control point leading to the vertex [code]idx[/"
+"code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If "
+"the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and "
+"returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the control point leading out of the vertex "
+"[code]idx[/code]. The returned position is relative to the vertex [code]idx[/"
+"code]. If the index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the "
+"console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the vertex [code]idx[/code]. If the index is out of "
+"bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, "
+"0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tilt angle in radians for the point [code]idx[/code]. If the "
+"index is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console, and "
+"returns [code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position between the vertex [code]idx[/code] and the vertex "
+"[code]idx + 1[/code], where [code]t[/code] controls if the point is the "
+"first vertex ([code]t = 0.0[/code]), the last vertex ([code]t = 1.0[/code]), "
+"or in between. Values of [code]t[/code] outside the range ([code]0.0 >= t "
+"<=1[/code]) give strange, but predictable results.\n"
+"If [code]idx[/code] is out of bounds it is truncated to the first or last "
+"vertex, and [code]t[/code] is ignored. If the curve has no points, the "
+"function sends an error to the console, and returns [code](0, 0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Returns a point within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where "
+"[code]offset[/code] is measured as a distance in 3D units along the curve.\n"
+"To do that, it finds the two cached points where the [code]offset[/code] "
+"lies between, then interpolates the values. This interpolation is cubic if "
+"[code]cubic[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], or linear if set to "
+"[code]false[/code].\n"
+"Cubic interpolation tends to follow the curves better, but linear is faster "
+"(and often, precise enough)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Returns an up vector within the curve at position [code]offset[/code], where "
+"[code]offset[/code] is measured as a distance in 3D units along the curve.\n"
+"To do that, it finds the two cached up vectors where the [code]offset[/code] "
+"lies between, then interpolates the values. If [code]apply_tilt[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], an interpolated tilt is applied to the interpolated up "
+"vector.\n"
+"If the curve has no up vectors, the function sends an error to the console, "
+"and returns [code](0, 1, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"Sets the tilt angle in radians for the point [code]idx[/code]. If the index "
+"is out of bounds, the function sends an error to the console.\n"
+"The tilt controls the rotation along the look-at axis an object traveling "
+"the path would have. In the case of a curve controlling a [PathFollow], this "
+"tilt is an offset over the natural tilt the [PathFollow] calculates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"The distance in meters between two adjacent cached points. Changing it "
+"forces the cache to be recomputed the next time the [method "
+"get_baked_points] or [method get_baked_length] function is called. The "
+"smaller the distance, the more points in the cache and the more memory it "
+"will consume, so use with care."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Curve3D.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the curve will bake up vectors used for orientation. "
+"This is used when [member PathFollow.rotation_mode] is set to [constant "
+"PathFollow.ROTATION_ORIENTED]. Changing it forces the cache to be recomputed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:4
+msgid "A texture that shows a curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Renders a given [Curve] provided to it. Simplifies the task of drawing "
+"curves and/or saving them as image files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:15
+msgid "The [code]curve[/code] rendered onto the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CurveTexture.xml:18
+msgid "The width of the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Class representing a cylindrical [PrimitiveMesh]. This class can be used to "
+"create cones by setting either the [member top_radius] or [member "
+"bottom_radius] properties to [code]0.0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Bottom radius of the cylinder. If set to [code]0.0[/code], the bottom faces "
+"will not be generated, resulting in a conic shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:18
+msgid "Full height of the cylinder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Number of radial segments on the cylinder. Higher values result in a more "
+"detailed cylinder/cone at the cost of performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Number of edge rings along the height of the cylinder. Changing [member "
+"rings] does not have any visual impact unless a shader or procedural mesh "
+"tool is used to alter the vertex data. Higher values result in more "
+"subdivisions, which can be used to create smoother-looking effects with "
+"shaders or procedural mesh tools (at the cost of performance). When not "
+"altering the vertex data using a shader or procedural mesh tool, [member "
+"rings] should be kept to its default value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderMesh.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Top radius of the cylinder. If set to [code]0.0[/code], the top faces will "
+"not be generated, resulting in a conic shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:4 doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:7
+msgid "Cylinder shape for collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:18
+msgid "The cylinder's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/CylinderShape.xml:21
+msgid "The cylinder's radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:4
+msgid "Damped spring constraint for 2D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Damped spring constraint for 2D physics. This resembles a spring joint that "
+"always wants to go back to a given length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The spring joint's damping ratio. A value between [code]0[/code] and "
+"[code]1[/code]. When the two bodies move into different directions the "
+"system tries to align them to the spring axis again. A high [code]damping[/"
+"code] value forces the attached bodies to align faster."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The spring joint's maximum length. The two attached bodies cannot stretch it "
+"past this value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"When the bodies attached to the spring joint move they stretch or squash it. "
+"The joint always tries to resize towards this length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DampedSpringJoint2D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The higher the value, the less the bodies attached to the joint will deform "
+"it. The joint applies an opposing force to the bodies, the product of the "
+"stiffness multiplied by the size difference from its resting length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:4
+msgid "Dictionary type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Dictionary type. Associative container which contains values referenced by "
+"unique keys. Dictionaries are composed of pairs of keys (which must be "
+"unique) and values. Dictionaries will preserve the insertion order when "
+"adding elements, even though this may not be reflected when printing the "
+"dictionary. In other programming languages, this data structure is sometimes "
+"referred to as a hash map or associative array.\n"
+"You can define a dictionary by placing a comma-separated list of [code]key: "
+"value[/code] pairs in curly braces [code]{}[/code].\n"
+"Erasing elements while iterating over them [b]is not supported[/b] and will "
+"result in undefined behavior.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries are always passed by reference. To get a copy of a "
+"dictionary which can be modified independently of the original dictionary, "
+"use [method duplicate].\n"
+"Creating a dictionary:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var my_dict = {} # Creates an empty dictionary.\n"
+"\n"
+"var dict_variable_key = \"Another key name\"\n"
+"var dict_variable_value = \"value2\"\n"
+"var another_dict = {\n"
+" \"Some key name\": \"value1\",\n"
+" dict_variable_key: dict_variable_value,\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"var points_dict = {\"White\": 50, \"Yellow\": 75, \"Orange\": 100}\n"
+"\n"
+"# Alternative Lua-style syntax.\n"
+"# Doesn't require quotes around keys, but only string constants can be used "
+"as key names.\n"
+"# Additionally, key names must start with a letter or an underscore.\n"
+"# Here, `some_key` is a string literal, not a variable!\n"
+"another_dict = {\n"
+" some_key = 42,\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"You can access a dictionary's values by referencing the appropriate key. In "
+"the above example, [code]points_dict[\"White\"][/code] will return [code]50[/"
+"code]. You can also write [code]points_dict.White[/code], which is "
+"equivalent. However, you'll have to use the bracket syntax if the key you're "
+"accessing the dictionary with isn't a fixed string (such as a number or "
+"variable).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"export(string, \"White\", \"Yellow\", \"Orange\") var my_color\n"
+"var points_dict = {\"White\": 50, \"Yellow\": 75, \"Orange\": 100}\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" # We can't use dot syntax here as `my_color` is a variable.\n"
+" var points = points_dict[my_color]\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"In the above code, [code]points[/code] will be assigned the value that is "
+"paired with the appropriate color selected in [code]my_color[/code].\n"
+"Dictionaries can contain more complex data:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"my_dict = {\"First Array\": [1, 2, 3, 4]} # Assigns an Array to a String "
+"key.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"To add a key to an existing dictionary, access it like an existing key and "
+"assign to it:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var points_dict = {\"White\": 50, \"Yellow\": 75, \"Orange\": 100}\n"
+"points_dict[\"Blue\"] = 150 # Add \"Blue\" as a key and assign 150 as its "
+"value.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Finally, dictionaries can contain different types of keys and values in the "
+"same dictionary:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# This is a valid dictionary.\n"
+"# To access the string \"Nested value\" below, use `my_dict.sub_dict."
+"sub_key` or `my_dict[\"sub_dict\"][\"sub_key\"]`.\n"
+"# Indexing styles can be mixed and matched depending on your needs.\n"
+"var my_dict = {\n"
+" \"String Key\": 5,\n"
+" 4: [1, 2, 3],\n"
+" 7: \"Hello\",\n"
+" \"sub_dict\": {\"sub_key\": \"Nested value\"},\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Array]s, you can't compare dictionaries directly:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"array1 = [1, 2, 3]\n"
+"array2 = [1, 2, 3]\n"
+"\n"
+"func compare_arrays():\n"
+" print(array1 == array2) # Will print true.\n"
+"\n"
+"var dict1 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n"
+"var dict2 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n"
+"\n"
+"func compare_dictionaries():\n"
+" print(dict1 == dict2) # Will NOT print true.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"You need to first calculate the dictionary's hash with [method hash] before "
+"you can compare them:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var dict1 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n"
+"var dict2 = {\"a\": 1, \"b\": 2, \"c\": 3}\n"
+"\n"
+"func compare_dictionaries():\n"
+" print(dict1.hash() == dict2.hash()) # Will print true.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When declaring a dictionary with [code]const[/code], the "
+"dictionary itself can still be mutated by defining the values of individual "
+"keys. Using [code]const[/code] will only prevent assigning the constant with "
+"another value after it was initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/"
+"gdscript_basics.html#dictionary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:94
+msgid "Clear the dictionary, removing all key/value pairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Creates a copy of the dictionary, and returns it. The [code]deep[/code] "
+"parameter causes inner dictionaries and arrays to be copied recursively, but "
+"does not apply to objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:107
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Erase a dictionary key/value pair by key. Returns [code]true[/code] if the "
+"given key was present in the dictionary, [code]false[/code] otherwise.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Don't erase elements while iterating over the dictionary. You "
+"can iterate over the [method keys] array instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current value for the specified key in the [Dictionary]. If the "
+"key does not exist, the method returns the value of the optional default "
+"argument, or [code]null[/code] if it is omitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has a given key.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is equivalent to using the [code]in[/code] operator as "
+"follows:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Will evaluate to `true`.\n"
+"if \"godot\" in {\"godot\": \"engine\"}:\n"
+" pass\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This method (like the [code]in[/code] operator) will evaluate to [code]true[/"
+"code] as long as the key exists, even if the associated value is [code]null[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the dictionary has all the keys in the given "
+"array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Returns a hashed integer value representing the dictionary contents. This "
+"can be used to compare dictionaries by value:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var dict1 = {0: 10}\n"
+"var dict2 = {0: 10}\n"
+"# The line below prints `true`, whereas it would have printed `false` if "
+"both variables were compared directly.\n"
+"print(dict1.hash() == dict2.hash())\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Dictionaries with the same keys/values but in a different order "
+"will have a different hash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:163
+msgid "Returns the list of keys in the [Dictionary]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:169
+msgid "Returns the number of keys in the dictionary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Dictionary.xml:175
+msgid "Returns the list of values in the [Dictionary]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:4
+msgid "Directional light from a distance, as from the Sun."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A directional light is a type of [Light] node that models an infinite number "
+"of parallel rays covering the entire scene. It is used for lights with "
+"strong intensity that are located far away from the scene to model sunlight "
+"or moonlight. The worldspace location of the DirectionalLight transform "
+"(origin) is ignored. Only the basis is used to determine light direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:10 doc/classes/Light.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:11 doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/lights_and_shadows.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Amount of extra bias for shadow splits that are far away. If self-shadowing "
+"occurs only on the splits far away, increasing this value can fix them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], shadow detail is sacrificed in exchange for smoother "
+"transitions between splits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Optimizes shadow rendering for detail versus movement. See [enum "
+"ShadowDepthRange]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:25
+msgid "The maximum distance for shadow splits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:28
+msgid "The light's shadow rendering algorithm. See [enum ShadowMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to fix special cases of self shadowing when objects are "
+"perpendicular to the light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The distance from camera to shadow split 1. Relative to [member "
+"directional_shadow_max_distance]. Only used when [member "
+"directional_shadow_mode] is [code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_2_SPLITS[/code] or "
+"[code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"The distance from shadow split 1 to split 2. Relative to [member "
+"directional_shadow_max_distance]. Only used when [member "
+"directional_shadow_mode] is [code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_2_SPLITS[/code] or "
+"[code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The distance from shadow split 2 to split 3. Relative to [member "
+"directional_shadow_max_distance]. Only used when [member "
+"directional_shadow_mode] is [code]SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Renders the entire scene's shadow map from an orthogonal point of view. This "
+"is the fastest directional shadow mode. May result in blurrier shadows on "
+"close objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Splits the view frustum in 2 areas, each with its own shadow map. This "
+"shadow mode is a compromise between [constant SHADOW_ORTHOGONAL] and "
+"[constant SHADOW_PARALLEL_4_SPLITS] in terms of performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Splits the view frustum in 4 areas, each with its own shadow map. This is "
+"the slowest directional shadow mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Keeps the shadow stable when the camera moves, at the cost of lower "
+"effective shadow resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DirectionalLight.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Tries to achieve maximum shadow resolution. May result in saw effect on "
+"shadow edges. This mode typically works best in games where the camera will "
+"often move at high speeds, such as most racing games."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:4
+msgid "Type used to handle the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Directory type. It is used to manage directories and their content (not "
+"restricted to the project folder).\n"
+"When creating a new [Directory], its default opened directory will be "
+"[code]res://[/code]. This may change in the future, so it is advised to "
+"always use [method open] to initialize your [Directory] where you want to "
+"operate, with explicit error checking.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Many resources types are imported (e.g. textures or sound "
+"files), and their source asset will not be included in the exported game, as "
+"only the imported version is used. Use [ResourceLoader] to access imported "
+"resources.\n"
+"Here is an example on how to iterate through the files of a directory:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func dir_contents(path):\n"
+" var dir = Directory.new()\n"
+" if dir.open(path) == OK:\n"
+" dir.list_dir_begin()\n"
+" var file_name = dir.get_next()\n"
+" while file_name != \"\":\n"
+" if dir.current_is_dir():\n"
+" print(\"Found directory: \" + file_name)\n"
+" else:\n"
+" print(\"Found file: \" + file_name)\n"
+" file_name = dir.get_next()\n"
+" else:\n"
+" print(\"An error occurred when trying to access the path.\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:28 doc/classes/File.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/filesystem."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Changes the currently opened directory to the one passed as an argument. The "
+"argument can be relative to the current directory (e.g. [code]newdir[/code] "
+"or [code]../newdir[/code]), or an absolute path (e.g. [code]/tmp/newdir[/"
+"code] or [code]res://somedir/newdir[/code]).\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Copies the [code]from[/code] file to the [code]to[/code] destination. Both "
+"arguments should be paths to files, either relative or absolute. If the "
+"destination file exists and is not access-protected, it will be "
+"overwritten.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the current item processed with the last [method get_next] "
+"call is a directory ([code].[/code] and [code]..[/code] are considered "
+"directories)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the target directory exists. The argument can be relative to "
+"the current directory, or an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the target file exists. The argument can be relative to the "
+"current directory, or an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute path to the currently opened directory (e.g. "
+"[code]res://folder[/code] or [code]C:\\tmp\\folder[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns the currently opened directory's drive index. See [method get_drive] "
+"to convert returned index to the name of the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"On Windows, returns the name of the drive (partition) passed as an argument "
+"(e.g. [code]C:[/code]). On other platforms, or if the requested drive does "
+"not exist, the method returns an empty String."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"On Windows, returns the number of drives (partitions) mounted on the current "
+"filesystem. On other platforms, the method returns 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next element (file or directory) in the current directory "
+"(including [code].[/code] and [code]..[/code], unless "
+"[code]skip_navigational[/code] was given to [method list_dir_begin]).\n"
+"The name of the file or directory is returned (and not its full path). Once "
+"the stream has been fully processed, the method returns an empty String and "
+"closes the stream automatically (i.e. [method list_dir_end] would not be "
+"mandatory in such a case)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"On UNIX desktop systems, returns the available space on the current "
+"directory's disk. On other platforms, this information is not available and "
+"the method returns 0 or -1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the stream used to list all files and directories using the "
+"[method get_next] function, closing the currently opened stream if needed. "
+"Once the stream has been processed, it should typically be closed with "
+"[method list_dir_end].\n"
+"If [code]skip_navigational[/code] is [code]true[/code], [code].[/code] and "
+"[code]..[/code] are filtered out.\n"
+"If [code]skip_hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hidden files are filtered "
+"out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Closes the current stream opened with [method list_dir_begin] (whether it "
+"has been fully processed with [method get_next] does not matter)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Creates a directory. The argument can be relative to the current directory, "
+"or an absolute path. The target directory should be placed in an already "
+"existing directory (to create the full path recursively, see [method "
+"make_dir_recursive]).\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Creates a target directory and all necessary intermediate directories in its "
+"path, by calling [method make_dir] recursively. The argument can be relative "
+"to the current directory, or an absolute path.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Opens an existing directory of the filesystem. The [code]path[/code] "
+"argument can be within the project tree ([code]res://folder[/code]), the "
+"user directory ([code]user://folder[/code]) or an absolute path of the user "
+"filesystem (e.g. [code]/tmp/folder[/code] or [code]C:\\tmp\\folder[/code]).\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the target file or an empty directory. The argument can be relative "
+"to the current directory, or an absolute path. If the target directory is "
+"not empty, the operation will fail.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Directory.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Renames (move) the [code]from[/code] file or directory to the [code]to[/"
+"code] destination. Both arguments should be paths to files or directories, "
+"either relative or absolute. If the destination file or directory exists and "
+"is not access-protected, it will be overwritten.\n"
+"Returns one of the [enum Error] code constants ([code]OK[/code] on success)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:4
+msgid "Helper class to implement a DTLS server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class is used to store the state of a DTLS server. Upon [method setup] "
+"it converts connected [PacketPeerUDP] to [PacketPeerDTLS] accepting them via "
+"[method take_connection] as DTLS clients. Under the hood, this class is used "
+"to store the DTLS state and cookies of the server. The reason of why the "
+"state and cookies are needed is outside of the scope of this documentation.\n"
+"Below a small example of how to use it:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# server.gd\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var dtls := DTLSServer.new()\n"
+"var server := UDPServer.new()\n"
+"var peers = []\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" server.listen(4242)\n"
+" var key = load(\"key.key\") # Your private key.\n"
+" var cert = load(\"cert.crt\") # Your X509 certificate.\n"
+" dtls.setup(key, cert)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _process(delta):\n"
+" while server.is_connection_available():\n"
+" var peer : PacketPeerUDP = server.take_connection()\n"
+" var dtls_peer : PacketPeerDTLS = dtls.take_connection(peer)\n"
+" if dtls_peer.get_status() != PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_HANDSHAKING:\n"
+" continue # It is normal that 50% of the connections fails due to "
+"cookie exchange.\n"
+" print(\"Peer connected!\")\n"
+" peers.append(dtls_peer)\n"
+" for p in peers:\n"
+" p.poll() # Must poll to update the state.\n"
+" if p.get_status() == PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_CONNECTED:\n"
+" while p.get_available_packet_count() > 0:\n"
+" print(\"Received message from client: %s\" % p.get_packet()."
+"get_string_from_utf8())\n"
+" p.put_packet(\"Hello DTLS client\".to_utf8())\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# client.gd\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var dtls := PacketPeerDTLS.new()\n"
+"var udp := PacketPeerUDP.new()\n"
+"var connected = false\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" udp.connect_to_host(\"127.0.0.1\", 4242)\n"
+" dtls.connect_to_peer(udp, false) # Use true in production for "
+"certificate validation!\n"
+"\n"
+"func _process(delta):\n"
+" dtls.poll()\n"
+" if dtls.get_status() == PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_CONNECTED:\n"
+" if !connected:\n"
+" # Try to contact server\n"
+" dtls.put_packet(\"The answer is... 42!\".to_utf8())\n"
+" while dtls.get_available_packet_count() > 0:\n"
+" print(\"Connected: %s\" % dtls.get_packet()."
+"get_string_from_utf8())\n"
+" connected = true\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Setup the DTLS server to use the given [code]private_key[/code] and provide "
+"the given [code]certificate[/code] to clients. You can pass the optional "
+"[code]chain[/code] parameter to provide additional CA chain information "
+"along with the certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DTLSServer.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Try to initiate the DTLS handshake with the given [code]udp_peer[/code] "
+"which must be already connected (see [method PacketPeerUDP."
+"connect_to_host]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You must check that the state of the return PacketPeerUDP is "
+"[constant PacketPeerDTLS.STATUS_HANDSHAKING], as it is normal that 50% of "
+"the new connections will be invalid due to cookie exchange."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:4
+msgid "DynamicFont renders vector font files at runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"DynamicFont renders vector font files dynamically at runtime instead of "
+"using a prerendered texture atlas like [BitmapFont]. This trades the faster "
+"loading time of [BitmapFont]s for the ability to change font parameters like "
+"size and spacing during runtime. [DynamicFontData] is used for referencing "
+"the font file paths. DynamicFont also supports defining one or more fallback "
+"fonts, which will be used when displaying a character not supported by the "
+"main font.\n"
+"DynamicFont uses the [url=https://www.freetype.org/]FreeType[/url] library "
+"for rasterization. Supported formats are TrueType ([code].ttf[/code]), "
+"OpenType ([code].otf[/code]) and Web Open Font Format 1 ([code].woff[/"
+"code]). Web Open Font Format 2 ([code].woff2[/code]) is [i]not[/i] "
+"supported.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var dynamic_font = DynamicFont.new()\n"
+"dynamic_font.font_data = load(\"res://BarlowCondensed-Bold.ttf\")\n"
+"dynamic_font.size = 64\n"
+"$\"Label\".set(\"custom_fonts/font\", dynamic_font)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] DynamicFont doesn't support features such as kerning, right-to-"
+"left typesetting, ligatures, text shaping, variable fonts and optional font "
+"features yet. If you wish to \"bake\" an optional font feature into a TTF "
+"font file, you can use [url=https://fontforge.org/]FontForge[/url] to do so. "
+"In FontForge, use [b]File > Generate Fonts[/b], click [b]Options[/b], choose "
+"the desired features then generate the font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:25
+msgid "Adds a fallback font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns a string containing all the characters available in the main and all "
+"the fallback fonts.\n"
+"If a given character is included in more than one font, it appears only once "
+"in the returned string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:39
+msgid "Returns the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the number of fallback fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the spacing for the given [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:59
+msgid "Removes the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:67
+msgid "Sets the fallback font at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Sets the spacing for [code]type[/code] (see [enum SpacingType]) to "
+"[code]value[/code] in pixels (not relative to the font size)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:81
+msgid "Extra spacing at the bottom in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Extra spacing for each character in pixels.\n"
+"This can be a negative number to make the distance between characters "
+"smaller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Extra spacing for the space character (in addition to [member "
+"extra_spacing_char]) in pixels.\n"
+"This can be a negative number to make the distance between words smaller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:92
+msgid "Extra spacing at the top in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:95
+msgid "The font data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"The font outline's color.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this at the default value so that you "
+"can adjust it in individual controls. For example, if the outline is made "
+"black here, it won't be possible to change its color using a Label's font "
+"outline modulate theme item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:102
+msgid "The font outline's thickness in pixels (not relative to the font size)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:105
+msgid "The font size in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], filtering is used. This makes the font blurry instead "
+"of pixelated when scaling it if font oversampling is disabled or "
+"ineffective. It's recommended to enable this when using the font in a "
+"control whose size changes over time, unless a pixel art aesthetic is "
+"desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], mipmapping is used. This improves the font's "
+"appearance when downscaling it if font oversampling is disabled or "
+"ineffective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:116
+msgid "Spacing at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:119
+msgid "Spacing at the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:122
+msgid "Spacing for each character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFont.xml:125
+msgid "Spacing for the space character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:4
+msgid "Used with [DynamicFont] to describe the location of a font file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Used with [DynamicFont] to describe the location of a vector font file for "
+"dynamic rendering at runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the font is rendered with anti-aliasing. This property "
+"applies both to the main font and its outline (if it has one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:19
+msgid "The path to the vector font file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:22
+msgid "The font hinting mode used by FreeType. See [enum Hinting] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:27
+msgid "Disables font hinting (smoother but less crisp)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:30
+msgid "Use the light font hinting mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/DynamicFontData.xml:33
+msgid "Use the default font hinting mode (crisper but less smooth)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:4
+msgid "A script that is executed when exporting the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Editor export plugins are automatically activated whenever the user exports "
+"the project. Their most common use is to determine what files are being "
+"included in the exported project. For each plugin, [method _export_begin] is "
+"called at the beginning of the export process and then [method _export_file] "
+"is called for each exported file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be overridden by the user. It is called when the export "
+"starts and provides all information about the export. [code]features[/code] "
+"is the list of features for the export, [code]is_debug[/code] is [code]true[/"
+"code] for debug builds, [code]path[/code] is the target path for the "
+"exported project. [code]flags[/code] is only used when running a runnable "
+"profile, e.g. when using native run on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be overridden by the user. Called when the export is "
+"finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method to be overridden by the user. Called for each exported file, "
+"providing arguments that can be used to identify the file. [code]path[/code] "
+"is the path of the file, [code]type[/code] is the [Resource] represented by "
+"the file (e.g. [PackedScene]) and [code]features[/code] is the list of "
+"features for the export.\n"
+"Calling [method skip] inside this callback will make the file not included "
+"in the export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom file to be exported. [code]path[/code] is the virtual path "
+"that can be used to load the file, [code]file[/code] is the binary data of "
+"the file. If [code]remap[/code] is [code]true[/code], file will not be "
+"exported, but instead remapped to the given [code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Adds an iOS bundle file from the given [code]path[/code] to the exported "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Adds a C++ code to the iOS export. The final code is created from the code "
+"appended by each active export plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Adds a dynamic library (*.dylib, *.framework) to Linking Phase in iOS's "
+"Xcode project and embeds it into resulting binary.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For static libraries (*.a) works in same way as [method "
+"add_ios_framework].\n"
+"This method should not be used for System libraries as they are already "
+"present on the device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Adds a static library (*.a) or dynamic library (*.dylib, *.framework) to "
+"Linking Phase in iOS's Xcode project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:81
+msgid "Adds linker flags for the iOS export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:88
+msgid "Adds content for iOS Property List files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:95
+msgid "Adds a static lib from the given [code]path[/code] to the iOS project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Adds a shared object with the given [code]tags[/code] and destination "
+"[code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorExportPlugin.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"To be called inside [method _export_file]. Skips the current file, so it's "
+"not included in the export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"An editor feature profile which can be used to disable specific features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An editor feature profile can be used to disable specific features of the "
+"Godot editor. When disabled, the features won't appear in the editor, which "
+"makes the editor less cluttered. This is useful in education settings to "
+"reduce confusion or when working in a team. For example, artists and level "
+"designers could use a feature profile that disables the script editor to "
+"avoid accidentally making changes to files they aren't supposed to edit.\n"
+"To manage editor feature profiles visually, use [b]Editor > Manage Feature "
+"Profiles...[/b] at the top of the editor window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:17
+msgid "Returns the specified [code]feature[/code]'s human-readable name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the class specified by [code]class_name[/code] "
+"is disabled. When disabled, the class won't appear in the Create New Node "
+"dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if editing for the class specified by "
+"[code]class_name[/code] is disabled. When disabled, the class will still "
+"appear in the Create New Node dialog but the inspector will be read-only "
+"when selecting a node that extends the class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]property[/code] is disabled in the class "
+"specified by [code]class_name[/code]. When a property is disabled, it won't "
+"appear in the inspector when selecting a node that extends the class "
+"specified by [code]class_name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]feature[/code] is disabled. When a "
+"feature is disabled, it will disappear from the editor entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Loads an editor feature profile from a file. The file must follow the JSON "
+"format obtained by using the feature profile manager's [b]Export[/b] button "
+"or the [method save_to_file] method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Saves the editor feature profile to a file in JSON format. It can then be "
+"imported using the feature profile manager's [b]Import[/b] button or the "
+"[method load_from_file] button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the class specified "
+"by [code]class_name[/code]. When disabled, the class won't appear in the "
+"Create New Node dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables editing for the class "
+"specified by [code]class_name[/code]. When disabled, the class will still "
+"appear in the Create New Node dialog but the inspector will be read-only "
+"when selecting a node that extends the class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables editing for "
+"[code]property[/code] in the class specified by [code]class_name[/code]. "
+"When a property is disabled, it won't appear in the inspector when selecting "
+"a node that extends the class specified by [code]class_name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"If [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the editor feature "
+"specified in [code]feature[/code]. When a feature is disabled, it will "
+"disappear from the editor entirely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The 3D editor. If this feature is disabled, the 3D editor won't display but "
+"3D nodes will still display in the Create New Node dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The Script tab, which contains the script editor and class reference "
+"browser. If this feature is disabled, the Script tab won't display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"The AssetLib tab. If this feature is disabled, the AssetLib tab won't "
+"display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Scene tree editing. If this feature is disabled, the Scene tree dock will "
+"still be visible but will be read-only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"The Node dock. If this feature is disabled, signals and groups won't be "
+"visible and modifiable from the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"The FileSystem dock. If this feature is disabled, the FileSystem dock won't "
+"be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"The Import dock. If this feature is disabled, the Import dock won't be "
+"visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFeatureProfile.xml:120 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:471
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Feature] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:4
+msgid "A modified version of [FileDialog] used by the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Adds a comma-delimited file extension filter option to the "
+"[EditorFileDialog] with an optional semi-colon-delimited label.\n"
+"For example, [code]\"*.tscn, *.scn; Scenes\"[/code] results in filter text "
+"\"Scenes (*.tscn, *.scn)\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:22
+msgid "Removes all filters except for \"All Files (*)\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [code]VBoxContainer[/code] used to display the file system.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Notify the [EditorFileDialog] that its view of the data is no longer "
+"accurate. Updates the view contents on next view update."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"The location from which the user may select a file, including [code]res://[/"
+"code], [code]user://[/code], and the local file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:44
+msgid "The currently occupied directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:47
+msgid "The currently selected file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:50
+msgid "The file system path in the address bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [EditorFileDialog] will not warn the user before "
+"overwriting files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"The view format in which the [EditorFileDialog] displays resources to the "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"The purpose of the [EditorFileDialog], which defines the allowed behaviors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], hidden files and directories will be visible in the "
+"[EditorFileDialog]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:72
+msgid "Emitted when a directory is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:78
+msgid "Emitted when a file is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:84
+msgid "Emitted when multiple files are selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can select only one file. Accepting the window will "
+"open the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can select multiple files. Accepting the window will "
+"open all files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can select only one directory. Accepting the window "
+"will open the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can select a file or directory. Accepting the window "
+"will open it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can select only one file. Accepting the window will "
+"save the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can only view [code]res://[/code] directory contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The [EditorFileDialog] can only view [code]user://[/code] directory contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:111
+msgid "The [EditorFileDialog] can view the entire local file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:114
+msgid "The [EditorFileDialog] displays resources as thumbnails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileDialog.xml:117
+msgid "The [EditorFileDialog] displays resources as a list of filenames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:4
+msgid "Resource filesystem, as the editor sees it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This object holds information of all resources in the filesystem, their "
+"types, etc.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_resource_filesystem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns the resource type of the file, given the full path. This returns a "
+"string such as [code]\"Resource\"[/code] or [code]\"GDScript\"[/code], "
+"[i]not[/i] a file extension such as [code]\".gd\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:23
+msgid "Gets the root directory object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:30
+msgid "Returns a view into the filesystem at [code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the scan progress for 0 to 1 if the FS is being scanned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:42
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] of the filesystem is being scanned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:48
+msgid "Scan the filesystem for changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:54
+msgid "Check if the source of any imported resource changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Update a file information. Call this if an external program (not Godot) "
+"modified the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:67
+msgid "Scans the script files and updates the list of custom class names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:74
+msgid "Emitted if the filesystem changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:80
+msgid "Emitted if a resource is reimported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Emitted if at least one resource is reloaded when the filesystem is scanned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystem.xml:92
+msgid "Emitted if the source of any imported file changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:4
+msgid "A directory for the resource filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:7
+msgid "A more generalized, low-level variation of the directory concept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the directory with name [code]name[/code] or [code]-1[/"
+"code] if not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the file with name [code]name[/code] or [code]-1[/code] "
+"if not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:30
+msgid "Returns the name of the file at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the number of files in this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the file at index [code]idx[/code] imported "
+"properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:50
+msgid "Returns the path to the file at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Returns the base class of the script class defined in the file at index "
+"[code]idx[/code]. If the file doesn't define a script class using the "
+"[code]class_name[/code] syntax, this will return an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the script class defined in the file at index [code]idx[/"
+"code]. If the file doesn't define a script class using the [code]class_name[/"
+"code] syntax, this will return an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Returns the resource type of the file at index [code]idx[/code]. This "
+"returns a string such as [code]\"Resource\"[/code] or [code]\"GDScript\"[/"
+"code], [i]not[/i] a file extension such as [code]\".gd\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:77
+msgid "Returns the name of this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Returns the parent directory for this directory or [code]null[/code] if "
+"called on a directory at [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:89
+msgid "Returns the path to this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:96
+msgid "Returns the subdirectory at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorFileSystemDirectory.xml:102
+msgid "Returns the number of subdirectories in this directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Registers a custom resource importer in the editor. Use the class to parse "
+"any file and import it as a new resource type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"EditorImportPlugins provide a way to extend the editor's resource import "
+"functionality. Use them to import resources from custom files or to provide "
+"alternatives to the editor's existing importers. Register your "
+"[EditorPlugin] with [method EditorPlugin.add_import_plugin].\n"
+"EditorImportPlugins work by associating with specific file extensions and a "
+"resource type. See [method get_recognized_extensions] and [method "
+"get_resource_type]. They may optionally specify some import presets that "
+"affect the import process. EditorImportPlugins are responsible for creating "
+"the resources and saving them in the [code].import[/code] directory (see "
+"[member ProjectSettings.application/config/"
+"use_hidden_project_data_directory]).\n"
+"Below is an example EditorImportPlugin that imports a [Mesh] from a file "
+"with the extension \".special\" or \".spec\":\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"tool\n"
+"extends EditorImportPlugin\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_importer_name():\n"
+" return \"my.special.plugin\"\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_visible_name():\n"
+" return \"Special Mesh\"\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_recognized_extensions():\n"
+" return [\"special\", \"spec\"]\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_save_extension():\n"
+" return \"mesh\"\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_resource_type():\n"
+" return \"Mesh\"\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_preset_count():\n"
+" return 1\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_preset_name(i):\n"
+" return \"Default\"\n"
+"\n"
+"func get_import_options(i):\n"
+" return [{\"name\": \"my_option\", \"default_value\": false}]\n"
+"\n"
+"func import(source_file, save_path, options, platform_variants, gen_files):\n"
+" var file = File.new()\n"
+" if file.open(source_file, File.READ) != OK:\n"
+" return FAILED\n"
+"\n"
+" var mesh = Mesh.new()\n"
+" # Fill the Mesh with data read in \"file\", left as an exercise to the "
+"reader\n"
+"\n"
+" var filename = save_path + \".\" + get_save_extension()\n"
+" return ResourceSaver.save(filename, mesh)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:51 doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/import_plugins."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Gets the options and default values for the preset at this index. Returns an "
+"Array of Dictionaries with the following keys: [code]name[/code], "
+"[code]default_value[/code], [code]property_hint[/code] (optional), "
+"[code]hint_string[/code] (optional), [code]usage[/code] (optional)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Gets the order of this importer to be run when importing resources. "
+"Importers with [i]lower[/i] import orders will be called first, and higher "
+"values will be called later. Use this to ensure the importer runs after the "
+"dependencies are already imported. The default import order is [code]0[/"
+"code] unless overridden by a specific importer. See [enum ResourceImporter."
+"ImportOrder] for some predefined values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:70
+msgid "Gets the unique name of the importer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"This method can be overridden to hide specific import options if conditions "
+"are met. This is mainly useful for hiding options that depend on others if "
+"one of them is disabled. For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func get_option_visibility(option, options):\n"
+" # Only show the lossy quality setting if the compression mode is set to "
+"\"Lossy\".\n"
+" if option == \"compress/lossy_quality\" and options.has(\"compress/mode"
+"\"):\n"
+" return int(options[\"compress/mode\"]) == COMPRESS_LOSSY\n"
+"\n"
+" return true\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Return [code]true[/code] to make all options always visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Gets the number of initial presets defined by the plugin. Use [method "
+"get_import_options] to get the default options for the preset and [method "
+"get_preset_name] to get the name of the preset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:100
+msgid "Gets the name of the options preset at this index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Gets the priority of this plugin for the recognized extension. Higher "
+"priority plugins will be preferred. The default priority is [code]1.0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Gets the list of file extensions to associate with this loader (case-"
+"insensitive). e.g. [code][\"obj\"][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Gets the Godot resource type associated with this loader. e.g. [code]\"Mesh"
+"\"[/code] or [code]\"Animation\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Gets the extension used to save this resource in the [code].import[/code] "
+"directory (see [member ProjectSettings.application/config/"
+"use_hidden_project_data_directory])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Gets the name to display in the import window. You should choose this name "
+"as a continuation to \"Import as\", e.g. \"Import as Special Mesh\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorImportPlugin.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Imports [code]source_file[/code] into [code]save_path[/code] with the import "
+"[code]options[/code] specified. The [code]platform_variants[/code] and "
+"[code]gen_files[/code] arrays will be modified by this function.\n"
+"This method must be overridden to do the actual importing work. See this "
+"class' description for an example of overriding this method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:4
+msgid "A tab used to edit properties of the selected node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The editor inspector is by default located on the right-hand side of the "
+"editor. It's used to edit the properties of the selected node. For example, "
+"you can select a node such as [Sprite] then edit its transform through the "
+"inspector tool. The editor inspector is an essential tool in the game "
+"development workflow.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_inspector]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Refreshes the inspector.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To save on CPU resources, calling this method will do nothing "
+"if the time specified in [code]docks/property_editor/auto_refresh_interval[/"
+"code] editor setting hasn't passed yet since this method was last called. "
+"(By default, this interval is set to 0.3 seconds.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the Edit button of an [Object] has been pressed in the "
+"inspector. This is mainly used in the remote scene tree inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:34
+msgid "Emitted when a property is edited in the inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a property is keyed in the inspector. Properties can be keyed "
+"by clicking the \"key\" icon next to a property when the Animation panel is "
+"toggled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:46
+msgid "Emitted when a property is selected in the inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a boolean property is toggled in the inspector.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is never emitted if the internal [code]autoclear[/"
+"code] property enabled. Since this property is always enabled in the editor "
+"inspector, this signal is never emitted by the editor itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:61
+msgid "Emitted when a resource is selected in the inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspector.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a property that requires a restart to be applied is edited in "
+"the inspector. This is only used in the Project Settings and Editor Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:4
+msgid "Plugin for adding custom property editors on inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"These plugins allow adding custom property editors to [EditorInspector].\n"
+"Plugins are registered via [method EditorPlugin.add_inspector_plugin].\n"
+"When an object is edited, the [method can_handle] function is called and "
+"must return [code]true[/code] if the object type is supported.\n"
+"If supported, the function [method parse_begin] will be called, allowing to "
+"place custom controls at the beginning of the class.\n"
+"Subsequently, the [method parse_category] and [method parse_property] are "
+"called for every category and property. They offer the ability to add custom "
+"controls to the inspector too.\n"
+"Finally, [method parse_end] will be called.\n"
+"On each of these calls, the \"add\" functions can be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/"
+"inspector_plugins.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:23
+msgid "Adds a custom control, which is not necessarily a property editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Adds a property editor for an individual property. The [code]editor[/code] "
+"control must extend [EditorProperty]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Adds an editor that allows modifying multiple properties. The [code]editor[/"
+"code] control must extend [EditorProperty]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:47
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this object can be handled by this plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:54
+msgid "Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:62
+msgid "Called to allow adding controls at the beginning of the category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:68
+msgid "Called to allow adding controls at the end of the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInspectorPlugin.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Called to allow adding property specific editors to the inspector. Usually "
+"these inherit [EditorProperty]. Returning [code]true[/code] removes the "
+"built-in editor for this property, otherwise allows to insert a custom "
+"editor before the built-in one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:4
+msgid "Godot editor's interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"EditorInterface gives you control over Godot editor's window. It allows "
+"customizing the window, saving and (re-)loading scenes, rendering mesh "
+"previews, inspecting and editing resources and objects, and provides access "
+"to [EditorSettings], [EditorFileSystem], [EditorResourcePreview], "
+"[ScriptEditor], the editor viewport, and information about scenes.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorPlugin.get_editor_interface]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Edits the given [Node]. The node will be also selected if it's inside the "
+"scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:24
+msgid "Edits the given [Resource]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the main container of Godot editor's window. For example, you can "
+"use it to retrieve the size of the container and place your controls "
+"accordingly.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render the editor "
+"useless and may cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:37
+msgid "Returns the current path being viewed in the [FileSystemDock]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:43
+msgid "Returns the edited (current) scene's root [Node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns the actual scale of the editor UI ([code]1.0[/code] being 100% "
+"scale). This can be used to adjust position and dimensions of the UI added "
+"by plugins.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value is set via the [code]interface/editor/display_scale[/"
+"code] and [code]interface/editor/custom_display_scale[/code] editor "
+"settings. Editor must be restarted for changes to be properly applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:56
+msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorSettings] instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Returns the main editor control. Use this as a parent for main screens.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This returns the main editor control containing the whole "
+"editor, not the 2D or 3D viewports specifically.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the "
+"editor useless and may cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the editor's [FileSystemDock] instance.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the "
+"editor useless and may cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns the editor's [EditorInspector] instance.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the "
+"editor useless and may cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:84
+msgid "Returns an [Array] with the file paths of the currently opened scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the scene that is being played. If no scene is currently "
+"being played, returns an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:96
+msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorFileSystem] instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:102
+msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorResourcePreview] instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Returns the editor's [ScriptEditor] instance.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the "
+"editor useless and may cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path of the directory currently selected in the "
+"[FileSystemDock]. If a file is selected, its base directory will be returned "
+"using [method String.get_base_dir] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:121
+msgid "Returns the editor's [EditorSelection] instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Shows the given property on the given [code]object[/code] in the editor's "
+"Inspector dock. If [code]inspector_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], plugins "
+"will not attempt to edit [code]object[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a scene is currently being played, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise. Paused scenes are considered as being played."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]plugin[/code] is enabled. "
+"The plugin name is the same as its directory name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"Returns mesh previews rendered at the given size as an [Array] of [Texture]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:158
+msgid "Opens the scene at the given path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:164
+msgid "Plays the currently active scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:171
+msgid "Plays the scene specified by its filepath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:177
+msgid "Plays the main scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:184
+msgid "Reloads the scene at the given path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Saves the scene. Returns either [code]OK[/code] or [code]ERR_CANT_CREATE[/"
+"code] (see [@GlobalScope] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:198
+msgid "Saves the scene as a file at [code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"Selects the file, with the path provided by [code]file[/code], in the "
+"FileSystem dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"Sets the editor's current main screen to the one specified in [code]name[/"
+"code]. [code]name[/code] must match the text of the tab in question exactly "
+"([code]2D[/code], [code]3D[/code], [code]Script[/code], [code]AssetLib[/"
+"code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"Sets the enabled status of a plugin. The plugin name is the same as its "
+"directory name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:226
+msgid "Stops the scene that is currently playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorInterface.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables distraction-free mode which hides side docks "
+"to increase the space available for the main view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:4
+msgid "Used by the editor to extend its functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Plugins are used by the editor to extend functionality. The most common "
+"types of plugins are those which edit a given node or resource type, import "
+"plugins and export plugins. See also [EditorScript] to add functions to the "
+"editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a script at [code]path[/code] to the Autoload list as [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Adds a control to the bottom panel (together with Output, Debug, Animation, "
+"etc). Returns a reference to the button added. It's up to you to hide/show "
+"the button when needed. When your plugin is deactivated, make sure to remove "
+"your custom control with [method remove_control_from_bottom_panel] and free "
+"it with [method Node.queue_free]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom control to a container (see [enum CustomControlContainer]). "
+"There are many locations where custom controls can be added in the editor "
+"UI.\n"
+"Please remember that you have to manage the visibility of your custom "
+"controls yourself (and likely hide it after adding it).\n"
+"When your plugin is deactivated, make sure to remove your custom control "
+"with [method remove_control_from_container] and free it with [method Node."
+"queue_free]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Adds the control to a specific dock slot (see [enum DockSlot] for options).\n"
+"If the dock is repositioned and as long as the plugin is active, the editor "
+"will save the dock position on further sessions.\n"
+"When your plugin is deactivated, make sure to remove your custom control "
+"with [method remove_control_from_docks] and free it with [method Node."
+"queue_free]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom type, which will appear in the list of nodes or resources. An "
+"icon can be optionally passed.\n"
+"When given node or resource is selected, the base type will be instanced "
+"(ie, \"Spatial\", \"Control\", \"Resource\"), then the script will be loaded "
+"and set to this object.\n"
+"You can use the virtual method [method handles] to check if your custom "
+"object is being edited by checking the script or using the [code]is[/code] "
+"keyword.\n"
+"During run-time, this will be a simple object with a script so this function "
+"does not need to be called then."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Registers a new [EditorExportPlugin]. Export plugins are used to perform "
+"tasks when the project is being exported.\n"
+"See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Registers a new [EditorImportPlugin]. Import plugins are used to import "
+"custom and unsupported assets as a custom [Resource] type.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to import custom 3D asset formats use [method "
+"add_scene_import_plugin] instead.\n"
+"See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Registers a new [EditorInspectorPlugin]. Inspector plugins are used to "
+"extend [EditorInspector] and provide custom configuration tools for your "
+"object's properties.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Always use [method remove_inspector_plugin] to remove the "
+"registered [EditorInspectorPlugin] when your [EditorPlugin] is disabled to "
+"prevent leaks and an unexpected behavior.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"const MyInspectorPlugin = preload(\"res://addons/your_addon/path/to/your/"
+"script.gd\")\n"
+"var inspector_plugin = MyInspectorPlugin.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"func _enter_tree():\n"
+" add_inspector_plugin(inspector_plugin)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _exit_tree():\n"
+" remove_inspector_plugin(inspector_plugin)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Registers a new [EditorSceneImporter]. Scene importers are used to import "
+"custom 3D asset formats as scenes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Registers a new [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin]. Gizmo plugins are used to add "
+"custom gizmos to the 3D preview viewport for a [Spatial].\n"
+"See [method add_inspector_plugin] for an example of how to register a plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom menu item to [b]Project > Tools[/b] as [code]name[/code] that "
+"calls [code]callback[/code] on an instance of [code]handler[/code] with a "
+"parameter [code]ud[/code] when user activates it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom submenu under [b]Project > Tools >[/b] [code]name[/code]. "
+"[code]submenu[/code] should be an object of class [PopupMenu]. This submenu "
+"should be cleaned up using [code]remove_tool_menu_item(name)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"This method is called when the editor is about to save the project, switch "
+"to another tab, etc. It asks the plugin to apply any pending state changes "
+"to ensure consistency.\n"
+"This is used, for example, in shader editors to let the plugin know that it "
+"must apply the shader code being written by the user to the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"This method is called when the editor is about to run the project. The "
+"plugin can then perform required operations before the project runs.\n"
+"This method must return a boolean. If this method returns [code]false[/"
+"code], the project will not run. The run is aborted immediately, so this "
+"also prevents all other plugins' [method build] methods from running."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Clear all the state and reset the object being edited to zero. This ensures "
+"your plugin does not keep editing a currently existing node, or a node from "
+"the wrong scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"Called by the engine when the user disables the [EditorPlugin] in the Plugin "
+"tab of the project settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"This function is used for plugins that edit specific object types (nodes or "
+"resources). It requests the editor to edit the given object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Called by the engine when the user enables the [EditorPlugin] in the Plugin "
+"tab of the project settings window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Called by the engine when the 2D editor's viewport is updated. Use the "
+"[code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport "
+"manually by calling [method update_overlays].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport(overlay):\n"
+" # Draw a circle at cursor position.\n"
+" overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64, Color."
+"white)\n"
+"\n"
+"func forward_canvas_gui_input(event):\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n"
+" # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved.\n"
+" update_overlays()\n"
+" return true\n"
+" return false\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"This method is the same as [method forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], "
+"except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer "
+"that shows over anything else.\n"
+"You need to enable calling of this method by using [method "
+"set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method "
+"handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 2D viewport. "
+"Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] "
+"consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to "
+"other Editor classes. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes\n"
+"func forward_canvas_gui_input(event):\n"
+" var forward = true\n"
+" return forward\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Must [code]return false[/code] in order to forward the [InputEvent] to other "
+"Editor classes. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types\n"
+"func forward_canvas_gui_input(event):\n"
+" var forward = false\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n"
+" forward = true\n"
+" return forward\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"Called by the engine when the 3D editor's viewport is updated. Use the "
+"[code]overlay[/code] [Control] for drawing. You can update the viewport "
+"manually by calling [method update_overlays].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport(overlay):\n"
+" # Draw a circle at cursor position.\n"
+" overlay.draw_circle(overlay.get_local_mouse_position(), 64)\n"
+"\n"
+"func forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event):\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n"
+" # Redraw viewport when cursor is moved.\n"
+" update_overlays()\n"
+" return true\n"
+" return false\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"This method is the same as [method forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport], "
+"except it draws on top of everything. Useful when you need an extra layer "
+"that shows over anything else.\n"
+"You need to enable calling of this method by using [method "
+"set_force_draw_over_forwarding_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Called when there is a root node in the current edited scene, [method "
+"handles] is implemented and an [InputEvent] happens in the 3D viewport. "
+"Intercepts the [InputEvent], if [code]return true[/code] [EditorPlugin] "
+"consumes the [code]event[/code], otherwise forwards [code]event[/code] to "
+"other Editor classes. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Prevents the InputEvent to reach other Editor classes\n"
+"func forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event):\n"
+" var forward = true\n"
+" return forward\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Must [code]return false[/code] in order to forward the [InputEvent] to other "
+"Editor classes. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Consumes InputEventMouseMotion and forwards other InputEvent types\n"
+"func forward_spatial_gui_input(camera, event):\n"
+" var forward = false\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseMotion:\n"
+" forward = true\n"
+" return forward\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"This is for editors that edit script-based objects. You can return a list of "
+"breakpoints in the format ([code]script:line[/code]), for example: "
+"[code]res://path_to_script.gd:25[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [EditorInterface] object that gives you control over Godot "
+"editor's window and its functionalities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"Override this method in your plugin to return a [Texture] in order to give "
+"it an icon.\n"
+"For main screen plugins, this appears at the top of the screen, to the right "
+"of the \"2D\", \"3D\", \"Script\", and \"AssetLib\" buttons.\n"
+"Ideally, the plugin icon should be white with a transparent background and "
+"16x16 pixels in size.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func get_plugin_icon():\n"
+" # You can use a custom icon:\n"
+" return preload(\"res://addons/my_plugin/my_plugin_icon.svg\")\n"
+" # Or use a built-in icon:\n"
+" return get_editor_interface().get_base_control().get_icon(\"Node\", "
+"\"EditorIcons\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"Override this method in your plugin to provide the name of the plugin when "
+"displayed in the Godot editor.\n"
+"For main screen plugins, this appears at the top of the screen, to the right "
+"of the \"2D\", \"3D\", \"Script\", and \"AssetLib\" buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:305
+msgid ""
+"Gets the Editor's dialogue used for making scripts.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Users can configure it before use.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Removing and freeing this node will render a part of the "
+"editor useless and may cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"Gets the state of your plugin editor. This is used when saving the scene (so "
+"state is kept when opening it again) and for switching tabs (so state can be "
+"restored when the tab returns)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Gets the undo/redo object. Most actions in the editor can be undoable, so "
+"use this object to make sure this happens when it's worth it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"Gets the GUI layout of the plugin. This is used to save the project's editor "
+"layout when [method queue_save_layout] is called or the editor layout was "
+"changed(For example changing the position of a dock)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"Implement this function if your plugin edits a specific type of object "
+"(Resource or Node). If you return [code]true[/code], then you will get the "
+"functions [method edit] and [method make_visible] called when the editor "
+"requests them. If you have declared the methods [method "
+"forward_canvas_gui_input] and [method forward_spatial_gui_input] these will "
+"be called too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:339
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a main screen editor plugin (it goes in "
+"the workspace selector together with [b]2D[/b], [b]3D[/b], [b]Script[/b] and "
+"[b]AssetLib[/b])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:345
+msgid "Minimizes the bottom panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:352
+msgid "Makes a specific item in the bottom panel visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:359
+msgid ""
+"This function will be called when the editor is requested to become visible. "
+"It is used for plugins that edit a specific object type.\n"
+"Remember that you have to manage the visibility of all your editor controls "
+"manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:366
+msgid "Queue save the project's editor layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:373
+msgid "Removes an Autoload [code]name[/code] from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"Removes the control from the bottom panel. You have to manually [method Node."
+"queue_free] the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:388
+msgid ""
+"Removes the control from the specified container. You have to manually "
+"[method Node.queue_free] the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"Removes the control from the dock. You have to manually [method Node."
+"queue_free] the control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:402
+msgid "Removes a custom type added by [method add_custom_type]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:409
+msgid "Removes an export plugin registered by [method add_export_plugin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:416
+msgid "Removes an import plugin registered by [method add_import_plugin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:423
+msgid "Removes an inspector plugin registered by [method add_import_plugin]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"Removes a scene importer registered by [method add_scene_import_plugin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:437
+msgid "Removes a gizmo plugin registered by [method add_spatial_gizmo_plugin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:444
+msgid "Removes a menu [code]name[/code] from [b]Project > Tools[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:450
+msgid ""
+"This method is called after the editor saves the project or when it's "
+"closed. It asks the plugin to save edited external scenes/resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:456
+msgid ""
+"Enables calling of [method forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport] for the "
+"2D editor and [method forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport] for the 3D "
+"editor when their viewports are updated. You need to call this method only "
+"once and it will work permanently for this plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:462
+msgid ""
+"Use this method if you always want to receive inputs from 3D view screen "
+"inside [method forward_spatial_gui_input]. It might be especially usable if "
+"your plugin will want to use raycast in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:469
+msgid "Restore the state saved by [method get_state]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:476
+msgid "Restore the plugin GUI layout saved by [method get_window_layout]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:482
+msgid ""
+"Updates the overlays of the 2D and 3D editor viewport. Causes methods "
+"[method forward_canvas_draw_over_viewport], [method "
+"forward_canvas_force_draw_over_viewport], [method "
+"forward_spatial_draw_over_viewport] and [method "
+"forward_spatial_force_draw_over_viewport] to be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:490
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when user changes the workspace ([b]2D[/b], [b]3D[/b], [b]Script[/"
+"b], [b]AssetLib[/b]). Also works with custom screens defined by plugins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:501
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the scene is changed in the editor. The argument will return "
+"the root node of the scene that has just become active. If this scene is new "
+"and empty, the argument will be [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:507
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when user closes a scene. The argument is file path to a closed "
+"scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorPlugin.xml:553
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DockSlot] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:4
+msgid "Custom control to edit properties for adding into the inspector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This control allows property editing for one or multiple properties into "
+"[EditorInspector]. It is added via [EditorInspectorPlugin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If any of the controls added can gain keyboard focus, add it here. This "
+"ensures that focus will be restored if the inspector is refreshed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"If one or several properties have changed, this must be called. [code]field[/"
+"code] is used in case your editor can modify fields separately (as an "
+"example, Vector3.x). The [code]changing[/code] argument avoids the editor "
+"requesting this property to be refreshed (leave as [code]false[/code] if "
+"unsure)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:32
+msgid "Gets the edited object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Gets the edited property. If your editor is for a single property (added via "
+"[method EditorInspectorPlugin.parse_property]), then this will return the "
+"property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:44
+msgid "Must be implemented to provide a custom tooltip to the property editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Puts the [code]editor[/code] control below the property label. The control "
+"must be previously added using [method Node.add_child]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:57
+msgid "When this virtual function is called, you must update your editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is "
+"checkable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is drawn "
+"with the editor theme's warning color. This is used for editable children's "
+"properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property can add "
+"keys for animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:75
+msgid "Set this property to change the label (if you want to show one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Used by the inspector, set to [code]true[/code] when the property is read-"
+"only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Emit it if you want multiple properties modified at the same time. Do not "
+"use if added via [method EditorInspectorPlugin.parse_property]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:93
+msgid "Used by sub-inspectors. Emit it if what was selected was an Object ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Do not emit this manually, use the [method emit_changed] method instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:107
+msgid "Emitted when a property was checked. Used internally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Emit it if you want to add this value as an animation key (check for keying "
+"being enabled first)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:120
+msgid "Emit it if you want to key a property with a single value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"If you want a sub-resource to be edited, emit this signal with the resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorProperty.xml:134
+msgid "Emitted when selected. Used internally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:4
+msgid "Godot editor's control for selecting [Resource] type properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock to allow editing "
+"of [Resource] type properties. It provides options for creating, loading, "
+"saving and converting resources. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to "
+"recreate the same behavior.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This [Control] does not include any editor for the resource, as "
+"editing is controlled by the Inspector dock itself or sub-Inspectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of all allowed types and subtypes corresponding to the "
+"[member base_type]. If the [member base_type] is empty, an empty list is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"This virtual method can be implemented to handle context menu items not "
+"handled by default. See [method set_create_options]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"This virtual method is called when updating the context menu of "
+"[EditorResourcePicker]. Implement this method to override the \"New ...\" "
+"items with your own options. [code]menu_node[/code] is a reference to the "
+"[PopupMenu] node.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Implement [method handle_menu_selected] to handle these custom "
+"items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Sets the toggle mode state for the main button. Works only if [member "
+"toggle_mode] is set to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"The base type of allowed resource types. Can be a comma-separated list of "
+"several options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:70
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the value can be selected and edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:73
+msgid "The edited resource value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the main button with the resource preview works in the "
+"toggle mode. Use [method set_toggle_pressed] to manually set the state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:83
+msgid "Emitted when the value of the edited resource was changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePicker.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the resource value was set and user clicked to edit it. When "
+"[code]edit[/code] is [code]true[/code], the signal was caused by the context "
+"menu \"Edit\" option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:4
+msgid "Helper to generate previews of resources or files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This object is used to generate previews for resources of files.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_resource_previewer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:17
+msgid "Create an own, custom preview generator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Check if the resource changed, if so, it will be invalidated and the "
+"corresponding signal emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Queue the [code]resource[/code] being edited for preview. Once the preview "
+"is ready, the [code]receiver[/code]'s [code]receiver_func[/code] will be "
+"called. The [code]receiver_func[/code] must take the following four "
+"arguments: [String] path, [Texture] preview, [Texture] thumbnail_preview, "
+"[Variant] userdata. [code]userdata[/code] can be anything, and will be "
+"returned when [code]receiver_func[/code] is called.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If it was not possible to create the preview the "
+"[code]receiver_func[/code] will still be called, but the preview will be "
+"null."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Queue a resource file located at [code]path[/code] for preview. Once the "
+"preview is ready, the [code]receiver[/code]'s [code]receiver_func[/code] "
+"will be called. The [code]receiver_func[/code] must take the following four "
+"arguments: [String] path, [Texture] preview, [Texture] thumbnail_preview, "
+"[Variant] userdata. [code]userdata[/code] can be anything, and will be "
+"returned when [code]receiver_func[/code] is called.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If it was not possible to create the preview the "
+"[code]receiver_func[/code] will still be called, but the preview will be "
+"null."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:53
+msgid "Removes a custom preview generator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreview.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Emitted if a preview was invalidated (changed). [code]path[/code] "
+"corresponds to the path of the preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:4
+msgid "Custom generator of previews."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Custom code to generate previews. Please check [code]file_dialog/"
+"thumbnail_size[/code] in [EditorSettings] to find out the right size to do "
+"previews at."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"If this function returns [code]true[/code], the generator will call [method "
+"generate] or [method generate_from_path] for small previews as well.\n"
+"By default, it returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Generate a preview from a given resource with the specified size. This must "
+"always be implemented.\n"
+"Returning an empty texture is an OK way to fail and let another generator "
+"take care.\n"
+"Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not "
+"the main thread)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Generate a preview directly from a path with the specified size. "
+"Implementing this is optional, as default code will load and call [method "
+"generate].\n"
+"Returning an empty texture is an OK way to fail and let another generator "
+"take care.\n"
+"Care must be taken because this function is always called from a thread (not "
+"the main thread)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If this function returns [code]true[/code], the generator will automatically "
+"generate the small previews from the normal preview texture generated by the "
+"methods [method generate] or [method generate_from_path].\n"
+"By default, it returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorResourcePreviewGenerator.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if your generator supports the resource of type "
+"[code]type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSceneImporter.xml:4
+msgid "Imports scenes from third-parties' 3D files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/fbx/doc_classes/EditorSceneImporterFBX.xml:4
+msgid "FBX 3D asset importer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/fbx/doc_classes/EditorSceneImporterFBX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is an FBX 3D asset importer with full support for most FBX features.\n"
+"If exporting a FBX scene from Autodesk Maya, use these FBX export settings:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"- Smoothing Groups\n"
+"- Smooth Mesh\n"
+"- Triangluate (for meshes with blend shapes)\n"
+"- Bake Animation\n"
+"- Resample All\n"
+"- Deformed Models\n"
+"- Skins\n"
+"- Blend Shapes\n"
+"- Curve Filters\n"
+"- Constant Key Reducer\n"
+"- Auto Tangents Only\n"
+"- *Do not check* Constraints (as it will break the file)\n"
+"- Can check Embed Media (embeds textures into the exported FBX file)\n"
+" - Note that when importing embedded media, the texture and mesh will be a "
+"single immutable file.\n"
+" - You will have to re-export then re-import the FBX if the texture has "
+"changed.\n"
+"- Units: Centimeters\n"
+"- Up Axis: Y\n"
+"- Binary format in FBX 2017\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:4
+msgid "Post-processes scenes after import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Imported scenes can be automatically modified right after import by setting "
+"their [b]Custom Script[/b] Import property to a [code]tool[/code] script "
+"that inherits from this class.\n"
+"The [method post_import] callback receives the imported scene's root node "
+"and returns the modified version of the scene. Usage example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"tool # Needed so it runs in editor\n"
+"extends EditorScenePostImport\n"
+"\n"
+"# This sample changes all node names\n"
+"\n"
+"# Called right after the scene is imported and gets the root node\n"
+"func post_import(scene):\n"
+" # Change all node names to \"modified_[oldnodename]\"\n"
+" iterate(scene)\n"
+" return scene # Remember to return the imported scene\n"
+"\n"
+"func iterate(node):\n"
+" if node != null:\n"
+" node.name = \"modified_\" + node.name\n"
+" for child in node.get_children():\n"
+" iterate(child)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/assets/"
+"importing_scenes.html#custom-script"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns the source file path which got imported (e.g. [code]res://scene.dae[/"
+"code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:41
+msgid "Returns the resource folder the imported scene file is located in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScenePostImport.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Called after the scene was imported. This method must return the modified "
+"version of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:4
+msgid "Base script that can be used to add extension functions to the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Scripts extending this class and implementing its [method _run] method can "
+"be executed from the Script Editor's [b]File > Run[/b] menu option (or by "
+"pressing [code]Ctrl+Shift+X[/code]) while the editor is running. This is "
+"useful for adding custom in-editor functionality to Godot. For more complex "
+"additions, consider using [EditorPlugin]s instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Extending scripts need to have [code]tool[/code] mode enabled.\n"
+"[b]Example script:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"tool\n"
+"extends EditorScript\n"
+"\n"
+"func _run():\n"
+" print(\"Hello from the Godot Editor!\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The script is run in the Editor context, which means the output "
+"is visible in the console window started with the Editor (stdout) instead of "
+"the usual Godot [b]Output[/b] dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:25
+msgid "This method is executed by the Editor when [b]File > Run[/b] is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]node[/code] as a child of the root node in the editor context.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] The implementation of this method is currently disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:39
+msgid "Returns the [EditorInterface] singleton instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScript.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the Editor's currently active scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Godot editor's control for selecting the [code]script[/code] property of a "
+"[Node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Similar to [EditorResourcePicker] this [Control] node is used in the "
+"editor's Inspector dock, but only to edit the [code]script[/code] property "
+"of a [Node]. Default options for creating new resources of all possible "
+"subtypes are replaced with dedicated buttons that open the \"Attach Node "
+"Script\" dialog. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the "
+"same behavior.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You must set the [member script_owner] for the custom context "
+"menu items to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorScriptPicker.xml:16
+msgid "The owner [Node] of the script property that holds the edited resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:4
+msgid "Manages the SceneTree selection in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This object manages the SceneTree selection in the editor.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_selection]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Adds a node to the selection.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The newly selected node will not be automatically edited in the "
+"inspector. If you want to edit a node, use [method EditorInterface."
+"edit_node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:24
+msgid "Clear the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:30
+msgid "Gets the list of selected nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Gets the list of selected nodes, optimized for transform operations (i.e. "
+"moving them, rotating, etc). This list avoids situations where a node is "
+"selected and also child/grandchild."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:43
+msgid "Removes a node from the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSelection.xml:50
+msgid "Emitted when the selection changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:4
+msgid "Object that holds the project-independent editor settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Object that holds the project-independent editor settings. These settings "
+"are generally visible in the [b]Editor > Editor Settings[/b] menu.\n"
+"Property names use slash delimiters to distinguish sections. Setting values "
+"can be of any [Variant] type. It's recommended to use [code]snake_case[/"
+"code] for editor settings to be consistent with the Godot editor itself.\n"
+"Accessing the settings can be done using the following methods, such as:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# `settings.set(\"some/property\", value)` also works as this class "
+"overrides `_set()` internally.\n"
+"settings.set_setting(\"some/property\",value)\n"
+"\n"
+"# `settings.get(\"some/property\", value)` also works as this class "
+"overrides `_get()` internally.\n"
+"settings.get_setting(\"some/property\")\n"
+"\n"
+"var list_of_settings = settings.get_property_list()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_editor_settings]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom property info to a property. The dictionary must contain:\n"
+"- [code]name[/code]: [String] (the name of the property)\n"
+"- [code]type[/code]: [int] (see [enum Variant.Type])\n"
+"- optionally [code]hint[/code]: [int] (see [enum PropertyHint]) and "
+"[code]hint_string[/code]: [String]\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"editor_settings.set(\"category/property_name\", 0)\n"
+"\n"
+"var property_info = {\n"
+" \"name\": \"category/property_name\",\n"
+" \"type\": TYPE_INT,\n"
+" \"hint\": PROPERTY_HINT_ENUM,\n"
+" \"hint_string\": \"one,two,three\"\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"editor_settings.add_property_info(property_info)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:51
+msgid "Erases the setting whose name is specified by [code]property[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:57
+msgid "Returns the list of favorite files and directories for this project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Returns project-specific metadata for the [code]section[/code] and "
+"[code]key[/code] specified. If the metadata doesn't exist, [code]default[/"
+"code] will be returned instead. See also [method set_project_metadata]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns the project-specific settings path. Projects all have a unique "
+"subdirectory inside the settings path where project-specific settings are "
+"saved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Returns the list of recently visited folders in the file dialog for this "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. This is "
+"equivalent to using [method Object.get] on the EditorSettings instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Gets the global settings path for the engine. Inside this path, you can find "
+"some standard paths such as:\n"
+"[code]settings/tmp[/code] - Used for temporary storage of files\n"
+"[code]settings/templates[/code] - Where export templates are located"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the setting specified by [code]name[/code] "
+"exists, [code]false[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the setting specified by [code]name[/code] can "
+"have its value reverted to the default value, [code]false[/code] otherwise. "
+"When this method returns [code]true[/code], a Revert button will display "
+"next to the setting in the Editor Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Returns the default value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. "
+"This is the value that would be applied when clicking the Revert button in "
+"the Editor Settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:121
+msgid "Sets the list of favorite files and directories for this project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Sets the initial value of the setting specified by [code]name[/code] to "
+"[code]value[/code]. This is used to provide a value for the Revert button in "
+"the Editor Settings. If [code]update_current[/code] is true, the current "
+"value of the setting will be set to [code]value[/code] as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Sets project-specific metadata with the [code]section[/code], [code]key[/"
+"code] and [code]data[/code] specified. This metadata is stored outside the "
+"project folder and therefore won't be checked into version control. See also "
+"[method get_project_metadata]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Sets the list of recently visited folders in the file dialog for this "
+"project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [code]value[/code] of the setting specified by [code]name[/code]. "
+"This is equivalent to using [method Object.set] on the EditorSettings "
+"instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:161
+msgid "Emitted after any editor setting has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSettings.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Emitted after any editor setting has changed. It's used by various editor "
+"plugins to update their visuals on theme changes or logic on configuration "
+"changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:4
+msgid "Custom gizmo for editing Spatial objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Custom gizmo that is used for providing custom visualization and editing "
+"(handles) for 3D Spatial objects. See [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Adds the specified [code]segments[/code] to the gizmo's collision shape for "
+"picking. Call this function during [method redraw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Adds collision triangles to the gizmo for picking. A [TriangleMesh] can be "
+"generated from a regular [Mesh] too. Call this function during [method "
+"redraw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Adds a list of handles (points) which can be used to deform the object being "
+"edited.\n"
+"There are virtual functions which will be called upon editing of these "
+"handles. Call this function during [method redraw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Adds lines to the gizmo (as sets of 2 points), with a given material. The "
+"lines are used for visualizing the gizmo. Call this function during [method "
+"redraw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Adds a mesh to the gizmo with the specified [code]billboard[/code] state, "
+"[code]skeleton[/code] and [code]material[/code]. If [code]billboard[/code] "
+"is [code]true[/code], the mesh will rotate to always face the camera. Call "
+"this function during [method redraw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Adds an unscaled billboard for visualization. Call this function during "
+"[method redraw]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Removes everything in the gizmo including meshes, collisions and handles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Commit a handle being edited (handles must have been previously added by "
+"[method add_handles]).\n"
+"If the [code]cancel[/code] parameter is [code]true[/code], an option to "
+"restore the edited value to the original is provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Gets the name of an edited handle (handles must have been previously added "
+"by [method add_handles]).\n"
+"Handles can be named for reference to the user when editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Gets actual value of a handle. This value can be anything and used for "
+"eventually undoing the motion when calling [method commit_handle]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] that owns this gizmo. It's useful to "
+"retrieve materials using [method EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.get_material]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:106
+msgid "Returns the Spatial node associated with this gizmo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the handle at index [code]index[/code] is "
+"highlighted by being hovered with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"This function is called when the [Spatial] this gizmo refers to changes (the "
+"[method Spatial.update_gizmo] is called)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"This function is used when the user drags a gizmo handle (previously added "
+"with [method add_handles]) in screen coordinates.\n"
+"The [Camera] is also provided so screen coordinates can be converted to "
+"raycasts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Sets the gizmo's hidden state. If [code]true[/code], the gizmo will be "
+"hidden. If [code]false[/code], it will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmo.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Sets the reference [Spatial] node for the gizmo. [code]node[/code] must "
+"inherit from [Spatial]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:4
+msgid "Used by the editor to define Spatial gizmo types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin allows you to define a new type of Gizmo. There are "
+"two main ways to do so: extending [EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin] for the simpler "
+"gizmos, or creating a new [EditorSpatialGizmo] type. See the tutorial in the "
+"documentation for more info."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/spatial_gizmos."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new material to the internal material list for the plugin. It can "
+"then be accessed with [method get_material]. Should not be overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define whether the gizmo can be hidden or not. "
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if not overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to commit gizmo handles. Called for this plugin's "
+"active gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to return a custom [EditorSpatialGizmo] for the spatial "
+"nodes of your choice, return [code]null[/code] for the rest of nodes. See "
+"also [method has_gizmo]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Creates a handle material with its variants (selected and/or editable) and "
+"adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with "
+"[method get_material] and used in [method EditorSpatialGizmo.add_handles]. "
+"Should not be overridden.\n"
+"You can optionally provide a texture to use instead of the default icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Creates an icon material with its variants (selected and/or editable) and "
+"adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with "
+"[method get_material] and used in [method EditorSpatialGizmo."
+"add_unscaled_billboard]. Should not be overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Creates an unshaded material with its variants (selected and/or editable) "
+"and adds them to the internal material list. They can then be accessed with "
+"[method get_material] and used in [method EditorSpatialGizmo.add_mesh] and "
+"[method EditorSpatialGizmo.add_lines]. Should not be overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to provide gizmo's handle names. Called for this "
+"plugin's active gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Gets actual value of a handle from gizmo. Called for this plugin's active "
+"gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Gets material from the internal list of materials. If an "
+"[EditorSpatialGizmo] is provided, it will try to get the corresponding "
+"variant (selected and/or editable)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to provide the name that will appear in the gizmo "
+"visibility menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to set the gizmo's priority. Higher values correspond "
+"to higher priority. If a gizmo with higher priority conflicts with another "
+"gizmo, only the gizmo with higher priority will be used.\n"
+"All built-in editor gizmos return a priority of [code]-1[/code]. If not "
+"overridden, this method will return [code]0[/code], which means custom "
+"gizmos will automatically override built-in gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define which Spatial nodes have a gizmo from this "
+"plugin. Whenever a [Spatial] node is added to a scene this method is called, "
+"if it returns [code]true[/code] the node gets a generic [EditorSpatialGizmo] "
+"assigned and is added to this plugin's list of active gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Gets whether a handle is highlighted or not. Called for this plugin's active "
+"gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define whether a Spatial with this gizmo should be "
+"selectable even when the gizmo is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Callback to redraw the provided gizmo. Called for this plugin's active "
+"gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpatialGizmoPlugin.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Update the value of a handle after it has been updated. Called for this "
+"plugin's active gizmos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml:4
+msgid "Godot editor's control for editing numeric values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorSpinSlider.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This [Control] node is used in the editor's Inspector dock to allow editing "
+"of numeric values. Can be used with [EditorInspectorPlugin] to recreate the "
+"same behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Version Control System (VCS) interface which reads and writes to the local "
+"VCS in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Used by the editor to display VCS extracted information in the editor. The "
+"implementation of this API is included in VCS addons, which are essentially "
+"GDNative plugins that need to be put into the project folder. These VCS "
+"addons are scripts which are attached (on demand) to the object instance of "
+"[code]EditorVCSInterface[/code]. All the functions listed below, instead of "
+"performing the task themselves, they call the internally defined functions "
+"in the VCS addons to provide a plug-n-play experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Creates a version commit if the addon is initialized, else returns without "
+"doing anything. Uses the files which have been staged previously, with the "
+"commit message set to a value as provided as in the argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of [Dictionary] objects containing the diff output from "
+"the VCS in use, if a VCS addon is initialized, else returns an empty [Array] "
+"object. The diff contents also consist of some contextual lines which "
+"provide context to the observed line change in the file.\n"
+"Each [Dictionary] object has the line diff contents under the keys:\n"
+"- [code]\"content\"[/code] to store a [String] containing the line contents\n"
+"- [code]\"status\"[/code] to store a [String] which contains [code]\"+\"[/"
+"code] in case the content is a line addition but it stores a [code]\"-\"[/"
+"code] in case of deletion and an empty string in the case the line content "
+"is neither an addition nor a deletion.\n"
+"- [code]\"new_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the new "
+"line number of the line content.\n"
+"- [code]\"line_count\"[/code] to store an integer containing the number of "
+"lines in the line content.\n"
+"- [code]\"old_line_number\"[/code] to store an integer containing the old "
+"line number of the line content.\n"
+"- [code]\"offset\"[/code] to store the offset of the line change since the "
+"first contextual line content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Dictionary] containing the path of the detected file change "
+"mapped to an integer signifying what kind of change the corresponding file "
+"has experienced.\n"
+"The following integer values are being used to signify that the detected "
+"file is:\n"
+"- [code]0[/code]: New to the VCS working directory\n"
+"- [code]1[/code]: Modified\n"
+"- [code]2[/code]: Renamed\n"
+"- [code]3[/code]: Deleted\n"
+"- [code]4[/code]: Typechanged"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:48
+msgid "Returns the project name of the VCS working directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the VCS if the VCS has been initialized, else return an "
+"empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the VCS addon if not already. Uses the argument value as the "
+"path to the working directory of the project. Creates the initial commit if "
+"required. Returns [code]true[/code] if no failure occurs, else returns "
+"[code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the addon is ready to respond to function "
+"calls, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the VCS addon has been initialized, else "
+"returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down the VCS addon to allow cleanup code to run on call. Returns "
+"[code]true[/code] is no failure occurs, else returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Stages the file which should be committed when [method EditorVCSInterface."
+"commit] is called. Argument should contain the absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EditorVCSInterface.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Unstages the file which was staged previously to be committed, so that it is "
+"no longer committed when [method EditorVCSInterface.commit] is called. "
+"Argument should contain the absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml:4
+msgid "Holds a reference to an [Object]'s instance ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Utility class which holds a reference to the internal identifier of an "
+"[Object] instance, as given by [method Object.get_instance_id]. This ID can "
+"then be used to retrieve the object instance with [method @GDScript."
+"instance_from_id].\n"
+"This class is used internally by the editor inspector and script debugger, "
+"but can also be used in plugins to pass and display objects as their IDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/EncodedObjectAsID.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The [Object] identifier stored in this [EncodedObjectAsID] instance. The "
+"object instance can be retrieved with [method @GDScript.instance_from_id]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:4
+msgid "Access to engine properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [Engine] singleton allows you to query and modify the project's run-time "
+"parameters, such as frames per second, time scale, and others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Returns engine author information in a Dictionary.\n"
+"[code]lead_developers[/code] - Array of Strings, lead developer names\n"
+"[code]founders[/code] - Array of Strings, founder names\n"
+"[code]project_managers[/code] - Array of Strings, project manager names\n"
+"[code]developers[/code] - Array of Strings, developer names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns an Array of copyright information Dictionaries.\n"
+"[code]name[/code] - String, component name\n"
+"[code]parts[/code] - Array of Dictionaries {[code]files[/code], "
+"[code]copyright[/code], [code]license[/code]} describing subsections of the "
+"component"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Returns a Dictionary of Arrays of donor names.\n"
+"{[code]platinum_sponsors[/code], [code]gold_sponsors[/code], "
+"[code]silver_sponsors[/code], [code]bronze_sponsors[/code], "
+"[code]mini_sponsors[/code], [code]gold_donors[/code], [code]silver_donors[/"
+"code], [code]bronze_donors[/code]}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of frames drawn. On headless platforms, or if the "
+"render loop is disabled with [code]--disable-render-loop[/code] via command "
+"line, [method get_frames_drawn] always returns [code]0[/code]. See [method "
+"get_idle_frames]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:46
+msgid "Returns the frames per second of the running game."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which "
+"is advanced on each [b]idle frame[/b], regardless of whether the render loop "
+"is enabled. See also [method get_frames_drawn] and [method "
+"get_physics_frames].\n"
+"[method get_idle_frames] can be used to run expensive logic less often "
+"without relying on a [Timer]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _process(_delta):\n"
+" if Engine.get_idle_frames() % 2 == 0:\n"
+" pass # Run expensive logic only once every 2 idle (render) frames "
+"here.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns Dictionary of licenses used by Godot and included third party "
+"components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:70
+msgid "Returns Godot license text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:76
+msgid "Returns the main loop object (see [MainLoop] and [SceneTree])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of frames passed since engine initialization which "
+"is advanced on each [b]physics frame[/b]. See also [method "
+"get_idle_frames].\n"
+"[method get_physics_frames] can be used to run expensive logic less often "
+"without relying on a [Timer]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _physics_process(_delta):\n"
+" if Engine.get_physics_frames() % 2 == 0:\n"
+" pass # Run expensive logic only once every 2 physics frames here.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Returns the fraction through the current physics tick we are at the time of "
+"rendering the frame. This can be used to implement fixed timestep "
+"interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Returns a global singleton with given [code]name[/code]. Often used for "
+"plugins, e.g. [code]GodotPayment[/code] on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current engine version information in a Dictionary.\n"
+"[code]major[/code] - Holds the major version number as an int\n"
+"[code]minor[/code] - Holds the minor version number as an int\n"
+"[code]patch[/code] - Holds the patch version number as an int\n"
+"[code]hex[/code] - Holds the full version number encoded as a "
+"hexadecimal int with one byte (2 places) per number (see example below)\n"
+"[code]status[/code] - Holds the status (e.g. \"beta\", \"rc1\", "
+"\"rc2\", ... \"stable\") as a String\n"
+"[code]build[/code] - Holds the build name (e.g. \"custom_build\") as a "
+"String\n"
+"[code]hash[/code] - Holds the full Git commit hash as a String\n"
+"[code]year[/code] - Holds the year the version was released in as an "
+"int\n"
+"[code]string[/code] - [code]major[/code] + [code]minor[/code] + "
+"[code]patch[/code] + [code]status[/code] + [code]build[/code] in a single "
+"String\n"
+"The [code]hex[/code] value is encoded as follows, from left to right: one "
+"byte for the major, one byte for the minor, one byte for the patch version. "
+"For example, \"3.1.12\" would be [code]0x03010C[/code]. [b]Note:[/b] It's "
+"still an int internally, and printing it will give you its decimal "
+"representation, which is not particularly meaningful. Use hexadecimal "
+"literals for easy version comparisons from code:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"if Engine.get_version_info().hex >= 0x030200:\n"
+" # Do things specific to version 3.2 or later\n"
+"else:\n"
+" # Do things specific to versions before 3.2\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a singleton with given [code]name[/code] exists "
+"in global scope."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the game is inside the fixed process and "
+"physics phase of the game loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the script is currently running inside the editor. "
+"This is useful for [code]tool[/code] scripts to conditionally draw editor "
+"helpers, or prevent accidentally running \"game\" code that would affect the "
+"scene state while in the editor:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"if Engine.editor_hint:\n"
+" draw_gizmos()\n"
+"else:\n"
+" simulate_physics()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/misc/"
+"running_code_in_the_editor.html]Running code in the editor[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To detect whether the script is run from an editor [i]build[/i] "
+"(e.g. when pressing [code]F5[/code]), use [method OS.has_feature] with the "
+"[code]\"editor\"[/code] argument instead. [code]OS.has_feature(\"editor\")[/"
+"code] will evaluate to [code]true[/code] both when the code is running in "
+"the editor and when running the project from the editor, but it will "
+"evaluate to [code]false[/code] when the code is run from an exported project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"The number of fixed iterations per second. This controls how often physics "
+"simulation and [method Node._physics_process] methods are run. This value "
+"should generally always be set to [code]60[/code] or above, as Godot doesn't "
+"interpolate the physics step. As a result, values lower than [code]60[/code] "
+"will look stuttery. This value can be increased to make input more reactive "
+"or work around tunneling issues, but keep in mind doing so will increase CPU "
+"usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Controls how much physics ticks are synchronized with real time. For 0 or "
+"less, the ticks are synchronized. Such values are recommended for network "
+"games, where clock synchronization matters. Higher values cause higher "
+"deviation of the in-game clock and real clock but smooth out framerate "
+"jitters. The default value of 0.5 should be fine for most; values above 2 "
+"could cause the game to react to dropped frames with a noticeable delay and "
+"are not recommended.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For best results, when using a custom physics interpolation "
+"solution, the physics jitter fix should be disabled by setting [member "
+"physics_jitter_fix] to [code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"If [code]false[/code], stops printing error and warning messages to the "
+"console and editor Output log. This can be used to hide error and warning "
+"messages during unit test suite runs. This property is equivalent to the "
+"[member ProjectSettings.application/run/disable_stderr] project setting.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] If you set this to [code]false[/code] anywhere in the "
+"project, important error messages may be hidden even if they are emitted "
+"from other scripts. If this is set to [code]false[/code] in a [code]@tool[/"
+"code] script, this will also impact the editor itself. Do [i]not[/i] report "
+"bugs before ensuring error messages are enabled (as they are by default).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property does not impact the editor's Errors tab when "
+"running a project from the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"The desired frames per second. If the hardware cannot keep up, this setting "
+"may not be respected. A value of 0 means no limit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Engine.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"Controls how fast or slow the in-game clock ticks versus the real life one. "
+"It defaults to 1.0. A value of 2.0 means the game moves twice as fast as "
+"real life, whilst a value of 0.5 means the game moves at half the regular "
+"speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Resource for environment nodes (like [WorldEnvironment]) that define "
+"multiple rendering options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Resource for environment nodes (like [WorldEnvironment]) that define "
+"multiple environment operations (such as background [Sky] or [Color], "
+"ambient light, fog, depth-of-field...). These parameters affect the final "
+"render of the scene. The order of these operations is:\n"
+"- Depth of Field Blur\n"
+"- Glow\n"
+"- Tonemap (Auto Exposure)\n"
+"- Adjustments\n"
+"These effects will only apply when the [Viewport]'s intended usage is \"3D\" "
+"or \"3D Without Effects\". This can be configured for the root Viewport with "
+"[member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/intended_usage/"
+"framebuffer_allocation], or for specific Viewports via the [member Viewport."
+"usage] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:15 doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/"
+"environment_and_post_processing.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/high_dynamic_range.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:17 doc/classes/Material.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:10 doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:13
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/123"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the glow level [code]idx[/code] is specified, "
+"[code]false[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables the glow level at index [code]idx[/code]. Each level "
+"relies on the previous level. This means that enabling higher glow levels "
+"will slow down the glow effect rendering, even if previous levels aren't "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The global brightness value of the rendered scene. Effective only if "
+"[code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Applies the provided [Texture] resource to affect the global color aspect of "
+"the rendered scene. Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The global contrast value of the rendered scene (default value is 1). "
+"Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the [code]adjustment_*[/code] properties "
+"provided by this resource. If [code]false[/code], modifications to the "
+"[code]adjustment_*[/code] properties will have no effect on the rendered "
+"scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The global color saturation value of the rendered scene (default value is "
+"1). Effective only if [code]adjustment_enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:55
+msgid "The ambient light's [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The ambient light's energy. The higher the value, the stronger the light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Defines the amount of light that the sky brings on the scene. A value of 0 "
+"means that the sky's light emission has no effect on the scene illumination, "
+"thus all ambient illumination is provided by the ambient light. On the "
+"contrary, a value of 1 means that all the light that affects the scene is "
+"provided by the sky, thus the ambient light parameter has no effect on the "
+"scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the tonemapping auto exposure mode of the "
+"scene renderer. If [code]true[/code], the renderer will automatically "
+"determine the exposure setting to adapt to the scene's illumination and the "
+"observed light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:67
+msgid "The maximum luminance value for the auto exposure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:70
+msgid "The minimum luminance value for the auto exposure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"The scale of the auto exposure effect. Affects the intensity of auto "
+"exposure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"The speed of the auto exposure effect. Affects the time needed for the "
+"camera to perform auto exposure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:79
+msgid "The ID of the camera feed to show in the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"The maximum layer ID to display. Only effective when using the [constant "
+"BG_CANVAS] background mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"The [Color] displayed for clear areas of the scene. Only effective when "
+"using the [constant BG_COLOR] or [constant BG_COLOR_SKY] background modes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:88
+msgid "The power of the light emitted by the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:91
+msgid "The background mode. See [enum BGMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:94
+msgid "The [Sky] resource defined as background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:97
+msgid "The [Sky] resource's custom field of view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:100
+msgid "The [Sky] resource's rotation expressed as a [Basis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:103
+msgid "The [Sky] resource's rotation expressed as Euler angles in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:106
+msgid "The [Sky] resource's rotation expressed as Euler angles in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:109
+msgid "The amount of far blur for the depth-of-field effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"The distance from the camera where the far blur effect affects the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:115
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables the depth-of-field far blur effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"The depth-of-field far blur's quality. Higher values can mitigate the "
+"visible banding effect seen at higher strengths, but are much slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:121
+msgid "The length of the transition between the no-blur area and far blur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:124
+msgid "The amount of near blur for the depth-of-field effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Distance from the camera where the near blur effect affects the rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:130
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables the depth-of-field near blur effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"The depth-of-field near blur's quality. Higher values can mitigate the "
+"visible banding effect seen at higher strengths, but are much slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:136
+msgid "The length of the transition between the near blur and no-blur area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:139
+msgid "The fog's [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:142
+msgid "The fog's depth starting distance from the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"The fog depth's intensity curve. A number of presets are available in the "
+"[b]Inspector[/b] by right-clicking the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the depth fog effect is enabled. When enabled, fog "
+"will appear in the distance (relative to the camera)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"The fog's depth end distance from the camera. If this value is set to 0, it "
+"will be equal to the current camera's [member Camera.far] value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], fog effects are enabled. [member fog_height_enabled] "
+"and/or [member fog_depth_enabled] must be set to [code]true[/code] to "
+"actually display fog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"The height fog's intensity. A number of presets are available in the "
+"[b]Inspector[/b] by right-clicking the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the height fog effect is enabled. When enabled, fog "
+"will appear in a defined height range, regardless of the distance from the "
+"camera. This can be used to simulate \"deep water\" effects with a lower "
+"performance cost compared to a dedicated shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"The Y coordinate where the height fog will be the most intense. If this "
+"value is greater than [member fog_height_min], fog will be displayed from "
+"bottom to top. Otherwise, it will be displayed from top to bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"The Y coordinate where the height fog will be the least intense. If this "
+"value is greater than [member fog_height_max], fog will be displayed from "
+"top to bottom. Otherwise, it will be displayed from bottom to top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"The intensity of the depth fog color transition when looking towards the "
+"sun. The sun's direction is determined automatically using the "
+"DirectionalLight node in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:172
+msgid "The depth fog's [Color] when looking towards the sun."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"The intensity of the fog light transmittance effect. Amount of light that "
+"the fog transmits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Enables fog's light transmission effect. If [code]true[/code], light will be "
+"more visible in the fog to simulate light scattering as in real life."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Smooths out the blockiness created by sampling higher levels, at the cost of "
+"performance.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using the GLES2 renderer, this is only available if the "
+"GPU supports the [code]GL_EXT_gpu_shader4[/code] extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:185
+msgid "The glow blending mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"The bloom's intensity. If set to a value higher than [code]0[/code], this "
+"will make glow visible in areas darker than the [member glow_hdr_threshold]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:191
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the glow effect is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"The higher threshold of the HDR glow. Areas brighter than this threshold "
+"will be clamped for the purposes of the glow effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:197
+msgid "The bleed scale of the HDR glow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"The lower threshold of the HDR glow. When using the GLES2 renderer (which "
+"doesn't support HDR), this needs to be below [code]1.0[/code] for glow to be "
+"visible. A value of [code]0.9[/code] works well in this case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"Takes more samples during downsample pass of glow. This ensures that single "
+"pixels are captured by glow which makes the glow look smoother and more "
+"stable during movement. However, it is very expensive and makes the glow "
+"post process take twice as long."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"The glow intensity. When using the GLES2 renderer, this should be increased "
+"to 1.5 to compensate for the lack of HDR rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the 1st level of glow is enabled. This is the most "
+"\"local\" level (least blurry)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:212
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 2th level of glow is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:215
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 3th level of glow is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:218
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 4th level of glow is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:221
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 5th level of glow is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:224
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the 6th level of glow is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the 7th level of glow is enabled. This is the most "
+"\"global\" level (blurriest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The glow strength. When using the GLES2 renderer, this should be increased "
+"to 1.3 to compensate for the lack of HDR rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:233
+msgid "The depth tolerance for screen-space reflections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], screen-space reflections are enabled. Screen-space "
+"reflections are more accurate than reflections from [GIProbe]s or "
+"[ReflectionProbe]s, but are slower and can't reflect surfaces occluded by "
+"others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"The fade-in distance for screen-space reflections. Affects the area from the "
+"reflected material to the screen-space reflection)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"The fade-out distance for screen-space reflections. Affects the area from "
+"the screen-space reflection to the \"global\" reflection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of steps for screen-space reflections. Higher values are "
+"slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], screen-space reflections will take the material "
+"roughness into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"The screen-space ambient occlusion intensity on materials that have an AO "
+"texture defined. Values higher than [code]0[/code] will make the SSAO effect "
+"visible in areas darkened by AO textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:254
+msgid ""
+"The screen-space ambient occlusion bias. This should be kept high enough to "
+"prevent \"smooth\" curves from being affected by ambient occlusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"The screen-space ambient occlusion blur quality. See [enum SSAOBlur] for "
+"possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:260
+msgid "The screen-space ambient occlusion color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:263
+msgid "The screen-space ambient occlusion edge sharpness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the screen-space ambient occlusion effect is enabled. "
+"This darkens objects' corners and cavities to simulate ambient light not "
+"reaching the entire object as in real life. This works well for small, "
+"dynamic objects, but baked lighting or ambient occlusion textures will do a "
+"better job at displaying ambient occlusion on large static objects. This is "
+"a costly effect and should be disabled first when running into performance "
+"issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:269
+msgid ""
+"The primary screen-space ambient occlusion intensity. See also [member "
+"ssao_radius]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"The secondary screen-space ambient occlusion intensity. See also [member "
+"ssao_radius2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"The screen-space ambient occlusion intensity in direct light. In real life, "
+"ambient occlusion only applies to indirect light, which means its effects "
+"can't be seen in direct light. Values higher than [code]0[/code] will make "
+"the SSAO effect visible in direct light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:278
+msgid ""
+"The screen-space ambient occlusion quality. Higher qualities will make "
+"better use of small objects for ambient occlusion, but are slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:281
+msgid "The primary screen-space ambient occlusion radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"The secondary screen-space ambient occlusion radius. If set to a value "
+"higher than [code]0[/code], enables the secondary screen-space ambient "
+"occlusion effect which can be used to improve the effect's appearance (at "
+"the cost of performance)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:287
+msgid "The default exposure used for tonemapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"The tonemapping mode to use. Tonemapping is the process that \"converts\" "
+"HDR values to be suitable for rendering on a LDR display. (Godot doesn't "
+"support rendering on HDR displays yet.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:293
+msgid ""
+"The white reference value for tonemapping. Only effective if the [member "
+"tonemap_mode] isn't set to [constant TONE_MAPPER_LINEAR]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"Keeps on screen every pixel drawn in the background. This is the fastest "
+"background mode, but it can only be safely used in fully-interior scenes (no "
+"visible sky or sky reflections). If enabled in a scene where the background "
+"is visible, \"ghost trail\" artifacts will be visible when moving the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"Clears the background using the clear color defined in [member "
+"ProjectSettings.rendering/environment/default_clear_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:304
+msgid "Clears the background using a custom clear color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:307
+msgid "Displays a user-defined sky in the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"Clears the background using a custom clear color and allows defining a sky "
+"for shading and reflection. This mode is slightly faster than [constant "
+"BG_SKY] and should be preferred in scenes where reflections can be visible, "
+"but the sky itself never is (e.g. top-down camera)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:313
+msgid "Displays a [CanvasLayer] in the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:316
+msgid "Displays a camera feed in the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:319
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum BGMode] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:322
+msgid ""
+"Additive glow blending mode. Mostly used for particles, glows (bloom), lens "
+"flare, bright sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Screen glow blending mode. Increases brightness, used frequently with bloom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"Soft light glow blending mode. Modifies contrast, exposes shadows and "
+"highlights (vivid bloom)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:331
+msgid ""
+"Replace glow blending mode. Replaces all pixels' color by the glow value. "
+"This can be used to simulate a full-screen blur effect by tweaking the glow "
+"parameters to match the original image's brightness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"Linear tonemapper operator. Reads the linear data and passes it on "
+"unmodified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:337
+msgid ""
+"Reinhardt tonemapper operator. Performs a variation on rendered pixels' "
+"colors by this formula: [code]color = color / (1 + color)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:340
+msgid "Filmic tonemapper operator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:343
+msgid ""
+"Academy Color Encoding System tonemapper operator. Performs an aproximation "
+"of the ACES tonemapping curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:346
+msgid ""
+"High quality Academy Color Encoding System tonemapper operator that matches "
+"the industry standard. Performs a more physically accurate curve fit which "
+"better simulates how light works in the real world. The color of lights and "
+"emissive materials will become lighter as the emissive energy increases, and "
+"will eventually become white if the light is bright enough to saturate the "
+"camera sensor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:349
+msgid "Low depth-of-field blur quality (fastest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:352
+msgid "Medium depth-of-field blur quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:355
+msgid "High depth-of-field blur quality (slowest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:358
+msgid "No blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (fastest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:361
+msgid "1×1 blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:364
+msgid "2×2 blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:367
+msgid "3×3 blur for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (slowest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:370
+msgid "Low quality for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (fastest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:373
+msgid "Low quality for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Environment.xml:376
+msgid "Low quality for the screen-space ambient occlusion effect (slowest)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:4
+msgid "A class that stores an expression you can execute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An expression can be made of any arithmetic operation, built-in math "
+"function call, method call of a passed instance, or built-in type "
+"construction call.\n"
+"An example expression text using the built-in math functions could be "
+"[code]sqrt(pow(3,2) + pow(4,2))[/code].\n"
+"In the following example we use a [LineEdit] node to write our expression "
+"and show the result.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"onready var expression = Expression.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" $LineEdit.connect(\"text_entered\", self, \"_on_text_entered\")\n"
+"\n"
+"func _on_text_entered(command):\n"
+" var error = expression.parse(command, [])\n"
+" if error != OK:\n"
+" print(expression.get_error_text())\n"
+" return\n"
+" var result = expression.execute([], null, true)\n"
+" if not expression.has_execute_failed():\n"
+" $LineEdit.text = str(result)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Executes the expression that was previously parsed by [method parse] and "
+"returns the result. Before you use the returned object, you should check if "
+"the method failed by calling [method has_execute_failed].\n"
+"If you defined input variables in [method parse], you can specify their "
+"values in the inputs array, in the same order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:42
+msgid "Returns the error text if [method parse] has failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:48
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if [method execute] has failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Expression.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Parses the expression and returns an [enum Error] code.\n"
+"You can optionally specify names of variables that may appear in the "
+"expression with [code]input_names[/code], so that you can bind them when it "
+"gets executed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Enable OpenGL ES external texture extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Enable support for the OpenGL ES external texture extension as defined by "
+"[url=https://www.khronos.org/registry/OpenGL/extensions/OES/"
+"OES_EGL_image_external.txt]OES_EGL_image_external[/url].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is only supported for Android platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the external texture name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ExternalTexture.xml:23
+msgid "External texture size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:4
+msgid "Type to handle file reading and writing operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"File type. This is used to permanently store data into the user device's "
+"file system and to read from it. This can be used to store game save data or "
+"player configuration files, for example.\n"
+"Here's a sample on how to write and read from a file:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func save(content):\n"
+" var file = File.new()\n"
+" file.open(\"user://save_game.dat\", File.WRITE)\n"
+" file.store_string(content)\n"
+" file.close()\n"
+"\n"
+"func load():\n"
+" var file = File.new()\n"
+" file.open(\"user://save_game.dat\", File.READ)\n"
+" var content = file.get_as_text()\n"
+" file.close()\n"
+" return content\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"In the example above, the file will be saved in the user data folder as "
+"specified in the [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/io/"
+"data_paths.html]Data paths[/url] documentation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To access project resources once exported, it is recommended to "
+"use [ResourceLoader] instead of the [File] API, as some files are converted "
+"to engine-specific formats and their original source files might not be "
+"present in the exported PCK package.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Files are automatically closed only if the process exits "
+"\"normally\" (such as by clicking the window manager's close button or "
+"pressing [b]Alt + F4[/b]). If you stop the project execution by pressing "
+"[b]F8[/b] while the project is running, the file won't be closed as the game "
+"process will be killed. You can work around this by calling [method flush] "
+"at regular intervals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Closes the currently opened file and prevents subsequent read/write "
+"operations. Use [method flush] to persist the data to disk without closing "
+"the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the file cursor has already read past the end "
+"of the file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]eof_reached() == false[/code] cannot be used to check "
+"whether there is more data available. To loop while there is more data "
+"available, use:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"while file.get_position() < file.get_len():\n"
+" # Read data\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the file exists in the given path.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Many resources types are imported (e.g. textures or sound "
+"files), and their source asset will not be included in the exported game, as "
+"only the imported version is used. See [method ResourceLoader.exists] for an "
+"alternative approach that takes resource remapping into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Writes the file's buffer to disk. Flushing is automatically performed when "
+"the file is closed. This means you don't need to call [method flush] "
+"manually before closing a file using [method close]. Still, calling [method "
+"flush] can be used to ensure the data is safe even if the project crashes "
+"instead of being closed gracefully.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only call [method flush] when you actually need it. Otherwise, "
+"it will decrease performance due to constant disk writes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next 16 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_16] "
+"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next 32 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_32] "
+"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next 64 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_64] "
+"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next 8 bits from the file as an integer. See [method store_8] "
+"for details on what values can be stored and retrieved this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Returns the whole file as a [String].\n"
+"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:99
+msgid "Returns next [code]len[/code] bytes of the file as a [PoolByteArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next value of the file in CSV (Comma-Separated Values) format. "
+"You can pass a different delimiter [code]delim[/code] to use other than the "
+"default [code]\",\"[/code] (comma). This delimiter must be one-character "
+"long, and cannot be a double quotation mark.\n"
+"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded. Text values must be enclosed in "
+"double quotes if they include the delimiter character. Double quotes within "
+"a text value can be escaped by doubling their occurrence.\n"
+"For example, the following CSV lines are valid and will be properly parsed "
+"as two strings each:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"Alice,\"Hello, Bob!\"\n"
+"Bob,Alice! What a surprise!\n"
+"Alice,\"I thought you'd reply with \"\"Hello, world\"\".\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Note how the second line can omit the enclosing quotes as it does not "
+"include the delimiter. However it [i]could[/i] very well use quotes, it was "
+"only written without for demonstration purposes. The third line must use "
+"[code]\"\"[/code] for each quotation mark that needs to be interpreted as "
+"such instead of the end of a text value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:120
+msgid "Returns the next 64 bits from the file as a floating-point number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Returns the last error that happened when trying to perform operations. "
+"Compare with the [code]ERR_FILE_*[/code] constants from [enum Error]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:132
+msgid "Returns the next 32 bits from the file as a floating-point number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:138
+msgid "Returns the size of the file in bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next line of the file as a [String].\n"
+"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Returns an MD5 String representing the file at the given path or an empty "
+"[String] on failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Returns the last time the [code]file[/code] was modified in unix timestamp "
+"format or returns a [String] \"ERROR IN [code]file[/code]\". This unix "
+"timestamp can be converted to datetime by using [method OS."
+"get_datetime_from_unix_time]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [String] saved in Pascal format from the file.\n"
+"Text is interpreted as being UTF-8 encoded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:172
+msgid "Returns the path as a [String] for the current open file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:178
+msgid "Returns the absolute path as a [String] for the current open file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:184
+msgid "Returns the file cursor's position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:190
+msgid "Returns the next bits from the file as a floating-point number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Returns a SHA-256 [String] representing the file at the given path or an "
+"empty [String] on failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:204
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next [Variant] value from the file. If [code]allow_objects[/"
+"code] is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. "
+"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources "
+"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:211
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the file is currently opened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:219
+msgid "Opens the file for writing or reading, depending on the flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"Opens a compressed file for reading or writing.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method open_compressed] can only read files that were saved by "
+"Godot, not third-party compression formats. See [url=https://github.com/"
+"godotengine/godot/issues/28999]GitHub issue #28999[/url] for a workaround."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:238
+msgid ""
+"Opens an encrypted file in write or read mode. You need to pass a binary key "
+"to encrypt/decrypt it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The provided key must be 32 bytes long."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"Opens an encrypted file in write or read mode. You need to pass a password "
+"to encrypt/decrypt it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"Changes the file reading/writing cursor to the specified position (in bytes "
+"from the beginning of the file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"Changes the file reading/writing cursor to the specified position (in bytes "
+"from the end of the file).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is an offset, so you should use negative numbers or the "
+"cursor will be at the end of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"Stores an integer as 16 bits in the file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, "
+"2^16 - 1][/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around.\n"
+"To store a signed integer, use [method store_64] or store a signed integer "
+"from the interval [code][-2^15, 2^15 - 1][/code] (i.e. keeping one bit for "
+"the signedness) and compute its sign manually when reading. For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"const MAX_15B = 1 << 15\n"
+"const MAX_16B = 1 << 16\n"
+"\n"
+"func unsigned16_to_signed(unsigned):\n"
+" return (unsigned + MAX_15B) % MAX_16B - MAX_15B\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var f = File.new()\n"
+" f.open(\"user://file.dat\", File.WRITE_READ)\n"
+" f.store_16(-42) # This wraps around and stores 65494 (2^16 - 42).\n"
+" f.store_16(121) # In bounds, will store 121.\n"
+" f.seek(0) # Go back to start to read the stored value.\n"
+" var read1 = f.get_16() # 65494\n"
+" var read2 = f.get_16() # 121\n"
+" var converted1 = unsigned16_to_signed(read1) # -42\n"
+" var converted2 = unsigned16_to_signed(read2) # 121\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:297
+msgid ""
+"Stores an integer as 32 bits in the file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, "
+"2^32 - 1][/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around.\n"
+"To store a signed integer, use [method store_64], or convert it manually "
+"(see [method store_16] for an example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Stores an integer as 64 bits in the file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] must lie in the interval [code][-2^63, "
+"2^63 - 1][/code] (i.e. be a valid [int] value)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:314
+msgid ""
+"Stores an integer as 8 bits in the file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]value[/code] should lie in the interval [code][0, 255]"
+"[/code]. Any other value will overflow and wrap around.\n"
+"To store a signed integer, use [method store_64], or convert it manually "
+"(see [method store_16] for an example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:323
+msgid "Stores the given array of bytes in the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:331
+msgid ""
+"Store the given [PoolStringArray] in the file as a line formatted in the CSV "
+"(Comma-Separated Values) format. You can pass a different delimiter "
+"[code]delim[/code] to use other than the default [code]\",\"[/code] (comma). "
+"This delimiter must be one-character long.\n"
+"Text will be encoded as UTF-8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:339
+msgid "Stores a floating-point number as 64 bits in the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:346
+msgid "Stores a floating-point number as 32 bits in the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"Appends [code]line[/code] to the file followed by a line return character "
+"([code]\\n[/code]), encoding the text as UTF-8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:360
+msgid ""
+"Stores the given [String] as a line in the file in Pascal format (i.e. also "
+"store the length of the string).\n"
+"Text will be encoded as UTF-8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:368
+msgid "Stores a floating-point number in the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"Appends [code]string[/code] to the file without a line return, encoding the "
+"text as UTF-8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:383
+msgid ""
+"Stores any Variant value in the file. If [code]full_objects[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include "
+"code).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not all properties are included. Only properties that are "
+"configured with the [constant PROPERTY_USAGE_STORAGE] flag set will be "
+"serialized. You can add a new usage flag to a property by overriding the "
+"[method Object._get_property_list] method in your class. You can also check "
+"how property usage is configured by calling [method Object."
+"_get_property_list]. See [enum PropertyUsageFlags] for the possible usage "
+"flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:390
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the file is read with big-endian [url=https://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Endianness]endianness[/url]. If [code]false[/code], the "
+"file is read with little-endian endianness. If in doubt, leave this to "
+"[code]false[/code] as most files are written with little-endian endianness.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [member endian_swap] is only about the file format, not the CPU "
+"type. The CPU endianness doesn't affect the default endianness for files "
+"written.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is always reset to [code]false[/code] whenever you open "
+"the file. Therefore, you must set [member endian_swap] [i]after[/i] opening "
+"the file, not before."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"Opens the file for read operations. The cursor is positioned at the "
+"beginning of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"Opens the file for write operations. The file is created if it does not "
+"exist, and truncated if it does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:403
+msgid ""
+"Opens the file for read and write operations. Does not truncate the file. "
+"The cursor is positioned at the beginning of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:406
+msgid ""
+"Opens the file for read and write operations. The file is created if it does "
+"not exist, and truncated if it does. The cursor is positioned at the "
+"beginning of the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:409
+msgid "Uses the [url=http://fastlz.org/]FastLZ[/url] compression method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:412
+msgid ""
+"Uses the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DEFLATE]DEFLATE[/url] "
+"compression method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:415
+msgid ""
+"Uses the [url=https://facebook.github.io/zstd/]Zstandard[/url] compression "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/File.xml:418
+msgid "Uses the [url=https://www.gzip.org/]gzip[/url] compression method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:4
+msgid "Dialog for selecting files or directories in the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"FileDialog is a preset dialog used to choose files and directories in the "
+"filesystem. It supports filter masks. The FileDialog automatically sets its "
+"window title according to the [member mode]. If you want to use a custom "
+"title, disable this by setting [member mode_overrides_title] to [code]false[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]filter[/code] as a custom filter; [code]filter[/code] should be "
+"of the form [code]\"filename.extension ; Description\"[/code]. For example, "
+"[code]\"*.png ; PNG Images\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:22
+msgid "Clear all the added filters in the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:28
+msgid "Clear currently selected items in the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns the LineEdit for the selected file.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vertical box container of the dialog, custom controls can be "
+"added to it.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:48
+msgid "Invalidate and update the current dialog content list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"The file system access scope. See enum [code]Access[/code] constants.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Currently, in sandboxed environments such as HTML5 builds or "
+"sandboxed macOS apps, FileDialog cannot access the host file system. See "
+"[url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot-proposals/issues/1123]godot-"
+"proposals#1123[/url]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:58
+msgid "The current working directory of the file dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:61
+msgid "The currently selected file of the file dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:64
+msgid "The currently selected file path of the file dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The available file type filters. For example, this shows only [code].png[/"
+"code] and [code].gd[/code] files: [code]set_filters(PoolStringArray([\"*."
+"png ; PNG Images\",\"*.gd ; GDScript Files\"]))[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The dialog's open or save mode, which affects the selection behavior. See "
+"enum [code]Mode[/code] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], changing the [code]Mode[/code] property will set the "
+"window title accordingly (e.g. setting mode to [constant MODE_OPEN_FILE] "
+"will change the window title to \"Open a File\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:77
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the dialog will show hidden files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:85
+msgid "Emitted when the user selects a directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the user selects a file by double-clicking it or pressing the "
+"[b]OK[/b] button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:97
+msgid "Emitted when the user selects multiple files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:103
+msgid "The dialog allows selecting one, and only one file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:106
+msgid "The dialog allows selecting multiple files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"The dialog only allows selecting a directory, disallowing the selection of "
+"any file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:112
+msgid "The dialog allows selecting one file or directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:115
+msgid "The dialog will warn when a file exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"The dialog only allows accessing files under the [Resource] path "
+"([code]res://[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"The dialog only allows accessing files under user data path ([code]user://[/"
+"code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:124
+msgid "The dialog allows accessing files on the whole file system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:129
+msgid "Custom icon for files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:132
+msgid "The color modulation applied to the file icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"The color tint for disabled files (when the [FileDialog] is used in open "
+"folder mode)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:138
+msgid "Custom icon for folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:141
+msgid "The color modulation applied to the folder icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:144
+msgid "Custom icon for the parent folder arrow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:147
+msgid "Custom icon for the reload button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FileDialog.xml:150
+msgid "Custom icon for the toggle hidden button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:4
+msgid "Float built-in type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [float] built-in type is a 64-bit double-precision floating-point "
+"number, equivalent to [code]double[/code] in C++. This type has 14 reliable "
+"decimal digits of precision. The [float] type can be stored in [Variant], "
+"which is the generic type used by the engine. The maximum value of [float] "
+"is approximately [code]1.79769e308[/code], and the minimum is approximately "
+"[code]-1.79769e308[/code].\n"
+"Most methods and properties in the engine use 32-bit single-precision "
+"floating-point numbers instead, equivalent to [code]float[/code] in C++, "
+"which have 6 reliable decimal digits of precision. For data structures such "
+"as [Vector2] and [Vector3], Godot uses 32-bit floating-point numbers.\n"
+"Math done using the [float] type is not guaranteed to be exact or "
+"deterministic, and will often result in small errors. You should usually use "
+"the [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] and [method @GDScript.is_zero_approx] "
+"methods instead of [code]==[/code] to compare [float] values for equality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:12
+msgid "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Double-precision_floating-point_format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:13
+msgid "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Single-precision_floating-point_format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Cast a [bool] value to a floating-point value, [code]float(true)[/code] will "
+"be equal to 1.0 and [code]float(false)[/code] will be equal to 0.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Cast an [int] value to a floating-point value, [code]float(1)[/code] will be "
+"equal to 1.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/float.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Cast a [String] value to a floating-point value. This method accepts float "
+"value strings like [code]\"1.23\"[/code] and exponential notation strings "
+"for its parameter so calling [code]float(\"1e3\")[/code] will return 1000.0 "
+"and calling [code]float(\"1e-3\")[/code] will return 0.001. Calling this "
+"method with an invalid float string will return 0. This method stops parsing "
+"at the first invalid character and will return the parsed result so far, so "
+"calling [code]float(\"1a3\")[/code] will return 1 while calling "
+"[code]float(\"1e3a2\")[/code] will return 1000.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:4
+msgid "Internationalized font and text drawing support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Font contains a Unicode-compatible character set, as well as the ability to "
+"draw it with variable width, ascent, descent and kerning. For creating fonts "
+"from TTF files (or other font formats), see the editor support for fonts.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If a [DynamicFont] doesn't contain a character used in a "
+"string, the character in question will be replaced with codepoint "
+"[code]0xfffd[/code] if it's available in the [DynamicFont]. If this "
+"replacement character isn't available in the DynamicFont, the character will "
+"be hidden without displaying any replacement character in the string.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If a [BitmapFont] doesn't contain a character used in a string, "
+"the character in question will be hidden without displaying any replacement "
+"character in the string.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unicode characters after [code]0xffff[/code] (such as most "
+"emoji) are [i]not[/i] supported on Windows. They will display as unknown "
+"characters instead. This will be resolved in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Draw [code]string[/code] into a canvas item using the font at a given "
+"position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally clipping the "
+"width. [code]position[/code] specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw "
+"from the top, [i]ascent[/i] must be added to the Y axis.\n"
+"See also [method CanvasItem.draw_string]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Draw character [code]char[/code] into a canvas item using the font at a "
+"given position, with [code]modulate[/code] color, and optionally kerning if "
+"[code]next[/code] is passed. clipping the width. [code]position[/code] "
+"specifies the baseline, not the top. To draw from the top, [i]ascent[/i] "
+"must be added to the Y axis. The width used by the character is returned, "
+"making this function useful for drawing strings character by character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:43
+msgid "Returns the font ascent (number of pixels above the baseline)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns the size of a character, optionally taking kerning into account if "
+"the next character is provided. Note that the height returned is the font "
+"height (see [method get_height]) and has no relation to the glyph height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:57
+msgid "Returns the font descent (number of pixels below the baseline)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:63
+msgid "Returns the total font height (ascent plus descent) in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the size of a string, taking kerning and advance into account. Note "
+"that the height returned is the font height (see [method get_height]) and "
+"has no relation to the string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Returns the size that the string would have with word wrapping enabled with "
+"a fixed [code]width[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:84
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the font has an outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Font.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"After editing a font (changing size, ascent, char rects, etc.). Call this "
+"function to propagate changes to controls that might use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:4
+msgid "Reference to a function in an object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"In GDScript, functions are not [i]first-class objects[/i]. This means it is "
+"impossible to store them directly as variables, return them from another "
+"function, or pass them as arguments.\n"
+"However, by creating a [FuncRef] using the [method @GDScript.funcref] "
+"function, a reference to a function in a given object can be created, passed "
+"around and called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Calls the referenced function previously set in [member function] or [method "
+"@GDScript.funcref]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Calls the referenced function previously set in [member function] or [method "
+"@GDScript.funcref]. Contrarily to [method call_func], this method does not "
+"support a variable number of arguments but expects all parameters to be "
+"passed via a single [Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:29
+msgid "Returns whether the object still exists and has the function assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The object containing the referenced function. This object must be of a type "
+"actually inheriting from [Object], not a built-in type such as [int], "
+"[Vector2] or [Dictionary]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/FuncRef.xml:42
+msgid "The name of the referenced function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"An external library containing functions or script classes to use in Godot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A GDNative library can implement [NativeScript]s, global functions to call "
+"with the [GDNative] class, or low-level engine extensions through interfaces "
+"such as [ARVRInterfaceGDNative]. The library must be compiled for each "
+"platform and architecture that the project will run on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/gdnative/gdnative-c-"
+"example.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/gdnative/gdnative-cpp-"
+"example.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns paths to all dependency libraries for the current platform and "
+"architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path to the dynamic library file for the current platform and "
+"architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"This resource in INI-style [ConfigFile] format, as in [code].gdnlib[/code] "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], Godot loads only one copy of the library and each "
+"script that references the library will share static data like static or "
+"global variables.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], Godot loads a separate copy of the library into "
+"memory for each script that references it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the editor will temporarily unload the library "
+"whenever the user switches away from the editor window, allowing the user to "
+"recompile the library without restarting Godot.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If the library defines tool scripts that run inside the editor, "
+"[code]reloadable[/code] must be [code]false[/code]. Otherwise, the editor "
+"will attempt to unload the tool scripts while they're in use and crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], Godot loads the library at startup rather than the "
+"first time a script uses the library, calling [code]{prefix}"
+"gdnative_singleton[/code] after initializing the library (where [code]"
+"{prefix}[/code] is the value of [member symbol_prefix]). The library remains "
+"loaded as long as Godot is running.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A singleton library cannot be [member reloadable]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/GDNativeLibrary.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The prefix this library's entry point functions begin with. For example, a "
+"GDNativeLibrary would declare its [code]gdnative_init[/code] function as "
+"[code]godot_gdnative_init[/code] by default.\n"
+"On platforms that require statically linking libraries (currently only iOS), "
+"each library must have a different [code]symbol_prefix[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:4
+msgid "A script implemented in the GDScript programming language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A script implemented in the GDScript programming language. The script "
+"extends the functionality of all objects that instance it.\n"
+"[method new] creates a new instance of the script. [method Object."
+"set_script] extends an existing object, if that object's class matches one "
+"of the script's base classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/index."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:17
+msgid "Returns byte code for the script source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScript.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new instance of the script.\n"
+"For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var MyClass = load(\"myclass.gd\")\n"
+"var instance = MyClass.new()\n"
+"assert(instance.get_script() == MyClass)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:4
+msgid "State of a function call after yielding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Calling [method @GDScript.yield] within a function will cause that function "
+"to yield and return its current state as an object of this type. The yielded "
+"function call can then be resumed later by calling [method resume] on this "
+"state object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Check whether the function call may be resumed. This is not the case if the "
+"function state was already resumed.\n"
+"If [code]extended_check[/code] is enabled, it also checks if the associated "
+"script and object still exist. The extended check is done in debug mode as "
+"part of [method GDScriptFunctionState.resume], but you can use this if you "
+"know you may be trying to resume without knowing for sure the object and/or "
+"script have survived up to that point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdscript/doc_classes/GDScriptFunctionState.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Resume execution of the yielded function call.\n"
+"If handed an argument, return the argument from the [method @GDScript.yield] "
+"call in the yielded function call. You can pass e.g. an [Array] to hand "
+"multiple arguments.\n"
+"This function returns what the resumed function call returns, possibly "
+"another function state if yielded again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"The generic 6-degrees-of-freedom joint can implement a variety of joint "
+"types by locking certain axes' rotation or translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The first 3 DOF axes are linear axes, which represent translation of Bodies, "
+"and the latter 3 DOF axes represent the angular motion. Each axis can be "
+"either locked, or limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational damping across the X axis.\n"
+"The lower, the longer an impulse from one side takes to travel to the other "
+"side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:97
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], rotation across the X axis is limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"When rotating across the X axis, this error tolerance factor defines how "
+"much the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational restitution across the X axis. The lower, the more "
+"restitution occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:112
+msgid "The speed of all rotations across the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational damping across the Y axis. The lower, the more "
+"dampening occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:121
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], rotation across the Y axis is limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"When rotating across the Y axis, this error tolerance factor defines how "
+"much the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational restitution across the Y axis. The lower, the more "
+"restitution occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:136
+msgid "The speed of all rotations across the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational damping across the Z axis. The lower, the more "
+"dampening occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:145
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], rotation across the Z axis is limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"When rotating across the Z axis, this error tolerance factor defines how "
+"much the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational restitution across the Z axis. The lower, the more "
+"restitution occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:160
+msgid "The speed of all rotations across the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:166
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a rotating motor at the X axis is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:169
+msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:172
+msgid "Target speed for the motor at the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:175
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a rotating motor at the Y axis is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:178
+msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:181
+msgid "Target speed for the motor at the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:184
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a rotating motor at the Z axis is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:187
+msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:190
+msgid "Target speed for the motor at the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:217
+msgid "The amount of damping that happens at the X motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:220
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the linear motion across the X axis is limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:223
+msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution on the X axis movement. The lower, the more "
+"momentum gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the movement across the X axis. The lower, the slower "
+"the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:232
+msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:235
+msgid "The amount of damping that happens at the Y motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:238
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the linear motion across the Y axis is limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:241
+msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution on the Y axis movement. The lower, the more "
+"momentum gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:247
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the movement across the Y axis. The lower, the slower "
+"the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:250
+msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:253
+msgid "The amount of damping that happens at the Z motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:256
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the linear motion across the Z axis is limited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:259
+msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution on the Z axis movement. The lower, the more "
+"momentum gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the movement across the Z axis. The lower, the slower "
+"the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:268
+msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], then there is a linear motor on the X axis. It will "
+"attempt to reach the target velocity while staying within the force limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"The maximum force the linear motor can apply on the X axis while trying to "
+"reach the target velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:277
+msgid "The speed that the linear motor will attempt to reach on the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], then there is a linear motor on the Y axis. It will "
+"attempt to reach the target velocity while staying within the force limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"The maximum force the linear motor can apply on the Y axis while trying to "
+"reach the target velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:286
+msgid "The speed that the linear motor will attempt to reach on the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:289
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], then there is a linear motor on the Z axis. It will "
+"attempt to reach the target velocity while staying within the force limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"The maximum force the linear motor can apply on the Z axis while trying to "
+"reach the target velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:295
+msgid "The speed that the linear motor will attempt to reach on the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:324 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1086
+msgid "The minimum difference between the pivot points' axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:327 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1089
+msgid "The maximum difference between the pivot points' axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:330
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the movement across the axes. The lower, the slower the "
+"movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution on the axes' movement. The lower, the more "
+"momentum gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:336 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1098
+msgid ""
+"The amount of damping that happens at the linear motion across the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:339
+msgid "The velocity the linear motor will try to reach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:342
+msgid ""
+"The maximum force the linear motor will apply while trying to reach the "
+"velocity target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:351 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1107
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in negative direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:354 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1110
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation in positive direction to break loose and rotate around "
+"the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:357
+msgid "The speed of all rotations across the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:360 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1116
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational damping across the axes. The lower, the more "
+"dampening occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:363 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1119
+msgid ""
+"The amount of rotational restitution across the axes. The lower, the more "
+"restitution occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:366 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1122
+msgid ""
+"The maximum amount of force that can occur, when rotating around the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:369
+msgid ""
+"When rotating across the axes, this error tolerance factor defines how much "
+"the correction gets slowed down. The lower, the slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:372 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1128
+msgid "Target speed for the motor at the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:375 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1131
+msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor at the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:387
+msgid "If enabled, linear motion is possible within the given limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:390
+msgid "If enabled, rotational motion is possible within the given limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:397
+msgid "If enabled, there is a rotational motor across these axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:400
+msgid "If enabled, there is a linear motor across these axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Generic6DOFJoint.xml:403 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:108
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Flag] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:4
+msgid "Helper node to calculate generic geometry operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Geometry provides users with a set of helper functions to create geometric "
+"shapes, compute intersections between shapes, and process various other "
+"geometric operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with 6 [Plane]s that describe the sides of a box centered "
+"at the origin. The box size is defined by [code]extents[/code], which "
+"represents one (positive) corner of the box (i.e. half its actual size)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of [Plane]s closely bounding a faceted capsule centered at "
+"the origin with radius [code]radius[/code] and height [code]height[/code]. "
+"The parameter [code]sides[/code] defines how many planes will be generated "
+"for the side part of the capsule, whereas [code]lats[/code] gives the number "
+"of latitudinal steps at the bottom and top of the capsule. The parameter "
+"[code]axis[/code] describes the axis along which the capsule is oriented (0 "
+"for X, 1 for Y, 2 for Z)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of [Plane]s closely bounding a faceted cylinder centered at "
+"the origin with radius [code]radius[/code] and height [code]height[/code]. "
+"The parameter [code]sides[/code] defines how many planes will be generated "
+"for the round part of the cylinder. The parameter [code]axis[/code] "
+"describes the axis along which the cylinder is oriented (0 for X, 1 for Y, 2 "
+"for Z)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Clips the polygon defined by the points in [code]points[/code] against the "
+"[code]plane[/code] and returns the points of the clipped polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Clips [code]polygon_a[/code] against [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an "
+"array of clipped polygons. This performs [constant OPERATION_DIFFERENCE] "
+"between polygons. Returns an empty array if [code]polygon_b[/code] "
+"completely overlaps [code]polygon_a[/code].\n"
+"If [code]polygon_b[/code] is enclosed by [code]polygon_a[/code], returns an "
+"outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon (hole) which could be "
+"distinguished by calling [method is_polygon_clockwise]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Clips [code]polyline[/code] against [code]polygon[/code] and returns an "
+"array of clipped polylines. This performs [constant OPERATION_DIFFERENCE] "
+"between the polyline and the polygon. This operation can be thought of as "
+"cutting a line with a closed shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Given an array of [Vector2]s, returns the convex hull as a list of points in "
+"counterclockwise order. The last point is the same as the first one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Mutually excludes common area defined by intersection of [code]polygon_a[/"
+"code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] (see [method intersect_polygons_2d]) and "
+"returns an array of excluded polygons. This performs [constant "
+"OPERATION_XOR] between polygons. In other words, returns all but common area "
+"between polygons.\n"
+"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon "
+"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method "
+"is_polygon_clockwise]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 3D point on the 3D segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) "
+"that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point will always be "
+"inside the specified segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D point on the 2D segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) "
+"that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point will always be "
+"inside the specified segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 3D point on the 3D line defined by ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/"
+"code]) that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point can be "
+"inside the segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) or outside of it, i.e. "
+"somewhere on the line extending from the segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 2D point on the 2D line defined by ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/"
+"code]) that is closest to [code]point[/code]. The returned point can be "
+"inside the segment ([code]s1[/code], [code]s2[/code]) or outside of it, i.e. "
+"somewhere on the line extending from the segment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Given the two 3D segments ([code]p1[/code], [code]p2[/code]) and ([code]q1[/"
+"code], [code]q2[/code]), finds those two points on the two segments that are "
+"closest to each other. Returns a [PoolVector3Array] that contains this point "
+"on ([code]p1[/code], [code]p2[/code]) as well the accompanying point on "
+"([code]q1[/code], [code]q2[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Given the two 2D segments ([code]p1[/code], [code]q1[/code]) and ([code]p2[/"
+"code], [code]q2[/code]), finds those two points on the two segments that are "
+"closest to each other. Returns a [PoolVector2Array] that contains this point "
+"on ([code]p1[/code], [code]q1[/code]) as well the accompanying point on "
+"([code]p2[/code], [code]q2[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:141
+msgid "Used internally by the engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Intersects [code]polygon_a[/code] with [code]polygon_b[/code] and returns an "
+"array of intersected polygons. This performs [constant "
+"OPERATION_INTERSECTION] between polygons. In other words, returns common "
+"area shared by polygons. Returns an empty array if no intersection occurs.\n"
+"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon "
+"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method "
+"is_polygon_clockwise]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Intersects [code]polyline[/code] with [code]polygon[/code] and returns an "
+"array of intersected polylines. This performs [constant "
+"OPERATION_INTERSECTION] between the polyline and the polygon. This operation "
+"can be thought of as chopping a line with a closed shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside the circle or if "
+"it's located exactly [i]on[/i] the circle's boundary, otherwise returns "
+"[code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside [code]polygon[/"
+"code] or if it's located exactly [i]on[/i] polygon's boundary, otherwise "
+"returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]polygon[/code]'s vertices are ordered in "
+"clockwise order, otherwise returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Checks if the two lines ([code]from_a[/code], [code]dir_a[/code]) and "
+"([code]from_b[/code], [code]dir_b[/code]) intersect. If yes, return the "
+"point of intersection as [Vector2]. If no intersection takes place, returns "
+"an empty [Variant].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The lines are specified using direction vectors, not end points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Given an array of [Vector2]s representing tiles, builds an atlas. The "
+"returned dictionary has two keys: [code]points[/code] is a vector of "
+"[Vector2] that specifies the positions of each tile, [code]size[/code] "
+"contains the overall size of the whole atlas as [Vector2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"Merges (combines) [code]polygon_a[/code] and [code]polygon_b[/code] and "
+"returns an array of merged polygons. This performs [constant "
+"OPERATION_UNION] between polygons.\n"
+"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and multiple inner "
+"polygons (holes) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method "
+"is_polygon_clockwise]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"Inflates or deflates [code]polygon[/code] by [code]delta[/code] units "
+"(pixels). If [code]delta[/code] is positive, makes the polygon grow outward. "
+"If [code]delta[/code] is negative, shrinks the polygon inward. Returns an "
+"array of polygons because inflating/deflating may result in multiple "
+"discrete polygons. Returns an empty array if [code]delta[/code] is negative "
+"and the absolute value of it approximately exceeds the minimum bounding "
+"rectangle dimensions of the polygon.\n"
+"Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/"
+"code], see [enum PolyJoinType].\n"
+"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon "
+"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method "
+"is_polygon_clockwise].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To translate the polygon's vertices specifically, use the "
+"[method Transform2D.xform] method:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var polygon = PoolVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(100, 0), Vector2(100, "
+"100), Vector2(0, 100)])\n"
+"var offset = Vector2(50, 50)\n"
+"polygon = Transform2D(0, offset).xform(polygon)\n"
+"print(polygon) # prints [Vector2(50, 50), Vector2(150, 50), Vector2(150, "
+"150), Vector2(50, 150)]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:237
+msgid ""
+"Inflates or deflates [code]polyline[/code] by [code]delta[/code] units "
+"(pixels), producing polygons. If [code]delta[/code] is positive, makes the "
+"polyline grow outward. Returns an array of polygons because inflating/"
+"deflating may result in multiple discrete polygons. If [code]delta[/code] is "
+"negative, returns an empty array.\n"
+"Each polygon's vertices will be rounded as determined by [code]join_type[/"
+"code], see [enum PolyJoinType].\n"
+"Each polygon's endpoints will be rounded as determined by [code]end_type[/"
+"code], see [enum PolyEndType].\n"
+"The operation may result in an outer polygon (boundary) and inner polygon "
+"(hole) produced which could be distinguished by calling [method "
+"is_polygon_clockwise]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Returns if [code]point[/code] is inside the triangle specified by [code]a[/"
+"code], [code]b[/code] and [code]c[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"Tests if the 3D ray starting at [code]from[/code] with the direction of "
+"[code]dir[/code] intersects the triangle specified by [code]a[/code], "
+"[code]b[/code] and [code]c[/code]. If yes, returns the point of intersection "
+"as [Vector3]. If no intersection takes place, an empty [Variant] is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"Given the 2D segment ([code]segment_from[/code], [code]segment_to[/code]), "
+"returns the position on the segment (as a number between 0 and 1) at which "
+"the segment hits the circle that is located at position "
+"[code]circle_position[/code] and has radius [code]circle_radius[/code]. If "
+"the segment does not intersect the circle, -1 is returned (this is also the "
+"case if the line extending the segment would intersect the circle, but the "
+"segment does not)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"Given a convex hull defined though the [Plane]s in the array [code]planes[/"
+"code], tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects "
+"with that hull. If an intersection is found, returns a [PoolVector3Array] "
+"containing the point the intersection and the hull's normal. If no "
+"intersecion is found, an the returned array is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"Checks if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the "
+"cylinder with height [code]height[/code] that is centered at the origin and "
+"has radius [code]radius[/code]. If no, returns an empty [PoolVector3Array]. "
+"If an intersection takes place, the returned array contains the point of "
+"intersection and the cylinder's normal at the point of intersection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"Checks if the two segments ([code]from_a[/code], [code]to_a[/code]) and "
+"([code]from_b[/code], [code]to_b[/code]) intersect. If yes, return the point "
+"of intersection as [Vector2]. If no intersection takes place, returns an "
+"empty [Variant]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"Checks if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the "
+"sphere that is located at [code]sphere_position[/code] and has radius "
+"[code]sphere_radius[/code]. If no, returns an empty [PoolVector3Array]. If "
+"yes, returns a [PoolVector3Array] containing the point of intersection and "
+"the sphere's normal at the point of intersection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"Tests if the segment ([code]from[/code], [code]to[/code]) intersects the "
+"triangle [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code], [code]c[/code]. If yes, returns the "
+"point of intersection as [Vector3]. If no intersection takes place, an empty "
+"[Variant] is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"Triangulates the area specified by discrete set of [code]points[/code] such "
+"that no point is inside the circumcircle of any resulting triangle. Returns "
+"a [PoolIntArray] where each triangle consists of three consecutive point "
+"indices into [code]points[/code] (i.e. the returned array will have [code]n "
+"* 3[/code] elements, with [code]n[/code] being the number of found "
+"triangles). If the triangulation did not succeed, an empty [PoolIntArray] is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:335
+msgid ""
+"Triangulates the polygon specified by the points in [code]polygon[/code]. "
+"Returns a [PoolIntArray] where each triangle consists of three consecutive "
+"point indices into [code]polygon[/code] (i.e. the returned array will have "
+"[code]n * 3[/code] elements, with [code]n[/code] being the number of found "
+"triangles). If the triangulation did not succeed, an empty [PoolIntArray] is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Create regions where either subject or clip polygons (or both) are filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:344
+msgid ""
+"Create regions where subject polygons are filled except where clip polygons "
+"are filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:347
+msgid "Create regions where both subject and clip polygons are filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:350
+msgid ""
+"Create regions where either subject or clip polygons are filled but not "
+"where both are filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"Squaring is applied uniformally at all convex edge joins at [code]1 * delta[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:356
+msgid ""
+"While flattened paths can never perfectly trace an arc, they are "
+"approximated by a series of arc chords."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:359
+msgid ""
+"There's a necessary limit to mitered joins since offsetting edges that join "
+"at very acute angles will produce excessively long and narrow \"spikes\". "
+"For any given edge join, when miter offsetting would exceed that maximum "
+"distance, \"square\" joining is applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:362
+msgid ""
+"Endpoints are joined using the [enum PolyJoinType] value and the path filled "
+"as a polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:365
+msgid ""
+"Endpoints are joined using the [enum PolyJoinType] value and the path filled "
+"as a polyline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:368
+msgid "Endpoints are squared off with no extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:371
+msgid "Endpoints are squared off and extended by [code]delta[/code] units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Geometry.xml:374
+msgid "Endpoints are rounded off and extended by [code]delta[/code] units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:4
+msgid "Base node for geometry-based visual instances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base node for geometry-based visual instances. Shares some common "
+"functionality like visibility and custom materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [enum GeometryInstance.Flags] that have been set for this object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the bounding box of this node with a custom one. To remove it, set "
+"an [AABB] with all fields set to zero."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [enum GeometryInstance.Flags] specified. See [enum GeometryInstance."
+"Flags] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"The selected shadow casting flag. See [enum ShadowCastingSetting] for "
+"possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The extra distance added to the GeometryInstance's bounding box ([AABB]) to "
+"increase its cull box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"When disabled, the mesh will be taken into account when computing indirect "
+"lighting, but the resulting lightmap will not be saved. Useful for emissive "
+"only materials or shadow casters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Scale factor for the generated baked lightmap. Useful for adding detail to "
+"certain mesh instances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The GeometryInstance's max LOD distance.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The GeometryInstance's max LOD margin.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"The GeometryInstance's min LOD distance.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"The GeometryInstance's min LOD margin.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property currently has no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"The material override for the whole geometry.\n"
+"If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any "
+"material set in any material slot of the mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this GeometryInstance will be used when baking lights "
+"using a [GIProbe] or [BakedLightmap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:74
+msgid "The generated lightmap texture will have the original size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:77
+msgid "The generated lightmap texture will be twice as large, on each axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:80
+msgid "The generated lightmap texture will be 4 times as large, on each axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:83
+msgid "The generated lightmap texture will be 8 times as large, on each axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:88
+msgid "Will not cast any shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Will cast shadows from all visible faces in the GeometryInstance.\n"
+"Will take culling into account, so faces not being rendered will not be "
+"taken into account when shadow casting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Will cast shadows from all visible faces in the GeometryInstance.\n"
+"Will not take culling into account, so all faces will be taken into account "
+"when shadow casting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Will only show the shadows casted from this object.\n"
+"In other words, the actual mesh will not be visible, only the shadows casted "
+"from the mesh will be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Will allow the GeometryInstance to be used when baking lights using a "
+"[GIProbe] or [BakedLightmap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GeometryInstance.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Unused in this class, exposed for consistency with [enum VisualServer."
+"InstanceFlags]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:4
+msgid "Real-time global illumination (GI) probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[GIProbe]s are used to provide high-quality real-time indirect light to "
+"scenes. They precompute the effect of objects that emit light and the effect "
+"of static geometry to simulate the behavior of complex light in real-time. "
+"[GIProbe]s need to be baked before using, however, once baked, dynamic "
+"objects will receive light from them. Further, lights can be fully dynamic "
+"or baked.\n"
+"Having [GIProbe]s in a scene can be expensive, the quality of the probe can "
+"be turned down in exchange for better performance in the [ProjectSettings] "
+"using [member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/voxel_cone_tracing/"
+"high_quality].\n"
+"[b]Procedural generation:[/b] [GIProbe] can be baked in an exported project, "
+"which makes it suitable for procedurally generated or user-built levels as "
+"long as all the geometry is generated in advance.\n"
+"[b]Performance:[/b] [GIProbe] is relatively demanding on the GPU and is not "
+"suited to low-end hardware such as integrated graphics (consider "
+"[BakedLightmap] instead). To provide a fallback for low-end hardware, "
+"consider adding an option to disable [GIProbe] in your project's options "
+"menus. A [GIProbe] node can be disabled by hiding it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Meshes should have sufficiently thick walls to avoid light "
+"leaks (avoid one-sided walls). For interior levels, enclose your level "
+"geometry in a sufficiently large box and bridge the loops to close the mesh. "
+"To further prevent light leaks, you can also strategically place temporary "
+"[MeshInstance] nodes with [member GeometryInstance.use_in_baked_light] "
+"enabled. These temporary nodes can then be hidden after baking the [GIProbe] "
+"node.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a renderer limitation, emissive [ShaderMaterial]s cannot "
+"emit light when used in a [GIProbe]. Only emissive [SpatialMaterial]s can "
+"emit light in a [GIProbe]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:15
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/gi_probes.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Bakes the effect from all [GeometryInstance]s marked with [member "
+"GeometryInstance.use_in_baked_light] and [Light]s marked with either "
+"[constant Light.BAKE_INDIRECT] or [constant Light.BAKE_ALL]. If "
+"[code]create_visual_debug[/code] is [code]true[/code], after baking the "
+"light, this will generate a [MultiMesh] that has a cube representing each "
+"solid cell with each cube colored to the cell's albedo color. This can be "
+"used to visualize the [GIProbe]'s data and debug any issues that may be "
+"occurring.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method bake] works from the editor and in exported projects. "
+"This makes it suitable for procedurally generated or user-built levels. "
+"Baking a [GIProbe] generally takes from 5 to 20 seconds in most scenes. "
+"Reducing [member subdiv] can speed up baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:31
+msgid "Calls [method bake] with [code]create_visual_debug[/code] enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Offsets the lookup of the light contribution from the [GIProbe]. This can be "
+"used to avoid self-shadowing, but may introduce light leaking at higher "
+"values. This and [member normal_bias] should be played around with to "
+"minimize self-shadowing and light leaking.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]bias[/code] should usually be above 1.0 as that is the "
+"size of the voxels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] This property has been deprecated due to known bugs and "
+"no longer has any effect when enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:44
+msgid "The [GIProbeData] resource that holds the data for this [GIProbe]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The maximum brightness that the [GIProbe] will recognize. Brightness will be "
+"scaled within this range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Energy multiplier. Makes the lighting contribution from the [GIProbe] "
+"brighter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The size of the area covered by the [GIProbe]. If you make the extents "
+"larger without increasing the subdivisions with [member subdiv], the size of "
+"each cell will increase and result in lower detailed lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], ignores the sky contribution when calculating lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Offsets the lookup into the [GIProbe] based on the object's normal "
+"direction. Can be used to reduce some self-shadowing artifacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"How much light propagates through the probe internally. A higher value "
+"allows light to spread further."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Number of times to subdivide the grid that the [GIProbe] operates on. A "
+"higher number results in finer detail and thus higher visual quality, while "
+"lower numbers result in better performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Use 64 subdivisions. This is the lowest quality setting, but the fastest. "
+"Use it if you can, but especially use it on lower-end hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:73
+msgid "Use 128 subdivisions. This is the default quality setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:76
+msgid "Use 256 subdivisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Use 512 subdivisions. This is the highest quality setting, but the slowest. "
+"On lower-end hardware, this could cause the GPU to stall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GIProbe.xml:82
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Subdiv] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"The [Color] of the light. Defaults to white. A black color causes the light "
+"to have no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The inner angle of the cone in a spotlight. Must be less than or equal to "
+"the outer cone angle.\n"
+"Within this angle, the light is at full brightness. Between the inner and "
+"outer cone angles, there is a transition from full brightness to zero "
+"brightness. When creating a Godot [SpotLight], the ratio between the inner "
+"and outer cone angles is used to calculate the attenuation of the light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"The intensity of the light. This is expressed in candelas (lumens per "
+"steradian) for point and spot lights, and lux (lumens per m²) for "
+"directional lights. When creating a Godot light, this value is converted to "
+"a unitless multiplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The outer angle of the cone in a spotlight. Must be greater than or equal to "
+"the inner angle.\n"
+"At this angle, the light drops off to zero brightness. Between the inner and "
+"outer cone angles, there is a transition from full brightness to zero "
+"brightness. If this angle is a half turn, then the spotlight emits in all "
+"directions. When creating a Godot [SpotLight], the outer cone angle is used "
+"as the angle of the spotlight."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The range of the light, beyond which the light has no effect. GLTF lights "
+"with no range defined behave like physical lights (which have infinite "
+"range). When creating a Godot light, the range is clamped to 4096."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gltf/doc_classes/GLTFLight.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The type of the light. The values accepted by Godot are \"point\", \"spot\", "
+"and \"directional\", which correspond to Godot's [OmniLight], [SpotLight], "
+"and [DirectionalLight] respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:4
+msgid "Bridge between Godot and the Mono runtime (Mono-enabled builds only)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class is a bridge between Godot and the Mono runtime. It exposes "
+"several low-level operations and is only available in Mono-enabled Godot "
+"builds.\n"
+"See also [CSharpScript]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:17
+msgid "Attaches the current thread to the Mono runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:24
+msgid "Detaches the current thread from the Mono runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current MonoDomain ID.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The Mono runtime must be initialized for this method to work "
+"(use [method is_runtime_initialized] to check). If the Mono runtime isn't "
+"initialized at the time this method is called, the engine will crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Returns the scripts MonoDomain's ID. This will be the same MonoDomain ID as "
+"[method get_domain_id], unless the scripts domain isn't loaded.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The Mono runtime must be initialized for this method to work "
+"(use [method is_runtime_initialized] to check). If the Mono runtime isn't "
+"initialized at the time this method is called, the engine will crash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the domain is being finalized, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the Mono runtime is initialized, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the Mono runtime is shutting down, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mono/doc_classes/GodotSharp.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the scripts domain is loaded, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A color interpolator resource which can be used to generate colors between "
+"user-defined color points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Given a set of colors, this resource will interpolate them in order. This "
+"means that if you have color 1, color 2 and color 3, the ramp will "
+"interpolate from color 1 to color 2 and from color 2 to color 3. The ramp "
+"will initially have 2 colors (black and white), one (black) at ramp lower "
+"offset 0 and the other (white) at the ramp higher offset 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Adds the specified color to the end of the ramp, with the specified offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:24
+msgid "Returns the color of the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:31
+msgid "Returns the offset of the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:37
+msgid "Returns the number of colors in the ramp."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:44
+msgid "Returns the interpolated color specified by [code]offset[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:51
+msgid "Removes the color at the index [code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:59
+msgid "Sets the color of the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:67
+msgid "Sets the offset for the ramp color at index [code]point[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:73
+msgid "Gradient's colors returned as a [PoolColorArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Gradient.xml:76
+msgid "Gradient's offsets returned as a [PoolRealArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Gradient-filled texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"GradientTexture uses a [Gradient] to fill the texture data. The gradient "
+"will be filled from left to right using colors obtained from the gradient. "
+"This means the texture does not necessarily represent an exact copy of the "
+"gradient, but instead an interpolation of samples obtained from the gradient "
+"at fixed steps (see [member width])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:15
+msgid "The [Gradient] that will be used to fill the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GradientTexture.xml:18
+msgid "The number of color samples that will be obtained from the [Gradient]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"GraphEdit is an area capable of showing various GraphNodes. It manages "
+"connection events between them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"GraphEdit manages the showing of GraphNodes it contains, as well as "
+"connections and disconnections between them. Signals are sent for each of "
+"these two events. Disconnection between GraphNode slots is disabled by "
+"default.\n"
+"It is greatly advised to enable low-processor usage mode (see [member OS."
+"low_processor_usage_mode]) when using GraphEdits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Makes possible the connection between two different slot types. The type is "
+"defined with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Makes possible to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the left "
+"if it has the specified type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Makes possible to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at the right "
+"if it has the specified type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:38
+msgid "Removes all connections between nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Create a connection between the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the "
+"[code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_port[/code] slot of the "
+"[code]to[/code] GraphNode. If the connection already exists, no connection "
+"is created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Removes the connection between the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the "
+"[code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_port[/code] slot of the "
+"[code]to[/code] GraphNode. If the connection does not exist, no connection "
+"is removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns an Array containing the list of connections. A connection consists "
+"in a structure of the form [code]{ from_port: 0, from: \"GraphNode name 0\", "
+"to_port: 1, to: \"GraphNode name 1\" }[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Gets the [HBoxContainer] that contains the zooming and grid snap controls in "
+"the top left of the graph. You can use this method to reposition the toolbar "
+"or to add your own custom controls to it.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]from_port[/code] slot of the "
+"[code]from[/code] GraphNode is connected to the [code]to_port[/code] slot of "
+"the [code]to[/code] GraphNode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:89
+msgid "Returns whether it's possible to connect slots of the specified types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Makes it not possible to connect between two different slot types. The type "
+"is defined with the [method GraphNode.set_slot] method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Removes the possibility to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at "
+"the left if it has the specified type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Removes the possibility to disconnect nodes when dragging from the slot at "
+"the right if it has the specified type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Sets the coloration of the connection between [code]from[/code]'s "
+"[code]from_port[/code] and [code]to[/code]'s [code]to_port[/code] with the "
+"color provided in the [code]activity[/code] theme property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:129
+msgid "Sets the specified [code]node[/code] as the one selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:136
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the minimap is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:139
+msgid "The opacity of the minimap rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"The size of the minimap rectangle. The map itself is based on the size of "
+"the grid area and is scaled to fit this rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables disconnection of existing connections in the "
+"GraphEdit by dragging the right end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:149
+msgid "The scroll offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], makes a label with the current zoom level visible. The "
+"zoom value is displayed in percents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:155
+msgid "The snapping distance in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:158
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables snapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:161
+msgid "The current zoom value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:164
+msgid "The upper zoom limit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:167
+msgid "The lower zoom limit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:170
+msgid "The step of each zoom level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:176
+msgid "Emitted at the beginning of a GraphNode movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:181
+msgid "Emitted at the end of a GraphNode movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when user dragging connection from input port into empty space of "
+"the graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between the [code]from_slot[/"
+"code] slot of the [code]from[/code] GraphNode and the [code]to_slot[/code] "
+"slot of the [code]to[/code] GraphNode is attempted to be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when user dragging connection from output port into empty space of "
+"the graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:211
+msgid "Emitted when the user presses [code]Ctrl + C[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:216
+msgid "Emitted when a GraphNode is attempted to be removed from the GraphEdit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Emitted to the GraphEdit when the connection between [code]from_slot[/code] "
+"slot of [code]from[/code] GraphNode and [code]to_slot[/code] slot of "
+"[code]to[/code] GraphNode is attempted to be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a GraphNode is attempted to be duplicated in the GraphEdit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:236
+msgid "Emitted when a GraphNode is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:246
+msgid "Emitted when the user presses [code]Ctrl + V[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a popup is requested. Happens on right-clicking in the "
+"GraphEdit. [code]position[/code] is the position of the mouse pointer when "
+"the signal is sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the scroll offset is changed by the user. It will not be "
+"emitted when changed in code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:272
+msgid "The background drawn under the grid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:275
+msgid "Color of major grid lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:278
+msgid "Color of minor grid lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:283
+msgid "The icon for the zoom out button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:286
+msgid "The icon for the zoom in button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:289
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal range within which a port can be grabbed (on both sides)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:292
+msgid "The vertical range within which a port can be grabbed (on both sides)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:295
+msgid "The icon for the zoom reset button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:298
+msgid "The fill color of the selection rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:301
+msgid "The outline color of the selection rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphEdit.xml:304
+msgid "The icon for the snap toggle button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A GraphNode is a container with potentially several input and output slots "
+"allowing connections between GraphNodes. Slots can have different, "
+"incompatible types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A GraphNode is a container. Each GraphNode can have several input and output "
+"slots, sometimes referred to as ports, allowing connections between "
+"GraphNodes. To add a slot to GraphNode, add any [Control]-derived child node "
+"to it.\n"
+"After adding at least one child to GraphNode new sections will be "
+"automatically created in the Inspector called 'Slot'. When 'Slot' is "
+"expanded you will see list with index number for each slot. You can click on "
+"each of them to expand further.\n"
+"In the Inspector you can enable (show) or disable (hide) slots. By default, "
+"all slots are disabled so you may not see any slots on your GraphNode "
+"initially. You can assign a type to each slot. Only slots of the same type "
+"will be able to connect to each other. You can also assign colors to slots. "
+"A tuple of input and output slots is defined for each GUI element included "
+"in the GraphNode. Input connections are on the left and output connections "
+"are on the right side of GraphNode. Only enabled slots are counted as "
+"connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:17
+msgid "Disables all input and output slots of the GraphNode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:24
+msgid "Disables input and output slot whose index is [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:31
+msgid "Returns the [Color] of the input connection [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of enabled input slots (connections) to the GraphNode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:44
+msgid "Returns the position of the input connection [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:51
+msgid "Returns the type of the input connection [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:58
+msgid "Returns the [Color] of the output connection [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of enabled output slots (connections) of the GraphNode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:71
+msgid "Returns the position of the output connection [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:78
+msgid "Returns the type of the output connection [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:85
+msgid "Returns the left (input) [Color] of the slot [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:92
+msgid "Returns the right (output) [Color] of the slot [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:99
+msgid "Returns the left (input) type of the slot [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:106
+msgid "Returns the right (output) type of the slot [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] "
+"is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/"
+"code] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Sets properties of the slot with ID [code]idx[/code].\n"
+"If [code]enable_left[/code]/[code]right[/code], a port will appear and the "
+"slot will be able to be connected from this side.\n"
+"[code]type_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is an arbitrary type of the port. "
+"Only ports with the same type values can be connected.\n"
+"[code]color_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is the tint of the port's icon on "
+"this side.\n"
+"[code]custom_left[/code]/[code]right[/code] is a custom texture for this "
+"side's port.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method only sets properties of the slot. To create the "
+"slot, add a [Control]-derived child to the GraphNode.\n"
+"Individual properties can be set using one of the [code]set_slot_*[/code] "
+"methods. You must enable at least one side of the slot to do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] to "
+"[code]color_left[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code] to "
+"[code]color_right[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Toggles the left (input) side of the slot [code]idx[/code]. If "
+"[code]enable_left[/code] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the "
+"left side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Toggles the right (output) side of the slot [code]idx[/code]. If "
+"[code]enable_right[/code] is [code]true[/code], a port will appear on the "
+"right side and the slot will be able to be connected from this side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Sets the left (input) type of the slot [code]idx[/code] to [code]type_left[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Sets the right (output) type of the slot [code]idx[/code] to "
+"[code]type_right[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:195
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the GraphNode is a comment node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"The offset of the GraphNode, relative to the scroll offset of the "
+"[GraphEdit].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot use position directly, as [GraphEdit] is a "
+"[Container]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:202
+msgid "Sets the overlay shown above the GraphNode. See [enum Overlay]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the user can resize the GraphNode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Dragging the handle will only emit the [signal resize_request] "
+"signal, the GraphNode needs to be resized manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:209
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the GraphNode is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the close button will be visible.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Pressing it will only emit the [signal close_request] signal, "
+"the GraphNode needs to be removed manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:216
+msgid "The text displayed in the GraphNode's title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be closed. Happens on clicking "
+"the close button (see [member show_close])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:229
+msgid "Emitted when the GraphNode is dragged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:234
+msgid "Emitted when the GraphNode is moved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be displayed over other ones. "
+"Happens on focusing (clicking into) the GraphNode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the GraphNode is requested to be resized. Happens on dragging "
+"the resizer handle (see [member resizable])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:251
+msgid "Emitted when any GraphNode's slot is updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:257
+msgid "No overlay is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:260
+msgid "Show overlay set in the [code]breakpoint[/code] theme property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:263
+msgid "Show overlay set in the [code]position[/code] theme property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:268
+msgid ""
+"The background used when [member overlay] is set to [constant "
+"OVERLAY_BREAKPOINT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"The icon for the close button, visible when [member show_close] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:274
+msgid "The color modulation applied to the close button icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:277 doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:41
+msgid "The vertical offset of the close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:280
+msgid "The [StyleBox] used when [member comment] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"The [StyleBox] used when [member comment] is enabled and the [GraphNode] is "
+"focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:290
+msgid "The default background for [GraphNode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:293
+msgid "The icon used for representing ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:296
+msgid "Horizontal offset for the ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"The background used when [member overlay] is set to [constant "
+"OVERLAY_POSITION]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:302
+msgid "The icon used for resizer, visible when [member resizable] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:305
+msgid "The color modulation applied to the resizer icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:308
+msgid "The background used when the [GraphNode] is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:311
+msgid "The vertical distance between ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:314
+msgid "Color of the title text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:317
+msgid "Font used for the title text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GraphNode.xml:320
+msgid "Vertical offset of the title text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Grid container used to arrange Control-derived children in a grid like "
+"layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"GridContainer will arrange its Control-derived children in a grid like "
+"structure, the grid columns are specified using the [member columns] "
+"property and the number of rows will be equal to the number of children in "
+"the container divided by the number of columns. For example, if the "
+"container has 5 children, and 2 columns, there will be 3 rows in the "
+"container.\n"
+"Notice that grid layout will preserve the columns and rows for every size of "
+"the container, and that empty columns will be expanded automatically.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] GridContainer only works with child nodes inheriting from "
+"Control. It won't rearrange child nodes inheriting from Node2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The number of columns in the [GridContainer]. If modified, [GridContainer] "
+"reorders its Control-derived children to accommodate the new layout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:26
+msgid "The horizontal separation of children nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GridContainer.xml:29
+msgid "The vertical separation of children nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:4
+msgid "Node for 3D tile-based maps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"GridMap lets you place meshes on a grid interactively. It works both from "
+"the editor and from scripts, which can help you create in-game level "
+"editors.\n"
+"GridMaps use a [MeshLibrary] which contains a list of tiles. Each tile is a "
+"mesh with materials plus optional collision and navigation shapes.\n"
+"A GridMap contains a collection of cells. Each grid cell refers to a tile in "
+"the [MeshLibrary]. All cells in the map have the same dimensions.\n"
+"Internally, a GridMap is split into a sparse collection of octants for "
+"efficient rendering and physics processing. Every octant has the same "
+"dimensions and can contain several cells.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] GridMap doesn't extend [VisualInstance] and therefore can't be "
+"hidden or cull masked based on [member VisualInstance.layers]. If you make a "
+"light not affect the first layer, the whole GridMap won't be lit by the "
+"light in question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:14
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_gridmaps.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:22
+msgid "Clear all cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of [ArrayMesh]es and [Transform] references of all bake "
+"meshes that exist within the current GridMap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"The [MeshLibrary] item index located at the grid-based X, Y and Z "
+"coordinates. If the cell is empty, [constant INVALID_CELL_ITEM] will be "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"The orientation of the cell at the grid-based X, Y and Z coordinates. -1 is "
+"returned if the cell is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:64
+msgid "Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:71
+msgid "Returns an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of [Transform] and [Mesh] references corresponding to the "
+"non-empty cells in the grid. The transforms are specified in world space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of [Vector3] with the non-empty cell coordinates in the "
+"grid map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of a grid cell in the GridMap's local coordinate space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Sets the mesh index for the cell referenced by its grid-based X, Y and Z "
+"coordinates.\n"
+"A negative item index such as [constant INVALID_CELL_ITEM] will clear the "
+"cell.\n"
+"Optionally, the item's orientation can be passed. For valid orientation "
+"values, see [method Basis.get_orthogonal_index]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:135
+msgid "Sets an individual bit on the [member collision_layer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:143
+msgid "Sets an individual bit on the [member collision_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Returns the coordinates of the grid cell containing the given point.\n"
+"[code]pos[/code] should be in the GridMap's local coordinate space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:157
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], grid items are centered on the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:160
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], grid items are centered on the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:163
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], grid items are centered on the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"The size of each octant measured in number of cells. This applies to all "
+"three axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"The scale of the cell items.\n"
+"This does not affect the size of the grid cells themselves, only the items "
+"in them. This can be used to make cell items overlap their neighbors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"The dimensions of the grid's cells.\n"
+"This does not affect the size of the meshes. See [member cell_scale]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this GridMap is in.\n"
+"GridMaps act as static bodies, meaning they aren't affected by gravity or "
+"other forces. They only affect other physics bodies that collide with them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this GridMap detects collisions in. See [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-"
+"layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:184
+msgid "The assigned [MeshLibrary]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Controls whether this GridMap will be baked in a [BakedLightmap] or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:194
+msgid "Emitted when [member cell_size] changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gridmap/doc_classes/GridMap.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Invalid cell item that can be used in [method set_cell_item] to clear cells "
+"(or represent an empty cell in [method get_cell_item])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:4
+msgid "Groove constraint for 2D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Groove constraint for 2D physics. This is useful for making a body \"slide\" "
+"through a segment placed in another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The body B's initial anchor position defined by the joint's origin and a "
+"local offset [member initial_offset] along the joint's Y axis (along the "
+"groove)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/GrooveJoint2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The groove's length. The groove is from the joint's origin towards [member "
+"length] along the joint's local Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:4
+msgid "Context to compute cryptographic hashes over multiple iterations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The HashingContext class provides an interface for computing cryptographic "
+"hashes over multiple iterations. This is useful for example when computing "
+"hashes of big files (so you don't have to load them all in memory), network "
+"streams, and data streams in general (so you don't have to hold buffers).\n"
+"The [enum HashType] enum shows the supported hashing algorithms.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"const CHUNK_SIZE = 1024\n"
+"\n"
+"func hash_file(path):\n"
+" var ctx = HashingContext.new()\n"
+" var file = File.new()\n"
+" # Start a SHA-256 context.\n"
+" ctx.start(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256)\n"
+" # Check that file exists.\n"
+" if not file.file_exists(path):\n"
+" return\n"
+" # Open the file to hash.\n"
+" file.open(path, File.READ)\n"
+" # Update the context after reading each chunk.\n"
+" while not file.eof_reached():\n"
+" ctx.update(file.get_buffer(CHUNK_SIZE))\n"
+" # Get the computed hash.\n"
+" var res = ctx.finish()\n"
+" # Print the result as hex string and array.\n"
+" printt(res.hex_encode(), Array(res))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:38
+msgid "Closes the current context, and return the computed hash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Starts a new hash computation of the given [code]type[/code] (e.g. [constant "
+"HASH_SHA256] to start computation of a SHA-256)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:52
+msgid "Updates the computation with the given [code]chunk[/code] of data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:58
+msgid "Hashing algorithm: MD5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:61
+msgid "Hashing algorithm: SHA-1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HashingContext.xml:64
+msgid "Hashing algorithm: SHA-256."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Horizontal box container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml:7
+msgid "Horizontal box container. See [BoxContainer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HBoxContainer.xml:17
+msgid "The horizontal space between the [HBoxContainer]'s elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:4
+msgid "Height map shape for 3D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Height map shape resource, which can be added to a [PhysicsBody] or [Area]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Height map data, pool array must be of [member map_width] * [member "
+"map_depth] size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Depth of the height map data. Changing this will resize the [member "
+"map_data]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HeightMapShape.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Width of the height map data. Changing this will resize the [member "
+"map_data]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:4
+msgid "A hinge between two 3D PhysicsBodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A HingeJoint normally uses the Z axis of body A as the hinge axis, another "
+"axis can be specified when adding it manually though. See also "
+"[Generic6DOFJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:16 doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:21
+msgid "Returns the value of the specified flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:23 doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:25
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the value of the specified parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:31
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables the specified flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:39 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:24
+msgid "Sets the value of the specified parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:45 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:85
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:977
+msgid ""
+"The speed with which the rotation across the axis perpendicular to the hinge "
+"gets corrected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:48 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the hinges maximum and minimum rotation, defined by "
+"[member angular_limit/lower] and [member angular_limit/upper] has effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:51 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"The minimum rotation. Only active if [member angular_limit/enable] is "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:54 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:90
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:982
+msgid "The lower this value, the more the rotation gets slowed down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:59 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"The maximum rotation. Only active if [member angular_limit/enable] is "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:62 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:105
+msgid "When activated, a motor turns the hinge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:65 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:96
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:988
+msgid "Maximum acceleration for the motor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:68 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:93
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:985
+msgid "Target speed for the motor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:71 doc/classes/HingeJoint.xml:76
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:968
+msgid ""
+"The speed with which the two bodies get pulled together when they move in "
+"different directions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:4
+msgid "Used to create an HMAC for a message using a key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The HMACContext class is useful for advanced HMAC use cases, such as "
+"streaming the message as it supports creating the message over time rather "
+"than providing it all at once.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"var ctx = HMACContext.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var key = \"supersecret\".to_utf8()\n"
+" var err = ctx.start(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, key)\n"
+" assert(err == OK)\n"
+" var msg1 = \"this is \".to_utf8()\n"
+" var msg2 = \"vewy vewy secret\".to_utf8()\n"
+" err = ctx.update(msg1)\n"
+" assert(err == OK)\n"
+" err = ctx.update(msg2)\n"
+" assert(err == OK)\n"
+" var hmac = ctx.finish()\n"
+" print(hmac.hex_encode())\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"And in C# we can use the following.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"using Godot;\n"
+"using System;\n"
+"using System.Diagnostics;\n"
+"\n"
+"public class CryptoNode : Node\n"
+"{\n"
+" private HMACContext ctx = new HMACContext();\n"
+" public override void _Ready()\n"
+" {\n"
+" PoolByteArray key = String(\"supersecret\").to_utf8();\n"
+" Error err = ctx.Start(HashingContext.HASH_SHA256, key);\n"
+" GD.Assert(err == OK);\n"
+" PoolByteArray msg1 = String(\"this is \").to_utf8();\n"
+" PoolByteArray msg2 = String(\"vewy vew secret\").to_utf8();\n"
+" err = ctx.Update(msg1);\n"
+" GD.Assert(err == OK);\n"
+" err = ctx.Update(msg2);\n"
+" GD.Assert(err == OK);\n"
+" PoolByteArray hmac = ctx.Finish();\n"
+" GD.Print(hmac.HexEncode());\n"
+" }\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns the resulting HMAC. If the HMAC failed, an empty [PoolByteArray] is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the HMACContext. This method cannot be called again on the same "
+"HMACContext until [method finish] has been called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HMACContext.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Updates the message to be HMACed. This can be called multiple times before "
+"[method finish] is called to append [code]data[/code] to the message, but "
+"cannot be called until [method start] has been called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:4
+msgid "Horizontal scroll bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Horizontal version of [ScrollBar], which goes from left (min) to right (max)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] left. Supports custom step "
+"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:20 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:24
+msgid "Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the decrement button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:23 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:27
+msgid "Displayed when the decrement button is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:26 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Used as texture for the grabber, the draggable element representing current "
+"scroll."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:29 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:33
+msgid "Used when the mouse hovers over the grabber."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:32 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:36
+msgid "Used when the grabber is being dragged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] right. Supports custom step "
+"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:38 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:42
+msgid "Displayed when the mouse cursor hovers over the increment button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:41 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:45
+msgid "Displayed when the increment button is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:44 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:48
+msgid "Used as background of this [ScrollBar]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HScrollBar.xml:47 doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:51
+msgid "Used as background when the [ScrollBar] has the GUI focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:4
+msgid "Horizontal separator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Horizontal separator. See [Separator]. Even though it looks horizontal, it "
+"is used to separate objects vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The height of the area covered by the separator. Effectively works like a "
+"minimum height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSeparator.xml:20
+msgid "The style for the separator line. Works best with [StyleBoxLine]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:4
+msgid "Horizontal slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Horizontal slider. See [Slider]. This one goes from left (min) to right "
+"(max).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [signal Range.changed] and [signal Range.value_changed] "
+"signals are part of the [Range] class which this class inherits from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:18 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:22
+msgid "The texture for the grabber (the draggable element)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:21
+msgid "The background of the area to the left of the grabber."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:26 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:30
+msgid "The texture for the grabber when it's disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:29 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:33
+msgid "The texture for the grabber when it's focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The background for the whole slider. Determines the height of the "
+"[code]grabber_area[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSlider.xml:35 doc/classes/VSlider.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The texture for the ticks, visible when [member Slider.tick_count] is "
+"greater than 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Horizontal split container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Horizontal split container. See [SplitContainer]. This goes from left to "
+"right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:17 doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the grabber will hide automatically "
+"when it isn't under the cursor. If 0 ([code]false[/code]), it's always "
+"visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:22 doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:22
+msgid "The icon used for the grabber drawn in the middle area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HSplitContainer.xml:25 doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:25
+msgid "The space between sides of the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:4
+msgid "Low-level hyper-text transfer protocol client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Hyper-text transfer protocol client (sometimes called \"User Agent\"). Used "
+"to make HTTP requests to download web content, upload files and other data "
+"or to communicate with various services, among other use cases. [b]See the "
+"[HTTPRequest] node for a higher-level alternative.[/b]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This client only needs to connect to a host once (see [method "
+"connect_to_host]) to send multiple requests. Because of this, methods that "
+"take URLs usually take just the part after the host instead of the full URL, "
+"as the client is already connected to a host. See [method request] for a "
+"full example and to get started.\n"
+"A [HTTPClient] should be reused between multiple requests or to connect to "
+"different hosts instead of creating one client per request. Supports SSL and "
+"SSL server certificate verification. HTTP status codes in the 2xx range "
+"indicate success, 3xx redirection (i.e. \"try again, but over here\"), 4xx "
+"something was wrong with the request, and 5xx something went wrong on the "
+"server's side.\n"
+"For more information on HTTP, see https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/"
+"Web/HTTP (or read RFC 2616 to get it straight from the source: https://tools."
+"ietf.org/html/rfc2616).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When performing HTTP requests from a project exported to HTML5, "
+"keep in mind the remote server may not allow requests from foreign origins "
+"due to [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CORS]CORS[/"
+"url]. If you host the server in question, you should modify its backend to "
+"allow requests from foreign origins by adding the [code]Access-Control-Allow-"
+"Origin: *[/code] HTTP header.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] SSL/TLS support is currently limited to TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and "
+"TLS 1.2. Attempting to connect to a TLS 1.3-only server will return an "
+"error.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are "
+"currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they "
+"are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically "
+"managed certificates with a short validity period."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/http_client_class."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:17 doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:71
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/ssl_certificates."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:23
+msgid "Closes the current connection, allowing reuse of this [HTTPClient]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Connects to a host. This needs to be done before any requests are sent.\n"
+"The host should not have http:// prepended but will strip the protocol "
+"identifier if provided.\n"
+"If no [code]port[/code] is specified (or [code]-1[/code] is used), it is "
+"automatically set to 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS (if [code]use_ssl[/code] "
+"is enabled).\n"
+"[code]verify_host[/code] will check the SSL identity of the host if set to "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Returns the response's body length.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Some Web servers may not send a body length. In this case, the "
+"value returned will be [code]-1[/code]. If using chunked transfer encoding, "
+"the body length will also be [code]-1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:49
+msgid "Returns the response's HTTP status code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:55
+msgid "Returns the response headers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Returns all response headers as a Dictionary of structure [code]{ \"key\": "
+"\"value1; value2\" }[/code] where the case-sensitivity of the keys and "
+"values is kept like the server delivers it. A value is a simple String, this "
+"string can have more than one value where \"; \" is used as separator.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"content-length\": 12,\n"
+" \"Content-Type\": \"application/json; charset=UTF-8\",\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [enum Status] constant. Need to call [method poll] in order to get "
+"status updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:80
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], this [HTTPClient] has a response available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:86
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], this [HTTPClient] has a response that is chunked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"This needs to be called in order to have any request processed. Check "
+"results with [method get_status]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Generates a GET/POST application/x-www-form-urlencoded style query string "
+"from a provided dictionary, e.g.:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var fields = {\"username\": \"user\", \"password\": \"pass\"}\n"
+"var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields)\n"
+"# Returns \"username=user&password=pass\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Furthermore, if a key has a [code]null[/code] value, only the key itself is "
+"added, without equal sign and value. If the value is an array, for each "
+"value in it a pair with the same key is added.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var fields = {\"single\": 123, \"not_valued\": null, \"multiple\": [22, 33, "
+"44]}\n"
+"var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields)\n"
+"# Returns \"single=123&not_valued&multiple=22&multiple=33&multiple=44\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:116
+msgid "Reads one chunk from the response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Sends a request to the connected host.\n"
+"The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for "
+"[code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. "
+"When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. "
+"For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also "
+"allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the "
+"authority component ([code]host:port[/code]).\n"
+"Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum "
+"Method].\n"
+"To create a POST request with query strings to push to the server, do:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var fields = {\"username\" : \"user\", \"password\" : \"pass\"}\n"
+"var query_string = http_client.query_string_from_dict(fields)\n"
+"var headers = [\"Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded\", "
+"\"Content-Length: \" + str(query_string.length())]\n"
+"var result = http_client.request(http_client.METHOD_POST, \"/index.php\", "
+"headers, query_string)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]request_data[/code] parameter is ignored if "
+"[code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET]. This is because GET "
+"methods can't contain request data. As a workaround, you can pass request "
+"data as a query string in the URL. See [method String.http_escape] for an "
+"example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Sends a raw request to the connected host.\n"
+"The URL parameter is usually just the part after the host, so for "
+"[code]http://somehost.com/index.php[/code], it is [code]/index.php[/code]. "
+"When sending requests to an HTTP proxy server, it should be an absolute URL. "
+"For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_OPTIONS] requests, [code]*[/code] is also "
+"allowed. For [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_CONNECT] requests, it should be the "
+"authority component ([code]host:port[/code]).\n"
+"Headers are HTTP request headers. For available HTTP methods, see [enum "
+"Method].\n"
+"Sends the body data raw, as a byte array and does not encode it in any way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], execution will block until all data is read from the "
+"response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:158
+msgid "The connection to use for this client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"The size of the buffer used and maximum bytes to read per iteration. See "
+"[method read_response_body_chunk]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"HTTP GET method. The GET method requests a representation of the specified "
+"resource. Requests using GET should only retrieve data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"HTTP HEAD method. The HEAD method asks for a response identical to that of a "
+"GET request, but without the response body. This is useful to request "
+"metadata like HTTP headers or to check if a resource exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"HTTP POST method. The POST method is used to submit an entity to the "
+"specified resource, often causing a change in state or side effects on the "
+"server. This is often used for forms and submitting data or uploading files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"HTTP PUT method. The PUT method asks to replace all current representations "
+"of the target resource with the request payload. (You can think of POST as "
+"\"create or update\" and PUT as \"update\", although many services tend to "
+"not make a clear distinction or change their meaning)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"HTTP DELETE method. The DELETE method requests to delete the specified "
+"resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"HTTP OPTIONS method. The OPTIONS method asks for a description of the "
+"communication options for the target resource. Rarely used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"HTTP TRACE method. The TRACE method performs a message loop-back test along "
+"the path to the target resource. Returns the entire HTTP request received in "
+"the response body. Rarely used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"HTTP CONNECT method. The CONNECT method establishes a tunnel to the server "
+"identified by the target resource. Rarely used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"HTTP PATCH method. The PATCH method is used to apply partial modifications "
+"to a resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:193
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Method] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:196
+msgid "Status: Disconnected from the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:199
+msgid "Status: Currently resolving the hostname for the given URL into an IP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:202
+msgid "Status: DNS failure: Can't resolve the hostname for the given URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:205
+msgid "Status: Currently connecting to server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:208
+msgid "Status: Can't connect to the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:211
+msgid "Status: Connection established."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:214
+msgid "Status: Currently sending request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:217
+msgid "Status: HTTP body received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:220
+msgid "Status: Error in HTTP connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:223
+msgid "Status: Error in SSL handshake."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]100 Continue[/code]. Interim response that indicates "
+"everything so far is OK and that the client should continue with the request "
+"(or ignore this status if already finished)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]101 Switching Protocol[/code]. Sent in response to an "
+"[code]Upgrade[/code] request header by the client. Indicates the protocol "
+"the server is switching to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]102 Processing[/code] (WebDAV). Indicates that the "
+"server has received and is processing the request, but no response is "
+"available yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]200 OK[/code]. The request has succeeded. Default "
+"response for successful requests. Meaning varies depending on the request. "
+"GET: The resource has been fetched and is transmitted in the message body. "
+"HEAD: The entity headers are in the message body. POST: The resource "
+"describing the result of the action is transmitted in the message body. "
+"TRACE: The message body contains the request message as received by the "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:238
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]201 Created[/code]. The request has succeeded and a "
+"new resource has been created as a result of it. This is typically the "
+"response sent after a PUT request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]202 Accepted[/code]. The request has been received "
+"but not yet acted upon. It is non-committal, meaning that there is no way in "
+"HTTP to later send an asynchronous response indicating the outcome of "
+"processing the request. It is intended for cases where another process or "
+"server handles the request, or for batch processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]203 Non-Authoritative Information[/code]. This "
+"response code means returned meta-information set is not exact set as "
+"available from the origin server, but collected from a local or a third "
+"party copy. Except this condition, 200 OK response should be preferred "
+"instead of this response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:247
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]204 No Content[/code]. There is no content to send "
+"for this request, but the headers may be useful. The user-agent may update "
+"its cached headers for this resource with the new ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]205 Reset Content[/code]. The server has fulfilled "
+"the request and desires that the client resets the \"document view\" that "
+"caused the request to be sent to its original state as received from the "
+"origin server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]206 Partial Content[/code]. This response code is "
+"used because of a range header sent by the client to separate download into "
+"multiple streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:256
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]207 Multi-Status[/code] (WebDAV). A Multi-Status "
+"response conveys information about multiple resources in situations where "
+"multiple status codes might be appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:259
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]208 Already Reported[/code] (WebDAV). Used inside a "
+"DAV: propstat response element to avoid enumerating the internal members of "
+"multiple bindings to the same collection repeatedly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]226 IM Used[/code] (WebDAV). The server has fulfilled "
+"a GET request for the resource, and the response is a representation of the "
+"result of one or more instance-manipulations applied to the current instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]300 Multiple Choice[/code]. The request has more than "
+"one possible responses and there is no standardized way to choose one of the "
+"responses. User-agent or user should choose one of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:268
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]301 Moved Permanently[/code]. Redirection. This "
+"response code means the URI of requested resource has been changed. The new "
+"URI is usually included in the response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]302 Found[/code]. Temporary redirection. This "
+"response code means the URI of requested resource has been changed "
+"temporarily. New changes in the URI might be made in the future. Therefore, "
+"this same URI should be used by the client in future requests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]303 See Other[/code]. The server is redirecting the "
+"user agent to a different resource, as indicated by a URI in the Location "
+"header field, which is intended to provide an indirect response to the "
+"original request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]304 Not Modified[/code]. A conditional GET or HEAD "
+"request has been received and would have resulted in a 200 OK response if it "
+"were not for the fact that the condition evaluated to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]305 Use Proxy[/code]. [i]Deprecated. Do not use.[/i]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]306 Switch Proxy[/code]. [i]Deprecated. Do not use.[/"
+"i]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]307 Temporary Redirect[/code]. The target resource "
+"resides temporarily under a different URI and the user agent MUST NOT change "
+"the request method if it performs an automatic redirection to that URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:289
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]308 Permanent Redirect[/code]. The target resource "
+"has been assigned a new permanent URI and any future references to this "
+"resource ought to use one of the enclosed URIs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]400 Bad Request[/code]. The request was invalid. The "
+"server cannot or will not process the request due to something that is "
+"perceived to be a client error (e.g., malformed request syntax, invalid "
+"request message framing, invalid request contents, or deceptive request "
+"routing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:295
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]401 Unauthorized[/code]. Credentials required. The "
+"request has not been applied because it lacks valid authentication "
+"credentials for the target resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]402 Payment Required[/code]. This response code is "
+"reserved for future use. Initial aim for creating this code was using it for "
+"digital payment systems, however this is not currently used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]403 Forbidden[/code]. The client does not have access "
+"rights to the content, i.e. they are unauthorized, so server is rejecting to "
+"give proper response. Unlike [code]401[/code], the client's identity is "
+"known to the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]404 Not Found[/code]. The server can not find "
+"requested resource. Either the URL is not recognized or the endpoint is "
+"valid but the resource itself does not exist. May also be sent instead of "
+"403 to hide existence of a resource if the client is not authorized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:307
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]405 Method Not Allowed[/code]. The request's HTTP "
+"method is known by the server but has been disabled and cannot be used. For "
+"example, an API may forbid DELETE-ing a resource. The two mandatory methods, "
+"GET and HEAD, must never be disabled and should not return this error code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]406 Not Acceptable[/code]. The target resource does "
+"not have a current representation that would be acceptable to the user "
+"agent, according to the proactive negotiation header fields received in the "
+"request. Used when negotiation content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]407 Proxy Authentication Required[/code]. Similar to "
+"401 Unauthorized, but it indicates that the client needs to authenticate "
+"itself in order to use a proxy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:316
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]408 Request Timeout[/code]. The server did not "
+"receive a complete request message within the time that it was prepared to "
+"wait."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]409 Conflict[/code]. The request could not be "
+"completed due to a conflict with the current state of the target resource. "
+"This code is used in situations where the user might be able to resolve the "
+"conflict and resubmit the request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:322
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]410 Gone[/code]. The target resource is no longer "
+"available at the origin server and this condition is likely permanent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]411 Length Required[/code]. The server refuses to "
+"accept the request without a defined Content-Length header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]412 Precondition Failed[/code]. One or more "
+"conditions given in the request header fields evaluated to [code]false[/"
+"code] when tested on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:331
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]413 Entity Too Large[/code]. The server is refusing "
+"to process a request because the request payload is larger than the server "
+"is willing or able to process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]414 Request-URI Too Long[/code]. The server is "
+"refusing to service the request because the request-target is longer than "
+"the server is willing to interpret."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:337
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]415 Unsupported Media Type[/code]. The origin server "
+"is refusing to service the request because the payload is in a format not "
+"supported by this method on the target resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:340
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable[/code]. None of "
+"the ranges in the request's Range header field overlap the current extent of "
+"the selected resource or the set of ranges requested has been rejected due "
+"to invalid ranges or an excessive request of small or overlapping ranges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:343
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]417 Expectation Failed[/code]. The expectation given "
+"in the request's Expect header field could not be met by at least one of the "
+"inbound servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:346
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]418 I'm A Teapot[/code]. Any attempt to brew coffee "
+"with a teapot should result in the error code \"418 I'm a teapot\". The "
+"resulting entity body MAY be short and stout."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:349
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]421 Misdirected Request[/code]. The request was "
+"directed at a server that is not able to produce a response. This can be "
+"sent by a server that is not configured to produce responses for the "
+"combination of scheme and authority that are included in the request URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:352
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]422 Unprocessable Entity[/code] (WebDAV). The server "
+"understands the content type of the request entity (hence a 415 Unsupported "
+"Media Type status code is inappropriate), and the syntax of the request "
+"entity is correct (thus a 400 Bad Request status code is inappropriate) but "
+"was unable to process the contained instructions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:355
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]423 Locked[/code] (WebDAV). The source or destination "
+"resource of a method is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:358
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]424 Failed Dependency[/code] (WebDAV). The method "
+"could not be performed on the resource because the requested action depended "
+"on another action and that action failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:361
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]426 Upgrade Required[/code]. The server refuses to "
+"perform the request using the current protocol but might be willing to do so "
+"after the client upgrades to a different protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:364
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]428 Precondition Required[/code]. The origin server "
+"requires the request to be conditional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:367
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]429 Too Many Requests[/code]. The user has sent too "
+"many requests in a given amount of time (see \"rate limiting\"). Back off "
+"and increase time between requests or try again later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:370
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]431 Request Header Fields Too Large[/code]. The "
+"server is unwilling to process the request because its header fields are too "
+"large. The request MAY be resubmitted after reducing the size of the request "
+"header fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:373
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]451 Response Unavailable For Legal Reasons[/code]. "
+"The server is denying access to the resource as a consequence of a legal "
+"demand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:376
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]500 Internal Server Error[/code]. The server "
+"encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from fulfilling the "
+"request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:379
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]501 Not Implemented[/code]. The server does not "
+"support the functionality required to fulfill the request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:382
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]502 Bad Gateway[/code]. The server, while acting as a "
+"gateway or proxy, received an invalid response from an inbound server it "
+"accessed while attempting to fulfill the request. Usually returned by load "
+"balancers or proxies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:385
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]503 Service Unavailable[/code]. The server is "
+"currently unable to handle the request due to a temporary overload or "
+"scheduled maintenance, which will likely be alleviated after some delay. Try "
+"again later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:388
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]504 Gateway Timeout[/code]. The server, while acting "
+"as a gateway or proxy, did not receive a timely response from an upstream "
+"server it needed to access in order to complete the request. Usually "
+"returned by load balancers or proxies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:391
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]505 HTTP Version Not Supported[/code]. The server "
+"does not support, or refuses to support, the major version of HTTP that was "
+"used in the request message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:394
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]506 Variant Also Negotiates[/code]. The server has an "
+"internal configuration error: the chosen variant resource is configured to "
+"engage in transparent content negotiation itself, and is therefore not a "
+"proper end point in the negotiation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]507 Insufficient Storage[/code]. The method could not "
+"be performed on the resource because the server is unable to store the "
+"representation needed to successfully complete the request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]508 Loop Detected[/code]. The server terminated an "
+"operation because it encountered an infinite loop while processing a request "
+"with \"Depth: infinity\". This status indicates that the entire operation "
+"failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:403
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]510 Not Extended[/code]. The policy for accessing the "
+"resource has not been met in the request. The server should send back all "
+"the information necessary for the client to issue an extended request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPClient.xml:406
+msgid ""
+"HTTP status code [code]511 Network Authentication Required[/code]. The "
+"client needs to authenticate to gain network access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:4
+msgid "A node with the ability to send HTTP(S) requests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A node with the ability to send HTTP requests. Uses [HTTPClient] "
+"internally.\n"
+"Can be used to make HTTP requests, i.e. download or upload files or web "
+"content via HTTP.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] See the notes and warnings on [HTTPClient] for limitations, "
+"especially regarding SSL security.\n"
+"[b]Example of contacting a REST API and printing one of its returned fields:"
+"[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" # Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal.\n"
+" var http_request = HTTPRequest.new()\n"
+" add_child(http_request)\n"
+" http_request.connect(\"request_completed\", self, "
+"\"_http_request_completed\")\n"
+"\n"
+" # Perform a GET request. The URL below returns JSON as of writing.\n"
+" var error = http_request.request(\"https://httpbin.org/get\")\n"
+" if error != OK:\n"
+" push_error(\"An error occurred in the HTTP request.\")\n"
+"\n"
+" # Perform a POST request. The URL below returns JSON as of writing.\n"
+" # Note: Don't make simultaneous requests using a single HTTPRequest "
+"node.\n"
+" # The snippet below is provided for reference only.\n"
+" var body = {\"name\": \"Godette\"}\n"
+" error = http_request.request(\"https://httpbin.org/post\", [], true, "
+"HTTPClient.METHOD_POST, body)\n"
+" if error != OK:\n"
+" push_error(\"An error occurred in the HTTP request.\")\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"# Called when the HTTP request is completed.\n"
+"func _http_request_completed(result, response_code, headers, body):\n"
+" var response = parse_json(body.get_string_from_utf8())\n"
+"\n"
+" # Will print the user agent string used by the HTTPRequest node (as "
+"recognized by httpbin.org).\n"
+" print(response.headers[\"User-Agent\"])\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Example of loading and displaying an image using HTTPRequest:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" # Create an HTTP request node and connect its completion signal.\n"
+" var http_request = HTTPRequest.new()\n"
+" add_child(http_request)\n"
+" http_request.connect(\"request_completed\", self, "
+"\"_http_request_completed\")\n"
+"\n"
+" # Perform the HTTP request. The URL below returns a PNG image as of "
+"writing.\n"
+" var error = http_request.request(\"https://via.placeholder.com/512\")\n"
+" if error != OK:\n"
+" push_error(\"An error occurred in the HTTP request.\")\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"# Called when the HTTP request is completed.\n"
+"func _http_request_completed(result, response_code, headers, body):\n"
+" var image = Image.new()\n"
+" var error = image.load_png_from_buffer(body)\n"
+" if error != OK:\n"
+" push_error(\"Couldn't load the image.\")\n"
+"\n"
+" var texture = ImageTexture.new()\n"
+" texture.create_from_image(image)\n"
+"\n"
+" # Display the image in a TextureRect node.\n"
+" var texture_rect = TextureRect.new()\n"
+" add_child(texture_rect)\n"
+" texture_rect.texture = texture\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/http_request_class."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:77
+msgid "Cancels the current request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Returns the response body length.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Some Web servers may not send a body length. In this case, the "
+"value returned will be [code]-1[/code]. If using chunked transfer encoding, "
+"the body length will also be [code]-1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:90
+msgid "Returns the amount of bytes this HTTPRequest downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current status of the underlying [HTTPClient]. See [enum "
+"HTTPClient.Status]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Creates request on the underlying [HTTPClient]. If there is no configuration "
+"errors, it tries to connect using [method HTTPClient.connect_to_host] and "
+"passes parameters onto [method HTTPClient.request].\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] if request is successfully created. (Does not imply "
+"that the server has responded), [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if not in the "
+"tree, [constant ERR_BUSY] if still processing previous request, [constant "
+"ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER] if given string is not a valid URL format, or "
+"[constant ERR_CANT_CONNECT] if not using thread and the [HTTPClient] cannot "
+"connect to host.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When [code]method[/code] is [constant HTTPClient.METHOD_GET], "
+"the payload sent via [code]request_data[/code] might be ignored by the "
+"server or even cause the server to reject the request (check [url=https://"
+"datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7231#section-4.3.1]RFC 7231 section 4.3.1[/"
+"url] for more details). As a workaround, you can send data as a query string "
+"in the URL. See [method String.http_escape] for an example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Creates request on the underlying [HTTPClient] using a raw array of bytes "
+"for the request body. If there is no configuration errors, it tries to "
+"connect using [method HTTPClient.connect_to_host] and passes parameters onto "
+"[method HTTPClient.request].\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] if request is successfully created. (Does not imply "
+"that the server has responded), [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if not in the "
+"tree, [constant ERR_BUSY] if still processing previous request, [constant "
+"ERR_INVALID_PARAMETER] if given string is not a valid URL format, or "
+"[constant ERR_CANT_CONNECT] if not using thread and the [HTTPClient] cannot "
+"connect to host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:127
+msgid "Maximum allowed size for response bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"The size of the buffer used and maximum bytes to read per iteration. See "
+"[member HTTPClient.read_chunk_size].\n"
+"Set this to a lower value (e.g. 4096 for 4 KiB) when downloading small files "
+"to decrease memory usage at the cost of download speeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:134
+msgid "The file to download into. Will output any received file into it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:137
+msgid "Maximum number of allowed redirects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:142
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], multithreading is used to improve performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:152
+msgid "Emitted when a request is completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:158
+msgid "Request successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:163
+msgid "Request failed while connecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:166
+msgid "Request failed while resolving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:169
+msgid "Request failed due to connection (read/write) error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:172
+msgid "Request failed on SSL handshake."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:175
+msgid "Request does not have a response (yet)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:178
+msgid "Request exceeded its maximum size limit, see [member body_size_limit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:181
+msgid "Request failed (currently unused)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:184
+msgid "HTTPRequest couldn't open the download file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:187
+msgid "HTTPRequest couldn't write to the download file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/HTTPRequest.xml:190
+msgid "Request reached its maximum redirect limit, see [member max_redirects]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:4
+msgid "Image datatype."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Native image datatype. Contains image data which can be converted to an "
+"[ImageTexture] and provides commonly used [i]image processing[/i] methods. "
+"The maximum width and height for an [Image] are [constant MAX_WIDTH] and "
+"[constant MAX_HEIGHT].\n"
+"An [Image] cannot be assigned to a [code]texture[/code] property of an "
+"object directly (such as [Sprite]), and has to be converted manually to an "
+"[ImageTexture] first.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum image size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics "
+"hardware limitations. Larger images may fail to import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:12 doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/assets/"
+"importing_images.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Alpha-blends [code]src_rect[/code] from [code]src[/code] image to this image "
+"at coordinates [code]dest[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Alpha-blends [code]src_rect[/code] from [code]src[/code] image to this image "
+"using [code]mask[/code] image at coordinates [code]dst[/code]. Alpha "
+"channels are required for both [code]src[/code] and [code]mask[/code]. "
+"[code]dst[/code] pixels and [code]src[/code] pixels will blend if the "
+"corresponding mask pixel's alpha value is not 0. [code]src[/code] image and "
+"[code]mask[/code] image [b]must[/b] have the same size (width and height) "
+"but they can have different formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Copies [code]src_rect[/code] from [code]src[/code] image to this image at "
+"coordinates [code]dst[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Blits [code]src_rect[/code] area from [code]src[/code] image to this image "
+"at the coordinates given by [code]dst[/code]. [code]src[/code] pixel is "
+"copied onto [code]dst[/code] if the corresponding [code]mask[/code] pixel's "
+"alpha value is not 0. [code]src[/code] image and [code]mask[/code] image "
+"[b]must[/b] have the same size (width and height) but they can have "
+"different formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Converts a bumpmap to a normalmap. A bumpmap provides a height offset per-"
+"pixel, while a normalmap provides a normal direction per pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:63
+msgid "Removes the image's mipmaps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Compresses the image to use less memory. Can not directly access pixel data "
+"while the image is compressed. Returns error if the chosen compression mode "
+"is not available. See [enum CompressMode] and [enum CompressSource] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:79
+msgid "Converts the image's format. See [enum Format] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:86
+msgid "Copies [code]src[/code] image to this image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Creates an empty image of given size and format. See [enum Format] "
+"constants. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is [code]true[/code] then generate "
+"mipmaps for this image. See the [method generate_mipmaps]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new image of given size and format. See [enum Format] constants. "
+"Fills the image with the given raw data. If [code]use_mipmaps[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code] then loads mipmaps for this image from [code]data[/code]. "
+"See [method generate_mipmaps]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Crops the image to the given [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code]. If "
+"the specified size is larger than the current size, the extra area is filled "
+"with black pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Decompresses the image if it is compressed. Returns an error if decompress "
+"function is not available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Returns [constant ALPHA_BLEND] if the image has data for alpha values. "
+"Returns [constant ALPHA_BIT] if all the alpha values are stored in a single "
+"bit. Returns [constant ALPHA_NONE] if no data for alpha values is found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Stretches the image and enlarges it by a factor of 2. No interpolation is "
+"done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:140
+msgid "Fills the image with a given [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:146
+msgid "Blends low-alpha pixels with nearby pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:152
+msgid "Flips the image horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:158
+msgid "Flips the image vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Generates mipmaps for the image. Mipmaps are precalculated lower-resolution "
+"copies of the image that are automatically used if the image needs to be "
+"scaled down when rendered. They help improve image quality and performance "
+"when rendering. This method returns an error if the image is compressed, in "
+"a custom format, or if the image's width/height is [code]0[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Mipmap generation is done on the CPU, is single-threaded and is "
+"[i]always[/i] done on the main thread. This means generating mipmaps will "
+"result in noticeable stuttering during gameplay, even if [method "
+"generate_mipmaps] is called from a [Thread]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:172
+msgid "Returns a copy of the image's raw data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:178
+msgid "Returns the image's format. See [enum Format] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:184
+msgid "Returns the image's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Returns the offset where the image's mipmap with index [code]mipmap[/code] "
+"is stored in the [code]data[/code] dictionary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code] if the image is "
+"locked. If the image is unlocked, it always returns a [Color] with the value "
+"[code](0, 0, 0, 1.0)[/code]. This is the same as [method get_pixelv], but "
+"two integer arguments instead of a Vector2 argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Returns the color of the pixel at [code]src[/code] if the image is locked. "
+"If the image is unlocked, it always returns a [Color] with the value [code]"
+"(0, 0, 0, 1.0)[/code]. This is the same as [method get_pixel], but with a "
+"Vector2 argument instead of two integer arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new image that is a copy of the image's area specified with "
+"[code]rect[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:219
+msgid "Returns the image's size (width and height)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Rect2] enclosing the visible portion of the image, considering "
+"each pixel with a non-zero alpha channel as visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:231
+msgid "Returns the image's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:237
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the image has generated mipmaps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:243
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the image is compressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:249
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the image has no data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if all the image's pixels have an alpha value of "
+"0. Returns [code]false[/code] if any pixel has an alpha value higher than 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"Loads an image from file [code]path[/code]. See [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/assets/importing_images."
+"html#supported-image-formats]Supported image formats[/url] for a list of "
+"supported image formats and limitations.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This method should only be used in the editor or in cases "
+"when you need to load external images at run-time, such as images located at "
+"the [code]user://[/code] directory, and may not work in exported projects.\n"
+"See also [ImageTexture] description for usage examples."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"Loads an image from the binary contents of a BMP file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot's BMP module doesn't support 16-bit per pixel images. "
+"Only 1-bit, 4-bit, 8-bit, 24-bit, and 32-bit per pixel images are supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:279
+msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a JPEG file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:286
+msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a PNG file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:293
+msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a TGA file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:300
+msgid "Loads an image from the binary contents of a WebP file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Locks the data for reading and writing access. Sends an error to the console "
+"if the image is not locked when reading or writing a pixel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Converts the image's data to represent coordinates on a 3D plane. This is "
+"used when the image represents a normalmap. A normalmap can add lots of "
+"detail to a 3D surface without increasing the polygon count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:318
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies color values with alpha values. Resulting color values for a "
+"pixel are [code](color * alpha)/256[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Resizes the image to the given [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code]. "
+"New pixels are calculated using the [code]interpolation[/code] mode defined "
+"via [enum Interpolation] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:335
+msgid ""
+"Resizes the image to the nearest power of 2 for the width and height. If "
+"[code]square[/code] is [code]true[/code] then set width and height to be the "
+"same. New pixels are calculated using the [code]interpolation[/code] mode "
+"defined via [enum Interpolation] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Converts a standard RGBE (Red Green Blue Exponent) image to an sRGB image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:349
+msgid ""
+"Saves the image as an EXR file to [code]path[/code]. If [code]grayscale[/"
+"code] is [code]true[/code] and the image has only one channel, it will be "
+"saved explicitly as monochrome rather than one red channel. This function "
+"will return [constant ERR_UNAVAILABLE] if Godot was compiled without the "
+"TinyEXR module.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The TinyEXR module is disabled in non-editor builds, which "
+"means [method save_exr] will return [constant ERR_UNAVAILABLE] when it is "
+"called from an exported project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:357
+msgid "Saves the image as a PNG file to [code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:371
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](x, y)[/code] if the image is locked. "
+"Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var img = Image.new()\n"
+"img.create(img_width, img_height, false, Image.FORMAT_RGBA8)\n"
+"img.lock()\n"
+"img.set_pixel(x, y, color) # Works\n"
+"img.unlock()\n"
+"img.set_pixel(x, y, color) # Does not have an effect\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:387
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the pixel at [code](dst.x, dst.y)[/code] if the image is "
+"locked. Note that the [code]dst[/code] values must be integers. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var img = Image.new()\n"
+"img.create(img_width, img_height, false, Image.FORMAT_RGBA8)\n"
+"img.lock()\n"
+"img.set_pixelv(Vector2(x, y), color) # Works\n"
+"img.unlock()\n"
+"img.set_pixelv(Vector2(x, y), color) # Does not have an effect\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:401
+msgid "Shrinks the image by a factor of 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:407
+msgid "Converts the raw data from the sRGB colorspace to a linear scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:413
+msgid "Unlocks the data and prevents changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:419
+msgid ""
+"Holds all the image's color data in a given format. See [enum Format] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:424
+msgid "The maximal width allowed for [Image] resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:427
+msgid "The maximal height allowed for [Image] resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:430
+msgid "Texture format with a single 8-bit depth representing luminance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:433
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format with two values, luminance and alpha each stored with "
+"8 bits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:436
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]RED[/code] with a single component and a "
+"bitdepth of 8.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using the GLES2 backend, this uses the alpha channel "
+"instead of the red channel for storage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]RG[/code] with two components and a bitdepth of "
+"8 for each."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:443
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]RGB[/code] with three components, each with a "
+"bitdepth of 8.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:447
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]RGBA[/code] with four components, each with a "
+"bitdepth of 8.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:451
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]RGBA[/code] with four components, each with a "
+"bitdepth of 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:454
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGB5_A1[/code] where 5 bits of depth for each "
+"component of RGB and one bit for alpha."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:457
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_R32F[/code] where there's one component, a 32-"
+"bit floating-point value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:460
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RG32F[/code] where there are two components, "
+"each a 32-bit floating-point values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:463
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGB32F[/code] where there are three "
+"components, each a 32-bit floating-point values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:466
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGBA32F[/code] where there are four "
+"components, each a 32-bit floating-point values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:469
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_R32F[/code] where there's one component, a 16-"
+"bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:472
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RG32F[/code] where there are two components, "
+"each a 16-bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGB32F[/code] where there are three "
+"components, each a 16-bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:478
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL texture format [code]GL_RGBA32F[/code] where there are four "
+"components, each a 16-bit \"half-precision\" floating-point value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"A special OpenGL texture format where the three color components have 9 bits "
+"of precision and all three share a single 5-bit exponent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:484
+msgid ""
+"The [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S3_Texture_Compression]S3TC[/url] "
+"texture format that uses Block Compression 1, and is the smallest variation "
+"of S3TC, only providing 1 bit of alpha and color data being premultiplied "
+"with alpha.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:488
+msgid ""
+"The [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S3_Texture_Compression]S3TC[/url] "
+"texture format that uses Block Compression 2, and color data is interpreted "
+"as not having been premultiplied by alpha. Well suited for images with sharp "
+"alpha transitions between translucent and opaque areas.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"The [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/S3_Texture_Compression]S3TC[/url] "
+"texture format also known as Block Compression 3 or BC3 that contains 64 "
+"bits of alpha channel data followed by 64 bits of DXT1-encoded color data. "
+"Color data is not premultiplied by alpha, same as DXT3. DXT5 generally "
+"produces superior results for transparent gradients compared to DXT3.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:496
+msgid ""
+"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/"
+"Red_Green_Texture_Compression]Red Green Texture Compression[/url], "
+"normalizing the red channel data using the same compression algorithm that "
+"DXT5 uses for the alpha channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:499
+msgid ""
+"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/"
+"Red_Green_Texture_Compression]Red Green Texture Compression[/url], "
+"normalizing the red and green channel data using the same compression "
+"algorithm that DXT5 uses for the alpha channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:502
+msgid ""
+"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/"
+"BPTC_Texture_Compression]BPTC[/url] compression with unsigned normalized "
+"RGBA components.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:506
+msgid ""
+"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/"
+"BPTC_Texture_Compression]BPTC[/url] compression with signed floating-point "
+"RGB components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:509
+msgid ""
+"Texture format that uses [url=https://www.khronos.org/opengl/wiki/"
+"BPTC_Texture_Compression]BPTC[/url] compression with unsigned floating-point "
+"RGB components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:512
+msgid ""
+"Texture format used on PowerVR-supported mobile platforms, uses 2-bit color "
+"depth with no alpha. More information can be found [url=https://en.wikipedia."
+"org/wiki/PVRTC]here[/url].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:516
+msgid ""
+"Same as [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PVRTC]PVRTC2[/url], but with an "
+"alpha component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:519
+msgid ""
+"Similar to [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PVRTC]PVRTC2[/url], but with 4-"
+"bit color depth and no alpha."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:522
+msgid ""
+"Same as [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PVRTC]PVRTC4[/url], but with an "
+"alpha component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:525
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC1]Ericsson Texture Compression format 1[/"
+"url], also referred to as \"ETC1\", and is part of the OpenGL ES graphics "
+"standard. This format cannot store an alpha channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:528
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]R11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides one channel of "
+"unsigned data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:531
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]SIGNED_R11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides one "
+"channel of signed data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:534
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]RG11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides two channels "
+"of unsigned data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:537
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]SIGNED_RG11_EAC[/code] variant), which provides two "
+"channels of signed data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:540
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]RGB8[/code] variant), which is a follow-up of ETC1 and "
+"compresses RGB888 data.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:544
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]RGBA8[/code]variant), which compresses RGBA8888 data "
+"with full alpha support.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:548
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Ericsson_Texture_Compression#ETC2_and_EAC]Ericsson Texture Compression "
+"format 2[/url] ([code]RGB8_PUNCHTHROUGH_ALPHA1[/code] variant), which "
+"compresses RGBA data to make alpha either fully transparent or fully "
+"opaque.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating an [ImageTexture], an sRGB to linear color space "
+"conversion is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:552
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Format] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:555
+msgid ""
+"Performs nearest-neighbor interpolation. If the image is resized, it will be "
+"pixelated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:558
+msgid ""
+"Performs bilinear interpolation. If the image is resized, it will be blurry. "
+"This mode is faster than [constant INTERPOLATE_CUBIC], but it results in "
+"lower quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"Performs cubic interpolation. If the image is resized, it will be blurry. "
+"This mode often gives better results compared to [constant "
+"INTERPOLATE_BILINEAR], at the cost of being slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:564
+msgid ""
+"Performs bilinear separately on the two most-suited mipmap levels, then "
+"linearly interpolates between them.\n"
+"It's slower than [constant INTERPOLATE_BILINEAR], but produces higher-"
+"quality results with far fewer aliasing artifacts.\n"
+"If the image does not have mipmaps, they will be generated and used "
+"internally, but no mipmaps will be generated on the resulting image.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you intend to scale multiple copies of the original image, "
+"it's better to call [method generate_mipmaps]] on it in advance, to avoid "
+"wasting processing power in generating them again and again.\n"
+"On the other hand, if the image already has mipmaps, they will be used, and "
+"a new set will be generated for the resulting image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:571
+msgid ""
+"Performs Lanczos interpolation. This is the slowest image resizing mode, but "
+"it typically gives the best results, especially when downscalng images."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:574
+msgid "Image does not have alpha."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:577
+msgid "Image stores alpha in a single bit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:580
+msgid "Image uses alpha."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:583
+msgid "Use S3TC compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:586
+msgid "Use PVRTC2 compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:589
+msgid "Use PVRTC4 compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:592
+msgid "Use ETC compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:595
+msgid "Use ETC2 compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:598
+msgid ""
+"Source texture (before compression) is a regular texture. Default for all "
+"textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:601
+msgid "Source texture (before compression) is in sRGB space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Image.xml:604
+msgid ""
+"Source texture (before compression) is a normal texture (e.g. it can be "
+"compressed into two channels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:4
+msgid "A [Texture] based on an [Image]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A [Texture] based on an [Image]. For an image to be displayed, an "
+"[ImageTexture] has to be created from it using the [method "
+"create_from_image] method:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var texture = ImageTexture.new()\n"
+"var image = Image.new()\n"
+"image.load(\"res://icon.png\")\n"
+"texture.create_from_image(image)\n"
+"$Sprite.texture = texture\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This way, textures can be created at run-time by loading images both from "
+"within the editor and externally.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Prefer to load imported textures with [method @GDScript."
+"load] over loading them from within the filesystem dynamically with [method "
+"Image.load], as it may not work in exported projects:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var texture = load(\"res://icon.png\")\n"
+"$Sprite.texture = texture\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"This is because images have to be imported as [StreamTexture] first to be "
+"loaded with [method @GDScript.load]. If you'd still like to load an image "
+"file just like any other [Resource], import it as an [Image] resource "
+"instead, and then load it normally using the [method @GDScript.load] "
+"method.\n"
+"But do note that the image data can still be retrieved from an imported "
+"texture as well using the [method Texture.get_data] method, which returns a "
+"copy of the data:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var texture = load(\"res://icon.png\")\n"
+"var image : Image = texture.get_data()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"An [ImageTexture] is not meant to be operated from within the editor "
+"interface directly, and is mostly useful for rendering images on screen "
+"dynamically via code. If you need to generate images procedurally from "
+"within the editor, consider saving and importing images as custom texture "
+"resources implementing a new [EditorImportPlugin].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics "
+"hardware limitations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Create a new [ImageTexture] with [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[code]format[/code] is a value from [enum Image.Format], [code]flags[/code] "
+"is any combination of [enum Texture.Flags]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the texture by allocating and setting the data from an [Image] "
+"with [code]flags[/code] from [enum Texture.Flags]. An sRGB to linear color "
+"space conversion can take place, according to [enum Image.Format]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:56
+msgid "Returns the format of the texture, one of [enum Image.Format]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Loads an image from a file path and creates a texture from it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is deprecated and will be removed in Godot 4.0, use "
+"[method Image.load] and [method create_from_image] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Replaces the texture's data with a new [Image].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The texture has to be initialized first with the [method "
+"create_from_image] method before it can be updated. The new image "
+"dimensions, format, and mipmaps configuration should match the existing "
+"texture's image configuration, otherwise it has to be re-created with the "
+"[method create_from_image] method.\n"
+"Use this method over [method create_from_image] if you need to update the "
+"texture frequently, which is faster than allocating additional memory for a "
+"new texture each time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:80 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2837
+msgid "Resizes the texture to the specified dimensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:87
+msgid "The storage quality for [constant STORAGE_COMPRESS_LOSSY]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:90
+msgid "The storage type (raw, lossy, or compressed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:95
+msgid "[Image] data is stored raw and unaltered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"[Image] data is compressed with a lossy algorithm. You can set the storage "
+"quality with [member lossy_quality]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImageTexture.xml:101
+msgid "[Image] data is compressed with a lossless algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:4
+msgid "Draws simple geometry from code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Draws simple geometry from code. Uses a drawing mode similar to OpenGL 1.x.\n"
+"See also [ArrayMesh], [MeshDataTool] and [SurfaceTool] for procedural "
+"geometry generation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] ImmediateGeometry3D is best suited to small amounts of mesh "
+"data that change every frame. It will be slow when handling large amounts of "
+"mesh data. If mesh data doesn't change often, use [ArrayMesh], "
+"[MeshDataTool] or [SurfaceTool] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-"
+"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle "
+"primitive modes.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In case of missing points when handling large amounts of mesh "
+"data, try increasing its buffer size limit under [member ProjectSettings."
+"rendering/limits/buffers/immediate_buffer_size_kb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Simple helper to draw an UV sphere with given latitude, longitude and radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Adds a vertex in local coordinate space with the currently set color/uv/etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Begin drawing (and optionally pass a texture override). When done call "
+"[method end]. For more information on how this works, search for "
+"[code]glBegin()[/code] and [code]glEnd()[/code] references.\n"
+"For the type of primitive, see the [enum Mesh.PrimitiveType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:45
+msgid "Clears everything that was drawn using begin/end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:51
+msgid "Ends a drawing context and displays the results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:58
+msgid "The current drawing color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:65
+msgid "The next vertex's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:72
+msgid "The next vertex's tangent (and binormal facing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:79
+msgid "The next vertex's UV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ImmediateGeometry.xml:86
+msgid "The next vertex's second layer UV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:4
+msgid "A singleton that deals with inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A singleton that deals with inputs. This includes key presses, mouse buttons "
+"and movement, joypads, and input actions. Actions and their events can be "
+"set in the [b]Input Map[/b] tab in the [b]Project > Project Settings[/b], or "
+"with the [InputMap] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This will simulate pressing the specified action.\n"
+"The strength can be used for non-boolean actions, it's ranged between 0 and "
+"1 representing the intensity of the given action.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method will not cause any [method Node._input] calls. It "
+"is intended to be used with [method is_action_pressed] and [method "
+"is_action_just_pressed]. If you want to simulate [code]_input[/code], use "
+"[method parse_input_event] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:29
+msgid "If the specified action is already pressed, this will release it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new mapping entry (in SDL2 format) to the mapping database. "
+"Optionally update already connected devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Sends all input events which are in the current buffer to the game loop. "
+"These events may have been buffered as a result of accumulated input "
+"([method set_use_accumulated_input]) or agile input flushing ([member "
+"ProjectSettings.input_devices/buffering/agile_event_flushing]).\n"
+"The engine will already do this itself at key execution points (at least "
+"once per frame). However, this can be useful in advanced cases where you "
+"want precise control over the timing of event handling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns the acceleration of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device "
+"has one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO].\n"
+"Note this method returns an empty [Vector3] when running from the editor "
+"even when your device has an accelerometer. You must export your project to "
+"a supported device to read values from the accelerometer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on iOS, Android, and UWP. On other "
+"platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. On Android the unit of "
+"measurement for each axis is m/s² while on iOS and UWP it's a multiple of "
+"the Earth's gravitational acceleration [code]g[/code] (~9.81 m/s²)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Returns a value between 0 and 1 representing the raw intensity of the given "
+"action, ignoring the action's deadzone. In most cases, you should use "
+"[method get_action_strength] instead.\n"
+"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers "
+"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction "
+"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Returns a value between 0 and 1 representing the intensity of the given "
+"action. In a joypad, for example, the further away the axis (analog sticks "
+"or L2, R2 triggers) is from the dead zone, the closer the value will be to "
+"1. If the action is mapped to a control that has no axis as the keyboard, "
+"the value returned will be 0 or 1.\n"
+"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers "
+"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction "
+"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Get axis input by specifying two actions, one negative and one positive.\n"
+"This is a shorthand for writing [code]Input."
+"get_action_strength(\"positive_action\") - Input."
+"get_action_strength(\"negative_action\")[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] containing the device IDs of all currently connected "
+"joypads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:91
+msgid "Returns the currently assigned cursor shape (see [enum CursorShape])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Returns the gravity of the device's accelerometer sensor, if the device has "
+"one. Otherwise, the method returns [constant Vector3.ZERO].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, "
+"it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]. On Android the unit of "
+"measurement for each axis is m/s² while on iOS it's a multiple of the "
+"Earth's gravitational acceleration [code]g[/code] (~9.81 m/s²)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Returns the rotation rate in rad/s around a device's X, Y, and Z axes of the "
+"gyroscope sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method returns "
+"[constant Vector3.ZERO].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android and iOS. On other platforms, "
+"it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current value of the joypad axis at given index (see [enum "
+"JoystickList])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:120
+msgid "Returns the index of the provided axis name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Receives a [enum JoystickList] axis and returns its equivalent name as a "
+"string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:134
+msgid "Returns the index of the provided button name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Receives a gamepad button from [enum JoystickList] and returns its "
+"equivalent name as a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"Returns a SDL2-compatible device GUID on platforms that use gamepad "
+"remapping. Returns [code]\"Default Gamepad\"[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:155
+msgid "Returns the name of the joypad at the specified device index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:162
+msgid "Returns the duration of the current vibration effect in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Returns the strength of the joypad vibration: x is the strength of the weak "
+"motor, and y is the strength of the strong motor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Returns the mouse speed for the last time the cursor was moved, and this "
+"until the next frame where the mouse moves. This means that even if the "
+"mouse is not moving, this function will still return the value of the last "
+"motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Returns the magnetic field strength in micro-Tesla for all axes of the "
+"device's magnetometer sensor, if the device has one. Otherwise, the method "
+"returns [constant Vector3.ZERO].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method only works on Android, iOS and UWP. On other "
+"platforms, it always returns [constant Vector3.ZERO]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"Returns mouse buttons as a bitmask. If multiple mouse buttons are pressed at "
+"the same time, the bits are added together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:194
+msgid "Returns the mouse mode. See the constants for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"Gets an input vector by specifying four actions for the positive and "
+"negative X and Y axes.\n"
+"This method is useful when getting vector input, such as from a joystick, "
+"directional pad, arrows, or WASD. The vector has its length limited to 1 and "
+"has a circular deadzone, which is useful for using vector input as "
+"movement.\n"
+"By default, the deadzone is automatically calculated from the average of the "
+"action deadzones. However, you can override the deadzone to be whatever you "
+"want (on the range of 0 to 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] when the user starts pressing the action event, "
+"meaning it's [code]true[/code] only on the frame that the user pressed down "
+"the button.\n"
+"This is useful for code that needs to run only once when an action is "
+"pressed, instead of every frame while it's pressed.\n"
+"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers "
+"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction "
+"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] when the user stops pressing the action event, "
+"meaning it's [code]true[/code] only on the frame that the user released the "
+"button.\n"
+"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers "
+"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction "
+"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the action event. Note that if "
+"an action has multiple buttons assigned and more than one of them is "
+"pressed, releasing one button will release the action, even if some other "
+"button assigned to this action is still pressed.\n"
+"If [code]exact[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input modifiers "
+"for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the direction "
+"for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the joypad button (see [enum "
+"JoystickList])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the system knows the specified device. This "
+"means that it sets all button and axis indices exactly as defined in [enum "
+"JoystickList]. Unknown joypads are not expected to match these constants, "
+"but you can still retrieve events from them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the key. You can pass a [enum "
+"KeyList] constant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:264
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if you are pressing the mouse button specified "
+"with [enum ButtonList]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"Notifies the [Input] singleton that a connection has changed, to update the "
+"state for the [code]device[/code] index.\n"
+"This is used internally and should not have to be called from user scripts. "
+"See [signal joy_connection_changed] for the signal emitted when this is "
+"triggered internally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"Feeds an [InputEvent] to the game. Can be used to artificially trigger input "
+"events from code. Also generates [method Node._input] calls.\n"
+"Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var a = InputEventAction.new()\n"
+"a.action = \"ui_cancel\"\n"
+"a.pressed = true\n"
+"Input.parse_input_event(a)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:296
+msgid ""
+"Removes all mappings from the internal database that match the given GUID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"Sets the acceleration value of the accelerometer sensor. Can be used for "
+"debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor on "
+"a PC.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware "
+"sensor value on Android and iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom mouse cursor image, which is only visible inside the game "
+"window. The hotspot can also be specified. Passing [code]null[/code] to the "
+"image parameter resets to the system cursor. See [enum CursorShape] for the "
+"list of shapes.\n"
+"[code]image[/code]'s size must be lower than 256×256.\n"
+"[code]hotspot[/code] must be within [code]image[/code]'s size.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [AnimatedTexture]s aren't supported as custom mouse cursors. If "
+"using an [AnimatedTexture], only the first frame will be displayed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only images imported with the [b]Lossless[/b], [b]Lossy[/b] or "
+"[b]Uncompressed[/b] compression modes are supported. The [b]Video RAM[/b] "
+"compression mode can't be used for custom cursors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:324
+msgid ""
+"Sets the default cursor shape to be used in the viewport instead of "
+"[constant CURSOR_ARROW].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to change the default cursor shape for [Control]'s "
+"nodes, use [member Control.mouse_default_cursor_shape] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method generates an [InputEventMouseMotion] to update "
+"cursor immediately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"Sets the gravity value of the accelerometer sensor. Can be used for "
+"debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor on "
+"a PC.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware "
+"sensor value on Android and iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value of the rotation rate of the gyroscope sensor. Can be used for "
+"debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor on "
+"a PC.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware "
+"sensor value on Android and iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:349
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value of the magnetic field of the magnetometer sensor. Can be used "
+"for debugging on devices without a hardware sensor, for example in an editor "
+"on a PC.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value can be immediately overwritten by the hardware "
+"sensor value on Android and iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:357
+msgid "Sets the mouse mode. See the constants for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:364
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables the accumulation of similar input events sent by the "
+"operating system. When input accumulation is enabled, all input events "
+"generated during a frame will be merged and emitted when the frame is done "
+"rendering. Therefore, this limits the number of input method calls per "
+"second to the rendering FPS.\n"
+"Input accumulation is enabled by default. It can be disabled to get slightly "
+"more precise/reactive input at the cost of increased CPU usage. In "
+"applications where drawing freehand lines is required, input accumulation "
+"should generally be disabled while the user is drawing the line to get "
+"results that closely follow the actual input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"Starts to vibrate the joypad. Joypads usually come with two rumble motors, a "
+"strong and a weak one. [code]weak_magnitude[/code] is the strength of the "
+"weak motor (between 0 and 1) and [code]strong_magnitude[/code] is the "
+"strength of the strong motor (between 0 and 1). [code]duration[/code] is the "
+"duration of the effect in seconds (a duration of 0 will try to play the "
+"vibration indefinitely).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not every hardware is compatible with long effect durations; it "
+"is recommended to restart an effect if it has to be played for more than a "
+"few seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:383
+msgid "Stops the vibration of the joypad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:390
+msgid ""
+"Vibrate Android and iOS devices.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It needs [code]VIBRATE[/code] permission for Android at export "
+"settings. iOS does not support duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:398
+msgid "Sets the mouse position to the specified vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:407
+msgid "Emitted when a joypad device has been connected or disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:413
+msgid "Makes the mouse cursor visible if it is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:416
+msgid "Makes the mouse cursor hidden if it is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:419
+msgid ""
+"Captures the mouse. The mouse will be hidden and its position locked at the "
+"center of the screen.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you want to process the mouse's movement in this mode, you "
+"need to use [member InputEventMouseMotion.relative]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:423
+msgid "Makes the mouse cursor visible but confines it to the game window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:426
+msgid "Arrow cursor. Standard, default pointing cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:429
+msgid ""
+"I-beam cursor. Usually used to show where the text cursor will appear when "
+"the mouse is clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:432
+msgid ""
+"Pointing hand cursor. Usually used to indicate the pointer is over a link or "
+"other interactable item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:435
+msgid ""
+"Cross cursor. Typically appears over regions in which a drawing operation "
+"can be performed or for selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:438
+msgid ""
+"Wait cursor. Indicates that the application is busy performing an operation. "
+"This cursor shape denotes that the application is still usable during the "
+"operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:441
+msgid ""
+"Busy cursor. Indicates that the application is busy performing an operation. "
+"This cursor shape denotes that the application isn't usable during the "
+"operation (e.g. something is blocking its main thread)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:444
+msgid "Drag cursor. Usually displayed when dragging something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:447
+msgid ""
+"Can drop cursor. Usually displayed when dragging something to indicate that "
+"it can be dropped at the current position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:450
+msgid ""
+"Forbidden cursor. Indicates that the current action is forbidden (for "
+"example, when dragging something) or that the control at a position is "
+"disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"Vertical resize mouse cursor. A double-headed vertical arrow. It tells the "
+"user they can resize the window or the panel vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:456
+msgid ""
+"Horizontal resize mouse cursor. A double-headed horizontal arrow. It tells "
+"the user they can resize the window or the panel horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:459
+msgid ""
+"Window resize mouse cursor. The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes "
+"from the bottom left to the top right. It tells the user they can resize the "
+"window or the panel both horizontally and vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:462
+msgid ""
+"Window resize mouse cursor. The cursor is a double-headed arrow that goes "
+"from the top left to the bottom right, the opposite of [constant "
+"CURSOR_BDIAGSIZE]. It tells the user they can resize the window or the panel "
+"both horizontally and vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:465
+msgid "Move cursor. Indicates that something can be moved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"Vertical split mouse cursor. On Windows, it's the same as [constant "
+"CURSOR_VSIZE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:471
+msgid ""
+"Horizontal split mouse cursor. On Windows, it's the same as [constant "
+"CURSOR_HSIZE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Input.xml:474
+msgid "Help cursor. Usually a question mark."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:4
+msgid "Generic input event."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:7
+msgid "Base class of all sort of input event. See [method Node._input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:10 doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:10 doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:10 doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given input event and this input event can "
+"be added together (only for events of type [InputEventMouseMotion]).\n"
+"The given input event's position, global position and speed will be copied. "
+"The resulting [code]relative[/code] is a sum of both events. Both events' "
+"modifiers have to be identical."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:27
+msgid "Returns a [String] representation of the event."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns a value between 0.0 and 1.0 depending on the given actions' state. "
+"Useful for getting the value of events of type [InputEventJoypadMotion].\n"
+"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input "
+"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the "
+"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event matches a pre-defined action "
+"of any type.\n"
+"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input "
+"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the "
+"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given action is being pressed (and is not "
+"an echo event for [InputEventKey] events, unless [code]allow_echo[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code]). Not relevant for events of type [InputEventMouseMotion] "
+"or [InputEventScreenDrag].\n"
+"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input "
+"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the "
+"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given action is released (i.e. not "
+"pressed). Not relevant for events of type [InputEventMouseMotion] or "
+"[InputEventScreenDrag].\n"
+"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input "
+"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the "
+"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event's type is one that can be "
+"assigned to an input action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event is an echo event (only for "
+"events of type [InputEventKey])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this input event is pressed. Not relevant for "
+"events of type [InputEventMouseMotion] or [InputEventScreenDrag]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]event[/code] matches this "
+"event. Only valid for action events i.e key ([InputEventKey]), button "
+"([InputEventMouseButton] or [InputEventJoypadButton]), axis "
+"[InputEventJoypadMotion] or action ([InputEventAction]) events.\n"
+"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input "
+"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the "
+"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the given input event which has been offset by "
+"[code]local_ofs[/code] and transformed by [code]xform[/code]. Relevant for "
+"events of type [InputEventMouseButton], [InputEventMouseMotion], "
+"[InputEventScreenTouch], [InputEventScreenDrag], [InputEventMagnifyGesture] "
+"and [InputEventPanGesture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEvent.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"The event's device ID.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This device ID will always be [code]-1[/code] for emulated "
+"mouse input from a touchscreen. This can be used to distinguish emulated "
+"mouse input from physical mouse input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:4
+msgid "Input event type for actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains a generic action which can be targeted from several types of "
+"inputs. Actions can be created from the [b]Input Map[/b] tab in the "
+"[b]Project > Project Settings[/b] menu. See [method Node._input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html#actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:18
+msgid "The action's name. Actions are accessed via this [String]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the action's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], "
+"the action's state is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventAction.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The action's strength between 0 and 1. This value is considered as equal to "
+"0 if pressed is [code]false[/code]. The event strength allows faking analog "
+"joypad motion events, by specifying how strongly the joypad axis is bent or "
+"pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for touch control gestures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventGesture.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"The local gesture position relative to the [Viewport]. If used in [method "
+"Control._gui_input], the position is relative to the current [Control] that "
+"received this gesture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:4
+msgid "Input event for gamepad buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Input event type for gamepad buttons. For gamepad analog sticks and "
+"joysticks, see [InputEventJoypadMotion]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:16
+msgid "Button identifier. One of the [enum JoystickList] button constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], "
+"the button's state is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadButton.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Represents the pressure the user puts on the button with his finger, if the "
+"controller supports it. Ranges from [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Input event type for gamepad joysticks and other motions. For buttons, see "
+"[code]InputEventJoypadButton[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Stores information about joystick motions. One [InputEventJoypadMotion] "
+"represents one axis at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:16
+msgid "Axis identifier. Use one of the [enum JoystickList] axis constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventJoypadMotion.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Current position of the joystick on the given axis. The value ranges from "
+"[code]-1.0[/code] to [code]1.0[/code]. A value of [code]0[/code] means the "
+"axis is in its resting position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:4
+msgid "Input event type for keyboard events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Stores key presses on the keyboard. Supports key presses, key releases and "
+"[member echo] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the physical scancode combined with modifier keys such as "
+"[code]Shift[/code] or [code]Alt[/code]. See also [InputEventWithModifiers].\n"
+"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey] with "
+"modifiers, use [code]OS.get_scancode_string(event."
+"get_physical_scancode_with_modifiers())[/code] where [code]event[/code] is "
+"the [InputEventKey]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns the scancode combined with modifier keys such as [code]Shift[/code] "
+"or [code]Alt[/code]. See also [InputEventWithModifiers].\n"
+"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey] with "
+"modifiers, use [code]OS.get_scancode_string(event."
+"get_scancode_with_modifiers())[/code] where [code]event[/code] is the "
+"[InputEventKey]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the key was already pressed before this event. It "
+"means the user is holding the key down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Key physical scancode, which corresponds to one of the [enum KeyList] "
+"constants. Represent the physical location of a key on the 101/102-key US "
+"QWERTY keyboard.\n"
+"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey], use [code]OS."
+"get_scancode_string(event.physical_scancode)[/code] where [code]event[/code] "
+"is the [InputEventKey]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the key's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], the "
+"key's state is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The key scancode, which corresponds to one of the [enum KeyList] constants. "
+"Represent key in the current keyboard layout.\n"
+"To get a human-readable representation of the [InputEventKey], use [code]OS."
+"get_scancode_string(event.scancode)[/code] where [code]event[/code] is the "
+"[InputEventKey]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventKey.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The key Unicode identifier (when relevant). Unicode identifiers for the "
+"composite characters and complex scripts may not be available unless IME "
+"input mode is active. See [method OS.set_ime_active] for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:4
+msgid "Base input event type for mouse events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:7
+msgid "Stores general mouse events information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The mouse button mask identifier, one of or a bitwise combination of the "
+"[enum ButtonList] button masks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The global mouse position relative to the current [Viewport] when used in "
+"[method Control._gui_input], otherwise is at 0,0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouse.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The local mouse position relative to the [Viewport]. If used in [method "
+"Control._gui_input], the position is relative to the current [Control] which "
+"is under the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:4
+msgid "Input event type for mouse button events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:7
+msgid "Contains mouse click information. See [method Node._input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/"
+"mouse_and_input_coordinates.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The mouse button identifier, one of the [enum ButtonList] button or button "
+"wheel constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:19
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the mouse button's state is a double-click."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The amount (or delta) of the event. When used for high-precision scroll "
+"events, this indicates the scroll amount (vertical or horizontal). This is "
+"only supported on some platforms; the reported sensitivity varies depending "
+"on the platform. May be [code]0[/code] if not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseButton.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the mouse button's state is pressed. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the mouse button's state is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:4
+msgid "Input event type for mouse motion events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains mouse and pen motion information. Supports relative, absolute "
+"positions and speed. See [method Node._input].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, this event is only emitted once per frame rendered "
+"at most. If you need more precise input reporting, call [method Input."
+"set_use_accumulated_input] with [code]false[/code] to make events emitted as "
+"often as possible. If you use InputEventMouseMotion to draw lines, consider "
+"implementing [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bresenham"
+"%27s_line_algorithm]Bresenham's line algorithm[/url] as well to avoid "
+"visible gaps in lines if the user is moving the mouse quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Represents the pressure the user puts on the pen. Ranges from [code]0.0[/"
+"code] to [code]1.0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The mouse position relative to the previous position (position at the last "
+"frame).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Since [InputEventMouseMotion] is only emitted when the mouse "
+"moves, the last event won't have a relative position of [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/"
+"code] when the user stops moving the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:25
+msgid "The mouse speed in pixels per second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventMouseMotion.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Represents the angles of tilt of the pen. Positive X-coordinate value "
+"indicates a tilt to the right. Positive Y-coordinate value indicates a tilt "
+"toward the user. Ranges from [code]-1.0[/code] to [code]1.0[/code] for both "
+"axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Input event type for screen drag events. Only available on mobile devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:7
+msgid "Contains screen drag information. See [method Node._input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:16
+msgid "The drag event index in the case of a multi-drag event."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:19
+msgid "The drag position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The drag position relative to the previous position (position at the last "
+"frame)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenDrag.xml:25
+msgid "The drag speed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Input event type for screen touch events.\n"
+"(only available on mobile devices)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Stores multi-touch press/release information. Supports touch press, touch "
+"release and [member index] for multi-touch count and order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The touch index in the case of a multi-touch event. One index = one finger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:20
+msgid "The touch position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventScreenTouch.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the touch's state is pressed. If [code]false[/code], "
+"the touch's state is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for keys events with modifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains keys events information with modifiers support like [code]Shift[/"
+"code] or [code]Alt[/code]. See [method Node._input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:16
+msgid "State of the [code]Alt[/code] modifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:19
+msgid "State of the [code]Command[/code] modifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:22
+msgid "State of the [code]Ctrl[/code] modifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:25
+msgid "State of the [code]Meta[/code] modifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputEventWithModifiers.xml:28
+msgid "State of the [code]Shift[/code] modifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:4
+msgid "Singleton that manages [InputEventAction]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Manages all [InputEventAction] which can be created/modified from the "
+"project settings menu [b]Project > Project Settings > Input Map[/b] or in "
+"code with [method add_action] and [method action_add_event]. See [method "
+"Node._input]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/inputs/inputevent.html#inputmap"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds an [InputEvent] to an action. This [InputEvent] will trigger the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:26
+msgid "Removes an [InputEvent] from an action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:33
+msgid "Removes all events from an action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:40
+msgid "Returns a deadzone value for the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the action has the given [InputEvent] "
+"associated with it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:56
+msgid "Sets a deadzone value for the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Adds an empty action to the [InputMap] with a configurable [code]deadzone[/"
+"code].\n"
+"An [InputEvent] can then be added to this action with [method "
+"action_add_event]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:72
+msgid "Removes an action from the [InputMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given event is part of an existing action. "
+"This method ignores keyboard modifiers if the given [InputEvent] is not "
+"pressed (for proper release detection). See [method action_has_event] if you "
+"don't want this behavior.\n"
+"If [code]exact_match[/code] is [code]false[/code], it ignores the input "
+"modifiers for [InputEventKey] and [InputEventMouseButton] events, and the "
+"direction for [InputEventJoypadMotion] events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:89
+msgid "Returns an array of [InputEvent]s associated with a given action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:95
+msgid "Returns an array of all actions in the [InputMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [InputMap] has a registered action with the "
+"given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InputMap.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Clears all [InputEventAction] in the [InputMap] and load it anew from "
+"[ProjectSettings]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:4
+msgid "Placeholder for the root [Node] of a [PackedScene]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Turning on the option [b]Load As Placeholder[/b] for an instanced scene in "
+"the editor causes it to be replaced by an InstancePlaceholder when running "
+"the game. This makes it possible to delay actually loading the scene until "
+"calling [method replace_by_instance]. This is useful to avoid loading large "
+"scenes all at once by loading parts of it selectively.\n"
+"The InstancePlaceholder does not have a transform. This causes any child "
+"nodes to be positioned relatively to the Viewport from point (0,0), rather "
+"than their parent as displayed in the editor. Replacing the placeholder with "
+"a scene with a transform will transform children relatively to their parent "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Not thread-safe. Use [method Object.call_deferred] if calling from a thread."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Gets the path to the [PackedScene] resource file that is loaded by default "
+"when calling [method replace_by_instance]. Not thread-safe. Use [method "
+"Object.call_deferred] if calling from a thread."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InstancePlaceholder.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Replaces this placeholder by the scene handed as an argument, or the "
+"original scene if no argument is given. As for all resources, the scene is "
+"loaded only if it's not loaded already. By manually loading the scene "
+"beforehand, delays caused by this function can be avoided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/int.xml:4
+msgid "Integer built-in type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/int.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Signed 64-bit integer type.\n"
+"It can take values in the interval [code][-2^63, 2^63 - 1][/code], i.e. "
+"[code][-9223372036854775808, 9223372036854775807][/code]. Exceeding those "
+"bounds will wrap around.\n"
+"[int] is a [Variant] type, and will thus be used when assigning an integer "
+"value to a [Variant]. It can also be enforced with the [code]: int[/code] "
+"type hint.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var my_variant = 0 # int, value 0.\n"
+"my_variant += 4.2 # float, value 4.2.\n"
+"var my_int: int = 1 # int, value 1.\n"
+"my_int = 4.2 # int, value 4, the right value is implicitly cast to int.\n"
+"my_int = int(\"6.7\") # int, value 6, the String is explicitly cast with "
+"int.\n"
+"\n"
+"var max_int = 9223372036854775807\n"
+"print(max_int) # 9223372036854775807, OK.\n"
+"max_int += 1\n"
+"print(max_int) # -9223372036854775808, we overflowed and wrapped around.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/int.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Cast a [bool] value to an integer value, [code]int(true)[/code] will be "
+"equals to 1 and [code]int(false)[/code] will be equals to 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/int.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Cast a float value to an integer value, this method simply removes the "
+"number fractions (i.e. rounds [code]from[/code] towards zero), so for "
+"example [code]int(2.7)[/code] will be equals to 2, [code]int(0.1)[/code] "
+"will be equals to 0 and [code]int(-2.7)[/code] will be equals to -2. This "
+"operation is also called truncation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/int.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Cast a [String] value to an integer value, this method is an integer parser "
+"from a string, so calling this method with an invalid integer string will "
+"return 0, a valid string will be something like [code]'1.7'[/code]. This "
+"method will ignore all non-number characters, so calling [code]int('1e3')[/"
+"code] will return 13."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:4
+msgid "[i]Deprecated.[/i] Camera which moves toward another node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated (will be removed in Godot 4.0).[/i] InterpolatedCamera is a "
+"[Camera] which smoothly moves to match a target node's position and "
+"rotation.\n"
+"If it is not [member enabled] or does not have a valid target set, "
+"InterpolatedCamera acts like a normal Camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:17
+msgid "Sets the node to move toward and orient with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], and a target is set, the camera will move "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"How quickly the camera moves toward its target. Higher values will result in "
+"tighter camera motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/InterpolatedCamera.xml:29
+msgid "The target's [NodePath]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:4
+msgid "Internet protocol (IP) support functions such as DNS resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"IP contains support functions for the Internet Protocol (IP). TCP/IP support "
+"is in different classes (see [StreamPeerTCP] and [TCP_Server]). IP provides "
+"DNS hostname resolution support, both blocking and threaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Removes all of a [code]hostname[/code]'s cached references. If no "
+"[code]hostname[/code] is given, all cached IP addresses are removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Removes a given item [code]id[/code] from the queue. This should be used to "
+"free a queue after it has completed to enable more queries to happen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:29
+msgid "Returns all the user's current IPv4 and IPv6 addresses as an array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns all network adapters as an array.\n"
+"Each adapter is a dictionary of the form:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"index\": \"1\", # Interface index.\n"
+" \"name\": \"eth0\", # Interface name.\n"
+" \"friendly\": \"Ethernet One\", # A friendly name (might be empty).\n"
+" \"addresses\": [\"192.168.1.101\"], # An array of IP addresses "
+"associated to this interface.\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns a queued hostname's IP address, given its queue [code]id[/code]. "
+"Returns an empty string on error or if resolution hasn't happened yet (see "
+"[method get_resolve_item_status])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Return resolved addresses, or an empty array if an error happened or "
+"resolution didn't happen yet (see [method get_resolve_item_status])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns a queued hostname's status as a [enum ResolverStatus] constant, "
+"given its queue [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns a given hostname's IPv4 or IPv6 address when resolved (blocking-type "
+"method). The address type returned depends on the [enum Type] constant given "
+"as [code]ip_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Resolves a given hostname in a blocking way. Addresses are returned as an "
+"[Array] of IPv4 or IPv6 depending on [code]ip_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Creates a queue item to resolve a hostname to an IPv4 or IPv6 address "
+"depending on the [enum Type] constant given as [code]ip_type[/code]. Returns "
+"the queue ID if successful, or [constant RESOLVER_INVALID_ID] on error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:95
+msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: No status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:98
+msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: Waiting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:101
+msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: Done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:104
+msgid "DNS hostname resolver status: Error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of concurrent DNS resolver queries allowed, [constant "
+"RESOLVER_INVALID_ID] is returned if exceeded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Invalid ID constant. Returned if [constant RESOLVER_MAX_QUERIES] is exceeded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:113
+msgid "Address type: None."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:116
+msgid "Address type: Internet protocol version 4 (IPv4)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:119
+msgid "Address type: Internet protocol version 6 (IPv6)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/IP.xml:122
+msgid "Address type: Any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Control that provides a list of selectable items (and/or icons) in a single "
+"column, or optionally in multiple columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This control provides a selectable list of items that may be in a single (or "
+"multiple columns) with option of text, icons, or both text and icon. "
+"Tooltips are supported and may be different for every item in the list.\n"
+"Selectable items in the list may be selected or deselected and multiple "
+"selection may be enabled. Selection with right mouse button may also be "
+"enabled to allow use of popup context menus. Items may also be \"activated\" "
+"by double-clicking them or by pressing Enter.\n"
+"Item text only supports single-line strings, newline characters (e.g. "
+"[code]\\n[/code]) in the string won't produce a newline. Text wrapping is "
+"enabled in [constant ICON_MODE_TOP] mode, but column's width is adjusted to "
+"fully fit its content by default. You need to set [member "
+"fixed_column_width] greater than zero to wrap the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:19
+msgid "Adds an item to the item list with no text, only an icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Adds an item to the item list with specified text. Specify an [code]icon[/"
+"code], or use [code]null[/code] as the [code]icon[/code] for a list item "
+"with no icon.\n"
+"If selectable is [code]true[/code], the list item will be selectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:35
+msgid "Removes all items from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Ensure current selection is visible, adjusting the scroll position as "
+"necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns the item index at the given [code]position[/code].\n"
+"When there is no item at that point, -1 will be returned if [code]exact[/"
+"code] is [code]true[/code], and the closest item index will be returned "
+"otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:56
+msgid "Returns the number of items currently in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Returns the custom background color of the item specified by [code]idx[/"
+"code] index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the custom foreground color of the item specified by [code]idx[/"
+"code] index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:77
+msgid "Returns the icon associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:84
+msgid "Returns a [Color] modulating item's icon at the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Returns the region of item's icon used. The whole icon will be used if the "
+"region has no area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:98
+msgid "Returns the metadata value of the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:105
+msgid "Returns the text associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:112
+msgid "Returns the tooltip hint associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:118
+msgid "Returns an array with the indexes of the selected items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Object] ID associated with the list.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:131
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if one or more items are selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the specified index is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item icon will be drawn transposed, i.e. "
+"the X and Y axes are swapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the specified index is selectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the tooltip is enabled for specified item index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at the specified index is currently "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:174
+msgid "Moves item from index [code]from_idx[/code] to [code]to_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:181
+msgid "Removes the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"Select the item at the specified index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method does not trigger the item selection signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"Sets the background color of the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index to "
+"the specified [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Sets the foreground color of the item specified by [code]idx[/code] index to "
+"the specified [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"Disables (or enables) the item at the specified index.\n"
+"Disabled items cannot be selected and do not trigger activation signals "
+"(when double-clicking or pressing Enter)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"Sets (or replaces) the icon's [Texture] associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"Sets a modulating [Color] of the item associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"Sets the region of item's icon used. The whole icon will be used if the "
+"region has no area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:247
+msgid "Sets whether the item icon will be drawn transposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"Sets a value (of any type) to be stored with the item associated with the "
+"specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"Allows or disallows selection of the item associated with the specified "
+"index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:271
+msgid "Sets text of the item associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:279
+msgid "Sets the tooltip hint for the item associated with the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:287
+msgid "Sets whether the tooltip hint is enabled for specified item index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:293
+msgid "Sorts items in the list by their text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:300
+msgid "Ensures the item associated with the specified index is not selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:306
+msgid "Ensures there are no items selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the currently selected item can be selected again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:315
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], right mouse button click can select items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:318
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the control will automatically resize the height to "
+"fit its content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"The width all columns will be adjusted to.\n"
+"A value of zero disables the adjustment, each item will have a width equal "
+"to the width of its content and the columns will have an uneven width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"The size all icons will be adjusted to.\n"
+"If either X or Y component is not greater than zero, icon size won't be "
+"affected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:330
+msgid ""
+"The icon position, whether above or to the left of the text. See the [enum "
+"IconMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"The scale of icon applied after [member fixed_icon_size] and transposing "
+"takes effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:336
+msgid ""
+"Maximum columns the list will have.\n"
+"If greater than zero, the content will be split among the specified "
+"columns.\n"
+"A value of zero means unlimited columns, i.e. all items will be put in the "
+"same row."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Maximum lines of text allowed in each item. Space will be reserved even when "
+"there is not enough lines of text to display.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property takes effect only when [member icon_mode] is "
+"[constant ICON_MODE_TOP]. To make the text wrap, [member fixed_column_width] "
+"should be greater than zero."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:346
+msgid ""
+"Whether all columns will have the same width.\n"
+"If [code]true[/code], the width is equal to the largest column width of all "
+"columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:350
+msgid ""
+"Allows single or multiple item selection. See the [enum SelectMode] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:357
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when specified list item is activated via double-clicking or by "
+"pressing Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:364
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when specified list item has been selected via right mouse "
+"clicking.\n"
+"The click position is also provided to allow appropriate popup of context "
+"menus at the correct location.\n"
+"[member allow_rmb_select] must be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:372
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when specified item has been selected.\n"
+"[member allow_reselect] must be enabled to reselect an item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when a multiple selection is altered on a list allowing multiple "
+"selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:385
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when a left mouse click is issued within the rect of the list but "
+"on empty space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:391
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when a right mouse click is issued within the rect of the list but "
+"on empty space.\n"
+"[member allow_rmb_select] must be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:398
+msgid "Icon is drawn above the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:401
+msgid "Icon is drawn to the left of the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:404
+msgid "Only allow selecting a single item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:407
+msgid "Allows selecting multiple items by holding Ctrl or Shift."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:412
+msgid ""
+"Default [StyleBox] for the [ItemList], i.e. used when the control is not "
+"being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:415
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ItemList] is being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:418
+msgid "[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [ItemList] is being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [ItemList] is not being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:424 doc/classes/Tree.xml:407
+msgid "[Font] of the item's text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:427 doc/classes/Tree.xml:410
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:430 doc/classes/Tree.xml:413
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:433
+msgid ""
+"[Color] of the guideline. The guideline is a line drawn between each row of "
+"items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:436
+msgid "The horizontal spacing between items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:439
+msgid "The spacing between item's icon and text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:442
+msgid "The vertical spacing between each line of text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:445
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [ItemList] is not being "
+"focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:448
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [ItemList] is being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ItemList.xml:451
+msgid "The vertical spacing between items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Singleton that connects the engine with the browser's JavaScript context in "
+"HTML5 export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The JavaScript singleton is implemented only in the HTML5 export. It's used "
+"to access the browser's JavaScript context. This allows interaction with "
+"embedding pages or calling third-party JavaScript APIs.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This singleton can be disabled at build-time to improve "
+"security. By default, the JavaScript singleton is enabled. Official export "
+"templates also have the JavaScript singleton enabled. See [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/3.4/development/compiling/compiling_for_web."
+"html]Compiling for the Web[/url] in the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/export/"
+"exporting_for_web.html#calling-javascript-from-script"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Creates a reference to a script function that can be used as a callback by "
+"JavaScript. The reference must be kept until the callback happens, or it "
+"won't be called at all. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new JavaScript object using the [code]new[/code] constructor. The "
+"[code]object[/code] must a valid property of the JavaScript [code]window[/"
+"code]. See [JavaScriptObject] for usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Prompts the user to download a file containing the specified [code]buffer[/"
+"code]. The file will have the given [code]name[/code] and [code]mime[/code] "
+"type.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The browser may override the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Media_type]MIME type[/url] provided based on the file [code]name[/code]'s "
+"extension.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Browsers might block the download if [method download_buffer] "
+"is not being called from a user interaction (e.g. button click).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Browsers might ask the user for permission or block the "
+"download if multiple download requests are made in a quick succession."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Execute the string [code]code[/code] as JavaScript code within the browser "
+"window. This is a call to the actual global JavaScript function [code]eval()"
+"[/code].\n"
+"If [code]use_global_execution_context[/code] is [code]true[/code], the code "
+"will be evaluated in the global execution context. Otherwise, it is "
+"evaluated in the execution context of a function within the engine's runtime "
+"environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScript.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns an interface to a JavaScript object that can be used by scripts. The "
+"[code]interface[/code] must be a valid property of the JavaScript "
+"[code]window[/code]. The callback must accept a single [Array] argument, "
+"which will contain the JavaScript [code]arguments[/code]. See "
+"[JavaScriptObject] for usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml:4
+msgid "A wrapper class for native JavaScript objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JavaScriptObject.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"JavaScriptObject is used to interact with JavaScript objects retrieved or "
+"created via [method JavaScript.get_interface], [method JavaScript."
+"create_object], or [method JavaScript.create_callback].\n"
+"Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var _my_js_callback = JavaScript.create_callback(self, \"myCallback\") # "
+"This reference must be kept\n"
+"var console = JavaScript.get_interface(\"console\")\n"
+"\n"
+"func _init():\n"
+" var buf = JavaScript.create_object(\"ArrayBuffer\", 10) # new "
+"ArrayBuffer(10)\n"
+" print(buf) # prints [JavaScriptObject:OBJECT_ID]\n"
+" var uint8arr = JavaScript.create_object(\"Uint8Array\", buf) # new "
+"Uint8Array(buf)\n"
+" uint8arr[1] = 255\n"
+" prints(uint8arr[1], uint8arr.byteLength) # prints 255 10\n"
+" console.log(uint8arr) # prints in browser console \"Uint8Array(10) [ 0, "
+"255, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ]\"\n"
+"\n"
+" # Equivalent of JavaScript: Array.from(uint8arr).forEach(myCallback)\n"
+" JavaScript.get_interface(\"Array\").from(uint8arr)."
+"forEach(_my_js_callback)\n"
+"\n"
+"func myCallback(args):\n"
+" # Will be called with the parameters passed to the \"forEach\" callback\n"
+" # [0, 0, [JavaScriptObject:1173]]\n"
+" # [255, 1, [JavaScriptObject:1173]]\n"
+" # ...\n"
+" # [0, 9, [JavaScriptObject:1180]]\n"
+" print(args)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in the HTML5 platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Singleton that connects the engine with Android plugins to interface with "
+"native Android code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The JNISingleton is implemented only in the Android export. It's used to "
+"call methods and connect signals from an Android plugin written in Java or "
+"Kotlin. Methods and signals can be called and connected to the JNISingleton "
+"as if it is a Node. See [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Java_Native_Interface]Java Native Interface - Wikipedia[/url] for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JNISingleton.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/android/android_plugin."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all 3D joints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Joints are used to bind together two physics bodies. They have a solver "
+"priority and can define if the bodies of the two attached nodes should be "
+"able to collide with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:10 doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:12 doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:11
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/524"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the two bodies of the nodes are not able to collide "
+"with each other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:19
+msgid "The node attached to the first side (A) of the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:22
+msgid "The node attached to the second side (B) of the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"The priority used to define which solver is executed first for multiple "
+"joints. The lower the value, the higher the priority."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:4
+msgid "Base node for all joint constraints in 2D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base node for all joint constraints in 2D physics. Joints take 2 bodies and "
+"apply a custom constraint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"When [member node_a] and [member node_b] move in different directions the "
+"[code]bias[/code] controls how fast the joint pulls them back to their "
+"original position. The lower the [code]bias[/code] the more the two bodies "
+"can pull on the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], [member node_a] and [member node_b] can not collide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:21
+msgid "The first body attached to the joint. Must derive from [PhysicsBody2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Joint2D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The second body attached to the joint. Must derive from [PhysicsBody2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:4
+msgid "Helper class for parsing JSON data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Helper class for parsing JSON data. For usage example and other important "
+"hints, see [JSONParseResult]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Parses a JSON-encoded string and returns a [JSONParseResult] containing the "
+"result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSON.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Converts a [Variant] var to JSON text and returns the result. Useful for "
+"serializing data to store or send over the network.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, "
+"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, converting a Variant to JSON text "
+"will convert all numerical values to [float] types.\n"
+"Use [code]indent[/code] parameter to pretty print the output.\n"
+"[b]Example output:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"## JSON.print(my_dictionary)\n"
+"{\"name\":\"my_dictionary\",\"version\":\"1.0.0\",\"entities\":[{\"name\":"
+"\"entity_0\",\"value\":\"value_0\"},{\"name\":\"entity_1\",\"value\":"
+"\"value_1\"}]}\n"
+"\n"
+"## JSON.print(my_dictionary, \"\\t\")\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"name\": \"my_dictionary\",\n"
+" \"version\": \"1.0.0\",\n"
+" \"entities\": [\n"
+" {\n"
+" \"name\": \"entity_0\",\n"
+" \"value\": \"value_0\"\n"
+" },\n"
+" {\n"
+" \"name\": \"entity_1\",\n"
+" \"value\": \"value_1\"\n"
+" }\n"
+" ]\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:4
+msgid "Data class wrapper for decoded JSON."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returned by [method JSON.parse], [JSONParseResult] contains the decoded JSON "
+"or error information if the JSON source wasn't successfully parsed. You can "
+"check if the JSON source was successfully parsed with [code]if json_result."
+"error == OK[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The error type if the JSON source was not successfully parsed. See the [enum "
+"Error] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The line number where the error occurred if the JSON source was not "
+"successfully parsed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The error message if the JSON source was not successfully parsed. See the "
+"[enum Error] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONParseResult.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"A [Variant] containing the parsed JSON. Use [method @GDScript.typeof] or the "
+"[code]is[/code] keyword to check if it is what you expect. For example, if "
+"the JSON source starts with curly braces ([code]{}[/code]), a [Dictionary] "
+"will be returned. If the JSON source starts with brackets ([code][][/code]), "
+"an [Array] will be returned.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The JSON specification does not define integer or float types, "
+"but only a [i]number[/i] type. Therefore, parsing a JSON text will convert "
+"all numerical values to [float] types.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] JSON objects do not preserve key order like Godot dictionaries, "
+"thus, you should not rely on keys being in a certain order if a dictionary "
+"is constructed from JSON. In contrast, JSON arrays retain the order of their "
+"elements:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var p = JSON.parse('[\"hello\", \"world\", \"!\"]')\n"
+"if typeof(p.result) == TYPE_ARRAY:\n"
+" print(p.result[0]) # Prints \"hello\"\n"
+"else:\n"
+" push_error(\"Unexpected results.\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:4
+msgid "A helper to handle dictionaries which look like JSONRPC documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://www.jsonrpc.org/]JSON-RPC[/url] is a standard which wraps a "
+"method call in a [JSON] object. The object has a particular structure and "
+"identifies which method is called, the parameters to that function, and "
+"carries an ID to keep track of responses. This class implements that "
+"standard on top of [Dictionary]; you will have to convert between a "
+"[Dictionary] and [JSON] with other functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns a dictionary in the form of a JSON-RPC notification. Notifications "
+"are one-shot messages which do not expect a response.\n"
+"- [code]method[/code]: Name of the method being called.\n"
+"- [code]params[/code]: An array or dictionary of parameters being passed to "
+"the method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns a dictionary in the form of a JSON-RPC request. Requests are sent to "
+"a server with the expectation of a response. The ID field is used for the "
+"server to specify which exact request it is responding to.\n"
+"- [code]method[/code]: Name of the method being called.\n"
+"- [code]params[/code]: An array or dictionary of parameters being passed to "
+"the method.\n"
+"- [code]id[/code]: Uniquely identifies this request. The server is expected "
+"to send a response with the same ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"When a server has received and processed a request, it is expected to send a "
+"response. If you did not want a response then you need to have sent a "
+"Notification instead.\n"
+"- [code]result[/code]: The return value of the function which was called.\n"
+"- [code]id[/code]: The ID of the request this response is targeted to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Creates a response which indicates a previous reply has failed in some way.\n"
+"- [code]code[/code]: The error code corresponding to what kind of error this "
+"is. See the [enum ErrorCode] constants.\n"
+"- [code]message[/code]: A custom message about this error.\n"
+"- [code]id[/code]: The request this error is a response to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Given a Dictionary which takes the form of a JSON-RPC request: unpack the "
+"request and run it. Methods are resolved by looking at the field called "
+"\"method\" and looking for an equivalently named function in the JSONRPC "
+"object. If one is found that method is called.\n"
+"To add new supported methods extend the JSONRPC class and call [method "
+"process_action] on your subclass.\n"
+"[code]action[/code]: The action to be run, as a Dictionary in the form of a "
+"JSON-RPC request or notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/JSONRPC.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"A method call was requested but no function of that name existed in the "
+"JSONRPC subclass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:4
+msgid "Kinematic body 3D node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Kinematic bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-"
+"controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of "
+"bodies, such as a character or a rigid body, these are the same as a static "
+"body. However, they have two main uses:\n"
+"[b]Simulated motion:[/b] When these bodies are moved manually, either from "
+"code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer."
+"playback_process_mode] set to \"physics\"), the physics will automatically "
+"compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them "
+"very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects "
+"(like a door, a bridge that opens, etc).\n"
+"[b]Kinematic characters:[/b] KinematicBody also has an API for moving "
+"objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) "
+"while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement "
+"characters that collide against a world, but don't require advanced physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:12 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/kinematic_character_2d."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified [code]axis[/code] is locked. See "
+"also [member move_lock_x], [member move_lock_y] and [member move_lock_z]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the floor's collision angle at the last collision point according to "
+"[code]up_direction[/code], which is [code]Vector3.UP[/code] by default. This "
+"value is always positive and only valid after calling [method "
+"move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:36 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns the surface normal of the floor at the last collision point. Only "
+"valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method "
+"move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:42 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns the linear velocity of the floor at the last collision point. Only "
+"valid after calling [method move_and_slide] or [method "
+"move_and_slide_with_snap] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [KinematicCollision], which contains information about the latest "
+"collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [KinematicCollision], which contains information about a collision "
+"that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method "
+"move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times in a "
+"single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of the "
+"collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:61 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of times the body collided and changed direction during "
+"the last call to [method move_and_slide] or [method "
+"move_and_slide_with_snap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:67 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the ceiling on the last "
+"call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. "
+"Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:73 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with the floor on the last "
+"call of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. "
+"Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:79 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the body collided with a wall on the last call "
+"of [method move_and_slide] or [method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Otherwise, "
+"returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if "
+"it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision], which contains information "
+"about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the "
+"motion.\n"
+"If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but "
+"the would-be collision information is given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will "
+"slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body "
+"is a [KinematicBody] or [RigidBody], it will also be affected by the motion "
+"of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating platforms, "
+"or to make nodes push other nodes.\n"
+"This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method "
+"called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's "
+"[code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the "
+"simulation will run at an incorrect speed.\n"
+"[code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector (typically meters per "
+"second). Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply "
+"it by [code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the "
+"velocity.\n"
+"[code]up_direction[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a "
+"wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of "
+"[code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall.\n"
+"If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on "
+"slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body "
+"is standing still.\n"
+"If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of "
+"[code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops.\n"
+"[code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope "
+"is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default "
+"value equals 45 degrees.\n"
+"If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to "
+"push [RigidBody] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. "
+"If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody] nodes like with "
+"[StaticBody].\n"
+"Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a "
+"slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that "
+"occurred, use [method get_slide_collision].\n"
+"When the body touches a moving platform, the platform's velocity is "
+"automatically added to the body motion. If a collision occurs due to the "
+"platform's motion, it will always be first in the slide collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Moves the body while keeping it attached to slopes. Similar to [method "
+"move_and_slide].\n"
+"As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the "
+"body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap "
+"in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] "
+"to [code](0, 0, 0)[/code] or by using [method move_and_slide] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Locks or unlocks the specified [code]axis[/code] depending on the value of "
+"[code]lock[/code]. See also [member move_lock_x], [member move_lock_y] and "
+"[member move_lock_z]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's "
+"position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform], then tries to "
+"move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/"
+"code] if a collision would stop the body from moving along the whole path.\n"
+"Use [method move_and_collide] instead for detecting collision with touching "
+"bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:149
+msgid "Lock the body's X axis movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:152
+msgid "Lock the body's Y axis movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:155
+msgid "Lock the body's Z axis movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:158 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Extra margin used for collision recovery in motion functions (see [method "
+"move_and_collide], [method move_and_slide], [method "
+"move_and_slide_with_snap]).\n"
+"If the body is at least this close to another body, it will consider them to "
+"be colliding and will be pushed away before performing the actual motion.\n"
+"A higher value means it's more flexible for detecting collision, which helps "
+"with consistently detecting walls and floors.\n"
+"A lower value forces the collision algorithm to use more exact detection, so "
+"it can be used in cases that specifically require precision, e.g at very low "
+"scale to avoid visible jittering, or for stability with a stack of kinematic "
+"bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:164 doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the body's movement will be synchronized to the "
+"physics frame. This is useful when animating movement via [AnimationPlayer], "
+"for example on moving platforms. Do [b]not[/b] use together with [method "
+"move_and_slide] or [method move_and_collide] functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Lock the body's X axis movement. Deprecated alias for [member "
+"axis_lock_motion_x]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Lock the body's Y axis movement. Deprecated alias for [member "
+"axis_lock_motion_y]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Lock the body's Z axis movement. Deprecated alias for [member "
+"axis_lock_motion_z]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:4
+msgid "Kinematic body 2D node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Kinematic bodies are special types of bodies that are meant to be user-"
+"controlled. They are not affected by physics at all; to other types of "
+"bodies, such as a character or a rigid body, these are the same as a static "
+"body. However, they have two main uses:\n"
+"[b]Simulated motion:[/b] When these bodies are moved manually, either from "
+"code or from an [AnimationPlayer] (with [member AnimationPlayer."
+"playback_process_mode] set to \"physics\"), the physics will automatically "
+"compute an estimate of their linear and angular velocity. This makes them "
+"very useful for moving platforms or other AnimationPlayer-controlled objects "
+"(like a door, a bridge that opens, etc).\n"
+"[b]Kinematic characters:[/b] KinematicBody2D also has an API for moving "
+"objects (the [method move_and_collide] and [method move_and_slide] methods) "
+"while performing collision tests. This makes them really useful to implement "
+"characters that collide against a world, but don't require advanced physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/"
+"using_kinematic_body_2d.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Returns the floor's collision angle at the last collision point according to "
+"[code]up_direction[/code], which is [code]Vector2.UP[/code] by default. This "
+"value is always positive and only valid after calling [method "
+"move_and_slide] and when [method is_on_floor] returns [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about the "
+"latest collision that occurred during the last call to [method "
+"move_and_slide]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information about a "
+"collision that occurred during the last call to [method move_and_slide] or "
+"[method move_and_slide_with_snap]. Since the body can collide several times "
+"in a single call to [method move_and_slide], you must specify the index of "
+"the collision in the range 0 to ([method get_slide_count] - 1).\n"
+"[b]Example usage:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for i in get_slide_count():\n"
+" var collision = get_slide_collision(i)\n"
+" print(\"Collided with: \", collision.collider.name)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Moves the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. The body will stop if "
+"it collides. Returns a [KinematicCollision2D], which contains information "
+"about the collision when stopped, or when touching another body along the "
+"motion.\n"
+"If [code]test_only[/code] is [code]true[/code], the body does not move but "
+"the would-be collision information is given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Moves the body along a vector. If the body collides with another, it will "
+"slide along the other body rather than stop immediately. If the other body "
+"is a [KinematicBody2D] or [RigidBody2D], it will also be affected by the "
+"motion of the other body. You can use this to make moving and rotating "
+"platforms, or to make nodes push other nodes.\n"
+"This method should be used in [method Node._physics_process] (or in a method "
+"called by [method Node._physics_process]), as it uses the physics step's "
+"[code]delta[/code] value automatically in calculations. Otherwise, the "
+"simulation will run at an incorrect speed.\n"
+"[code]linear_velocity[/code] is the velocity vector in pixels per second. "
+"Unlike in [method move_and_collide], you should [i]not[/i] multiply it by "
+"[code]delta[/code] — the physics engine handles applying the velocity.\n"
+"[code]up_direction[/code] is the up direction, used to determine what is a "
+"wall and what is a floor or a ceiling. If set to the default value of "
+"[code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code], everything is considered a wall. This is useful "
+"for topdown games.\n"
+"If [code]stop_on_slope[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will not slide on "
+"slopes when you include gravity in [code]linear_velocity[/code] and the body "
+"is standing still.\n"
+"If the body collides, it will change direction a maximum of "
+"[code]max_slides[/code] times before it stops.\n"
+"[code]floor_max_angle[/code] is the maximum angle (in radians) where a slope "
+"is still considered a floor (or a ceiling), rather than a wall. The default "
+"value equals 45 degrees.\n"
+"If [code]infinite_inertia[/code] is [code]true[/code], body will be able to "
+"push [RigidBody2D] nodes, but it won't also detect any collisions with them. "
+"If [code]false[/code], it will interact with [RigidBody2D] nodes like with "
+"[StaticBody2D].\n"
+"Returns the [code]linear_velocity[/code] vector, rotated and/or scaled if a "
+"slide collision occurred. To get detailed information about collisions that "
+"occurred, use [method get_slide_collision].\n"
+"When the body touches a moving platform, the platform's velocity is "
+"automatically added to the body motion. If a collision occurs due to the "
+"platform's motion, it will always be first in the slide collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Moves the body while keeping it attached to slopes. Similar to [method "
+"move_and_slide].\n"
+"As long as the [code]snap[/code] vector is in contact with the ground, the "
+"body will remain attached to the surface. This means you must disable snap "
+"in order to jump, for example. You can do this by setting [code]snap[/code] "
+"to [code](0, 0)[/code] or by using [method move_and_slide] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicBody2D.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Checks for collisions without moving the body. Virtually sets the node's "
+"position, scale and rotation to that of the given [Transform2D], then tries "
+"to move the body along the vector [code]rel_vec[/code]. Returns [code]true[/"
+"code] if a collision would stop the body from moving along the whole path.\n"
+"Use [method move_and_collide] instead for detecting collision with touching "
+"bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:4
+msgid "Collision data for [KinematicBody] collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains collision data for [KinematicBody] collisions. When a "
+"[KinematicBody] is moved using [method KinematicBody.move_and_collide], it "
+"stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is "
+"detected, a KinematicCollision object is returned.\n"
+"This object contains information about the collision, including the "
+"colliding object, the remaining motion, and the collision position. This "
+"information can be used to calculate a collision response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The collision angle according to [code]up_direction[/code], which is "
+"[code]Vector3.UP[/code] by default. This value is always positive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:23
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:23
+msgid "The colliding body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:26
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"The colliding body's unique instance ID. See [method Object.get_instance_id]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:29
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:29
+msgid "The colliding body's metadata. See [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:32
+msgid "The colliding body's [RID] used by the [PhysicsServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:35
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:35
+msgid "The colliding body's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:38
+msgid "The colliding shape's index. See [CollisionObject]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:41
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:41
+msgid "The colliding object's velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:44
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:44
+msgid "The moving object's colliding shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:47
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:47
+msgid "The colliding body's shape's normal at the point of collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:50
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:50
+msgid "The point of collision, in global coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:53
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:53
+msgid "The moving object's remaining movement vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision.xml:56
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:56
+msgid "The distance the moving object traveled before collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:4
+msgid "Collision data for [KinematicBody2D] collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains collision data for [KinematicBody2D] collisions. When a "
+"[KinematicBody2D] is moved using [method KinematicBody2D.move_and_collide], "
+"it stops if it detects a collision with another body. If a collision is "
+"detected, a KinematicCollision2D object is returned.\n"
+"This object contains information about the collision, including the "
+"colliding object, the remaining motion, and the collision position. This "
+"information can be used to calculate a collision response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The collision angle according to [code]up_direction[/code], which is "
+"[code]Vector2.UP[/code] by default. This value is always positive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:32
+msgid "The colliding body's [RID] used by the [Physics2DServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/KinematicCollision2D.xml:38
+msgid "The colliding shape's index. See [CollisionObject2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Displays plain text in a line or wrapped inside a rectangle. For formatted "
+"text, use [RichTextLabel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Label displays plain text on the screen. It gives you control over the "
+"horizontal and vertical alignment and can wrap the text inside the node's "
+"bounding rectangle. It doesn't support bold, italics, or other formatting. "
+"For that, use [RichTextLabel] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Contrarily to most other [Control]s, Label's [member Control."
+"mouse_filter] defaults to [constant Control.MOUSE_FILTER_IGNORE] (i.e. it "
+"doesn't react to mouse input events). This implies that a label won't "
+"display any configured [member Control.hint_tooltip], unless you change its "
+"mouse filter.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unicode characters after [code]0xffff[/code] (such as most "
+"emoji) are [i]not[/i] supported on Windows. They will display as unknown "
+"characters instead. This will be resolved in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:18
+msgid "Returns the amount of lines of text the Label has."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:24
+msgid "Returns the font size in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of printable characters in the text (excluding "
+"spaces and newlines)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of lines shown. Useful if the [Label]'s height cannot "
+"currently display all lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Controls the text's horizontal align. Supports left, center, right, and "
+"fill, or justify. Set it to one of the [enum Align] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], wraps the text inside the node's bounding rectangle. "
+"If you resize the node, it will change its height automatically to show all "
+"the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the Label only shows the text that fits inside its "
+"bounding rectangle and will clip text horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"The node ignores the first [code]lines_skipped[/code] lines before it starts "
+"to display text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:54
+msgid "Limits the lines of text the node shows on screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Limits the amount of visible characters. If you set [code]percent_visible[/"
+"code] to 0.5, only up to half of the text's characters will display on "
+"screen. Useful to animate the text in a dialog box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:62
+msgid "The text to display on screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:65
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], all the text displays as UPPERCASE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Controls the text's vertical align. Supports top, center, bottom, and fill. "
+"Set it to one of the [enum VAlign] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:71
+msgid "Restricts the number of characters to display. Set to -1 to disable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:76
+msgid "Align rows to the left (default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:79
+msgid "Align rows centered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:82
+msgid "Align rows to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:85
+msgid "Expand row whitespaces to fit the width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:88
+msgid "Align the whole text to the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:91
+msgid "Align the whole text to the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:94
+msgid "Align the whole text to the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:97
+msgid "Align the whole text by spreading the rows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:102
+msgid "[Font] used for the [Label]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:105
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [Label]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:108
+msgid "[Color] of the text's shadow effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:111
+msgid "The tint of [Font]'s outline. See [member DynamicFont.outline_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:114
+msgid "Vertical space between lines in multiline [Label]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:117
+msgid "Background [StyleBox] for the [Label]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Boolean value. If set to 1 ([code]true[/code]), the shadow will be displayed "
+"around the whole text as an outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:123
+msgid "The horizontal offset of the text's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Label.xml:126
+msgid "The vertical offset of the text's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] A [Texture] capable of storing many smaller textures with "
+"offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated (will be removed in Godot 4.0).[/i] A [Texture] capable of "
+"storing many smaller textures with offsets.\n"
+"You can dynamically add pieces ([Texture]s) to this [LargeTexture] using "
+"different offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]texture[/code] to this [LargeTexture], starting on offset "
+"[code]ofs[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:24
+msgid "Clears the [LargeTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:30
+msgid "Returns the number of pieces currently in this [LargeTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:37
+msgid "Returns the offset of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:44
+msgid "Returns the [Texture] of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Sets the offset of the piece with the index [code]idx[/code] to [code]ofs[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Texture] of the piece with index [code]idx[/code] to "
+"[code]texture[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LargeTexture.xml:67
+msgid "Sets the size of this [LargeTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:4
+msgid "Provides a base class for different kinds of light nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Light is the [i]abstract[/i] base class for light nodes. As it can't be "
+"instanced, it shouldn't be used directly. Other types of light nodes inherit "
+"from it. Light contains the common variables and parameters used for "
+"lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:18
+msgid "Returns the value of the specified [enum Light.Param] parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:26
+msgid "Sets the value of the specified [enum Light.Param] parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the light only appears in the editor and will not be "
+"visible at runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:35
+msgid "The light's bake mode. See [enum BakeMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The light's color. An [i]overbright[/i] color can be used to achieve a "
+"result equivalent to increasing the light's [member light_energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:41
+msgid "The light will affect objects in the selected layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The light's strength multiplier (this is not a physical unit). For "
+"[OmniLight] and [SpotLight], changing this value will only change the light "
+"color's intensity, not the light's radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces). This works on "
+"both [BakedLightmap] and [GIProbe]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the light's effect is reversed, darkening areas and "
+"casting bright shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The size of the light in Godot units. Only considered in baked lightmaps and "
+"only if [member light_bake_mode] is set to [constant BAKE_ALL]. Increasing "
+"this value will make the shadows appear blurrier. This can be used to "
+"simulate area lights to an extent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The intensity of the specular blob in objects affected by the light. At "
+"[code]0[/code], the light becomes a pure diffuse light. When not baking "
+"emission, this can be used to avoid unrealistic reflections when placing "
+"lights above an emissive surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Used to adjust shadow appearance. Too small a value results in self-"
+"shadowing (\"shadow acne\"), while too large a value causes shadows to "
+"separate from casters (\"peter-panning\"). Adjust as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:62
+msgid "The color of shadows cast by this light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:65
+msgid "Attempts to reduce [member shadow_bias] gap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:68
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the light will cast shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], reverses the backface culling of the mesh. This can be "
+"useful when you have a flat mesh that has a light behind it. If you need to "
+"cast a shadow on both sides of the mesh, set the mesh to use double-sided "
+"shadows with [constant GeometryInstance.SHADOW_CASTING_SETTING_DOUBLE_SIDED]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:76
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:79
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_indirect_energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:82
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:85
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member light_specular]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member OmniLight.omni_range] or [member SpotLight."
+"spot_range]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member OmniLight.omni_attenuation] or [member "
+"SpotLight.spot_attenuation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:94
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member SpotLight.spot_angle]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:97
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member SpotLight.spot_angle_attenuation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:100
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member shadow_contact]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight."
+"directional_shadow_max_distance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_split_1]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_split_2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_split_3]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight."
+"directional_shadow_normal_bias]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:118
+msgid "Constant for accessing [member shadow_bias]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Constant for accessing [member DirectionalLight."
+"directional_shadow_bias_split_scale]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Light is ignored when baking.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Hiding a light does [i]not[/i] affect baking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:131
+msgid "Only indirect lighting will be baked (default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Both direct and indirect light will be baked.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You should hide the light if you don't want it to appear twice "
+"(dynamic and baked)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:4
+msgid "Casts light in a 2D environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Casts light in a 2D environment. Light is defined by a (usually grayscale) "
+"texture, a color, an energy value, a mode (see constants), and various other "
+"parameters (range and shadows-related).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Light2D can also be used as a mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:11 doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_lights_and_shadows.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:17
+msgid "The Light2D's [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:20
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], Light2D will only appear when editing the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:23
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], Light2D will emit light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"The Light2D's energy value. The larger the value, the stronger the light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:29
+msgid "The Light2D's mode. See [enum Mode] constants for values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:32
+msgid "The offset of the Light2D's [code]texture[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:35
+msgid "The height of the Light2D. Used with 2D normal mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The layer mask. Only objects with a matching mask will be affected by the "
+"Light2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:41
+msgid "Maximum layer value of objects that are affected by the Light2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:44
+msgid "Minimum layer value of objects that are affected by the Light2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Maximum [code]z[/code] value of objects that are affected by the Light2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Minimum [code]z[/code] value of objects that are affected by the Light2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:53
+msgid "Shadow buffer size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:56
+msgid "[Color] of shadows cast by the Light2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:59
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the Light2D will cast shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:62
+msgid "Shadow filter type. See [enum ShadowFilter] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:65
+msgid "Smoothing value for shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:68
+msgid "Smooth shadow gradient length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The shadow mask. Used with [LightOccluder2D] to cast shadows. Only occluders "
+"with a matching light mask will cast shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:74
+msgid "[Texture] used for the Light2D's appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:77
+msgid "The [code]texture[/code]'s scale factor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Adds the value of pixels corresponding to the Light2D to the values of "
+"pixels under it. This is the common behavior of a light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Subtracts the value of pixels corresponding to the Light2D to the values of "
+"pixels under it, resulting in inversed light effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Mix the value of pixels corresponding to the Light2D to the values of pixels "
+"under it by linear interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The light texture of the Light2D is used as a mask, hiding or revealing "
+"parts of the screen underneath depending on the value of each pixel of the "
+"light (mask) texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:94
+msgid "No filter applies to the shadow map. See [member shadow_filter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Percentage closer filtering (3 samples) applies to the shadow map. See "
+"[member shadow_filter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Percentage closer filtering (5 samples) applies to the shadow map. See "
+"[member shadow_filter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Percentage closer filtering (7 samples) applies to the shadow map. See "
+"[member shadow_filter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Percentage closer filtering (9 samples) applies to the shadow map. See "
+"[member shadow_filter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Light2D.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Percentage closer filtering (13 samples) applies to the shadow map. See "
+"[member shadow_filter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:4
+msgid "Occludes light cast by a Light2D, casting shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Occludes light cast by a Light2D, casting shadows. The LightOccluder2D must "
+"be provided with an [OccluderPolygon2D] in order for the shadow to be "
+"computed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The LightOccluder2D's light mask. The LightOccluder2D will cast shadows only "
+"from Light2D(s) that have the same light mask(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LightOccluder2D.xml:19
+msgid "The [OccluderPolygon2D] used to compute the shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:4
+msgid "A 2D line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A line through several points in 2D space.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, Godot can only draw up to 4,096 polygon points at a "
+"time. To increase this limit, open the Project Settings and increase [member "
+"ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/canvas_polygon_buffer_size_kb] and "
+"[member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/"
+"canvas_polygon_index_buffer_size_kb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Adds a point at the [code]position[/code]. Appends the point at the end of "
+"the line.\n"
+"If [code]at_position[/code] is given, the point is inserted before the point "
+"number [code]at_position[/code], moving that point (and every point after) "
+"after the inserted point. If [code]at_position[/code] is not given, or is an "
+"illegal value ([code]at_position < 0[/code] or [code]at_position >= [method "
+"get_point_count][/code]), the point will be appended at the end of the point "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:27
+msgid "Removes all points from the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:33
+msgid "Returns the Line2D's amount of points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:40
+msgid "Returns point [code]i[/code]'s position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:47
+msgid "Removes the point at index [code]i[/code] from the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Overwrites the position in point [code]i[/code] with the supplied "
+"[code]position[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the line's border will be anti-aliased.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Line2D is not accelerated by batching when being anti-aliased."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Controls the style of the line's first point. Use [enum LineCapMode] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:68
+msgid "The line's color. Will not be used if a gradient is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Controls the style of the line's last point. Use [enum LineCapMode] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"The gradient is drawn through the whole line from start to finish. The "
+"default color will not be used if a gradient is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:77
+msgid "The style for the points between the start and the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"The points that form the lines. The line is drawn between every point set in "
+"this array. Points are interpreted as local vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"The smoothness of the rounded joints and caps. This is only used if a cap or "
+"joint is set as round."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"The direction difference in radians between vector points. This value is "
+"only used if [code]joint mode[/code] is set to [constant LINE_JOINT_SHARP]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"The texture used for the line's texture. Uses [code]texture_mode[/code] for "
+"drawing style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"The style to render the [code]texture[/code] on the line. Use [enum "
+"LineTextureMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:95
+msgid "The line's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"The line's width varies with the curve. The original width is simply "
+"multiply by the value of the Curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"The line's joints will be pointy. If [code]sharp_limit[/code] is greater "
+"than the rotation of a joint, it becomes a bevel joint instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:106
+msgid "The line's joints will be bevelled/chamfered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:109
+msgid "The line's joints will be rounded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:112
+msgid "Don't draw a line cap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:115
+msgid "Draws the line cap as a box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:118
+msgid "Draws the line cap as a circle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Takes the left pixels of the texture and renders it over the whole line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Tiles the texture over the line. The texture must be imported with "
+"[b]Repeat[/b] enabled for it to work properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Line2D.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Stretches the texture across the line. Import the texture with [b]Repeat[/b] "
+"disabled for best results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:4
+msgid "Control that provides single-line string editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"LineEdit provides a single-line string editor, used for text fields.\n"
+"It features many built-in shortcuts which will always be available "
+"([code]Ctrl[/code] here maps to [code]Command[/code] on macOS):\n"
+"- Ctrl + C: Copy\n"
+"- Ctrl + X: Cut\n"
+"- Ctrl + V or Ctrl + Y: Paste/\"yank\"\n"
+"- Ctrl + Z: Undo\n"
+"- Ctrl + Shift + Z: Redo\n"
+"- Ctrl + U: Delete text from the cursor position to the beginning of the "
+"line\n"
+"- Ctrl + K: Delete text from the cursor position to the end of the line\n"
+"- Ctrl + A: Select all text\n"
+"- Up/Down arrow: Move the cursor to the beginning/end of the line\n"
+"On macOS, some extra keyboard shortcuts are available:\n"
+"- Ctrl + F: Like the right arrow key, move the cursor one character right\n"
+"- Ctrl + B: Like the left arrow key, move the cursor one character left\n"
+"- Ctrl + P: Like the up arrow key, move the cursor to the previous line\n"
+"- Ctrl + N: Like the down arrow key, move the cursor to the next line\n"
+"- Ctrl + D: Like the Delete key, delete the character on the right side of "
+"cursor\n"
+"- Ctrl + H: Like the Backspace key, delete the character on the left side of "
+"the cursor\n"
+"- Command + Left arrow: Like the Home key, move the cursor to the beginning "
+"of the line\n"
+"- Command + Right arrow: Like the End key, move the cursor to the end of the "
+"line"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]text[/code] after the cursor. If the resulting value is longer "
+"than [member max_length], nothing happens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:41
+msgid "Erases the [LineEdit]'s [member text]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Deletes one character at the cursor's current position (equivalent to "
+"pressing the [code]Delete[/code] key)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Deletes a section of the [member text] going from position "
+"[code]from_column[/code] to [code]to_column[/code]. Both parameters should "
+"be within the text's length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:61
+msgid "Clears the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [LineEdit]. By default, this menu is "
+"displayed when right-clicking on the [LineEdit].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Returns the scroll offset due to [member caret_position], as a number of "
+"characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:81
+msgid "Executes a given action as defined in the [enum MenuItems] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Selects characters inside [LineEdit] between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/"
+"code]. By default, [code]from[/code] is at the beginning and [code]to[/code] "
+"at the end.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"text = \"Welcome\"\n"
+"select() # Will select \"Welcome\".\n"
+"select(4) # Will select \"ome\".\n"
+"select(2, 5) # Will select \"lco\".\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:101
+msgid "Selects the whole [String]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:107
+msgid "Text alignment as defined in the [enum Align] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:110 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:391
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the caret (visual cursor) blinks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:113 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:394
+msgid "Duration (in seconds) of a caret's blinking cycle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"The cursor's position inside the [LineEdit]. When set, the text may scroll "
+"to accommodate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] will show a clear button if [code]text[/"
+"code] is not empty, which can be used to clear the text quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:122
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the context menu will appear when right-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If [code]false[/code], existing text cannot be modified and new text cannot "
+"be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [LineEdit] width will increase to stay longer than "
+"the [member text]. It will [b]not[/b] compress if the [member text] is "
+"shortened."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Maximum amount of characters that can be entered inside the [LineEdit]. If "
+"[code]0[/code], there is no limit.\n"
+"When a limit is defined, characters that would exceed [member max_length] "
+"are truncated. This happens both for existing [member text] contents when "
+"setting the max length, or for new text inserted in the [LineEdit], "
+"including pasting. If any input text is truncated, the [signal "
+"text_change_rejected] signal is emitted with the truncated substring as "
+"parameter.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"text = \"Hello world\"\n"
+"max_length = 5\n"
+"# `text` becomes \"Hello\".\n"
+"max_length = 10\n"
+"text += \" goodbye\"\n"
+"# `text` becomes \"Hello good\".\n"
+"# `text_change_rejected` is emitted with \"bye\" as parameter.\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Opacity of the [member placeholder_text]. From [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Text shown when the [LineEdit] is empty. It is [b]not[/b] the [LineEdit]'s "
+"default value (see [member text])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"Sets the icon that will appear in the right end of the [LineEdit] if there's "
+"no [member text], or always, if [member clear_button_enabled] is set to "
+"[code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], every character is replaced with the secret character "
+"(see [member secret_character])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"The character to use to mask secret input (defaults to \"*\"). Only a single "
+"character can be used as the secret character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"If [code]false[/code], it's impossible to select the text using mouse nor "
+"keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:165
+msgid "If [code]false[/code], using shortcuts will be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"String value of the [LineEdit].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing text using this property won't emit the [signal "
+"text_changed] signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:172 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the native virtual keyboard is shown when focused on "
+"platforms that support it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when appending text that overflows the [member max_length]. The "
+"appended text is truncated to fit [member max_length], and the part that "
+"couldn't fit is passed as the [code]rejected_substring[/code] argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:185 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:506
+msgid "Emitted when the text changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:191
+msgid "Emitted when the user presses [constant KEY_ENTER] on the [LineEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:197
+msgid "Aligns the text on the left-hand side of the [LineEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:200
+msgid "Centers the text in the middle of the [LineEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:203
+msgid "Aligns the text on the right-hand side of the [LineEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:206
+msgid "Stretches whitespaces to fit the [LineEdit]'s width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:209 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:527
+msgid "Cuts (copies and clears) the selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:212 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:530
+msgid "Copies the selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's "
+"position).\n"
+"Non-printable escape characters are automatically stripped from the OS "
+"clipboard via [method String.strip_escapes]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:219
+msgid "Erases the whole [LineEdit] text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:222
+msgid "Selects the whole [LineEdit] text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:225 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:542
+msgid "Undoes the previous action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:228
+msgid "Reverse the last undo action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:231 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:548
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum MenuItems] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:236
+msgid "Texture for the clear button. See [member clear_button_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:239
+msgid "Color used as default tint for the clear button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:242
+msgid "Color used for the clear button when it's pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:245
+msgid "Color of the [LineEdit]'s visual cursor (caret)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:248
+msgid "Background used when [LineEdit] has GUI focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:251
+msgid "Font used for the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:254
+msgid "Default font color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:257
+msgid "Font color for selected text (inside the selection rectangle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:260
+msgid "Font color when editing is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"Minimum horizontal space for the text (not counting the clear button and "
+"content margins). This value is measured in count of space characters (i.e. "
+"this amount of space characters can be displayed without scrolling)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:266
+msgid "Default background for the [LineEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:269
+msgid ""
+"Background used when [LineEdit] is in read-only mode ([member editable] is "
+"set to [code]false[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineEdit.xml:272
+msgid "Color of the selection rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Line shape for 2D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Line shape for 2D collisions. It works like a 2D plane and will not allow "
+"any physics body to go to the negative side. Not recommended for rigid "
+"bodies, and usually not recommended for static bodies either because it "
+"forces checks against it on every frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:15
+msgid "The line's distance from the origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LineShape2D.xml:18
+msgid "The line's normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:4
+msgid "Simple button used to represent a link to some resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This kind of button is primarily used when the interaction with the button "
+"causes a context change (like linking to a web page).\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Determines when to show the underline. See [enum UnderlineMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:26
+msgid "The LinkButton will always show an underline at the bottom of its text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"The LinkButton will show an underline at the bottom of its text when the "
+"mouse cursor is over it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:32
+msgid "The LinkButton will never show an underline at the bottom of its text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used when the [LinkButton] is focused. It is displayed over the "
+"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus "
+"visual effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:40
+msgid "[Font] of the [LinkButton]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:43
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [LinkButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is focused. Only replaces the normal "
+"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:49
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:52
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [LinkButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/LinkButton.xml:55
+msgid "The vertical space between the baseline of text and the underline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:4 doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:4
+msgid "Overrides the location sounds are heard from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Once added to the scene tree and enabled using [method make_current], this "
+"node will override the location sounds are heard from. This can be used to "
+"listen from a location different from the [Camera]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:15
+msgid "Disables the listener to use the current camera's listener instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:21
+msgid "Returns the listener's global orthonormalized [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the listener was made current using [method "
+"make_current], [code]false[/code] otherwise.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] There may be more than one Listener marked as \"current\" in "
+"the scene tree, but only the one that was made current last will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener.xml:34
+msgid "Enables the listener. This will override the current camera's listener."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Once added to the scene tree and enabled using [method make_current], this "
+"node will override the location sounds are heard from. Only one [Listener2D] "
+"can be current. Using [method make_current] will disable the previous "
+"[Listener2D].\n"
+"If there is no active [Listener2D] in the current [Viewport], center of the "
+"screen will be used as a hearing point for the audio. [Listener2D] needs to "
+"be inside [SceneTree] to function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Disables the [Listener2D]. If it's not set as current, this method will have "
+"no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:22
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Listener2D] is currently active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Listener2D.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Makes the [Listener2D] active, setting it as the hearing point for the "
+"sounds. If there is already another active [Listener2D], it will be "
+"disabled.\n"
+"This method will have no effect if the [Listener2D] is not added to "
+"[SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:4
+msgid "Abstract base class for the game's main loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[MainLoop] is the abstract base class for a Godot project's game loop. It is "
+"inherited by [SceneTree], which is the default game loop implementation used "
+"in Godot projects, though it is also possible to write and use one's own "
+"[MainLoop] subclass instead of the scene tree.\n"
+"Upon the application start, a [MainLoop] implementation must be provided to "
+"the OS; otherwise, the application will exit. This happens automatically "
+"(and a [SceneTree] is created) unless a main [Script] is provided from the "
+"command line (with e.g. [code]godot -s my_loop.gd[/code], which should then "
+"be a [MainLoop] implementation.\n"
+"Here is an example script implementing a simple [MainLoop]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends MainLoop\n"
+"\n"
+"var time_elapsed = 0\n"
+"var keys_typed = []\n"
+"var quit = false\n"
+"\n"
+"func _initialize():\n"
+" print(\"Initialized:\")\n"
+" print(\" Starting time: %s\" % str(time_elapsed))\n"
+"\n"
+"func _idle(delta):\n"
+" time_elapsed += delta\n"
+" # Return true to end the main loop.\n"
+" return quit\n"
+"\n"
+"func _input_event(event):\n"
+" # Record keys.\n"
+" if event is InputEventKey and event.pressed and !event.echo:\n"
+" keys_typed.append(OS.get_scancode_string(event.scancode))\n"
+" # Quit on Escape press.\n"
+" if event.scancode == KEY_ESCAPE:\n"
+" quit = true\n"
+" # Quit on any mouse click.\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseButton:\n"
+" quit = true\n"
+"\n"
+"func _finalize():\n"
+" print(\"Finalized:\")\n"
+" print(\" End time: %s\" % str(time_elapsed))\n"
+" print(\" Keys typed: %s\" % var2str(keys_typed))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Called when files are dragged from the OS file manager and dropped in the "
+"game window. The arguments are a list of file paths and the identifier of "
+"the screen where the drag originated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:57
+msgid "Called before the program exits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Called when the user performs an action in the system global menu (e.g. the "
+"Mac OS menu bar)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Called each idle frame with the time since the last idle frame as argument "
+"(in seconds). Equivalent to [method Node._process].\n"
+"If implemented, the method must return a boolean value. [code]true[/code] "
+"ends the main loop, while [code]false[/code] lets it proceed to the next "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:79
+msgid "Called once during initialization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:86
+msgid "Called whenever an [InputEvent] is received by the main loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Deprecated callback, does not do anything. Use [method _input_event] to "
+"parse text input. Will be removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Called each physics frame with the time since the last physics frame as "
+"argument ([code]delta[/code], in seconds). Equivalent to [method Node."
+"_physics_process].\n"
+"If implemented, the method must return a boolean value. [code]true[/code] "
+"ends the main loop, while [code]false[/code] lets it proceed to the next "
+"frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Should not be called manually, override [method _finalize] instead. Will be "
+"removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Should not be called manually, override [method _idle] instead. Will be "
+"removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Should not be called manually, override [method _initialize] instead. Will "
+"be removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Should not be called manually, override [method _input_event] instead. Will "
+"be removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Should not be called manually, override [method _input_text] instead. Will "
+"be removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Should not be called manually, override [method _iteration] instead. Will be "
+"removed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:150
+msgid "Emitted when a user responds to a permission request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:156 doc/classes/Node.xml:791
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the mouse enters the game window.\n"
+"Implemented on desktop and web platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:160 doc/classes/Node.xml:795
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the mouse leaves the game window.\n"
+"Implemented on desktop and web platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:164 doc/classes/Node.xml:799
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the game window is focused.\n"
+"Implemented on all platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:168 doc/classes/Node.xml:803
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the game window is unfocused.\n"
+"Implemented on all platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:172 doc/classes/Node.xml:807
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when a quit request is sent (e.g. closing "
+"the window with a \"Close\" button or Alt+F4).\n"
+"Implemented on desktop platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:176 doc/classes/Node.xml:811
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when a go back request is sent (e.g. "
+"pressing the \"Back\" button on Android).\n"
+"Specific to the Android platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:180 doc/classes/Node.xml:815
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when an unfocus request is sent (e.g. "
+"another OS window wants to take the focus).\n"
+"No supported platforms currently send this notification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:184 doc/classes/Node.xml:819
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the application is exceeding its "
+"allocated memory.\n"
+"Specific to the iOS platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:188 doc/classes/Node.xml:823
+msgid ""
+"Notification received when translations may have changed. Can be triggered "
+"by the user changing the locale. Can be used to respond to language changes, "
+"for example to change the UI strings on the fly. Useful when working with "
+"the built-in translation support, like [method Object.tr]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:191 doc/classes/Node.xml:826
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when a request for \"About\" information "
+"is sent.\n"
+"Specific to the macOS platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:195 doc/classes/Node.xml:830
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from Godot's crash handler when the engine is about to "
+"crash.\n"
+"Implemented on desktop platforms if the crash handler is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:199 doc/classes/Node.xml:834
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when an update of the Input Method Engine "
+"occurs (e.g. change of IME cursor position or composition string).\n"
+"Specific to the macOS platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:203 doc/classes/Node.xml:838
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the app is resumed.\n"
+"Specific to the Android platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MainLoop.xml:207 doc/classes/Node.xml:842
+msgid ""
+"Notification received from the OS when the app is paused.\n"
+"Specific to the Android platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Simple margin container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Adds a top, left, bottom, and right margin to all [Control] nodes that are "
+"direct children of the container. To control the [MarginContainer]'s margin, "
+"use the [code]margin_*[/code] theme properties listed below.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Be careful, [Control] margin values are different than the "
+"constant margin values. If you want to change the custom margin values of "
+"the [MarginContainer] by code, you should use the following examples:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# This code sample assumes the current script is extending MarginContainer.\n"
+"var margin_value = 100\n"
+"add_constant_override(\"margin_top\", margin_value)\n"
+"add_constant_override(\"margin_left\", margin_value)\n"
+"add_constant_override(\"margin_bottom\", margin_value)\n"
+"add_constant_override(\"margin_right\", margin_value)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a bottom margin of "
+"[code]margin_bottom[/code] pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a left margin of "
+"[code]margin_left[/code] pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a right margin of "
+"[code]margin_right[/code] pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MarginContainer.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"All direct children of [MarginContainer] will have a top margin of "
+"[code]margin_top[/code] pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:4
+msgid "Data transformation (marshalling) and encoding helpers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:7
+msgid "Provides data transformation and encoding utility functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns a decoded [PoolByteArray] corresponding to the Base64-encoded string "
+"[code]base64_str[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns a decoded string corresponding to the Base64-encoded string "
+"[code]base64_str[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns a decoded [Variant] corresponding to the Base64-encoded string "
+"[code]base64_str[/code]. If [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], "
+"decoding objects is allowed.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. "
+"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources "
+"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:39
+msgid "Returns a Base64-encoded string of a given [PoolByteArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Returns a Base64-encoded string of the UTF-8 string [code]utf8_str[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Marshalls.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns a Base64-encoded string of the [Variant] [code]variant[/code]. If "
+"[code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed "
+"(and can potentially include code)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Material.xml:4
+msgid "Abstract base [Resource] for coloring and shading geometry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Material.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Material is a base [Resource] used for coloring and shading geometry. All "
+"materials inherit from it and almost all [VisualInstance] derived nodes "
+"carry a Material. A few flags and parameters are shared between all material "
+"types and are configured here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Material.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Material] to be used for the next pass. This renders the object "
+"again using a different material.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This only applies to [SpatialMaterial]s and [ShaderMaterial]s "
+"with type \"Spatial\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Material.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Sets the render priority for transparent objects in 3D scenes. Higher "
+"priority objects will be sorted in front of lower priority objects.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This only applies to sorting of transparent objects. This will "
+"not impact how transparent objects are sorted relative to opaque objects. "
+"This is because opaque objects are not sorted, while transparent objects are "
+"sorted from back to front (subject to priority)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Material.xml:27
+msgid "Maximum value for the [member render_priority] parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Material.xml:30
+msgid "Minimum value for the [member render_priority] parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:4
+msgid "Special button that brings up a [PopupMenu] when clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Special button that brings up a [PopupMenu] when clicked.\n"
+"New items can be created inside this [PopupMenu] using [code]get_popup()."
+"add_item(\"My Item Name\")[/code]. You can also create them directly from "
+"the editor. To do so, select the [MenuButton] node, then in the toolbar at "
+"the top of the 2D editor, click [b]Items[/b] then click [b]Add[/b] in the "
+"popup. You will be able to give each item new properties.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:17 doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [PopupMenu] contained in this button.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], shortcuts are disabled and cannot be used to trigger "
+"the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], when the cursor hovers above another [MenuButton] "
+"within the same parent which also has [code]switch_on_hover[/code] enabled, "
+"it will close the current [MenuButton] and open the other one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:41
+msgid "Emitted when [PopupMenu] of this MenuButton is about to show."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:49
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is focused. It is displayed over the "
+"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus "
+"visual effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:55
+msgid "[Font] of the [MenuButton]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:58
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [MenuButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:61
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is focused. Only replaces the normal "
+"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:67
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:70
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [MenuButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:73
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:76
+msgid "The horizontal space between [MenuButton]'s icon and text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:79
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [MenuButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MenuButton.xml:82
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [MenuButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:4
+msgid "A [Resource] that contains vertex array-based geometry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Mesh is a type of [Resource] that contains vertex array-based geometry, "
+"divided in [i]surfaces[/i]. Each surface contains a completely separate "
+"array and a material used to draw it. Design wise, a mesh with multiple "
+"surfaces is preferred to a single surface, because objects created in 3D "
+"editing software commonly contain multiple materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Calculate a [ConvexPolygonShape] from the mesh.\n"
+"If [code]clean[/code] is [code]true[/code] (default), duplicate and interior "
+"vertices are removed automatically. You can set it to [code]false[/code] to "
+"make the process faster if not needed.\n"
+"If [code]simplify[/code] is [code]true[/code], the geometry can be further "
+"simplified to reduce the amount of vertices. Disabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Calculate an outline mesh at a defined offset (margin) from the original "
+"mesh.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method typically returns the vertices in reverse order (e."
+"g. clockwise to counterclockwise)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:37
+msgid "Calculate a [ConcavePolygonShape] from the mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:43
+msgid "Generate a [TriangleMesh] from the mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns the smallest [AABB] enclosing this mesh in local space. Not affected "
+"by [code]custom_aabb[/code]. See also [method VisualInstance."
+"get_transformed_aabb].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is only implemented for [ArrayMesh] and [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the vertices that make up the faces of the mesh. Each three "
+"vertices represent one triangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:62
+msgid "Returns the amount of surfaces that the [Mesh] holds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Returns the arrays for the vertices, normals, uvs, etc. that make up the "
+"requested surface (see [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:76
+msgid "Returns the blend shape arrays for the requested surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Material] in a given surface. Surface is rendered using this "
+"material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Sets a [Material] for a given surface. Surface will be rendered using this "
+"material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Sets a hint to be used for lightmap resolution in [BakedLightmap]. Overrides "
+"[member BakedLightmap.default_texels_per_unit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:102
+msgid "Render array as points (one vertex equals one point)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:105
+msgid "Render array as lines (every two vertices a line is created)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:108
+msgid "Render array as line strip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:111
+msgid "Render array as line loop (like line strip, but closed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:114
+msgid "Render array as triangles (every three vertices a triangle is created)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:117
+msgid "Render array as triangle strips."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:120
+msgid "Render array as triangle fans."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:123 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3363
+msgid "Blend shapes are normalized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:126 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3366
+msgid "Blend shapes are relative to base weight."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Mesh array contains vertices. All meshes require a vertex array so this "
+"should always be present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:132
+msgid "Mesh array contains normals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:135
+msgid "Mesh array contains tangents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:138
+msgid "Mesh array contains colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:141
+msgid "Mesh array contains UVs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:144
+msgid "Mesh array contains second UV."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:147
+msgid "Mesh array contains bones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:150
+msgid "Mesh array contains bone weights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:153
+msgid "Mesh array uses indices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Used internally to calculate other [code]ARRAY_COMPRESS_*[/code] enum "
+"values. Do not use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:159 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3300
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) vertex array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:162 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3303
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) normal array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:165 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3306
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) tangent array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:168 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3309
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) color array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:171 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3312
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) UV coordinates array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:174 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3315
+msgid ""
+"Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) UV coordinates array for the "
+"second UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:177 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3318
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed bone array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:180 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3321
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed (half float) weight array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:183 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3324
+msgid "Flag used to mark a compressed index array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:186 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3327
+msgid "Flag used to mark that the array contains 2D vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:189 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3330
+msgid "Flag used to mark that the array uses 16-bit bones instead of 8-bit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:192 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3333
+msgid ""
+"Flag used to mark that the array uses an octahedral representation of normal "
+"and tangent vectors rather than cartesian."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"Used to set flags [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_VERTEX], [constant "
+"ARRAY_COMPRESS_NORMAL], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_TANGENT], [constant "
+"ARRAY_COMPRESS_COLOR], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV], [constant "
+"ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV2], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_WEIGHTS], and [constant "
+"ARRAY_FLAG_USE_OCTAHEDRAL_COMPRESSION] quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:198
+msgid "Array of vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:201
+msgid "Array of normals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:204
+msgid "Array of tangents as an array of floats, 4 floats per tangent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:207
+msgid "Array of colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:210
+msgid "Array of UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:213
+msgid "Array of second set of UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:216
+msgid "Array of bone data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:219
+msgid "Array of weights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mesh.xml:222
+msgid "Array of indices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:4
+msgid "Helper tool to access and edit [Mesh] data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"MeshDataTool provides access to individual vertices in a [Mesh]. It allows "
+"users to read and edit vertex data of meshes. It also creates an array of "
+"faces and edges.\n"
+"To use MeshDataTool, load a mesh with [method create_from_surface]. When you "
+"are finished editing the data commit the data to a mesh with [method "
+"commit_to_surface].\n"
+"Below is an example of how MeshDataTool may be used.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var mesh = ArrayMesh.new()\n"
+"mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, CubeMesh.new()."
+"get_mesh_arrays())\n"
+"var mdt = MeshDataTool.new()\n"
+"mdt.create_from_surface(mesh, 0)\n"
+"for i in range(mdt.get_vertex_count()):\n"
+" var vertex = mdt.get_vertex(i)\n"
+" # In this example we extend the mesh by one unit, which results in "
+"separated faces as it is flat shaded.\n"
+" vertex += mdt.get_vertex_normal(i)\n"
+" # Save your change.\n"
+" mdt.set_vertex(i, vertex)\n"
+"mesh.surface_remove(0)\n"
+"mdt.commit_to_surface(mesh)\n"
+"var mi = MeshInstance.new()\n"
+"mi.mesh = mesh\n"
+"add_child(mi)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"See also [ArrayMesh], [ImmediateGeometry] and [SurfaceTool] for procedural "
+"geometry generation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-"
+"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle "
+"primitive modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:36
+msgid "Clears all data currently in MeshDataTool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:43
+msgid "Adds a new surface to specified [Mesh] with edited data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Uses specified surface of given [Mesh] to populate data for MeshDataTool.\n"
+"Requires [Mesh] with primitive type [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:58
+msgid "Returns the number of edges in this [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:65
+msgid "Returns array of faces that touch given edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:72
+msgid "Returns meta information assigned to given edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Returns index of specified vertex connected to given edge.\n"
+"Vertex argument can only be 0 or 1 because edges are comprised of two "
+"vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:87
+msgid "Returns the number of faces in this [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Returns specified edge associated with given face.\n"
+"Edge argument must 2 or less because a face only has three edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:103
+msgid "Returns the metadata associated with the given face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:110
+msgid "Calculates and returns the face normal of the given face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Returns the specified vertex of the given face.\n"
+"Vertex argument must be 2 or less because faces contain three vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Mesh]'s format. Format is an integer made up of [Mesh] format "
+"flags combined together. For example, a mesh containing both vertices and "
+"normals would return a format of [code]3[/code] because [constant ArrayMesh."
+"ARRAY_FORMAT_VERTEX] is [code]1[/code] and [constant ArrayMesh."
+"ARRAY_FORMAT_NORMAL] is [code]2[/code].\n"
+"See [enum ArrayMesh.ArrayFormat] for a list of format flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:132
+msgid "Returns the material assigned to the [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:139
+msgid "Returns the vertex at given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:146
+msgid "Returns the bones of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:153
+msgid "Returns the color of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:159
+msgid "Returns the total number of vertices in [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:166
+msgid "Returns an array of edges that share the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:173
+msgid "Returns an array of faces that share the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:180
+msgid "Returns the metadata associated with the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:187
+msgid "Returns the normal of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:194
+msgid "Returns the tangent of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:201
+msgid "Returns the UV of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:208
+msgid "Returns the UV2 of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:215
+msgid "Returns bone weights of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:223
+msgid "Sets the metadata of the given edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:231
+msgid "Sets the metadata of the given face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:238
+msgid "Sets the material to be used by newly-constructed [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:246
+msgid "Sets the position of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:254
+msgid "Sets the bones of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:262
+msgid "Sets the color of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:270
+msgid "Sets the metadata associated with the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:278
+msgid "Sets the normal of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:286
+msgid "Sets the tangent of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:294
+msgid "Sets the UV of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:302
+msgid "Sets the UV2 of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshDataTool.xml:310
+msgid "Sets the bone weights of the given vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:4
+msgid "Node that instances meshes into a scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"MeshInstance is a node that takes a [Mesh] resource and adds it to the "
+"current scenario by creating an instance of it. This is the class most often "
+"used to get 3D geometry rendered and can be used to instance a single [Mesh] "
+"in many places. This allows to reuse geometry and save on resources. When a "
+"[Mesh] has to be instanced more than thousands of times at close proximity, "
+"consider using a [MultiMesh] in a [MultiMeshInstance] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This helper creates a [StaticBody] child node with a [ConvexPolygonShape] "
+"collision shape calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for "
+"testing.\n"
+"If [code]clean[/code] is [code]true[/code] (default), duplicate and interior "
+"vertices are removed automatically. You can set it to [code]false[/code] to "
+"make the process faster if not needed.\n"
+"If [code]simplify[/code] is [code]true[/code], the geometry can be further "
+"simplified to reduce the amount of vertices. Disabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"This helper creates a [MeshInstance] child node with gizmos at every vertex "
+"calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for testing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"This helper creates a [StaticBody] child node with multiple "
+"[ConvexPolygonShape] collision shapes calculated from the mesh geometry via "
+"convex decomposition. It's mainly used for testing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"This helper creates a [StaticBody] child node with a [ConcavePolygonShape] "
+"collision shape calculated from the mesh geometry. It's mainly used for "
+"testing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Material] that will be used by the [Mesh] when drawing. This "
+"can return the [member GeometryInstance.material_override], the surface "
+"override [Material] defined in this [MeshInstance], or the surface "
+"[Material] defined in the [Mesh]. For example, if [member GeometryInstance."
+"material_override] is used, all surfaces will return the override material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:55
+msgid "Returns the [Material] for a surface of the [Mesh] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:61
+msgid "Returns the number of surface materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:69
+msgid "Sets the [Material] for a surface of the [Mesh] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:75
+msgid "The [Mesh] resource for the instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:78
+msgid "[NodePath] to the [Skeleton] associated with the instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:81
+msgid "Sets the skin to be used by this instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], normals are transformed when software skinning is "
+"used. Set to [code]false[/code] when normals are not needed for better "
+"performance.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/skinning/"
+"software_skinning_fallback] for details about how software skinning is "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:4
+msgid "Node used for displaying a [Mesh] in 2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Node used for displaying a [Mesh] in 2D. Can be constructed from an existing "
+"[Sprite] via a tool in the editor toolbar. Select \"Sprite\" then \"Convert "
+"to Mesh2D\", select settings in popup and press \"Create Mesh2D\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/2d_meshes.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:16
+msgid "The [Mesh] that will be drawn by the [MeshInstance2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:19 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The normal map that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:23 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The [Texture] that will be used if using the default [CanvasItemMaterial]. "
+"Can be accessed as [code]TEXTURE[/code] in CanvasItem shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshInstance2D.xml:29 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:29
+msgid "Emitted when the [member texture] is changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:4
+msgid "Library of meshes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A library of meshes. Contains a list of [Mesh] resources, each with a name "
+"and ID. Each item can also include collision and navigation shapes. This "
+"resource is used in [GridMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:17
+msgid "Clears the library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new item in the library with the given ID.\n"
+"You can get an unused ID from [method get_last_unused_item_id]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:32
+msgid "Returns the first item with the given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the list of item IDs in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the item's mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:52
+msgid "Returns the transform applied to the item's mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:59
+msgid "Returns the item's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the item's navigation mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:73
+msgid "Returns the transform applied to the item's navigation mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"When running in the editor, returns a generated item preview (a 3D rendering "
+"in isometric perspective). When used in a running project, returns the "
+"manually-defined item preview which can be set using [method "
+"set_item_preview]. Returns an empty [Texture] if no preview was manually set "
+"in a running project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Returns an item's collision shapes.\n"
+"The array consists of each [Shape] followed by its [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:94
+msgid "Gets an unused ID for a new item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:101
+msgid "Removes the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:109
+msgid "Sets the item's mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:117
+msgid "Sets the transform to apply to the item's mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Sets the item's name.\n"
+"This name is shown in the editor. It can also be used to look up the item "
+"later using [method find_item_by_name]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:134
+msgid "Sets the item's navigation mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:142
+msgid "Sets the transform to apply to the item's navigation mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:150
+msgid "Sets a texture to use as the item's preview icon in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshLibrary.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Sets an item's collision shapes.\n"
+"The array should consist of [Shape] objects, each followed by a [Transform] "
+"that will be applied to it. For shapes that should not have a transform, use "
+"[constant Transform.IDENTITY]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Simple texture that uses a mesh to draw itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Simple texture that uses a mesh to draw itself. It's limited because flags "
+"can't be changed and region drawing is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:15
+msgid "Sets the base texture that the Mesh will use to draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:19
+msgid "Sets the size of the image, needed for reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MeshTexture.xml:22
+msgid "Sets the mesh used to draw. It must be a mesh using 2D vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:4
+msgid "Generic mobile VR implementation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a generic mobile VR implementation where you need to provide details "
+"about the phone and HMD used. It does not rely on any existing framework. "
+"This is the most basic interface we have. For the best effect, you need a "
+"mobile phone with a gyroscope and accelerometer.\n"
+"Note that even though there is no positional tracking, the camera will "
+"assume the headset is at a height of 1.85 meters. You can change this by "
+"setting [member eye_height].\n"
+"You can initialise this interface as follows:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var interface = ARVRServer.find_interface(\"Native mobile\")\n"
+"if interface and interface.initialize():\n"
+" get_viewport().arvr = true\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The distance between the display and the lenses inside of the device in "
+"centimeters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:25
+msgid "The width of the display in centimeters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The height at which the camera is placed in relation to the ground (i.e. "
+"[ARVROrigin] node)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The interocular distance, also known as the interpupillary distance. The "
+"distance between the pupils of the left and right eye."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The k1 lens factor is one of the two constants that define the strength of "
+"the lens used and directly influences the lens distortion effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:37
+msgid "The k2 lens factor, see k1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/mobile_vr/doc_classes/MobileVRInterface.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The oversample setting. Because of the lens distortion we have to render our "
+"buffers at a higher resolution then the screen can natively handle. A value "
+"between 1.5 and 2.0 often provides good results but at the cost of "
+"performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Provides high-performance mesh instancing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"MultiMesh provides low-level mesh instancing. Drawing thousands of "
+"[MeshInstance] nodes can be slow, since each object is submitted to the GPU "
+"then drawn individually.\n"
+"MultiMesh is much faster as it can draw thousands of instances with a single "
+"draw call, resulting in less API overhead.\n"
+"As a drawback, if the instances are too far away from each other, "
+"performance may be reduced as every single instance will always render (they "
+"are spatially indexed as one, for the whole object).\n"
+"Since instances may have any behavior, the AABB used for visibility must be "
+"provided by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:13 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/"
+"animating_thousands_of_fish.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:14 doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/optimization/using_multimesh."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Returns the visibility axis-aligned bounding box in local space. See also "
+"[method VisualInstance.get_transformed_aabb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:27
+msgid "Gets a specific instance's color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:34
+msgid "Returns the custom data that has been set for a specific instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:41
+msgid "Returns the [Transform] of a specific instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:48
+msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] of a specific instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Sets all data related to the instances in one go. This is especially useful "
+"when loading the data from disk or preparing the data from GDNative.\n"
+"All data is packed in one large float array. An array may look like this: "
+"Transform for instance 1, color data for instance 1, custom data for "
+"instance 1, transform for instance 2, color data for instance 2, etc...\n"
+"[Transform] is stored as 12 floats, [Transform2D] is stored as 8 floats, "
+"[code]COLOR_8BIT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_8BIT[/code] is stored as 1 float "
+"(4 bytes as is) and [code]COLOR_FLOAT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_FLOAT[/"
+"code] is stored as 4 floats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Sets the color of a specific instance by [i]multiplying[/i] the mesh's "
+"existing vertex colors.\n"
+"For the color to take effect, ensure that [member color_format] is non-"
+"[code]null[/code] on the [MultiMesh] and [member SpatialMaterial."
+"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] is [code]true[/code] on the material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Sets custom data for a specific instance. Although [Color] is used, it is "
+"just a container for 4 floating point numbers. The format of the number can "
+"change depending on the [enum CustomDataFormat] used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:82
+msgid "Sets the [Transform] for a specific instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:90
+msgid "Sets the [Transform2D] for a specific instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:96
+msgid "Format of colors in color array that gets passed to shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:99
+msgid "Format of custom data in custom data array that gets passed to shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Number of instances that will get drawn. This clears and (re)sizes the "
+"buffers. By default, all instances are drawn but you can limit this with "
+"[member visible_instance_count]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:105
+msgid "Mesh to be drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:108
+msgid "Format of transform used to transform mesh, either 2D or 3D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Limits the number of instances drawn, -1 draws all instances. Changing this "
+"does not change the sizes of the buffers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:116
+msgid "Use this when using 2D transforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:119
+msgid "Use this when using 3D transforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:122
+msgid "Use when you are not using per-instance [Color]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Compress [Color] data into 8 bits when passing to shader. This uses less "
+"memory and can be faster, but the [Color] loses precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The [Color] passed into [method set_instance_color] will use 4 floats. Use "
+"this for highest precision [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:131
+msgid "Use when you are not using per-instance custom data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Compress custom_data into 8 bits when passing to shader. This uses less "
+"memory and can be faster, but loses precision and range. Floats packed into "
+"8 bits can only represent values between 0 and 1, numbers outside that range "
+"will be clamped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMesh.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"The [Color] passed into [method set_instance_custom_data] will use 4 floats. "
+"Use this for highest precision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:4
+msgid "Node that instances a [MultiMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[MultiMeshInstance] is a specialized node to instance [GeometryInstance]s "
+"based on a [MultiMesh] resource.\n"
+"This is useful to optimize the rendering of a high amount of instances of a "
+"given mesh (for example trees in a forest or grass strands)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_multi_mesh_instance."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The [MultiMesh] resource that will be used and shared among all instances of "
+"the [MultiMeshInstance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:4
+msgid "Node that instances a [MultiMesh] in 2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[MultiMeshInstance2D] is a specialized node to instance a [MultiMesh] "
+"resource in 2D.\n"
+"Usage is the same as [MultiMeshInstance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiMeshInstance2D.xml:16
+msgid "The [MultiMesh] that will be drawn by the [MultiMeshInstance2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:4
+msgid "High-level multiplayer API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class implements most of the logic behind the high-level multiplayer "
+"API. See also [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer].\n"
+"By default, [SceneTree] has a reference to this class that is used to "
+"provide multiplayer capabilities (i.e. RPC/RSET) across the whole scene.\n"
+"It is possible to override the MultiplayerAPI instance used by specific "
+"Nodes by setting the [member Node.custom_multiplayer] property, effectively "
+"allowing to run both client and server in the same scene.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The high-level multiplayer API protocol is an implementation "
+"detail and isn't meant to be used by non-Godot servers. It may change "
+"without notice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Clears the current MultiplayerAPI network state (you shouldn't call this "
+"unless you know what you are doing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns the peer IDs of all connected peers of this MultiplayerAPI's [member "
+"network_peer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the unique peer ID of this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns the sender's peer ID for the RPC currently being executed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If not inside an RPC this method will return 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:43 doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:123
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if there is a [member network_peer] set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] is "
+"in server mode (listening for connections)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Method used for polling the MultiplayerAPI. You only need to worry about "
+"this if you are using [member Node.custom_multiplayer] override or you set "
+"[member SceneTree.multiplayer_poll] to [code]false[/code]. By default, "
+"[SceneTree] will poll its MultiplayerAPI for you.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method results in RPCs and RSETs being called, so they "
+"will be executed in the same context of this function (e.g. [code]_process[/"
+"code], [code]physics[/code], [Thread])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Sends the given raw [code]bytes[/code] to a specific peer identified by "
+"[code]id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). "
+"Default ID is [code]0[/code], i.e. broadcast to all peers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] (or if the [member network_peer] has [member PacketPeer."
+"allow_object_decoding] set to [code]true[/code]), the MultiplayerAPI will "
+"allow encoding and decoding of object during RPCs/RSETs.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. "
+"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources "
+"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"The peer object to handle the RPC system (effectively enabling networking "
+"when set). Depending on the peer itself, the MultiplayerAPI will become a "
+"network server (check with [method is_network_server]) and will set root "
+"node's network mode to master, or it will become a regular peer with root "
+"node set to puppet. All child nodes are set to inherit the network mode by "
+"default. Handling of networking-related events (connection, disconnection, "
+"new clients) is done by connecting to MultiplayerAPI's signals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] refuses new "
+"incoming connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"The root node to use for RPCs. Instead of an absolute path, a relative path "
+"will be used to find the node upon which the RPC should be executed.\n"
+"This effectively allows to have different branches of the scene tree to be "
+"managed by different MultiplayerAPI, allowing for example to run both client "
+"and server in the same scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] successfully "
+"connected to a server. Only emitted on clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] fails to establish "
+"a connection to a server. Only emitted on clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] connects with a new "
+"peer. ID is the peer ID of the new peer. Clients get notified when other "
+"clients connect to the same server. Upon connecting to a server, a client "
+"also receives this signal for the server (with ID being 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] disconnects from a "
+"peer. Clients get notified when other clients disconnect from the same "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] receive a "
+"[code]packet[/code] with custom data (see [method send_bytes]). ID is the "
+"peer ID of the peer that sent the packet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when this MultiplayerAPI's [member network_peer] disconnects from "
+"server. Only emitted on clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to disable a "
+"method or property for all RPC calls, making it unavailable. Default for all "
+"methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a "
+"method to be called or a property to be changed only on the remote end, not "
+"locally. Analogous to the [code]remote[/code] keyword. Calls and property "
+"changes are accepted from all remote peers, no matter if they are node's "
+"master or puppets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a "
+"method to be called or a property to be changed only on the network master "
+"for this node. Analogous to the [code]master[/code] keyword. Only accepts "
+"calls or property changes from the node's network puppets, see [method Node."
+"set_network_master]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Used with [method Node.rpc_config] or [method Node.rset_config] to set a "
+"method to be called or a property to be changed only on puppets for this "
+"node. Analogous to the [code]puppet[/code] keyword. Only accepts calls or "
+"property changes from the node's network master, see [method Node."
+"set_network_master]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Use [constant RPC_MODE_PUPPET] instead. Analogous to the "
+"[code]slave[/code] keyword."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_REMOTE] but also make the call or property "
+"change locally. Analogous to the [code]remotesync[/code] keyword."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Use [constant RPC_MODE_REMOTESYNC] instead. Analogous to "
+"the [code]sync[/code] keyword."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_MASTER] but also make the call or property "
+"change locally. Analogous to the [code]mastersync[/code] keyword."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/MultiplayerAPI.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Behave like [constant RPC_MODE_PUPPET] but also make the call or property "
+"change locally. Analogous to the [code]puppetsync[/code] keyword."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:4
+msgid "A synchronization mutex (mutual exclusion)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A synchronization mutex (mutual exclusion). This is used to synchronize "
+"multiple [Thread]s, and is equivalent to a binary [Semaphore]. It guarantees "
+"that only one thread can ever acquire the lock at a time. A mutex can be "
+"used to protect a critical section; however, be careful to avoid deadlocks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:10 doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/threads/using_multiple_threads."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Locks this [Mutex], blocks until it is unlocked by the current owner.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This function returns without blocking if the thread already "
+"has ownership of the mutex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Tries locking this [Mutex], but does not block. Returns [constant OK] on "
+"success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This function returns [constant OK] if the thread already has "
+"ownership of the mutex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Mutex.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Unlocks this [Mutex], leaving it to other threads.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If a thread called [method lock] or [method try_lock] multiple "
+"times while already having ownership of the mutex, it must also call [method "
+"unlock] the same number of times in order to unlock it correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with "
+"[code]godot_nativescript_set_class_documentation[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with "
+"[code]godot_nativescript_set_method_documentation[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with "
+"[code]godot_nativescript_set_property_documentation[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns the documentation string that was previously set with "
+"[code]godot_nativescript_set_signal_documentation[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/NativeScript.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new object of the base type with a script of this type already "
+"attached.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Any arguments passed to this function will be ignored and not "
+"passed to the native constructor function. This will change with in a future "
+"API extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:4
+msgid "Mesh-based navigation and pathfinding node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides navigation and pathfinding within a collection of "
+"[NavigationMesh]es. By default, these will be automatically collected from "
+"child [NavigationMeshInstance] nodes, but they can also be added on the fly "
+"with [method navmesh_add]. In addition to basic pathfinding, this class also "
+"assists with aligning navigation agents with the meshes they are navigating "
+"on.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The current navigation system has many known issues and will "
+"not always return optimal paths as expected. These issues will be fixed in "
+"Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:11 doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:10
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/124"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:18 doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the navigation point closest to the point given. Points are in local "
+"coordinate space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the surface normal at the navigation point closest to the point "
+"given. Useful for rotating a navigation agent according to the navigation "
+"mesh it moves on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Returns the owner of the [NavigationMesh] which contains the navigation "
+"point closest to the point given. This is usually a "
+"[NavigationMeshInstance]. For meshes added via [method navmesh_add], returns "
+"the owner that was given (or [code]null[/code] if the [code]owner[/code] "
+"parameter was omitted)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns the navigation point closest to the given line segment. When "
+"enabling [code]use_collision[/code], only considers intersection points "
+"between segment and navigation meshes. If multiple intersection points are "
+"found, the one closest to the segment start point is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path between two given points. Points are in local coordinate "
+"space. If [code]optimize[/code] is [code]true[/code] (the default), the "
+"agent properties associated with each [NavigationMesh] (radius, height, "
+"etc.) are considered in the path calculation, otherwise they are ignored.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method has known issues and will often return non-optimal "
+"paths. These issues will be fixed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [NavigationMesh]. Returns an ID for use with [method navmesh_remove] "
+"or [method navmesh_set_transform]. If given, a [Transform2D] is applied to "
+"the polygon. The optional [code]owner[/code] is used as return value for "
+"[method get_closest_point_owner]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:67
+msgid "Removes the [NavigationMesh] with the given ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:75
+msgid "Sets the transform applied to the [NavigationMesh] with the given ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Defines which direction is up. By default, this is [code](0, 1, 0)[/code], "
+"which is the world's \"up\" direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:4
+msgid "2D navigation and pathfinding node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Navigation2D provides navigation and pathfinding within a 2D area, specified "
+"as a collection of [NavigationPolygon] resources. By default, these are "
+"automatically collected from child [NavigationPolygonInstance] nodes, but "
+"they can also be added on the fly with [method navpoly_add].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The current navigation system has many known issues and will "
+"not always return optimal paths as expected. These issues will be fixed in "
+"Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:11 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:27
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/117"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the owner of the [NavigationPolygon] which contains the navigation "
+"point closest to the point given. This is usually a "
+"[NavigationPolygonInstance]. For polygons added via [method navpoly_add], "
+"returns the owner that was given (or [code]null[/code] if the [code]owner[/"
+"code] parameter was omitted)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path between two given points. Points are in local coordinate "
+"space. If [code]optimize[/code] is [code]true[/code] (the default), the path "
+"is smoothed by merging path segments where possible.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method has known issues and will often return non-optimal "
+"paths. These issues will be fixed in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [NavigationPolygon]. Returns an ID for use with [method "
+"navpoly_remove] or [method navpoly_set_transform]. If given, a [Transform2D] "
+"is applied to the polygon. The optional [code]owner[/code] is used as return "
+"value for [method get_closest_point_owner]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:51
+msgid "Removes the [NavigationPolygon] with the given ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Navigation2D.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Sets the transform applied to the [NavigationPolygon] with the given ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:4
+msgid "A mesh to approximate the walkable areas and obstacles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A navigation mesh is a collection of polygons that define which areas of an "
+"environment are traversable to aid agents in pathfinding through complicated "
+"spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:17 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Adds a polygon using the indices of the vertices you get when calling "
+"[method get_vertices]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Clears the array of polygons, but it doesn't clear the array of vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the navigation mesh by setting the vertices and indices "
+"according to a [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the specified [code]bit[/code] of the [member geometry/"
+"collision_mask] is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:44 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [PoolIntArray] containing the indices of the vertices of a created "
+"polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:50
+msgid "Returns the number of polygons in the navigation mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [PoolVector3Array] containing all the vertices being used to "
+"create the polygons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If [code]value[/code] is [code]true[/code], sets the specified [code]bit[/"
+"code] in the [member geometry/collision_mask].\n"
+"If [code]value[/code] is [code]false[/code], clears the specified [code]bit[/"
+"code] in the [member geometry/collision_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:72 doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Sets the vertices that can be then indexed to create polygons with the "
+"[method add_polygon] method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"The minimum floor to ceiling height that will still allow the floor area to "
+"be considered walkable.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded up to the nearest "
+"multiple of [member cell/height]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"The minimum ledge height that is considered to still be traversable.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded down to the nearest "
+"multiple of [member cell/height]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:86
+msgid "The maximum slope that is considered walkable, in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"The distance to erode/shrink the walkable area of the heightfield away from "
+"obstructions.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded up to the nearest "
+"multiple of [member cell/size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:93
+msgid "The Y axis cell size to use for fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:96
+msgid "The XZ plane cell size to use for fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The sampling distance to use when generating the detail mesh, in cell unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The maximum distance the detail mesh surface should deviate from "
+"heightfield, in cell unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"The maximum distance a simplfied contour's border edges should deviate the "
+"original raw contour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The maximum allowed length for contour edges along the border of the mesh.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] While baking, this value will be rounded up to the nearest "
+"multiple of [member cell/size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], marks walkable spans as not walkable if the clearance "
+"above the span is less than [member agent/height]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:115
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], marks spans that are ledges as non-walkable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], marks non-walkable spans as walkable if their maximum "
+"is within [member agent/max_climb] of a walkable neighbor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers to scan for static colliders.\n"
+"Only used when [member geometry/parsed_geometry_type] is [constant "
+"PARSED_GEOMETRY_STATIC_COLLIDERS] or [constant PARSED_GEOMETRY_BOTH]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Determines which type of nodes will be parsed as geometry. See [enum "
+"ParsedGeometryType] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"The source of the geometry used when baking. See [enum SourceGeometryMode] "
+"for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"The name of the group to scan for geometry.\n"
+"Only used when [member geometry/source_geometry_mode] is [constant "
+"SOURCE_GEOMETRY_GROUPS_WITH_CHILDREN] or [constant "
+"SOURCE_GEOMETRY_GROUPS_EXPLICIT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of vertices allowed for polygons generated during the "
+"contour to polygon conversion process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Any regions with a size smaller than this will be merged with larger regions "
+"if possible.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value will be squared to calculate the number of cells. "
+"For example, a value of 20 will set the number of cells to 400."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"The minimum size of a region for it to be created.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value will be squared to calculate the minimum number of "
+"cells allowed to form isolated island areas. For example, a value of 8 will "
+"set the number of cells to 64."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Partitioning algorithm for creating the navigation mesh polys. See [enum "
+"SamplePartitionType] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"Watershed partitioning. Generally the best choice if you precompute the "
+"navigation mesh, use this if you have large open areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Monotone partitioning. Use this if you want fast navigation mesh generation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"Layer partitioning. Good choice to use for tiled navigation mesh with medium "
+"and small sized tiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:160
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum SamplePartitionType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"Parses mesh instances as geometry. This includes [MeshInstance], [CSGShape], "
+"and [GridMap] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Parses [StaticBody] colliders as geometry. The collider should be in any of "
+"the layers specified by [member geometry/collision_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Both [constant PARSED_GEOMETRY_MESH_INSTANCES] and [constant "
+"PARSED_GEOMETRY_STATIC_COLLIDERS]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:172
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ParsedGeometryType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Scans the child nodes of [NavigationMeshInstance] recursively for geometry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Scans nodes in a group and their child nodes recursively for geometry. The "
+"group is specified by [member geometry/source_group_name]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Uses nodes in a group for geometry. The group is specified by [member "
+"geometry/source_group_name]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMesh.xml:184
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum SourceGeometryMode] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:4
+msgid "Node that instances navigation meshes into a scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"NavigationMeshInstance is a node that takes a [NavigationMesh] resource and "
+"adds it to the current scenario by creating an instance of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:15
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the navigation mesh will be used by [Navigation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationMeshInstance.xml:18
+msgid "The [NavigationMesh] resource for the instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A node that has methods to draw outlines or use indices of vertices to "
+"create navigation polygons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to create polygons. Either by using the [method "
+"add_outline] method, or using the [method add_polygon] method.\n"
+"Using [method add_outline]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var polygon = NavigationPolygon.new()\n"
+"var outline = PoolVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(0, 50), Vector2(50, "
+"50), Vector2(50, 0)])\n"
+"polygon.add_outline(outline)\n"
+"polygon.make_polygons_from_outlines()\n"
+"$NavigationPolygonInstance.navpoly = polygon\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Using [method add_polygon] and indices of the vertices array.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var polygon = NavigationPolygon.new()\n"
+"var vertices = PoolVector2Array([Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(0, 50), Vector2(50, "
+"50), Vector2(50, 0)])\n"
+"polygon.set_vertices(vertices)\n"
+"var indices = PoolIntArray([0, 1, 2, 3])\n"
+"polygon.add_polygon(indices)\n"
+"$NavigationPolygonInstance.navpoly = polygon\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Appends a [PoolVector2Array] that contains the vertices of an outline to the "
+"internal array that contains all the outlines. You have to call [method "
+"make_polygons_from_outlines] in order for this array to be converted to "
+"polygons that the engine will use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [PoolVector2Array] that contains the vertices of an outline to the "
+"internal array that contains all the outlines at a fixed position. You have "
+"to call [method make_polygons_from_outlines] in order for this array to be "
+"converted to polygons that the engine will use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Clears the array of the outlines, but it doesn't clear the vertices and the "
+"polygons that were created by them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Clears the array of polygons, but it doesn't clear the array of outlines and "
+"vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [PoolVector2Array] containing the vertices of an outline that was "
+"created in the editor or by script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of outlines that were created in the editor or by script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:87
+msgid "Returns the count of all polygons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [PoolVector2Array] containing all the vertices being used to "
+"create the polygons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:99
+msgid "Creates polygons from the outlines added in the editor or by script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Removes an outline created in the editor or by script. You have to call "
+"[method make_polygons_from_outlines] for the polygons to update."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NavigationPolygon.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Changes an outline created in the editor or by script. You have to call "
+"[method make_polygons_from_outlines] for the polygons to update."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"PacketPeer implementation using the [url=http://enet.bespin.org/index."
+"html]ENet[/url] library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A PacketPeer implementation that should be passed to [member SceneTree."
+"network_peer] after being initialized as either a client or server. Events "
+"can then be handled by connecting to [SceneTree] signals.\n"
+"ENet's purpose is to provide a relatively thin, simple and robust network "
+"communication layer on top of UDP (User Datagram Protocol).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] ENet only uses UDP, not TCP. When forwarding the server port to "
+"make your server accessible on the public Internet, you only need to forward "
+"the server port in UDP. You can use the [UPNP] class to try to forward the "
+"server port automatically when starting the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/networking/"
+"high_level_multiplayer.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:13
+msgid "http://enet.bespin.org/usergroup0.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Closes the connection. Ignored if no connection is currently established. If "
+"this is a server it tries to notify all clients before forcibly "
+"disconnecting them. If this is a client it simply closes the connection to "
+"the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Create client that connects to a server at [code]address[/code] using "
+"specified [code]port[/code]. The given address needs to be either a fully "
+"qualified domain name (e.g. [code]\"www.example.com\"[/code]) or an IP "
+"address in IPv4 or IPv6 format (e.g. [code]\"192.168.1.1\"[/code]). The "
+"[code]port[/code] is the port the server is listening on. The "
+"[code]in_bandwidth[/code] and [code]out_bandwidth[/code] parameters can be "
+"used to limit the incoming and outgoing bandwidth to the given number of "
+"bytes per second. The default of 0 means unlimited bandwidth. Note that ENet "
+"will strategically drop packets on specific sides of a connection between "
+"peers to ensure the peer's bandwidth is not overwhelmed. The bandwidth "
+"parameters also determine the window size of a connection which limits the "
+"amount of reliable packets that may be in transit at any given time. Returns "
+"[constant OK] if a client was created, [constant ERR_ALREADY_IN_USE] if this "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerENet instance already has an open connection (in which "
+"case you need to call [method close_connection] first) or [constant "
+"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the client could not be created. If [code]client_port[/"
+"code] is specified, the client will also listen to the given port; this is "
+"useful for some NAT traversal techniques."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Create server that listens to connections via [code]port[/code]. The port "
+"needs to be an available, unused port between 0 and 65535. Note that ports "
+"below 1024 are privileged and may require elevated permissions depending on "
+"the platform. To change the interface the server listens on, use [method "
+"set_bind_ip]. The default IP is the wildcard [code]\"*\"[/code], which "
+"listens on all available interfaces. [code]max_clients[/code] is the maximum "
+"number of clients that are allowed at once, any number up to 4095 may be "
+"used, although the achievable number of simultaneous clients may be far "
+"lower and depends on the application. For additional details on the "
+"bandwidth parameters, see [method create_client]. Returns [constant OK] if a "
+"server was created, [constant ERR_ALREADY_IN_USE] if this "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerENet instance already has an open connection (in which "
+"case you need to call [method close_connection] first) or [constant "
+"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the server could not be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Disconnect the given peer. If \"now\" is set to [code]true[/code], the "
+"connection will be closed immediately without flushing queued messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns the channel of the last packet fetched via [method PacketPeer."
+"get_packet]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Returns the channel of the next packet that will be retrieved via [method "
+"PacketPeer.get_packet]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:68
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:27
+msgid "Returns the IP address of the given peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:75
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:34
+msgid "Returns the remote port of the given peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"The IP used when creating a server. This is set to the wildcard [code]\"*\"[/"
+"code] by default, which binds to all available interfaces. The given IP "
+"needs to be in IPv4 or IPv6 address format, for example: "
+"[code]\"192.168.1.1\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Configure the [X509Certificate] to use when [member use_dtls] is [code]true[/"
+"code]. For servers, you must also setup the [CryptoKey] via [method "
+"set_dtls_key]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Configure the [CryptoKey] to use when [member use_dtls] is [code]true[/"
+"code]. Remember to also call [method set_dtls_certificate] to setup your "
+"[X509Certificate]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Sets the timeout parameters for a peer.The timeout parameters control how "
+"and when a peer will timeout from a failure to acknowledge reliable traffic. "
+"Timeout values are expressed in milliseconds.\n"
+"The [code]timeout_limit[/code] is a factor that, multiplied by a value based "
+"on the average round trip time, will determine the timeout limit for a "
+"reliable packet. When that limit is reached, the timeout will be doubled, "
+"and the peer will be disconnected if that limit has reached "
+"[code]timeout_min[/code]. The [code]timeout_max[/code] parameter, on the "
+"other hand, defines a fixed timeout for which any packet must be "
+"acknowledged or the peer will be dropped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Enforce ordered packets when using [constant NetworkedMultiplayerPeer."
+"TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE] (thus behaving similarly to [constant "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED]). This is the "
+"only way to use ordering with the RPC system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"The number of channels to be used by ENet. Channels are used to separate "
+"different kinds of data. In reliable or ordered mode, for example, the "
+"packet delivery order is ensured on a per-channel basis. This is done to "
+"combat latency and reduces ordering restrictions on packets. The delivery "
+"status of a packet in one channel won't stall the delivery of other packets "
+"in another channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"The compression method used for network packets. These have different "
+"tradeoffs of compression speed versus bandwidth, you may need to test which "
+"one works best for your use case if you use compression at all.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Most games' network design involve sending many small packets "
+"frequently (smaller than 4 KB each). If in doubt, it is recommended to keep "
+"the default compression algorithm as it works best on these small packets.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [member compression_mode] must be set to the same value on both "
+"the server and all its clients. Clients will fail to connect if the [member "
+"compression_mode] set on the client differs from the one set on the server. "
+"Prior to Godot 3.4, the default [member compression_mode] was [constant "
+"COMPRESS_NONE]. Nonetheless, mixing engine versions between clients and "
+"server is not recommended and not officially supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"The hostname used for DTLS verification, to be compared against the \"CN\" "
+"value in the certificate provided by the server.\n"
+"When set to an empty string, the [code]address[/code] parameter passed to "
+"[method create_client] is used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Enable or disable certificate verification when [member use_dtls] "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Enable or disable the server feature that notifies clients of other peers' "
+"connection/disconnection, and relays messages between them. When this option "
+"is [code]false[/code], clients won't be automatically notified of other "
+"peers and won't be able to send them packets through the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Set the default channel to be used to transfer data. By default, this value "
+"is [code]-1[/code] which means that ENet will only use 2 channels: one for "
+"reliable packets, and one for unreliable packets. The channel [code]0[/code] "
+"is reserved and cannot be used. Setting this member to any value between "
+"[code]0[/code] and [member channel_count] (excluded) will force ENet to use "
+"that channel for sending data. See [member channel_count] for more "
+"information about ENet channels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"When enabled, the client or server created by this peer, will use "
+"[PacketPeerDTLS] instead of raw UDP sockets for communicating with the "
+"remote peer. This will make the communication encrypted with DTLS at the "
+"cost of higher resource usage and potentially larger packet size.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When creating a DTLS server, make sure you setup the key/"
+"certificate pair via [method set_dtls_key] and [method "
+"set_dtls_certificate]. For DTLS clients, have a look at the [member "
+"dtls_verify] option, and configure the certificate accordingly via [method "
+"set_dtls_certificate]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"No compression. This uses the most bandwidth, but has the upside of "
+"requiring the fewest CPU resources. This option may also be used to make "
+"network debugging using tools like Wireshark easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"ENet's built-in range encoding. Works well on small packets, but is not the "
+"most efficient algorithm on packets larger than 4 KB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"[url=http://fastlz.org/]FastLZ[/url] compression. This option uses less CPU "
+"resources compared to [constant COMPRESS_ZLIB], at the expense of using more "
+"bandwidth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"[url=https://www.zlib.net/]Zlib[/url] compression. This option uses less "
+"bandwidth compared to [constant COMPRESS_FASTLZ], at the expense of using "
+"more CPU resources. Note that this algorithm is not very efficient on "
+"packets smaller than 4 KB. Therefore, it's recommended to use other "
+"compression algorithms in most cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/enet/doc_classes/NetworkedMultiplayerENet.xml:157
+msgid "[url=https://facebook.github.io/zstd/]Zstandard[/url] compression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:4
+msgid "A high-level network interface to simplify multiplayer interactions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Manages the connection to network peers. Assigns unique IDs to each client "
+"connected to the server. See also [MultiplayerAPI].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The high-level multiplayer API protocol is an implementation "
+"detail and isn't meant to be used by non-Godot servers. It may change "
+"without notice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:12
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/537"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current state of the connection. See [enum ConnectionStatus]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ID of the [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer] who sent the most recent "
+"packet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:30
+msgid "Returns the ID of this [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:36
+msgid "Waits up to 1 second to receive a new network event."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Sets the peer to which packets will be sent.\n"
+"The [code]id[/code] can be one of: [constant TARGET_PEER_BROADCAST] to send "
+"to all connected peers, [constant TARGET_PEER_SERVER] to send to the peer "
+"acting as server, a valid peer ID to send to that specific peer, a negative "
+"peer ID to send to all peers except that one. By default, the target peer is "
+"[constant TARGET_PEER_BROADCAST]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this [NetworkedMultiplayerPeer] refuses new "
+"connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The manner in which to send packets to the [code]target_peer[/code]. See "
+"[enum TransferMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:59
+msgid "Emitted when a connection attempt fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:64
+msgid "Emitted when a connection attempt succeeds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:70
+msgid "Emitted by the server when a client connects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:76
+msgid "Emitted by the server when a client disconnects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:81
+msgid "Emitted by clients when the server disconnects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. "
+"Packets may arrive in any order. Potentially faster than [constant "
+"TRANSFER_MODE_UNRELIABLE_ORDERED]. Use for non-critical data, and always "
+"consider whether the order matters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Packets are not acknowledged, no resend attempts are made for lost packets. "
+"Packets are received in the order they were sent in. Potentially faster than "
+"[constant TRANSFER_MODE_RELIABLE]. Use for non-critical data or data that "
+"would be outdated if received late due to resend attempt(s) anyway, for "
+"example movement and positional data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Packets must be received and resend attempts should be made until the "
+"packets are acknowledged. Packets must be received in the order they were "
+"sent in. Most reliable transfer mode, but potentially the slowest due to the "
+"overhead. Use for critical data that must be transmitted and arrive in "
+"order, for example an ability being triggered or a chat message. Consider "
+"carefully if the information really is critical, and use sparingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:96
+msgid "The ongoing connection disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:99
+msgid "A connection attempt is ongoing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:102
+msgid "The connection attempt succeeded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:105
+msgid "Packets are sent to the server and then redistributed to other peers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.xml:108
+msgid "Packets are sent to the server alone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Scalable texture-based frame that tiles the texture's centers and sides, but "
+"keeps the corners' original size. Perfect for panels and dialog boxes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Also known as 9-slice panels, NinePatchRect produces clean panels of any "
+"size, based on a small texture. To do so, it splits the texture in a 3×3 "
+"grid. When you scale the node, it tiles the texture's sides horizontally or "
+"vertically, the center on both axes but it doesn't scale or tile the corners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the size of the margin identified by the given [enum Margin] "
+"constant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the margin identified by the given [enum Margin] constant "
+"to [code]value[/code] in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The stretch mode to use for horizontal stretching/tiling. See [enum "
+"NinePatchRect.AxisStretchMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The stretch mode to use for vertical stretching/tiling. See [enum "
+"NinePatchRect.AxisStretchMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], draw the panel's center. Else, only draw the 9-slice's "
+"borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"The height of the 9-slice's bottom row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's "
+"bottom corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 "
+"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"The width of the 9-slice's left column. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's "
+"left corners and side will have a width of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 "
+"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"The width of the 9-slice's right column. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's "
+"right corners and side will have a width of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 "
+"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The height of the 9-slice's top row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's top "
+"corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 margin "
+"values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Rectangular region of the texture to sample from. If you're working with an "
+"atlas, use this property to define the area the 9-slice should use. All "
+"other properties are relative to this one. If the rect is empty, "
+"NinePatchRect will use the whole texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:55
+msgid "The node's texture resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:61
+msgid "Emitted when the node's texture changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Stretches the center texture across the NinePatchRect. This may cause the "
+"texture to be distorted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the center texture across the NinePatchRect. This won't cause any "
+"visible distortion. The texture must be seamless for this to work without "
+"displaying artifacts between edges.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only supported when using the GLES3 renderer. When using the "
+"GLES2 renderer, this will behave like [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NinePatchRect.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the center texture across the NinePatchRect, but will also stretch "
+"the texture to make sure each tile is visible in full. This may cause the "
+"texture to be distorted, but less than [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH]. "
+"The texture must be seamless for this to work without displaying artifacts "
+"between edges.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only supported when using the GLES3 renderer. When using the "
+"GLES2 renderer, this will behave like [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_STRETCH]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all [i]scene[/i] objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Nodes are Godot's building blocks. They can be assigned as the child of "
+"another node, resulting in a tree arrangement. A given node can contain any "
+"number of nodes as children with the requirement that all siblings (direct "
+"children of a node) should have unique names.\n"
+"A tree of nodes is called a [i]scene[/i]. Scenes can be saved to the disk "
+"and then instanced into other scenes. This allows for very high flexibility "
+"in the architecture and data model of Godot projects.\n"
+"[b]Scene tree:[/b] The [SceneTree] contains the active tree of nodes. When a "
+"node is added to the scene tree, it receives the [constant "
+"NOTIFICATION_ENTER_TREE] notification and its [method _enter_tree] callback "
+"is triggered. Child nodes are always added [i]after[/i] their parent node, i."
+"e. the [method _enter_tree] callback of a parent node will be triggered "
+"before its child's.\n"
+"Once all nodes have been added in the scene tree, they receive the [constant "
+"NOTIFICATION_READY] notification and their respective [method _ready] "
+"callbacks are triggered. For groups of nodes, the [method _ready] callback "
+"is called in reverse order, starting with the children and moving up to the "
+"parent nodes.\n"
+"This means that when adding a node to the scene tree, the following order "
+"will be used for the callbacks: [method _enter_tree] of the parent, [method "
+"_enter_tree] of the children, [method _ready] of the children and finally "
+"[method _ready] of the parent (recursively for the entire scene tree).\n"
+"[b]Processing:[/b] Nodes can override the \"process\" state, so that they "
+"receive a callback on each frame requesting them to process (do something). "
+"Normal processing (callback [method _process], toggled with [method "
+"set_process]) happens as fast as possible and is dependent on the frame "
+"rate, so the processing time [i]delta[/i] (in seconds) is passed as an "
+"argument. Physics processing (callback [method _physics_process], toggled "
+"with [method set_physics_process]) happens a fixed number of times per "
+"second (60 by default) and is useful for code related to the physics "
+"engine.\n"
+"Nodes can also process input events. When present, the [method _input] "
+"function will be called for each input that the program receives. In many "
+"cases, this can be overkill (unless used for simple projects), and the "
+"[method _unhandled_input] function might be preferred; it is called when the "
+"input event was not handled by anyone else (typically, GUI [Control] nodes), "
+"ensuring that the node only receives the events that were meant for it.\n"
+"To keep track of the scene hierarchy (especially when instancing scenes into "
+"other scenes), an \"owner\" can be set for the node with the [member owner] "
+"property. This keeps track of who instanced what. This is mostly useful when "
+"writing editors and tools, though.\n"
+"Finally, when a node is freed with [method Object.free] or [method "
+"queue_free], it will also free all its children.\n"
+"[b]Groups:[/b] Nodes can be added to as many groups as you want to be easy "
+"to manage, you could create groups like \"enemies\" or \"collectables\" for "
+"example, depending on your game. See [method add_to_group], [method "
+"is_in_group] and [method remove_from_group]. You can then retrieve all nodes "
+"in these groups, iterate them and even call methods on groups via the "
+"methods on [SceneTree].\n"
+"[b]Networking with nodes:[/b] After connecting to a server (or making one, "
+"see [NetworkedMultiplayerENet]), it is possible to use the built-in RPC "
+"(remote procedure call) system to communicate over the network. By calling "
+"[method rpc] with a method name, it will be called locally and in all "
+"connected peers (peers = clients and the server that accepts connections). "
+"To identify which node receives the RPC call, Godot will use its [NodePath] "
+"(make sure node names are the same on all peers). Also, take a look at the "
+"high-level networking tutorial and corresponding demos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/"
+"scenes_and_nodes.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:21
+msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Called when the node enters the [SceneTree] (e.g. upon instancing, scene "
+"changing, or after calling [method add_child] in a script). If the node has "
+"children, its [method _enter_tree] callback will be called first, and then "
+"that of the children.\n"
+"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_ENTER_TREE] notification in "
+"[method Object._notification]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Called when the node is about to leave the [SceneTree] (e.g. upon freeing, "
+"scene changing, or after calling [method remove_child] in a script). If the "
+"node has children, its [method _exit_tree] callback will be called last, "
+"after all its children have left the tree.\n"
+"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_EXIT_TREE] notification in [method "
+"Object._notification] and signal [signal tree_exiting]. To get notified when "
+"the node has already left the active tree, connect to the [signal "
+"tree_exited]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"The string returned from this method is displayed as a warning in the Scene "
+"Dock if the script that overrides it is a [code]tool[/code] script.\n"
+"Returning an empty string produces no warning.\n"
+"Call [method update_configuration_warning] when the warning needs to be "
+"updated for this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Called when there is an input event. The input event propagates up through "
+"the node tree until a node consumes it.\n"
+"It is only called if input processing is enabled, which is done "
+"automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method "
+"set_process_input].\n"
+"To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, "
+"[method SceneTree.set_input_as_handled] can be called.\n"
+"For gameplay input, [method _unhandled_input] and [method "
+"_unhandled_key_input] are usually a better fit as they allow the GUI to "
+"intercept the events first.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene "
+"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Called during the physics processing step of the main loop. Physics "
+"processing means that the frame rate is synced to the physics, i.e. the "
+"[code]delta[/code] variable should be constant. [code]delta[/code] is in "
+"seconds.\n"
+"It is only called if physics processing is enabled, which is done "
+"automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method "
+"set_physics_process].\n"
+"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_PHYSICS_PROCESS] notification in "
+"[method Object._notification].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene "
+"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Called during the processing step of the main loop. Processing happens at "
+"every frame and as fast as possible, so the [code]delta[/code] time since "
+"the previous frame is not constant. [code]delta[/code] is in seconds.\n"
+"It is only called if processing is enabled, which is done automatically if "
+"this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method set_process].\n"
+"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_PROCESS] notification in [method "
+"Object._notification].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene "
+"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Called when the node is \"ready\", i.e. when both the node and its children "
+"have entered the scene tree. If the node has children, their [method _ready] "
+"callbacks get triggered first, and the parent node will receive the ready "
+"notification afterwards.\n"
+"Corresponds to the [constant NOTIFICATION_READY] notification in [method "
+"Object._notification]. See also the [code]onready[/code] keyword for "
+"variables.\n"
+"Usually used for initialization. For even earlier initialization, [method "
+"Object._init] may be used. See also [method _enter_tree].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method _ready] may be called only once for each node. After "
+"removing a node from the scene tree and adding again, [code]_ready[/code] "
+"will not be called for the second time. This can be bypassed with requesting "
+"another call with [method request_ready], which may be called anywhere "
+"before adding the node again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Called when an [InputEvent] hasn't been consumed by [method _input] or any "
+"GUI. The input event propagates up through the node tree until a node "
+"consumes it.\n"
+"It is only called if unhandled input processing is enabled, which is done "
+"automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with [method "
+"set_process_unhandled_input].\n"
+"To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, "
+"[method SceneTree.set_input_as_handled] can be called.\n"
+"For gameplay input, this and [method _unhandled_key_input] are usually a "
+"better fit than [method _input] as they allow the GUI to intercept the "
+"events first.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene "
+"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Called when an [InputEventKey] hasn't been consumed by [method _input] or "
+"any GUI. The input event propagates up through the node tree until a node "
+"consumes it.\n"
+"It is only called if unhandled key input processing is enabled, which is "
+"done automatically if this method is overridden, and can be toggled with "
+"[method set_process_unhandled_key_input].\n"
+"To consume the input event and stop it propagating further to other nodes, "
+"[method SceneTree.set_input_as_handled] can be called.\n"
+"For gameplay input, this and [method _unhandled_input] are usually a better "
+"fit than [method _input] as they allow the GUI to intercept the events "
+"first.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only called if the node is present in the scene "
+"tree (i.e. if it's not orphan)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Adds a child node. Nodes can have any number of children, but every child "
+"must have a unique name. Child nodes are automatically deleted when the "
+"parent node is deleted, so an entire scene can be removed by deleting its "
+"topmost node.\n"
+"If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node "
+"will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being "
+"instanced instead of its type.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If the child node already has a parent, the function will fail. "
+"Use [method remove_child] first to remove the node from its current parent. "
+"For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"if child_node.get_parent():\n"
+" child_node.get_parent().remove_child(child_node)\n"
+"add_child(child_node)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you want a child to be persisted to a [PackedScene], you "
+"must set [member owner] in addition to calling [method add_child]. This is "
+"typically relevant for [url=https://godot.readthedocs.io/en/3.2/tutorials/"
+"misc/running_code_in_the_editor.html]tool scripts[/url] and [url=https://"
+"godot.readthedocs.io/en/latest/tutorials/plugins/editor/index.html]editor "
+"plugins[/url]. If [method add_child] is called without setting [member "
+"owner], the newly added [Node] will not be visible in the scene tree, though "
+"it will be visible in the 2D/3D view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]child_node[/code] as a child. The child is placed below the given "
+"[code]node[/code] in the list of children.\n"
+"If [code]legible_unique_name[/code] is [code]true[/code], the child node "
+"will have a human-readable name based on the name of the node being "
+"instanced instead of its type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Adds the node to a group. Groups are helpers to name and organize a subset "
+"of nodes, for example \"enemies\" or \"collectables\". A node can be in any "
+"number of groups. Nodes can be assigned a group at any time, but will not be "
+"added until they are inside the scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree]). "
+"See notes in the description, and the group methods in [SceneTree].\n"
+"The [code]persistent[/code] option is used when packing node to "
+"[PackedScene] and saving to file. Non-persistent groups aren't stored.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the order of node groups is [i]not[/i] "
+"guaranteed. The order of node groups should not be relied upon as it can "
+"vary across project runs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node can process while the scene tree is "
+"paused (see [member pause_mode]). Always returns [code]true[/code] if the "
+"scene tree is not paused, and [code]false[/code] if the node is not in the "
+"tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Duplicates the node, returning a new node.\n"
+"You can fine-tune the behavior using the [code]flags[/code] (see [enum "
+"DuplicateFlags]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It will not work properly if the node contains a script with "
+"constructor arguments (i.e. needs to supply arguments to [method Object."
+"_init] method). In that case, the node will be duplicated without a script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Finds a descendant of this node whose name matches [code]mask[/code] as in "
+"[method String.match] (i.e. case-sensitive, but [code]\"*\"[/code] matches "
+"zero or more characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any single character "
+"except [code]\".\"[/code]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It does not match against the full path, just against "
+"individual node names.\n"
+"If [code]owned[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method only finds nodes "
+"whose owner is this node. This is especially important for scenes "
+"instantiated through a script, because those scenes don't have an owner.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] As this method walks through all the descendants of the node, "
+"it is the slowest way to get a reference to another node. Whenever possible, "
+"consider using [method get_node] instead. To avoid using [method find_node] "
+"too often, consider caching the node reference into a variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Finds the first parent of the current node whose name matches [code]mask[/"
+"code] as in [method String.match] (i.e. case-sensitive, but [code]\"*\"[/"
+"code] matches zero or more characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any "
+"single character except [code]\".\"[/code]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It does not match against the full path, just against "
+"individual node names.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] As this method walks upwards in the scene tree, it can be slow "
+"in large, deeply nested scene trees. Whenever possible, consider using "
+"[method get_node] instead. To avoid using [method find_parent] too often, "
+"consider caching the node reference into a variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"Returns a child node by its index (see [method get_child_count]). This "
+"method is often used for iterating all children of a node.\n"
+"To access a child node via its name, use [method get_node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:191
+msgid "Returns the number of child nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:197
+msgid "Returns an array of references to node's children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array listing the groups that the node is a member of.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, the order of node groups is [i]not[/i] "
+"guaranteed. The order of node groups should not be relied upon as it can "
+"vary across project runs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"Returns the node's index, i.e. its position among the siblings of its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Returns the peer ID of the network master for this node. See [method "
+"set_network_master]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"Fetches a node. The [NodePath] can be either a relative path (from the "
+"current node) or an absolute path (in the scene tree) to a node. If the path "
+"does not exist, a [code]null instance[/code] is returned and an error is "
+"logged. Attempts to access methods on the return value will result in an "
+"\"Attempt to call <method> on a null instance.\" error.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Fetching absolute paths only works when the node is inside the "
+"scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree]).\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b] Assume your current node is Character and the following "
+"tree:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"/root\n"
+"/root/Character\n"
+"/root/Character/Sword\n"
+"/root/Character/Backpack/Dagger\n"
+"/root/MyGame\n"
+"/root/Swamp/Alligator\n"
+"/root/Swamp/Mosquito\n"
+"/root/Swamp/Goblin\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Possible paths are:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"get_node(\"Sword\")\n"
+"get_node(\"Backpack/Dagger\")\n"
+"get_node(\"../Swamp/Alligator\")\n"
+"get_node(\"/root/MyGame\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Fetches a node and one of its resources as specified by the [NodePath]'s "
+"subname (e.g. [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape[/code]). If several nested "
+"resources are specified in the [NodePath], the last one will be fetched.\n"
+"The return value is an array of size 3: the first index points to the [Node] "
+"(or [code]null[/code] if not found), the second index points to the "
+"[Resource] (or [code]null[/code] if not found), and the third index is the "
+"remaining [NodePath], if any.\n"
+"For example, assuming that [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D[/code] is a valid "
+"node and that its [code]shape[/code] property has been assigned a "
+"[RectangleShape2D] resource, one could have this kind of output:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(get_node_and_resource(\"Area2D/CollisionShape2D\")) # "
+"[[CollisionShape2D:1161], Null, ]\n"
+"print(get_node_and_resource(\"Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape\")) # "
+"[[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], ]\n"
+"print(get_node_and_resource(\"Area2D/CollisionShape2D:shape:extents\")) # "
+"[[CollisionShape2D:1161], [RectangleShape2D:1156], :extents]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"Similar to [method get_node], but does not log an error if [code]path[/code] "
+"does not point to a valid [Node]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:269
+msgid ""
+"Returns the parent node of the current node, or a [code]null instance[/code] "
+"if the node lacks a parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute path of the current node. This only works if the "
+"current node is inside the scene tree (see [method is_inside_tree])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"Returns the relative [NodePath] from this node to the specified [code]node[/"
+"code]. Both nodes must be in the same scene or the function will fail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Returns the time elapsed (in seconds) since the last physics-bound frame "
+"(see [method _physics_process]). This is always a constant value in physics "
+"processing unless the frames per second is changed via [member Engine."
+"iterations_per_second]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"Returns the node's order in the scene tree branch. For example, if called on "
+"the first child node the position is [code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"Returns the time elapsed (in seconds) since the last process callback. This "
+"value may vary from frame to frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is an instance load placeholder. See "
+"[InstancePlaceholder]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:312
+msgid "Returns the [SceneTree] that contains this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:318
+msgid "Returns the node's [Viewport]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node that the [NodePath] points to exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [NodePath] points to a valid node and its "
+"subname points to a valid resource, e.g. [code]Area2D/CollisionShape2D:"
+"shape[/code]. Properties with a non-[Resource] type (e.g. nodes or primitive "
+"math types) are not considered resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:339
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given node is a direct or indirect child of "
+"the current node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:345
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is folded (collapsed) in the Scene "
+"dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:352
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given node occurs later in the scene "
+"hierarchy than the current node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:359
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this node is in the specified group. See notes "
+"in the description, and the group methods in [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:365
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this node is currently inside a [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:371
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the local system is the master of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if physics processing is enabled (see [method "
+"set_physics_process])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:383
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if internal physics processing is enabled (see "
+"[method set_physics_process_internal])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:389
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if processing is enabled (see [method "
+"set_process])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is processing input (see [method "
+"set_process_input])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:401
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if internal processing is enabled (see [method "
+"set_process_internal])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:407
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is processing unhandled input (see "
+"[method set_process_unhandled_input])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:413
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node is processing unhandled key input (see "
+"[method set_process_unhandled_key_input])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"Moves a child node to a different position (order) among the other children. "
+"Since calls, signals, etc are performed by tree order, changing the order of "
+"children nodes may be useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:427
+msgid ""
+"Prints all stray nodes (nodes outside the [SceneTree]). Used for debugging. "
+"Works only in debug builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:433
+msgid ""
+"Prints the tree to stdout. Used mainly for debugging purposes. This version "
+"displays the path relative to the current node, and is good for copy/pasting "
+"into the [method get_node] function.\n"
+"[b]Example output:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"TheGame\n"
+"TheGame/Menu\n"
+"TheGame/Menu/Label\n"
+"TheGame/Menu/Camera2D\n"
+"TheGame/SplashScreen\n"
+"TheGame/SplashScreen/Camera2D\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:448
+msgid ""
+"Similar to [method print_tree], this prints the tree to stdout. This version "
+"displays a more graphical representation similar to what is displayed in the "
+"scene inspector. It is useful for inspecting larger trees.\n"
+"[b]Example output:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+" ┖╴TheGame\n"
+" ┠╴Menu\n"
+" ┃ ┠╴Label\n"
+" ┃ ┖╴Camera2D\n"
+" ┖╴SplashScreen\n"
+" ┖╴Camera2D\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:466
+msgid ""
+"Calls the given method (if present) with the arguments given in [code]args[/"
+"code] on this node and recursively on all its children. If the "
+"[code]parent_first[/code] argument is [code]true[/code], the method will be "
+"called on the current node first, then on all its children. If "
+"[code]parent_first[/code] is [code]false[/code], the children will be called "
+"first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:473
+msgid ""
+"Notifies the current node and all its children recursively by calling "
+"[method Object.notification] on all of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:479
+msgid ""
+"Queues a node for deletion at the end of the current frame. When deleted, "
+"all of its child nodes will be deleted as well. This method ensures it's "
+"safe to delete the node, contrary to [method Object.free]. Use [method "
+"Object.is_queued_for_deletion] to check whether a node will be deleted at "
+"the end of the frame.\n"
+"[b]Important:[/b] If you have a variable pointing to a node, it will [i]not[/"
+"i] be assigned to [code]null[/code] once the node is freed. Instead, it will "
+"point to a [i]previously freed instance[/i] and you should validate it with "
+"[method @GDScript.is_instance_valid] before attempting to call its methods "
+"or access its properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:486
+msgid ""
+"Moves this node to the bottom of parent node's children hierarchy. This is "
+"often useful in GUIs ([Control] nodes), because their order of drawing "
+"depends on their order in the tree. The top Node is drawn first, then any "
+"siblings below the top Node in the hierarchy are successively drawn on top "
+"of it. After using [code]raise[/code], a Control will be drawn on top of its "
+"siblings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"Removes a node and sets all its children as children of the parent node (if "
+"it exists). All event subscriptions that pass by the removed node will be "
+"unsubscribed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:499
+msgid ""
+"Removes a child node. The node is NOT deleted and must be deleted manually.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This function may set the [member owner] of the removed Node "
+"(or its descendants) to be [code]null[/code], if that [member owner] is no "
+"longer a parent or ancestor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:507
+msgid ""
+"Removes a node from a group. See notes in the description, and the group "
+"methods in [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:515
+msgid ""
+"Replaces a node in a scene by the given one. Subscriptions that pass through "
+"this node will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:521
+msgid ""
+"Requests that [code]_ready[/code] be called again. Note that the method "
+"won't be called immediately, but is scheduled for when the node is added to "
+"the scene tree again (see [method _ready]). [code]_ready[/code] is called "
+"only for the node which requested it, which means that you need to request "
+"ready for each child if you want them to call [code]_ready[/code] too (in "
+"which case, [code]_ready[/code] will be called in the same order as it would "
+"normally)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:528
+msgid ""
+"Sends a remote procedure call request for the given [code]method[/code] to "
+"peers on the network (and locally), optionally sending all additional "
+"arguments as arguments to the method called by the RPC. The call request "
+"will only be received by nodes with the same [NodePath], including the exact "
+"same node name. Behaviour depends on the RPC configuration for the given "
+"method, see [method rpc_config]. Methods are not exposed to RPCs by default. "
+"See also [method rset] and [method rset_config] for properties. Returns an "
+"empty [Variant].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You can only safely use RPCs on clients after you received the "
+"[code]connected_to_server[/code] signal from the [SceneTree]. You also need "
+"to keep track of the connection state, either by the [SceneTree] signals "
+"like [code]server_disconnected[/code] or by checking [code]SceneTree."
+"network_peer.get_connection_status() == CONNECTION_CONNECTED[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:537
+msgid ""
+"Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]method[/code] to the given "
+"[code]mode[/code]. See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode]. An alternative is "
+"annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords "
+"([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], "
+"[code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). "
+"By default, methods are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). See also "
+"[method rset] and [method rset_config] for properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:545
+msgid ""
+"Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] "
+"(see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer]). Returns an empty "
+"[Variant]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:552
+msgid ""
+"Sends a [method rpc] using an unreliable protocol. Returns an empty "
+"[Variant]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:560
+msgid ""
+"Sends a [method rpc] to a specific peer identified by [code]peer_id[/code] "
+"using an unreliable protocol (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer."
+"set_target_peer]). Returns an empty [Variant]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:568
+msgid ""
+"Remotely changes a property's value on other peers (and locally). Behaviour "
+"depends on the RPC configuration for the given property, see [method "
+"rset_config]. See also [method rpc] for RPCs for methods, most information "
+"applies to this method as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:576
+msgid ""
+"Changes the RPC mode for the given [code]property[/code] to the given "
+"[code]mode[/code]. See [enum MultiplayerAPI.RPCMode]. An alternative is "
+"annotating methods and properties with the corresponding keywords "
+"([code]remote[/code], [code]master[/code], [code]puppet[/code], "
+"[code]remotesync[/code], [code]mastersync[/code], [code]puppetsync[/code]). "
+"By default, properties are not exposed to networking (and RPCs). See also "
+"[method rpc] and [method rpc_config] for methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:585
+msgid ""
+"Remotely changes the property's value on a specific peer identified by "
+"[code]peer_id[/code] (see [method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:593
+msgid ""
+"Remotely changes the property's value on other peers (and locally) using an "
+"unreliable protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:602
+msgid ""
+"Remotely changes property's value on a specific peer identified by "
+"[code]peer_id[/code] using an unreliable protocol (see [method "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.set_target_peer])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:609
+msgid "Sets the folded state of the node in the Scene dock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:617
+msgid ""
+"Sets the node's network master to the peer with the given peer ID. The "
+"network master is the peer that has authority over the node on the network. "
+"Useful in conjunction with the [code]master[/code] and [code]puppet[/code] "
+"keywords. Inherited from the parent node by default, which ultimately "
+"defaults to peer ID 1 (the server). If [code]recursive[/code], the given "
+"peer is recursively set as the master for all children of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:624
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables physics (i.e. fixed framerate) processing. When a node "
+"is being processed, it will receive a [constant "
+"NOTIFICATION_PHYSICS_PROCESS] at a fixed (usually 60 FPS, see [member Engine."
+"iterations_per_second] to change) interval (and the [method "
+"_physics_process] callback will be called if exists). Enabled automatically "
+"if [method _physics_process] is overridden. Any calls to this before [method "
+"_ready] will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:631
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables internal physics for this node. Internal physics "
+"processing happens in isolation from the normal [method _physics_process] "
+"calls and is used by some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning "
+"even if the node is paused or physics processing is disabled for scripting "
+"([method set_physics_process]). Only useful for advanced uses to manipulate "
+"built-in nodes' behavior.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Built-in Nodes rely on the internal processing for their own "
+"logic, so changing this value from your code may lead to unexpected "
+"behavior. Script access to this internal logic is provided for specific "
+"advanced uses, but is unsafe and not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:639
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables processing. When a node is being processed, it will "
+"receive a [constant NOTIFICATION_PROCESS] on every drawn frame (and the "
+"[method _process] callback will be called if exists). Enabled automatically "
+"if [method _process] is overridden. Any calls to this before [method _ready] "
+"will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:646
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables input processing. This is not required for GUI controls! "
+"Enabled automatically if [method _input] is overridden. Any calls to this "
+"before [method _ready] will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:653
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disabled internal processing for this node. Internal processing "
+"happens in isolation from the normal [method _process] calls and is used by "
+"some nodes internally to guarantee proper functioning even if the node is "
+"paused or processing is disabled for scripting ([method set_process]). Only "
+"useful for advanced uses to manipulate built-in nodes' behavior.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Built-in Nodes rely on the internal processing for their own "
+"logic, so changing this value from your code may lead to unexpected "
+"behavior. Script access to this internal logic is provided for specific "
+"advanced uses, but is unsafe and not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:661
+msgid ""
+"Enables unhandled input processing. This is not required for GUI controls! "
+"It enables the node to receive all input that was not previously handled "
+"(usually by a [Control]). Enabled automatically if [method _unhandled_input] "
+"is overridden. Any calls to this before [method _ready] will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:668
+msgid ""
+"Enables unhandled key input processing. Enabled automatically if [method "
+"_unhandled_key_input] is overridden. Any calls to this before [method "
+"_ready] will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:675
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether this is an instance load placeholder. See [InstancePlaceholder]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:681
+msgid ""
+"Updates the warning displayed for this node in the Scene Dock.\n"
+"Use [method _get_configuration_warning] to setup the warning message to "
+"display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:688
+msgid ""
+"The override to the default [MultiplayerAPI]. Set to [code]null[/code] to "
+"use the default [SceneTree] one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:691
+msgid ""
+"If a scene is instantiated from a file, its topmost node contains the "
+"absolute file path from which it was loaded in [member filename] (e.g. "
+"[code]res://levels/1.tscn[/code]). Otherwise, [member filename] is set to an "
+"empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:694
+msgid ""
+"The [MultiplayerAPI] instance associated with this node. Either the [member "
+"custom_multiplayer], or the default SceneTree one (if inside tree)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:697
+msgid ""
+"The name of the node. This name is unique among the siblings (other child "
+"nodes from the same parent). When set to an existing name, the node will be "
+"automatically renamed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Auto-generated names might include the [code]@[/code] "
+"character, which is reserved for unique names when using [method add_child]. "
+"When setting the name manually, any [code]@[/code] will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:701
+msgid ""
+"The node owner. A node can have any other node as owner (as long as it is a "
+"valid parent, grandparent, etc. ascending in the tree). When saving a node "
+"(using [PackedScene]), all the nodes it owns will be saved with it. This "
+"allows for the creation of complex [SceneTree]s, with instancing and "
+"subinstancing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:704
+msgid "Pause mode. How the node will behave if the [SceneTree] is paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:707
+msgid ""
+"The node's priority in the execution order of the enabled processing "
+"callbacks (i.e. [constant NOTIFICATION_PROCESS], [constant "
+"NOTIFICATION_PHYSICS_PROCESS] and their internal counterparts). Nodes whose "
+"process priority value is [i]lower[/i] will have their processing callbacks "
+"executed first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:713
+msgid "Emitted when the node is ready."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:718
+msgid "Emitted when the node is renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:723
+msgid "Emitted when the node enters the tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:728
+msgid "Emitted after the node exits the tree and is no longer active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:733
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the node is still active but about to exit the tree. This is "
+"the right place for de-initialization (or a \"destructor\", if you will)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:739
+msgid "Notification received when the node enters a [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:742
+msgid "Notification received when the node is about to exit a [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:745
+msgid "Notification received when the node is moved in the parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:748
+msgid "Notification received when the node is ready. See [method _ready]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:751
+msgid "Notification received when the node is paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:754
+msgid "Notification received when the node is unpaused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:757
+msgid ""
+"Notification received every frame when the physics process flag is set (see "
+"[method set_physics_process])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:760
+msgid ""
+"Notification received every frame when the process flag is set (see [method "
+"set_process])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:763
+msgid ""
+"Notification received when a node is set as a child of another node.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This doesn't mean that a node entered the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:767
+msgid ""
+"Notification received when a node is unparented (parent removed it from the "
+"list of children)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:770
+msgid "Notification received when the node is instanced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:773
+msgid "Notification received when a drag begins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:776
+msgid "Notification received when a drag ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:779
+msgid "Notification received when the node's [NodePath] changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:782
+msgid ""
+"Notification received every frame when the internal process flag is set (see "
+"[method set_process_internal])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:785
+msgid ""
+"Notification received every frame when the internal physics process flag is "
+"set (see [method set_physics_process_internal])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:788
+msgid ""
+"Notification received when the node is ready, just before [constant "
+"NOTIFICATION_READY] is received. Unlike the latter, it's sent every time the "
+"node enters tree, instead of only once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:846
+msgid ""
+"Inherits pause mode from the node's parent. For the root node, it is "
+"equivalent to [constant PAUSE_MODE_STOP]. Default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:849
+msgid "Stops processing when the [SceneTree] is paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:852
+msgid "Continue to process regardless of the [SceneTree] pause state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:855
+msgid "Duplicate the node's signals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:858
+msgid "Duplicate the node's groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:861
+msgid "Duplicate the node's scripts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node.xml:864
+msgid ""
+"Duplicate using instancing.\n"
+"An instance stays linked to the original so when the original changes, the "
+"instance changes too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A 2D game object, inherited by all 2D-related nodes. Has a position, "
+"rotation, scale, and Z index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A 2D game object, with a transform (position, rotation, and scale). All 2D "
+"nodes, including physics objects and sprites, inherit from Node2D. Use "
+"Node2D as a parent node to move, scale and rotate children in a 2D project. "
+"Also gives control of the node's render order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:11 doc/classes/Vector2.xml:16
+msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/2d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:18
+msgid "Multiplies the current scale by the [code]ratio[/code] vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the angle between the node and the [code]point[/code] in radians.\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
+"node2d_get_angle_to.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:33
+msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] relative to this node's parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:40
+msgid "Adds the [code]offset[/code] vector to the node's global position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the node so it points towards the [code]point[/code], which is "
+"expected to use global coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Applies a local translation on the node's X axis based on the [method Node."
+"_process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is [code]false[/"
+"code], normalizes the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Applies a local translation on the node's Y axis based on the [method Node."
+"_process]'s [code]delta[/code]. If [code]scaled[/code] is [code]false[/"
+"code], normalizes the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Applies a rotation to the node, in radians, starting from its current "
+"rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Transforms the provided local position into a position in global coordinate "
+"space. The input is expected to be local relative to the [Node2D] it is "
+"called on. e.g. Applying this method to the positions of child nodes will "
+"correctly transform their positions into the global coordinate space, but "
+"applying it to a node's own position will give an incorrect result, as it "
+"will incorporate the node's own transformation into its global position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Transforms the provided global position into a position in local coordinate "
+"space. The output will be local relative to the [Node2D] it is called on. e."
+"g. It is appropriate for determining the positions of child nodes, but it is "
+"not appropriate for determining its own position relative to its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Translates the node by the given [code]offset[/code] in local coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:97
+msgid "Global position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:100
+msgid "Global rotation in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:103
+msgid "Global rotation in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:106
+msgid "Global scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:109
+msgid "Global [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:112
+msgid "Position, relative to the node's parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:115
+msgid "Rotation in radians, relative to the node's parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:118
+msgid "Rotation in degrees, relative to the node's parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:121
+msgid "The node's scale. Unscaled value: [code](1, 1)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:124
+msgid "Local [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the node's Z index is relative to its parent's Z "
+"index. If this node's Z index is 2 and its parent's effective Z index is 3, "
+"then this node's effective Z index will be 2 + 3 = 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Node2D.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Z index. Controls the order in which the nodes render. A node with a higher "
+"Z index will display in front of others. Must be between [constant "
+"VisualServer.CANVAS_ITEM_Z_MIN] and [constant VisualServer."
+"CANVAS_ITEM_Z_MAX] (inclusive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:4
+msgid "Pre-parsed scene tree path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A pre-parsed relative or absolute path in a scene tree, for use with [method "
+"Node.get_node] and similar functions. It can reference a node, a resource "
+"within a node, or a property of a node or resource. For instance, "
+"[code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:size\"[/code] would refer to the "
+"[code]size[/code] property of the [code]texture[/code] resource on the node "
+"named [code]\"Sprite\"[/code] which is a child of the other named nodes in "
+"the path.\n"
+"You will usually just pass a string to [method Node.get_node] and it will be "
+"automatically converted, but you may occasionally want to parse a path ahead "
+"of time with [NodePath] or the literal syntax [code]@\"path\"[/code]. "
+"Exporting a [NodePath] variable will give you a node selection widget in the "
+"properties panel of the editor, which can often be useful.\n"
+"A [NodePath] is composed of a list of slash-separated node names (like a "
+"filesystem path) and an optional colon-separated list of \"subnames\" which "
+"can be resources or properties.\n"
+"Some examples of NodePaths include the following:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# No leading slash means it is relative to the current node.\n"
+"@\"A\" # Immediate child A\n"
+"@\"A/B\" # A's child B\n"
+"@\".\" # The current node.\n"
+"@\"..\" # The parent node.\n"
+"@\"../C\" # A sibling node C.\n"
+"# A leading slash means it is absolute from the SceneTree.\n"
+"@\"/root\" # Equivalent to get_tree().get_root().\n"
+"@\"/root/Main\" # If your main scene's root node were named \"Main\".\n"
+"@\"/root/MyAutoload\" # If you have an autoloaded node or scene.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In the editor, [NodePath] properties are automatically updated "
+"when moving, renaming or deleting a node in the scene tree, but they are "
+"never updated at runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:26 doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:41
+#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:10 doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:16 doc/classes/TileSet.xml:16
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/520"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Creates a NodePath from a string, e.g. [code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:"
+"texture:size\"[/code]. A path is absolute if it starts with a slash. "
+"Absolute paths are only valid in the global scene tree, not within "
+"individual scenes. In a relative path, [code]\".\"[/code] and [code]\"..\"[/"
+"code] indicate the current node and its parent.\n"
+"The \"subnames\" optionally included after the path to the target node can "
+"point to resources or properties, and can also be nested.\n"
+"Examples of valid NodePaths (assuming that those nodes exist and have the "
+"referenced resources or properties):\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Points to the Sprite node\n"
+"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite\"\n"
+"# Points to the Sprite node and its \"texture\" resource.\n"
+"# get_node() would retrieve \"Sprite\", while get_node_and_resource()\n"
+"# would retrieve both the Sprite node and the \"texture\" resource.\n"
+"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture\"\n"
+"# Points to the Sprite node and its \"position\" property.\n"
+"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:position\"\n"
+"# Points to the Sprite node and the \"x\" component of its \"position\" "
+"property.\n"
+"\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:position:x\"\n"
+"# Absolute path (from \"root\")\n"
+"\"/root/Level/Path2D\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns a node path with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) prepended, "
+"transforming it to a pure property path with no node name (defaults to "
+"resolving from the current node).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# This will be parsed as a node path to the \"x\" property in the \"position"
+"\" node\n"
+"var node_path = NodePath(\"position:x\")\n"
+"# This will be parsed as a node path to the \"x\" component of the \"position"
+"\" property in the current node\n"
+"var property_path = node_path.get_as_property_path()\n"
+"print(property_path) # :position:x\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Returns all subnames concatenated with a colon character ([code]:[/code]) as "
+"separator, i.e. the right side of the first colon in a node path.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var nodepath = NodePath(\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:load_path\")\n"
+"print(nodepath.get_concatenated_subnames()) # texture:load_path\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Gets the node name indicated by [code]idx[/code] (0 to [method "
+"get_name_count]).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var node_path = NodePath(\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite\")\n"
+"print(node_path.get_name(0)) # Path2D\n"
+"print(node_path.get_name(1)) # PathFollow2D\n"
+"print(node_path.get_name(2)) # Sprite\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Gets the number of node names which make up the path. Subnames (see [method "
+"get_subname_count]) are not included.\n"
+"For example, [code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite\"[/code] has 3 names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Gets the resource or property name indicated by [code]idx[/code] (0 to "
+"[method get_subname_count]).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var node_path = NodePath(\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:load_path\")\n"
+"print(node_path.get_subname(0)) # texture\n"
+"print(node_path.get_subname(1)) # load_path\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Gets the number of resource or property names (\"subnames\") in the path. "
+"Each subname is listed after a colon character ([code]:[/code]) in the node "
+"path.\n"
+"For example, [code]\"Path2D/PathFollow2D/Sprite:texture:load_path\"[/code] "
+"has 2 subnames."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is absolute (as opposed to "
+"relative), which means that it starts with a slash character ([code]/[/"
+"code]). Absolute node paths can be used to access the root node ([code]\"/"
+"root\"[/code]) or autoloads (e.g. [code]\"/global\"[/code] if a \"global\" "
+"autoload was registered)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/NodePath.xml:123
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the node path is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:4
+msgid "[OpenSimplexNoise] filled texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Uses an [OpenSimplexNoise] to fill the texture data. You can specify the "
+"texture size but keep in mind that larger textures will take longer to "
+"generate and seamless noise only works with square sized textures.\n"
+"NoiseTexture can also generate normalmap textures.\n"
+"The class uses [Thread]s to generate the texture data internally, so [method "
+"Texture.get_data] may return [code]null[/code] if the generation process has "
+"not completed yet. In that case, you need to wait for the texture to be "
+"generated before accessing the data:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var texture = preload(\"res://noise.tres\")\n"
+"yield(texture, \"changed\")\n"
+"var image = texture.get_data()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the resulting texture contains a normal map created "
+"from the original noise interpreted as a bump map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Strength of the bump maps used in this texture. A higher value will make the "
+"bump maps appear larger while a lower value will make them appear softer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:29
+msgid "Height of the generated texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:32
+msgid "The [OpenSimplexNoise] instance used to generate the noise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"An offset used to specify the noise space coordinate of the top left corner "
+"of the generated noise. This value is ignored if [member seamless] is "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Whether the texture can be tiled without visible seams or not. Seamless "
+"textures take longer to generate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Seamless noise has a lower contrast compared to non-seamless "
+"noise. This is due to the way noise uses higher dimensions for generating "
+"seamless noise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/NoiseTexture.xml:42
+msgid "Width of the generated texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all non-built-in types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Every class which is not a built-in type inherits from this class.\n"
+"You can construct Objects from scripting languages, using [code]Object.new()"
+"[/code] in GDScript, [code]new Object[/code] in C#, or the \"Construct Object"
+"\" node in VisualScript.\n"
+"Objects do not manage memory. If a class inherits from Object, you will have "
+"to delete instances of it manually. To do so, call the [method free] method "
+"from your script or delete the instance from C++.\n"
+"Some classes that extend Object add memory management. This is the case of "
+"[Reference], which counts references and deletes itself automatically when "
+"no longer referenced. [Node], another fundamental type, deletes all its "
+"children when freed from memory.\n"
+"Objects export properties, which are mainly useful for storage and editing, "
+"but not really so much in programming. Properties are exported in [method "
+"_get_property_list] and handled in [method _get] and [method _set]. However, "
+"scripting languages and C++ have simpler means to export them.\n"
+"Property membership can be tested directly in GDScript using [code]in[/"
+"code]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var n = Node2D.new()\n"
+"print(\"position\" in n) # Prints \"True\".\n"
+"print(\"other_property\" in n) # Prints \"False\".\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The [code]in[/code] operator will evaluate to [code]true[/code] as long as "
+"the key exists, even if the value is [code]null[/code].\n"
+"Objects also receive notifications. Notifications are a simple way to notify "
+"the object about different events, so they can all be handled together. See "
+"[method _notification].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike references to a [Reference], references to an Object "
+"stored in a variable can become invalid without warning. Therefore, it's "
+"recommended to use [Reference] for data classes instead of [Object].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a bug, you can't create a \"plain\" Object using "
+"[code]Object.new()[/code]. Instead, use [code]ClassDB.instance(\"Object\")[/"
+"code]. This bug only applies to Object itself, not any of its descendents "
+"like [Reference]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:24 doc/classes/Reference.xml:13
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/best_practices/"
+"node_alternatives.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/"
+"gdscript_exports.html#advanced-exports"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of "
+"[method get].\n"
+"Returns the given property. Returns [code]null[/code] if the [code]property[/"
+"code] does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of "
+"[method get_property_list].\n"
+"Returns the object's property list as an [Array] of dictionaries.\n"
+"Each property's [Dictionary] must contain at least [code]name: String[/code] "
+"and [code]type: int[/code] (see [enum Variant.Type]) entries. Optionally, it "
+"can also include [code]hint: int[/code] (see [enum PropertyHint]), "
+"[code]hint_string: String[/code], and [code]usage: int[/code] (see [enum "
+"PropertyUsageFlags])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:47
+msgid "Called when the object is initialized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Called whenever the object receives a notification, which is identified in "
+"[code]what[/code] by a constant. The base [Object] has two constants "
+"[constant NOTIFICATION_POSTINITIALIZE] and [constant "
+"NOTIFICATION_PREDELETE], but subclasses such as [Node] define a lot more "
+"notifications which are also received by this method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of "
+"[method set].\n"
+"Sets a property. Returns [code]true[/code] if the [code]property[/code] "
+"exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Virtual method which can be overridden to customize the return value of "
+"[method to_string], and thus the object's representation where it is "
+"converted to a string, e.g. with [code]print(obj)[/code].\n"
+"Returns a [String] representing the object. If not overridden, defaults to "
+"[code]\"[ClassName:RID]\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Adds a user-defined [code]signal[/code]. Arguments are optional, but can be "
+"added as an [Array] of dictionaries, each containing [code]name: String[/"
+"code] and [code]type: int[/code] (see [enum Variant.Type]) entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object and returns the result. This "
+"method supports a variable number of arguments, so parameters are passed as "
+"a comma separated list. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"call(\"set\", \"position\", Vector2(42.0, 0.0))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the method name must be specified as snake_case if it is "
+"defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined methods "
+"where you should use the same convention as in the C# source (typically "
+"PascalCase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object during idle time. This method "
+"supports a variable number of arguments, so parameters are passed as a comma "
+"separated list. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"call_deferred(\"set\", \"position\", Vector2(42.0, 0.0))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the method name must be specified as snake_case if it is "
+"defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined methods "
+"where you should use the same convention as in the C# source (typically "
+"PascalCase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the object and returns the result. "
+"Contrarily to [method call], this method does not support a variable number "
+"of arguments but expects all parameters to be via a single [Array].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"callv(\"set\", [ \"position\", Vector2(42.0, 0.0) ])\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the object can translate strings. See [method "
+"set_message_translation] and [method tr]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Connects a [code]signal[/code] to a [code]method[/code] on a [code]target[/"
+"code] object. Pass optional [code]binds[/code] to the call as an [Array] of "
+"parameters. These parameters will be passed to the method after any "
+"parameter used in the call to [method emit_signal]. Use [code]flags[/code] "
+"to set deferred or one-shot connections. See [enum ConnectFlags] constants.\n"
+"A [code]signal[/code] can only be connected once to a [code]method[/code]. "
+"It will throw an error if already connected, unless the signal was connected "
+"with [constant CONNECT_REFERENCE_COUNTED]. To avoid this, first, use [method "
+"is_connected] to check for existing connections.\n"
+"If the [code]target[/code] is destroyed in the game's lifecycle, the "
+"connection will be lost.\n"
+"Examples:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"connect(\"pressed\", self, \"_on_Button_pressed\") # BaseButton signal\n"
+"connect(\"text_entered\", self, \"_on_LineEdit_text_entered\") # LineEdit "
+"signal\n"
+"connect(\"hit\", self, \"_on_Player_hit\", [ weapon_type, damage ]) # User-"
+"defined signal\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"An example of the relationship between [code]binds[/code] passed to [method "
+"connect] and parameters used when calling [method emit_signal]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"connect(\"hit\", self, \"_on_Player_hit\", [ weapon_type, damage ]) # "
+"weapon_type and damage are passed last\n"
+"emit_signal(\"hit\", \"Dark lord\", 5) # \"Dark lord\" and 5 are passed "
+"first\n"
+"func _on_Player_hit(hit_by, level, weapon_type, damage):\n"
+" print(\"Hit by %s (lvl %d) with weapon %s for %d damage\" % [hit_by, "
+"level, weapon_type, damage])\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Disconnects a [code]signal[/code] from a [code]method[/code] on the given "
+"[code]target[/code].\n"
+"If you try to disconnect a connection that does not exist, the method will "
+"throw an error. Use [method is_connected] to ensure that the connection "
+"exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"Emits the given [code]signal[/code]. The signal must exist, so it should be "
+"a built-in signal of this class or one of its parent classes, or a user-"
+"defined signal. This method supports a variable number of arguments, so "
+"parameters are passed as a comma separated list. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"emit_signal(\"hit\", weapon_type, damage)\n"
+"emit_signal(\"game_over\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the object from memory immediately. For [Node]s, you may want to use "
+"[method Node.queue_free] to queue the node for safe deletion at the end of "
+"the current frame.\n"
+"[b]Important:[/b] If you have a variable pointing to an object, it will "
+"[i]not[/i] be assigned to [code]null[/code] once the object is freed. "
+"Instead, it will point to a [i]previously freed instance[/i] and you should "
+"validate it with [method @GDScript.is_instance_valid] before attempting to "
+"call its methods or access its properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Variant] value of the given [code]property[/code]. If the "
+"[code]property[/code] doesn't exist, this will return [code]null[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the property name must be specified as snake_case if it "
+"is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined "
+"properties where you should use the same convention as in the C# source "
+"(typically PascalCase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Returns the object's class as a [String]. See also [method is_class].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method get_class] does not take [code]class_name[/code] "
+"declarations into account. If the object has a [code]class_name[/code] "
+"defined, the base class name will be returned instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] of dictionaries with information about signals that are "
+"connected to the object.\n"
+"Each [Dictionary] contains three String entries:\n"
+"- [code]source[/code] is a reference to the signal emitter.\n"
+"- [code]signal_name[/code] is the name of the connected signal.\n"
+"- [code]method_name[/code] is the name of the method to which the signal is "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"Gets the object's property indexed by the given [NodePath]. The node path "
+"should be relative to the current object and can use the colon character "
+"([code]:[/code]) to access nested properties. Examples: [code]\"position:x"
+"\"[/code] or [code]\"material:next_pass:blend_mode\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"Returns the object's unique instance ID.\n"
+"This ID can be saved in [EncodedObjectAsID], and can be used to retrieve the "
+"object instance with [method @GDScript.instance_from_id]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:217
+msgid "Returns the object's metadata entry for the given [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:223
+msgid "Returns the object's metadata as a [PoolStringArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:229
+msgid "Returns the object's methods and their signatures as an [Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Returns the object's property list as an [Array] of dictionaries.\n"
+"Each property's [Dictionary] contain at least [code]name: String[/code] and "
+"[code]type: int[/code] (see [enum Variant.Type]) entries. Optionally, it can "
+"also include [code]hint: int[/code] (see [enum PropertyHint]), "
+"[code]hint_string: String[/code], and [code]usage: int[/code] (see [enum "
+"PropertyUsageFlags])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"Returns the object's [Script] instance, or [code]null[/code] if none is "
+"assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:249
+msgid "Returns an [Array] of connections for the given [code]signal[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:255
+msgid "Returns the list of signals as an [Array] of dictionaries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a metadata entry is found with the given "
+"[code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:269
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the object contains the given [code]method[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:276
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [code]signal[/code] exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given user-defined [code]signal[/code] "
+"exists. Only signals added using [method add_user_signal] are taken into "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:289
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if signal emission blocking is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:296
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the object inherits from the given [code]class[/"
+"code]. See also [method get_class].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method is_class] does not take [code]class_name[/code] "
+"declarations into account. If the object has a [code]class_name[/code] "
+"defined, [method is_class] will return [code]false[/code] for that name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a connection exists for a given [code]signal[/"
+"code], [code]target[/code], and [code]method[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [method Node.queue_free] method was called "
+"for the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:320
+msgid ""
+"Send a given notification to the object, which will also trigger a call to "
+"the [method _notification] method of all classes that the object inherits "
+"from.\n"
+"If [code]reversed[/code] is [code]true[/code], [method _notification] is "
+"called first on the object's own class, and then up to its successive parent "
+"classes. If [code]reversed[/code] is [code]false[/code], [method "
+"_notification] is called first on the highest ancestor ([Object] itself), "
+"and then down to its successive inheriting classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Notify the editor that the property list has changed, so that editor plugins "
+"can take the new values into account. Does nothing on export builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"Removes a given entry from the object's metadata. See also [method set_meta]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:342
+msgid ""
+"Assigns a new value to the given property. If the [code]property[/code] does "
+"not exist, nothing will happen.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the property name must be specified as snake_case if it "
+"is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined "
+"properties where you should use the same convention as in the C# source "
+"(typically PascalCase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:350
+msgid "If set to [code]true[/code], signal emission is blocked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:358
+msgid ""
+"Assigns a new value to the given property, after the current frame's physics "
+"step. This is equivalent to calling [method set] via [method call_deferred], "
+"i.e. [code]call_deferred(\"set\", property, value)[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, the property name must be specified as snake_case if it "
+"is defined by a built-in Godot node. This doesn't apply to user-defined "
+"properties where you should use the same convention as in the C# source "
+"(typically PascalCase)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:367
+msgid ""
+"Assigns a new value to the property identified by the [NodePath]. The node "
+"path should be relative to the current object and can use the colon "
+"character ([code]:[/code]) to access nested properties. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"set_indexed(\"position\", Vector2(42, 0))\n"
+"set_indexed(\"position:y\", -10)\n"
+"print(position) # (42, -10)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:379
+msgid ""
+"Defines whether the object can translate strings (with calls to [method "
+"tr]). Enabled by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:387
+msgid ""
+"Adds, changes or removes a given entry in the object's metadata. Metadata "
+"are serialized and can take any [Variant] value.\n"
+"To remove a given entry from the object's metadata, use [method "
+"remove_meta]. Metadata is also removed if its value is set to [code]null[/"
+"code]. This means you can also use [code]set_meta(\"name\", null)[/code] to "
+"remove metadata for [code]\"name\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"Assigns a script to the object. Each object can have a single script "
+"assigned to it, which are used to extend its functionality.\n"
+"If the object already had a script, the previous script instance will be "
+"freed and its variables and state will be lost. The new script's [method "
+"_init] method will be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:402
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [String] representing the object. If not overridden, defaults to "
+"[code]\"[ClassName:RID]\"[/code].\n"
+"Override the method [method _to_string] to customize the [String] "
+"representation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:410
+msgid ""
+"Translates a message using translation catalogs configured in the Project "
+"Settings.\n"
+"Only works if message translation is enabled (which it is by default), "
+"otherwise it returns the [code]message[/code] unchanged. See [method "
+"set_message_translation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:418
+msgid "Emitted whenever the object's script is changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:424
+msgid "Called right when the object is initialized. Not available in script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:427
+msgid "Called before the object is about to be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"Connects a signal in deferred mode. This way, signal emissions are stored in "
+"a queue, then set on idle time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:433
+msgid "Persisting connections are saved when the object is serialized to file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:436
+msgid "One-shot connections disconnect themselves after emission."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Object.xml:439
+msgid ""
+"Connect a signal as reference-counted. This means that a given signal can be "
+"connected several times to the same target, and will only be fully "
+"disconnected once no references are left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Occluder.xml:4
+msgid "Allows [OccluderShape]s to be used for occlusion culling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Occluder.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[Occluder]s that are placed within your scene will automatically cull "
+"objects that are hidden from view by the occluder. This can increase "
+"performance by decreasing the amount of objects drawn.\n"
+"[Occluder]s are totally dynamic, you can move them as you wish. This means "
+"you can for example, place occluders on a moving spaceship, and have it "
+"occlude objects as it flies past.\n"
+"You can place a large number of [Occluder]s within a scene. As it would be "
+"counterproductive to cull against hundreds of occluders, the system will "
+"automatically choose a selection of these for active use during any given "
+"frame, based a screen space metric. Larger occluders are favored, as well as "
+"those close to the camera. Note that a small occluder close to the camera "
+"may be a better occluder in terms of screen space than a large occluder far "
+"in the distance.\n"
+"The type of occlusion primitive is determined by the [OccluderShape] that "
+"you add to the [Occluder]. Some [OccluderShape]s may allow more than one "
+"primitive in a single, node, for greater efficiency.\n"
+"Although [Occluder]s work in general use, they also become even more "
+"powerful when used in conjunction with the portal system. Occluders are "
+"placed in rooms (based on their origin), and can block portals (and thus "
+"entire rooms) as well as objects from rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:4
+msgid "Defines a 2D polygon for LightOccluder2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Editor facility that helps you draw a 2D polygon used as resource for "
+"[LightOccluder2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], closes the polygon. A closed OccluderPolygon2D "
+"occludes the light coming from any direction. An opened OccluderPolygon2D "
+"occludes the light only at its outline's direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:18
+msgid "The culling mode to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"A [Vector2] array with the index for polygon's vertices positions.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The returned value is a copy of the underlying array, rather "
+"than a reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:27
+msgid "Culling is disabled. See [member cull_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Culling is performed in the clockwise direction. See [member cull_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderPolygon2D.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Culling is performed in the counterclockwise direction. See [member "
+"cull_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShape.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Base class for shapes used for occlusion culling by the [Occluder] node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShape.xml:7
+msgid "[Occluder]s can use any primitive shape derived from [OccluderShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:4
+msgid "Spherical occlusion primitive for use with the [Occluder] node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[OccluderShape]s are resources used by [Occluder] nodes, allowing geometric "
+"occlusion culling.\n"
+"This shape can include multiple spheres. These can be created and deleted "
+"either in the Editor inspector or by calling [code]set_spheres[/code]. The "
+"sphere positions can be set by dragging the handle in the Editor viewport. "
+"The radius can be set with the smaller handle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:18
+msgid "Sets an individual sphere's position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:26
+msgid "Sets an individual sphere's radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OccluderShapeSphere.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"The sphere data can be accessed as an array of [Plane]s. The position of "
+"each sphere is stored in the [code]normal[/code], and the radius is stored "
+"in the [code]d[/code] value of the plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:4
+msgid "Omnidirectional light, such as a light bulb or a candle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An Omnidirectional light is a type of [Light] that emits light in all "
+"directions. The light is attenuated by distance and this attenuation can be "
+"configured by changing its energy, radius, and attenuation parameters.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, only 32 OmniLights may affect a single mesh "
+"[i]resource[/i] at once. Consider splitting your level into several meshes "
+"to decrease the likelihood that more than 32 lights will affect the same "
+"mesh resource. Splitting the level mesh will also improve frustum culling "
+"effectiveness, leading to greater performance. If you need to use more "
+"lights per mesh, you can increase [member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/"
+"rendering/max_lights_per_object] at the cost of shader compilation times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The light's attenuation (drop-off) curve. A number of presets are available "
+"in the [b]Inspector[/b] by right-clicking the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"The light's radius. Note that the effectively lit area may appear to be "
+"smaller depending on the [member omni_attenuation] in use. No matter the "
+"[member omni_attenuation] in use, the light will never reach anything "
+"outside this radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:23
+msgid "See [enum ShadowDetail]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:26
+msgid "See [enum ShadowMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Shadows are rendered to a dual-paraboloid texture. Faster than [constant "
+"SHADOW_CUBE], but lower-quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Shadows are rendered to a cubemap. Slower than [constant "
+"SHADOW_DUAL_PARABOLOID], but higher-quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:37
+msgid "Use more detail vertically when computing the shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OmniLight.xml:40
+msgid "Use more detail horizontally when computing the shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:4
+msgid "Noise generator based on Open Simplex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This resource allows you to configure and sample a fractal noise space. Here "
+"is a brief usage example that configures an OpenSimplexNoise and gets "
+"samples at various positions and dimensions:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var noise = OpenSimplexNoise.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"# Configure\n"
+"noise.seed = randi()\n"
+"noise.octaves = 4\n"
+"noise.period = 20.0\n"
+"noise.persistence = 0.8\n"
+"\n"
+"# Sample\n"
+"print(\"Values:\")\n"
+"print(noise.get_noise_2d(1.0, 1.0))\n"
+"print(noise.get_noise_3d(0.5, 3.0, 15.0))\n"
+"print(noise.get_noise_4d(0.5, 1.9, 4.7, 0.0))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Generate a noise image in [constant Image.FORMAT_L8] format with the "
+"requested [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code], based on the current "
+"noise parameters. If [code]noise_offset[/code] is specified, then the offset "
+"value is used as the coordinates of the top-left corner of the generated "
+"noise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 1D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given x-coordinate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method actually returns the 2D noise value [code][-1,1][/"
+"code] with fixed y-coordinate value 0.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:49
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:56
+msgid "Returns the 2D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:65
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:72
+msgid "Returns the 3D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:82
+msgid "Returns the 4D noise value [code][-1,1][/code] at the given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Generate a tileable noise image in [constant Image.FORMAT_L8] format, based "
+"on the current noise parameters. Generated seamless images are always square "
+"([code]size[/code] × [code]size[/code]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Seamless noise has a lower contrast compared to non-seamless "
+"noise. This is due to the way noise uses higher dimensions for generating "
+"seamless noise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:96
+msgid "Difference in period between [member octaves]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Number of OpenSimplex noise layers that are sampled to get the fractal "
+"noise. Higher values result in more detailed noise but take more time to "
+"generate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum allowed value is 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Period of the base octave. A lower period results in a higher-frequency "
+"noise (more value changes across the same distance)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Contribution factor of the different octaves. A [code]persistence[/code] "
+"value of 1 means all the octaves have the same contribution, a value of 0.5 "
+"means each octave contributes half as much as the previous one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/opensimplex/doc_classes/OpenSimplexNoise.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Seed used to generate random values, different seeds will generate different "
+"noise maps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:4
+msgid "Button control that provides selectable options when pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"OptionButton is a type button that provides a selectable list of items when "
+"pressed. The item selected becomes the \"current\" item and is displayed as "
+"the button text.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Adds an item, with a [code]texture[/code] icon, text [code]label[/code] and "
+"(optionally) [code]id[/code]. If no [code]id[/code] is passed, the item "
+"index will be used as the item's ID. New items are appended at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Adds an item, with text [code]label[/code] and (optionally) [code]id[/code]. "
+"If no [code]id[/code] is passed, the item index will be used as the item's "
+"ID. New items are appended at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Adds a separator to the list of items. Separators help to group items. "
+"Separator also takes up an index and is appended at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:39
+msgid "Clears all the items in the [OptionButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the amount of items in the OptionButton, including separators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:52 doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:203
+msgid "Returns the icon of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:59
+msgid "Returns the ID of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the index of the item with the given [code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Retrieves the metadata of an item. Metadata may be any type and can be used "
+"to store extra information about an item, such as an external string ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:80 doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:245
+msgid "Returns the text of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ID of the selected item, or [code]0[/code] if no item is "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Gets the metadata of the selected item. Metadata for items can be set using "
+"[method set_item_metadata]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:113
+msgid "Removes the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Selects an item by index and makes it the current item. This will work even "
+"if the item is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the item at index [code]idx[/code] is disabled.\n"
+"Disabled items are drawn differently in the dropdown and are not selectable "
+"by the user. If the current selected item is set as disabled, it will remain "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:137
+msgid "Sets the icon of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:145
+msgid "Sets the ID of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"Sets the metadata of an item. Metadata may be of any type and can be used to "
+"store extra information about an item, such as an external string ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:161 doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:432
+msgid "Sets the text of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"The index of the currently selected item, or [code]-1[/code] if no item is "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the user navigates to an item using the [code]ui_up[/code] or "
+"[code]ui_down[/code] actions. The index of the item selected is passed as "
+"argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:183
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the current item has been changed by the user. The index of the "
+"item selected is passed as argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:191
+msgid "The arrow icon to be drawn on the right end of the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal space between the arrow icon and the right edge of the button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:197
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is focused. It is displayed over the "
+"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus "
+"visual effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:203
+msgid "[Font] of the [OptionButton]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:206
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [OptionButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:209
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is focused. Only replaces the "
+"normal text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:215
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:218
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:221
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:224
+msgid "The horizontal space between [OptionButton]'s icon and text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:227
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [OptionButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OptionButton.xml:230
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [OptionButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:4
+msgid "Operating System functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Operating System functions. OS wraps the most common functionality to "
+"communicate with the host operating system, such as the clipboard, video "
+"driver, date and time, timers, environment variables, execution of binaries, "
+"command line, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Displays a modal dialog box using the host OS' facilities. Execution is "
+"blocked until the dialog is closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:24
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the host OS allows drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the current host platform is using multiple "
+"threads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:36
+msgid "Centers the window on the screen if in windowed mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Shuts down system MIDI driver.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Delays execution of the current thread by [code]msec[/code] milliseconds. "
+"[code]msec[/code] must be greater than or equal to [code]0[/code]. "
+"Otherwise, [method delay_msec] will do nothing and will print an error "
+"message.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method delay_msec] is a [i]blocking[/i] way to delay code "
+"execution. To delay code execution in a non-blocking way, see [method "
+"SceneTree.create_timer]. Yielding with [method SceneTree.create_timer] will "
+"delay the execution of code placed below the [code]yield[/code] without "
+"affecting the rest of the project (or editor, for [EditorPlugin]s and "
+"[EditorScript]s).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When [method delay_msec] is called on the main thread, it will "
+"freeze the project and will prevent it from redrawing and registering input "
+"until the delay has passed. When using [method delay_msec] as part of an "
+"[EditorPlugin] or [EditorScript], it will freeze the editor but won't freeze "
+"the project if it is currently running (since the project is an independent "
+"child process)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Delays execution of the current thread by [code]usec[/code] microseconds. "
+"[code]usec[/code] must be greater than or equal to [code]0[/code]. "
+"Otherwise, [method delay_usec] will do nothing and will print an error "
+"message.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method delay_usec] is a [i]blocking[/i] way to delay code "
+"execution. To delay code execution in a non-blocking way, see [method "
+"SceneTree.create_timer]. Yielding with [method SceneTree.create_timer] will "
+"delay the execution of code placed below the [code]yield[/code] without "
+"affecting the rest of the project (or editor, for [EditorPlugin]s and "
+"[EditorScript]s).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When [method delay_usec] is called on the main thread, it will "
+"freeze the project and will prevent it from redrawing and registering input "
+"until the delay has passed. When using [method delay_usec] as part of an "
+"[EditorPlugin] or [EditorScript], it will freeze the editor but won't freeze "
+"the project if it is currently running (since the project is an independent "
+"child process)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Dumps the memory allocation ringlist to a file (only works in debug).\n"
+"Entry format per line: \"Address - Size - Description\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Dumps all used resources to file (only works in debug).\n"
+"Entry format per line: \"Resource Type : Resource Location\".\n"
+"At the end of the file is a statistic of all used Resource Types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Execute the file at the given path with the arguments passed as an array of "
+"strings. Platform path resolution will take place. The resolved file must "
+"exist and be executable.\n"
+"The arguments are used in the given order and separated by a space, so "
+"[code]OS.execute(\"ping\", [\"-w\", \"3\", \"godotengine.org\"], false)[/"
+"code] will resolve to [code]ping -w 3 godotengine.org[/code] in the system's "
+"shell.\n"
+"This method has slightly different behavior based on whether the "
+"[code]blocking[/code] mode is enabled.\n"
+"If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]true[/code], the Godot thread will pause "
+"its execution while waiting for the process to terminate. The shell output "
+"of the process will be written to the [code]output[/code] array as a single "
+"string. When the process terminates, the Godot thread will resume "
+"execution.\n"
+"If [code]blocking[/code] is [code]false[/code], the Godot thread will "
+"continue while the new process runs. It is not possible to retrieve the "
+"shell output in non-blocking mode, so [code]output[/code] will be empty.\n"
+"The return value also depends on the blocking mode. When blocking, the "
+"method will return an exit code of the process. When non-blocking, the "
+"method returns a process ID, which you can use to monitor the process (and "
+"potentially terminate it with [method kill]). If the process forking (non-"
+"blocking) or opening (blocking) fails, the method will return [code]-1[/"
+"code] or another exit code.\n"
+"Example of blocking mode and retrieving the shell output:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var output = []\n"
+"var exit_code = OS.execute(\"ls\", [\"-l\", \"/tmp\"], true, output)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Example of non-blocking mode, running another instance of the project and "
+"storing its process ID:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var pid = OS.execute(OS.get_executable_path(), [], false)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If you wish to access a shell built-in or perform a composite command, a "
+"platform-specific shell can be invoked. For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"OS.execute(\"CMD.exe\", [\"/C\", \"cd %TEMP% && dir\"], true, output)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and "
+"Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:115
+msgid "Returns the scancode of the given string (e.g. \"Escape\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:121
+msgid "Returns the total number of available audio drivers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:128
+msgid "Returns the audio driver name for the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [i]global[/i] cache data directory according to the operating "
+"system's standards. On desktop platforms, this path can be overridden by "
+"setting the [code]XDG_CACHE_HOME[/code] environment variable before starting "
+"the project. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/"
+"data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] in the documentation for "
+"more information. See also [method get_config_dir] and [method "
+"get_data_dir].\n"
+"Not to be confused with [method get_user_data_dir], which returns the "
+"[i]project-specific[/i] user data path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Returns the command-line arguments passed to the engine.\n"
+"Command-line arguments can be written in any form, including both [code]--"
+"key value[/code] and [code]--key=value[/code] forms so they can be properly "
+"parsed, as long as custom command-line arguments do not conflict with engine "
+"arguments.\n"
+"You can also incorporate environment variables using the [method "
+"get_environment] method.\n"
+"You can set [member ProjectSettings.editor/main_run_args] to define command-"
+"line arguments to be passed by the editor when running the project.\n"
+"Here's a minimal example on how to parse command-line arguments into a "
+"dictionary using the [code]--key=value[/code] form for arguments:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var arguments = {}\n"
+"for argument in OS.get_cmdline_args():\n"
+" if argument.find(\"=\") > -1:\n"
+" var key_value = argument.split(\"=\")\n"
+" arguments[key_value[0].lstrip(\"--\")] = key_value[1]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [i]global[/i] user configuration directory according to the "
+"operating system's standards. On desktop platforms, this path can be "
+"overridden by setting the [code]XDG_CONFIG_HOME[/code] environment variable "
+"before starting the project. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/"
+"tutorials/io/data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information. See also [method get_cache_dir] and "
+"[method get_data_dir].\n"
+"Not to be confused with [method get_user_data_dir], which returns the "
+"[i]project-specific[/i] user data path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of MIDI device names.\n"
+"The returned array will be empty if the system MIDI driver has not "
+"previously been initialised with [method open_midi_inputs].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Returns the currently used video driver, using one of the values from [enum "
+"VideoDriver]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [i]global[/i] user data directory according to the operating "
+"system's standards. On desktop platforms, this path can be overridden by "
+"setting the [code]XDG_DATA_HOME[/code] environment variable before starting "
+"the project. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/io/"
+"data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] in the documentation for "
+"more information. See also [method get_cache_dir] and [method "
+"get_config_dir].\n"
+"Not to be confused with [method get_user_data_dir], which returns the "
+"[i]project-specific[/i] user data path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Returns current date as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], "
+"[code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]dst[/code] "
+"(Daylight Savings Time)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"Returns current datetime as a dictionary of keys: [code]year[/code], "
+"[code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]weekday[/code], [code]dst[/code] "
+"(Daylight Savings Time), [code]hour[/code], [code]minute[/code], "
+"[code]second[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Gets a dictionary of time values corresponding to the given UNIX epoch time "
+"(in seconds).\n"
+"The returned Dictionary's values will be the same as [method get_datetime], "
+"with the exception of Daylight Savings Time as it cannot be determined from "
+"the epoch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:208
+msgid "Returns the total amount of dynamic memory used (only works in debug)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of an environment variable. Returns an empty string if the "
+"environment variable doesn't exist.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Double-check the casing of [code]variable[/code]. Environment "
+"variable names are case-sensitive on all platforms except Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:222
+msgid "Returns the path to the current engine executable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"With this function, you can get the list of dangerous permissions that have "
+"been granted to the Android application.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Returns the IME cursor position (the currently-edited portion of the string) "
+"relative to the characters in the composition string.\n"
+"[constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_OS_IME_UPDATE] is sent to the application to "
+"notify it of changes to the IME cursor position.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Returns the IME intermediate composition string.\n"
+"[constant MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_OS_IME_UPDATE] is sent to the application to "
+"notify it of changes to the IME composition string.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current latin keyboard variant as a String.\n"
+"Possible return values are: [code]\"QWERTY\"[/code], [code]\"AZERTY\"[/"
+"code], [code]\"QZERTY\"[/code], [code]\"DVORAK\"[/code], [code]\"NEO\"[/"
+"code], [code]\"COLEMAK\"[/code] or [code]\"ERROR\"[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows. Returns "
+"[code]\"QWERTY\"[/code] on unsupported platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:259
+msgid ""
+"Returns the host OS locale as a string of the form "
+"[code]language_Script_COUNTRY_VARIANT@extra[/code]. If you want only the "
+"language code and not the fully specified locale from the OS, you can use "
+"[method get_locale_language].\n"
+"[code]language[/code] - 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url], in lower case.\n"
+"[code]Script[/code] - optional, 4-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"ISO_15924]script code[/url], in title case.\n"
+"[code]COUNTRY[/code] - optional, 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/"
+"wiki/ISO_3166-1]country code[/url], in upper case.\n"
+"[code]VARIANT[/code] - optional, language variant, region and sort order. "
+"Variant can have any number of underscored keywords.\n"
+"[code]extra[/code] - optional, semicolon separated list of additional key "
+"words. Currency, calendar, sort order and numbering system information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"Returns the host OS locale's 2 or 3-letter [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/"
+"wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes]language code[/url] as a string which should be "
+"consistent on all platforms. This is equivalent to extracting the "
+"[code]language[/code] part of the [method get_locale] string.\n"
+"This can be used to narrow down fully specified locale strings to only the "
+"\"common\" language code, when you don't need the additional information "
+"about country code or variants. For example, for a French Canadian user with "
+"[code]fr_CA[/code] locale, this would return [code]fr[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"Returns the model name of the current device.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android and iOS. Returns "
+"[code]\"GenericDevice\"[/code] on unsupported platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the host OS. Possible values are: [code]\"Android\"[/"
+"code], [code]\"iOS\"[/code], [code]\"HTML5\"[/code], [code]\"OSX\"[/code], "
+"[code]\"Server\"[/code], [code]\"Windows\"[/code], [code]\"UWP\"[/code], "
+"[code]\"X11\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"Returns internal structure pointers for use in GDNative plugins.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux and Windows (other OSs will "
+"soon be supported)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"Returns the amount of battery left in the device as a percentage. Returns "
+"[code]-1[/code] if power state is unknown.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:305
+msgid ""
+"Returns an estimate of the time left in seconds before the device runs out "
+"of battery. Returns [code]-1[/code] if power state is unknown.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current state of the device regarding battery and power. See "
+"[enum PowerState] constants.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Returns the project's process ID.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and "
+"Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:326
+msgid "Returns the number of threads available on the host machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:332
+msgid "Returns the window size including decorations like window borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:339
+msgid ""
+"Returns the given scancode as a string (e.g. Return values: [code]\"Escape"
+"\"[/code], [code]\"Shift+Escape\"[/code]).\n"
+"See also [member InputEventKey.scancode] and [method InputEventKey."
+"get_scancode_with_modifiers]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:346
+msgid "Returns the number of displays attached to the host machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"Returns the dots per inch density of the specified screen. If [code]screen[/"
+"code] is [code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be "
+"used.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS, returned value is inaccurate if fractional display "
+"scaling mode is used.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On Android devices, the actual screen densities are grouped "
+"into six generalized densities:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+" ldpi - 120 dpi\n"
+" mdpi - 160 dpi\n"
+" hdpi - 240 dpi\n"
+" xhdpi - 320 dpi\n"
+" xxhdpi - 480 dpi\n"
+"xxxhdpi - 640 dpi\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, Linux, macOS and "
+"Windows. Returns [code]72[/code] on unsupported platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:370
+msgid ""
+"Return the greatest scale factor of all screens.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS returned value is [code]2.0[/code] if there is at "
+"least one hiDPI (Retina) screen in the system, and [code]1.0[/code] in all "
+"other cases.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:379
+msgid ""
+"Returns the position of the specified screen by index. If [code]screen[/"
+"code] is [code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:386
+msgid ""
+"Return the scale factor of the specified screen by index. If [code]screen[/"
+"code] is [code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be "
+"used.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On macOS returned value is [code]2.0[/code] for hiDPI (Retina) "
+"screen, and [code]1.0[/code] for all other cases.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"Returns the dimensions in pixels of the specified screen. If [code]screen[/"
+"code] is [code]-1[/code] (the default value), the current screen will be "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:401
+msgid ""
+"Returns the amount of time in milliseconds it took for the boot logo to "
+"appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:407
+msgid "Returns the maximum amount of static memory used (only works in debug)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:413
+msgid "Returns the amount of static memory being used by the program in bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"Returns the actual path to commonly used folders across different platforms. "
+"Available locations are specified in [enum SystemDir].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, Linux, macOS and "
+"Windows.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Shared storage is implemented on Android and allows to "
+"differentiate between app specific and shared directories. Shared "
+"directories have additional restrictions on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:429
+msgid "Returns the epoch time of the operating system in milliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:435
+msgid "Returns the epoch time of the operating system in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:441
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of available tablet drivers.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:449
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tablet driver name for the given index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:456
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ID of the current thread. This can be used in logs to ease "
+"debugging of multi-threaded applications.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Thread IDs are not deterministic and may be reused across "
+"application restarts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:463
+msgid ""
+"Returns the amount of time passed in milliseconds since the engine started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:469
+msgid ""
+"Returns the amount of time passed in microseconds since the engine started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:476
+msgid "Returns current time as a dictionary of keys: hour, minute, second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:482
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current time zone as a dictionary with the keys: bias and name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:488
+msgid ""
+"Returns a string that is unique to the device.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This string may change without notice if the user reinstalls/"
+"upgrades their operating system or changes their hardware. This means it "
+"should generally not be used to encrypt persistent data as the data saved "
+"before an unexpected ID change would become inaccessible. The returned "
+"string may also be falsified using external programs, so do not rely on the "
+"string returned by [method get_unique_id] for security purposes.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Returns an empty string on HTML5 and UWP, as this method isn't "
+"implemented on those platforms yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:496
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current UNIX epoch timestamp in seconds.\n"
+"[b]Important:[/b] This is the system clock that the user can manually set. "
+"[b]Never use[/b] this method for precise time calculation since its results "
+"are also subject to automatic adjustments by the operating system. [b]Always "
+"use[/b] [method get_ticks_usec] or [method get_ticks_msec] for precise time "
+"calculation instead, since they are guaranteed to be monotonic (i.e. never "
+"decrease)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:504
+msgid ""
+"Gets an epoch time value from a dictionary of time values.\n"
+"[code]datetime[/code] must be populated with the following keys: [code]year[/"
+"code], [code]month[/code], [code]day[/code], [code]hour[/code], "
+"[code]minute[/code], [code]second[/code].\n"
+"If the dictionary is empty [code]0[/code] is returned. If some keys are "
+"omitted, they default to the equivalent values for the UNIX epoch timestamp "
+"0 (1970-01-01 at 00:00:00 UTC).\n"
+"You can pass the output from [method get_datetime_from_unix_time] directly "
+"into this function. Daylight Savings Time ([code]dst[/code]), if present, is "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:513
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute directory path where user data is written ([code]user://"
+"[/code]).\n"
+"On Linux, this is [code]~/.local/share/godot/app_userdata/[project_name][/"
+"code], or [code]~/.local/share/[custom_name][/code] if "
+"[code]use_custom_user_dir[/code] is set.\n"
+"On macOS, this is [code]~/Library/Application Support/Godot/app_userdata/"
+"[project_name][/code], or [code]~/Library/Application Support/[custom_name][/"
+"code] if [code]use_custom_user_dir[/code] is set.\n"
+"On Windows, this is [code]%APPDATA%\\Godot\\app_userdata\\[project_name][/"
+"code], or [code]%APPDATA%\\[custom_name][/code] if "
+"[code]use_custom_user_dir[/code] is set. [code]%APPDATA%[/code] expands to "
+"[code]%USERPROFILE%\\AppData\\Roaming[/code].\n"
+"If the project name is empty, [code]user://[/code] falls back to [code]res://"
+"[/code].\n"
+"Not to be confused with [method get_data_dir], which returns the [i]global[/"
+"i] (non-project-specific) user data directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:524
+msgid "Returns the number of video drivers supported on the current platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:531
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the video driver matching the given [code]driver[/code] "
+"index. This index is a value from [enum VideoDriver], and you can use "
+"[method get_current_video_driver] to get the current backend's index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:537
+msgid ""
+"Returns the on-screen keyboard's height in pixels. Returns 0 if there is no "
+"keyboard or if it is currently hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:543
+msgid ""
+"Returns unobscured area of the window where interactive controls should be "
+"rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:553
+msgid ""
+"Add a new item with text \"label\" to global menu. Use \"_dock\" menu to add "
+"item to the macOS dock icon menu.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"Add a separator between items. Separators also occupy an index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:569
+msgid ""
+"Clear the global menu, in effect removing all items.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:578
+msgid ""
+"Removes the item at index \"idx\" from the global menu. Note that the "
+"indexes of items after the removed item are going to be shifted by one.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:586
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the environment variable with the name "
+"[code]variable[/code] exists.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Double-check the casing of [code]variable[/code]. Environment "
+"variable names are case-sensitive on all platforms except Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:594
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the feature for the given feature tag is "
+"supported in the currently running instance, depending on the platform, "
+"build etc. Can be used to check whether you're currently running a debug "
+"build, on a certain platform or arch, etc. Refer to the [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/workflow/export/feature_tags."
+"html]Feature Tags[/url] documentation for more details.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Tag names are case-sensitive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:601
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the device has a touchscreen or emulates one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:607
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the platform has a virtual keyboard, "
+"[code]false[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:613
+msgid "Hides the virtual keyboard if it is shown, does nothing otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:619
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the Godot binary used to run the project is a "
+"[i]debug[/i] export template, or when running in the editor.\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the Godot binary used to run the project is a "
+"[i]release[/i] export template.\n"
+"To check whether the Godot binary used to run the project is an export "
+"template (debug or release), use [code]OS.has_feature(\"standalone\")[/code] "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:627
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [b]OK[/b] button should appear on the left "
+"and [b]Cancel[/b] on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:634
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the input scancode corresponds to a Unicode "
+"character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:640
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the engine was executed with [code]-v[/code] "
+"(verbose stdout)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:646
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [code]user://[/code] file system is persistent, so "
+"that its state is the same after a player quits and starts the game again. "
+"Relevant to the HTML5 platform, where this persistence may be unavailable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:652
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the window should always be on top of other "
+"windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:658
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the window is currently focused.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only implemented on desktop platforms. On other platforms, it "
+"will always return [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:665
+msgid ""
+"Returns active keyboard layout index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:672
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of keyboard layouts.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:680
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ISO-639/BCP-47 language code of the keyboard layout at position "
+"[code]index[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:688
+msgid ""
+"Returns the localized name of the keyboard layout at position [code]index[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:696
+msgid ""
+"Sets active keyboard layout.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:704
+msgid ""
+"Kill (terminate) the process identified by the given process ID ([code]pid[/"
+"code]), e.g. the one returned by [method execute] in non-blocking mode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method can also be used to kill processes that were not "
+"spawned by the game.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, Linux, macOS and "
+"Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:712
+msgid ""
+"Moves the window to the front.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:719
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if native video is playing.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only implemented on iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:726
+msgid ""
+"Pauses native video playback.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only implemented on iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:737
+msgid ""
+"Plays native video from the specified path, at the given volume and with "
+"audio and subtitle tracks.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is only implemented on iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:744
+msgid ""
+"Stops native video playback.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:751
+msgid ""
+"Resumes native video playback.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:758
+msgid ""
+"Initialises the singleton for the system MIDI driver.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:766
+msgid ""
+"Shows all resources in the game. Optionally, the list can be written to a "
+"file by specifying a file path in [code]tofile[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:772
+msgid "Shows the list of loaded textures sorted by size in memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:779
+msgid "Shows the number of resources loaded by the game of the given types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:786
+msgid "Shows all resources currently used by the game."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:792
+msgid ""
+"Request the user attention to the window. It'll flash the taskbar button on "
+"Windows or bounce the dock icon on OSX.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:800
+msgid ""
+"At the moment this function is only used by [code]AudioDriverOpenSL[/code] "
+"to request permission for [code]RECORD_AUDIO[/code] on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:806
+msgid ""
+"With this function, you can request dangerous permissions since normal "
+"permissions are automatically granted at install time in Android "
+"applications.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:815
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value of the environment variable [code]variable[/code] to "
+"[code]value[/code]. The environment variable will be set for the Godot "
+"process and any process executed with [method execute] after running [method "
+"set_environment]. The environment variable will [i]not[/i] persist to "
+"processes run after the Godot process was terminated.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Double-check the casing of [code]variable[/code]. Environment "
+"variable names are case-sensitive on all platforms except Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:823
+msgid ""
+"Sets the game's icon using an [Image] resource.\n"
+"The same image is used for window caption, taskbar/dock and window selection "
+"dialog. Image is scaled as needed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:832
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether IME input mode should be enabled.\n"
+"If active IME handles key events before the application and creates an "
+"composition string and suggestion list.\n"
+"Application can retrieve the composition status by using [method "
+"get_ime_selection] and [method get_ime_text] functions.\n"
+"Completed composition string is committed when input is finished.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:843
+msgid ""
+"Sets position of IME suggestion list popup (in window coordinates).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:851
+msgid ""
+"Sets the game's icon using a multi-size platform-specific icon file ([code]*."
+"ico[/code] on Windows and [code]*.icns[/code] on macOS).\n"
+"Appropriate size sub-icons are used for window caption, taskbar/dock and "
+"window selection dialog.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:860
+msgid "Sets the name of the current thread."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:867
+msgid "Enables backup saves if [code]enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the window should always be on top.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"Sets a polygonal region of the window which accepts mouse events. Mouse "
+"events outside the region will be passed through.\n"
+"Passing an empty array will disable passthrough support (all mouse events "
+"will be intercepted by the window, which is the default behavior).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Set region, using Path2D node.\n"
+"OS.set_window_mouse_passthrough($Path2D.curve.get_baked_points())\n"
+"\n"
+"# Set region, using Polygon2D node.\n"
+"OS.set_window_mouse_passthrough($Polygon2D.polygon)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Reset region to default.\n"
+"OS.set_window_mouse_passthrough([])\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On Windows, the portion of a window that lies outside the "
+"region is not drawn, while on Linux and macOS it is.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:902
+msgid ""
+"Sets the window title to the specified string.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This should be used sporadically. Don't set this every frame, "
+"as that will negatively affect performance on some window managers.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:911
+msgid ""
+"Requests the OS to open a resource with the most appropriate program. For "
+"example:\n"
+"- [code]OS.shell_open(\"C:\\\\Users\\name\\Downloads\")[/code] on Windows "
+"opens the file explorer at the user's Downloads folder.\n"
+"- [code]OS.shell_open(\"https://godotengine.org\")[/code] opens the default "
+"web browser on the official Godot website.\n"
+"- [code]OS.shell_open(\"mailto:example@example.com\")[/code] opens the "
+"default email client with the \"To\" field set to [code]example@example.com[/"
+"code]. See [url=https://blog.escapecreative.com/customizing-mailto-"
+"links/]Customizing [code]mailto:[/code] Links[/url] for a list of fields "
+"that can be added.\n"
+"Use [method ProjectSettings.globalize_path] to convert a [code]res://[/code] "
+"or [code]user://[/code] path into a system path for use with this method.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS, HTML5, Linux, macOS "
+"and Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:924
+msgid ""
+"Shows the virtual keyboard if the platform has one.\n"
+"The [code]existing_text[/code] parameter is useful for implementing your own "
+"[LineEdit] or [TextEdit], as it tells the virtual keyboard what text has "
+"already been typed (the virtual keyboard uses it for auto-correct and "
+"predictions).\n"
+"The [code]multiline[/code] parameter needs to be set to [code]true[/code] to "
+"be able to enter multiple lines of text, as in [TextEdit].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is implemented on Android, iOS and UWP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:933
+msgid "The clipboard from the host OS. Might be unavailable on some platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:936
+msgid "The current screen index (starting from 0)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:939
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the engine filters the time delta measured between "
+"each frame, and attempts to compensate for random variation. This will only "
+"operate on systems where V-Sync is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:942
+msgid ""
+"The exit code passed to the OS when the main loop exits. By convention, an "
+"exit code of [code]0[/code] indicates success whereas a non-zero exit code "
+"indicates an error. For portability reasons, the exit code should be set "
+"between 0 and 125 (inclusive).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value will be ignored if using [method SceneTree.quit] "
+"with an [code]exit_code[/code] argument passed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:946
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the engine tries to keep the screen on while the game "
+"is running. Useful on mobile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:949
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the engine optimizes for low processor usage by only "
+"refreshing the screen if needed. Can improve battery consumption on mobile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:952
+msgid ""
+"The amount of sleeping between frames when the low-processor usage mode is "
+"enabled (in microseconds). Higher values will result in lower CPU usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:955
+msgid ""
+"The maximum size of the window (without counting window manager "
+"decorations). Does not affect fullscreen mode. Set to [code](0, 0)[/code] to "
+"reset to the system default value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:958
+msgid ""
+"The minimum size of the window in pixels (without counting window manager "
+"decorations). Does not affect fullscreen mode. Set to [code](0, 0)[/code] to "
+"reset to the system's default value.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, the project window has a minimum size of "
+"[code]Vector2(64, 64)[/code]. This prevents issues that can arise when the "
+"window is resized to a near-zero size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:962
+msgid "The current screen orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:965
+msgid "The current tablet driver in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:968
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], vertical synchronization (Vsync) is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:971
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] and [code]vsync_enabled[/code] is true, the operating "
+"system's window compositor will be used for vsync when the compositor is "
+"enabled and the game is in windowed mode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This option is experimental and meant to alleviate stutter "
+"experienced by some users. However, some users have experienced a Vsync "
+"framerate halving (e.g. from 60 FPS to 30 FPS) when using it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only implemented on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:976
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], removes the window frame.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Setting [code]window_borderless[/code] to [code]false[/code] "
+"disables per-pixel transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:980
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is fullscreen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:983
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is maximized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:986
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is minimized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:989
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the window background is transparent and the window "
+"frame is removed.\n"
+"Use [code]get_tree().get_root().set_transparent_background(true)[/code] to "
+"disable main viewport background rendering.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property has no effect if [member ProjectSettings.display/"
+"window/per_pixel_transparency/allowed] setting is disabled.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS, Windows, "
+"and Android. It can't be changed at runtime for Android. Use [member "
+"ProjectSettings.display/window/per_pixel_transparency/enabled] to set it at "
+"startup instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:995
+msgid ""
+"The window position relative to the screen, the origin is the top left "
+"corner, +Y axis goes to the bottom and +X axis goes to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:998
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the window is resizable by the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1001
+msgid "The size of the window (without counting window manager decorations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1006
+msgid ""
+"The GLES2 rendering backend. It uses OpenGL ES 2.0 on mobile devices, OpenGL "
+"2.1 on desktop platforms and WebGL 1.0 on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1009
+msgid ""
+"The GLES3 rendering backend. It uses OpenGL ES 3.0 on mobile devices, OpenGL "
+"3.3 on desktop platforms and WebGL 2.0 on the web."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1012
+msgid "Sunday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1015
+msgid "Monday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1018
+msgid "Tuesday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1021
+msgid "Wednesday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1024
+msgid "Thursday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1027
+msgid "Friday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1030
+msgid "Saturday."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1033
+msgid "January."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1036
+msgid "February."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1039
+msgid "March."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1042
+msgid "April."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1045
+msgid "May."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1048
+msgid "June."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1051
+msgid "July."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1054
+msgid "August."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1057
+msgid "September."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1060
+msgid "October."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1063
+msgid "November."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1066
+msgid "December."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1069
+msgid ""
+"Application handle:\n"
+"- Windows: [code]HINSTANCE[/code] of the application\n"
+"- MacOS: [code]NSApplication*[/code] of the application (not yet "
+"implemented)\n"
+"- Android: [code]JNIEnv*[/code] of the application (not yet implemented)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1075
+msgid ""
+"Display handle:\n"
+"- Linux: [code]X11::Display*[/code] for the display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1079
+msgid ""
+"Window handle:\n"
+"- Windows: [code]HWND[/code] of the main window\n"
+"- Linux: [code]X11::Window*[/code] of the main window\n"
+"- MacOS: [code]NSWindow*[/code] of the main window (not yet implemented)\n"
+"- Android: [code]jObject[/code] the main android activity (not yet "
+"implemented)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1086
+msgid ""
+"Window view:\n"
+"- Windows: [code]HDC[/code] of the main window drawing context\n"
+"- MacOS: [code]NSView*[/code] of the main windows view (not yet implemented)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1091
+msgid ""
+"OpenGL Context:\n"
+"- Windows: [code]HGLRC[/code]\n"
+"- Linux: [code]X11::GLXContext[/code]\n"
+"- MacOS: [code]NSOpenGLContext*[/code] (not yet implemented)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1097
+msgid "Landscape screen orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1100
+msgid "Portrait screen orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1103
+msgid "Reverse landscape screen orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1106
+msgid "Reverse portrait screen orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1109
+msgid "Uses landscape or reverse landscape based on the hardware sensor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1112
+msgid "Uses portrait or reverse portrait based on the hardware sensor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1115
+msgid "Uses most suitable orientation based on the hardware sensor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1118
+msgid "Desktop directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1121
+msgid "DCIM (Digital Camera Images) directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1124
+msgid "Documents directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1127
+msgid "Downloads directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1130
+msgid "Movies directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1133
+msgid "Music directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1136
+msgid "Pictures directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1139
+msgid "Ringtones directory path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1142
+msgid "Unknown powerstate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1145
+msgid "Unplugged, running on battery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1148
+msgid "Plugged in, no battery available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1151
+msgid "Plugged in, battery charging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/OS.xml:1154
+msgid "Plugged in, battery fully charged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedDataContainerRef.xml:4
+msgid "Reference version of [PackedDataContainer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:4
+msgid "An abstraction of a serialized scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A simplified interface to a scene file. Provides access to operations and "
+"checks that can be performed on the scene resource itself.\n"
+"Can be used to save a node to a file. When saving, the node as well as all "
+"the nodes it owns get saved (see [code]owner[/code] property on [Node]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The node doesn't need to own itself.\n"
+"[b]Example of loading a saved scene:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Use `load()` instead of `preload()` if the path isn't known at compile-"
+"time.\n"
+"var scene = preload(\"res://scene.tscn\").instance()\n"
+"# Add the node as a child of the node the script is attached to.\n"
+"add_child(scene)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Example of saving a node with different owners:[/b] The following example "
+"creates 3 objects: [code]Node2D[/code] ([code]node[/code]), "
+"[code]RigidBody2D[/code] ([code]rigid[/code]) and [code]CollisionObject2D[/"
+"code] ([code]collision[/code]). [code]collision[/code] is a child of "
+"[code]rigid[/code] which is a child of [code]node[/code]. Only [code]rigid[/"
+"code] is owned by [code]node[/code] and [code]pack[/code] will therefore "
+"only save those two nodes, but not [code]collision[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Create the objects.\n"
+"var node = Node2D.new()\n"
+"var rigid = RigidBody2D.new()\n"
+"var collision = CollisionShape2D.new()\n"
+"\n"
+"# Create the object hierarchy.\n"
+"rigid.add_child(collision)\n"
+"node.add_child(rigid)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Change owner of `rigid`, but not of `collision`.\n"
+"rigid.owner = node\n"
+"\n"
+"var scene = PackedScene.new()\n"
+"# Only `node` and `rigid` are now packed.\n"
+"var result = scene.pack(node)\n"
+"if result == OK:\n"
+" var error = ResourceSaver.save(\"res://path/name.scn\", scene) # Or "
+"\"user://...\"\n"
+" if error != OK:\n"
+" push_error(\"An error occurred while saving the scene to disk.\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:47
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the scene file has nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [code]SceneState[/code] representing the scene file contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Instantiates the scene's node hierarchy. Triggers child scene "
+"instantiation(s). Triggers a [constant Node.NOTIFICATION_INSTANCED] "
+"notification on the root node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Pack will ignore any sub-nodes not owned by given node. See [member Node."
+"owner]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"A dictionary representation of the scene contents.\n"
+"Available keys include \"rnames\" and \"variants\" for resources, "
+"\"node_count\", \"nodes\", \"node_paths\" for nodes, \"editable_instances\" "
+"for base scene children overrides, \"conn_count\" and \"conns\" for signal "
+"connections, and \"version\" for the format style of the PackedScene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:79
+msgid "If passed to [method instance], blocks edits to the scene state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"If passed to [method instance], provides local scene resources to the local "
+"scene.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PackedScene.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"If passed to [method instance], provides local scene resources to the local "
+"scene. Only the main scene should receive the main edit state.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:4
+msgid "Abstraction and base class for packet-based protocols."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"PacketPeer is an abstraction and base class for packet-based protocols (such "
+"as UDP). It provides an API for sending and receiving packets both as raw "
+"data or variables. This makes it easy to transfer data over a protocol, "
+"without having to encode data as low-level bytes or having to worry about "
+"network ordering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:15
+msgid "Returns the number of packets currently available in the ring-buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:21
+msgid "Gets a raw packet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns the error state of the last packet received (via [method get_packet] "
+"and [method get_var])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Gets a Variant. If [code]allow_objects[/code] (or [member "
+"allow_object_decoding]) is [code]true[/code], decoding objects is allowed.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. "
+"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources "
+"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:42
+msgid "Sends a raw packet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Sends a [Variant] as a packet. If [code]full_objects[/code] (or [member "
+"allow_object_decoding]) is [code]true[/code], encoding objects is allowed "
+"(and can potentially include code)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated.[/i] Use [code]get_var[/code] and [code]put_var[/code] "
+"parameters instead.\n"
+"If [code]true[/code], the PacketPeer will allow encoding and decoding of "
+"object via [method get_var] and [method put_var].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. "
+"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources "
+"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeer.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Maximum buffer size allowed when encoding [Variant]s. Raise this value to "
+"support heavier memory allocations.\n"
+"The [method put_var] method allocates memory on the stack, and the buffer "
+"used will grow automatically to the closest power of two to match the size "
+"of the [Variant]. If the [Variant] is bigger than "
+"[code]encode_buffer_max_size[/code], the method will error out with "
+"[constant ERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:4
+msgid "DTLS packet peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class represents a DTLS peer connection. It can be used to connect to a "
+"DTLS server, and is returned by [method DTLSServer.take_connection].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] SSL/TLS certificate revocation and certificate pinning are "
+"currently not supported. Revoked certificates are accepted as long as they "
+"are otherwise valid. If this is a concern, you may want to use automatically "
+"managed certificates with a short validity period."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Connects a [code]peer[/code] beginning the DTLS handshake using the "
+"underlying [PacketPeerUDP] which must be connected (see [method "
+"PacketPeerUDP.connect_to_host]). If [code]validate_certs[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], [PacketPeerDTLS] will validate that the certificate "
+"presented by the remote peer and match it with the [code]for_hostname[/code] "
+"argument. You can specify a custom [X509Certificate] to use for validation "
+"via the [code]valid_certificate[/code] argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:26
+msgid "Disconnects this peer, terminating the DTLS session."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:32 doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:43
+msgid "Returns the status of the connection. See [enum Status] for values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Poll the connection to check for incoming packets. Call this frequently to "
+"update the status and keep the connection working."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:44
+msgid "A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] that is disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] that is currently performing the "
+"handshake with a remote peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] that is connected to a remote peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:53
+msgid "A status representing a [PacketPeerDTLS] in a generic error state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerDTLS.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"An error status that shows a mismatch in the DTLS certificate domain "
+"presented by the host and the domain requested for validation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml:4
+msgid "Wrapper to use a PacketPeer over a StreamPeer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"PacketStreamPeer provides a wrapper for working using packets over a stream. "
+"This allows for using packet based code with StreamPeers. PacketPeerStream "
+"implements a custom protocol over the StreamPeer, so the user should not "
+"read or write to the wrapped StreamPeer directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerStream.xml:19
+msgid "The wrapped [StreamPeer] object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:4
+msgid "UDP packet peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"UDP packet peer. Can be used to send raw UDP packets as well as [Variant]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:15
+msgid "Closes the UDP socket the [PacketPeerUDP] is currently listening on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Calling this method connects this UDP peer to the given [code]host[/code]/"
+"[code]port[/code] pair. UDP is in reality connectionless, so this option "
+"only means that incoming packets from different addresses are automatically "
+"discarded, and that outgoing packets are always sent to the connected "
+"address (future calls to [method set_dest_address] are not allowed). This "
+"method does not send any data to the remote peer, to do that, use [method "
+"PacketPeer.put_var] or [method PacketPeer.put_packet] as usual. See also "
+"[UDPServer].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Connecting to the remote peer does not help to protect from "
+"malicious attacks like IP spoofing, etc. Think about using an encryption "
+"technique like SSL or DTLS if you feel like your application is transferring "
+"sensitive information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the IP of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was "
+"received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns the port of the remote peer that sent the last packet(that was "
+"received with [method PacketPeer.get_packet] or [method PacketPeer.get_var])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the UDP socket is open and has been connected "
+"to a remote address. See [method connect_to_host]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:48
+msgid "Returns whether this [PacketPeerUDP] is listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Joins the multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code] using "
+"the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code].\n"
+"You can join the same multicast group with multiple interfaces. Use [method "
+"IP.get_local_interfaces] to know which are available.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Some Android devices might require the "
+"[code]CHANGE_WIFI_MULTICAST_STATE[/code] permission for multicast to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Removes the interface identified by [code]interface_name[/code] from the "
+"multicast group specified by [code]multicast_address[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Makes this [PacketPeerUDP] listen on the [code]port[/code] binding to "
+"[code]bind_address[/code] with a buffer size [code]recv_buf_size[/code].\n"
+"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to [code]\"*\"[/code] (default), the "
+"peer will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6).\n"
+"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to [code]\"0.0.0.0\"[/code] (for IPv4) "
+"or [code]\"::\"[/code] (for IPv6), the peer will listen on all available "
+"addresses matching that IP type.\n"
+"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. "
+"[code]\"192.168.1.101\"[/code], [code]\"::1\"[/code], etc), the peer will "
+"only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface "
+"with the given address exists)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Enable or disable sending of broadcast packets (e.g. "
+"[code]set_dest_address(\"255.255.255.255\", 4343)[/code]. This option is "
+"disabled by default.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Some Android devices might require the "
+"[code]CHANGE_WIFI_MULTICAST_STATE[/code] permission and this option to be "
+"enabled to receive broadcast packets too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Sets the destination address and port for sending packets and variables. A "
+"hostname will be resolved using DNS if needed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method set_broadcast_enabled] must be enabled before sending "
+"packets to a broadcast address (e.g. [code]255.255.255.255[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PacketPeerUDP.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Waits for a packet to arrive on the listening port. See [method listen].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method wait] can't be interrupted once it has been called. "
+"This can be worked around by allowing the other party to send a specific "
+"\"death pill\" packet like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Server\n"
+"socket.set_dest_address(\"127.0.0.1\", 789)\n"
+"socket.put_packet(\"Time to stop\".to_ascii())\n"
+"\n"
+"# Client\n"
+"while socket.wait() == OK:\n"
+" var data = socket.get_packet().get_string_from_ascii()\n"
+" if data == \"Time to stop\":\n"
+" return\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:4
+msgid "Provides an opaque background for [Control] children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Panel is a [Control] that displays an opaque background. It's commonly used "
+"as a parent and container for other types of [Control] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:11
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/516"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:12 doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:12
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:29
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/523"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Panel.xml:20
+msgid "The style of this [Panel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Panel container type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Panel container type. This container fits controls inside of the delimited "
+"area of a stylebox. It's useful for giving controls an outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PanelContainer.xml:18
+msgid "The style of [PanelContainer]'s background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml:4
+msgid "A type of [Sky] used to draw a background texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A resource referenced in an [Environment] that is used to draw a background. "
+"The Panorama sky functions similar to skyboxes in other engines, except it "
+"uses an equirectangular sky map instead of a cube map.\n"
+"Using an HDR panorama is strongly recommended for accurate, high-quality "
+"reflections. Godot supports the Radiance HDR ([code].hdr[/code]) and OpenEXR "
+"([code].exr[/code]) image formats for this purpose.\n"
+"You can use [url=https://danilw.github.io/GLSL-howto/cubemap_to_panorama_js/"
+"cubemap_to_panorama.html]this tool[/url] to convert a cube map to an "
+"equirectangular sky map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PanoramaSky.xml:17
+msgid "[Texture] to be applied to the PanoramaSky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:4
+msgid "A node used to create a parallax scrolling background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A ParallaxBackground uses one or more [ParallaxLayer] child nodes to create "
+"a parallax effect. Each [ParallaxLayer] can move at a different speed using "
+"[member ParallaxLayer.motion_offset]. This creates an illusion of depth in a "
+"2D game. If not used with a [Camera2D], you must manually calculate the "
+"[member scroll_offset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:16
+msgid "The base position offset for all [ParallaxLayer] children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:19
+msgid "The base motion scale for all [ParallaxLayer] children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], elements in [ParallaxLayer] child aren't affected by "
+"the zoom level of the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Top-left limits for scrolling to begin. If the camera is outside of this "
+"limit, the background will stop scrolling. Must be lower than [member "
+"scroll_limit_end] to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Bottom-right limits for scrolling to end. If the camera is outside of this "
+"limit, the background will stop scrolling. Must be higher than [member "
+"scroll_limit_begin] to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxBackground.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The ParallaxBackground's scroll value. Calculated automatically when using a "
+"[Camera2D], but can be used to manually manage scrolling when no camera is "
+"present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:4
+msgid "A parallax scrolling layer to be used with [ParallaxBackground]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A ParallaxLayer must be the child of a [ParallaxBackground] node. Each "
+"ParallaxLayer can be set to move at different speeds relative to the camera "
+"movement or the [member ParallaxBackground.scroll_offset] value.\n"
+"This node's children will be affected by its scroll offset.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Any changes to this node's position and scale made after it "
+"enters the scene will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The ParallaxLayer's [Texture] mirroring. Useful for creating an infinite "
+"scrolling background. If an axis is set to [code]0[/code], the [Texture] "
+"will not be mirrored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"The ParallaxLayer's offset relative to the parent ParallaxBackground's "
+"[member ParallaxBackground.scroll_offset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParallaxLayer.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies the ParallaxLayer's motion. If an axis is set to [code]0[/code], "
+"it will not scroll."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:4
+msgid "GPU-based 3D particle emitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"3D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and effects. "
+"[Particles] features an emitter that generates some number of particles at a "
+"given rate.\n"
+"Use the [code]process_material[/code] property to add a [ParticlesMaterial] "
+"to configure particle appearance and behavior. Alternatively, you can add a "
+"[ShaderMaterial] which will be applied to all particles.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [Particles] only work when using the GLES3 renderer. If using "
+"the GLES2 renderer, use [CPUParticles] instead. You can convert [Particles] "
+"to [CPUParticles] by selecting the node, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
+"at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choosing [b]Convert to "
+"CPUParticles[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
+"[member visibility_aabb] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
+"at the top of the 3D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
+"AABB[/b]. Otherwise, particles may suddenly disappear depending on the "
+"camera position and angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/vertex_animation/"
+"controlling_thousands_of_fish.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Returns the axis-aligned bounding box that contains all the particles that "
+"are active in the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:27
+msgid "Returns the [Mesh] that is drawn at index [code]pass[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:33
+msgid "Restarts the particle emission, clearing existing particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:41
+msgid "Sets the [Mesh] that is drawn at index [code]pass[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:54
+msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the first draw pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:57
+msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the second draw pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:60
+msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the third draw pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:63
+msgid "[Mesh] that is drawn for the fourth draw pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:66
+msgid "The number of draw passes when rendering particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Time ratio between each emission. If [code]0[/code], particles are emitted "
+"continuously. If [code]1[/code], all particles are emitted simultaneously."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], only [code]amount[/code] particles will be emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Amount of time to preprocess the particles before animation starts. Lets you "
+"start the animation some time after particles have started emitting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:93 doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"[Material] for processing particles. Can be a [ParticlesMaterial] or a "
+"[ShaderMaterial]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:96
+msgid "Emission randomness ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Speed scaling ratio. A value of [code]0[/code] can be used to pause the "
+"particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The [AABB] that determines the node's region which needs to be visible on "
+"screen for the particle system to be active.\n"
+"Grow the box if particles suddenly appear/disappear when the node enters/"
+"exits the screen. The [AABB] can be grown via code or with the [b]Particles "
+"→ Generate AABB[/b] editor tool.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If the [ParticlesMaterial] in use is configured to cast "
+"shadows, you may want to enlarge this AABB to ensure the shadow is updated "
+"when particles are off-screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles.xml:118
+msgid "Maximum number of draw passes supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:4
+msgid "GPU-based 2D particle emitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"2D particle node used to create a variety of particle systems and effects. "
+"[Particles2D] features an emitter that generates some number of particles at "
+"a given rate.\n"
+"Use the [code]process_material[/code] property to add a [ParticlesMaterial] "
+"to configure particle appearance and behavior. Alternatively, you can add a "
+"[ShaderMaterial] which will be applied to all particles.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [Particles2D] only work when using the GLES3 renderer. If using "
+"the GLES2 renderer, use [CPUParticles2D] instead. You can convert "
+"[Particles2D] to [CPUParticles2D] by selecting the node, clicking the "
+"[b]Particles[/b] menu at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choosing "
+"[b]Convert to CPUParticles2D[/b].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] After working on a Particles node, remember to update its "
+"[member visibility_rect] by selecting it, clicking the [b]Particles[/b] menu "
+"at the top of the 2D editor viewport then choose [b]Generate Visibility "
+"Rect[/b]. Otherwise, particles may suddenly disappear depending on the "
+"camera position and angle.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [CPUParticles2D], [Particles2D] currently ignore the "
+"texture region defined in [AtlasTexture]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:21
+msgid "Returns a rectangle containing the positions of all existing particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:27
+msgid "Restarts all the existing particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Particles2D.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"The [Rect2] that determines the node's region which needs to be visible on "
+"screen for the particle system to be active.\n"
+"Grow the rect if particles suddenly appear/disappear when the node enters/"
+"exits the screen. The [Rect2] can be grown via code or with the [b]Particles "
+"→ Generate Visibility Rect[/b] editor tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:4
+msgid "Particle properties for [Particles] and [Particles2D] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"ParticlesMaterial defines particle properties and behavior. It is used in "
+"the [code]process_material[/code] of [Particles] and [Particles2D] emitter "
+"nodes.\n"
+"Some of this material's properties are applied to each particle when "
+"emitted, while others can have a [CurveTexture] applied to vary values over "
+"the lifetime of the particle.\n"
+"When a randomness ratio is applied to a property it is used to scale that "
+"property by a random amount. The random ratio is used to interpolate between "
+"[code]1.0[/code] and a random number less than one, the result is multiplied "
+"by the property to obtain the randomized property. For example a random "
+"ratio of [code]0.4[/code] would scale the original property between "
+"[code]0.4-1.0[/code] of its original value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:18
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified flag is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:32
+msgid "Returns the randomness ratio associated with the specified parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:39
+msgid "Returns the [Texture] used by the specified parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the specified flag. See [enum Flags] for "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:55
+msgid "Sets the specified [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:63
+msgid "Sets the randomness ratio for the specified [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:71
+msgid "Sets the [Texture] for the specified [enum Parameter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Initial rotation applied to each particle, in degrees.\n"
+"Only applied when [member flag_disable_z] or [member flag_rotate_y] are "
+"[code]true[/code] or the [SpatialMaterial] being used to draw the particle "
+"is using [constant SpatialMaterial.BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:81
+msgid "Each particle's rotation will be animated along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Initial angular velocity applied to each particle. Sets the speed of "
+"rotation of the particle.\n"
+"Only applied when [member flag_disable_z] or [member flag_rotate_y] are "
+"[code]true[/code] or the [SpatialMaterial] being used to draw the particle "
+"is using [constant SpatialMaterial.BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:91
+msgid "Each particle's angular velocity will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:100
+msgid "Each particle's animation offset will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:109
+msgid "Each particle's animation speed will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's initial color. If the [Particles2D]'s [code]texture[/code] "
+"is defined, it will be multiplied by this color. To have particle display "
+"color in a [SpatialMaterial] make sure to set [member SpatialMaterial."
+"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:124
+msgid "Damping will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"The box's extents if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_BOX]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Particle color will be modulated by color determined by sampling this "
+"texture at the same point as the [member emission_point_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"Particle velocity and rotation will be set by sampling this texture at the "
+"same point as the [member emission_point_texture]. Used only in [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]. Can be created automatically from mesh or "
+"node by selecting \"Create Emission Points from Mesh/Node\" under the "
+"\"Particles\" tool in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"The number of emission points if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to "
+"[constant EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] or [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted at positions determined by sampling this texture "
+"at a random position. Used with [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_POINTS] and "
+"[constant EMISSION_SHAPE_DIRECTED_POINTS]. Can be created automatically from "
+"mesh or node by selecting \"Create Emission Points from Mesh/Node\" under "
+"the \"Particles\" tool in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"The axis of the ring when using the emitter [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"The height of the ring when using the emitter [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"The inner radius of the ring when using the emitter [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"The radius of the ring when using the emitter [constant EMISSION_SHAPE_RING]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted inside this region. Use [enum EmissionShape] "
+"constants for values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"The sphere's radius if [code]emission_shape[/code] is set to [constant "
+"EMISSION_SHAPE_SPHERE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:175
+msgid "Amount of [member spread] along the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:184
+msgid "Each particle's hue will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:202
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's linear acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"Orbital velocity applied to each particle. Makes the particles circle around "
+"origin. Specified in number of full rotations around origin per second.\n"
+"Only available when [member flag_disable_z] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:212
+msgid "Each particle's orbital velocity will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:221
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's radial acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:230
+msgid "Each particle's scale will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"Each particle's tangential acceleration will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:248
+msgid "Trail particles' color will vary along this [GradientTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Emitter will emit [code]amount[/code] divided by [code]trail_divisor[/code] "
+"particles. The remaining particles will be used as trail(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:254
+msgid "Trail particles' size will vary along this [CurveTexture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:259
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set initial velocity properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:262
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set angular velocity properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set orbital velocity properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:268
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set linear acceleration properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set radial acceleration properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set tangential acceleration properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set damping properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set angle properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:283
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set scale properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set hue variation properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:289
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set animation speed properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"Use with [method set_param], [method set_param_randomness], and [method "
+"set_param_texture] to set animation offset properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:298
+msgid "Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_align_y]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:301
+msgid "Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_rotate_y]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:304
+msgid "Use with [method set_flag] to set [member flag_disable_z]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted at a position determined by sampling a random "
+"point on the [member emission_point_texture]. Particle color will be "
+"modulated by [member emission_color_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ParticlesMaterial.xml:322
+msgid ""
+"Particles will be emitted at a position determined by sampling a random "
+"point on the [member emission_point_texture]. Particle velocity and rotation "
+"will be set based on [member emission_normal_texture]. Particle color will "
+"be modulated by [member emission_color_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path.xml:4
+msgid "Contains a [Curve3D] path for [PathFollow] nodes to follow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Can have [PathFollow] child nodes moving along the [Curve3D]. See "
+"[PathFollow] for more information on the usage.\n"
+"Note that the path is considered as relative to the moved nodes (children of "
+"[PathFollow]). As such, the curve should usually start with a zero vector "
+"[code](0, 0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path.xml:16
+msgid "A [Curve3D] describing the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path.xml:22
+msgid "Emitted when the [member curve] changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path2D.xml:4
+msgid "Contains a [Curve2D] path for [PathFollow2D] nodes to follow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Can have [PathFollow2D] child nodes moving along the [Curve2D]. See "
+"[PathFollow2D] for more information on usage.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The path is considered as relative to the moved nodes (children "
+"of [PathFollow2D]). As such, the curve should usually start with a zero "
+"vector ([code](0, 0)[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Path2D.xml:16
+msgid "A [Curve2D] describing the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:4
+msgid "Point sampler for a [Path]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node takes its parent [Path], and returns the coordinates of a point "
+"within it, given a distance from the first vertex.\n"
+"It is useful for making other nodes follow a path, without coding the "
+"movement pattern. For that, the nodes must be children of this node. The "
+"descendant nodes will then move accordingly when setting an offset in this "
+"node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the position between two cached points is interpolated "
+"cubically, and linearly otherwise.\n"
+"The points along the [Curve3D] of the [Path] are precomputed before use, for "
+"faster calculations. The point at the requested offset is then calculated "
+"interpolating between two adjacent cached points. This may present a problem "
+"if the curve makes sharp turns, as the cached points may not follow the "
+"curve closely enough.\n"
+"There are two answers to this problem: either increase the number of cached "
+"points and increase memory consumption, or make a cubic interpolation "
+"between two points at the cost of (slightly) slower calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:21 doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:21
+msgid "The node's offset along the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:24 doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], any offset outside the path's length will wrap around, "
+"instead of stopping at the ends. Use it for cyclic paths."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The distance from the first vertex, measured in 3D units along the path. "
+"This sets this node's position to a point within the path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Allows or forbids rotation on one or more axes, depending on the [enum "
+"RotationMode] constants being used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The distance from the first vertex, considering 0.0 as the first vertex and "
+"1.0 as the last. This is just another way of expressing the offset within "
+"the path, as the offset supplied is multiplied internally by the path's "
+"length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:36 doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:39
+msgid "The node's offset perpendicular to the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:41
+msgid "Forbids the PathFollow to rotate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:44
+msgid "Allows the PathFollow to rotate in the Y axis only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:47
+msgid "Allows the PathFollow to rotate in both the X, and Y axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:50
+msgid "Allows the PathFollow to rotate in any axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Uses the up vector information in a [Curve3D] to enforce orientation. This "
+"rotation mode requires the [Path]'s [member Curve3D.up_vector_enabled] "
+"property to be set to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:4
+msgid "Point sampler for a [Path2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node takes its parent [Path2D], and returns the coordinates of a point "
+"within it, given a distance from the first vertex.\n"
+"It is useful for making other nodes follow a path, without coding the "
+"movement pattern. For that, the nodes must be children of this node. The "
+"descendant nodes will then move accordingly when setting an offset in this "
+"node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the position between two cached points is interpolated "
+"cubically, and linearly otherwise.\n"
+"The points along the [Curve2D] of the [Path2D] are precomputed before use, "
+"for faster calculations. The point at the requested offset is then "
+"calculated interpolating between two adjacent cached points. This may "
+"present a problem if the curve makes sharp turns, as the cached points may "
+"not follow the curve closely enough.\n"
+"There are two answers to this problem: either increase the number of cached "
+"points and increase memory consumption, or make a cubic interpolation "
+"between two points at the cost of (slightly) slower calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"How far to look ahead of the curve to calculate the tangent if the node is "
+"rotating. E.g. shorter lookaheads will lead to faster rotations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:30
+msgid "The distance along the path in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this node rotates to follow the path, making its "
+"descendants rotate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PathFollow2D.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The distance along the path as a number in the range 0.0 (for the first "
+"vertex) to 1.0 (for the last). This is just another way of expressing the "
+"offset within the path, as the offset supplied is multiplied internally by "
+"the path's length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:4
+msgid "Creates packages that can be loaded into a running project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [PCKPacker] is used to create packages that can be loaded into a running "
+"project using [method ProjectSettings.load_resource_pack].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var packer = PCKPacker.new()\n"
+"packer.pck_start(\"test.pck\")\n"
+"packer.add_file(\"res://text.txt\", \"text.txt\")\n"
+"packer.flush()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The above [PCKPacker] creates package [code]test.pck[/code], then adds a "
+"file named [code]text.txt[/code] at the root of the package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Adds the [code]source_path[/code] file to the current PCK package at the "
+"[code]pck_path[/code] internal path (should start with [code]res://[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Writes the files specified using all [method add_file] calls since the last "
+"flush. If [code]verbose[/code] is [code]true[/code], a list of files added "
+"will be printed to the console for easier debugging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PCKPacker.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new PCK file with the name [code]pck_name[/code]. The [code].pck[/"
+"code] file extension isn't added automatically, so it should be part of "
+"[code]pck_name[/code] (even though it's not required)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:4
+msgid "Exposes performance-related data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class provides access to a number of different monitors related to "
+"performance, such as memory usage, draw calls, and FPS. These are the same "
+"as the values displayed in the [b]Monitor[/b] tab in the editor's "
+"[b]Debugger[/b] panel. By using the [method get_monitor] method of this "
+"class, you can access this data from your code.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A few of these monitors are only available in debug mode and "
+"will always return 0 when used in a release build.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Many of these monitors are not updated in real-time, so there "
+"may be a short delay between changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of one of the available monitors. You should provide one "
+"of the [enum Monitor] constants as the argument, like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(Performance.get_monitor(Performance.TIME_FPS)) # Prints the FPS to the "
+"console\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:27
+msgid "Number of frames per second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:30
+msgid "Time it took to complete one frame, in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:33
+msgid "Time it took to complete one physics frame, in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Static memory currently used, in bytes. Not available in release builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Dynamic memory currently used, in bytes. Not available in release builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:42
+msgid "Available static memory. Not available in release builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:45
+msgid "Available dynamic memory. Not available in release builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Largest amount of memory the message queue buffer has used, in bytes. The "
+"message queue is used for deferred functions calls and notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:51
+msgid "Number of objects currently instanced (including nodes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:54
+msgid "Number of resources currently used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Number of nodes currently instanced in the scene tree. This also includes "
+"the root node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Number of orphan nodes, i.e. nodes which are not parented to a node of the "
+"scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:63
+msgid "3D objects drawn per frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:66
+msgid "Vertices drawn per frame. 3D only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:69
+msgid "Material changes per frame. 3D only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:72
+msgid "Shader changes per frame. 3D only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:75
+msgid "Render surface changes per frame. 3D only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:78
+msgid "Draw calls per frame. 3D only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:81
+msgid "Items or joined items drawn per frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:84
+msgid "Draw calls per frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:87 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3696
+msgid ""
+"The amount of video memory used, i.e. texture and vertex memory combined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:90 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3699
+msgid "The amount of texture memory used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:93 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3702
+msgid "The amount of vertex memory used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:96 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3693
+msgid ""
+"Unimplemented in the GLES2 and GLES3 rendering backends, always returns 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:99
+msgid "Number of active [RigidBody2D] nodes in the game."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:102
+msgid "Number of collision pairs in the 2D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:105
+msgid "Number of islands in the 2D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:108
+msgid "Number of active [RigidBody] and [VehicleBody] nodes in the game."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:111
+msgid "Number of collision pairs in the 3D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:114
+msgid "Number of islands in the 3D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:117
+msgid "Output latency of the [AudioServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Performance.xml:120
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Monitor] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml:4
+msgid "Optimized translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Optimized translation. Uses real-time compressed translations, which results "
+"in very small dictionaries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PHashTranslation.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Generates and sets an optimized translation from the given [Translation] "
+"resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:4
+msgid "Direct access object to a physics body in the [Physics2DServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides direct access to a physics body in the [Physics2DServer], allowing "
+"safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct "
+"state callback of rigid/character bodies, and is intended for changing the "
+"direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody2D._integrate_forces]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:11
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:11 doc/classes/RayCast.xml:14
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:14 doc/classes/World.xml:10
+#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/ray-casting.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:18 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:30
+msgid "Adds a constant directional force without affecting rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:26
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:27 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Adds a positioned force to the body. Both the force and the offset from the "
+"body origin are in global coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:33 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:45
+msgid "Adds a constant rotational force."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:40 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:52
+msgid "Applies a directional impulse without affecting rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! "
+"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. "
+"For this reason, it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts "
+"(use the \"_force\" functions otherwise). The offset uses the rotation of "
+"the global coordinate system, but is centered at the object's origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:55 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:67
+msgid "Applies a rotational impulse to the body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:62
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:64
+msgid "Returns the collider's [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:69
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:71
+msgid "Returns the collider's object id."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Returns the collider object. This depends on how it was created (will return "
+"a scene node if such was used to create it)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:83
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:85
+msgid "Returns the contact position in the collider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:90
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:92
+msgid "Returns the collider's shape index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Returns the collided shape's metadata. This metadata is different from "
+"[method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method Physics2DServer."
+"shape_set_data]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:104
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:99
+msgid "Returns the linear velocity vector at the collider's contact point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of contacts this body has with other bodies.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to "
+"monitor contacts. See [member RigidBody2D.contact_monitor]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:118
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:120
+msgid "Returns the local normal at the contact point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:125
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:127
+msgid "Returns the local position of the contact point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:132
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:134
+msgid "Returns the local shape index of the collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:138
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:140
+msgid "Returns the current state of the space, useful for queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:145
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Returns the body's velocity at the given relative position, including both "
+"translation and rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:151
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:153
+msgid "Calls the built-in force integration code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:157
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:159 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:101
+msgid "The body's rotational velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:160
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:164
+msgid "The inverse of the inertia of the body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:163
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:167
+msgid "The inverse of the mass of the body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:166
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:170 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:146
+msgid "The body's linear velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:169
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:175
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], this body is currently sleeping (not active)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:172
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:178
+msgid "The timestep (delta) used for the simulation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:175
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"The rate at which the body stops rotating, if there are not any other forces "
+"moving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:178
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:184
+msgid "The total gravity vector being currently applied to this body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:181
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"The rate at which the body stops moving, if there are not any other forces "
+"moving it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectBodyState.xml:184
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:190
+msgid "The body's transformation matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:4
+msgid "Direct access object to a space in the [Physics2DServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Direct access object to a space in the [Physics2DServer]. It's used mainly "
+"to do queries against objects and areas residing in a given space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Checks how far a [Shape2D] can move without colliding. All the parameters "
+"for the query, including the shape and the motion, are supplied through a "
+"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object.\n"
+"Returns an array with the safe and unsafe proportions (between 0 and 1) of "
+"the motion. The safe proportion is the maximum fraction of the motion that "
+"can be made without a collision. The unsafe proportion is the minimum "
+"fraction of the distance that must be moved for a collision. If no collision "
+"is detected a result of [code][1.0, 1.0][/code] will be returned.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Any [Shape2D]s that the shape is already colliding with e.g. "
+"inside of, will be ignored. Use [method collide_shape] to determine the "
+"[Shape2D]s that the shape is already colliding with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a "
+"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. The resulting "
+"array contains a list of points where the shape intersects another. Like "
+"with [method intersect_shape], the number of returned results can be limited "
+"to save processing time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a "
+"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. If it collides "
+"with more than one shape, the nearest one is selected. If the shape did not "
+"intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method does not take into account the [code]motion[/code] "
+"property of the object. The returned object is a dictionary containing the "
+"following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]linear_velocity[/code]: The colliding object's velocity [Vector2]. If "
+"the object is an [Area2D], the result is [code](0, 0)[/code].\n"
+"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is "
+"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method "
+"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n"
+"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n"
+"[code]point[/code]: The intersection point.\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Checks whether a point is inside any solid shape. The shapes the point is "
+"inside of are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the "
+"following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is "
+"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method "
+"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] "
+"parameter, to reduce the processing time.\n"
+"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects "
+"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/"
+"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to "
+"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, "
+"respectively.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [ConcavePolygonShape2D]s and [CollisionPolygon2D]s in "
+"[code]Segments[/code] build mode are not solid shapes. Therefore, they will "
+"not be detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Checks whether a point is inside any solid shape, in a specific canvas layer "
+"given by [code]canvas_instance_id[/code]. The shapes the point is inside of "
+"are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is "
+"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method "
+"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] "
+"parameter, to reduce the processing time.\n"
+"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects "
+"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/"
+"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to "
+"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, "
+"respectively.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [ConcavePolygonShape2D]s and [CollisionPolygon2D]s in "
+"[code]Segments[/code] build mode are not solid shapes. Therefore, they will "
+"not be detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Intersects a ray in a given space. The returned object is a dictionary with "
+"the following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is "
+"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method "
+"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n"
+"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n"
+"[code]position[/code]: The intersection point.\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"If the ray did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned "
+"instead.\n"
+"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects "
+"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/"
+"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to "
+"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody2D]s or [Area2D]s, "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DDirectSpaceState.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a "
+"[Physics2DShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method does not take into account the [code]motion[/code] "
+"property of the object. The intersected shapes are returned in an array "
+"containing dictionaries with the following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]metadata[/code]: The intersecting shape's metadata. This metadata is "
+"different from [method Object.get_meta], and is set with [method "
+"Physics2DServer.shape_set_data].\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] "
+"parameter, to reduce the processing time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server interface for low-level 2D physics access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Physics2DServer is the server responsible for all 2D physics. It can create "
+"many kinds of physics objects, but does not insert them on the node tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:19 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Adds a shape to the area, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually "
+"referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:34 doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:304
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:27 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"Assigns the area to a descendant of [Object], so it can exist in the node "
+"tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:41 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Removes all shapes from an area. It does not delete the shapes, so they can "
+"be reassigned later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Creates an [Area2D]. After creating an [Area2D] with this method, assign it "
+"to a space using [method area_set_space] to use the created [Area2D] in the "
+"physics world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:60 doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:372
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:47 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:362
+msgid "Gets the instance ID of the object the area is assigned to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Returns an area parameter value. See [enum AreaParameter] for a list of "
+"available parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:76 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:63
+msgid "Returns the [RID] of the nth shape of an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:83 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:70
+msgid "Returns the number of shapes assigned to an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:91 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:78
+msgid "Returns the transform matrix of a shape within an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:98 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:85
+msgid "Returns the space assigned to the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:105 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:92
+msgid "Returns the space override mode for the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:112 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:99
+msgid "Returns the transform matrix for an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:120 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Removes a shape from an area. It does not delete the shape, so it can be "
+"reassigned later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:136 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:130
+msgid "Assigns the area to one or many physics layers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:144 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:138
+msgid "Sets which physics layers the area will monitor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:153 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Sets the function to call when any body/area enters or exits the area. This "
+"callback will be called for any object interacting with the area, and takes "
+"five parameters:\n"
+"1: [constant AREA_BODY_ADDED] or [constant AREA_BODY_REMOVED], depending on "
+"whether the object entered or exited the area.\n"
+"2: [RID] of the object that entered/exited the area.\n"
+"3: Instance ID of the object that entered/exited the area.\n"
+"4: The shape index of the object that entered/exited the area.\n"
+"5: The shape index of the area where the object entered/exited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value for an area parameter. See [enum AreaParameter] for a list of "
+"available parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:183 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Substitutes a given area shape by another. The old shape is selected by its "
+"index, the new one by its [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:192
+msgid "Disables a given shape in an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:201 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:202
+msgid "Sets the transform matrix for an area shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:209 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:210
+msgid "Assigns a space to the area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"Sets the space override mode for the area. See [enum AreaSpaceOverrideMode] "
+"for a list of available modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:225 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:226
+msgid "Sets the transform matrix for an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:240 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:241
+msgid "Adds a body to the list of bodies exempt from collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Adds a positioned force to the applied force and torque. As with [method "
+"body_apply_impulse], both the force and the offset from the body origin are "
+"in global coordinates. A force differs from an impulse in that, while the "
+"two are forces, the impulse clears itself after being applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:259 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:259
+msgid ""
+"Adds a shape to the body, along with a transform matrix. Shapes are usually "
+"referenced by their index, so you should track which shape has a given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"Adds a positioned impulse to the applied force and torque. Both the force "
+"and the offset from the body origin are in global coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:311 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:305
+msgid "Removes all shapes from a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:317
+msgid "Creates a physics body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:330 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:320
+msgid "Returns the physics layer or layers a body belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:337
+msgid "Returns the physics layer or layers a body can collide with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:344
+msgid "Returns the continuous collision detection mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:351
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Physics2DDirectBodyState] of the body. Returns [code]null[/"
+"code] if the body is destroyed or removed from the physics space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:358 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:348
+msgid ""
+"Returns the maximum contacts that can be reported. See [method "
+"body_set_max_contacts_reported]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:365 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:355
+msgid "Returns the body mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of a body parameter. See [enum BodyParameter] for a list "
+"of available parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:388 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:378
+msgid "Returns the [RID] of the nth shape of a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:395 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:385
+msgid "Returns the number of shapes assigned to a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:403
+msgid "Returns the metadata of a shape of a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:411 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:393
+msgid "Returns the transform matrix of a body shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:418 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:400
+msgid "Returns the [RID] of the space assigned to a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:426 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:408
+msgid "Returns a body state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:433 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:429
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether a body uses a callback function to calculate its own physics "
+"(see [method body_set_force_integration_callback])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:441
+msgid "Removes a body from the list of bodies exempt from collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:449 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"Removes a shape from a body. The shape is not deleted, so it can be reused "
+"afterwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:457 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:469
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Sets an axis velocity. The velocity in the given vector axis will be set as "
+"the given vector length. This is useful for jumping behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:465 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:477
+msgid "Sets the physics layer or layers a body belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:473 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:485
+msgid "Sets the physics layer or layers a body can collide with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"Sets the continuous collision detection mode using one of the [enum CCDMode] "
+"constants.\n"
+"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will "
+"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:492 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:504
+msgid ""
+"Sets the function used to calculate physics for an object, if that object "
+"allows it (see [method body_set_omit_force_integration])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:500 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:519
+msgid ""
+"Sets the maximum contacts to report. Bodies can keep a log of the contacts "
+"with other bodies, this is enabled by setting the maximum amount of contacts "
+"reported to a number greater than 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:508
+msgid "Sets the body mode using one of the [enum BodyMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:516 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:535
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether a body uses a callback function to calculate its own physics "
+"(see [method body_set_force_integration_callback])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:525
+msgid ""
+"Sets a body parameter. See [enum BodyParameter] for a list of available "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:534 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"Substitutes a given body shape by another. The old shape is selected by its "
+"index, the new one by its [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:544
+msgid ""
+"Enables one way collision on body if [code]enable[/code] is [code]true[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:553
+msgid "Disables shape in body if [code]disable[/code] is [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:562
+msgid ""
+"Sets metadata of a shape within a body. This metadata is different from "
+"[method Object.set_meta], and can be retrieved on shape queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:571 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:578
+msgid "Sets the transform matrix for a body shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:579 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:586
+msgid "Assigns a space to the body (see [method space_create])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:588
+msgid ""
+"Sets a body state using one of the [enum BodyState] constants.\n"
+"Note that the method doesn't take effect immediately. The state will change "
+"on the next physics frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:603
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the "
+"given direction from a given point in space. Margin increases the size of "
+"the shapes involved in the collision detection. [Physics2DTestMotionResult] "
+"can be passed to return additional information in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:633
+msgid ""
+"Creates a damped spring joint between two bodies. If not specified, the "
+"second body is assumed to be the joint itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:641
+msgid "Returns the value of a damped spring joint parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:650
+msgid ""
+"Sets a damped spring joint parameter. See [enum DampedStringParam] for a "
+"list of available parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:657
+msgid ""
+"Destroys any of the objects created by Physics2DServer. If the [RID] passed "
+"is not one of the objects that can be created by Physics2DServer, an error "
+"will be sent to the console."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:664
+msgid ""
+"Returns information about the current state of the 2D physics engine. See "
+"[enum ProcessInfo] for a list of available states."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:675
+msgid ""
+"Creates a groove joint between two bodies. If not specified, the bodies are "
+"assumed to be the joint itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:683
+msgid "Returns the value of a joint parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:690
+msgid "Returns a joint's type (see [enum JointType])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:699
+msgid ""
+"Sets a joint parameter. See [enum JointParam] for a list of available "
+"parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:713
+msgid ""
+"Creates a pin joint between two bodies. If not specified, the second body is "
+"assumed to be the joint itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:735
+msgid "Activates or deactivates the 2D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:742
+msgid ""
+"Sets the amount of iterations for calculating velocities of colliding "
+"bodies. The greater the amount of iterations, the more accurate the "
+"collisions will be. However, a greater amount of iterations requires more "
+"CPU power, which can decrease performance. The default value is [code]8[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:749 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:859
+msgid "Returns the shape data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:756
+msgid "Returns a shape's type (see [enum ShapeType])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:764 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"Sets the shape data that defines its shape and size. The data to be passed "
+"depends on the kind of shape created [method shape_get_type]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:770 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:897
+msgid ""
+"Creates a space. A space is a collection of parameters for the physics "
+"engine that can be assigned to an area or a body. It can be assigned to an "
+"area with [method area_set_space], or to a body with [method body_set_space]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:777
+msgid ""
+"Returns the state of a space, a [Physics2DDirectSpaceState]. This object can "
+"be used to make collision/intersection queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:785 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:912
+msgid "Returns the value of a space parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:792 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:919
+msgid "Returns whether the space is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:800 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:927
+msgid ""
+"Marks a space as active. It will not have an effect, unless it is assigned "
+"to an area or body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:809
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value for a space parameter. See [enum SpaceParameter] for a list "
+"of available parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:815 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1278
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the maximum distance a pair of bodies has to move before "
+"their collision status has to be recalculated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:818 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1281
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the maximum distance a shape can be from another before "
+"they are considered separated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:821 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1284
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the maximum distance a shape can penetrate another shape "
+"before it is considered a collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:824 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1287
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the threshold linear velocity of activity. A body marked "
+"as potentially inactive for both linear and angular velocity will be put to "
+"sleep after the time given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:827 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1290
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the threshold angular velocity of activity. A body "
+"marked as potentially inactive for both linear and angular velocity will be "
+"put to sleep after the time given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:830 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1293
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the maximum time of activity. A body marked as "
+"potentially inactive for both linear and angular velocity will be put to "
+"sleep after this time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:833 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1298
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the default solver bias for all physics constraints. A "
+"solver bias is a factor controlling how much two objects \"rebound\", after "
+"violating a constraint, to avoid leaving them in that state because of "
+"numerical imprecision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:836
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating line shapes. A line shape is an infinite "
+"line with an origin point, and a normal. Thus, it can be used for front/"
+"behind checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:841
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating segment shapes. A segment shape is a line "
+"from a point A to a point B. It can be checked for intersections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:844
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating circle shapes. A circle shape only has a "
+"radius. It can be used for intersections and inside/outside checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:847
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating rectangle shapes. A rectangle shape is "
+"defined by a width and a height. It can be used for intersections and inside/"
+"outside checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:850
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating capsule shapes. A capsule shape is defined "
+"by a radius and a length. It can be used for intersections and inside/"
+"outside checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:853
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating convex polygon shapes. A polygon is "
+"defined by a list of points. It can be used for intersections and inside/"
+"outside checks. Unlike the [member CollisionPolygon2D.polygon] property, "
+"polygons modified with [method shape_set_data] do not verify that the points "
+"supplied form is a convex polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:856
+msgid ""
+"This is the constant for creating concave polygon shapes. A polygon is "
+"defined by a list of points. It can be used for intersections checks, but "
+"not for inside/outside checks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:859 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1173
+msgid ""
+"This constant is used internally by the engine. Any attempt to create this "
+"kind of shape results in an error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:862 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1176
+msgid "Constant to set/get gravity strength in an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:865 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1179
+msgid "Constant to set/get gravity vector/center in an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:868 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1182
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get whether the gravity vector of an area is a direction, or "
+"a center point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:871 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1185
+msgid ""
+"Constant to set/get the falloff factor for point gravity of an area. The "
+"greater this value is, the faster the strength of gravity decreases with the "
+"square of distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:874 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1188
+msgid ""
+"This constant was used to set/get the falloff factor for point gravity. It "
+"has been superseded by [constant AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_DISTANCE_SCALE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:877 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1191
+msgid "Constant to set/get the linear dampening factor of an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:880 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1194
+msgid "Constant to set/get the angular dampening factor of an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:883 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1197
+msgid "Constant to set/get the priority (order of processing) of an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:886 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1200
+msgid ""
+"This area does not affect gravity/damp. These are generally areas that exist "
+"only to detect collisions, and objects entering or exiting them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:889 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1203
+msgid ""
+"This area adds its gravity/damp values to whatever has been calculated so "
+"far. This way, many overlapping areas can combine their physics to make "
+"interesting effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:892 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1206
+msgid ""
+"This area adds its gravity/damp values to whatever has been calculated so "
+"far. Then stops taking into account the rest of the areas, even the default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:895 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1209
+msgid ""
+"This area replaces any gravity/damp, even the default one, and stops taking "
+"into account the rest of the areas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:898 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1212
+msgid ""
+"This area replaces any gravity/damp calculated so far, but keeps calculating "
+"the rest of the areas, down to the default one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:901 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1215
+msgid "Constant for static bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:904 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1218
+msgid "Constant for kinematic bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:907 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1221
+msgid "Constant for rigid bodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:910 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1224
+msgid ""
+"Constant for rigid bodies in character mode. In this mode, a body can not "
+"rotate, and only its linear velocity is affected by physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:913 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1227
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's bounce factor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:916 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1230
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's friction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:919 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1233
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's mass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:922
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's inertia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:925 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1236
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's gravity multiplier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:928 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1239
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's linear dampening factor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:931 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1242
+msgid "Constant to set/get a body's angular dampening factor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:934 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1245
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum BodyParameter] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:937 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1248
+msgid "Constant to set/get the current transform matrix of the body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:940 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1251
+msgid "Constant to set/get the current linear velocity of the body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:943 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1254
+msgid "Constant to set/get the current angular velocity of the body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:946 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1257
+msgid "Constant to sleep/wake up a body, or to get whether it is sleeping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:949 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1260
+msgid "Constant to set/get whether the body can sleep."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:952
+msgid "Constant to create pin joints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:955
+msgid "Constant to create groove joints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:958
+msgid "Constant to create damped spring joints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:967
+msgid ""
+"Sets the resting length of the spring joint. The joint will always try to go "
+"to back this length when pulled apart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:970
+msgid ""
+"Sets the stiffness of the spring joint. The joint applies a force equal to "
+"the stiffness times the distance from its resting length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:973
+msgid ""
+"Sets the damping ratio of the spring joint. A value of 0 indicates an "
+"undamped spring, while 1 causes the system to reach equilibrium as fast as "
+"possible (critical damping)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:976
+msgid ""
+"Disables continuous collision detection. This is the fastest way to detect "
+"body collisions, but can miss small, fast-moving objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:979
+msgid ""
+"Enables continuous collision detection by raycasting. It is faster than "
+"shapecasting, but less precise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:982
+msgid ""
+"Enables continuous collision detection by shapecasting. It is the slowest "
+"CCD method, and the most precise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:985 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1263
+msgid ""
+"The value of the first parameter and area callback function receives, when "
+"an object enters one of its shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:988 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1266
+msgid ""
+"The value of the first parameter and area callback function receives, when "
+"an object exits one of its shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:991 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1269
+msgid "Constant to get the number of objects that are not sleeping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:994 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1272
+msgid "Constant to get the number of possible collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DServer.xml:997 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1275
+msgid ""
+"Constant to get the number of space regions where a collision could occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:4
+msgid "Parameters to be sent to a 2D shape physics query."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class contains the shape and other parameters for 2D intersection/"
+"collision queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Shape2D] that will be used for collision/intersection queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:22
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the query will take [Area2D]s into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the query will take [PhysicsBody2D]s into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:28
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The physics layer(s) the query will take into account (as a bitmask). See "
+"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/"
+"physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and "
+"masks[/url] in the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:31
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The list of objects or object [RID]s that will be excluded from collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:34
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:34
+msgid "The collision margin for the shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:37
+msgid "The motion of the shape being queried for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:40
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:37
+msgid "The queried shape's [RID]. See also [method set_shape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Physics2DShapeQueryParameters.xml:43
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:40
+msgid "The queried shape's transform matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all objects affected by physics in 3D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"PhysicsBody is an abstract base class for implementing a physics body. All "
+"*Body types inherit from it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:17 doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:17
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:17
+msgid "Adds a body to the list of bodies that this body can't collide with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:23 doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:23
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of nodes that were added as collision exceptions for this "
+"body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody.xml:30 doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:30
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Removes a body from the list of bodies that this body can't collide with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all objects affected by physics in 2D space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"PhysicsBody2D is an abstract base class for implementing a physics body. All "
+"*Body2D types inherit from it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsBody2D.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Both collision_layer and collision_mask. Returns collision_layer when "
+"accessed. Updates collision_layer and collision_mask when modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:4
+msgid "Direct access object to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides direct access to a physics body in the [PhysicsServer], allowing "
+"safe changes to physics properties. This object is passed via the direct "
+"state callback of rigid/character bodies, and is intended for changing the "
+"direct state of that body. See [method RigidBody._integrate_forces]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a constant directional force without affecting rotation.\n"
+"This is equivalent to [code]add_force(force, Vector3(0,0,0))[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:34
+msgid "Adds a constant rotational force without affecting position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Applies a single directional impulse without affecting rotation.\n"
+"This is equivalent to [code]apply_impulse(Vector3(0, 0, 0), impulse)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! "
+"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. "
+"For this reason it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts. The "
+"position uses the rotation of the global coordinate system, but is centered "
+"at the object's origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Apply a torque impulse (which will be affected by the body mass and shape). "
+"This will rotate the body around the vector [code]j[/code] passed as "
+"parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:78
+msgid "Returns the collider object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of contacts this body has with other bodies.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, this returns 0 unless bodies are configured to "
+"monitor contacts. See [member RigidBody.contact_monitor]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectBodyState.xml:113
+msgid "Impulse created by the contact. Only implemented for Bullet physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:4
+msgid "Direct access object to a space in the [PhysicsServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Direct access object to a space in the [PhysicsServer]. It's used mainly to "
+"do queries against objects and areas residing in a given space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Checks how far a [Shape] can move without colliding. All the parameters for "
+"the query, including the shape, are supplied through a "
+"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object.\n"
+"Returns an array with the safe and unsafe proportions (between 0 and 1) of "
+"the motion. The safe proportion is the maximum fraction of the motion that "
+"can be made without a collision. The unsafe proportion is the minimum "
+"fraction of the distance that must be moved for a collision. If no collision "
+"is detected a result of [code][1.0, 1.0][/code] will be returned.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Any [Shape]s that the shape is already colliding with e.g. "
+"inside of, will be ignored. Use [method collide_shape] to determine the "
+"[Shape]s that the shape is already colliding with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a "
+"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. The resulting array "
+"contains a list of points where the shape intersects another. Like with "
+"[method intersect_shape], the number of returned results can be limited to "
+"save processing time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a "
+"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. If it collides with "
+"more than one shape, the nearest one is selected. The returned object is a "
+"dictionary containing the following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]linear_velocity[/code]: The colliding object's velocity [Vector3]. If "
+"the object is an [Area], the result is [code](0, 0, 0)[/code].\n"
+"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n"
+"[code]point[/code]: The intersection point.\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"If the shape did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is "
+"returned instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Checks whether a point is inside any solid shape. The shapes the point is "
+"inside of are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the "
+"following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] "
+"parameter, to reduce the processing time.\n"
+"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects "
+"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/"
+"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to "
+"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody]s or [Area]s, "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Intersects a ray in a given space. The returned object is a dictionary with "
+"the following fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]normal[/code]: The object's surface normal at the intersection point.\n"
+"[code]position[/code]: The intersection point.\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"If the ray did not intersect anything, then an empty dictionary is returned "
+"instead.\n"
+"Additionally, the method can take an [code]exclude[/code] array of objects "
+"or [RID]s that are to be excluded from collisions, a [code]collision_mask[/"
+"code] bitmask representing the physics layers to check in, or booleans to "
+"determine if the ray should collide with [PhysicsBody]s or [Area]s, "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsDirectSpaceState.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Checks the intersections of a shape, given through a "
+"[PhysicsShapeQueryParameters] object, against the space. The intersected "
+"shapes are returned in an array containing dictionaries with the following "
+"fields:\n"
+"[code]collider[/code]: The colliding object.\n"
+"[code]collider_id[/code]: The colliding object's ID.\n"
+"[code]rid[/code]: The intersecting object's [RID].\n"
+"[code]shape[/code]: The shape index of the colliding shape.\n"
+"The number of intersections can be limited with the [code]max_results[/code] "
+"parameter, to reduce the processing time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:4
+msgid "A material for physics properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides a means of modifying the collision properties of a [PhysicsBody]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], subtracts the bounciness from the colliding object's "
+"bounciness instead of adding it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The body's bounciness. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no bounce) to "
+"[code]1[/code] (full bounciness)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The body's friction. Values range from [code]0[/code] (frictionless) to "
+"[code]1[/code] (maximum friction)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsMaterial.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the physics engine will use the friction of the object "
+"marked as \"rough\" when two objects collide. If [code]false[/code], the "
+"physics engine will use the lowest friction of all colliding objects "
+"instead. If [code]true[/code] for both colliding objects, the physics engine "
+"will use the highest friction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server interface for low-level physics access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"PhysicsServer is the server responsible for all 3D physics. It can create "
+"many kinds of physics objects, but does not insert them on the node tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:40
+msgid "Creates an [Area]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns an area parameter value. A list of available parameters is on the "
+"[enum AreaParameter] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:106
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], area collides with rays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value for an area parameter. A list of available parameters is on "
+"the [enum AreaParameter] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:176
+msgid "Sets object pickable with rays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"Sets the space override mode for the area. The modes are described in the "
+"[enum AreaSpaceOverrideMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"Gives the body a push at a [code]position[/code] in the direction of the "
+"[code]impulse[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:290
+msgid "Gives the body a push to rotate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"Creates a physics body. The first parameter can be any value from [enum "
+"BodyMode] constants, for the type of body created. Additionally, the body "
+"can be created in sleeping state to save processing time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:327
+msgid ""
+"Returns the physics layer or layers a body can collide with.\n"
+"-"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:335
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [PhysicsDirectBodyState] of the body. Returns [code]null[/code] "
+"if the body is destroyed or removed from the physics space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:370
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of a body parameter. A list of available parameters is on "
+"the [enum BodyParameter] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:422
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the continuous collision detection mode is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:436
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the body can be detected by rays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"Removes a body from the list of bodies exempt from collisions.\n"
+"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will "
+"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:493
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the continuous collision detection mode is enabled.\n"
+"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will "
+"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:527
+msgid "Sets the body mode, from one of the [enum BodyMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:544
+msgid ""
+"Sets a body parameter. A list of available parameters is on the [enum "
+"BodyParameter] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:552
+msgid "Sets the body pickable with rays if [code]enabled[/code] is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:595
+msgid "Sets a body state (see [enum BodyState] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:608
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the "
+"given direction from a given point in space. [PhysicsTestMotionResult] can "
+"be passed to return additional information in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:616
+msgid ""
+"Gets a cone_twist_joint parameter (see [enum ConeTwistJointParam] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:625
+msgid ""
+"Sets a cone_twist_joint parameter (see [enum ConeTwistJointParam] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:632
+msgid ""
+"Destroys any of the objects created by PhysicsServer. If the [RID] passed is "
+"not one of the objects that can be created by PhysicsServer, an error will "
+"be sent to the console."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:641
+msgid ""
+"Gets a generic_6_DOF_joint flag (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisFlag] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:650
+msgid ""
+"Gets a generic_6_DOF_joint parameter (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisParam] "
+"constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:660
+msgid ""
+"Sets a generic_6_DOF_joint flag (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisFlag] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:670
+msgid ""
+"Sets a generic_6_DOF_joint parameter (see [enum G6DOFJointAxisParam] "
+"constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:677
+msgid "Returns an Info defined by the [enum ProcessInfo] input given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:685
+msgid "Gets a hinge_joint flag (see [enum HingeJointFlag] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:693
+msgid "Gets a hinge_joint parameter (see [enum HingeJointParam])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:702
+msgid "Sets a hinge_joint flag (see [enum HingeJointFlag] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:711
+msgid "Sets a hinge_joint parameter (see [enum HingeJointParam] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:721
+msgid "Creates a [ConeTwistJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:731
+msgid "Creates a [Generic6DOFJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:741
+msgid "Creates a [HingeJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:751
+msgid "Creates a [PinJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:761
+msgid "Creates a [SliderJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:768
+msgid "Gets the priority value of the Joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:775
+msgid "Returns the type of the Joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:783
+msgid "Sets the priority value of the Joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:790
+msgid ""
+"Returns position of the joint in the local space of body a of the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:797
+msgid ""
+"Returns position of the joint in the local space of body b of the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:805
+msgid "Gets a pin_joint parameter (see [enum PinJointParam] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:813
+msgid "Sets position of the joint in the local space of body a of the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:821
+msgid "Sets position of the joint in the local space of body b of the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:830
+msgid "Sets a pin_joint parameter (see [enum PinJointParam] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:837
+msgid "Activates or deactivates the 3D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:844
+msgid ""
+"Sets the amount of iterations for calculating velocities of colliding "
+"bodies. The greater the amount of iterations, the more accurate the "
+"collisions will be. However, a greater amount of iterations requires more "
+"CPU power, which can decrease performance. The default value is [code]8[/"
+"code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only has an effect when using the GodotPhysics engine, not the "
+"default Bullet physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:852
+msgid ""
+"Creates a shape of a type from [enum ShapeType]. Does not assign it to a "
+"body or an area. To do so, you must use [method area_set_shape] or [method "
+"body_set_shape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:866
+msgid "Returns the type of shape (see [enum ShapeType] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:882 doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:891
+msgid "Gets a slider_joint parameter (see [enum SliderJointParam] constants)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:904
+msgid ""
+"Returns the state of a space, a [PhysicsDirectSpaceState]. This object can "
+"be used to make collision/intersection queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:936
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value for a space parameter. A list of available parameters is on "
+"the [enum SpaceParameter] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:942
+msgid "The [Joint] is a [PinJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:945
+msgid "The [Joint] is a [HingeJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:948
+msgid "The [Joint] is a [SliderJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:951
+msgid "The [Joint] is a [ConeTwistJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:954
+msgid "The [Joint] is a [Generic6DOFJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:957
+msgid ""
+"The strength with which the pinned objects try to stay in positional "
+"relation to each other.\n"
+"The higher, the stronger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:961
+msgid ""
+"The strength with which the pinned objects try to stay in velocity relation "
+"to each other.\n"
+"The higher, the stronger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:965
+msgid ""
+"If above 0, this value is the maximum value for an impulse that this Joint "
+"puts on its ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:971
+msgid "The maximum rotation across the Hinge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:974
+msgid "The minimum rotation across the Hinge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:991
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the Hinge has a maximum and a minimum rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:994
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a motor turns the Hinge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:997 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:76
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The maximum difference between the pivot points on their X axis before "
+"damping happens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1000 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:67
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The minimum difference between the pivot points on their X axis before "
+"damping happens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1003 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:73
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the movement across the slider axis once the limits get "
+"surpassed. The lower, the slower the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1006 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution once the limits are surpassed. The lower, the more "
+"velocityenergy gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1009 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:111
+msgid "The amount of damping once the slider limits are surpassed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1012 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:85
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the movement across the slider axis as long as the "
+"slider is in the limits. The lower, the slower the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1015 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:82
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:117
+msgid "The amount of restitution inside the slider limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1018 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:79
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:120
+msgid "The amount of damping inside the slider limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1021 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:94
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:123
+msgid "A factor applied to the movement across axes orthogonal to the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1024 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:91
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution when movement is across axes orthogonal to the "
+"slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1027 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:88
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"The amount of damping when movement is across axes orthogonal to the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1030 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:43
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:132
+msgid "The upper limit of rotation in the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1033 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:32
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:135
+msgid "The lower limit of rotation in the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1036 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:138
+msgid "A factor applied to the all rotation once the limit is surpassed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1039 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:141
+msgid "The amount of restitution of the rotation when the limit is surpassed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1042 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:144
+msgid "The amount of damping of the rotation when the limit is surpassed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1045
+msgid "A factor that gets applied to the all rotation in the limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1048 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:49
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:150
+msgid "The amount of restitution of the rotation in the limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1051 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:46
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:153
+msgid "The amount of damping of the rotation in the limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1054
+msgid ""
+"A factor that gets applied to the all rotation across axes orthogonal to the "
+"slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1057 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:58
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution of the rotation across axes orthogonal to the "
+"slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1060 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:55
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The amount of damping of the rotation across axes orthogonal to the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1063
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum SliderJointParam] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1080
+msgid ""
+"The ease with which the Joint twists, if it's too low, it takes more force "
+"to twist the joint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1092
+msgid ""
+"A factor that gets applied to the movement across the axes. The lower, the "
+"slower the movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1095
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution on the axes movement. The lower, the more velocity-"
+"energy gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1101
+msgid "The velocity that the joint's linear motor will attempt to reach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1104
+msgid ""
+"The maximum force that the linear motor can apply while trying to reach the "
+"target velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1113
+msgid "A factor that gets multiplied onto all rotations across the axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1125
+msgid ""
+"When correcting the crossing of limits in rotation across the axes, this "
+"error tolerance factor defines how much the correction gets slowed down. The "
+"lower, the slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1134
+msgid ""
+"If [code]set[/code] there is linear motion possible within the given limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1137
+msgid "If [code]set[/code] there is rotational motion possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1140
+msgid "If [code]set[/code] there is a rotational motor across these axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1143
+msgid ""
+"If [code]set[/code] there is a linear motor on this axis that targets a "
+"specific velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1146
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [PlaneShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1149
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [RayShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1152
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [SphereShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1155
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [BoxShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1158
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [CapsuleShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1161
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [CylinderShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1164
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [ConvexPolygonShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1167
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [ConcavePolygonShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsServer.xml:1170
+msgid "The [Shape] is a [HeightMapShape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:4
+msgid "Parameters to be sent to a 3D shape physics query."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class contains the shape and other parameters for 3D intersection/"
+"collision queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:16
+msgid "Sets the [Shape] that will be used for collision/intersection queries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:22
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the query will take [Area]s into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PhysicsShapeQueryParameters.xml:25
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the query will take [PhysicsBody]s into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:4
+msgid "Pin joint for 3D PhysicsBodies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Pin joint for 3D rigid bodies. It pins 2 bodies (rigid or static) together. "
+"See also [Generic6DOFJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:30 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"The force with which the pinned objects stay in positional relation to each "
+"other. The higher, the stronger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:33 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The force with which the pinned objects stay in velocity relation to each "
+"other. The higher, the stronger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:36 doc/classes/PinJoint.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If above 0, this value is the maximum value for an impulse that this Joint "
+"produces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml:4
+msgid "Pin Joint for 2D shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Pin Joint for 2D rigid bodies. It pins two bodies (rigid or static) together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PinJoint2D.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The higher this value, the more the bond to the pinned partner can flex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:4
+msgid "Plane in hessian form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Plane represents a normalized plane equation. Basically, \"normal\" is the "
+"normal of the plane (a,b,c normalized), and \"d\" is the distance from the "
+"origin to the plane (in the direction of \"normal\"). \"Over\" or \"Above\" "
+"the plane is considered the side of the plane towards where the normal is "
+"pointing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Creates a plane from the four parameters. The three components of the "
+"resulting plane's [member normal] are [code]a[/code], [code]b[/code] and "
+"[code]c[/code], and the plane has a distance of [code]d[/code] from the "
+"origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:29
+msgid "Creates a plane from the three points, given in clockwise order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:37
+msgid "Creates a plane from the normal and the plane's distance to the origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:43
+msgid "Returns the center of the plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shortest distance from the plane to the position [code]point[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns the center of the plane.\n"
+"This method is deprecated, please use [method center] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is inside the plane. "
+"Comparison uses a custom minimum [code]epsilon[/code] threshold."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns the intersection point of the three planes [code]b[/code], [code]c[/"
+"code] and this plane. If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns the intersection point of a ray consisting of the position "
+"[code]from[/code] and the direction normal [code]dir[/code] with this plane. "
+"If no intersection is found, [code]null[/code] is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Returns the intersection point of a segment from position [code]begin[/code] "
+"to position [code]end[/code] with this plane. If no intersection is found, "
+"[code]null[/code] is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this plane and [code]plane[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]point[/code] is located above the plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:109
+msgid "Returns a copy of the plane, normalized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Returns the orthogonal projection of [code]point[/code] into a point in the "
+"plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"The distance from the origin to the plane, in the direction of [member "
+"normal]. This value is typically non-negative.\n"
+"In the scalar equation of the plane [code]ax + by + cz = d[/code], this is "
+"[code]d[/code], while the [code](a, b, c)[/code] coordinates are represented "
+"by the [member normal] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"The normal of the plane, which must be normalized.\n"
+"In the scalar equation of the plane [code]ax + by + cz = d[/code], this is "
+"the vector [code](a, b, c)[/code], where [code]d[/code] is the [member d] "
+"property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:130
+msgid "The X component of the plane's [member normal] vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:133
+msgid "The Y component of the plane's [member normal] vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:136
+msgid "The Z component of the plane's [member normal] vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:141
+msgid "A plane that extends in the Y and Z axes (normal vector points +X)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:144
+msgid "A plane that extends in the X and Z axes (normal vector points +Y)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Plane.xml:147
+msgid "A plane that extends in the X and Y axes (normal vector points +Z)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Class representing a planar [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a "
+"thickness. By default, this mesh is aligned on the X and Z axes; this "
+"default rotation isn't suited for use with billboarded materials. For "
+"billboarded materials, use [QuadMesh] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using a large textured [PlaneMesh] (e.g. as a floor), you "
+"may stumble upon UV jittering issues depending on the camera angle. To solve "
+"this, increase [member subdivide_depth] and [member subdivide_width] until "
+"you no longer notice UV jittering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:16
+msgid "Offset from the origin of the generated plane. Useful for particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:19
+msgid "Size of the generated plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:22
+msgid "Number of subdivision along the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneMesh.xml:25
+msgid "Number of subdivision along the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml:4
+msgid "Infinite plane shape for 3D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An infinite plane shape for 3D collisions. Note that the [Plane]'s normal "
+"matters; anything \"below\" the plane will collide with it. If the "
+"[PlaneShape] is used in a [PhysicsBody], it will cause colliding objects "
+"placed \"below\" it to teleport \"above\" the plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PlaneShape.xml:15
+msgid "The [Plane] used by the [PlaneShape] for collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PointMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Mesh with a single Point primitive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PointMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The PointMesh is made from a single point. Instead of relying on triangles, "
+"points are rendered as a single rectangle on the screen with a constant "
+"size. They are intended to be used with Particle systems, but can be used as "
+"a cheap way to render constant size billboarded sprites (for example in a "
+"point cloud).\n"
+"PointMeshes, must be used with a material that has a point size. Point size "
+"can be accessed in a shader with [code]POINT_SIZE[/code], or in a "
+"[SpatialMaterial] by setting [member SpatialMaterial.flags_use_point_size] "
+"and the variable [member SpatialMaterial.params_point_size].\n"
+"When using PointMeshes, properties that normally alter vertices will be "
+"ignored, including billboard mode, grow, and cull face."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:4
+msgid "A 2D polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Polygon2D is defined by a set of points. Each point is connected to the "
+"next, with the final point being connected to the first, resulting in a "
+"closed polygon. Polygon2Ds can be filled with color (solid or gradient) or "
+"filled with a given texture.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, Godot can only draw up to 4,096 polygon points at a "
+"time. To increase this limit, open the Project Settings and increase [member "
+"ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/canvas_polygon_buffer_size_kb] and "
+"[member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/buffers/"
+"canvas_polygon_index_buffer_size_kb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a bone with the specified [code]path[/code] and [code]weights[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:24
+msgid "Removes all bones from this [Polygon2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:31
+msgid "Removes the specified bone from this [Polygon2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:37
+msgid "Returns the number of bones in this [Polygon2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:44
+msgid "Returns the path to the node associated with the specified bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:51
+msgid "Returns the height values of the specified bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:59
+msgid "Sets the path to the node associated with the specified bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:67
+msgid "Sets the weight values for the specified bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:73
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], polygon edges will be anti-aliased."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"The polygon's fill color. If [code]texture[/code] is defined, it will be "
+"multiplied by this color. It will also be the default color for vertices not "
+"set in [code]vertex_colors[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Added padding applied to the bounding box when using [code]invert[/code]. "
+"Setting this value too small may result in a \"Bad Polygon\" error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], polygon will be inverted, containing the area outside "
+"the defined points and extending to the [code]invert_border[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:89
+msgid "The offset applied to each vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"The polygon's list of vertices. The final point will be connected to the "
+"first.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This returns a copy of the [PoolVector2Array] rather than a "
+"reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"The polygon's fill texture. Use [code]uv[/code] to set texture coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Amount to offset the polygon's [code]texture[/code]. If [code](0, 0)[/code] "
+"the texture's origin (its top-left corner) will be placed at the polygon's "
+"[code]position[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:106
+msgid "The texture's rotation in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:109
+msgid "The texture's rotation in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Amount to multiply the [code]uv[/code] coordinates when using a "
+"[code]texture[/code]. Larger values make the texture smaller, and vice versa."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Texture coordinates for each vertex of the polygon. There should be one "
+"[code]uv[/code] per polygon vertex. If there are fewer, undefined vertices "
+"will use [code](0, 0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Polygon2D.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Color for each vertex. Colors are interpolated between vertices, resulting "
+"in smooth gradients. There should be one per polygon vertex. If there are "
+"fewer, undefined vertices will use [code]color[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold bytes. Optimized for memory usage, "
+"does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolByteArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:29
+msgid "Appends a [PoolByteArray] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new [PoolByteArray] with the data compressed. Set the compression "
+"mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new [PoolByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set "
+"[code]buffer_size[/code] to the size of the uncompressed data. Set the "
+"compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new [PoolByteArray] with the data decompressed. Set the "
+"compression mode using one of [enum File.CompressionMode]'s constants. "
+"[b]This method only accepts gzip and deflate compression modes.[/b]\n"
+"This method is potentially slower than [code]decompress[/code], as it may "
+"have to re-allocate it's output buffer multiple times while decompressing, "
+"where as [code]decompress[/code] knows it's output buffer size from the "
+"begining.\n"
+"\n"
+"GZIP has a maximal compression ratio of 1032:1, meaning it's very possible "
+"for a small compressed payload to decompress to a potentially very large "
+"output. To guard against this, you may provide a maximum size this function "
+"is allowed to allocate in bytes via [code]max_output_size[/code]. Passing -1 "
+"will allow for unbounded output. If any positive value is passed, and the "
+"decompression exceeds that ammount in bytes, then an error will be returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the array's contents as [String]. Fast alternative to "
+"[method get_string_from_utf8] if the content is ASCII-only. Unlike the UTF-8 "
+"function this function maps every byte to a character in the array. "
+"Multibyte sequences will not be interpreted correctly. For parsing user "
+"input always use [method get_string_from_utf8]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the array's contents as [String]. Slower than [method "
+"get_string_from_ascii] but supports UTF-8 encoded data. Use this function if "
+"you are unsure about the source of the data. For user input this function "
+"should always be preferred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns a hexadecimal representation of this array as a [String].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var array = PoolByteArray([11, 46, 255])\n"
+"print(array.hex_encode()) # Prints: 0b2eff\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:91 doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:43
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:44 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:44
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:44 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a new element at a given position in the array. The position must be "
+"valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:102 doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:55
+msgid "Appends an element at the end of the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:108 doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:60
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:61 doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:61
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:68 doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:61
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:60
+msgid "Removes an element from the array by index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:114 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:67
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the "
+"end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new "
+"size.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Added elements are not automatically initialized to 0 and will "
+"contain garbage, i.e. indeterminate values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:122
+msgid "Changes the byte at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:128 doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:79
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:81 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:87
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:80 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:79
+msgid "Returns the size of the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolByteArray.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns the slice of the [PoolByteArray] between indices (inclusive) as a "
+"new [PoolByteArray]. Any negative index is considered to be from the end of "
+"the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [Color]. Optimized for memory "
+"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolColorArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:29
+msgid "Appends a [PoolColorArray] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:54 doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:55
+msgid "Appends a value to the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:66 doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:74
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:67 doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the array. If the array is grown, reserves elements at the "
+"end of the array. If the array is shrunk, truncates the array to the new "
+"size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolColorArray.xml:73
+msgid "Changes the [Color] at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of integers ([int])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold integer values ([int]). Optimized "
+"for memory usage, does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is limited to signed 32-bit integers, which means it "
+"can only take values in the interval [code][-2^31, 2^31 - 1][/code], i.e. "
+"[code][-2147483648, 2147483647][/code]. Exceeding those bounds will wrap "
+"around. In comparison, [int] uses signed 64-bit integers which can hold much "
+"larger values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolIntArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:30
+msgid "Appends a [PoolIntArray] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a new int at a given position in the array. The position must be "
+"valid, or at the end of the array ([code]idx == size()[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:75
+msgid "Changes the int at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolIntArray.xml:81
+msgid "Returns the array size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of reals ([float])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold floating-point values. Optimized "
+"for memory usage, does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike primitive [float]s which are 64-bit, numbers stored in "
+"[PoolRealArray] are 32-bit floats. This means values stored in "
+"[PoolRealArray] have lower precision compared to primitive [float]s. If you "
+"need to store 64-bit floats in an array, use a generic [Array] with [float] "
+"elements as these will still be 64-bit. However, using a generic [Array] to "
+"store [float]s will use roughly 6 times more memory compared to a "
+"[PoolRealArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolRealArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:30
+msgid "Appends a [PoolRealArray] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolRealArray.xml:75
+msgid "Changes the float at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of [String]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [String]s. Optimized for memory "
+"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolStringArray]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:30
+msgid "Appends a [PoolStringArray] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [String] with each element of the array joined with the given "
+"[code]delimiter[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:62
+msgid "Appends a string element at end of the array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolStringArray.xml:81
+msgid "Changes the [String] at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of [Vector2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [Vector2]. Optimized for memory "
+"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:11 doc/classes/TileMap.xml:15
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:15
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/519"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolVector2Array]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:30
+msgid "Appends a [PoolVector2Array] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:55
+msgid "Inserts a [Vector2] at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector2Array.xml:74
+msgid "Changes the [Vector2] at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:4
+msgid "A pooled [Array] of [Vector3]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"An [Array] specifically designed to hold [Vector3]. Optimized for memory "
+"usage, does not fragment the memory.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This type is passed by value and not by reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new [PoolVector3Array]. Optionally, you can pass in a generic "
+"[Array] that will be converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:29
+msgid "Appends a [PoolVector3Array] at the end of this array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:54
+msgid "Inserts a [Vector3] at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PoolVector3Array.xml:73
+msgid "Changes the [Vector3] at the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:4
+msgid "Base container control for popups and dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Popup is a base [Control] used to show dialogs and popups. It's a subwindow "
+"and modal by default (see [Control]) and has helpers for custom popup "
+"behavior. All popup methods ensure correct placement within the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:16
+msgid "Popup (show the control in modal form)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative "
+"to its current canvas transform, at the current size, or at a size "
+"determined by [code]size[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative "
+"to the current canvas transform, clamping the size to [code]size[/code], "
+"then ensuring the popup is no larger than the viewport size multiplied by "
+"[code]fallback_ratio[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative "
+"to the current canvas transform, ensuring the size is never smaller than "
+"[code]minsize[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Popup (show the control in modal form) in the center of the screen relative "
+"to the current canvas transform, scaled at a ratio of size of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:51
+msgid "Shrink popup to keep to the minimum size of content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the popup will not be hidden when a click event occurs "
+"outside of it, or when it receives the [code]ui_cancel[/code] action event.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Enabling this property doesn't affect the Close or Cancel "
+"buttons' behavior in dialogs that inherit from this class. As a workaround, "
+"you can use [method WindowDialog.get_close_button] or [method "
+"ConfirmationDialog.get_cancel] and hide the buttons in question by setting "
+"their [member CanvasItem.visible] property to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a popup is about to be shown. This is often used in [PopupMenu] "
+"to clear the list of options then create a new one according to the current "
+"context."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:70
+msgid "Emitted when a popup is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:76
+msgid "Notification sent right after the popup is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Popup.xml:79
+msgid "Notification sent right after the popup is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for popup dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"PopupDialog is a base class for popup dialogs, along with [WindowDialog]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupDialog.xml:17
+msgid "Sets a custom [StyleBox] for the panel of the [PopupDialog]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:4
+msgid "PopupMenu displays a list of options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[PopupMenu] is a [Control] that displays a list of options. They are popular "
+"in toolbars or context menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new checkable item with text [code]label[/code].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator "
+"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created "
+"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default "
+"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for "
+"more info on accelerators.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See "
+"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [ShortCut] to it. Sets "
+"the label of the checkbox to the [ShortCut]'s name.\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is "
+"provided, one will be created from the index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See "
+"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new checkable item with text [code]label[/code] and icon "
+"[code]texture[/code].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator "
+"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created "
+"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default "
+"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for "
+"more info on accelerators.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See "
+"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new checkable item and assigns the specified [ShortCut] and icon "
+"[code]texture[/code] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the "
+"[ShortCut]'s name.\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is "
+"provided, one will be created from the index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See "
+"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new item with text [code]label[/code] and icon [code]texture[/code].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator "
+"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created "
+"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default "
+"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for "
+"more info on accelerators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:76
+msgid "Same as [method add_icon_check_item], but uses a radio check button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Same as [method add_icon_check_shortcut], but uses a radio check button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new item and assigns the specified [ShortCut] and icon [code]texture[/"
+"code] to it. Sets the label of the checkbox to the [ShortCut]'s name.\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is "
+"provided, one will be created from the index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new item with text [code]label[/code].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator "
+"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created "
+"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default "
+"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for "
+"more info on accelerators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new multistate item with text [code]label[/code].\n"
+"Contrarily to normal binary items, multistate items can have more than two "
+"states, as defined by [code]max_states[/code]. Each press or activate of the "
+"item will increase the state by one. The default value is defined by "
+"[code]default_state[/code].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator "
+"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created "
+"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default "
+"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for "
+"more info on accelerators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new radio check button with text [code]label[/code].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided, as well as an accelerator "
+"([code]accel[/code]). If no [code]id[/code] is provided, one will be created "
+"from the index. If no [code]accel[/code] is provided then the default "
+"[code]0[/code] will be assigned to it. See [method get_item_accelerator] for "
+"more info on accelerators.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See "
+"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Adds a new radio check button and assigns a [ShortCut] to it. Sets the label "
+"of the checkbox to the [ShortCut]'s name.\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is "
+"provided, one will be created from the index.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually. See "
+"[method set_item_checked] for more info on how to control it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Adds a separator between items. Separators also occupy an index, which you "
+"can set by using the [code]id[/code] parameter.\n"
+"A [code]label[/code] can optionally be provided, which will appear at the "
+"center of the separator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [ShortCut].\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is "
+"provided, one will be created from the index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Adds an item that will act as a submenu of the parent [PopupMenu] node when "
+"clicked. The [code]submenu[/code] argument is the name of the child "
+"[PopupMenu] node that will be shown when the item is clicked.\n"
+"An [code]id[/code] can optionally be provided. If no [code]id[/code] is "
+"provided, one will be created from the index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:177
+msgid "Removes all items from the [PopupMenu]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:183
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the currently focused item. Returns [code]-1[/code] if "
+"no item is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"Returns the accelerator of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. Accelerators "
+"are special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which "
+"control is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:196
+msgid "Returns the number of items in the [PopupMenu]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"Returns the id of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. [code]id[/code] can be "
+"manually assigned, while index can not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the item containing the specified [code]id[/code]. "
+"Index is automatically assigned to each item by the engine. Index can not be "
+"set manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Returns the metadata of the specified item, which might be of any type. You "
+"can set it with [method set_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of "
+"assigning context data to items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [ShortCut] associated with the specified [code]idx[/code] item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:238
+msgid ""
+"Returns the submenu name of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. See [method "
+"add_submenu_item] for more info on how to add a submenu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tooltip associated with the specified index index [code]idx[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the popup will be hidden when the window loses "
+"focus or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:265
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is checkable "
+"in some way, i.e. if it has a checkbox or radio button.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark or radio button, but "
+"don't have any built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked "
+"manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] is disabled. "
+"When it is disabled it can't be selected, or its action invoked.\n"
+"See [method set_item_disabled] for more info on how to disable an item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item at index [code]idx[/code] has radio "
+"button-style checkability.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is purely cosmetic; you must add the logic for checking/"
+"unchecking items in radio groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:296
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the item is a separator. If it is, it will be "
+"displayed as a line. See [method add_separator] for more info on how to add "
+"a separator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:303
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified item's shortcut is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"Removes the item at index [code]idx[/code] from the menu.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The indices of items after the removed item will be shifted by "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:318
+msgid "Hides the [PopupMenu] when the window loses focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"Sets the accelerator of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. Accelerators are "
+"special combinations of keys that activate the item, no matter which control "
+"is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the item at index [code]idx[/code] has a checkbox. If "
+"[code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Checkable items just display a checkmark, but don't have any "
+"built-in checking behavior and must be checked/unchecked manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:343
+msgid ""
+"Sets the type of the item at the specified index [code]idx[/code] to radio "
+"button. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the item to plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:351
+msgid ""
+"Mark the item at index [code]idx[/code] as a separator, which means that it "
+"would be displayed as a line. If [code]false[/code], sets the type of the "
+"item to plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:359
+msgid "Sets the checkstate status of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:367
+msgid ""
+"Enables/disables the item at index [code]idx[/code]. When it is disabled, it "
+"can't be selected and its action can't be invoked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:375
+msgid "Replaces the [Texture] icon of the specified [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:383
+msgid "Sets the [code]id[/code] of the item at index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:391
+msgid ""
+"Sets the metadata of an item, which may be of any type. You can later get it "
+"with [method get_item_metadata], which provides a simple way of assigning "
+"context data to items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:399
+msgid ""
+"Sets the state of a multistate item. See [method add_multistate_item] for "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:408
+msgid "Sets a [ShortCut] for the specified item [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:416
+msgid "Disables the [ShortCut] of the specified index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"Sets the submenu of the item at index [code]idx[/code]. The submenu is the "
+"name of a child [PopupMenu] node that would be shown when the item is "
+"clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [String] tooltip of the item at the specified index [code]idx[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:447
+msgid ""
+"Toggles the check state of the item of the specified index [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:454
+msgid ""
+"Cycle to the next state of a multistate item. See [method "
+"add_multistate_item] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:460
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], allows navigating [PopupMenu] with letter keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:464
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when a checkbox or radio button "
+"is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:467
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when an item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:470
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], hides the [PopupMenu] when a state item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:473
+msgid ""
+"Sets the delay time in seconds for the submenu item to popup on mouse "
+"hovering. If the popup menu is added as a child of another (acting as a "
+"submenu), it will inherit the delay time of the parent menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:480
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when user navigated to an item of some [code]id[/code] using "
+"[code]ui_up[/code] or [code]ui_down[/code] action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:486
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when an item of some [code]id[/code] is pressed or its accelerator "
+"is activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when an item of some [code]index[/code] is pressed or its "
+"accelerator is activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:500
+msgid "[Texture] icon for the checked checkbox items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:503
+msgid "[Font] used for the menu items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:506
+msgid "The default text [Color] for menu items' names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:509
+msgid ""
+"The text [Color] used for shortcuts and accelerators that show next to the "
+"menu item name when defined. See [method get_item_accelerator] for more info "
+"on accelerators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:512
+msgid "[Color] used for disabled menu items' text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:515
+msgid "[Color] used for the hovered text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:518
+msgid "[Color] used for labeled separators' text. See [method add_separator]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:521
+msgid "[StyleBox] displayed when the [PopupMenu] item is hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:524
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal space between the item's name and the shortcut text/submenu "
+"arrow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:527
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for the left side of labeled separator. See [method "
+"add_separator]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:530
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for the right side of labeled separator. See [method "
+"add_separator]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:533
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] of the [PopupMenu] items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:536
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [PopupMenu] item is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:539
+msgid "[Texture] icon for the checked radio button items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:542
+msgid "[Texture] icon for the unchecked radio button items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:545
+msgid "[StyleBox] used for the separators. See [method add_separator]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:548
+msgid "[Texture] icon for the submenu arrow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:551
+msgid "[Texture] icon for the unchecked checkbox items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupMenu.xml:554
+msgid "The vertical space between each menu item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml:4
+msgid "Class for displaying popups with a panel background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Class for displaying popups with a panel background. In some cases it might "
+"be simpler to use than [Popup], since it provides a configurable background. "
+"If you are making windows, better check [WindowDialog]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PopupPanel.xml:17
+msgid "The background panel style of this [PopupPanel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:4
+msgid "Portal nodes are used to enable visibility between [Room]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[Portal]s are a special type of [MeshInstance] that allow the portal culling "
+"system to 'see' from one room to the next. They often correspond to doors "
+"and windows in level geometry. By only allowing [Camera]s to see through "
+"portals, this allows the system to cull out all the objects in rooms that "
+"cannot be seen through portals. This is a form of [b]occlusion culling[/b], "
+"and can greatly increase performance.\n"
+"There are some limitations to the form of portals:\n"
+"They must be single sided convex polygons, and usually you would orientate "
+"their front faces [b]outward[/b] from the [Room] they are placed in. The "
+"vertices should be positioned on a single plane (although their positioning "
+"does not have to be perfect).\n"
+"There is no need to place an opposite portal in an adjacent room, links are "
+"made two-way automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:20 doc/classes/Room.xml:21
+msgid "Sets individual points. Primarily for use by the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"This is a shortcut for setting the linked [Room] in the name of the [Portal] "
+"(the name is used during conversion)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"The points defining the shape of the [Portal] polygon (which should be "
+"convex).\n"
+"These are defined in 2D, with [code]0,0[/code] being the origin of the "
+"[Portal] node's [member Spatial.global_transform].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] These raw points are sanitized for winding order internally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Visibility through [Portal]s can be turned on and off at runtime - this is "
+"useful for having closable doors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Some objects are so big that they may be present in more than one [Room] "
+"('sprawling'). As we often don't want objects that *just* breach the edges "
+"to be assigned to neighbouring rooms, you can assign an extra margin through "
+"the [Portal] to allow objects to breach without sprawling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Portals default to being two way - see through in both directions, however "
+"you can make them one way, visible from the source room only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Portal.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"In most cases you will want to use the default [Portal] margin in your "
+"portals (this is set in the [RoomManager]).\n"
+"If you want to override this default, set this value to [code]false[/code], "
+"and the local [member portal_margin] will take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Position2D.xml:4
+msgid "Generic 2D position hint for editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Position2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Generic 2D position hint for editing. It's just like a plain [Node2D], but "
+"it displays as a cross in the 2D editor at all times. You can set cross' "
+"visual size by using the gizmo in the 2D editor while the node is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Position3D.xml:4
+msgid "Generic 3D position hint for editing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Position3D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Generic 3D position hint for editing. It's just like a plain [Spatial], but "
+"it displays as a cross in the 3D editor at all times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Base class for all primitive meshes. Handles applying a [Material] to a "
+"primitive mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for all primitive meshes. Handles applying a [Material] to a "
+"primitive mesh. Examples include [CapsuleMesh], [CubeMesh], [CylinderMesh], "
+"[PlaneMesh], [PrismMesh], [QuadMesh], and [SphereMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Returns mesh arrays used to constitute surface of [Mesh]. The result can be "
+"passed to [method ArrayMesh.add_surface_from_arrays] to create a new "
+"surface. For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var c := CylinderMesh.new()\n"
+"var arr_mesh := ArrayMesh.new()\n"
+"arr_mesh.add_surface_from_arrays(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES, c."
+"get_mesh_arrays())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If set, the order of the vertices in each triangle are reversed resulting in "
+"the backside of the mesh being drawn.\n"
+"This gives the same result as using [constant SpatialMaterial.CULL_BACK] in "
+"[member SpatialMaterial.params_cull_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrimitiveMesh.xml:33
+msgid "The current [Material] of the primitive mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:4 doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:7
+msgid "Class representing a prism-shaped [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Displacement of the upper edge along the X axis. 0.0 positions edge straight "
+"above the bottom-left edge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:18
+msgid "Size of the prism."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:21
+msgid "Number of added edge loops along the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:24
+msgid "Number of added edge loops along the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/PrismMesh.xml:27
+msgid "Number of added edge loops along the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Type of [Sky] that is generated procedurally based on user input parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"ProceduralSky provides a way to create an effective background quickly by "
+"defining procedural parameters for the sun, the sky and the ground. The sky "
+"and ground are very similar, they are defined by a color at the horizon, "
+"another color, and finally an easing curve to interpolate between these two "
+"colors. Similarly, the sun is described by a position in the sky, a color, "
+"and an easing curve. However, the sun also defines a minimum and maximum "
+"angle, these two values define at what distance the easing curve begins and "
+"ends from the sun, and thus end up defining the size of the sun in the sky.\n"
+"The ProceduralSky is updated on the CPU after the parameters change. It is "
+"stored in a texture and then displayed as a background in the scene. This "
+"makes it relatively unsuitable for real-time updates during gameplay. "
+"However, with a small enough texture size, it can still be updated "
+"relatively frequently, as it is updated on a background thread when multi-"
+"threading is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:16
+msgid "Color of the ground at the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"How quickly the [member ground_horizon_color] fades into the [member "
+"ground_bottom_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:22
+msgid "Amount of energy contribution from the ground."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:25
+msgid "Color of the ground at the horizon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"How quickly the [member sky_horizon_color] fades into the [member "
+"sky_top_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:31
+msgid "Amount of energy contribution from the sky."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:34
+msgid "Color of the sky at the horizon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:37
+msgid "Color of the sky at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:40
+msgid "Distance from center of sun where it fades out completely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:43
+msgid "Distance from sun where it goes from solid to starting to fade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:46
+msgid "The sun's color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"How quickly the sun fades away between [member sun_angle_min] and [member "
+"sun_angle_max]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:52
+msgid "Amount of energy contribution from the sun."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:55
+msgid "The sun's height using polar coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:58
+msgid "The direction of the sun using polar coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Size of [Texture] that the ProceduralSky will generate. The size is set "
+"using [enum TextureSize]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:66
+msgid "Sky texture will be 256x128."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:69
+msgid "Sky texture will be 512x256."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:72
+msgid "Sky texture will be 1024x512. This is the default size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:75
+msgid "Sky texture will be 2048x1024."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:78
+msgid "Sky texture will be 4096x2048."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProceduralSky.xml:81
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum TextureSize] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:4
+msgid "General-purpose progress bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:7
+msgid "General-purpose progress bar. Shows fill percentage from right to left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:15
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the fill percentage is displayed on the bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:24
+msgid "The style of the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:27
+msgid "The style of the progress (i.e. the part that fills the bar)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Font used to draw the fill percentage if [member percent_visible] is "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:33
+msgid "The color of the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProgressBar.xml:36
+msgid "The color of the text's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:4
+msgid "Contains global variables accessible from everywhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains global variables accessible from everywhere. Use [method "
+"get_setting], [method set_setting] or [method has_setting] to access them. "
+"Variables stored in [code]project.godot[/code] are also loaded into "
+"ProjectSettings, making this object very useful for reading custom game "
+"configuration options.\n"
+"When naming a Project Settings property, use the full path to the setting "
+"including the category. For example, [code]\"application/config/name\"[/"
+"code] for the project name. Category and property names can be viewed in the "
+"Project Settings dialog.\n"
+"[b]Feature tags:[/b] Project settings can be overridden for specific "
+"platforms and configurations (debug, release, ...) using [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/export/feature_tags.html]feature tags[/"
+"url].\n"
+"[b]Overriding:[/b] Any project setting can be overridden by creating a file "
+"named [code]override.cfg[/code] in the project's root directory. This can "
+"also be used in exported projects by placing this file in the same directory "
+"as the project binary. Overriding will still take the base project "
+"settings' [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/export/"
+"feature_tags.html]feature tags[/url] in account. Therefore, make sure to "
+"[i]also[/i] override the setting with the desired feature tags if you want "
+"them to override base project settings on all platforms and configurations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Adds a custom property info to a property. The dictionary must contain:\n"
+"- [code]name[/code]: [String] (the property's name)\n"
+"- [code]type[/code]: [int] (see [enum Variant.Type])\n"
+"- optionally [code]hint[/code]: [int] (see [enum PropertyHint]) and "
+"[code]hint_string[/code]: [String]\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"ProjectSettings.set(\"category/property_name\", 0)\n"
+"\n"
+"var property_info = {\n"
+" \"name\": \"category/property_name\",\n"
+" \"type\": TYPE_INT,\n"
+" \"hint\": PROPERTY_HINT_ENUM,\n"
+" \"hint_string\": \"one,two,three\"\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"ProjectSettings.add_property_info(property_info)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:45
+msgid "Clears the whole configuration (not recommended, may break things)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the "
+"config file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of a setting.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(ProjectSettings.get_setting(\"application/config/name\"))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the absolute, native OS path corresponding to the localized "
+"[code]path[/code] (starting with [code]res://[/code] or [code]user://[/"
+"code]). The returned path will vary depending on the operating system and "
+"user preferences. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/io/"
+"data_paths.html]File paths in Godot projects[/url] to see what those paths "
+"convert to. See also [method localize_path].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method globalize_path] with [code]res://[/code] will not work "
+"in an exported project. Instead, prepend the executable's base directory to "
+"the path when running from an exported project:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var path = \"\"\n"
+"if OS.has_feature(\"editor\"):\n"
+" # Running from an editor binary.\n"
+" # `path` will contain the absolute path to `hello.txt` located in the "
+"project root.\n"
+" path = ProjectSettings.globalize_path(\"res://hello.txt\")\n"
+"else:\n"
+" # Running from an exported project.\n"
+" # `path` will contain the absolute path to `hello.txt` next to the "
+"executable.\n"
+" # This is *not* identical to using `ProjectSettings.globalize_path()` "
+"with a `res://` path,\n"
+" # but is close enough in spirit.\n"
+" path = OS.get_executable_path().get_base_dir().plus_file(\"hello.txt\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:91
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a configuration value is present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Loads the contents of the .pck or .zip file specified by [code]pack[/code] "
+"into the resource filesystem ([code]res://[/code]). Returns [code]true[/"
+"code] on success.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If a file from [code]pack[/code] shares the same path as a file "
+"already in the resource filesystem, any attempts to load that file will use "
+"the file from [code]pack[/code] unless [code]replace_files[/code] is set to "
+"[code]false[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The optional [code]offset[/code] parameter can be used to "
+"specify the offset in bytes to the start of the resource pack. This is only "
+"supported for .pck files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Returns the localized path (starting with [code]res://[/code]) corresponding "
+"to the absolute, native OS [code]path[/code]. See also [method "
+"globalize_path]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified property exists and its initial "
+"value differs from the current value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Returns the specified property's initial value. Returns [code]null[/code] if "
+"the property does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Saves the configuration to the [code]project.godot[/code] file.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is intended to be used by editor plugins, as "
+"modified [ProjectSettings] can't be loaded back in the running app. If you "
+"want to change project settings in exported projects, use [method "
+"save_custom] to save [code]override.cfg[/code] file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Saves the configuration to a custom file. The file extension must be [code]."
+"godot[/code] (to save in text-based [ConfigFile] format) or [code].binary[/"
+"code] (to save in binary format). You can also save [code]override.cfg[/"
+"code] file, which is also text, but can be used in exported projects unlike "
+"other formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified property's initial value. This is the value the property "
+"reverts to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"Sets the order of a configuration value (influences when saved to the config "
+"file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Sets the value of a setting.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"ProjectSettings.set_setting(\"application/config/name\", \"Example\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Comma-separated list of custom Android modules (which must have been built "
+"in the Android export templates) using their Java package path, e.g. "
+"[code]\"org/godotengine/godot/MyCustomSingleton,com/example/foo/"
+"FrenchFriesFactory\"[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Since Godot 3.2.2, the [code]org/godotengine/godot/"
+"GodotPaymentV3[/code] module was deprecated and replaced by the "
+"[code]GodotPayment[/code] plugin which should be enabled in the Android "
+"export preset under [code]Plugins[/code] section. The singleton to access in "
+"code was also renamed to [code]GodotPayment[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:175
+msgid "Background color for the boot splash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], scale the boot splash image to the full window length "
+"when engine starts. If [code]false[/code], the engine will leave it at the "
+"default pixel size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:181
+msgid "Path to an image used as the boot splash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], applies linear filtering when scaling the image "
+"(recommended for high resolution artwork). If [code]false[/code], uses "
+"nearest-neighbor interpolation (recommended for pixel art)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"This user directory is used for storing persistent data ([code]user://[/"
+"code] filesystem). If left empty, [code]user://[/code] resolves to a project-"
+"specific folder in Godot's own configuration folder (see [method OS."
+"get_user_data_dir]). If a custom directory name is defined, this name will "
+"be used instead and appended to the system-specific user data directory "
+"(same parent folder as the Godot configuration folder documented in [method "
+"OS.get_user_data_dir]).\n"
+"The [member application/config/use_custom_user_dir] setting must be enabled "
+"for this to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"The project's description, displayed as a tooltip in the Project Manager "
+"when hovering the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"Icon used for the project, set when project loads. Exporters will also use "
+"this icon when possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Icon set in [code].icns[/code] format used on macOS to set the game's icon. "
+"This is done automatically on start by calling [method OS.set_native_icon]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"The project's name. It is used both by the Project Manager and by exporters. "
+"The project name can be translated by translating its value in localization "
+"files. The window title will be set to match the project name automatically "
+"on startup.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this value will also change the user data folder's "
+"path if [member application/config/use_custom_user_dir] is [code]false[/"
+"code]. After renaming the project, you will no longer be able to access "
+"existing data in [code]user://[/code] unless you rename the old folder to "
+"match the new project name. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/"
+"tutorials/io/data_paths.html]Data paths[/url] in the documentation for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:204
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a file to override project settings. For example: [code]user://"
+"custom_settings.cfg[/code]. See \"Overriding\" in the [ProjectSettings] "
+"class description at the top for more information.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Regardless of this setting's value, [code]res://override.cfg[/"
+"code] will still be read to override the project settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the project will save user data to its own user "
+"directory (see [member application/config/custom_user_dir_name]). This "
+"setting is only effective on desktop platforms. A name must be set in the "
+"[member application/config/custom_user_dir_name] setting for this to take "
+"effect. If [code]false[/code], the project will save user data to [code](OS "
+"user data directory)/Godot/app_userdata/(project name)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the project will use a hidden directory ([code]."
+"import[/code]) for storing project-specific data (metadata, shader cache, "
+"etc.).\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], a non-hidden directory ([code]import[/code]) will be "
+"used instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Restart the application after changing this setting.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this value can help on platforms or with third-party "
+"tools where hidden directory patterns are disallowed. Only modify this "
+"setting if you know that your environment requires it, as changing the "
+"default can impact compatibility with some external tools or plugins which "
+"expect the default [code].import[/code] folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"Icon set in [code].ico[/code] format used on Windows to set the game's icon. "
+"This is done automatically on start by calling [method OS.set_native_icon]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"Time samples for frame deltas are subject to random variation introduced by "
+"the platform, even when frames are displayed at regular intervals thanks to "
+"V-Sync. This can lead to jitter. Delta smoothing can often give a better "
+"result by filtering the input deltas to correct for minor fluctuations from "
+"the refresh rate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Delta smoothing is only attempted when [member display/window/"
+"vsync/use_vsync] is switched on, as it does not work well without V-Sync.\n"
+"It may take several seconds at a stable frame rate before the smoothing is "
+"initially activated. It will only be active on machines where performance is "
+"adequate to render frames at the refresh rate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"[b]Experimental.[/b] Shifts the measurement of delta time for each frame to "
+"just after the drawing has taken place. This may lead to more consistent "
+"deltas and a reduction in frame stutters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], disables printing to standard error. If [code]true[/"
+"code], this also hides error and warning messages printed by [method "
+"@GDScript.push_error] and [method @GDScript.push_warning]. See also [member "
+"application/run/disable_stdout].\n"
+"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], disables printing to standard output. This is "
+"equivalent to starting the editor or project with the [code]--quiet[/code] "
+"command line argument. See also [member application/run/disable_stderr].\n"
+"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], flushes the standard output stream every time a line "
+"is printed. This affects both terminal logging and file logging.\n"
+"When running a project, this setting must be enabled if you want logs to be "
+"collected by service managers such as systemd/journalctl. This setting is "
+"disabled by default on release builds, since flushing on every printed line "
+"will negatively affect performance if lots of lines are printed in a rapid "
+"succession. Also, if this setting is enabled, logged files will still be "
+"written successfully if the application crashes or is otherwise killed by "
+"the user (without being closed \"normally\").\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Regardless of this setting, the standard error stream "
+"([code]stderr[/code]) is always flushed when a line is printed to it.\n"
+"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"Debug build override for [member application/run/flush_stdout_on_print], as "
+"performance is less important during debugging.\n"
+"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Forces a delay between frames in the main loop (in milliseconds). This may "
+"be useful if you plan to disable vertical synchronization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables low-processor usage mode. This setting only "
+"works on desktop platforms. The screen is not redrawn if nothing changes "
+"visually. This is meant for writing applications and editors, but is pretty "
+"useless (and can hurt performance) in most games."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"Amount of sleeping between frames when the low-processor usage mode is "
+"enabled (in microseconds). Higher values will result in lower CPU usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:255
+msgid "Path to the main scene file that will be loaded when the project runs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:258 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"Audio buses will disable automatically when sound goes below a given dB "
+"threshold for a given time. This saves CPU as effects assigned to that bus "
+"will no longer do any processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:264
+msgid ""
+"Default [AudioBusLayout] resource file to use in the project, unless "
+"overridden by the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:267
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the audio driver to use. This setting is platform-dependent as "
+"each platform supports different audio drivers. If left empty, the default "
+"audio driver will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], microphone input will be allowed. This requires "
+"appropriate permissions to be set when exporting to Android or iOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"The mixing rate used for audio (in Hz). In general, it's better to not touch "
+"this and leave it to the host operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:276
+msgid ""
+"Safer override for [member audio/mix_rate] in the Web platform. Here "
+"[code]0[/code] means \"let the browser choose\" (since some browsers do not "
+"like forcing the mix rate)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:279
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the preferred output latency in milliseconds for audio. Lower "
+"values will result in lower audio latency at the cost of increased CPU "
+"usage. Low values may result in audible cracking on slower hardware.\n"
+"Audio output latency may be constrained by the host operating system and "
+"audio hardware drivers. If the host can not provide the specified audio "
+"output latency then Godot will attempt to use the nearest latency allowed by "
+"the host. As such you should always use [method AudioServer."
+"get_output_latency] to determine the actual audio output latency.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"Safer override for [member audio/output_latency] in the Web platform, to "
+"avoid audio issues especially on mobile devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:287
+msgid ""
+"Setting to hardcode audio delay when playing video. Best to leave this "
+"untouched unless you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"The default compression level for gzip. Affects compressed scenes and "
+"resources. Higher levels result in smaller files at the cost of compression "
+"speed. Decompression speed is mostly unaffected by the compression level. "
+"[code]-1[/code] uses the default gzip compression level, which is identical "
+"to [code]6[/code] but could change in the future due to underlying zlib "
+"updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:293
+msgid ""
+"The default compression level for Zlib. Affects compressed scenes and "
+"resources. Higher levels result in smaller files at the cost of compression "
+"speed. Decompression speed is mostly unaffected by the compression level. "
+"[code]-1[/code] uses the default gzip compression level, which is identical "
+"to [code]6[/code] but could change in the future due to underlying zlib "
+"updates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:296
+msgid ""
+"The default compression level for Zstandard. Affects compressed scenes and "
+"resources. Higher levels result in smaller files at the cost of compression "
+"speed. Decompression speed is mostly unaffected by the compression level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"Enables [url=https://github.com/facebook/zstd/releases/tag/v1.3.2]long-"
+"distance matching[/url] in Zstandard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Largest size limit (in power of 2) allowed when compressing using long-"
+"distance matching with Zstandard. Higher values can result in better "
+"compression, but will require more memory when compressing and decompressing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:305
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], displays getters and setters in autocompletion results "
+"in the script editor. This setting is meant to be used when porting old "
+"projects (Godot 2), as using member variables is the preferred style from "
+"Godot 3 onwards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:308
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a constant is used as a function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when deprecated keywords such as "
+"[code]slave[/code] are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:314
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables specific GDScript warnings (see [code]debug/"
+"gdscript/warnings/*[/code] settings). If [code]false[/code], disables all "
+"GDScript warnings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:317
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], scripts in the [code]res://addons[/code] folder will "
+"not generate warnings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:320
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function is declared with the "
+"same name as a constant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:323
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function is declared with the "
+"same name as a variable. This will turn into an error in a future version "
+"when first-class functions become supported in GDScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function assigned to a "
+"variable may yield and return a function state instead of a value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:329
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a function as if it was a "
+"property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a ternary operator may emit "
+"values with incompatible types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:335
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when dividing an integer by another "
+"integer (the decimal part will be discarded)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when passing a floating-point value "
+"to a function that expects an integer (it will be converted and lose "
+"precision)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a property as if it was a "
+"function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:344
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a function without using "
+"its return value (by assigning it to a variable or using it as a function "
+"argument). Such return values are sometimes used to denote possible errors "
+"using the [enum Error] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when defining a local or subclass "
+"member variable that would shadow a variable at an upper level (such as a "
+"member variable)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:350
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling an expression that has "
+"no effect on the surrounding code, such as writing [code]2 + 2[/code] as a "
+"statement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a ternary expression "
+"that has no effect on the surrounding code, such as writing [code]42 if "
+"active else 0[/code] as a statement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:356
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], all warnings will be reported as if they were errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:359
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using a variable that wasn't "
+"previously assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:362
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when assigning a variable using an "
+"assignment operator like [code]+=[/code] if the variable wasn't previously "
+"assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:365
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when unreachable code is detected "
+"(such as after a [code]return[/code] statement that will always be executed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:368
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when using an expression whose type "
+"may not be compatible with the function parameter expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:371
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when performing an unsafe cast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:374
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when calling a method whose presence "
+"is not guaranteed at compile-time in the class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when accessing a property whose "
+"presence is not guaranteed at compile-time in the class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a function parameter is unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:383
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a member variable is unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:386
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a signal is unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:389
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a local variable is unused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:392
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when a variable is declared with the "
+"same name as a function. This will turn into an error in a future version "
+"when first-class functions become supported in GDScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables warnings when assigning the result of a "
+"function that returns [code]void[/code] to a variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:398
+msgid "Message to be displayed before the backtrace when the engine crashes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:401
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of frames per second allowed. The actual number of frames per "
+"second may still be below this value if the game is lagging.\n"
+"If [member display/window/vsync/use_vsync] is enabled, it takes precedence "
+"and the forced FPS number cannot exceed the monitor's refresh rate.\n"
+"This setting is therefore mostly relevant for lowering the maximum FPS below "
+"VSync, e.g. to perform non-real-time rendering of static frames, or test the "
+"project under lag conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:406
+msgid "Maximum call stack allowed for debugging GDScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:409
+msgid "Maximum amount of functions per frame allowed when profiling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:412
+msgid "Print frames per second to standard output every second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:415
+msgid ""
+"Print more information to standard output when running. It displays "
+"information such as memory leaks, which scenes and resources are being "
+"loaded, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:418
+msgid "Maximum call stack in visual scripting, to avoid infinite recursion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"Color of the contact points between collision shapes, visible when \"Visible "
+"Collision Shapes\" is enabled in the Debug menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether 2D physics will display collision outlines in game when "
+"\"Visible Collision Shapes\" is enabled in the Debug menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:427
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of contact points between collision shapes to display when "
+"\"Visible Collision Shapes\" is enabled in the Debug menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"Color of the collision shapes, visible when \"Visible Collision Shapes\" is "
+"enabled in the Debug menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:433
+msgid ""
+"Color of the disabled navigation geometry, visible when \"Visible Navigation"
+"\" is enabled in the Debug menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:436
+msgid ""
+"Color of the navigation geometry, visible when \"Visible Navigation\" is "
+"enabled in the Debug menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:439
+msgid "Custom image for the mouse cursor (limited to 256×256)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:442
+msgid "Hotspot for the custom mouse cursor image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:445
+msgid "Position offset for tooltips, relative to the mouse cursor's hotspot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:448
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], allows HiDPI display on Windows, macOS, and the HTML5 "
+"platform. This setting has no effect on desktop Linux, as DPI-awareness "
+"fallbacks are not supported there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:451
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], keeps the screen on (even in case of inactivity), so "
+"the screensaver does not take over. Works on desktop and mobile platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:454
+msgid ""
+"The default screen orientation to use on mobile devices.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When set to a portrait orientation, this project setting does "
+"not flip the project resolution's width and height automatically. Instead, "
+"you have to set [member display/window/size/width] and [member display/"
+"window/size/height] accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:458
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the home indicator is hidden automatically. This only "
+"affects iOS devices without a physical home button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:461
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], allows per-pixel transparency for the window "
+"background. This affects performance, so leave it on [code]false[/code] "
+"unless you need it.\n"
+"See [member OS.window_per_pixel_transparency_enabled] for more details.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This feature is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS, Windows, "
+"and Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:466
+msgid ""
+"Sets the window background to transparent when it starts.\n"
+"See [member OS.window_per_pixel_transparency_enabled] for more details.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This feature is implemented on HTML5, Linux, macOS, Windows, "
+"and Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:471
+msgid ""
+"Forces the main window to be always on top.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and HTML5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"Forces the main window to be borderless.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and HTML5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:479
+msgid ""
+"Sets the main window to full screen when the project starts. Note that this "
+"is not [i]exclusive[/i] fullscreen. On Windows and Linux, a borderless "
+"window is used to emulate fullscreen. On macOS, a new desktop is used to "
+"display the running project.\n"
+"Regardless of the platform, enabling fullscreen will change the window size "
+"to match the monitor's size. Therefore, make sure your project supports "
+"[url=https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/rendering/"
+"multiple_resolutions.html]multiple resolutions[/url] when enabling "
+"fullscreen mode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS, Android, and HTML5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:484
+msgid ""
+"Sets the game's main viewport height. On desktop platforms, this is the "
+"default window size. Stretch mode settings also use this as a reference when "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:487
+msgid ""
+"Allows the window to be resizable by default.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This setting is ignored on iOS and Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:491
+msgid ""
+"If greater than zero, overrides the window height when running the game. "
+"Useful for testing stretch modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:494
+msgid ""
+"If greater than zero, overrides the window width when running the game. "
+"Useful for testing stretch modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:497
+msgid ""
+"Sets the game's main viewport width. On desktop platforms, this is the "
+"default window size. Stretch mode settings also use this as a reference when "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:500
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the tablet driver to use. If left empty, the default driver will "
+"be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:503
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables vertical synchronization. This eliminates "
+"tearing that may appear in moving scenes, at the cost of higher input "
+"latency and stuttering at lower framerates. If [code]false[/code], vertical "
+"synchronization will be disabled, however, many platforms will enforce it "
+"regardless (such as mobile platforms and HTML5)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:506
+msgid ""
+"If [code]Use Vsync[/code] is enabled and this setting is [code]true[/code], "
+"enables vertical synchronization via the operating system's window "
+"compositor when in windowed mode and the compositor is enabled. This will "
+"prevent stutter in certain situations. (Windows only.)\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This option is experimental and meant to alleviate stutter "
+"experienced by some users. However, some users have experienced a Vsync "
+"framerate halving (e.g. from 60 FPS to 30 FPS) when using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:510
+msgid ""
+"The command-line arguments to append to Godot's own command line when "
+"running the project. This doesn't affect the editor itself.\n"
+"It is possible to make another executable run Godot by using the "
+"[code]%command%[/code] placeholder. The placeholder will be replaced with "
+"Godot's own command line. Program-specific arguments should be placed "
+"[i]before[/i] the placeholder, whereas Godot-specific arguments should be "
+"placed [i]after[/i] the placeholder.\n"
+"For example, this can be used to force the project to run on the dedicated "
+"GPU in a NVIDIA Optimus system on Linux:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"prime-run %command%\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:518
+msgid ""
+"Search path for project-specific script templates. Godot will search for "
+"script templates both in the editor-specific path and in this project-"
+"specific path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:521
+msgid ""
+"Text-based file extensions to include in the script editor's \"Find in Files"
+"\" feature. You can add e.g. [code]tscn[/code] if you wish to also parse "
+"your scene files, especially if you use built-in scripts which are "
+"serialized in the scene files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:524
+msgid ""
+"Default value for [member ScrollContainer.scroll_deadzone], which will be "
+"used for all [ScrollContainer]s unless overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:527
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], swaps OK and Cancel buttons in dialogs on Windows and "
+"UWP to follow interface conventions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:532
+msgid ""
+"Path to a custom [Theme] resource file to use for the project ([code]theme[/"
+"code] or generic [code]tres[/code]/[code]res[/code] extension)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:535
+msgid ""
+"Path to a custom [Font] resource to use as default for all GUI elements of "
+"the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:538
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], makes sure the theme used works with HiDPI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:541
+msgid ""
+"Timer setting for incremental search in [Tree], [ItemList], etc. controls "
+"(in milliseconds)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:544
+msgid "Timer for detecting idle in [TextEdit] (in seconds)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:547
+msgid "Default delay for tooltips (in seconds)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:550
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to confirm a focused button, menu or list item, "
+"or validate input.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:554
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to discard a modal or pending input.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:558
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to move down in the UI.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:562
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to go to the end position of a [Control] (e.g. "
+"last item in an [ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant "
+"KEY_END] on typical desktop UI systems.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:566
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to focus the next [Control] in the scene. The "
+"focus behavior can be configured via [member Control.focus_next].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:570
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to focus the previous [Control] in the scene. The "
+"focus behavior can be configured via [member Control.focus_previous].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:574
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to go to the start position of a [Control] (e.g. "
+"first item in an [ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant "
+"KEY_HOME] on typical desktop UI systems.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:578
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to move left in the UI.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:582
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to go down a page in a [Control] (e.g. in an "
+"[ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant KEY_PAGEDOWN] on "
+"typical desktop UI systems.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:586
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to go up a page in a [Control] (e.g. in an "
+"[ItemList] or a [Tree]), matching the behavior of [constant KEY_PAGEUP] on "
+"typical desktop UI systems.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:590
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to move right in the UI.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:594
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to select an item in a [Control] (e.g. in an "
+"[ItemList] or a [Tree]).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:598
+msgid ""
+"Default [InputEventAction] to move up in the UI.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Default [code]ui_*[/code] actions cannot be removed as they are "
+"necessary for the internal logic of several [Control]s. The events assigned "
+"to the action can however be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:602
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], key/touch/joystick events will be flushed just before "
+"every idle and physics frame.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], such events will be flushed only once per idle frame, "
+"between iterations of the engine.\n"
+"Enabling this can greatly improve the responsiveness to input, specially in "
+"devices that need to run multiple physics frames per visible (idle) frame, "
+"because they can't run at the target frame rate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Currently implemented only in Android."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:608
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], sends mouse input events when tapping or swiping on "
+"the touchscreen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:611
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], sends touch input events when clicking or dragging the "
+"mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:614
+msgid "Default delay for touch events. This only affects iOS devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:617
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:620
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:623
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 11."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:626
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:629
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 13."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:632
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 14."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:635
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 15."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:638
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 16."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:641
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 17."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:644
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 18."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:647
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:650
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:653
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 20."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:656
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 21."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:659
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 22."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:662
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 23."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:665
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 24."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:668
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 25."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:671
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 26."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:674
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 27."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:677
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 28."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:680
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 29."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:683
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:686
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 30."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:689
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 31."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:692
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 32."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:695
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:698
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:701
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:704
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:707
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:710
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D physics layer 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:713
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:716
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:719
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 11."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:722
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:725
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 13."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:728
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 14."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:731
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 15."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:734
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 16."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:737
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 17."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:740
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 18."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:743
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:746
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:749
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 20."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:752
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:755
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:758
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:761
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:764
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:767
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:770
+msgid "Optional name for the 2D render layer 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:773
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:776
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:779
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 11."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:782
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:785
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 13."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:788
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 14."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:791
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 15."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:794
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 16."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:797
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 17."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:800
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 18."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:803
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:806
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:809
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 20."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:812
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 21."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:815
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 22."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:818
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 23."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:821
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 24."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:824
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 25."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:827
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 26."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:830
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 27."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:833
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 28."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:836
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 29."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:839
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:842
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 30."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:845
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 31."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:848
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 32."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:851
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:854
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:857
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:860
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:863
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:866
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D physics layer 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:869
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:872
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 10."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:875
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 11."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:878
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 12."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:881
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 13."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:884
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 14"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:887
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 15."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:890
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 16."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:893
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 17."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:896
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 18."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:899
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:902
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:905
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 20."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:908
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:911
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 4."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:914
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:917
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 6."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:920
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 7."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:923
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 8."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:926
+msgid "Optional name for the 3D render layer 9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:929
+msgid ""
+"The locale to fall back to if a translation isn't available in a given "
+"language. If left empty, [code]en[/code] (English) will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:932
+msgid ""
+"If non-empty, this locale will be used when running the project from the "
+"editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:935
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], logs all output to files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:938
+msgid ""
+"Desktop override for [member logging/file_logging/enable_file_logging], as "
+"log files are not readily accessible on mobile/Web platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:941
+msgid ""
+"Path to logs within the project. Using an [code]user://[/code] path is "
+"recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:944
+msgid "Specifies the maximum amount of log files allowed (used for rotation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:949
+msgid ""
+"Godot uses a message queue to defer some function calls. If you run out of "
+"space on it (you will see an error), you can increase the size here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:952
+msgid ""
+"This is used by servers when used in multi-threading mode (servers and "
+"visual). RIDs are preallocated to avoid stalling the server requesting them "
+"on threads. If servers get stalled too often when loading resources in a "
+"thread, increase this number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:955
+msgid ""
+"Maximum amount of characters allowed to send as output from the debugger. "
+"Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:958
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of errors allowed to be sent as output from the debugger. "
+"Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:961
+msgid ""
+"Maximum amount of messages allowed to send as output from the debugger. Over "
+"this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:964
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of warnings allowed to be sent as output from the debugger. "
+"Over this value, content is dropped. This helps not to stall the debugger "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:967
+msgid ""
+"Default size of packet peer stream for deserializing Godot data (in bytes, "
+"specified as a power of two). The default value [code]16[/code] is equal to "
+"65,536 bytes. Over this size, data is dropped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:970
+msgid "Timeout (in seconds) for connection attempts using TCP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:973
+msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebRTCDataChannel] input buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:976
+msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketClient] input buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:979
+msgid "Maximum number of concurrent input packets for [WebSocketClient]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:982
+msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketClient] output buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:985
+msgid "Maximum number of concurrent output packets for [WebSocketClient]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:988
+msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketServer] input buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:991
+msgid "Maximum number of concurrent input packets for [WebSocketServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:994
+msgid "Maximum size (in kiB) for the [WebSocketServer] output buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:997
+msgid "Maximum number of concurrent output packets for [WebSocketServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1000
+msgid ""
+"Amount of read ahead used by remote filesystem. Higher values decrease the "
+"effects of latency at the cost of higher bandwidth usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1003
+msgid "Page size used by remote filesystem (in bytes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1006
+msgid ""
+"The CA certificates bundle to use for SSL connections. If this is set to a "
+"non-empty value, this will [i]override[/i] Godot's default [url=https://"
+"github.com/godotengine/godot/blob/master/thirdparty/certs/ca-certificates."
+"crt]Mozilla certificate bundle[/url]. If left empty, the default certificate "
+"bundle will be used.\n"
+"If in doubt, leave this setting empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1010
+msgid ""
+"When creating node names automatically, set the type of casing in this "
+"project. This is mostly an editor setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1013
+msgid ""
+"What to use to separate node name from number. This is mostly an editor "
+"setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1016
+msgid ""
+"Size of the hash table used for the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not used if [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/use_bvh] is "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1020
+msgid ""
+"Cell size used for the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm (in pixels).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not used if [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/use_bvh] is "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1024
+msgid ""
+"The default angular damp in 2D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. "
+"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. "
+"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to "
+"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim "
+"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to "
+"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/"
+"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a "
+"stop in one iteration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1028
+msgid ""
+"The default gravity strength in 2D (in pixels per second squared).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change "
+"the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Set the default gravity strength to 98.\n"
+"Physics2DServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().get_space(), "
+"Physics2DServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 98)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1036
+msgid ""
+"The default gravity direction in 2D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change "
+"the default gravity vector at runtime, use the following code sample:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Set the default gravity direction to `Vector2(0, 1)`.\n"
+"Physics2DServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world_2d().get_space(), "
+"Physics2DServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector2(0, 1))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1044
+msgid ""
+"The default linear damp in 2D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. "
+"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. "
+"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to "
+"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim "
+"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to "
+"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/"
+"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a "
+"stop in one iteration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1048
+msgid ""
+"Threshold defining the surface size that constitutes a large object with "
+"regard to cells in the broad-phase 2D hash grid algorithm.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not used if [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/use_bvh] is "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1052
+msgid ""
+"Sets which physics engine to use for 2D physics.\n"
+"\"DEFAULT\" and \"GodotPhysics\" are the same, as there is currently no "
+"alternative 2D physics server implemented."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1056
+msgid ""
+"Threshold angular velocity under which a 2D physics body will be considered "
+"inactive. See [constant Physics2DServer."
+"SPACE_PARAM_BODY_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_SLEEP_THRESHOLD]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1059
+msgid ""
+"Threshold linear velocity under which a 2D physics body will be considered "
+"inactive. See [constant Physics2DServer."
+"SPACE_PARAM_BODY_LINEAR_VELOCITY_SLEEP_THRESHOLD]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1062
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether physics is run on the main thread or a separate one. Running "
+"the server on a thread increases performance, but restricts API access to "
+"only physics process.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] As of Godot 3.2, there are mixed reports about the use of a "
+"Multi-Threaded thread model for physics. Be sure to assess whether it does "
+"give you extra performance and no regressions when using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1066
+msgid ""
+"Time (in seconds) of inactivity before which a 2D physics body will put to "
+"sleep. See [constant Physics2DServer.SPACE_PARAM_BODY_TIME_TO_SLEEP]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1069
+msgid ""
+"Enables the use of bounding volume hierarchy instead of hash grid for 2D "
+"physics spatial partitioning. This may give better performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1072
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the 3D physics world will be created with support for "
+"[SoftBody] physics. Only applies to the Bullet physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1075
+msgid ""
+"The default angular damp in 3D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. "
+"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. "
+"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to "
+"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim "
+"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to "
+"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/"
+"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a "
+"stop in one iteration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1079
+msgid ""
+"The default gravity strength in 3D (in meters per second squared).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change "
+"the default gravity at runtime, use the following code sample:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Set the default gravity strength to 9.8.\n"
+"PhysicsServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), "
+"PhysicsServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY, 9.8)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1087
+msgid ""
+"The default gravity direction in 3D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change "
+"the default gravity vector at runtime, use the following code sample:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Set the default gravity direction to `Vector3(0, -1, 0)`.\n"
+"PhysicsServer.area_set_param(get_viewport().find_world().get_space(), "
+"PhysicsServer.AREA_PARAM_GRAVITY_VECTOR, Vector3(0, -1, 0))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1095
+msgid ""
+"The default linear damp in 3D.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Good values are in the range [code]0[/code] to [code]1[/code]. "
+"At value [code]0[/code] objects will keep moving with the same velocity. "
+"Values greater than [code]1[/code] will aim to reduce the velocity to "
+"[code]0[/code] in less than a second e.g. a value of [code]2[/code] will aim "
+"to reduce the velocity to [code]0[/code] in half a second. A value equal to "
+"or greater than the physics frame rate ([member ProjectSettings.physics/"
+"common/physics_fps], [code]60[/code] by default) will bring the object to a "
+"stop in one iteration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1099
+msgid ""
+"Enables the use of bounding volume hierarchy instead of octree for 3D "
+"physics spatial partitioning. This may give better performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1102
+msgid ""
+"Sets which physics engine to use for 3D physics.\n"
+"\"DEFAULT\" is currently the [url=https://bulletphysics.org]Bullet[/url] "
+"physics engine. The \"GodotPhysics\" engine is still supported as an "
+"alternative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1106
+msgid "Enables [member Viewport.physics_object_picking] on the root viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1109
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, 2D and 3D physics picking behaves this way in relation to "
+"pause:\n"
+"- When pause is started, every collision object that is hovered or captured "
+"(3D only) is released from that condition, getting the relevant mouse-exit "
+"callback, unless its pause mode makes it immune to pause.\n"
+"- During pause, picking only considers collision objects immune to pause, "
+"sending input events and enter/exit callbacks to them as expected.\n"
+"If disabled, the legacy behavior is used, which consists in queuing the "
+"picking input events during pause (so nodes won't get them) and flushing "
+"that queue on resume, against the state of the 2D/3D world at that point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1115
+msgid ""
+"The number of fixed iterations per second. This controls how often physics "
+"simulation and [method Node._physics_process] methods are run.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change "
+"the physics FPS at runtime, set [member Engine.iterations_per_second] "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1119
+msgid ""
+"Controls how much physics ticks are synchronized with real time. For 0 or "
+"less, the ticks are synchronized. Such values are recommended for network "
+"games, where clock synchronization matters. Higher values cause higher "
+"deviation of in-game clock and real clock, but allows smoothing out "
+"framerate jitters. The default value of 0.5 should be fine for most; values "
+"above 2 could cause the game to react to dropped frames with a noticeable "
+"delay and are not recommended.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For best results, when using a custom physics interpolation "
+"solution, the physics jitter fix should be disabled by setting [member "
+"physics/common/physics_jitter_fix] to [code]0[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is only read when the project starts. To change "
+"the physics FPS at runtime, set [member Engine.physics_jitter_fix] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1124
+msgid ""
+"[b]Experimental.[/b] Calls [code]glBufferData[/code] with NULL data prior to "
+"uploading batching data. This may not be necessary but can be used for "
+"safety.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for "
+"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may "
+"adversely affect performance for end users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1128
+msgid ""
+"[b]Experimental.[/b] If set to on, uses the [code]GL_STREAM_DRAW[/code] flag "
+"for batching buffer uploads. If off, uses the [code]GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW[/code] "
+"flag.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for "
+"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may "
+"adversely affect performance for end users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1132
+msgid ""
+"[b]Experimental.[/b] If set to on, this applies buffer orphaning - "
+"[code]glBufferData[/code] is called with NULL data and the full buffer size "
+"prior to uploading new data. This can be important to avoid stalling on some "
+"hardware.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for "
+"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may "
+"adversely affect performance for end users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1136
+msgid ""
+"[b]Experimental.[/b] If set to on, uses the [code]GL_STREAM_DRAW[/code] flag "
+"for legacy buffer uploads. If off, uses the [code]GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW[/code] "
+"flag.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Use with care. You are advised to leave this as default for "
+"exports. A non-default setting that works better on your machine may "
+"adversely affect performance for end users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1140
+msgid ""
+"Choose between fixed mode where corner scalings are preserved matching the "
+"artwork, and scaling mode.\n"
+"Not available in GLES3 when [member rendering/batching/options/use_batching] "
+"is off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1144
+msgid ""
+"Some NVIDIA GPU drivers have a bug which produces flickering issues for the "
+"[code]draw_rect[/code] method, especially as used in [TileMap]. Refer to "
+"[url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/issues/9913]GitHub issue 9913[/"
+"url] for details.\n"
+"If [code]true[/code], this option enables a \"safe\" code path for such "
+"NVIDIA GPUs at the cost of performance. This option affects GLES2 and GLES3 "
+"rendering, but only on desktop platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1148
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], performs 2D skinning on the CPU rather than the GPU. "
+"This provides greater compatibility with a wide range of hardware, and also "
+"may be faster in some circumstances.\n"
+"Currently only available when [member rendering/batching/options/"
+"use_batching] is active.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Antialiased software skinned polys are not supported, and will "
+"be rendered without antialiasing.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Custom shaders that use the [code]VERTEX[/code] built-in "
+"operate with [code]VERTEX[/code] position [i]after[/i] skinning, whereas "
+"with hardware skinning, [code]VERTEX[/code] is the position [i]before[/i] "
+"skinning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1154
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], forces snapping of vertices to pixels in 2D rendering. "
+"May help in some pixel art styles.\n"
+"This snapping is performed on the GPU in the vertex shader.\n"
+"Consider using the project setting [member rendering/batching/precision/"
+"uv_contract] to prevent artifacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1159
+msgid ""
+"When batching is on, this regularly prints a frame diagnosis log. Note that "
+"this will degrade performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1162
+msgid ""
+"[b]Experimental.[/b] For regression testing against the old renderer. If "
+"this is switched on, and [code]use_batching[/code] is set, the renderer will "
+"swap alternately between using the old renderer, and the batched renderer, "
+"on each frame. This makes it easy to identify visual differences. "
+"Performance will be degraded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1165
+msgid ""
+"Lights have the potential to prevent joining items, and break many of the "
+"performance benefits of batching. This setting enables some complex logic to "
+"allow joining items if their lighting is similar, and overlap tests pass. "
+"This can significantly improve performance in some games. Set to 0 to switch "
+"off. With large values the cost of overlap tests may lead to diminishing "
+"returns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1168
+msgid ""
+"Sets the proportion of the total screen area (in pixels) that must be saved "
+"by a scissor operation in order to activate light scissoring. This can "
+"prevent parts of items being rendered outside the light area. Lower values "
+"scissor more aggressively. A value of 1 scissors none of the items, a value "
+"of 0 scissors every item. The power of 4 of the value is used, in order to "
+"emphasize the lower range, and multiplied by the total screen area in pixels "
+"to give the threshold. This can reduce fill rate requirements in scenes with "
+"a lot of lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1171
+msgid ""
+"Enabling this setting uses the legacy method to draw batches containing only "
+"one rect. The legacy method is faster (approx twice as fast), but can cause "
+"flicker on some systems. In order to directly compare performance with the "
+"non-batching renderer you can set this to true, but it is recommended to "
+"turn this off unless you can guarantee your target hardware will work with "
+"this method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1174
+msgid ""
+"Turns 2D batching on and off. Batching increases performance by reducing the "
+"amount of graphics API drawcalls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1177
+msgid "Switches on 2D batching within the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1180
+msgid ""
+"Size of buffer reserved for batched vertices. Larger size enables larger "
+"batches, but there are diminishing returns for the memory used. This should "
+"only have a minor effect on performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1183
+msgid ""
+"Including color in the vertex format has a cost, however, not including "
+"color prevents batching across color changes. This threshold determines the "
+"ratio of [code]number of vertex color changes / total number of vertices[/"
+"code] above which vertices will be translated to colored format. A value of "
+"0 will always use colored vertices, 1 will never use colored vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1186
+msgid ""
+"In certain circumstances, the batcher can reorder items in order to better "
+"join them. This may result in better performance. An overlap test is needed "
+"however for each item lookahead, so there is a trade off, with diminishing "
+"returns. If you are getting no benefit, setting this to 0 will switch it off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1189
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of commands to lookahead to determine whether to batch "
+"render items. A value of 1 can join items consisting of single commands, 0 "
+"turns off joining. Higher values are in theory more likely to join, however "
+"this has diminishing returns and has a runtime cost so a small value is "
+"recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1192
+msgid ""
+"On some platforms (especially mobile), precision issues in shaders can lead "
+"to reading 1 texel outside of bounds, particularly where rects are scaled. "
+"This can particularly lead to border artifacts around tiles in tilemaps.\n"
+"This adjustment corrects for this by making a small contraction to the UV "
+"coordinates used. Note that this can result in a slight squashing of border "
+"texels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1196
+msgid ""
+"The amount of UV contraction. This figure is divided by 1000000, and is a "
+"proportion of the total texture dimensions, where the width and height are "
+"both ranged from 0.0 to 1.0.\n"
+"Use the default unless correcting for a problem on particular hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1200
+msgid ""
+"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap."
+"BAKE_QUALITY_HIGH]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1203
+msgid ""
+"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap."
+"BAKE_QUALITY_LOW]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1206
+msgid ""
+"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap."
+"BAKE_QUALITY_MEDIUM]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1209
+msgid ""
+"Amount of light samples taken when using [constant BakedLightmap."
+"BAKE_QUALITY_ULTRA]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1212
+msgid ""
+"Default background clear color. Overridable per [Viewport] using its "
+"[Environment]. See [member Environment.background_mode] and [member "
+"Environment.background_color] in particular. To change this default color "
+"programmatically, use [method VisualServer.set_default_clear_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1215
+msgid ""
+"[Environment] that will be used as a fallback environment in case a scene "
+"does not specify its own environment. The default environment is loaded in "
+"at scene load time regardless of whether you have set an environment or not. "
+"If you do not rely on the fallback environment, it is best to delete "
+"[code]default_env.tres[/code], or to specify a different default environment "
+"here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1218
+msgid ""
+"The use of half-float vertex compression may be producing rendering errors "
+"on some platforms (especially iOS). These have been seen particularly in "
+"particles. Disabling half-float may resolve these problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1221
+msgid ""
+"iOS specific override for [member rendering/gles2/compatibility/"
+"disable_half_float], due to poor support for half-float vertex compression "
+"on many devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1224
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] and available on the target Android device, enables "
+"high floating point precision for all shader computations in GLES2.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] High floating point precision can be extremely slow on older "
+"devices and is often not available at all. Use with caution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1228
+msgid ""
+"Max buffer size for blend shapes. Any blend shape bigger than this will not "
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1231
+msgid ""
+"Max buffer size for drawing polygons. Any polygon bigger than this will not "
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1234
+msgid ""
+"Max index buffer size for drawing polygons. Any polygon bigger than this "
+"will not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1237
+msgid ""
+"Max buffer size for drawing immediate objects (ImmediateGeometry nodes). "
+"Nodes using more than this size will not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1240
+msgid ""
+"Max number of lights renderable per object. This is further limited by "
+"hardware support. Most devices only support 409 lights, while many devices "
+"(especially mobile) only support 102. Setting this low will slightly reduce "
+"memory usage and may decrease shader compile times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1243
+msgid ""
+"Max amount of elements renderable in a frame. If more elements than this are "
+"visible per frame, they will not be drawn. Keep in mind elements refer to "
+"mesh surfaces and not meshes themselves. Setting this low will slightly "
+"reduce memory usage and may decrease shader compile times, particularly on "
+"web. For most uses, the default value is suitable, but consider lowering as "
+"much as possible on web export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1246
+msgid ""
+"Max number of lights renderable in a frame. If more lights than this number "
+"are used, they will be ignored. Setting this low will slightly reduce memory "
+"usage and may decrease shader compile times, particularly on web. For most "
+"uses, the default value is suitable, but consider lowering as much as "
+"possible on web export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1249
+msgid ""
+"Max number of reflection probes renderable in a frame. If more reflection "
+"probes than this number are used, they will be ignored. Setting this low "
+"will slightly reduce memory usage and may decrease shader compile times, "
+"particularly on web. For most uses, the default value is suitable, but "
+"consider lowering as much as possible on web export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1252
+msgid ""
+"Shaders have a time variable that constantly increases. At some point, it "
+"needs to be rolled back to zero to avoid precision errors on shader "
+"animations. This setting specifies when (in seconds)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1255
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import lossless textures "
+"using the PNG format. Otherwise, it will default to using WebP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1258
+msgid ""
+"The default compression level for lossless WebP. Higher levels result in "
+"smaller files at the cost of compression speed. Decompression speed is "
+"mostly unaffected by the compression level. Supported values are 0 to 9. "
+"Note that compression levels above 6 are very slow and offer very little "
+"savings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1261
+msgid ""
+"On import, mesh vertex data will be split into two streams within a single "
+"vertex buffer, one for position data and the other for interleaved "
+"attributes data. Recommended to be enabled if targeting mobile devices. "
+"Requires manual reimport of meshes after toggling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1264
+msgid ""
+"Determines the maximum number of sphere occluders that will be used at any "
+"one time.\n"
+"Although you can have many occluders in a scene, each frame the system will "
+"choose from these the most relevant based on a screen space metric, in order "
+"to give the best overall performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1268
+msgid ""
+"The default convention is for portal normals to point outward (face outward) "
+"from the source room.\n"
+"If you accidentally build your level with portals facing the wrong way, this "
+"setting can fix the problem.\n"
+"It will flip named portal meshes (i.e. [code]-portal[/code]) on the initial "
+"convertion to [Portal] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1273
+msgid ""
+"Show conversion logs.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This will automatically be disabled in exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1277
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], gameplay callbacks will be sent as [code]signals[/"
+"code]. If [code]false[/code], they will be sent as [code]notifications[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1280
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, while merging meshes, the system will also attempt to remove "
+"[Spatial] nodes that no longer have any children.\n"
+"Reducing the number of [Node]s in the scene tree can make traversal more "
+"efficient, but can be switched off in case you wish to use empty [Spatial]s "
+"for markers or some other purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1284
+msgid ""
+"Show logs during PVS generation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This will automatically be disabled in exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1288
+msgid ""
+"Uses a simplified method of generating PVS (potentially visible set) data. "
+"The results may not be accurate where more than one portal join adjacent "
+"rooms.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Generally you should only use this option if you encounter bugs "
+"when it is set to [code]false[/code], i.e. there are problems with the "
+"default method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1292
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], allocates the main framebuffer with high dynamic "
+"range. High dynamic range allows the use of [Color] values greater than 1.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1296
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/depth/hdr] on mobile "
+"devices, due to performance concerns or driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1299
+msgid ""
+"Disables depth pre-pass for some GPU vendors (usually mobile), as their "
+"architecture already does this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1302
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], performs a previous depth pass before rendering "
+"materials. This increases performance in scenes with high overdraw, when "
+"complex materials and lighting are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1305
+msgid ""
+"The directional shadow's size in pixels. Higher values will result in "
+"sharper shadows, at the cost of performance. The value will be rounded up to "
+"the nearest power of 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1308
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/directional_shadow/size] on "
+"mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1311
+msgid ""
+"The video driver to use (\"GLES2\" or \"GLES3\").\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The backend in use can be overridden at runtime via the [code]--"
+"video-driver[/code] command line argument, or by the [member rendering/"
+"quality/driver/fallback_to_gles2] option if the target system does not "
+"support GLES3 and falls back to GLES2. In such cases, this property is not "
+"updated, so use [method OS.get_current_video_driver] to query it at run-time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1315
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], allows falling back to the GLES2 driver if the GLES3 "
+"driver is not supported.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The two video drivers are not drop-in replacements for each "
+"other, so a game designed for GLES3 might not work properly when falling "
+"back to GLES2. In particular, some features of the GLES3 backend are not "
+"available in GLES2. Enabling this setting also means that both ETC and ETC2 "
+"VRAM-compressed textures will be exported on Android and iOS, increasing the "
+"data pack's size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1319
+msgid ""
+"Maximum anisotropic filter level used for textures with anisotropy enabled. "
+"Higher values will result in sharper textures when viewed from oblique "
+"angles, at the cost of performance. Only power-of-two values are valid (2, "
+"4, 8, 16)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1322
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of MSAA samples to use. MSAA is used to reduce aliasing "
+"around the edges of polygons. A higher MSAA value results in smoother edges "
+"but can be significantly slower on some hardware.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] MSAA is not available on HTML5 export using the GLES2 backend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1326
+msgid ""
+"If set to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code], contrast-adaptive "
+"sharpening will be applied to the 3D viewport. This has a low performance "
+"cost and can be used to recover some of the sharpness lost from using FXAA. "
+"Values around [code]0.5[/code] generally give the best results. See also "
+"[member rendering/quality/filters/use_fxaa]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1329
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses a fast post-processing filter to make banding "
+"significantly less visible. In some cases, debanding may introduce a "
+"slightly noticeable dithering pattern. It's recommended to enable debanding "
+"only when actually needed since the dithering pattern will make lossless-"
+"compressed screenshots larger.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend. [member rendering/quality/"
+"depth/hdr] must also be [code]true[/code] for debanding to be effective.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] There are known issues with debanding breaking rendering on "
+"mobile platforms. Due to this, it is recommended to leave this option "
+"disabled when targeting mobile platforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1334
+msgid ""
+"Enables FXAA in the root Viewport. FXAA is a popular screen-space "
+"antialiasing method, which is fast but will make the image look blurry, "
+"especially at lower resolutions. It can still work relatively well at large "
+"resolutions such as 1440p and 4K. Some of the lost sharpness can be "
+"recovered by enabling contrast-adaptive sharpening (see [member rendering/"
+"quality/filters/sharpen_intensity])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1337
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses nearest-neighbor mipmap filtering when using "
+"mipmaps (also called \"bilinear filtering\"), which will result in visible "
+"seams appearing between mipmap stages. This may increase performance in "
+"mobile as less memory bandwidth is used. If [code]false[/code], linear "
+"mipmap filtering (also called \"trilinear filtering\") is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1340
+msgid ""
+"Strategy used for framebuffer allocation. The simpler it is, the less "
+"resources it uses (but the less features it supports). If set to \"2D "
+"Without Sampling\" or \"3D Without Effects\", sample buffers will not be "
+"allocated. This means [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code] and [code]DEPTH_TEXTURE[/"
+"code] will not be available in shaders and post-processing effects will not "
+"be available in the [Environment]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1343
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/intended_usage/"
+"framebuffer_allocation] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or "
+"driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1346
+msgid ""
+"Enable usage of bicubic sampling in baked lightmaps. This results in "
+"smoother looking lighting at the expense of more bandwidth usage. On GLES2, "
+"changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1349
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/lightmapping/"
+"use_bicubic_sampling] on mobile devices, in order to reduce bandwidth usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1352
+msgid ""
+"Size of the atlas used by reflection probes. A larger size can result in "
+"higher visual quality, while a smaller size will be faster and take up less "
+"memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1355
+msgid ""
+"Number of subdivisions to use for the reflection atlas. A higher number "
+"lowers the quality of each atlas, but allows you to use more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1358
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses a high amount of samples to create blurred "
+"variants of reflection probes and panorama backgrounds (sky). Those blurred "
+"variants are used by rough materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1361
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/reflections/"
+"high_quality_ggx] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver "
+"support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1364
+msgid ""
+"Limits the size of the irradiance map which is normally determined by "
+"[member Sky.radiance_size]. A higher size results in a higher quality "
+"irradiance map similarly to [member rendering/quality/reflections/"
+"high_quality_ggx]. Use a higher value when using high-frequency HDRI maps, "
+"otherwise keep this as low as possible.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Low and mid range hardware do not support complex irradiance "
+"maps well and may crash if this is set too high."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1368
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses texture arrays instead of mipmaps for reflection "
+"probes and panorama backgrounds (sky). This reduces jitter noise on "
+"reflections, but costs more performance and memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1371
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/reflections/"
+"texture_array_reflections] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or "
+"driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1374
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Blinn model to generate "
+"blurred reflections instead of the GGX model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1377
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shading/"
+"force_blinn_over_ggx] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or "
+"driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1380
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses faster but lower-quality Lambert material "
+"lighting model instead of Burley."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1383
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shading/"
+"force_lambert_over_burley] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or "
+"driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1386
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], forces vertex shading for all rendering. This can "
+"increase performance a lot, but also reduces quality immensely. Can be used "
+"to optimize performance on low-end mobile devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1389
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shading/"
+"force_vertex_shading] on mobile devices, due to performance concerns or "
+"driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1392
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables new physical light attenuation for "
+"[OmniLight]s and [SpotLight]s. This results in more realistic lighting "
+"appearance with a very small performance cost. When physical light "
+"attenuation is enabled, lights will appear to be darker as a result of the "
+"new attenuation formula. This can be compensated by adjusting the lights' "
+"energy or attenuation values.\n"
+"Changes to this setting will only be applied upon restarting the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1396
+msgid ""
+"Size for cubemap into which the shadow is rendered before being copied into "
+"the shadow atlas. A higher number can result in higher resolution shadows "
+"when used with a higher [member rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/size]. "
+"Setting higher than a quarter of the [member rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/"
+"size] will not result in a perceptible increase in visual quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1399 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1402
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1405 doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1408
+msgid ""
+"Subdivision quadrant size for shadow mapping. See shadow mapping "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1411
+msgid ""
+"Size for shadow atlas (used for OmniLights and SpotLights). See "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1414
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shadow_atlas/size] on "
+"mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1417
+msgid ""
+"Shadow filter mode. Higher-quality settings result in smoother shadows that "
+"flicker less when moving. \"Disabled\" is the fastest option, but also has "
+"the lowest quality. \"PCF5\" is smoother but is also slower. \"PCF13\" is "
+"the smoothest option, but is also the slowest.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using the GLES2 backend, the \"PCF13\" option actually "
+"uses 16 samples to emulate linear filtering in the shader. This results in a "
+"shadow appearance similar to the one produced by the GLES3 backend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1421
+msgid ""
+"Lower-end override for [member rendering/quality/shadows/filter_mode] on "
+"mobile devices, due to performance concerns or driver support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1424
+msgid ""
+"Forces [MeshInstance] to always perform skinning on the CPU (applies to both "
+"GLES2 and GLES3).\n"
+"See also [member rendering/quality/skinning/software_skinning_fallback]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1428
+msgid ""
+"Allows [MeshInstance] to perform skinning on the CPU when the hardware "
+"doesn't support the default GPU skinning process with GLES2.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], an alternative skinning process on the GPU is used in "
+"this case (slower in most cases).\n"
+"See also [member rendering/quality/skinning/force_software_skinning].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When the software skinning fallback is triggered, custom vertex "
+"shaders will behave in a different way, because the bone transform will be "
+"already applied to the modelview matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1434
+msgid ""
+"The rendering octree balance can be changed to favor smaller ([code]0[/"
+"code]), or larger ([code]1[/code]) branches.\n"
+"Larger branches can increase performance significantly in some projects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1438
+msgid ""
+"Enables the use of bounding volume hierarchy instead of octree for rendering "
+"spatial partitioning. This may give better performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1441
+msgid ""
+"Improves quality of subsurface scattering, but cost significantly increases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1444
+msgid "Quality setting for subsurface scattering (samples taken)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1447
+msgid "Max radius used for subsurface scattering samples."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1450
+msgid ""
+"Weight subsurface scattering samples. Helps to avoid reading samples from "
+"unrelated parts of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1453
+msgid ""
+"Use high-quality voxel cone tracing. This results in better-looking "
+"reflections, but is much more expensive on the GPU."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1456
+msgid ""
+"Thread model for rendering. Rendering on a thread can vastly improve "
+"performance, but synchronizing to the main thread can cause a bit more "
+"jitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1459
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], a thread safe version of BVH (bounding volume "
+"hierarchy) will be used in rendering and Godot physics.\n"
+"Try enabling this option if you see any visual anomalies in 3D (such as "
+"incorrect object visibility)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1463
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed "
+"textures using the BPTC algorithm. This texture compression algorithm is "
+"only supported on desktop platforms, and only when using the GLES3 "
+"renderer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were "
+"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were "
+"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder "
+"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member "
+"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1467
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed "
+"textures using the Ericsson Texture Compression algorithm. This algorithm "
+"doesn't support alpha channels in textures.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were "
+"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were "
+"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder "
+"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member "
+"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1471
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed "
+"textures using the Ericsson Texture Compression 2 algorithm. This texture "
+"compression algorithm is only supported when using the GLES3 renderer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were "
+"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were "
+"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder "
+"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member "
+"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1475
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed "
+"textures using the PowerVR Texture Compression algorithm. This texture "
+"compression algorithm is only supported on iOS.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were "
+"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were "
+"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder "
+"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member "
+"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1479
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture importer will import VRAM-compressed "
+"textures using the S3 Texture Compression algorithm. This algorithm is only "
+"supported on desktop platforms and consoles.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this setting does [i]not[/i] impact textures that were "
+"already imported before. To make this setting apply to textures that were "
+"already imported, exit the editor, remove the [code].import/[/code] folder "
+"located inside the project folder then restart the editor (see [member "
+"application/config/use_hidden_project_data_directory])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProjectSettings.xml:1483
+msgid ""
+"Cell size used for the 2D hash grid that [VisibilityNotifier2D] uses (in "
+"pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml:4 doc/classes/ProximityGroup.xml:7
+msgid "General-purpose proximity detection node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Class representing a square mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Class representing a square [PrimitiveMesh]. This flat mesh does not have a "
+"thickness. By default, this mesh is aligned on the X and Y axes; this "
+"default rotation is more suited for use with billboarded materials. Unlike "
+"[PlaneMesh], this mesh doesn't provide subdivision options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:11 doc/classes/Viewport.xml:19
+#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:13
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/129"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:17
+msgid "Offset of the generated Quad. Useful for particles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/QuadMesh.xml:20
+msgid "Size on the X and Y axes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:4
+msgid "Quaternion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A unit quaternion used for representing 3D rotations. Quaternions need to be "
+"normalized to be used for rotation.\n"
+"It is similar to Basis, which implements matrix representation of rotations, "
+"and can be parametrized using both an axis-angle pair or Euler angles. Basis "
+"stores rotation, scale, and shearing, while Quat only stores rotation.\n"
+"Due to its compactness and the way it is stored in memory, certain "
+"operations (obtaining axis-angle and performing SLERP, in particular) are "
+"more efficient and robust against floating-point errors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/using_transforms."
+"html#interpolating-with-quaternions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:20
+msgid "Constructs a quaternion from the given [Basis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a quaternion that will perform a rotation specified by Euler "
+"angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y "
+"last), given in the vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a quaternion that will rotate around the given axis by the "
+"specified angle. The axis must be a normalized vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:45
+msgid "Constructs a quaternion defined by the given values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the angle between this quaternion and [code]to[/code]. This is the "
+"magnitude of the angle you would need to rotate by to get from one to the "
+"other.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method has an abnormally high amount of floating-point "
+"error, so methods such as [method @GDScript.is_zero_approx] will not work "
+"reliably."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Performs a cubic spherical interpolation between quaternions [code]pre_a[/"
+"code], this vector, [code]b[/code], and [code]post_b[/code], by the given "
+"amount [code]weight[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:70
+msgid "Returns the dot product of two quaternions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Returns Euler angles (in the YXZ convention: when decomposing, first Z, then "
+"X, and Y last) corresponding to the rotation represented by the unit "
+"quaternion. Returned vector contains the rotation angles in the format (X "
+"angle, Y angle, Z angle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:82
+msgid "Returns the inverse of the quaternion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this quaternion and [code]quat[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:95
+msgid "Returns whether the quaternion is normalized or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:101
+msgid "Returns the length of the quaternion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:107
+msgid "Returns the length of the quaternion, squared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:113
+msgid "Returns a copy of the quaternion, normalized to unit length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Sets the quaternion to a rotation which rotates around axis by the specified "
+"angle, in radians. The axis must be a normalized vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Sets the quaternion to a rotation specified by Euler angles (in the YXZ "
+"convention: when decomposing, first Z, then X, and Y last), given in the "
+"vector format as (X angle, Y angle, Z angle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this "
+"quaternion and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Both quaternions must be normalized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of the spherical linear interpolation between this "
+"quaternion and [code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code], but without "
+"checking if the rotation path is not bigger than 90 degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:150
+msgid "Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by this quaternion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"W component of the quaternion (real part).\n"
+"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"X component of the quaternion (imaginary [code]i[/code] axis part).\n"
+"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Y component of the quaternion (imaginary [code]j[/code] axis part).\n"
+"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"Z component of the quaternion (imaginary [code]k[/code] axis part).\n"
+"Quaternion components should usually not be manipulated directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Quat.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"The identity quaternion, representing no rotation. Equivalent to an identity "
+"[Basis] matrix. If a vector is transformed by an identity quaternion, it "
+"will not change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:4
+msgid "A class for generating pseudo-random numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"RandomNumberGenerator is a class for generating pseudo-random numbers. It "
+"currently uses [url=http://www.pcg-random.org/]PCG32[/url].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The underlying algorithm is an implementation detail. As a "
+"result, it should not be depended upon for reproducible random streams "
+"across Godot versions.\n"
+"To generate a random float number (within a given range) based on a time-"
+"dependant seed:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var rng = RandomNumberGenerator.new()\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" rng.randomize()\n"
+" var my_random_number = rng.randf_range(-10.0, 10.0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The default values of [member seed] and [member state] "
+"properties are pseudo-random, and changes when calling [method randomize]. "
+"The [code]0[/code] value documented here is a placeholder, and not the "
+"actual default seed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/math/random_number_generation."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Generates a pseudo-random float between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/"
+"code] (inclusive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Generates a pseudo-random float between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/"
+"code] (inclusive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Generates a [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normal_distribution]normally-"
+"distributed[/url] pseudo-random number, using Box-Muller transform with the "
+"specified [code]mean[/code] and a standard [code]deviation[/code]. This is "
+"also called Gaussian distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Generates a pseudo-random 32-bit unsigned integer between [code]0[/code] and "
+"[code]4294967295[/code] (inclusive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Generates a pseudo-random 32-bit signed integer between [code]from[/code] "
+"and [code]to[/code] (inclusive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:61
+msgid "Setups a time-based seed to generator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the random number generator state based on the given seed value. "
+"A given seed will give a reproducible sequence of pseudo-random numbers.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The RNG does not have an avalanche effect, and can output "
+"similar random streams given similar seeds. Consider using a hash function "
+"to improve your seed quality if they're sourced externally.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Setting this property produces a side effect of changing the "
+"internal [member state], so make sure to initialize the seed [i]before[/i] "
+"modifying the [member state]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var rng = RandomNumberGenerator.new()\n"
+"rng.seed = hash(\"Godot\")\n"
+"rng.state = 100 # Restore to some previously saved state.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] the getter of this property returns the previous [member "
+"state], and not the initial seed value, which is going to be fixed in Godot "
+"4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RandomNumberGenerator.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"The current state of the random number generator. Save and restore this "
+"property to restore the generator to a previous state:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var rng = RandomNumberGenerator.new()\n"
+"print(rng.randf())\n"
+"var saved_state = rng.state # Store current state.\n"
+"print(rng.randf()) # Advance internal state.\n"
+"rng.state = saved_state # Restore the state.\n"
+"print(rng.randf()) # Prints the same value as in previous.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Do not set state to arbitrary values, since the random number "
+"generator requires the state to have certain qualities to behave properly. "
+"It should only be set to values that came from the state property itself. To "
+"initialize the random number generator with arbitrary input, use [member "
+"seed] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:4
+msgid "Abstract base class for range-based controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Range is a base class for [Control] nodes that change a floating-point "
+"[i]value[/i] between a [i]minimum[/i] and a [i]maximum[/i], using [i]step[/"
+"i] and [i]page[/i], for example a [ScrollBar]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Binds two ranges together along with any ranges previously grouped with "
+"either of them. When any of range's member variables change, it will share "
+"the new value with all other ranges in its group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:22
+msgid "Stops range from sharing its member variables with any other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], [member value] may be greater than [member max_value]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], [member value] may be less than [member min_value]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], and [code]min_value[/code] is greater than 0, "
+"[code]value[/code] will be represented exponentially rather than linearly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Maximum value. Range is clamped if [code]value[/code] is greater than "
+"[code]max_value[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Minimum value. Range is clamped if [code]value[/code] is less than "
+"[code]min_value[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Page size. Used mainly for [ScrollBar]. ScrollBar's length is its size "
+"multiplied by [code]page[/code] over the difference between [code]min_value[/"
+"code] and [code]max_value[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:46
+msgid "The value mapped between 0 and 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], [code]value[/code] will always be rounded to the "
+"nearest integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"If greater than 0, [code]value[/code] will always be rounded to a multiple "
+"of [code]step[/code]. If [code]rounded[/code] is also [code]true[/code], "
+"[code]value[/code] will first be rounded to a multiple of [code]step[/code] "
+"then rounded to the nearest integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:55
+msgid "Range's current value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when [member min_value], [member max_value], [member page], or "
+"[member step] change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Range.xml:67
+msgid "Emitted when [member value] changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:4 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:4
+msgid "Query the closest object intersecting a ray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A RayCast represents a line from its origin to its destination position, "
+"[code]cast_to[/code]. It is used to query the 3D space in order to find the "
+"closest object along the path of the ray.\n"
+"RayCast can ignore some objects by adding them to the exception list via "
+"[code]add_exception[/code] or by setting proper filtering with collision "
+"layers and masks.\n"
+"RayCast can be configured to report collisions with [Area]s ([member "
+"collide_with_areas]) and/or [PhysicsBody]s ([member collide_with_bodies]).\n"
+"Only enabled raycasts will be able to query the space and report "
+"collisions.\n"
+"RayCast calculates intersection every physics frame (see [Node]), and the "
+"result is cached so it can be used later until the next frame. If multiple "
+"queries are required between physics frames (or during the same frame), use "
+"[method force_raycast_update] after adjusting the raycast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:22 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Adds a collision exception so the ray does not report collisions with the "
+"specified node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:29 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Adds a collision exception so the ray does not report collisions with the "
+"specified [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:35 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:34
+msgid "Removes all collision exceptions for this ray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Updates the collision information for the ray.\n"
+"Use this method to update the collision information immediately instead of "
+"waiting for the next [code]_physics_process[/code] call, for example if the "
+"ray or its parent has changed state.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]enabled[/code] is not required for this to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:49 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns the first object that the ray intersects, or [code]null[/code] if no "
+"object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method is_colliding] returns "
+"[code]false[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:55 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shape ID of the first object that the ray intersects, or "
+"[code]0[/code] if no object is intersecting the ray (i.e. [method "
+"is_colliding] returns [code]false[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the bit index passed is turned on.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indices range from 0-19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:69 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Returns the normal of the intersecting object's shape at the collision point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:75 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns the collision point at which the ray intersects the closest object.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This point is in the [b]global[/b] coordinate system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:82 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether any object is intersecting with the ray's vector "
+"(considering the vector length)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:89 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Removes a collision exception so the ray does report collisions with the "
+"specified node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:96 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Removes a collision exception so the ray does report collisions with the "
+"specified [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bit index passed to the [code]value[/code] passed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Bit indexes range from 0-19."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:111 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"The ray's destination point, relative to the RayCast's [code]position[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:114
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [Area]s will be reported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:117
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [PhysicsBody]s will be reported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:120 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"The ray's collision mask. Only objects in at least one collision layer "
+"enabled in the mask will be detected. See [url=https://docs.godotengine.org/"
+"en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-layers-and-"
+"masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"The custom color to use to draw the shape in the editor and at run-time if "
+"[b]Visible Collision Shapes[/b] is enabled in the [b]Debug[/b] menu. This "
+"color will be highlighted at run-time if the [RayCast] is colliding with "
+"something.\n"
+"If set to [code]Color(0.0, 0.0, 0.0)[/code] (by default), the color set in "
+"[member ProjectSettings.debug/shapes/collision/shape_color] is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"If set to [code]1[/code], a line is used as the debug shape. Otherwise, a "
+"truncated pyramid is drawn to represent the [RayCast]. Requires [b]Visible "
+"Collision Shapes[/b] to be enabled in the [b]Debug[/b] menu for the debug "
+"shape to be visible at run-time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:130 doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:119
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], collisions will be reported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], collisions will be ignored for this RayCast's "
+"immediate parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A RayCast represents a line from its origin to its destination position, "
+"[code]cast_to[/code]. It is used to query the 2D space in order to find the "
+"closest object along the path of the ray.\n"
+"RayCast2D can ignore some objects by adding them to the exception list via "
+"[code]add_exception[/code], by setting proper filtering with collision "
+"layers, or by filtering object types with type masks.\n"
+"RayCast2D can be configured to report collisions with [Area2D]s ([member "
+"collide_with_areas]) and/or [PhysicsBody2D]s ([member "
+"collide_with_bodies]).\n"
+"Only enabled raycasts will be able to query the space and report "
+"collisions.\n"
+"RayCast2D calculates intersection every physics frame (see [Node]), and the "
+"result is cached so it can be used later until the next frame. If multiple "
+"queries are required between physics frames (or during the same frame) use "
+"[method force_raycast_update] after adjusting the raycast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Updates the collision information for the ray. Use this method to update the "
+"collision information immediately instead of waiting for the next "
+"[code]_physics_process[/code] call, for example if the ray or its parent has "
+"changed state.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]enabled[/code] is not required for this to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Sets or clears individual bits on the collision mask. This makes selecting "
+"the areas scanned easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:110
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [Area2D]s will be reported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:113
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], collision with [PhysicsBody2D]s will be reported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayCast2D.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the parent node will be excluded from collision "
+"detection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:4
+msgid "Ray shape for 3D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Ray shape for 3D collisions, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody] or "
+"[Area]. A ray is not really a collision body; instead, it tries to separate "
+"itself from whatever is touching its far endpoint. It's often useful for "
+"characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:15 doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:15
+msgid "The ray's length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayShape.xml:18 doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:18
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], allow the shape to return the correct normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Ray shape for 2D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RayShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Ray shape for 2D collisions. A ray is not really a collision body; instead, "
+"it tries to separate itself from whatever is touching its far endpoint. It's "
+"often useful for characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:4
+msgid "2D axis-aligned bounding box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[Rect2] consists of a position, a size, and several utility functions. It is "
+"typically used for fast overlap tests.\n"
+"It uses floating-point coordinates.\n"
+"The 3D counterpart to [Rect2] is [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:22
+msgid "Constructs a [Rect2] by position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:32
+msgid "Constructs a [Rect2] by x, y, width, and height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Rect2] with equivalent position and area, modified so that the "
+"top-left corner is the origin and [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] "
+"are positive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the intersection of this [Rect2] and b."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] completely encloses another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of this [Rect2] expanded to include a given point.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# position (-3, 2), size (1, 1)\n"
+"var rect = Rect2(Vector2(-3, 2), Vector2(1, 1))\n"
+"# position (-3, -1), size (3, 4), so we fit both rect and Vector2(0, -1)\n"
+"var rect2 = rect.expand(Vector2(0, -1))\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:72
+msgid "Returns the area of the [Rect2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown a given amount of units towards all the "
+"sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown a given amount of units towards each "
+"direction individually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the [Rect2] grown a given amount of units towards the "
+"[enum Margin] direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:103
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] is flat or empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] contains a point. By convention, "
+"the right and bottom edges of the [Rect2] are considered exclusive, so "
+"points on these edges are [b]not[/b] included.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is not reliable for [Rect2] with a [i]negative "
+"size[/i]. Use [method abs] to get a positive sized equivalent rectangle to "
+"check for contained points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [Rect2] overlaps with [code]b[/code] (i.e. "
+"they have at least one point in common).\n"
+"If [code]include_borders[/code] is [code]true[/code], they will also be "
+"considered overlapping if their borders touch, even without intersection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Rect2] and [code]rect[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Rect2.xml:134
+msgid "Returns a larger [Rect2] that contains this [Rect2] and [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Rectangle shape for 2D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Rectangle shape for 2D collisions. This shape is useful for modeling box-"
+"like 2D objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RectangleShape2D.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The rectangle's half extents. The width and height of this shape is twice "
+"the half extents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for reference-counted objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for any object that keeps a reference count. [Resource] and many "
+"other helper objects inherit this class.\n"
+"Unlike other [Object] types, References keep an internal reference counter "
+"so that they are automatically released when no longer in use, and only "
+"then. References therefore do not need to be freed manually with [method "
+"Object.free].\n"
+"In the vast majority of use cases, instantiating and using [Reference]-"
+"derived types is all you need to do. The methods provided in this class are "
+"only for advanced users, and can cause issues if misused.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, references will not be freed instantly after they are no "
+"longer in use. Instead, garbage collection will run periodically and will "
+"free references that are no longer in use. This means that unused references "
+"will linger on for a while before being removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the internal reference counter. Use this only if you really know "
+"what you are doing.\n"
+"Returns whether the initialization was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Increments the internal reference counter. Use this only if you really know "
+"what you are doing.\n"
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the increment was successful, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Reference.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Decrements the internal reference counter. Use this only if you really know "
+"what you are doing.\n"
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the decrement was successful, [code]false[/"
+"code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:4
+msgid "Reference frame for GUI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A rectangle box that displays only a [member border_color] border color "
+"around its rectangle. [ReferenceRect] has no fill [Color]. If you need to "
+"display a rectangle filled with a solid color, consider using [ColorRect] "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:15
+msgid "Sets the border [Color] of the [ReferenceRect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Sets the border width of the [ReferenceRect]. The border grows both inwards "
+"and outwards with respect to the rectangle box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReferenceRect.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If set to [code]true[/code], the [ReferenceRect] will only be visible while "
+"in editor. Otherwise, [ReferenceRect] will be visible in game."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:4
+msgid "Captures its surroundings to create reflections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Capture its surroundings as a dual paraboloid image, and stores versions of "
+"it with increasing levels of blur to simulate different material "
+"roughnesses.\n"
+"The [ReflectionProbe] is used to create high-quality reflections at the cost "
+"of performance. It can be combined with [GIProbe]s and Screen Space "
+"Reflections to achieve high quality reflections. [ReflectionProbe]s render "
+"all objects within their [member cull_mask], so updating them can be quite "
+"expensive. It is best to update them once with the important static objects "
+"and then leave them.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default Godot will only render 16 reflection probes. If you "
+"need more, increase the number of atlas subdivisions. This setting can be "
+"found in [member ProjectSettings.rendering/quality/reflections/"
+"atlas_subdiv].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The GLES2 backend will only display two reflection probes at "
+"the same time for a single mesh. If possible, split up large meshes that "
+"span over multiple reflection probes into smaller ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:13
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/reflection_probes.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables box projection. This makes reflections look "
+"more correct in rectangle-shaped rooms by offsetting the reflection center "
+"depending on the camera's location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Sets the cull mask which determines what objects are drawn by this probe. "
+"Every [VisualInstance] with a layer included in this cull mask will be "
+"rendered by the probe. It is best to only include large objects which are "
+"likely to take up a lot of space in the reflection in order to save on "
+"rendering cost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], computes shadows in the reflection probe. This makes "
+"the reflection probe slower to render; you may want to disable this if using "
+"the [constant UPDATE_ALWAYS] [member update_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The size of the reflection probe. The larger the extents the more space "
+"covered by the probe which will lower the perceived resolution. It is best "
+"to keep the extents only as large as you need them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Defines the reflection intensity. Intensity modulates the strength of the "
+"reflection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Sets the ambient light color to be used when this probe is set to [member "
+"interior_enable]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Sets the contribution value for how much the reflection affects the ambient "
+"light for this reflection probe when set to [member interior_enable]. Useful "
+"so that ambient light matches the color of the room."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Sets the energy multiplier for this reflection probe's ambient light "
+"contribution when set to [member interior_enable]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], reflections will ignore sky contribution. Ambient "
+"lighting is then controlled by the [code]interior_ambient_*[/code] "
+"properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Sets the max distance away from the probe an object can be before it is "
+"culled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Sets the origin offset to be used when this reflection probe is in box "
+"project mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Sets how frequently the probe is updated. Can be [constant UPDATE_ONCE] or "
+"[constant UPDATE_ALWAYS]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:57
+msgid "Update the probe once on the next frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ReflectionProbe.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Update the probe every frame. This is needed when you want to capture "
+"dynamic objects. However, it results in an increased render time. Use "
+"[constant UPDATE_ONCE] whenever possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:4
+msgid "Class for searching text for patterns using regular expressions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A regular expression (or regex) is a compact language that can be used to "
+"recognise strings that follow a specific pattern, such as URLs, email "
+"addresses, complete sentences, etc. For instance, a regex of [code]ab[0-9][/"
+"code] would find any string that is [code]ab[/code] followed by any number "
+"from [code]0[/code] to [code]9[/code]. For a more in-depth look, you can "
+"easily find various tutorials and detailed explanations on the Internet.\n"
+"To begin, the RegEx object needs to be compiled with the search pattern "
+"using [method compile] before it can be used.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var regex = RegEx.new()\n"
+"regex.compile(\"\\\\w-(\\\\d+)\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The search pattern must be escaped first for GDScript before it is escaped "
+"for the expression. For example, [code]compile(\"\\\\d+\")[/code] would be "
+"read by RegEx as [code]\\d+[/code]. Similarly, [code]compile(\"\\\"(?:\\\\\\"
+"\\.|[^\\\"])*\\\"\")[/code] would be read as [code]\"(?:\\\\.|[^\"])*\"[/"
+"code].\n"
+"Using [method search], you can find the pattern within the given text. If a "
+"pattern is found, [RegExMatch] is returned and you can retrieve details of "
+"the results using methods such as [method RegExMatch.get_string] and [method "
+"RegExMatch.get_start].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var regex = RegEx.new()\n"
+"regex.compile(\"\\\\w-(\\\\d+)\")\n"
+"var result = regex.search(\"abc n-0123\")\n"
+"if result:\n"
+" print(result.get_string()) # Would print n-0123\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The results of capturing groups [code]()[/code] can be retrieved by passing "
+"the group number to the various methods in [RegExMatch]. Group 0 is the "
+"default and will always refer to the entire pattern. In the above example, "
+"calling [code]result.get_string(1)[/code] would give you [code]0123[/code].\n"
+"This version of RegEx also supports named capturing groups, and the names "
+"can be used to retrieve the results. If two or more groups have the same "
+"name, the name would only refer to the first one with a match.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var regex = RegEx.new()\n"
+"regex.compile(\"d(?<digit>[0-9]+)|x(?<digit>[0-9a-f]+)\")\n"
+"var result = regex.search(\"the number is x2f\")\n"
+"if result:\n"
+" print(result.get_string(\"digit\")) # Would print 2f\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If you need to process multiple results, [method search_all] generates a "
+"list of all non-overlapping results. This can be combined with a [code]for[/"
+"code] loop for convenience.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for result in regex.search_all(\"d01, d03, d0c, x3f and x42\"):\n"
+" print(result.get_string(\"digit\"))\n"
+"# Would print 01 03 0 3f 42\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Example of splitting a string using a RegEx:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var regex = RegEx.new()\n"
+"regex.compile(\"\\\\S+\") # Negated whitespace character class.\n"
+"var results = []\n"
+"for result in regex.search_all(\"One Two \\n\\tThree\"):\n"
+" results.push_back(result.get_string())\n"
+"# The `results` array now contains \"One\", \"Two\", \"Three\".\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot's regex implementation is based on the [url=https://www."
+"pcre.org/]PCRE2[/url] library. You can view the full pattern reference "
+"[url=https://www.pcre.org/current/doc/html/pcre2pattern.html]here[/url].\n"
+"[b]Tip:[/b] You can use [url=https://regexr.com/]Regexr[/url] to test "
+"regular expressions online."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"This method resets the state of the object, as if it was freshly created. "
+"Namely, it unassigns the regular expression of this object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Compiles and assign the search pattern to use. Returns [constant OK] if the "
+"compilation is successful. If an error is encountered, details are printed "
+"to standard output and an error is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:68
+msgid "Returns the number of capturing groups in compiled pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of names of named capturing groups in the compiled pattern. "
+"They are ordered by appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:80
+msgid "Returns the original search pattern that was compiled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:86
+msgid "Returns whether this object has a valid search pattern assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Searches the text for the compiled pattern. Returns a [RegExMatch] container "
+"of the first matching result if found, otherwise [code]null[/code]. The "
+"region to search within can be specified without modifying where the start "
+"and end anchor would be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Searches the text for the compiled pattern. Returns an array of [RegExMatch] "
+"containers for each non-overlapping result. If no results were found, an "
+"empty array is returned instead. The region to search within can be "
+"specified without modifying where the start and end anchor would be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegEx.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Searches the text for the compiled pattern and replaces it with the "
+"specified string. Escapes and backreferences such as [code]$1[/code] and "
+"[code]$name[/code] are expanded and resolved. By default, only the first "
+"instance is replaced, but it can be changed for all instances (global "
+"replacement). The region to search within can be specified without modifying "
+"where the start and end anchor would be."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:4
+msgid "Contains the results of a [RegEx] search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Contains the results of a single [RegEx] match returned by [method RegEx."
+"search] and [method RegEx.search_all]. It can be used to find the position "
+"and range of the match and its capturing groups, and it can extract its "
+"substring for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the end position of the match within the source string. The end "
+"position of capturing groups can be retrieved by providing its group number "
+"as an integer or its string name (if it's a named group). The default value "
+"of 0 refers to the whole pattern.\n"
+"Returns -1 if the group did not match or doesn't exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:23
+msgid "Returns the number of capturing groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns the starting position of the match within the source string. The "
+"starting position of capturing groups can be retrieved by providing its "
+"group number as an integer or its string name (if it's a named group). The "
+"default value of 0 refers to the whole pattern.\n"
+"Returns -1 if the group did not match or doesn't exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Returns the substring of the match from the source string. Capturing groups "
+"can be retrieved by providing its group number as an integer or its string "
+"name (if it's a named group). The default value of 0 refers to the whole "
+"pattern.\n"
+"Returns an empty string if the group did not match or doesn't exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"A dictionary of named groups and its corresponding group number. Only groups "
+"that were matched are included. If multiple groups have the same name, that "
+"name would refer to the first matching one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:48
+msgid "An [Array] of the match and its capturing groups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/regex/doc_classes/RegExMatch.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"The source string used with the search pattern to find this matching result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"RemoteTransform pushes its own [Transform] to another [Spatial] derived Node "
+"in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"RemoteTransform pushes its own [Transform] to another [Spatial] derived Node "
+"(called the remote node) in the scene.\n"
+"It can be set to update another Node's position, rotation and/or scale. It "
+"can use either global or local coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"[RemoteTransform] caches the remote node. It may not notice if the remote "
+"node disappears; [method force_update_cache] forces it to update the cache "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The [NodePath] to the remote node, relative to the RemoteTransform's "
+"position in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:25 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:25
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the remote node's position is updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:28 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:28
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the remote node's rotation is updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:31 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:31
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the remote node's scale is updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform.xml:34 doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], global coordinates are used. If [code]false[/code], "
+"local coordinates are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"RemoteTransform2D pushes its own [Transform2D] to another [CanvasItem] "
+"derived Node in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"RemoteTransform2D pushes its own [Transform2D] to another [CanvasItem] "
+"derived Node (called the remote node) in the scene.\n"
+"It can be set to update another Node's position, rotation and/or scale. It "
+"can use either global or local coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"[RemoteTransform2D] caches the remote node. It may not notice if the remote "
+"node disappears; [method force_update_cache] forces it to update the cache "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RemoteTransform2D.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The [NodePath] to the remote node, relative to the RemoteTransform2D's "
+"position in the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Resource is the base class for all Godot-specific resource types, serving "
+"primarily as data containers. Since they inherit from [Reference], resources "
+"are reference-counted and freed when no longer in use. They are also cached "
+"once loaded from disk, so that any further attempts to load a resource from "
+"a given path will return the same reference (all this in contrast to a "
+"[Node], which is not reference-counted and can be instanced from disk as "
+"many times as desired). Resources can be saved externally on disk or bundled "
+"into another object, such as a [Node] or another resource.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In C#, resources will not be freed instantly after they are no "
+"longer in use. Instead, garbage collection will run periodically and will "
+"free resources that are no longer in use. This means that unused resources "
+"will linger on for a while before being removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/resources."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Virtual function which can be overridden to customize the behavior value of "
+"[method setup_local_to_scene]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Duplicates the resource, returning a new resource with the exported members "
+"copied. [b]Note:[/b] To duplicate the resource the constructor is called "
+"without arguments. This method will error when the constructor doesn't have "
+"default values.\n"
+"By default, sub-resources are shared between resource copies for efficiency. "
+"This can be changed by passing [code]true[/code] to the [code]subresources[/"
+"code] argument which will copy the subresources.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]subresources[/code] is [code]true[/code], this method "
+"will only perform a shallow copy. Nested resources within subresources will "
+"not be duplicated and will still be shared.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When duplicating a resource, only [code]export[/code]ed "
+"properties are copied. Other properties will be set to their default value "
+"in the new resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Emits the [signal changed] signal.\n"
+"If external objects which depend on this resource should be updated, this "
+"method must be called manually whenever the state of this resource has "
+"changed (such as modification of properties).\n"
+"The method is equivalent to:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"emit_signal(\"changed\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method is called automatically for built-in resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If [member resource_local_to_scene] is enabled and the resource was loaded "
+"from a [PackedScene] instantiation, returns the local scene where this "
+"resource's unique copy is in use. Otherwise, returns [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the RID of the resource (or an empty RID). Many resources (such as "
+"[Texture], [Mesh], etc) are high-level abstractions of resources stored in a "
+"server, so this function will return the original RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This method is called when a resource with [member resource_local_to_scene] "
+"enabled is loaded from a [PackedScene] instantiation. Its behavior can be "
+"customized by overriding [method _setup_local_to_scene] from script.\n"
+"For most resources, this method performs no base logic. [ViewportTexture] "
+"performs custom logic to properly set the proxy texture and flags in the "
+"local viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Sets the path of the resource, potentially overriding an existing cache "
+"entry for this path. This differs from setting [member resource_path], as "
+"the latter would error out if another resource was already cached for the "
+"given path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the resource will be made unique in each instance of "
+"its local scene. It can thus be modified in a scene instance without "
+"impacting other instances of that same scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"The name of the resource. This is an optional identifier. If [member "
+"resource_name] is not empty, its value will be displayed to represent the "
+"current resource in the editor inspector. For built-in scripts, the [member "
+"resource_name] will be displayed as the tab name in the script editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"The path to the resource. In case it has its own file, it will return its "
+"filepath. If it's tied to the scene, it will return the scene's path, "
+"followed by the resource's index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Resource.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever the resource changes.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is not emitted automatically for custom resources, "
+"which means that you need to create a setter and emit the signal yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:4
+msgid "Loads a specific resource type from a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Godot loads resources in the editor or in exported games using "
+"ResourceFormatLoaders. They are queried automatically via the "
+"[ResourceLoader] singleton, or when a resource with internal dependencies is "
+"loaded. Each file type may load as a different resource type, so multiple "
+"ResourceFormatLoaders are registered in the engine.\n"
+"Extending this class allows you to define your own loader. Be sure to "
+"respect the documented return types and values. You should give it a global "
+"class name with [code]class_name[/code] for it to be registered. Like built-"
+"in ResourceFormatLoaders, it will be called automatically when loading "
+"resources of its handled type(s). You may also implement a "
+"[ResourceFormatSaver].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You can also extend [EditorImportPlugin] if the resource type "
+"you need exists but Godot is unable to load its format. Choosing one way "
+"over another depends on if the format is suitable or not for the final "
+"exported game. For example, it's better to import [code].png[/code] textures "
+"as [code].stex[/code] ([StreamTexture]) first, so they can be loaded with "
+"better efficiency on the graphics card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If implemented, gets the dependencies of a given resource. If "
+"[code]add_types[/code] is [code]true[/code], paths should be appended "
+"[code]::TypeName[/code], where [code]TypeName[/code] is the class name of "
+"the dependency.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the "
+"[ClassDB], so you might just return [code]\"Resource\"[/code] for them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:26
+msgid "Gets the list of extensions for files this loader is able to read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Gets the class name of the resource associated with the given path. If the "
+"loader cannot handle it, it should return [code]\"\"[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the "
+"[ClassDB], so you might just return [code]\"Resource\"[/code] for them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Tells which resource class this loader can load.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Custom resource types defined by scripts aren't known by the "
+"[ClassDB], so you might just handle [code]\"Resource\"[/code] for them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Loads a resource when the engine finds this loader to be compatible. If the "
+"loaded resource is the result of an import, [code]original_path[/code] will "
+"target the source file. Returns a [Resource] object on success, or an [enum "
+"Error] constant in case of failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatLoader.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"If implemented, renames dependencies within the given resource and saves it. "
+"[code]renames[/code] is a dictionary [code]{ String => String }[/code] "
+"mapping old dependency paths to new paths.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of "
+"failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:4
+msgid "Saves a specific resource type to a file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The engine can save resources when you do it from the editor, or when you "
+"use the [ResourceSaver] singleton. This is accomplished thanks to multiple "
+"[ResourceFormatSaver]s, each handling its own format and called "
+"automatically by the engine.\n"
+"By default, Godot saves resources as [code].tres[/code] (text-based), [code]."
+"res[/code] (binary) or another built-in format, but you can choose to create "
+"your own format by extending this class. Be sure to respect the documented "
+"return types and values. You should give it a global class name with "
+"[code]class_name[/code] for it to be registered. Like built-in "
+"ResourceFormatSavers, it will be called automatically when saving resources "
+"of its recognized type(s). You may also implement a [ResourceFormatLoader]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns the list of extensions available for saving the resource object, "
+"provided it is recognized (see [method recognize])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:24
+msgid "Returns whether the given resource object can be saved by this saver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceFormatSaver.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Saves the given resource object to a file at the target [code]path[/code]. "
+"[code]flags[/code] is a bitmask composed with [enum ResourceSaver."
+"SaverFlags] constants.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success, or an [enum Error] constant in case of "
+"failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for the implementation of core resource importers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is the base class for the resource importers implemented in core. To "
+"implement your own resource importers using editor plugins, see "
+"[EditorImportPlugin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:16
+msgid "The default import order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceImporter.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The import order for scenes, which ensures scenes are imported [i]after[/i] "
+"all other core resources such as textures. Custom importers should generally "
+"have an import order lower than [code]100[/code] to avoid issues when "
+"importing scenes that rely on custom resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:4
+msgid "Interactive [Resource] loader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Interactive [Resource] loader. This object is returned by [ResourceLoader] "
+"when performing an interactive load. It allows loading resources with high "
+"granularity, which makes it mainly useful for displaying loading bars or "
+"percentages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Returns the loaded resource if the load operation completed successfully, "
+"[code]null[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Returns the load stage. The total amount of stages can be queried with "
+"[method get_stage_count]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total amount of stages (calls to [method poll]) needed to "
+"completely load this resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Polls the loading operation, i.e. loads a data chunk up to the next stage.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] if the poll is successful but the load operation has "
+"not finished yet (intermediate stage). This means [method poll] will have to "
+"be called again until the last stage is completed.\n"
+"Returns [constant ERR_FILE_EOF] if the load operation has completed "
+"successfully. The loaded resource can be obtained by calling [method "
+"get_resource].\n"
+"Returns another [enum Error] code if the poll has failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceInteractiveLoader.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Polls the loading operation successively until the resource is completely "
+"loaded or a [method poll] fails.\n"
+"Returns [constant ERR_FILE_EOF] if the load operation has completed "
+"successfully. The loaded resource can be obtained by calling [method "
+"get_resource].\n"
+"Returns another [enum Error] code if a poll has failed, aborting the "
+"operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:4
+msgid "Singleton used to load resource files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Singleton used to load resource files from the filesystem.\n"
+"It uses the many [ResourceFormatLoader] classes registered in the engine "
+"(either built-in or from a plugin) to load files into memory and convert "
+"them to a format that can be used by the engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether a recognized resource exists for the given [code]path[/"
+"code].\n"
+"An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the "
+"[Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns the dependencies for the resource at the given [code]path[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:34
+msgid "Returns the list of recognized extensions for a resource type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"[i]Deprecated method.[/i] Use [method has_cached] or [method exists] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether a cached resource is available for the given [code]path[/"
+"code].\n"
+"Once a resource has been loaded by the engine, it is cached in memory for "
+"faster access, and future calls to the [method load] or [method "
+"load_interactive] methods will use the cached version. The cached resource "
+"can be overridden by using [method Resource.take_over_path] on a new "
+"resource for that same path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Loads a resource at the given [code]path[/code], caching the result for "
+"further access.\n"
+"The registered [ResourceFormatLoader]s are queried sequentially to find the "
+"first one which can handle the file's extension, and then attempt loading. "
+"If loading fails, the remaining ResourceFormatLoaders are also attempted.\n"
+"An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the "
+"[Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. "
+"Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for "
+"example [Image].\n"
+"If [code]no_cache[/code] is [code]true[/code], the resource cache will be "
+"bypassed and the resource will be loaded anew. Otherwise, the cached "
+"resource will be returned if it exists.\n"
+"Returns an empty resource if no [ResourceFormatLoader] could handle the "
+"file.\n"
+"GDScript has a simplified [method @GDScript.load] built-in method which can "
+"be used in most situations, leaving the use of [ResourceLoader] for more "
+"advanced scenarios."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Starts loading a resource interactively. The returned "
+"[ResourceInteractiveLoader] object allows to load with high granularity, "
+"calling its [method ResourceInteractiveLoader.poll] method successively to "
+"load chunks.\n"
+"An optional [code]type_hint[/code] can be used to further specify the "
+"[Resource] type that should be handled by the [ResourceFormatLoader]. "
+"Anything that inherits from [Resource] can be used as a type hint, for "
+"example [Image]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceLoader.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Changes the behavior on missing sub-resources. The default behavior is to "
+"abort loading."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:4
+msgid "Resource Preloader Node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node is used to preload sub-resources inside a scene, so when the scene "
+"is loaded, all the resources are ready to use and can be retrieved from the "
+"preloader.\n"
+"GDScript has a simplified [method @GDScript.preload] built-in method which "
+"can be used in most situations, leaving the use of [ResourcePreloader] for "
+"more advanced scenarios."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds a resource to the preloader with the given [code]name[/code]. If a "
+"resource with the given [code]name[/code] already exists, the new resource "
+"will be renamed to \"[code]name[/code] N\" where N is an incrementing number "
+"starting from 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:25
+msgid "Returns the resource associated to [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:31
+msgid "Returns the list of resources inside the preloader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the preloader contains a resource associated to "
+"[code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Removes the resource associated to [code]name[/code] from the preloader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourcePreloader.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Renames a resource inside the preloader from [code]name[/code] to "
+"[code]newname[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:4
+msgid "Singleton for saving Godot-specific resource types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Singleton for saving Godot-specific resource types to the filesystem.\n"
+"It uses the many [ResourceFormatSaver] classes registered in the engine "
+"(either built-in or from a plugin) to save engine-specific resource data to "
+"text-based (e.g. [code].tres[/code] or [code].tscn[/code]) or binary files "
+"(e.g. [code].res[/code] or [code].scn[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns the list of extensions available for saving a resource of a given "
+"type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Saves a resource to disk to the given path, using a [ResourceFormatSaver] "
+"that recognizes the resource object.\n"
+"The [code]flags[/code] bitmask can be specified to customize the save "
+"behavior.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:34
+msgid "Save the resource with a path relative to the scene which uses it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:37
+msgid "Bundles external resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Changes the [member Resource.resource_path] of the saved resource to match "
+"its new location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Do not save editor-specific metadata (identified by their [code]__editor[/"
+"code] prefix)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:46
+msgid "Save as big endian (see [member File.endian_swap])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Compress the resource on save using [constant File.COMPRESSION_ZSTD]. Only "
+"available for binary resource types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ResourceSaver.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Take over the paths of the saved subresources (see [method Resource."
+"take_over_path])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:4
+msgid "A custom effect for use with [RichTextLabel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A custom effect for use with [RichTextLabel].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For a [RichTextEffect] to be usable, a BBCode tag must be "
+"defined as a member variable called [code]bbcode[/code] in the script.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# The RichTextEffect will be usable like this: `[example]Some text[/"
+"example]`\n"
+"var bbcode = \"example\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] As soon as a [RichTextLabel] contains at least one "
+"[RichTextEffect], it will continuously process the effect unless the project "
+"is paused. This may impact battery life negatively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextEffect.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to modify properties in [code]char_fx[/code]. The "
+"method must return [code]true[/code] if the character could be transformed "
+"successfully. If the method returns [code]false[/code], it will skip "
+"transformation to avoid displaying broken text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:4
+msgid "Label that displays rich text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Rich text can contain custom text, fonts, images and some basic formatting. "
+"The label manages these as an internal tag stack. It also adapts itself to "
+"given width/heights.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Assignments to [member bbcode_text] clear the tag stack and "
+"reconstruct it from the property's contents. Any edits made to [member "
+"bbcode_text] will erase previous edits made from other manual sources such "
+"as [method append_bbcode] and the [code]push_*[/code] / [method pop] "
+"methods.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] RichTextLabel doesn't support entangled BBCode tags. For "
+"example, instead of using [code][b]bold[i]bold italic[/b]italic[/i][/code], "
+"use [code][b]bold[i]bold italic[/i][/b][i]italic[/i][/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]push_*/pop[/code] functions won't affect BBCode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [Label], RichTextLabel doesn't have a [i]property[/i] to "
+"horizontally align text to the center. Instead, enable [member "
+"bbcode_enabled] and surround the text in a [code][center][/code] tag as "
+"follows: [code][center]Example[/center][/code]. There is currently no built-"
+"in way to vertically align text either, but this can be emulated by relying "
+"on anchors/containers and the [member fit_content_height] property.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unicode characters after [code]0xffff[/code] (such as most "
+"emoji) are [i]not[/i] supported on Windows. They will display as unknown "
+"characters instead. This will be resolved in Godot 4.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:16
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/132"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Adds an image's opening and closing tags to the tag stack, optionally "
+"providing a [code]width[/code] and [code]height[/code] to resize the image.\n"
+"If [code]width[/code] or [code]height[/code] is set to 0, the image size "
+"will be adjusted in order to keep the original aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:34
+msgid "Adds raw non-BBCode-parsed text to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Parses [code]bbcode[/code] and adds tags to the tag stack as needed. Returns "
+"the result of the parsing, [constant OK] if successful.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Using this method, you can't close a tag that was opened in a "
+"previous [method append_bbcode] call. This is done to improve performance, "
+"especially when updating large RichTextLabels since rebuilding the whole "
+"BBCode every time would be slower. If you absolutely need to close a tag in "
+"a future method call, append the [member bbcode_text] instead of using "
+"[method append_bbcode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:48
+msgid "Clears the tag stack and sets [member bbcode_text] to an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:54
+msgid "Returns the height of the content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of newlines in the tag stack's text tags. Considers "
+"wrapped text as one line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total number of characters from text tags. Does not include "
+"BBCodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vertical scrollbar.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:79
+msgid "Returns the number of visible lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Installs a custom effect. [code]effect[/code] should be a valid "
+"[RichTextEffect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:92
+msgid "Adds a newline tag to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The assignment version of [method append_bbcode]. Clears the tag stack and "
+"inserts the new content. Returns [constant OK] if parses [code]bbcode[/code] "
+"successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:106
+msgid "Parses BBCode parameter [code]expressions[/code] into a dictionary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Terminates the current tag. Use after [code]push_*[/code] methods to close "
+"BBCodes manually. Does not need to follow [code]add_*[/code] methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Adds an [code][align][/code] tag based on the given [code]align[/code] "
+"value. See [enum Align] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a bold font to the tag stack. This is "
+"the same as adding a [code][b][/code] tag if not currently in a [code][i][/"
+"code] tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a bold italics font to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][cell][/code] tag to the tag stack. Must be inside a [code]"
+"[table][/code] tag. See [method push_table] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:144
+msgid "Adds a [code][color][/code] tag to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag to the tag stack. Overrides default fonts for "
+"its duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Adds an [code][indent][/code] tag to the tag stack. Multiplies [code]level[/"
+"code] by current [member tab_size] to determine new margin length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a italics font to the tag stack. This is "
+"the same as adding a [code][i][/code] tag if not currently in a [code][b][/"
+"code] tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][list][/code] tag to the tag stack. Similar to the BBCodes "
+"[code][ol][/code] or [code][ul][/code], but supports more list types. Not "
+"fully implemented!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [code][meta][/code] tag to the tag stack. Similar to the BBCode [code]"
+"[url=something]{text}[/url][/code], but supports non-[String] metadata types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:184
+msgid "Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a monospace font to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:190
+msgid "Adds a [code][font][/code] tag with a normal font to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:196
+msgid "Adds a [code][s][/code] tag to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:203
+msgid "Adds a [code][table=columns][/code] tag to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:209
+msgid "Adds a [code][u][/code] tag to the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Removes a line of content from the label. Returns [code]true[/code] if the "
+"line exists.\n"
+"The [code]line[/code] argument is the index of the line to remove, it can "
+"take values in the interval [code][0, get_line_count() - 1][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:224
+msgid "Scrolls the window's top line to match [code]line[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"Edits the selected column's expansion options. If [code]expand[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], the column expands in proportion to its expansion ratio "
+"versus the other columns' ratios.\n"
+"For example, 2 columns with ratios 3 and 4 plus 70 pixels in available width "
+"would expand 30 and 40 pixels, respectively.\n"
+"If [code]expand[/code] is [code]false[/code], the column will not contribute "
+"to the total ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the label uses BBCode formatting.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Trying to alter the [RichTextLabel]'s text with [method "
+"add_text] will reset this to [code]false[/code]. Use instead [method "
+"append_bbcode] to preserve BBCode formatting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"The label's text in BBCode format. Is not representative of manual "
+"modifications to the internal tag stack. Erases changes made by other "
+"methods when edited.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It is unadvised to use the [code]+=[/code] operator with "
+"[code]bbcode_text[/code] (e.g. [code]bbcode_text += \"some string\"[/code]) "
+"as it replaces the whole text and can cause slowdowns. Use [method "
+"append_bbcode] for adding text instead, unless you absolutely need to close "
+"a tag that was opened in an earlier method call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"The currently installed custom effects. This is an array of "
+"[RichTextEffect]s.\n"
+"To add a custom effect, it's more convenient to use [method install_effect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the label's height will be automatically updated to "
+"fit its content.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is used as a workaround to fix issues with "
+"[RichTextLabel] in [Container]s, but it's unreliable in some cases and will "
+"be removed in future versions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:257
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the label underlines meta tags such as [code][url]"
+"{text}[/url][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:260
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the label uses the custom font color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"The range of characters to display, as a [float] between 0.0 and 1.0. When "
+"assigned an out of range value, it's the same as assigning 1.0.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Setting this property updates [member visible_characters] based "
+"on current [method get_total_character_count]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:268
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the scrollbar is visible. Setting this to [code]false[/"
+"code] does not block scrolling completely. See [method scroll_to_line]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the window scrolls down to display new content "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:274
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the label allows text selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"The number of spaces associated with a single tab length. Does not affect "
+"[code]\\t[/code] in text tags, only indent tags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"The raw text of the label.\n"
+"When set, clears the tag stack and adds a raw text tag to the top of it. "
+"Does not parse BBCodes. Does not modify [member bbcode_text]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:284
+msgid ""
+"The restricted number of characters to display in the label. If [code]-1[/"
+"code], all characters will be displayed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Setting this property updates [member percent_visible] based on "
+"current [method get_total_character_count]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"Triggered when the user clicks on content between meta tags. If the meta is "
+"defined in text, e.g. [code][url={\"data\"=\"hi\"}]hi[/url][/code], then the "
+"parameter for this signal will be a [String] type. If a particular type or "
+"an object is desired, the [method push_meta] method must be used to manually "
+"insert the data into the tag stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:298
+msgid "Triggers when the mouse exits a meta tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:304
+msgid "Triggers when the mouse enters a meta tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:310
+msgid "Makes text left aligned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:313
+msgid "Makes text centered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:316
+msgid "Makes text right aligned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:319
+msgid "Makes text fill width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:322
+msgid "Each list item has a number marker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:325
+msgid "Each list item has a letter marker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:328
+msgid "Each list item has a filled circle marker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:371
+msgid "The font used for bold text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:374
+msgid "The font used for bold italics text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:377
+msgid "The default text color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:380
+msgid "The background The background used when the [RichTextLabel] is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:383
+msgid ""
+"The color of selected text, used when [member selection_enabled] is "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:386
+msgid "The color of the font's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:389
+msgid "The font used for italics text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:392
+msgid "The vertical space between lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:395
+msgid "The font used for monospace text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:398
+msgid "The normal background for the [RichTextLabel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:401
+msgid "The default text font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:404
+msgid "The color of the selection box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:407
+msgid ""
+"Boolean value. If 1 ([code]true[/code]), the shadow will be displayed around "
+"the whole text as an outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:410
+msgid "The horizontal offset of the font's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:413
+msgid "The vertical offset of the font's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:416
+msgid "The horizontal separation of elements in a table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RichTextLabel.xml:419
+msgid "The vertical separation of elements in a table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RID.xml:4
+msgid "Handle for a [Resource]'s unique ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RID.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The RID type is used to access the unique integer ID of a resource. They are "
+"opaque, which means they do not grant access to the associated resource by "
+"themselves. They are used by and with the low-level Server classes such as "
+"[VisualServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RID.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new RID instance with the ID of a given resource. When not handed "
+"a valid resource, silently stores the unused ID 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RID.xml:22
+msgid "Returns the ID of the referenced resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Physics Body whose position is determined through physics simulation in 3D "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is the node that implements full 3D physics. This means that you do not "
+"control a RigidBody directly. Instead, you can apply forces to it (gravity, "
+"impulses, etc.), and the physics simulation will calculate the resulting "
+"movement, collision, bouncing, rotating, etc.\n"
+"A RigidBody has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and "
+"Kinematic.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Don't change a RigidBody's position every frame or very often. "
+"Sporadic changes work fine, but physics runs at a different granularity "
+"(fixed Hz) than usual rendering (process callback) and maybe even in a "
+"separate thread, so changing this from a process loop may result in strange "
+"behavior. If you need to directly affect the body's state, use [method "
+"_integrate_forces], which allows you to directly access the physics state.\n"
+"If you need to override the default physics behavior, you can write a custom "
+"force integration function. See [member custom_integrator].\n"
+"With Bullet physics (the default), the center of mass is the RigidBody3D "
+"center. With GodotPhysics, the center of mass is the average of the "
+"[CollisionShape] centers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Called during physics processing, allowing you to read and safely modify the "
+"simulation state for the object. By default, it works in addition to the "
+"usual physics behavior, but the [member custom_integrator] property allows "
+"you to disable the default behavior and do fully custom force integration "
+"for a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Adds a constant directional force (i.e. acceleration) without affecting "
+"rotation.\n"
+"This is equivalent to [code]add_force(force, Vector3(0,0,0))[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Adds a constant directional force (i.e. acceleration).\n"
+"The position uses the rotation of the global coordinate system, but is "
+"centered at the object's origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Adds a constant rotational force (i.e. a motor) without affecting position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Applies a directional impulse without affecting rotation.\n"
+"This is equivalent to [code]apply_impulse(Vector3(0,0,0), impulse)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time independent! "
+"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. "
+"For this reason it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts. The "
+"position uses the rotation of the global coordinate system, but is centered "
+"at the object's origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Applies a torque impulse which will be affected by the body mass and shape. "
+"This will rotate the body around the [code]impulse[/code] vector passed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified linear or rotational axis is "
+"locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:83 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of the bodies colliding with this one. Requires [member "
+"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The result of this test is not immediate after moving objects. "
+"For performance, list of collisions is updated once per frame and before the "
+"physics step. Consider using signals instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns the inverse inertia tensor basis. This is used to calculate the "
+"angular acceleration resulting from a torque applied to the RigidBody."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:98
+msgid "Locks the specified linear or rotational axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Damps RigidBody's rotational forces.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_angular_damp] for more "
+"details about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:115
+msgid "RigidBody's rotational velocity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:118
+msgid "Lock the body's rotation in the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:121
+msgid "Lock the body's rotation in the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:124
+msgid "Lock the body's rotation in the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:127
+msgid "Lock the body's movement in the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:130
+msgid "Lock the body's movement in the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:133
+msgid "Lock the body's movement in the Z axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:136 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:110
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:19 doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The body's bounciness. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no bounce) to "
+"[code]1[/code] (full bounciness).\n"
+"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.bounce] instead via [member "
+"physics_material_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no "
+"movement. See [member sleeping].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A RigidBody3D will never enter sleep mode automatically if its "
+"[member mode] is [constant MODE_CHARACTER]. It can still be put to sleep "
+"manually by setting its [member sleeping] property to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the RigidBody will emit signals when it collides with "
+"another RigidBody. See also [member contacts_reported]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of contacts that will be recorded. Requires [member "
+"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The number of contacts is different from the number of "
+"collisions. Collisions between parallel edges will result in two contacts "
+"(one at each end), and collisions between parallel faces will result in four "
+"contacts (one at each corner)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], continuous collision detection is used.\n"
+"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will "
+"collide, instead of moving it and correcting its movement if it collided. "
+"Continuous collision detection is more precise, and misses fewer impacts by "
+"small, fast-moving objects. Not using continuous collision detection is "
+"faster to compute, but can miss small, fast-moving objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], internal force integration will be disabled (like "
+"gravity or air friction) for this body. Other than collision response, the "
+"body will only move as determined by the [method _integrate_forces] "
+"function, if defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"The body's friction, from 0 (frictionless) to 1 (max friction).\n"
+"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member "
+"physics_material_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"This is multiplied by the global 3D gravity setting found in [b]Project > "
+"Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b] to produce RigidBody's gravity. For "
+"example, a value of 1 will be normal gravity, 2 will apply double gravity, "
+"and 0.5 will apply half gravity to this object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"The body's linear damp. Cannot be less than -1.0. If this value is different "
+"from -1.0, any linear damp derived from the world or areas will be "
+"overridden.\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/3d/default_linear_damp] for more details "
+"about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"The body's linear velocity. Can be used sporadically, but [b]don't set this "
+"every frame[/b], because physics may run in another thread and runs at a "
+"different granularity. Use [method _integrate_forces] as your process loop "
+"for precise control of the body state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:172 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:149
+msgid "The body's mass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:175
+msgid "The body mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:178 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:155
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:33 doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The physics material override for the body.\n"
+"If a material is assigned to this property, it will be used instead of any "
+"other physics material, such as an inherited one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:182 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the body will not move and will not calculate forces "
+"until woken up by another body through, for example, a collision, or by "
+"using the [method apply_impulse] or [method add_force] methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The body's weight based on its mass and the global 3D gravity. Global values "
+"are set in [b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 3d[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a collision with another [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] occurs. "
+"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. "
+"[GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the collision with another [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] ends. "
+"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. "
+"[GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:209
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of this RigidBody's [Shape]s collides with another "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]'s [Shape]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] to "
+"be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high "
+"enough to detect all the collisions. [GridMap]s are detected if the "
+"[MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody] or "
+"[MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject] used by the [PhysicsServer].\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the "
+"[CollisionShape] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)"
+"[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this RigidBody "
+"used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Bullet physics cannot identify the shape index when using a "
+"[ConcavePolygonShape]. Don't use multiple [CollisionShape]s when using a "
+"[ConcavePolygonShape] with Bullet physics if you need shape indices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidBody's [Shape]s and "
+"another [PhysicsBody] or [GridMap]'s [Shape]s ends. Requires [member "
+"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. "
+"[GridMap]s are detected if the [MeshLibrary] has Collision [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody] or "
+"[MeshLibrary]'s [CollisionObject] used by the [PhysicsServer]. [GridMap]s "
+"are detected if the Meshes have [Shape]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody] or [GridMap] used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the "
+"[CollisionShape] node with [code]body.shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)"
+"[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape] of this RigidBody "
+"used by the [PhysicsServer]. Get the [CollisionShape] node with [code]self."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Bullet physics cannot identify the shape index when using a "
+"[ConcavePolygonShape]. Don't use multiple [CollisionShape]s when using a "
+"[ConcavePolygonShape] with Bullet physics if you need shape indices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:233 doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the physics engine changes the body's sleeping state.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing the value [member sleeping] will not trigger this "
+"signal. It is only emitted if the sleeping state is changed by the physics "
+"engine or [code]emit_signal(\"sleeping_state_changed\")[/code] is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"Rigid body mode. This is the \"natural\" state of a rigid body. It is "
+"affected by forces, and can move, rotate, and be affected by user code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Static mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody], and can only move by user "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Character body mode. This behaves like a rigid body, but can not rotate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Kinematic body mode. The body behaves like a [KinematicBody], and can only "
+"move by user code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:4
+msgid "A body that is controlled by the 2D physics engine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node implements simulated 2D physics. You do not control a RigidBody2D "
+"directly. Instead, you apply forces to it (gravity, impulses, etc.) and the "
+"physics simulation calculates the resulting movement based on its mass, "
+"friction, and other physical properties.\n"
+"A RigidBody2D has 4 behavior [member mode]s: Rigid, Static, Character, and "
+"Kinematic.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You should not change a RigidBody2D's [code]position[/code] or "
+"[code]linear_velocity[/code] every frame or even very often. If you need to "
+"directly affect the body's state, use [method _integrate_forces], which "
+"allows you to directly access the physics state.\n"
+"Please also keep in mind that physics bodies manage their own transform "
+"which overwrites the ones you set. So any direct or indirect transformation "
+"(including scaling of the node or its parent) will be visible in the editor "
+"only, and immediately reset at runtime.\n"
+"If you need to override the default physics behavior or add a transformation "
+"at runtime, you can write a custom force integration. See [member "
+"custom_integrator].\n"
+"The center of mass is always located at the node's origin without taking "
+"into account the [CollisionShape2D] centroid offsets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:15
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/119"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:16 doc/classes/Sprite.xml:10
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/148"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to read and safely modify the simulation state for the object. "
+"Use this instead of [method Node._physics_process] if you need to directly "
+"change the body's [code]position[/code] or other physics properties. By "
+"default, it works in addition to the usual physics behavior, but [member "
+"custom_integrator] allows you to disable the default behavior and write "
+"custom force integration for a body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Applies a positioned impulse to the body. An impulse is time-independent! "
+"Applying an impulse every frame would result in a framerate-dependent force. "
+"For this reason it should only be used when simulating one-time impacts (use "
+"the \"_force\" functions otherwise). The position uses the rotation of the "
+"global coordinate system, but is centered at the object's origin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Sets the body's velocity on the given axis. The velocity in the given vector "
+"axis will be set as the given vector length. This is useful for jumping "
+"behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a collision would result from moving in the "
+"given vector. [code]margin[/code] increases the size of the shapes involved "
+"in the collision detection, and [code]result[/code] is an object of type "
+"[Physics2DTestMotionResult], which contains additional information about the "
+"collision (should there be one)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Damps the body's [member angular_velocity]. If [code]-1[/code], the body "
+"will use the [b]Default Angular Damp[/b] defined in [b]Project > Project "
+"Settings > Physics > 2d[/b].\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_angular_damp] for more "
+"details about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:104
+msgid "The body's total applied force."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:107
+msgid "The body's total applied torque."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the body can enter sleep mode when there is no "
+"movement. See [member sleeping].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] A RigidBody2D will never enter sleep mode automatically if its "
+"[member mode] is [constant MODE_CHARACTER]. It can still be put to sleep "
+"manually by setting its [member sleeping] property to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the body will emit signals when it collides with "
+"another RigidBody2D. See also [member contacts_reported]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of contacts that will be recorded. Requires [member "
+"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The number of contacts is different from the number of "
+"collisions. Collisions between parallel edges will result in two contacts "
+"(one at each end)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Continuous collision detection mode.\n"
+"Continuous collision detection tries to predict where a moving body will "
+"collide instead of moving it and correcting its movement after collision. "
+"Continuous collision detection is slower, but more precise and misses fewer "
+"collisions with small, fast-moving objects. Raycasting and shapecasting "
+"methods are available. See [enum CCDMode] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], internal force integration is disabled for this body. "
+"Aside from collision response, the body will only move as determined by the "
+"[method _integrate_forces] function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"The body's friction. Values range from [code]0[/code] (frictionless) to "
+"[code]1[/code] (maximum friction).\n"
+"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member "
+"physics_material_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies the gravity applied to the body. The body's gravity is calculated "
+"from the [b]Default Gravity[/b] value in [b]Project > Project Settings > "
+"Physics > 2d[/b] and/or any additional gravity vector applied by [Area2D]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"The body's moment of inertia. This is like mass, but for rotation: it "
+"determines how much torque it takes to rotate the body. The moment of "
+"inertia is usually computed automatically from the mass and the shapes, but "
+"this function allows you to set a custom value. Set 0 inertia to return to "
+"automatically computing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Damps the body's [member linear_velocity]. If [code]-1[/code], the body will "
+"use the [b]Default Linear Damp[/b] in [b]Project > Project Settings > "
+"Physics > 2d[/b].\n"
+"See [member ProjectSettings.physics/2d/default_linear_damp] for more details "
+"about damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:152
+msgid "The body's mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The body's weight based on its mass and the [b]Default Gravity[/b] value in "
+"[b]Project > Project Settings > Physics > 2d[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:169
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a collision with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] occurs. "
+"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. "
+"[TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:176
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the collision with another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] ends. "
+"Requires [member contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. "
+"[TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of this RigidBody2D's [Shape2D]s collides with another "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s. Requires [member contact_monitor] "
+"to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member contacts_reported] to be set high "
+"enough to detect all the collisions. [TileMap]s are detected if the "
+"[TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s "
+"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the "
+"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this "
+"RigidBody2D used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node "
+"with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the collision between one of this RigidBody2D's [Shape2D]s and "
+"another [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap]'s [Shape2D]s ends. Requires [member "
+"contact_monitor] to be set to [code]true[/code] and [member "
+"contacts_reported] to be set high enough to detect all the collisions. "
+"[TileMap]s are detected if the [TileSet] has Collision [Shape2D]s.\n"
+"[code]body_rid[/code] the [RID] of the other [PhysicsBody2D] or [TileSet]'s "
+"[CollisionObject2D] used by the [Physics2DServer].\n"
+"[code]body[/code] the [Node], if it exists in the tree, of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap].\n"
+"[code]body_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of the other "
+"[PhysicsBody2D] or [TileMap] used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the "
+"[CollisionShape2D] node with [code]body."
+"shape_owner_get_owner(body_shape_index)[/code].\n"
+"[code]local_shape_index[/code] the index of the [Shape2D] of this "
+"RigidBody2D used by the [Physics2DServer]. Get the [CollisionShape2D] node "
+"with [code]self.shape_owner_get_owner(local_shape_index)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Rigid mode. The body behaves as a physical object. It collides with other "
+"bodies and responds to forces applied to it. This is the default mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:218
+msgid "Static mode. The body behaves like a [StaticBody2D] and does not move."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:221
+msgid ""
+"Character mode. Similar to [constant MODE_RIGID], but the body can not "
+"rotate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Kinematic mode. The body behaves like a [KinematicBody2D], and must be moved "
+"by code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"Continuous collision detection disabled. This is the fastest way to detect "
+"body collisions, but can miss small, fast-moving objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"Continuous collision detection enabled using raycasting. This is faster than "
+"shapecasting but less precise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RigidBody2D.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"Continuous collision detection enabled using shapecasting. This is the "
+"slowest CCD method and the most precise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Room.xml:4
+msgid "Room node, used to group objects together locally for [Portal] culling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Room.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [Portal] culling system requires levels to be built using objects "
+"grouped together by location in areas called [Room]s. In many cases these "
+"will correspond to actual rooms in buildings, but not necessarily (a canyon "
+"area may be treated as a room).\n"
+"Any [VisualInstance] that is a child or grandchild of a [Room] will be "
+"assigned to that room, if the [code]portal_mode[/code] of that "
+"[VisualInstance] is set to [code]STATIC[/code] (does not move) or "
+"[code]DYNAMIC[/code] (moves only within the room).\n"
+"Internally the room boundary must form a [b]convex hull[/b], and by default "
+"this is determined automatically by the geometry of the objects you place "
+"within the room.\n"
+"You can alternatively precisely specify a [b]manual bound[/b]. If you place "
+"a [MeshInstance] with a name prefixed by [code]Bound_[/code], it will turn "
+"off the bound generation from geometry, and instead use the vertices of this "
+"MeshInstance to directly calculate a convex hull during the conversion stage "
+"(see [RoomManager]).\n"
+"In order to see from one room into an adjacent room, [Portal]s must be "
+"placed over non-occluded openings between rooms. These will often be placed "
+"over doors and windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Room.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If [code]points[/code] are set, the [Room] bounding convex hull will be "
+"built from these points. If no points are set, the room bound will either be "
+"derived from a manual bound ([MeshInstance] with name prefix [code]Bound_[/"
+"code]), or from the geometry within the room.\n"
+"Note that you can use the [code]Generate Points[/code] editor button to get "
+"started. This will use either the geometry or manual bound to generate the "
+"room hull, and save the resulting points, allowing you to edit them to "
+"further refine the bound."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Room.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The [code]simplify[/code] value determines to what degree room hulls "
+"(bounds) are simplified, by removing similar planes. A value of 0 gives no "
+"simplification, 1 gives maximum simplification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Room.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The room hull simplification can either use the default value set in the "
+"[RoomManager], or override this and use the per room setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomGroup.xml:4
+msgid "Groups [Room]s together to allow common functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomGroup.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Although [Room] behaviour can be specified individually, sometimes it is "
+"faster and more convenient to write functionality for a group of rooms.\n"
+"[RoomGroup]s should be placed as children of the [b]room list[/b] (the "
+"parent [Node] of your [Room]s), and [Room]s should be placed in turn as "
+"children of a [RoomGroup] in order to assign them to the RoomGroup.\n"
+"A [RoomGroup] can for example be used to specify [Room]s that are "
+"[b]outside[/b], and switch on or off a directional light, sky, or rain "
+"effect as the player enters / exits the area.\n"
+"[RoomGroup]s receive [b]gameplay callbacks[/b] when the "
+"[code]gameplay_monitor[/code] is switched on, as [code]signal[/code]s or "
+"[code]notification[/code]s as they enter and exit the [b]gameplay area[/b] "
+"(see [RoomManager] for details)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomGroup.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This priority will be applied to [Room]s within the group. The [Room] "
+"priority allows the use of [b]internal rooms[/b], rooms [i]within[/i] "
+"another room or rooms.\n"
+"When the [Camera] is within more than one room (regular and internal), the "
+"higher priority room will take precedence. So with for example, a house "
+"inside a terrain 'room', you would make the house higher priority, so that "
+"when the camera is within the house, the house is used as the source room, "
+"but outside the house, the terrain room would be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:4
+msgid "The RoomManager node is used to control the portal culling system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"In order to utilize the portal occlusion culling system, you must build your "
+"level using [Room]s and [Portal]s. Before these can be used at runtime, they "
+"must undergo a short conversion process to build the [code]room graph[/"
+"code], runtime data needed for portal culling. The [code]room graph[/code] "
+"is controlled by the [RoomManager] node, and the [RoomManager] also contains "
+"settings that are common throughout the portal system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This function clears all converted data from the [b]room graph[/b]. Use this "
+"before unloading a level, when transitioning from level to level, or "
+"returning to a main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This is the most important function in the whole portal culling system. "
+"Without it, the system cannot function.\n"
+"First it goes through every [Room] that is a child of the [code]room list[/"
+"code] node (and [RoomGroup]s within) and converts and adds it to the "
+"[code]room graph[/code].\n"
+"This works for both [Room] nodes, and [Spatial] nodes that follow a special "
+"naming convention. They should begin with the prefix [i]'Room_'[/i], "
+"followed by the name you wish to give the room, e.g. [i]'Room_lounge'[/i]. "
+"This will automatically convert such [Spatial]s to [Room] nodes for you. "
+"This is useful if you want to build you entire room system in e.g. Blender, "
+"and reimport multiple times as you work on the level.\n"
+"The conversion will try to assign [VisualInstance]s that are children and "
+"grandchildren of the [Room] to the room. These should be given a suitable "
+"[code]portal mode[/code] (see the [CullInstance] documentation). The default "
+"[code]portal mode[/code] is [code]STATIC[/code] - objects which are not "
+"expected to move while the level is played, which will typically be most "
+"objects.\n"
+"The conversion will usually use the geometry of these [VisualInstance]s (and "
+"the [Portal]s) to calculate a convex hull bound for the room. These bounds "
+"will be shown in the editor with a wireframe. Alternatively you can specify "
+"a manual custom bound for any room, see the [Room] documentation.\n"
+"By definition, [Camera]s within a room can see everything else within the "
+"room (that is one advantage to using convex hulls). However, in order to see "
+"from one room into adjacent rooms, you must place [Portal]s, which represent "
+"openings that the camera can see through, like windows and doors.\n"
+"[Portal]s are really just specialized [MeshInstance]s. In fact you will "
+"usually first create a portal by creating a [MeshInstance], especially a "
+"[code]plane[/code] mesh instance. You would move the plane in the editor to "
+"cover a window or doorway, with the front face pointing outward from the "
+"room. To let the conversion process know you want this mesh to be a portal, "
+"again we use a special naming convention. [MeshInstance]s to be converted to "
+"a [Portal] should start with the prefix [i]'Portal_'[/i].\n"
+"You now have a choice - you can leave the name as [i]'Portal_'[/i] and allow "
+"the system to automatically detect the nearest [Room] to link. In most cases "
+"this will work fine.\n"
+"An alternative method is to specify the [Room] to link to manually, "
+"appending a suffix to the portal name, which should be the name of the room "
+"you intend to link to. For example [i]'Portal_lounge'[/i] will attempt to "
+"link to the room named [i]'Room_lounge'[/i].\n"
+"There is a special case here - Godot does not allow two nodes to share the "
+"same name. What if you want to manually have more than one portal leading "
+"into the same room? Surely they will need to both be called, e.g. "
+"[i]'Portal_lounge'[/i]?\n"
+"The solution is a wildcard character. After the room name, if you use the "
+"character [i]'*'[/i], this character and anything following it will be "
+"ignored. So you can use for example [i]'Portal_lounge*0'[/i], "
+"[i]'Portal_lounge*1'[/i] etc.\n"
+"Note that [Portal]s that have already been converted to [Portal] nodes "
+"(rather than [MeshInstance]s) still need to follow the same naming "
+"convention, as they will be relinked each time during conversion.\n"
+"It is recommended that you only place objects in rooms that are desired to "
+"stay within those rooms - i.e. [code]portal mode[/code]s [code]STATIC[/code] "
+"or [code]DYNAMIC[/code] (not crossing portals). [code]GLOBAL[/code] and "
+"[code]ROAMING[/code] objects are best placed in another part of the scene "
+"tree, to avoid confusion. See [CullInstance] for a full description of "
+"portal modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Switches the portal culling system on and off.\n"
+"It is important to note that when portal culling is active, it is "
+"responsible for [b]all[/b] the 3d culling. Some editor functionality may be "
+"more difficult to use, so switching the active flag is intended to be used "
+"to make sure your [Room] / [Portal] layout works within the editor.\n"
+"Switching to [code]active[/code] will have no effect when the [code]room "
+"graph[/code] is unloaded (the rooms have not yet been converted)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Large objects can 'sprawl' over (be present in) more than one room. It can "
+"be useful to visualize which objects are sprawling outside the current "
+"room.\n"
+"Toggling this setting turns this debug view on and off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Usually we don't want objects that only [b]just[/b] cross a boundary into an "
+"adjacent [Room] to sprawl into that room. To prevent this, each [Portal] has "
+"an extra margin, or tolerance zone where objects can enter without sprawling "
+"to a neighbouring room.\n"
+"In most cases you can set this here for all portals. It is possible to "
+"override the margin for each portal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"When using a partial or full PVS, the gameplay monitor allows you to receive "
+"callbacks when roaming objects or rooms enter or exit the [b]gameplay area[/"
+"b]. The gameplay area is defined as either the primary, or secondary PVS.\n"
+"These callbacks allow you to, for example, reduce processing for objects "
+"that are far from the player, or turn on and off AI.\n"
+"You can either choose to receive callbacks as notifications through the "
+"[code]_notification[/code] function, or as signals.\n"
+"[code]NOTIFICATION_ENTER_GAMEPLAY[/code]\n"
+"[code]NOTIFICATION_EXIT_GAMEPLAY[/code]\n"
+"Signals: [code]\"gameplay_entered\"[/code], [code]\"gameplay_exited\"[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If enabled, the system will attempt to merge similar meshes (particularly in "
+"terms of materials) within [Room]s during conversion. This can significantly "
+"reduce the number of drawcalls and state changes required during rendering, "
+"albeit at a cost of reduced culling granularity.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This operates at runtime during the conversion process, and "
+"will only operate on exported or running projects, in order to prevent "
+"accidental alteration to the scene and loss of data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"When converting rooms, the editor will warn you if overlap is detected "
+"between rooms. Overlap can interfere with determining the room that cameras "
+"and objects are within. A small amount can be acceptable, depending on your "
+"level. Here you can alter the threshold at which the editor warning appears. "
+"There are no other side effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Portal rendering is recursive - each time a portal is seen through an "
+"earlier portal there is some cost. For this reason, and to prevent the "
+"possibility of infinite loops, this setting provides a hard limit on the "
+"recursion depth.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This value is unused when using [code]Full[/code] PVS mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Portal culling normally operates using the current [Camera] / [Camera]s, "
+"however for debugging purposes within the editor, you can use this setting "
+"to override this behaviour and force it to use a particular camera to get a "
+"better idea of what the occlusion culling is doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Optionally during conversion the potentially visible set (PVS) of rooms that "
+"are potentially visible from each room can be calculated. This can be used "
+"either to aid in dynamic portal culling, or to totally replace portal "
+"culling.\n"
+"In [code]Full[/code] PVS Mode, all objects within the potentially visible "
+"rooms will be frustum culled, and rendered if they are within the view "
+"frustum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"In order to reduce processing for roaming objects, an expansion is applied "
+"to their AABB as they move. This expanded volume is used to calculate which "
+"rooms the roaming object is within. If the object's exact AABB is still "
+"within this expanded volume on the next move, there is no need to reprocess "
+"the object, which can save considerable CPU.\n"
+"The downside is that if the expansion is too much, the object may end up "
+"unexpectedly sprawling into neighbouring rooms and showing up where it might "
+"otherwise be culled.\n"
+"In order to balance roaming performance against culling accuracy, this "
+"expansion margin can be customized by the user. It will typically depend on "
+"your room and object sizes, and movement speeds. The default value should "
+"work reasonably in most circumstances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"During the conversion process, the geometry of objects within [Room]s, or a "
+"custom specified manual bound, are used to generate a [b]convex hull bound[/"
+"b].\n"
+"This convex hull is [b]required[/b] in the visibility system, and is used "
+"for many purposes. Most importantly, it is used to decide whether the "
+"[Camera] (or an object) is within a [Room]. The convex hull generating "
+"algorithm is good, but occasionally it can create too many (or too few) "
+"planes to give a good representation of the room volume.\n"
+"The [code]room_simplify[/code] value can be used to gain fine control over "
+"this process. It determines how similar planes can be for them to be "
+"considered the same (and duplicates removed). The value can be set between 0 "
+"(no simplification) and 1 (maximum simplification).\n"
+"The value set here is the default for all rooms, but individual rooms can "
+"override this value if desired.\n"
+"The room convex hulls are shown as a wireframe in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"For the [Room] conversion process to succeed, you must point the "
+"[RoomManager] to the parent [Node] of your [Room]s and [RoomGroup]s, which "
+"we refer to as the [code]roomlist[/code] (the roomlist is not a special node "
+"type, it is normally just a [Spatial])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:94
+msgid "Shows the [Portal] margins when the portal gizmo is used in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"When receiving gameplay callbacks when objects enter and exit gameplay, the "
+"[b]gameplay area[/b] can be defined by either the primary PVS (potentially "
+"visible set) of [Room]s, or the secondary PVS (the primary PVS and their "
+"neighbouring [Room]s).\n"
+"Sometimes using the larger gameplay area of the secondary PVS may be "
+"preferable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Use only [Portal]s at runtime to determine visibility. PVS will not be "
+"generated at [Room]s conversion, and gameplay notifications cannot be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Use a combination of PVS and [Portal]s to determine visibility (this is "
+"usually fastest and most accurate)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RoomManager.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Use only the PVS (potentially visible set) of [Room]s to determine "
+"visibility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:4
+msgid "Editor-only helper for setting up root motion in [AnimationTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[i]Root motion[/i] refers to an animation technique where a mesh's skeleton "
+"is used to give impulse to a character. When working with 3D animations, a "
+"popular technique is for animators to use the root skeleton bone to give "
+"motion to the rest of the skeleton. This allows animating characters in a "
+"way where steps actually match the floor below. It also allows precise "
+"interaction with objects during cinematics. See also [AnimationTree].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [RootMotionView] is only visible in the editor. It will be "
+"hidden automatically in the running project, and will also be converted to a "
+"plain [Node] in the running project. This means a script attached to a "
+"[RootMotionView] node [i]must[/i] have [code]extends Node[/code] instead of "
+"[code]extends RootMotionView[/code]. Additionally, it must not be a "
+"[code]@tool[/code] script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/latest/tutorials/animation/animation_tree."
+"html#root-motion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:17
+msgid "Path to an [AnimationTree] node to use as a basis for root motion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:20
+msgid "The grid's cell size in 3D units."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:23
+msgid "The grid's color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"The grid's radius in 3D units. The grid's opacity will fade gradually as the "
+"distance from the origin increases until this [member radius] is reached."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/RootMotionView.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the grid's points will all be on the same Y coordinate "
+"([i]local[/i] Y = 0). If [code]false[/code], the points' original Y "
+"coordinate is preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:4
+msgid "A script interface to a scene file's data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Maintains a list of resources, nodes, exported, and overridden properties, "
+"and built-in scripts associated with a scene.\n"
+"This class cannot be instantiated directly, it is retrieved for a given "
+"scene as the result of [method PackedScene.get_state]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns the list of bound parameters for the signal at [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of signal connections in the scene.\n"
+"The [code]idx[/code] argument used to query connection metadata in other "
+"[code]get_connection_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, "
+"get_connection_count() - 1][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns the connection flags for the signal at [code]idx[/code]. See [enum "
+"Object.ConnectFlags] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the method connected to the signal at [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:45
+msgid "Returns the name of the signal at [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path to the node that owns the signal at [code]idx[/code], "
+"relative to the root node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path to the node that owns the method connected to the signal at "
+"[code]idx[/code], relative to the root node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of nodes in the scene.\n"
+"The [code]idx[/code] argument used to query node data in other "
+"[code]get_node_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, get_node_count() - "
+"1][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns the list of group names associated with the node at [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Returns the node's index, which is its position relative to its siblings. "
+"This is only relevant and saved in scenes for cases where new nodes are "
+"added to an instanced or inherited scene among siblings from the base scene. "
+"Despite the name, this index is not related to the [code]idx[/code] argument "
+"used here and in other methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [PackedScene] for the node at [code]idx[/code] (i.e. the whole "
+"branch starting at this node, with its child nodes and resources), or "
+"[code]null[/code] if the node is not an instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path to the represented scene file if the node at [code]idx[/"
+"code] is an [InstancePlaceholder]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:101
+msgid "Returns the name of the node at [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path to the owner of the node at [code]idx[/code], relative to "
+"the root node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Returns the path to the node at [code]idx[/code].\n"
+"If [code]for_parent[/code] is [code]true[/code], returns the path of the "
+"[code]idx[/code] node's parent instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of exported or overridden properties for the node at "
+"[code]idx[/code].\n"
+"The [code]prop_idx[/code] argument used to query node property data in other "
+"[code]get_node_property_*[/code] methods in the interval [code][0, "
+"get_node_property_count() - 1][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the property at [code]prop_idx[/code] for the node at "
+"[code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of the property at [code]prop_idx[/code] for the node at "
+"[code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:148
+msgid "Returns the type of the node at [code]idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the node at [code]idx[/code] is an "
+"[InstancePlaceholder]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"If passed to [method PackedScene.instance], blocks edits to the scene state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"If passed to [method PackedScene.instance], provides inherited scene "
+"resources to the local scene.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneState.xml:168
+msgid ""
+"If passed to [method PackedScene.instance], provides local scene resources "
+"to the local scene. Only the main scene should receive the main edit state.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available in editor builds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:4
+msgid "Manages the game loop via a hierarchy of nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"As one of the most important classes, the [SceneTree] manages the hierarchy "
+"of nodes in a scene as well as scenes themselves. Nodes can be added, "
+"retrieved and removed. The whole scene tree (and thus the current scene) can "
+"be paused. Scenes can be loaded, switched and reloaded.\n"
+"You can also use the [SceneTree] to organize your nodes into groups: every "
+"node can be assigned as many groups as you want to create, e.g. an \"enemy\" "
+"group. You can then iterate these groups or even call methods and set "
+"properties on all the group's members at once.\n"
+"[SceneTree] is the default [MainLoop] implementation used by scenes, and is "
+"thus in charge of the game loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/scene_tree."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/viewports/multiple_resolutions."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group. You can pass "
+"arguments to [code]method[/code] by specifying them at the end of the method "
+"call. This method is equivalent of calling [method call_group_flags] with "
+"[constant GROUP_CALL_DEFAULT] flag.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]method[/code] may only have 5 arguments at most (7 "
+"arguments passed to this method in total).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to design limitations, [method call_group] will fail "
+"silently if one of the arguments is [code]null[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method call_group] will always call methods with an one-frame "
+"delay, in a way similar to [method Object.call_deferred]. To call methods "
+"immediately, use [method call_group_flags] with the [constant "
+"GROUP_CALL_REALTIME] flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Calls [code]method[/code] on each member of the given group, respecting the "
+"given [enum GroupCallFlags]. You can pass arguments to [code]method[/code] "
+"by specifying them at the end of the method call.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]method[/code] may only have 5 arguments at most (8 "
+"arguments passed to this method in total).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to design limitations, [method call_group_flags] will fail "
+"silently if one of the arguments is [code]null[/code].\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Call the method immediately and in reverse order.\n"
+"get_tree().call_group_flags(SceneTree.GROUP_CALL_REALTIME | SceneTree."
+"GROUP_CALL_REVERSE, \"bases\", \"destroy\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Changes the running scene to the one at the given [code]path[/code], after "
+"loading it into a [PackedScene] and creating a new instance.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if the "
+"[code]path[/code] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant "
+"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if that scene cannot be instantiated.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene "
+"node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it "
+"immediately after the [method change_scene] call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Changes the running scene to a new instance of the given [PackedScene].\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the scene "
+"cannot be instantiated.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The scene change is deferred, which means that the new scene "
+"node is added on the next idle frame. You won't be able to access it "
+"immediately after the [method change_scene_to] call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [SceneTreeTimer] which will [signal SceneTreeTimer.timeout] after "
+"the given time in seconds elapsed in this [SceneTree]. If "
+"[code]pause_mode_process[/code] is set to [code]false[/code], pausing the "
+"[SceneTree] will also pause the timer.\n"
+"Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func some_function():\n"
+" print(\"start\")\n"
+" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n"
+" print(\"end\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The timer will be automatically freed after its time elapses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current frame number, i.e. the total frame count since the "
+"application started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Returns the peer IDs of all connected peers of this [SceneTree]'s [member "
+"network_peer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:91
+msgid "Returns the unique peer ID of this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:97
+msgid "Returns the number of nodes in this [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:104
+msgid "Returns a list of all nodes assigned to the given group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:110
+msgid "Returns the sender's peer ID for the most recently received RPC call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:117
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given group exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the most recent [InputEvent] was marked as "
+"handled with [method set_input_as_handled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] is in "
+"server mode (listening for connections)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:143
+msgid "Sends the given notification to all members of the [code]group[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Sends the given notification to all members of the [code]group[/code], "
+"respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Queues the given object for deletion, delaying the call to [method Object."
+"free] to after the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Quits the application at the end of the current iteration. A process "
+"[code]exit_code[/code] can optionally be passed as an argument. If this "
+"argument is [code]0[/code] or greater, it will override the [member OS."
+"exit_code] defined before quitting the application.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] On iOS this method doesn't work. Instead, as recommended by the "
+"iOS Human Interface Guidelines, the user is expected to close apps via the "
+"Home button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Reloads the currently active scene.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_UNCONFIGURED] if no [member "
+"current_scene] was defined yet, [constant ERR_CANT_OPEN] if [member "
+"current_scene] cannot be loaded into a [PackedScene], or [constant "
+"ERR_CANT_CREATE] if the scene cannot be instantiated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the application automatically accepts quitting. "
+"Enabled by default.\n"
+"For mobile platforms, see [method set_quit_on_go_back]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given [code]property[/code] to [code]value[/code] on all members of "
+"the given group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given [code]property[/code] to [code]value[/code] on all members of "
+"the given group, respecting the given [enum GroupCallFlags]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:207
+msgid "Marks the most recent [InputEvent] as handled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the application quits automatically on going back (e."
+"g. on Android). Enabled by default.\n"
+"To handle 'Go Back' button when this option is disabled, use [constant "
+"MainLoop.NOTIFICATION_WM_GO_BACK_REQUEST]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Configures screen stretching to the given [enum StretchMode], [enum "
+"StretchAspect], minimum size and [code]scale[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:231
+msgid "The current scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], collision shapes will be visible when running the game "
+"from the editor for debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:237
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], navigation polygons will be visible when running the "
+"game from the editor for debugging purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:240
+msgid "The root of the edited scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:243
+msgid "The default [MultiplayerAPI] instance for this [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] (default value), enables automatic polling of the "
+"[MultiplayerAPI] for this SceneTree during [signal idle_frame].\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], you need to manually call [method MultiplayerAPI."
+"poll] to process network packets and deliver RPCs/RSETs. This allows running "
+"RPCs/RSETs in a different loop (e.g. physics, thread, specific time step) "
+"and for manual [Mutex] protection when accessing the [MultiplayerAPI] from "
+"threads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"The peer object to handle the RPC system (effectively enabling networking "
+"when set). Depending on the peer itself, the [SceneTree] will become a "
+"network server (check with [method is_network_server]) and will set the root "
+"node's network mode to master, or it will become a regular peer with the "
+"root node set to puppet. All child nodes are set to inherit the network mode "
+"by default. Handling of networking-related events (connection, "
+"disconnection, new clients) is done by connecting to [SceneTree]'s signals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [SceneTree] is paused. Doing so will have the "
+"following behavior:\n"
+"- 2D and 3D physics will be stopped. This includes signals and collision "
+"detection.\n"
+"- [method Node._process], [method Node._physics_process] and [method Node."
+"_input] will not be called anymore in nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] refuses new "
+"incoming connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:261
+msgid "The [SceneTree]'s root [Viewport]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:264
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], font oversampling is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] successfully "
+"connected to a server. Only emitted on clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] fails to establish "
+"a connection to a server. Only emitted on clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when files are dragged from the OS file manager and dropped in the "
+"game window. The arguments are a list of file paths and the identifier of "
+"the screen where the drag originated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:289
+msgid "Emitted whenever global menu item is clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"Emitted immediately before [method Node._process] is called on every node in "
+"the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] connects with a "
+"new peer. ID is the peer ID of the new peer. Clients get notified when other "
+"clients connect to the same server. Upon connecting to a server, a client "
+"also receives this signal for the server (with ID being 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] disconnects from a "
+"peer. Clients get notified when other clients disconnect from the same "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:312
+msgid "Emitted whenever a node is added to the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:318
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a node's configuration changed. Only emitted in [code]tool[/"
+"code] mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:324
+msgid "Emitted whenever a node is removed from the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:330
+msgid "Emitted whenever a node is renamed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:335
+msgid ""
+"Emitted immediately before [method Node._physics_process] is called on every "
+"node in the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:340
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the screen resolution (fullscreen) or window size (windowed) "
+"changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:345
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever this [SceneTree]'s [member network_peer] disconnected from "
+"server. Only emitted on clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:350
+msgid ""
+"Emitted whenever the [SceneTree] hierarchy changed (children being moved or "
+"renamed, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:356
+msgid "Call a group with no flags (default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:359
+msgid "Call a group in reverse scene order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:362
+msgid "Call a group immediately (calls are normally made on idle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:365
+msgid "Call a group only once even if the call is executed many times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:368
+msgid "No stretching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:371
+msgid "Render stretching in higher resolution (interpolated)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:374
+msgid ""
+"Keep the specified display resolution. No interpolation. Content may appear "
+"pixelated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"Fill the window with the content stretched to cover excessive space. Content "
+"may appear stretched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:380
+msgid ""
+"Retain the same aspect ratio by padding with black bars on either axis. This "
+"prevents distortion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:383
+msgid ""
+"Expand vertically. Left/right black bars may appear if the window is too "
+"wide."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:386
+msgid ""
+"Expand horizontally. Top/bottom black bars may appear if the window is too "
+"tall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTree.xml:389
+msgid ""
+"Expand in both directions, retaining the same aspect ratio. This prevents "
+"distortion while avoiding black bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:4
+msgid "One-shot timer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A one-shot timer managed by the scene tree, which emits [signal timeout] on "
+"completion. See also [method SceneTree.create_timer].\n"
+"As opposed to [Timer], it does not require the instantiation of a node. "
+"Commonly used to create a one-shot delay timer as in the following example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func some_function():\n"
+" print(\"Timer started.\")\n"
+" yield(get_tree().create_timer(1.0), \"timeout\")\n"
+" print(\"Timer ended.\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:22
+msgid "The time remaining."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SceneTreeTimer.xml:28 doc/classes/Timer.xml:61
+msgid "Emitted when the timer reaches 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:4
+msgid "A class stored as a resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A class stored as a resource. A script extends the functionality of all "
+"objects that instance it.\n"
+"The [code]new[/code] method of a script subclass creates a new instance. "
+"[method Object.set_script] extends an existing object, if that object's "
+"class matches one of the script's base classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/step_by_step/scripting."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:17
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the script can be instanced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:23
+msgid "Returns the script directly inherited by this script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:29
+msgid "Returns the script's base type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the default value of the specified property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:42
+msgid "Returns a dictionary containing constant names and their values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:48
+msgid "Returns the list of methods in this [Script]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:54
+msgid "Returns the list of properties in this [Script]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:60
+msgid "Returns the list of user signals defined in this [Script]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the script, or a base class, defines a signal "
+"with the given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:73
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the script contains non-empty source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]base_object[/code] is an instance of this "
+"script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the script is a tool script. A tool script can "
+"run in the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:93
+msgid "Reloads the script's class implementation. Returns an error code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Script.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The script source code or an empty string if source code is not available. "
+"When set, does not reload the class implementation automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:4
+msgid "The Editor's popup dialog for creating new [Script] files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [ScriptCreateDialog] creates script files according to a given template "
+"for a given scripting language. The standard use is to configure its fields "
+"prior to calling one of the [method Popup.popup] methods.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" dialog.config(\"Node\", \"res://new_node.gd\") # For in-engine types\n"
+" dialog.config(\"\\\"res://base_node.gd\\\"\", \"res://derived_node.gd\") "
+"# For script types\n"
+" dialog.popup_centered()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:25
+msgid "Prefills required fields to configure the ScriptCreateDialog for use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptCreateDialog.xml:40
+msgid "Emitted when the user clicks the OK button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:4
+msgid "Godot editor's script editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class shouldn't be instantiated directly. Instead, access "
+"the singleton using [method EditorInterface.get_script_editor]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:31
+msgid "Returns a [Script] that is currently active in editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array with all [Script] objects which are currently open in "
+"editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:51
+msgid "Goes to the specified line in the current script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Opens the script create dialog. The script will extend [code]base_name[/"
+"code]. The file extension can be omitted from [code]base_path[/code]. It "
+"will be added based on the selected scripting language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when user changed active script. Argument is a freshly activated "
+"[Script]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScriptEditor.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when editor is about to close the active script. Argument is a "
+"[Script] that is going to be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for scroll bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Scrollbars are a [Range]-based [Control], that display a draggable area (the "
+"size of the page). Horizontal ([HScrollBar]) and Vertical ([VScrollBar]) "
+"versions are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the step used when clicking increment and decrement buttons or "
+"when using arrow keys when the [ScrollBar] is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollBar.xml:23
+msgid "Emitted when the scrollbar is being scrolled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:4
+msgid "A helper node for displaying scrollable elements such as lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A ScrollContainer node meant to contain a [Control] child. ScrollContainers "
+"will automatically create a scrollbar child ([HScrollBar], [VScrollBar], or "
+"both) when needed and will only draw the Control within the ScrollContainer "
+"area. Scrollbars will automatically be drawn at the right (for vertical) or "
+"bottom (for horizontal) and will enable dragging to move the viewable "
+"Control (and its children) within the ScrollContainer. Scrollbars will also "
+"automatically resize the grabber based on the [member Control.rect_min_size] "
+"of the Control relative to the ScrollContainer. Works great with a [Panel] "
+"control. You can set [code]EXPAND[/code] on the children's size flags, so "
+"they will upscale to the ScrollContainer's size if it's larger (scroll is "
+"invisible for the chosen dimension)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Ensures the given [code]control[/code] is visible (must be a direct or "
+"indirect child of the ScrollContainer). Used by [member follow_focus]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Returns the horizontal scrollbar [HScrollBar] of this [ScrollContainer].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to disable the horizontal scrollbar, use "
+"[member scroll_horizontal_enabled]. If you want to only hide it instead, use "
+"its [member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vertical scrollbar [VScrollBar] of this [ScrollContainer].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to disable the vertical scrollbar, use "
+"[member scroll_vertical_enabled]. If you want to only hide it instead, use "
+"its [member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the ScrollContainer will automatically scroll to "
+"focused children (including indirect children) to make sure they are fully "
+"visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:42
+msgid "The current horizontal scroll value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:45
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables horizontal scrolling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:48
+msgid "The current vertical scroll value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:51
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], enables vertical scrolling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:57
+msgid "Emitted when scrolling stops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:62
+msgid "Emitted when scrolling is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ScrollContainer.xml:70
+msgid "The background [StyleBox] of the [ScrollContainer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Segment shape for 2D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Segment shape for 2D collisions. Consists of two points, [code]a[/code] and "
+"[code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:15
+msgid "The segment's first point position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SegmentShape2D.xml:18
+msgid "The segment's second point position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:4
+msgid "A synchronization semaphore."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A synchronization semaphore which can be used to synchronize multiple "
+"[Thread]s. Initialized to zero on creation. Be careful to avoid deadlocks. "
+"For a binary version, see [Mutex]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Lowers the [Semaphore], allowing one more thread in. Returns [constant OK] "
+"on success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Semaphore.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Tries to wait for the [Semaphore], if its value is zero, blocks until non-"
+"zero. Returns [constant OK] on success, [constant ERR_BUSY] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Separator.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for separators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Separator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Separator is a [Control] used for separating other controls. It's purely a "
+"visual decoration. Horizontal ([HSeparator]) and Vertical ([VSeparator]) "
+"versions are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:4
+msgid "A custom shader program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class allows you to define a custom shader program that can be used by "
+"a [ShaderMaterial]. Shaders allow you to write your own custom behavior for "
+"rendering objects or updating particle information. For a detailed "
+"explanation and usage, please see the tutorials linked below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:10 doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:11
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/your_first_shader/"
+"what_are_shaders.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the texture that is set as default for the specified parameter.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the "
+"code exactly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shader mode for the shader, either [constant MODE_CANVAS_ITEM], "
+"[constant MODE_SPATIAL] or [constant MODE_PARTICLES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the shader has this param defined as a uniform "
+"in its code.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the "
+"code exactly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Sets the default texture to be used with a texture uniform. The default is "
+"used if a texture is not set in the [ShaderMaterial].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the "
+"code exactly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shader's code as the user has written it, not the full generated "
+"code used internally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shader's custom defines. Custom defines can be used in Godot to "
+"add GLSL preprocessor directives (e.g: extensions) required for the shader "
+"logic.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Custom defines are not validated by the Godot shader parser, so "
+"care should be taken when using them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:57
+msgid "Mode used to draw all 3D objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:60
+msgid "Mode used to draw all 2D objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shader.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Mode used to calculate particle information on a per-particle basis. Not "
+"used for drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:4
+msgid "A material that uses a custom [Shader] program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A material that uses a custom [Shader] program to render either items to "
+"screen or process particles. You can create multiple materials for the same "
+"shader but configure different values for the uniforms defined in the "
+"shader.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a renderer limitation, emissive [ShaderMaterial]s cannot "
+"emit light when used in a [GIProbe]. Only emissive [SpatialMaterial]s can "
+"emit light in a [GIProbe]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current value set for this material of a uniform in the shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the property identified by [code]name[/code] "
+"can be reverted to a default value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Returns the default value of the material property with given [code]name[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Changes the value set for this material of a uniform in the shader.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]param[/code] must match the name of the uniform in the "
+"code exactly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShaderMaterial.xml:47
+msgid "The [Shader] program used to render this material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all 3D shape resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for all 3D shape resources. Nodes that inherit from this can be "
+"used as shapes for a [PhysicsBody] or [Area] objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [ArrayMesh] used to draw the debug collision for this [Shape]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The collision margin for the shape. Used in Bullet Physics only.\n"
+"Collision margins allow collision detection to be more efficient by adding "
+"an extra shell around shapes. Collision algorithms are more expensive when "
+"objects overlap by more than their margin, so a higher value for margins is "
+"better for performance, at the cost of accuracy around edges as it makes "
+"them less sharp."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for all 2D shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:7
+msgid "Base class for all 2D shapes. All 2D shape types inherit from this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this shape is colliding with another.\n"
+"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape "
+"([code]local_xform[/code]), the shape to check collisions with "
+"([code]with_shape[/code]), and the transformation matrix of that shape "
+"([code]shape_xform[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of the points where this shape touches another. If there are "
+"no collisions the list is empty.\n"
+"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape "
+"([code]local_xform[/code]), the shape to check collisions with "
+"([code]with_shape[/code]), and the transformation matrix of that shape "
+"([code]shape_xform[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether this shape would collide with another, if a given movement "
+"was applied.\n"
+"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape "
+"([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape "
+"([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with "
+"([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape "
+"([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object "
+"([code]shape_motion[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Returns a list of the points where this shape would touch another, if a "
+"given movement was applied. If there are no collisions the list is empty.\n"
+"This method needs the transformation matrix for this shape "
+"([code]local_xform[/code]), the movement to test on this shape "
+"([code]local_motion[/code]), the shape to check collisions with "
+"([code]with_shape[/code]), the transformation matrix of that shape "
+"([code]shape_xform[/code]), and the movement to test onto the other object "
+"([code]shape_motion[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Draws a solid shape onto a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] API filled "
+"with the specified [code]color[/code]. The exact drawing method is specific "
+"for each shape and cannot be configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Shape2D.xml:68
+msgid "The shape's custom solver bias."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:4
+msgid "A shortcut for binding input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A shortcut for binding input.\n"
+"Shortcuts are commonly used for interacting with a [Control] element from a "
+"[InputEvent]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the shortcut's [InputEvent] as a [String]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the shortcut's [InputEvent] equals [code]event[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:29
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], this shortcut is valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ShortCut.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The shortcut's [InputEvent].\n"
+"Generally the [InputEvent] is a keyboard key, though it can be any "
+"[InputEvent]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:4
+msgid "Skeleton for characters and animated objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Skeleton provides a hierarchical interface for managing bones, including "
+"pose, rest and animation (see [Animation]). It can also use ragdoll "
+"physics.\n"
+"The overall transform of a bone with respect to the skeleton is determined "
+"by the following hierarchical order: rest pose, custom pose and pose.\n"
+"Note that \"global pose\" below refers to the overall transform of the bone "
+"with respect to skeleton, so it not the actual global/world transform of the "
+"bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Adds a bone, with name [code]name[/code]. [method get_bone_count] will "
+"become the bone index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:28 doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:109
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:212
+msgid "[i]Deprecated soon.[/i]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:34
+msgid "Clear all the bones in this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:46
+msgid "Returns the bone index that matches [code]name[/code] as its name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:52
+msgid "Returns the amount of bones in the skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns the custom pose of the specified bone. Custom pose is applied on top "
+"of the rest pose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the "
+"skeleton. Being relative to the skeleton frame, this is not the actual "
+"\"global\" transform of the bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns the overall transform of the specified bone, with respect to the "
+"skeleton, but without any global pose overrides. Being relative to the "
+"skeleton frame, this is not the actual \"global\" transform of the bone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:80
+msgid "Returns the name of the bone at index [code]index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Returns the bone index which is the parent of the bone at [code]bone_idx[/"
+"code]. If -1, then bone has no parent.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The parent bone returned will always be less than "
+"[code]bone_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Returns the pose transform of the specified bone. Pose is applied on top of "
+"the custom pose, which is applied on top the rest pose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:102
+msgid "Returns the rest transform for a bone [code]bone_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bone index [code]parent_idx[/code] as the parent of the bone at "
+"[code]bone_idx[/code]. If -1, then bone has no parent.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]parent_idx[/code] must be less than [code]bone_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:196
+msgid "Sets the pose transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton.xml:204
+msgid "Sets the rest transform for bone [code]bone_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:4
+msgid "Skeleton for 2D characters and animated objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Skeleton2D parents a hierarchy of [Bone2D] objects. It is a requirement of "
+"[Bone2D]. Skeleton2D holds a reference to the rest pose of its children and "
+"acts as a single point of access to its bones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/animation/2d_skeletons.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Bone2D] from the node hierarchy parented by Skeleton2D. The "
+"object to return is identified by the parameter [code]idx[/code]. Bones are "
+"indexed by descending the node hierarchy from top to bottom, adding the "
+"children of each branch before moving to the next sibling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of [Bone2D] nodes in the node hierarchy parented by "
+"Skeleton2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Skeleton2D.xml:29
+msgid "Returns the [RID] of a Skeleton2D instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"SkeletonIK is used to place the end bone of a [Skeleton] bone chain at a "
+"certain point in 3D by rotating all bones in the chain accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"SkeletonIK is used to place the end bone of a [Skeleton] bone chain at a "
+"certain point in 3D by rotating all bones in the chain accordingly. A "
+"typical scenario for IK in games is to place a characters feet on the ground "
+"or a characters hands on a currently hold object. SkeletonIK uses "
+"FabrikInverseKinematic internally to solve the bone chain and applies the "
+"results to the [Skeleton] [code]bones_global_pose_override[/code] property "
+"for all affected bones in the chain. If fully applied this overwrites any "
+"bone transform from [Animation]s or bone custom poses set by users. The "
+"applied amount can be controlled with the [code]interpolation[/code] "
+"property.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Apply IK effect automatically on every new frame (not the current)\n"
+"skeleton_ik_node.start()\n"
+"\n"
+"# Apply IK effect only on the current frame\n"
+"skeleton_ik_node.start(true)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Stop IK effect and reset bones_global_pose_override on Skeleton\n"
+"skeleton_ik_node.stop()\n"
+"\n"
+"# Apply full IK effect\n"
+"skeleton_ik_node.set_interpolation(1.0)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Apply half IK effect\n"
+"skeleton_ik_node.set_interpolation(0.5)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Apply zero IK effect (a value at or below 0.01 also removes "
+"bones_global_pose_override on Skeleton)\n"
+"skeleton_ik_node.set_interpolation(0.0)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns the parent [Skeleton] Node that was present when SkeletonIK entered "
+"the [SceneTree]. Returns null if the parent node was not a [Skeleton] Node "
+"when SkeletonIK entered the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if SkeletonIK is applying IK effects on continues "
+"frames to the [Skeleton] bones. Returns [code]false[/code] if SkeletonIK is "
+"stopped or [method start] was used with the [code]one_time[/code] parameter "
+"set to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Starts applying IK effects on each frame to the [Skeleton] bones but will "
+"only take effect starting on the next frame. If [code]one_time[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code], this will take effect immediately but also reset on the "
+"next frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Stops applying IK effects on each frame to the [Skeleton] bones and also "
+"calls [method Skeleton.clear_bones_global_pose_override] to remove existing "
+"overrides on all bones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Interpolation value for how much the IK results are applied to the current "
+"skeleton bone chain. A value of [code]1.0[/code] will overwrite all skeleton "
+"bone transforms completely while a value of [code]0.0[/code] will visually "
+"disable the SkeletonIK. A value at or below [code]0.01[/code] also calls "
+"[method Skeleton.clear_bones_global_pose_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Secondary target position (first is [member target] property or [member "
+"target_node]) for the IK chain. Use magnet position (pole target) to control "
+"the bending of the IK chain. Only works if the bone chain has more than 2 "
+"bones. The middle chain bone position will be linearly interpolated with the "
+"magnet position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Number of iteration loops used by the IK solver to produce more accurate "
+"(and elegant) bone chain results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"The minimum distance between bone and goal target. If the distance is below "
+"this value, the IK solver stops further iterations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code] overwrites the rotation of the tip bone with the "
+"rotation of the [member target] (or [member target_node] if defined)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:75
+msgid "The name of the current root bone, the first bone in the IK chain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"First target of the IK chain where the tip bone is placed and, if [member "
+"override_tip_basis] is [code]true[/code], how the tip bone is rotated. If a "
+"[member target_node] path is available the nodes transform is used instead "
+"and this property is ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Target node [NodePath] for the IK chain. If available, the node's current "
+"[Transform] is used instead of the [member target] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"The name of the current tip bone, the last bone in the IK chain placed at "
+"the [member target] transform (or [member target_node] if defined)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SkeletonIK.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], instructs the IK solver to consider the secondary "
+"magnet target (pole target) when calculating the bone chain. Use the magnet "
+"position (pole target) to control the bending of the IK chain."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:4 doc/classes/Sky.xml:7
+msgid "The base class for [PanoramaSky] and [ProceduralSky]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The [Sky]'s radiance map size. The higher the radiance map size, the more "
+"detailed the lighting from the [Sky] will be.\n"
+"See [enum RadianceSize] constants for values.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You will only benefit from high radiance sizes if you have "
+"perfectly sharp reflective surfaces in your project and are not using "
+"[ReflectionProbe]s or [GIProbe]s. For most projects, keeping [member "
+"radiance_size] to the default value is the best compromise between visuals "
+"and performance. Be careful when using high radiance size values as these "
+"can cause crashes on low-end GPUs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:22
+msgid "Radiance texture size is 32×32 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:25
+msgid "Radiance texture size is 64×64 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:28
+msgid "Radiance texture size is 128×128 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:31
+msgid "Radiance texture size is 256×256 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:34
+msgid "Radiance texture size is 512×512 pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Radiance texture size is 1024×1024 pixels.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [constant RADIANCE_SIZE_1024] is not exposed in the inspector "
+"as it is known to cause GPU hangs on certain systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Radiance texture size is 2048×2048 pixels.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [constant RADIANCE_SIZE_2048] is not exposed in the inspector "
+"as it is known to cause GPU hangs on certain systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sky.xml:45
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum RadianceSize] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for GUI sliders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for GUI sliders.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [signal Range.changed] and [signal Range.value_changed] "
+"signals are part of the [Range] class which this class inherits from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the slider can be interacted with. If [code]false[/"
+"code], the value can be changed only by code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:20
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the value can be changed using the mouse wheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Number of ticks displayed on the slider, including border ticks. Ticks are "
+"uniformly-distributed value markers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Slider.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the slider will display ticks for minimum and maximum "
+"values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:4
+msgid "Slider between two PhysicsBodies in 3D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Slides across the X axis of the pivot object. See also [Generic6DOFJoint]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"The amount of damping of the rotation when the limit is surpassed.\n"
+"A lower damping value allows a rotation initiated by body A to travel to "
+"body B slower."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution of the rotation when the limit is surpassed.\n"
+"Does not affect damping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the all rotation once the limit is surpassed.\n"
+"Makes all rotation slower when between 0 and 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:52 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:147
+msgid "A factor applied to the all rotation in the limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:61 doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"A factor applied to the all rotation across axes orthogonal to the slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"The amount of damping that happens once the limit defined by [member "
+"linear_limit/lower_distance] and [member linear_limit/upper_distance] is "
+"surpassed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SliderJoint.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The amount of restitution once the limits are surpassed. The lower, the more "
+"velocity-energy gets lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:4
+msgid "A soft mesh physics body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A deformable physics body. Used to create elastic or deformable objects such "
+"as cloth, rubber, or other flexible materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/soft_body.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:44
+msgid "Returns local translation of a vertex in the surface array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:51
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if vertex is set to pinned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Sets the pinned state of a surface vertex. When set to [code]true[/code], "
+"the optional [code]attachment_path[/code] can define a [Spatial] the pinned "
+"vertex will be attached to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this SoftBody is in.\n"
+"Collidable objects can exist in any of 32 different layers. These layers "
+"work like a tagging system, and are not visual. A collidable can use these "
+"layers to select with which objects it can collide, using the collision_mask "
+"property.\n"
+"A contact is detected if object A is in any of the layers that object B "
+"scans, or object B is in any layer scanned by object A. See [url=https://"
+"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"The physics layers this SoftBody scans for collisions. See [url=https://docs."
+"godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction.html#collision-"
+"layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the documentation for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:105
+msgid "[NodePath] to a [CollisionObject] this SoftBody should avoid clipping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [SoftBody] is simulated in physics. Can be set to "
+"[code]false[/code] to pause the physics simulation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:115
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [SoftBody] will respond to [RayCast]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Increasing this value will improve the resulting simulation, but can affect "
+"performance. Use with care."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SoftBody.xml:121
+msgid "The SoftBody's mass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:4
+msgid "Most basic 3D game object, parent of all 3D-related nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Most basic 3D game object, with a 3D [Transform] and visibility settings. "
+"All other 3D game objects inherit from Spatial. Use [Spatial] as a parent "
+"node to move, scale, rotate and show/hide children in a 3D project.\n"
+"Affine operations (rotate, scale, translate) happen in parent's local "
+"coordinate system, unless the [Spatial] object is set as top-level. Affine "
+"operations in this coordinate system correspond to direct affine operations "
+"on the [Spatial]'s transform. The word local below refers to this coordinate "
+"system. The coordinate system that is attached to the [Spatial] object "
+"itself is referred to as object-local coordinate system.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unless otherwise specified, all methods that have angle "
+"parameters must have angles specified as [i]radians[/i]. To convert degrees "
+"to radians, use [method @GDScript.deg2rad]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/introduction_to_3d.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:13 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:16
+msgid "https://github.com/godotengine/godot-demo-projects/tree/master/3d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the parent [Spatial], or an empty [Object] if no parent exists or "
+"parent is not of type [Spatial]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current [World] resource this [Spatial] node is registered to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the global (world) transformation around axis, a unit [Vector3], by "
+"specified angle in radians. The rotation axis is in global coordinate system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Scales the global (world) transformation by the given [Vector3] scale "
+"factors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Moves the global (world) transformation by [Vector3] offset. The offset is "
+"in global coordinate system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Disables rendering of this node. Changes [member visible] to [code]false[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether node notifies about its local transformation changes. "
+"[Spatial] will not propagate this by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether this node uses a scale of [code](1, 1, 1)[/code] or its "
+"local transformation scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether this node is set as Toplevel, that is whether it ignores its "
+"parent nodes transformations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the node notifies about its global and local transformation "
+"changes. [Spatial] will not propagate this by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Rotates itself so that the local -Z axis points towards the [code]target[/"
+"code] position.\n"
+"The transform will first be rotated around the given [code]up[/code] vector, "
+"and then fully aligned to the target by a further rotation around an axis "
+"perpendicular to both the [code]target[/code] and [code]up[/code] vectors.\n"
+"Operations take place in global space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Moves the node to the specified [code]position[/code], and then rotates "
+"itself to point toward the [code]target[/code] as per [method look_at]. "
+"Operations take place in global space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Resets this node's transformations (like scale, skew and taper) preserving "
+"its rotation and translation by performing Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization "
+"on this node's [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the local transformation around axis, a unit [Vector3], by specified "
+"angle in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the local transformation around axis, a unit [Vector3], by specified "
+"angle in radians. The rotation axis is in object-local coordinate system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:137
+msgid "Rotates the local transformation around the X axis by angle in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:144
+msgid "Rotates the local transformation around the Y axis by angle in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:151
+msgid "Rotates the local transformation around the Z axis by angle in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Scales the local transformation by given 3D scale factors in object-local "
+"coordinate system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"Makes the node ignore its parents transformations. Node transformations are "
+"only in global space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the node uses a scale of [code](1, 1, 1)[/code] or its local "
+"transformation scale. Changes to the local transformation scale are "
+"preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Reset all transformations for this node (sets its [Transform] to the "
+"identity matrix)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the node ignores notification that its transformation (global "
+"or local) changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the node notifies about its local transformation changes. "
+"[Spatial] will not propagate this by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether the node notifies about its global and local transformation "
+"changes. [Spatial] will not propagate this by default, unless it is in the "
+"editor context and it has a valid gizmo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"Enables rendering of this node. Changes [member visible] to [code]true[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"Transforms [code]local_point[/code] from this node's local space to world "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"Transforms [code]global_point[/code] from world space to this node's local "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"Changes the node's position by the given offset [Vector3].\n"
+"Note that the translation [code]offset[/code] is affected by the node's "
+"scale, so if scaled by e.g. [code](10, 1, 1)[/code], a translation by an "
+"offset of [code](2, 0, 0)[/code] would actually add 20 ([code]2 * 10[/code]) "
+"to the X coordinate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"Changes the node's position by the given offset [Vector3] in local space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:240
+msgid "Updates the [SpatialGizmo] of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"The [SpatialGizmo] for this node. Used for example in [EditorSpatialGizmo] "
+"as custom visualization and editing handles in Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:249
+msgid "World space (global) [Transform] of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"Rotation part of the local transformation in radians, specified in terms of "
+"YXZ-Euler angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In the mathematical sense, rotation is a matrix and not a "
+"vector. The three Euler angles, which are the three independent parameters "
+"of the Euler-angle parametrization of the rotation matrix, are stored in a "
+"[Vector3] data structure not because the rotation is a vector, but only "
+"because [Vector3] exists as a convenient data-structure to store 3 floating-"
+"point numbers. Therefore, applying affine operations on the rotation \"vector"
+"\" is not meaningful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:256
+msgid ""
+"Rotation part of the local transformation in degrees, specified in terms of "
+"YXZ-Euler angles in the format (X angle, Y angle, Z angle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:259
+msgid "Scale part of the local transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:262
+msgid "Local space [Transform] of this node, with respect to the parent node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:265
+msgid "Local translation of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:268
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this node is drawn. The node is only visible if all of "
+"its antecedents are visible as well (in other words, [method "
+"is_visible_in_tree] must return [code]true[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"Emitted by portal system gameplay monitor when a node enters the gameplay "
+"area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:279
+msgid ""
+"Emitted by portal system gameplay monitor when a node exits the gameplay "
+"area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:284
+msgid "Emitted when node visibility changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:290
+msgid ""
+"Spatial nodes receives this notification when their global transform "
+"changes. This means that either the current or a parent node changed its "
+"transform.\n"
+"In order for [constant NOTIFICATION_TRANSFORM_CHANGED] to work, users first "
+"need to ask for it, with [method set_notify_transform]. The notification is "
+"also sent if the node is in the editor context and it has a valid gizmo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"Spatial nodes receives this notification when they are registered to new "
+"[World] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:297
+msgid ""
+"Spatial nodes receives this notification when they are unregistered from "
+"current [World] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:300
+msgid "Spatial nodes receives this notification when their visibility changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"Spatial nodes receives this notification if the portal system gameplay "
+"monitor detects they have entered the gameplay area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Spatial.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Spatial nodes receives this notification if the portal system gameplay "
+"monitor detects they have exited the gameplay area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:4
+msgid "Default 3D rendering material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This provides a default material with a wide variety of rendering features "
+"and properties without the need to write shader code. See the tutorial below "
+"for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:10
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/3d/spatial_material.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:17
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code], if the specified [enum Feature] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code], if the specified flag is enabled. See [enum "
+"Flags] enumerator for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Texture] associated with the specified [enum TextureParam]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the specified [enum Feature]. Many features "
+"that are available in [SpatialMaterial]s need to be enabled before use. This "
+"way the cost for using the feature is only incurred when specified. Features "
+"can also be enabled by setting the corresponding member to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the specified flag. Flags are optional "
+"behaviour that can be turned on and off. Only one flag can be enabled at a "
+"time with this function, the flag enumerators cannot be bit-masked together "
+"to enable or disable multiple flags at once. Flags can also be enabled by "
+"setting the corresponding member to [code]true[/code]. See [enum Flags] "
+"enumerator for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Texture] to be used by the specified [enum TextureParam]. This "
+"function is called when setting members ending in [code]*_texture[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:61
+msgid "The material's base color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Texture to multiply by [member albedo_color]. Used for basic texturing of "
+"objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:67
+msgid "The strength of the anisotropy effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], anisotropy is enabled. Changes the shape of the "
+"specular blob and aligns it to tangent space. Mesh tangents are needed for "
+"this to work. If the mesh does not contain tangents the anisotropy effect "
+"will appear broken."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:73
+msgid "Texture that offsets the tangent map for anisotropy calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], ambient occlusion is enabled. Ambient occlusion "
+"darkens areas based on the [member ao_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Amount that ambient occlusion affects lighting from lights. If [code]0[/"
+"code], ambient occlusion only affects ambient light. If [code]1[/code], "
+"ambient occlusion affects lights just as much as it affects ambient light. "
+"This can be used to impact the strength of the ambient occlusion effect, but "
+"typically looks unrealistic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], use [code]UV2[/code] coordinates to look up from the "
+"[member ao_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Texture that defines the amount of ambient occlusion for a given point on "
+"the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:88 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the channel of the [member ao_texture] in which the ambient "
+"occlusion information is stored. This is useful when you store the "
+"information for multiple effects in a single texture. For example if you "
+"stored metallic in the red channel, roughness in the blue, and ambient "
+"occlusion in the green you could reduce the number of textures you use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Sets the strength of the clearcoat effect. Setting to [code]0[/code] looks "
+"the same as disabling the clearcoat effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], clearcoat rendering is enabled. Adds a secondary "
+"transparent pass to the lighting calculation resulting in an added specular "
+"blob. This makes materials appear as if they have a clear layer on them that "
+"can be either glossy or rough.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Clearcoat rendering is not visible if the material has [member "
+"flags_unshaded] set to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Sets the roughness of the clearcoat pass. A higher value results in a "
+"smoother clearcoat while a lower value results in a rougher clearcoat."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Texture that defines the strength of the clearcoat effect and the glossiness "
+"of the clearcoat. Strength is specified in the red channel while glossiness "
+"is specified in the green channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the shader will read depth texture at multiple points "
+"along the view ray to determine occlusion and parrallax. This can be very "
+"performance demanding, but results in more realistic looking depth mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], depth mapping is enabled (also called \"parallax "
+"mapping\" or \"height mapping\"). See also [member normal_enabled].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Depth mapping is not supported if triplanar mapping is used on "
+"the same material. The value of [member depth_enabled] will be ignored if "
+"[member uv1_triplanar] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], direction of the binormal is flipped before using in "
+"the depth effect. This may be necessary if you have encoded your binormals "
+"in a way that is conflicting with the depth effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], direction of the tangent is flipped before using in "
+"the depth effect. This may be necessary if you have encoded your tangents in "
+"a way that is conflicting with the depth effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Number of layers to use when using [member depth_deep_parallax] and the view "
+"direction is perpendicular to the surface of the object. A higher number "
+"will be more performance demanding while a lower number may not look as "
+"crisp."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Number of layers to use when using [member depth_deep_parallax] and the view "
+"direction is parallel to the surface of the object. A higher number will be "
+"more performance demanding while a lower number may not look as crisp."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Scales the depth offset effect. A higher number will create a larger depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to determine depth at a given pixel. Depth is always stored in "
+"the red channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:129
+msgid "Texture that specifies the color of the detail overlay."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Specifies how the [member detail_albedo] should blend with the current "
+"[code]ALBEDO[/code]. See [enum BlendMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the detail overlay. Detail is a second texture "
+"that gets mixed over the surface of the object based on [member "
+"detail_mask]. This can be used to add variation to objects, or to blend "
+"between two different albedo/normal textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to specify how the detail textures get blended with the base "
+"textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Texture that specifies the per-pixel normal of the detail overlay.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"Specifies whether to use [code]UV[/code] or [code]UV2[/code] for the detail "
+"layer. See [enum DetailUV] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:148
+msgid ""
+"Distance at which the object appears fully opaque.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code] is less than "
+"[code]distance_fade_min_distance[/code], the behavior will be reversed. The "
+"object will start to fade away at [code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code] "
+"and will fully disappear once it reaches [code]distance_fade_min_distance[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Distance at which the object starts to become visible. If the object is less "
+"than this distance away, it will be invisible.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If [code]distance_fade_min_distance[/code] is greater than "
+"[code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code], the behavior will be reversed. The "
+"object will start to fade away at [code]distance_fade_max_distance[/code] "
+"and will fully disappear once it reaches [code]distance_fade_min_distance[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Specifies which type of fade to use. Can be any of the [enum "
+"DistanceFadeMode]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:159
+msgid "The emitted light's color. See [member emission_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the body emits light. Emitting light makes the object "
+"appear brighter. The object can also cast light on other objects if a "
+"[GIProbe] or [BakedLightmap] is used and this object is used in baked "
+"lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:165
+msgid "The emitted light's strength. See [member emission_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:168
+msgid "Use [code]UV2[/code] to read from the [member emission_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Sets how [member emission] interacts with [member emission_texture]. Can "
+"either add or multiply. See [enum EmissionOperator] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:174
+msgid "Texture that specifies how much surface emits light at a given point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:177
+msgid ""
+"Forces a conversion of the [member albedo_texture] from sRGB space to linear "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:180
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object receives no ambient light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:183
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the object receives no shadow that would otherwise be "
+"cast onto it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the shader will compute extra operations to make sure "
+"the normal stays correct when using a non-uniform scale. Only enable if "
+"using non-uniform scaling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the object is rendered at the same size regardless of "
+"distance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], depth testing is disabled and the object will be drawn "
+"in render order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], transparency is enabled on the body. See also [member "
+"params_blend_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:198
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the object is unaffected by lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], render point size can be changed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is only effective for objects whose geometry is point-"
+"based rather than triangle-based. See also [member params_point_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the \"shadow to opacity\" render mode where "
+"lighting modifies the alpha so shadowed areas are opaque and non-shadowed "
+"areas are transparent. Useful for overlaying shadows onto a camera feed in "
+"AR."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], lighting is calculated per vertex rather than per "
+"pixel. This may increase performance on low-end devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], triplanar mapping is calculated in world space rather "
+"than object local space. See also [member uv1_triplanar]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:214
+msgid ""
+"A high value makes the material appear more like a metal. Non-metals use "
+"their albedo as the diffuse color and add diffuse to the specular "
+"reflection. With non-metals, the reflection appears on top of the albedo "
+"color. Metals use their albedo as a multiplier to the specular reflection "
+"and set the diffuse color to black resulting in a tinted reflection. "
+"Materials work better when fully metal or fully non-metal, values between "
+"[code]0[/code] and [code]1[/code] should only be used for blending between "
+"metal and non-metal sections. To alter the amount of reflection use [member "
+"roughness]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the specular lobe. The specular lobe is the bright spot "
+"that is reflected from light sources.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike [member metallic], this is not energy-conserving, so it "
+"should be left at [code]0.5[/code] in most cases. See also [member "
+"roughness]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:221
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to specify metallic for an object. This is multiplied by "
+"[member metallic]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the channel of the [member metallic_texture] in which the metallic "
+"information is stored. This is useful when you store the information for "
+"multiple effects in a single texture. For example if you stored metallic in "
+"the red channel, roughness in the blue, and ambient occlusion in the green "
+"you could reduce the number of textures you use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:227
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], normal mapping is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:230
+msgid "The strength of the normal map's effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to specify the normal at a given pixel. The "
+"[code]normal_texture[/code] only uses the red and green channels; the blue "
+"and alpha channels are ignored. The normal read from [code]normal_texture[/"
+"code] is oriented around the surface normal provided by the [Mesh].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The mesh must have both normals and tangents defined in its "
+"vertex data. Otherwise, the normal map won't render correctly and will only "
+"appear to darken the whole surface. If creating geometry with [SurfaceTool], "
+"you can use [method SurfaceTool.generate_normals] and [method SurfaceTool."
+"generate_tangents] to automatically generate normals and tangents "
+"respectively.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:238
+msgid "Threshold at which the alpha scissor will discard values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. "
+"Otherwise the scale is lost when billboarding. Only applies when [member "
+"params_billboard_mode] is [constant BILLBOARD_ENABLED]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"Controls how the object faces the camera. See [enum BillboardMode].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Billboard mode is not suitable for VR because the left-right "
+"vector of the camera is not horizontal when the screen is attached to your "
+"head instead of on the table. See [url=https://github.com/godotengine/godot/"
+"issues/41567]GitHub issue #41567[/url] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:248
+msgid ""
+"The material's blend mode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Values other than [code]Mix[/code] force the object into the "
+"transparent pipeline. See [enum BlendMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"Which side of the object is not drawn when backfaces are rendered. See [enum "
+"CullMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"Determines when depth rendering takes place. See [enum DepthDrawMode]. See "
+"also [member flags_transparent]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"The algorithm used for diffuse light scattering. See [enum DiffuseMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables the vertex grow setting. See [member "
+"params_grow_amount]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:264
+msgid "Grows object vertices in the direction of their normals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:267
+msgid "Currently unimplemented in Godot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:270
+msgid "The point size in pixels. See [member flags_use_point_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:273
+msgid "The method for rendering the specular blob. See [enum SpecularMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:276
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the shader will discard all pixels that have an alpha "
+"value less than [member params_alpha_scissor_threshold]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:279
+msgid ""
+"The number of horizontal frames in the particle sprite sheet. Only enabled "
+"when using [constant BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. See [member "
+"params_billboard_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], particle animations are looped. Only enabled when "
+"using [constant BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. See [member params_billboard_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:285
+msgid ""
+"The number of vertical frames in the particle sprite sheet. Only enabled "
+"when using [constant BILLBOARD_PARTICLES]. See [member "
+"params_billboard_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Distance over which the fade effect takes place. The larger the distance the "
+"longer it takes for an object to fade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the proximity fade effect is enabled. The proximity "
+"fade effect fades out each pixel based on its distance to another object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the refraction effect is enabled. Refraction distorts "
+"transparency based on light from behind the object. When using the GLES3 "
+"backend, the material's roughness value will affect the blurriness of the "
+"refraction. Higher roughness values will make the refraction look blurrier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:297
+msgid ""
+"The strength of the refraction effect. Higher values result in a more "
+"distorted appearance for the refraction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"Texture that controls the strength of the refraction per-pixel. Multiplied "
+"by [member refraction_scale]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the channel of the [member refraction_texture] in which the "
+"refraction information is stored. This is useful when you store the "
+"information for multiple effects in a single texture. For example if you "
+"stored metallic in the red channel, roughness in the blue, and ambient "
+"occlusion in the green you could reduce the number of textures you use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:306
+msgid "Sets the strength of the rim lighting effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:309
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], rim effect is enabled. Rim lighting increases the "
+"brightness at glancing angles on an object.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Rim lighting is not visible if the material has [member "
+"flags_unshaded] set to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to set the strength of the rim lighting effect per-pixel. "
+"Multiplied by [member rim]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:316
+msgid ""
+"The amount of to blend light and albedo color when rendering rim effect. If "
+"[code]0[/code] the light color is used, while [code]1[/code] means albedo "
+"color is used. An intermediate value generally works best."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Surface reflection. A value of [code]0[/code] represents a perfect mirror "
+"while a value of [code]1[/code] completely blurs the reflection. See also "
+"[member metallic]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:322
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to control the roughness per-pixel. Multiplied by [member "
+"roughness]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:328
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], subsurface scattering is enabled. Emulates light that "
+"penetrates an object's surface, is scattered, and then emerges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:331
+msgid "The strength of the subsurface scattering effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to control the subsurface scattering strength. Stored in the "
+"red texture channel. Multiplied by [member subsurf_scatter_strength]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:337
+msgid ""
+"The color used by the transmission effect. Represents the light passing "
+"through an object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:340
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the transmission effect is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:343
+msgid ""
+"Texture used to control the transmission effect per-pixel. Added to [member "
+"transmission]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:346
+msgid ""
+"How much to offset the [code]UV[/code] coordinates. This amount will be "
+"added to [code]UV[/code] in the vertex function. This can be used to offset "
+"a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:349
+msgid ""
+"How much to scale the [code]UV[/code] coordinates. This is multiplied by "
+"[code]UV[/code] in the vertex function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:352
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], instead of using [code]UV[/code] textures will use a "
+"triplanar texture lookup to determine how to apply textures. Triplanar uses "
+"the orientation of the object's surface to blend between texture "
+"coordinates. It reads from the source texture 3 times, once for each axis "
+"and then blends between the results based on how closely the pixel aligns "
+"with each axis. This is often used for natural features to get a realistic "
+"blend of materials. Because triplanar texturing requires many more texture "
+"reads per-pixel it is much slower than normal UV texturing. Additionally, "
+"because it is blending the texture between the three axes, it is unsuitable "
+"when you are trying to achieve crisp texturing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:355 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:367
+msgid ""
+"A lower number blends the texture more softly while a higher number blends "
+"the texture more sharply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:358
+msgid ""
+"How much to offset the [code]UV2[/code] coordinates. This amount will be "
+"added to [code]UV2[/code] in the vertex function. This can be used to offset "
+"a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:361
+msgid ""
+"How much to scale the [code]UV2[/code] coordinates. This is multiplied by "
+"[code]UV2[/code] in the vertex function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:364
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], instead of using [code]UV2[/code] textures will use a "
+"triplanar texture lookup to determine how to apply textures. Triplanar uses "
+"the orientation of the object's surface to blend between texture "
+"coordinates. It reads from the source texture 3 times, once for each axis "
+"and then blends between the results based on how closely the pixel aligns "
+"with each axis. This is often used for natural features to get a realistic "
+"blend of materials. Because triplanar texturing requires many more texture "
+"reads per-pixel it is much slower than normal UV texturing. Additionally, "
+"because it is blending the texture between the three axes, it is unsuitable "
+"when you are trying to achieve crisp texturing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:370
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the model's vertex colors are processed as sRGB mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:373
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the vertex color is used as albedo color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:378
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:381
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel metallic value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:384
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel roughness value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:387
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel emission color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:390
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel normal vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:393
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel rim value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:396
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel clearcoat value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:399
+msgid ""
+"Texture specifying per-pixel flowmap direction for use with [member "
+"anisotropy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:402
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel ambient occlusion value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:405
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:408
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel subsurface scattering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:411
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel transmission color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:414
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel refraction strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:417
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel detail mask blending value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:420
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel detail color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:423
+msgid "Texture specifying per-pixel detail normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:426
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum TextureParam] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:429
+msgid "Use [code]UV[/code] with the detail texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:432
+msgid "Use [code]UV2[/code] with the detail texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:435
+msgid "Constant for setting [member flags_transparent]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:438
+msgid "Constant for setting [member emission_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:441
+msgid "Constant for setting [member normal_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:444
+msgid "Constant for setting [member rim_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:447
+msgid "Constant for setting [member clearcoat_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:450
+msgid "Constant for setting [member anisotropy_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:453
+msgid "Constant for setting [member ao_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:456
+msgid "Constant for setting [member depth_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:459
+msgid "Constant for setting [member subsurf_scatter_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:462
+msgid "Constant for setting [member transmission_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:465
+msgid "Constant for setting [member refraction_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:468
+msgid "Constant for setting [member detail_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:474
+msgid ""
+"Default blend mode. The color of the object is blended over the background "
+"based on the object's alpha value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:477
+msgid "The color of the object is added to the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:480
+msgid "The color of the object is subtracted from the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:483
+msgid "The color of the object is multiplied by the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:486
+msgid "Default depth draw mode. Depth is drawn only for opaque objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:489
+msgid "Depth draw is calculated for both opaque and transparent objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:492
+msgid "No depth draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:495
+msgid ""
+"For transparent objects, an opaque pass is made first with the opaque parts, "
+"then transparency is drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:498
+msgid "Default cull mode. The back of the object is culled when not visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:501
+msgid "The front of the object is culled when not visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:504
+msgid "No culling is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:507
+msgid ""
+"No lighting is used on the object. Color comes directly from [code]ALBEDO[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:510
+msgid ""
+"Lighting is calculated per-vertex rather than per-pixel. This can be used to "
+"increase the speed of the shader at the cost of quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:513
+msgid ""
+"Disables the depth test, so this object is drawn on top of all others. "
+"However, objects drawn after it in the draw order may cover it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:516
+msgid "Set [code]ALBEDO[/code] to the per-vertex color specified in the mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:519
+msgid ""
+"Vertex color is in sRGB space and needs to be converted to linear. Only "
+"applies in the GLES3 renderer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:522
+msgid ""
+"Uses point size to alter the size of primitive points. Also changes the "
+"albedo texture lookup to use [code]POINT_COORD[/code] instead of [code]UV[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:525
+msgid ""
+"Object is scaled by depth so that it always appears the same size on screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:528
+msgid ""
+"Shader will keep the scale set for the mesh. Otherwise the scale is lost "
+"when billboarding. Only applies when [member params_billboard_mode] is "
+"[constant BILLBOARD_ENABLED]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:531
+msgid ""
+"Use triplanar texture lookup for all texture lookups that would normally use "
+"[code]UV[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:534
+msgid ""
+"Use triplanar texture lookup for all texture lookups that would normally use "
+"[code]UV2[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:537
+msgid ""
+"Use [code]UV2[/code] coordinates to look up from the [member ao_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:540
+msgid ""
+"Use [code]UV2[/code] coordinates to look up from the [member "
+"emission_texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:543
+msgid "Use alpha scissor. Set by [member params_use_alpha_scissor]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:546
+msgid ""
+"Use world coordinates in the triplanar texture lookup instead of local "
+"coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:549
+msgid "Forces the shader to convert albedo from sRGB space to linear space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:552
+msgid "Disables receiving shadows from other objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:555
+msgid "Disables receiving ambient light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:558
+msgid "Ensures that normals appear correct, even with non-uniform scaling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:561
+msgid "Enables the shadow to opacity feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:567
+msgid "Default diffuse scattering algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:570
+msgid "Diffuse scattering ignores roughness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:573
+msgid "Extends Lambert to cover more than 90 degrees when roughness increases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:576
+msgid "Attempts to use roughness to emulate microsurfacing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:579
+msgid "Uses a hard cut for lighting, with smoothing affected by roughness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:582
+msgid "Default specular blob."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:585 doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:588
+msgid "Older specular algorithm, included for compatibility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:591
+msgid "Toon blob which changes size based on roughness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:594
+msgid "No specular blob."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:597
+msgid "Billboard mode is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:600
+msgid "The object's Z axis will always face the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:603
+msgid "The object's X axis will always face the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:606
+msgid ""
+"Used for particle systems when assigned to [Particles] and [CPUParticles] "
+"nodes. Enables [code]particles_anim_*[/code] properties.\n"
+"The [member ParticlesMaterial.anim_speed] or [member CPUParticles."
+"anim_speed] should also be set to a positive value for the animation to play."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:610
+msgid "Used to read from the red channel of a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:613
+msgid "Used to read from the green channel of a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:616
+msgid "Used to read from the blue channel of a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:619
+msgid "Used to read from the alpha channel of a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:625
+msgid "Adds the emission color to the color from the emission texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:628
+msgid "Multiplies the emission color by the color from the emission texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:631
+msgid "Do not use distance fade."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:634
+msgid ""
+"Smoothly fades the object out based on each pixel's distance from the camera "
+"using the alpha channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:637
+msgid ""
+"Smoothly fades the object out based on each pixel's distance from the camera "
+"using a dither approach. Dithering discards pixels based on a set pattern to "
+"smoothly fade without enabling transparency. On certain hardware this can be "
+"faster than [constant DISTANCE_FADE_PIXEL_ALPHA]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpatialMaterial.xml:640
+msgid ""
+"Smoothly fades the object out based on the object's distance from the camera "
+"using a dither approach. Dithering discards pixels based on a set pattern to "
+"smoothly fade without enabling transparency. On certain hardware this can be "
+"faster than [constant DISTANCE_FADE_PIXEL_ALPHA]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:4 doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:7
+msgid "Class representing a spherical [PrimitiveMesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:15
+msgid "Full height of the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], a hemisphere is created rather than a full sphere.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To get a regular hemisphere, the height and radius of the "
+"sphere must be equal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:22
+msgid "Number of radial segments on the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:25
+msgid "Radius of sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereMesh.xml:28
+msgid "Number of segments along the height of the sphere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:4
+msgid "Sphere shape for 3D collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Sphere shape for 3D collisions, which can be set into a [PhysicsBody] or "
+"[Area]. This shape is useful for modeling sphere-like 3D objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SphereShape.xml:16
+msgid "The sphere's radius. The shape's diameter is double the radius."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:4
+msgid "Numerical input text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"SpinBox is a numerical input text field. It allows entering integers and "
+"floats.\n"
+"[b]Example:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var spin_box = SpinBox.new()\n"
+"add_child(spin_box)\n"
+"var line_edit = spin_box.get_line_edit()\n"
+"line_edit.context_menu_enabled = false\n"
+"spin_box.align = LineEdit.ALIGN_RIGHT\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The above code will create a [SpinBox], disable context menu on it and set "
+"the text alignment to right.\n"
+"See [Range] class for more options over the [SpinBox].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [SpinBox] relies on an underlying [LineEdit] node. To theme a "
+"[SpinBox]'s background, add theme items for [LineEdit] and customize them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:26
+msgid "Applies the current value of this [SpinBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [LineEdit] instance from this [SpinBox]. You can use it to "
+"access properties and methods of [LineEdit].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:39
+msgid "Sets the text alignment of the [SpinBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [SpinBox] will be editable. Otherwise, it will be "
+"read only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Adds the specified [code]prefix[/code] string before the numerical value of "
+"the [SpinBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Adds the specified [code]suffix[/code] string after the numerical value of "
+"the [SpinBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpinBox.xml:55
+msgid "Sets a custom [Texture] for up and down arrows of the [SpinBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Container for splitting and adjusting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Container for splitting two [Control]s vertically or horizontally, with a "
+"grabber that allows adjusting the split offset or ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Clamps the [member split_offset] value to not go outside the currently "
+"possible minimal and maximum values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the area of the first [Control] will be collapsed and "
+"the dragger will be disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Determines the dragger's visibility. See [enum DraggerVisibility] for "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The initial offset of the splitting between the two [Control]s, with "
+"[code]0[/code] being at the end of the first [Control]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:34
+msgid "Emitted when the dragger is dragged by user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:40
+msgid "The split dragger is visible when the cursor hovers it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:43
+msgid "The split dragger is never visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SplitContainer.xml:46
+msgid "The split dragger is never visible and its space collapsed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:4
+msgid "A spotlight, such as a reflector spotlight or a lantern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Spotlight is a type of [Light] node that emits lights in a specific "
+"direction, in the shape of a cone. The light is attenuated through the "
+"distance. This attenuation can be configured by changing the energy, radius "
+"and attenuation parameters of [Light].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] By default, only 32 SpotLights may affect a single mesh "
+"[i]resource[/i] at once. Consider splitting your level into several meshes "
+"to decrease the likelihood that more than 32 lights will affect the same "
+"mesh resource. Splitting the level mesh will also improve frustum culling "
+"effectiveness, leading to greater performance. If you need to use more "
+"lights per mesh, you can increase [member ProjectSettings.rendering/limits/"
+"rendering/max_lights_per_object] at the cost of shader compilation times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:18
+msgid "The spotlight's angle in degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:21
+msgid "The spotlight's angular attenuation curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:24
+msgid "The spotlight's light energy attenuation curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpotLight.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The maximal range that can be reached by the spotlight. Note that the "
+"effectively lit area may appear to be smaller depending on the [member "
+"spot_attenuation] in use. No matter the [member spot_attenuation] in use, "
+"the light will never reach anything outside this range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:4
+msgid "A helper node, mostly used in 3rd person cameras."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The SpringArm node is a node that casts a ray (or collision shape) along its "
+"z axis and moves all its direct children to the collision point, minus a "
+"margin.\n"
+"The most common use case for this is to make a 3rd person camera that reacts "
+"to collisions in the environment.\n"
+"The SpringArm will either cast a ray, or if a shape is given, it will cast "
+"the shape in the direction of its z axis.\n"
+"If you use the SpringArm as a camera controller for your player, you might "
+"need to exclude the player's collider from the SpringArm's collision check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Adds the [PhysicsBody] object with the given [RID] to the list of "
+"[PhysicsBody] objects excluded from the collision check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Clears the list of [PhysicsBody] objects excluded from the collision check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:31
+msgid "Returns the spring arm's current length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Removes the given [RID] from the list of [PhysicsBody] objects excluded from "
+"the collision check."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The layers against which the collision check shall be done. See [url=https://"
+"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"When the collision check is made, a candidate length for the SpringArm is "
+"given.\n"
+"The margin is then subtracted to this length and the translation is applied "
+"to the child objects of the SpringArm.\n"
+"This margin is useful for when the SpringArm has a [Camera] as a child node: "
+"without the margin, the [Camera] would be placed on the exact point of "
+"collision, while with the margin the [Camera] would be placed close to the "
+"point of collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The [Shape] to use for the SpringArm.\n"
+"When the shape is set, the SpringArm will cast the [Shape] on its z axis "
+"instead of performing a ray cast."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpringArm.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The maximum extent of the SpringArm. This is used as a length for both the "
+"ray and the shape cast used internally to calculate the desired position of "
+"the SpringArm's child nodes.\n"
+"To know more about how to perform a shape cast or a ray cast, please consult "
+"the [PhysicsDirectSpaceState] documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:4
+msgid "General-purpose sprite node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A node that displays a 2D texture. The texture displayed can be a region "
+"from a larger atlas texture, or a frame from a sprite sheet animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Rect2] representing the Sprite's boundary in local coordinates. "
+"Can be used to detect if the Sprite was clicked. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _input(event):\n"
+" if event is InputEventMouseButton and event.pressed and event."
+"button_index == BUTTON_LEFT:\n"
+" if get_rect().has_point(to_local(event.position)):\n"
+" print(\"A click!\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code], if the pixel at the given position is opaque and "
+"[code]false[/code] in other case.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It also returns [code]false[/code], if the sprite's texture is "
+"[code]null[/code] or if the given position is invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:36
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], texture is centered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:45 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Current frame to display from sprite sheet. [member hframes] or [member "
+"vframes] must be greater than 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:48 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Coordinates of the frame to display from sprite sheet. This is as an alias "
+"for the [member frame] property. [member hframes] or [member vframes] must "
+"be greater than 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:51 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:21
+msgid "The number of columns in the sprite sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"The normal map gives depth to the Sprite.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], texture is cut from a larger atlas texture. See "
+"[member region_rect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:64
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the outermost pixels get blurred out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:67 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The region of the atlas texture to display. [member region_enabled] must be "
+"[code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:70
+msgid "[Texture] object to draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:73 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:33
+msgid "The number of rows in the sprite sheet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:79 doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:39
+msgid "Emitted when the [member frame] changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite.xml:84
+msgid "Emitted when the [member texture] changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:4
+msgid "2D sprite node in a 3D world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A node that displays a 2D texture in a 3D environment. The texture displayed "
+"can be a region from a larger atlas texture, or a frame from a sprite sheet "
+"animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], texture will be cut from a larger atlas texture. See "
+"[member region_rect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Sprite3D.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"[Texture] object to draw. If [member GeometryInstance.material_override] is "
+"used, this will be overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:4
+msgid "2D sprite node in 3D environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:7
+msgid "A node that displays 2D texture information in a 3D environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:27
+msgid "Returns the rectangle representing this sprite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:35
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the specified flag will be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:43
+msgid "The direction in which the front of the texture faces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], texture can be seen from the back as well, if "
+"[code]false[/code], it is invisible when looking at it from behind."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"A color value that gets multiplied on, could be used for mood-coloring or to "
+"simulate the color of light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The objects' visibility on a scale from [code]0[/code] fully invisible to "
+"[code]1[/code] fully visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:69
+msgid "The size of one pixel's width on the sprite to scale it in 3D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [Light] in the [Environment] has effects on the "
+"sprite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture's transparency and the opacity are used to "
+"make those parts of the sprite invisible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"If set, the texture's transparency and the opacity are used to make those "
+"parts of the sprite invisible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:83
+msgid "If set, lights in the environment affect the sprite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"If set, texture can be seen from the back as well, if not, it is invisible "
+"when looking at it from behind."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteBase3D.xml:89
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum DrawFlags] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:4
+msgid "Sprite frame library for AnimatedSprite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Sprite frame library for [AnimatedSprite]. Contains frames and animation "
+"data for playback.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You can associate a set of normal maps by creating additional "
+"[SpriteFrames] resources with a [code]_normal[/code] suffix. For example, "
+"having 2 [SpriteFrames] resources [code]run[/code] and [code]run_normal[/"
+"code] will make it so the [code]run[/code] animation uses the normal map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:17
+msgid "Adds a new animation to the library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:26
+msgid "Adds a frame to the given animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:33
+msgid "Removes all frames from the given animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:39
+msgid "Removes all animations. A \"default\" animation will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given animation is configured to loop when "
+"it finishes playing. Otherwise, returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array containing the names associated to each animation. Values "
+"are placed in alphabetical order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:59 doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:120
+msgid "The animation's speed in frames per second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:67
+msgid "Returns the animation's selected frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:74
+msgid "Returns the number of frames in the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:81
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the named animation exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:88
+msgid "Removes the given animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:96
+msgid "Removes the animation's selected frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:104
+msgid "Changes the animation's name to [code]newname[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:112
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the animation will loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:129
+msgid "Sets the texture of the given frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SpriteFrames.xml:135
+msgid "Compatibility property, always equals to an empty array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:4
+msgid "Static body for 3D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Static body for 3D physics. A static body is a simple body that is not "
+"intended to move. In contrast to [RigidBody], they don't consume any CPU "
+"resources as long as they don't move.\n"
+"Additionally, a constant linear or angular velocity can be set for the "
+"static body, so even if it doesn't move, it affects other bodies as if it "
+"was moving (this is useful for simulating conveyor belts or conveyor wheels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but "
+"affects other bodies that touch it, as if it was in a state of rotation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but "
+"affects other bodies that touch it, as if it was in a state of movement."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"The body's friction, from 0 (frictionless) to 1 (full friction).\n"
+"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member "
+"physics_material_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:4
+msgid "Static body for 2D physics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Static body for 2D physics. A StaticBody2D is a body that is not intended to "
+"move. It is ideal for implementing objects in the environment, such as walls "
+"or platforms.\n"
+"Additionally, a constant linear or angular velocity can be set for the "
+"static body, which will affect colliding bodies as if it were moving (for "
+"example, a conveyor belt)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"The body's constant angular velocity. This does not rotate the body, but "
+"affects colliding bodies, as if it were rotating."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The body's constant linear velocity. This does not move the body, but "
+"affects colliding bodies, as if it were moving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StaticBody2D.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"The body's friction. Values range from [code]0[/code] (no friction) to "
+"[code]1[/code] (full friction).\n"
+"Deprecated, use [member PhysicsMaterial.friction] instead via [member "
+"physics_material_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:4
+msgid "Abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"StreamPeer is an abstraction and base class for stream-based protocols (such "
+"as TCP). It provides an API for sending and receiving data through streams "
+"as raw data or strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:15
+msgid "Gets a signed 16-bit value from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:21
+msgid "Gets a signed 32-bit value from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:27
+msgid "Gets a signed 64-bit value from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:33
+msgid "Gets a signed byte from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:39
+msgid "Returns the amount of bytes this [StreamPeer] has available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be "
+"received can be requested in the [code]bytes[/code] argument. If not enough "
+"bytes are available, the function will block until the desired amount is "
+"received. This function returns two values, an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] "
+"code and a data array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:52
+msgid "Gets a double-precision float from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:58
+msgid "Gets a single-precision float from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns a chunk data with the received bytes. The amount of bytes to be "
+"received can be requested in the \"bytes\" argument. If not enough bytes are "
+"available, the function will return how many were actually received. This "
+"function returns two values, an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] code, and a data "
+"array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Gets a string with byte-length [code]bytes[/code] from the stream. If "
+"[code]bytes[/code] is negative (default) the length will be read from the "
+"stream using the reverse process of [method put_string]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:78
+msgid "Gets an unsigned 16-bit value from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:84
+msgid "Gets an unsigned 32-bit value from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:90
+msgid "Gets an unsigned 64-bit value from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:96
+msgid "Gets an unsigned byte from the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Gets an UTF-8 string with byte-length [code]bytes[/code] from the stream "
+"(this decodes the string sent as UTF-8). If [code]bytes[/code] is negative "
+"(default) the length will be read from the stream using the reverse process "
+"of [method put_utf8_string]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Gets a Variant from the stream. If [code]allow_objects[/code] is [code]true[/"
+"code], decoding objects is allowed.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] Deserialized objects can contain code which gets executed. "
+"Do not use this option if the serialized object comes from untrusted sources "
+"to avoid potential security threats such as remote code execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:118
+msgid "Puts a signed 16-bit value into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:125
+msgid "Puts a signed 32-bit value into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:132
+msgid "Puts a signed 64-bit value into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:139
+msgid "Puts a signed byte into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Sends a chunk of data through the connection, blocking if necessary until "
+"the data is done sending. This function returns an [enum @GlobalScope.Error] "
+"code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:153
+msgid "Puts a double-precision float into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:160
+msgid "Puts a single-precision float into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Sends a chunk of data through the connection. If all the data could not be "
+"sent at once, only part of it will. This function returns two values, an "
+"[enum @GlobalScope.Error] code and an integer, describing how much data was "
+"actually sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"Puts a zero-terminated ASCII string into the stream prepended by a 32-bit "
+"unsigned integer representing its size.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To put an ASCII string without prepending its size, you can use "
+"[method put_data]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"put_data(\"Hello world\".to_ascii())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:185
+msgid "Puts an unsigned 16-bit value into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:192
+msgid "Puts an unsigned 32-bit value into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:199
+msgid "Puts an unsigned 64-bit value into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:206
+msgid "Puts an unsigned byte into the stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"Puts a zero-terminated UTF-8 string into the stream prepended by a 32 bits "
+"unsigned integer representing its size.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To put an UTF-8 string without prepending its size, you can use "
+"[method put_data]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"put_data(\"Hello world\".to_utf8())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Puts a Variant into the stream. If [code]full_objects[/code] is [code]true[/"
+"code] encoding objects is allowed (and can potentially include code)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeer.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this [StreamPeer] will using big-endian format for "
+"encoding and decoding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:4
+msgid "SSL stream peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"SSL stream peer. This object can be used to connect to an SSL server or "
+"accept a single SSL client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Accepts a peer connection as a server using the given [code]private_key[/"
+"code] and providing the given [code]certificate[/code] to the client. You "
+"can pass the optional [code]chain[/code] parameter to provide additional CA "
+"chain information along with the certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Connects to a peer using an underlying [StreamPeer] [code]stream[/code]. If "
+"[code]validate_certs[/code] is [code]true[/code], [StreamPeerSSL] will "
+"validate that the certificate presented by the peer matches the "
+"[code]for_hostname[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [code]valid_certificate[/code] is not "
+"supported in HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:37 doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:23
+msgid "Disconnects from host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Poll the connection to check for incoming bytes. Call this right before "
+"[method StreamPeer.get_available_bytes] for it to work properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:59
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] that is disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:62
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] during handshaking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:65
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] that is connected to a host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:68
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerSSL] in error state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerSSL.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"An error status that shows a mismatch in the SSL certificate domain "
+"presented by the host and the domain requested for validation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:4
+msgid "TCP stream peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"TCP stream peer. This object can be used to connect to TCP servers, or also "
+"is returned by a TCP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Connects to the specified [code]host:port[/code] pair. A hostname will be "
+"resolved if valid. Returns [constant OK] on success or [constant FAILED] on "
+"failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:29
+msgid "Returns the IP of this peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:35
+msgid "Returns the port of this peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:41
+msgid "Returns the status of the connection, see [enum Status]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this peer is currently connected or is "
+"connecting to a host, [code]false[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], packets will be sent "
+"immediately. If [code]enabled[/code] is [code]false[/code] (the default), "
+"packet transfers will be delayed and combined using [url=https://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Nagle%27s_algorithm]Nagle's algorithm[/url].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It's recommended to leave this disabled for applications that "
+"send large packets or need to transfer a lot of data, as enabling this can "
+"decrease the total available bandwidth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"The initial status of the [StreamPeerTCP]. This is also the status after "
+"disconnecting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:64
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] that is connecting to a host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:67
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] that is connected to a host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamPeerTCP.xml:70
+msgid "A status representing a [StreamPeerTCP] in error state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:4
+msgid "A [code].stex[/code] texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:7
+msgid "A texture that is loaded from a [code].stex[/code] file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:16
+msgid "Loads the texture from the given path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StreamTexture.xml:23
+msgid "The StreamTexture's file path to a [code].stex[/code] file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:4
+msgid "Built-in string class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in string class (and the one used by GDScript). It "
+"supports Unicode and provides all necessary means for string handling. "
+"Strings are reference-counted and use a copy-on-write approach, so passing "
+"them around is cheap in resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/gdscript/"
+"gdscript_format_string.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:17
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [bool]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:24
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [int]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:31
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [float]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:38
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Vector2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:45
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Rect2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:52
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Vector3]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:59
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:66
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Plane]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:73
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Quat]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:80
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [AABB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:87
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Basis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:94
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:101
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:108
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [NodePath]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:115
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [RID]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:122
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Dictionary]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:129
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:136
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolByteArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:143
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolIntArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:150
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolRealArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:157
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolStringArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:164
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolVector2Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:171
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolVector3Array]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:178
+msgid "Constructs a new String from the given [PoolColorArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:185
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the string begins with the given string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:191
+msgid "Returns the bigrams (pairs of consecutive letters) of this string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the C "
+"language standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with escaped characters replaced by their "
+"meanings. Supported escape sequences are [code]\\'[/code], [code]\\\"[/"
+"code], [code]\\?[/code], [code]\\\\[/code], [code]\\a[/code], [code]\\b[/"
+"code], [code]\\f[/code], [code]\\n[/code], [code]\\r[/code], [code]\\t[/"
+"code], [code]\\v[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Unlike the GDScript parser, this method doesn't support the "
+"[code]\\uXXXX[/code] escape sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"Changes the case of some letters. Replaces underscores with spaces, adds "
+"spaces before in-word uppercase characters, converts all letters to "
+"lowercase, then capitalizes the first letter and every letter following a "
+"space character. For [code]capitalize camelCase mixed_with_underscores[/"
+"code], it will return [code]Capitalize Camel Case Mixed With Underscores[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:217
+msgid ""
+"Performs a case-sensitive comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/"
+"code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if "
+"equal. \"less than\" or \"greater than\" are determined by the [url=https://"
+"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] "
+"of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order.\n"
+"[b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "
+"\"base\" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] "
+"if the \"base\" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in "
+"mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/"
+"i] the actual visible characters.\n"
+"[b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the \"base\" "
+"string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or "
+"[code]0[/code] if both strings are empty.\n"
+"To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] "
+"operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] between "
+"[code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If [code]from[/code] and "
+"[code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be used. If only [code]to[/"
+"code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:238
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of occurrences of substring [code]what[/code] (ignoring "
+"case) between [code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] positions. If "
+"[code]from[/code] and [code]to[/code] equals 0 the whole string will be "
+"used. If only [code]to[/code] equals 0 the remained substring will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with indentation (leading tabs and spaces) "
+"removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the length of the string equals [code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:257
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the string ends with the given string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:264
+msgid ""
+"Erases [code]chars[/code] characters from the string starting from "
+"[code]position[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"Finds the first occurrence of a substring. Returns the starting position of "
+"the substring or [code]-1[/code] if not found. Optionally, the initial "
+"search index can be passed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If you just want to know whether a string contains a substring, "
+"use the [code]in[/code] operator as follows:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Will evaluate to `false`.\n"
+"if \"i\" in \"team\":\n"
+" pass\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:285
+msgid ""
+"Finds the last occurrence of a substring. Returns the starting position of "
+"the substring or [code]-1[/code] if not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:293
+msgid ""
+"Finds the first occurrence of a substring, ignoring case. Returns the "
+"starting position of the substring or [code]-1[/code] if not found. "
+"Optionally, the initial search index can be passed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"Formats the string by replacing all occurrences of [code]placeholder[/code] "
+"with [code]values[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:307
+msgid "If the string is a valid file path, returns the base directory name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"If the string is a valid file path, returns the full file path without the "
+"extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Returns the extension without the leading period character ([code].[/code]) "
+"if the string is a valid file name or path. If the string does not contain "
+"an extension, returns an empty string instead.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(\"/path/to/file.txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n"
+"print(\"file.txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n"
+"print(\"file.sample.txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n"
+"print(\".txt\".get_extension()) # \"txt\"\n"
+"print(\"file.txt.\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n"
+"print(\"file.txt..\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n"
+"print(\"txt\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n"
+"print(\"\".get_extension()) # \"\" (empty string)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:335
+msgid "If the string is a valid file path, returns the filename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:341
+msgid "Hashes the string and returns a 32-bit integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:347
+msgid ""
+"Converts a string containing a hexadecimal number into an integer. "
+"Hexadecimal strings are expected to be prefixed with \"[code]0x[/code]\" "
+"otherwise [code]0[/code] is returned.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(\"0xff\".hex_to_int()) # Print \"255\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:356
+msgid ""
+"Escapes (encodes) a string to URL friendly format. Also referred to as 'URL "
+"encode'.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(\"https://example.org/?escaped=\" + \"Godot Engine:'docs'\"."
+"http_escape())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:365
+msgid ""
+"Unescapes (decodes) a string in URL encoded format. Also referred to as 'URL "
+"decode'.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"print(\"https://example.org/?escaped=\" + \"Godot%20Engine%3A%27docs%27\"."
+"http_unescape())\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"Converts [code]size[/code] represented as number of bytes to human-readable "
+"format using internationalized set of data size units, namely: B, KiB, MiB, "
+"GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB. Note that the next smallest unit is picked automatically "
+"to hold at most 1024 units.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var bytes = 133790307\n"
+"var size = String.humanize_size(bytes)\n"
+"print(size) # prints \"127.5 MiB\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:388
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with the substring [code]what[/code] inserted "
+"at the given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:394
+msgid ""
+"If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if "
+"the path is absolute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"If the string is a path to a file or directory, returns [code]true[/code] if "
+"the path is relative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:407
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a subsequence of the given "
+"string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:414
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a subsequence of the given "
+"string, without considering case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:420
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is free from characters that aren't "
+"allowed in file names, those being:\n"
+"[code]: / \\ ? * \" | % < >[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:427
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid float."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:434
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid hexadecimal "
+"number. If [code]with_prefix[/code] is [code]true[/code], then a validity of "
+"the hexadecimal number is determined by [code]0x[/code] prefix, for "
+"instance: [code]0xDEADC0DE[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid color in "
+"hexadecimal HTML notation. Other HTML notations such as named colors or "
+"[code]hsl()[/code] colors aren't considered valid by this method and will "
+"return [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:446
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string is a valid identifier. A valid "
+"identifier may contain only letters, digits and underscores ([code]_[/code]) "
+"and the first character may not be a digit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:452
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains a valid integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:458
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this string contains only a well-formatted IPv4 "
+"or IPv6 address. This method considers [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Reserved_IP_addresses]reserved IP addresses[/url] such as [code]0.0.0.0[/"
+"code] as valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:464
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the JSON "
+"standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:471
+msgid "Returns a number of characters from the left of the string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:477
+msgid "Returns the string's amount of characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:484
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the left. The "
+"[code]chars[/code] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to "
+"be removed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a prefix. See [method "
+"trim_prefix] method that will remove a single prefix string rather than a "
+"set of characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:492
+msgid ""
+"Does a simple case-sensitive expression match, where [code]\"*\"[/code] "
+"matches zero or more arbitrary characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any "
+"single character except a period ([code]\".\"[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:499
+msgid ""
+"Does a simple case-insensitive expression match, where [code]\"*\"[/code] "
+"matches zero or more arbitrary characters and [code]\"?\"[/code] matches any "
+"single character except a period ([code]\".\"[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:505
+msgid "Returns the MD5 hash of the string as an array of bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:511
+msgid "Returns the MD5 hash of the string as a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:518
+msgid ""
+"Performs a case-insensitive [i]natural order[/i] comparison to another "
+"string. Returns [code]-1[/code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater "
+"than, or [code]0[/code] if equal. \"less than\" or \"greater than\" are "
+"determined by the [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] of each string, which "
+"roughly matches the alphabetical order. Internally, lowercase characters "
+"will be converted to uppercase during the comparison.\n"
+"When used for sorting, natural order comparison will order suites of numbers "
+"as expected by most people. If you sort the numbers from 1 to 10 using "
+"natural order, you will get [code][1, 2, 3, ...][/code] instead of [code][1, "
+"10, 2, 3, ...][/code].\n"
+"[b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "
+"\"base\" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] "
+"if the \"base\" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in "
+"mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/"
+"i] the actual visible characters.\n"
+"[b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the \"base\" "
+"string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or "
+"[code]0[/code] if both strings are empty.\n"
+"To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] "
+"operator instead. See also [method nocasecmp_to] and [method casecmp_to]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:529
+msgid ""
+"Performs a case-insensitive comparison to another string. Returns [code]-1[/"
+"code] if less than, [code]1[/code] if greater than, or [code]0[/code] if "
+"equal. \"less than\" or \"greater than\" are determined by the [url=https://"
+"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Unicode_characters]Unicode code points[/url] "
+"of each string, which roughly matches the alphabetical order. Internally, "
+"lowercase characters will be converted to uppercase during the comparison.\n"
+"[b]Behavior with different string lengths:[/b] Returns [code]1[/code] if the "
+"\"base\" string is longer than the [code]to[/code] string or [code]-1[/code] "
+"if the \"base\" string is shorter than the [code]to[/code] string. Keep in "
+"mind this length is determined by the number of Unicode codepoints, [i]not[/"
+"i] the actual visible characters.\n"
+"[b]Behavior with empty strings:[/b] Returns [code]-1[/code] if the \"base\" "
+"string is empty, [code]1[/code] if the [code]to[/code] string is empty or "
+"[code]0[/code] if both strings are empty.\n"
+"To get a boolean result from a string comparison, use the [code]==[/code] "
+"operator instead. See also [method casecmp_to]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:539
+msgid "Returns the character code at position [code]at[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:546
+msgid ""
+"Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] after the "
+"decimal point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:553
+msgid ""
+"Formats a number to have an exact number of [code]digits[/code] before the "
+"decimal point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:559
+msgid "Decode a percent-encoded string. See [method percent_encode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:565
+msgid ""
+"Percent-encodes a string. Encodes parameters in a URL when sending a HTTP "
+"GET request (and bodies of form-urlencoded POST requests)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:572
+msgid ""
+"If the string is a path, this concatenates [code]file[/code] at the end of "
+"the string as a subpath. E.g. [code]\"this/is\".plus_file(\"path\") == "
+"\"this/is/path\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:579
+msgid ""
+"Returns original string repeated a number of times. The number of "
+"repetitions is given by the argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:587
+msgid ""
+"Replaces occurrences of a case-sensitive substring with the given one inside "
+"the string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:595
+msgid ""
+"Replaces occurrences of a case-insensitive substring with the given one "
+"inside the string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:603
+msgid ""
+"Performs a case-sensitive search for a substring, but starts from the end of "
+"the string instead of the beginning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:611
+msgid ""
+"Performs a case-insensitive search for a substring, but starts from the end "
+"of the string instead of the beginning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:618
+msgid "Returns the right side of the string from a given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:627
+msgid ""
+"Splits the string by a [code]delimiter[/code] string and returns an array of "
+"the substrings, starting from right.\n"
+"The splits in the returned array are sorted in the same order as the "
+"original string, from left to right.\n"
+"If [code]maxsplit[/code] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do "
+"from the right up to [code]maxsplit[/code]. The default value of 0 means "
+"that all items are split, thus giving the same result as [method split].\n"
+"Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var some_string = \"One,Two,Three,Four\"\n"
+"var some_array = some_string.rsplit(\",\", true, 1)\n"
+"print(some_array.size()) # Prints 2\n"
+"print(some_array[0]) # Prints \"Four\"\n"
+"print(some_array[1]) # Prints \"Three,Two,One\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:644
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with characters removed from the right. The "
+"[code]chars[/code] argument is a string specifying the set of characters to "
+"be removed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [code]chars[/code] is not a suffix. See [method "
+"trim_suffix] method that will remove a single suffix string rather than a "
+"set of characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:651
+msgid "Returns the SHA-1 hash of the string as an array of bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:657
+msgid "Returns the SHA-1 hash of the string as a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:663
+msgid "Returns the SHA-256 hash of the string as an array of bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:669
+msgid "Returns the SHA-256 hash of the string as a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:676
+msgid ""
+"Returns the similarity index of the text compared to this string. 1 means "
+"totally similar and 0 means totally dissimilar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:682
+msgid "Returns a simplified canonical path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:691
+msgid ""
+"Splits the string by a [code]delimiter[/code] string and returns an array of "
+"the substrings. The [code]delimiter[/code] can be of any length.\n"
+"If [code]maxsplit[/code] is specified, it defines the number of splits to do "
+"from the left up to [code]maxsplit[/code]. The default value of [code]0[/"
+"code] means that all items are split.\n"
+"Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var some_string = \"One,Two,Three,Four\"\n"
+"var some_array = some_string.split(\",\", true, 1)\n"
+"print(some_array.size()) # Prints 2\n"
+"print(some_array[0]) # Prints \"One\"\n"
+"print(some_array[1]) # Prints \"Two,Three,Four\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"If you need to split strings with more complex rules, use the [RegEx] class "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:709
+msgid ""
+"Splits the string in floats by using a delimiter string and returns an array "
+"of the substrings.\n"
+"For example, [code]\"1,2.5,3\"[/code] will return [code][1,2.5,3][/code] if "
+"split by [code]\",\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:718
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string stripped of any non-printable character "
+"(including tabulations, spaces and line breaks) at the beginning and the "
+"end. The optional arguments are used to toggle stripping on the left and "
+"right edges respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string stripped of any escape character. These include "
+"all non-printable control characters of the first page of the ASCII table (< "
+"32), such as tabulation ([code]\\t[/code] in C) and newline ([code]\\n[/"
+"code] and [code]\\r[/code]) characters, but not spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:732
+msgid ""
+"Returns part of the string from the position [code]from[/code] with length "
+"[code]len[/code]. Argument [code]len[/code] is optional and using [code]-1[/"
+"code] will return remaining characters from given position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:738
+msgid ""
+"Converts the String (which is a character array) to [PoolByteArray] (which "
+"is an array of bytes). The conversion is faster compared to [method "
+"to_utf8], as this method assumes that all the characters in the String are "
+"ASCII characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:744
+msgid ""
+"Converts a string containing a decimal number into a [code]float[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:750
+msgid ""
+"Converts a string containing an integer number into an [code]int[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:756
+msgid "Returns the string converted to lowercase."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:762
+msgid "Returns the string converted to uppercase."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:768
+msgid ""
+"Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to [PoolByteArray] "
+"(which is an array of bytes). The conversion is a bit slower than [method "
+"to_ascii], but supports all UTF-8 characters. Therefore, you should prefer "
+"this function over [method to_ascii]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:774
+msgid ""
+"Converts the String (which is an array of characters) to [PoolByteArray] "
+"(which is an array of bytes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:781
+msgid ""
+"Removes a given string from the start if it starts with it or leaves the "
+"string unchanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:788
+msgid ""
+"Removes a given string from the end if it ends with it or leaves the string "
+"unchanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:794
+msgid ""
+"Removes any characters from the string that are prohibited in [Node] names "
+"([code].[/code] [code]:[/code] [code]@[/code] [code]/[/code] [code]\"[/"
+"code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:800
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with special characters escaped using the XML "
+"standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/String.xml:806
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the string with escaped characters replaced by their "
+"meanings according to the XML standard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for drawing stylized boxes for the UI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"StyleBox is [Resource] that provides an abstract base class for drawing "
+"stylized boxes for the UI. StyleBoxes are used for drawing the styles of "
+"buttons, line edit backgrounds, tree backgrounds, etc. and also for testing "
+"a transparency mask for pointer signals. If mask test fails on a StyleBox "
+"assigned as mask to a control, clicks and motion signals will go through it "
+"to the one below.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For children of [Control] that have [i]Theme Properties[/i], "
+"the [code]focus[/code] [StyleBox] is displayed over the [code]normal[/code], "
+"[code]hover[/code] or [code]pressed[/code] [StyleBox]. This makes the "
+"[code]focus[/code] [StyleBox] more reusable across different nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Draws this stylebox using a [CanvasItem] with given [RID].\n"
+"You can get a [RID] value using [method Object.get_instance_id] on a "
+"[CanvasItem]-derived node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:25
+msgid "Returns the size of this [StyleBox] without the margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [CanvasItem] that handles its [constant CanvasItem."
+"NOTIFICATION_DRAW] or [method CanvasItem._draw] callback at this moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the default value of the specified [enum Margin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns the content margin offset for the specified [enum Margin].\n"
+"Positive values reduce size inwards, unlike [Control]'s margin values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:52
+msgid "Returns the minimum size that this stylebox can be shrunk to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns the \"offset\" of a stylebox. This helper function returns a value "
+"equivalent to [code]Vector2(style.get_margin(MARGIN_LEFT), style."
+"get_margin(MARGIN_TOP))[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Sets the default value of the specified [enum Margin] to given [code]offset[/"
+"code] in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:74
+msgid "Test a position in a rectangle, return whether it passes the mask test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"The bottom margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value "
+"reduces the space available to the contents from the bottom.\n"
+"If this value is negative, it is ignored and a child-specific margin is used "
+"instead. For example for [StyleBoxFlat] the border thickness (if any) is "
+"used instead.\n"
+"It is up to the code using this style box to decide what these contents are: "
+"for example, a [Button] respects this content margin for the textual "
+"contents of the button.\n"
+"[method get_margin] should be used to fetch this value as consumer instead "
+"of reading these properties directly. This is because it correctly respects "
+"negative values and the fallback mentioned above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"The left margin for the contents of this style box.Increasing this value "
+"reduces the space available to the contents from the left.\n"
+"Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"The right margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value "
+"reduces the space available to the contents from the right.\n"
+"Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBox.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"The top margin for the contents of this style box. Increasing this value "
+"reduces the space available to the contents from the top.\n"
+"Refer to [member content_margin_bottom] for extra considerations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml:4
+msgid "Empty stylebox (does not display anything)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxEmpty.xml:7
+msgid "Empty stylebox (really does not display anything)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Customizable [StyleBox] with a given set of parameters (no texture required)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This [StyleBox] can be used to achieve all kinds of looks without the need "
+"of a texture. The following properties are customizable:\n"
+"- Color\n"
+"- Border width (individual width for each border)\n"
+"- Rounded corners (individual radius for each corner)\n"
+"- Shadow (with blur and offset)\n"
+"Setting corner radius to high values is allowed. As soon as corners overlap, "
+"the stylebox will switch to a relative system. Example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"height = 30\n"
+"corner_radius_top_left = 50\n"
+"corner_radius_bottom_left = 100\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The relative system now would take the 1:2 ratio of the two left corners to "
+"calculate the actual corner width. Both corners added will [b]never[/b] be "
+"more than the height. Result:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"corner_radius_top_left: 10\n"
+"corner_radius_bottom_left: 20\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns the given [code]margin[/code]'s border width. See [enum Margin] for "
+"possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:37
+msgid "Returns the smallest border width out of all four borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns the given [code]corner[/code]'s radius. See [enum Corner] for "
+"possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:51 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the size of the given [code]margin[/code]'s expand margin. See [enum "
+"Margin] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Sets the border width to [code]width[/code] pixels for the given "
+"[code]margin[/code]. See [enum Margin] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:66
+msgid "Sets the border width to [code]width[/code] pixels for all margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Sets the corner radius to [code]radius[/code] pixels for the given "
+"[code]corner[/code]. See [enum Corner] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:81
+msgid "Sets the corner radius to [code]radius[/code] pixels for all corners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Sets the corner radius for each corner to [code]radius_top_left[/code], "
+"[code]radius_top_right[/code], [code]radius_bottom_right[/code], and "
+"[code]radius_bottom_left[/code] pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:99 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the given "
+"[code]margin[/code]. See [enum Margin] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:106 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:30
+msgid "Sets the expand margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for all margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:116 doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Sets the expand margin for each margin to [code]size_left[/code], "
+"[code]size_top[/code], [code]size_right[/code], and [code]size_bottom[/code] "
+"pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Antialiasing draws a small ring around the edges, which fades to "
+"transparency. As a result, edges look much smoother. This is only noticeable "
+"when using rounded corners.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When using beveled corners with 45-degree angles ([member "
+"corner_detail] = 1), it is recommended to set [member anti_aliasing] to "
+"[code]false[/code] to ensure crisp visuals and avoid possible visual "
+"glitches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"This changes the size of the faded ring. Higher values can be used to "
+"achieve a \"blurry\" effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:129
+msgid "The background color of the stylebox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:132
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the border will fade into the background color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:135
+msgid "Sets the color of the border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:138
+msgid "Border width for the bottom border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:141
+msgid "Border width for the left border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:144
+msgid "Border width for the right border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:147
+msgid "Border width for the top border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"This sets the number of vertices used for each corner. Higher values result "
+"in rounder corners but take more processing power to compute. When choosing "
+"a value, you should take the corner radius ([method set_corner_radius_all]) "
+"into account.\n"
+"For corner radii less than 10, [code]4[/code] or [code]5[/code] should be "
+"enough. For corner radii less than 30, values between [code]8[/code] and "
+"[code]12[/code] should be enough.\n"
+"A corner detail of [code]1[/code] will result in chamfered corners instead "
+"of rounded corners, which is useful for some artistic effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"The bottom-left corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not "
+"rounded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"The bottom-right corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not "
+"rounded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"The top-left corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not rounded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"The top-right corner's radius. If [code]0[/code], the corner is not rounded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:167
+msgid "Toggles drawing of the inner part of the stylebox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the bottom edge. Useful "
+"in combination with [member border_width_bottom] to draw a border outside "
+"the control rect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the left edge. Useful in "
+"combination with [member border_width_left] to draw a border outside the "
+"control rect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:176
+msgid ""
+"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the right edge. Useful "
+"in combination with [member border_width_right] to draw a border outside the "
+"control rect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Expands the stylebox outside of the control rect on the top edge. Useful in "
+"combination with [member border_width_top] to draw a border outside the "
+"control rect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"The color of the shadow. This has no effect if [member shadow_size] is lower "
+"than 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"The shadow offset in pixels. Adjusts the position of the shadow relatively "
+"to the stylebox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxFlat.xml:188
+msgid "The shadow size in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:4
+msgid "[StyleBox] that displays a single line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] that displays a single line of a given color and thickness. It "
+"can be used to draw things like separators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:15
+msgid "The line's color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The number of pixels the line will extend before the [StyleBoxLine]'s "
+"bounds. If set to a negative value, the line will begin inside the "
+"[StyleBoxLine]'s bounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The number of pixels the line will extend past the [StyleBoxLine]'s bounds. "
+"If set to a negative value, the line will end inside the [StyleBoxLine]'s "
+"bounds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:24
+msgid "The line's thickness in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxLine.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the line will be vertical. If [code]false[/code], the "
+"line will be horizontal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Texture-based nine-patch [StyleBox]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Texture-based nine-patch [StyleBox], in a way similar to [NinePatchRect]. "
+"This stylebox performs a 3×3 scaling of a texture, where only the center "
+"cell is fully stretched. This makes it possible to design bordered styles "
+"regardless of the stylebox's size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns the size of the given [code]margin[/code]. See [enum Margin] for "
+"possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Sets the margin to [code]size[/code] pixels for the given [code]margin[/"
+"code]. See [enum Margin] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Controls how the stylebox's texture will be stretched or tiled horizontally. "
+"See [enum AxisStretchMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Controls how the stylebox's texture will be stretched or tiled vertically. "
+"See [enum AxisStretchMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the nine-patch texture's center tile will be drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"Expands the bottom margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be "
+"drawn larger than requested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Expands the left margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be "
+"drawn larger than requested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Expands the right margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be "
+"drawn larger than requested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Expands the top margin of this style box when drawing, causing it to be "
+"drawn larger than requested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Increases the bottom margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n"
+"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of "
+"the bottom border of the 3×3 box.\n"
+"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox."
+"content_margin_bottom] if it is negative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Increases the left margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n"
+"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of "
+"the left border of the 3×3 box.\n"
+"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox."
+"content_margin_left] if it is negative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Increases the right margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n"
+"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of "
+"the right border of the 3×3 box.\n"
+"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox."
+"content_margin_right] if it is negative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Increases the top margin of the 3×3 texture box.\n"
+"A higher value means more of the source texture is considered to be part of "
+"the top border of the 3×3 box.\n"
+"This is also the value used as fallback for [member StyleBox."
+"content_margin_top] if it is negative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:103
+msgid "Modulates the color of the texture when this style box is drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"The normal map to use when drawing this style box.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"Species a sub-region of the texture to use.\n"
+"This is equivalent to first wrapping the texture in an [AtlasTexture] with "
+"the same region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:114
+msgid "The texture to use when drawing this style box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:120
+msgid "Emitted when the stylebox's texture is changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Stretch the stylebox's texture. This results in visible distortion unless "
+"the texture size matches the stylebox's size perfectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the stylebox's texture to match the stylebox's size according to the "
+"nine-patch system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/StyleBoxTexture.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the stylebox's texture to match the stylebox's size according to the "
+"nine-patch system. Unlike [constant AXIS_STRETCH_MODE_TILE], the texture may "
+"be slightly stretched to make the nine-patch texture tile seamlessly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:4
+msgid "Helper tool to create geometry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [SurfaceTool] is used to construct a [Mesh] by specifying vertex "
+"attributes individually. It can be used to construct a [Mesh] from a script. "
+"All properties except indices need to be added before calling [method "
+"add_vertex]. For example, to add vertex colors and UVs:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var st = SurfaceTool.new()\n"
+"st.begin(Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES)\n"
+"st.add_color(Color(1, 0, 0))\n"
+"st.add_uv(Vector2(0, 0))\n"
+"st.add_vertex(Vector3(0, 0, 0))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"The above [SurfaceTool] now contains one vertex of a triangle which has a UV "
+"coordinate and a specified [Color]. If another vertex were added without "
+"calling [method add_uv] or [method add_color], then the last values would be "
+"used.\n"
+"Vertex attributes must be passed [b]before[/b] calling [method add_vertex]. "
+"Failure to do so will result in an error when committing the vertex "
+"information to a mesh.\n"
+"Additionally, the attributes used before the first vertex is added determine "
+"the format of the mesh. For example, if you only add UVs to the first "
+"vertex, you cannot add color to any of the subsequent vertices.\n"
+"See also [ArrayMesh], [ImmediateGeometry] and [MeshDataTool] for procedural "
+"geometry generation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot uses clockwise [url=https://learnopengl.com/Advanced-"
+"OpenGL/Face-culling]winding order[/url] for front faces of triangle "
+"primitive modes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Specifies an array of bones to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]bones[/"
+"code] must contain 4 integers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a [Color] to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs "
+"to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, "
+"this information may not be used at all.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The material must have [member SpatialMaterial."
+"vertex_color_use_as_albedo] enabled for the vertex color to be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Adds an index to index array if you are using indexed vertices. Does not "
+"need to be called before adding vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a normal to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs "
+"to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, "
+"this information may not be used at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Specifies whether the current vertex (if using only vertex arrays) or "
+"current index (if also using index arrays) should use smooth normals for "
+"normal calculation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a tangent to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If every vertex needs "
+"to have this information set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, "
+"this information may not be used at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Inserts a triangle fan made of array data into [Mesh] being constructed.\n"
+"Requires the primitive type be set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a set of UV coordinates to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. If "
+"every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail to submit it "
+"for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"Specifies an optional second set of UV coordinates to use for the [i]next[/"
+"i] vertex. If every vertex needs to have this information set and you fail "
+"to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not be used at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the position of current vertex. Should be called after specifying "
+"other vertex properties (e.g. Color, UV)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Specifies weight values to use for the [i]next[/i] vertex. [code]weights[/"
+"code] must contain 4 values. If every vertex needs to have this information "
+"set and you fail to submit it for the first vertex, this information may not "
+"be used at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Append vertices from a given [Mesh] surface onto the current vertex array "
+"with specified [Transform].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Using [method append_from] on a [Thread] is much slower as the "
+"GPU must communicate data back to the CPU, while also causing the main "
+"thread to stall (as OpenGL is not thread-safe). Consider requesting a copy "
+"of the mesh, converting it to an [ArrayMesh] and adding vertices manually "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Called before adding any vertices. Takes the primitive type as an argument "
+"(e.g. [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:129
+msgid "Clear all information passed into the surface tool so far."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Returns a constructed [ArrayMesh] from current information passed in. If an "
+"existing [ArrayMesh] is passed in as an argument, will add an extra surface "
+"to the existing [ArrayMesh].\n"
+"Default flag is [constant Mesh.ARRAY_COMPRESS_DEFAULT] if compression is "
+"enabled. If compression is disabled the default flag is [constant Mesh."
+"ARRAY_FLAG_USE_OCTAHEDRAL_COMPRESSION]. See [code]ARRAY_COMPRESS_*[/code] "
+"constants in [enum Mesh.ArrayFormat] for other flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"Commits the data to the same format used by [method ArrayMesh."
+"add_surface_from_arrays]. This way you can further process the mesh data "
+"using the [ArrayMesh] API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:152
+msgid "Creates a vertex array from an existing [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Creates a vertex array from the specified blend shape of an existing [Mesh]. "
+"This can be used to extract a specific pose from a blend shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:167
+msgid "Removes the index array by expanding the vertex array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"Generates normals from vertices so you do not have to do it manually. If "
+"[code]flip[/code] is [code]true[/code], the resulting normals will be "
+"inverted. [method generate_normals] should be called [i]after[/i] generating "
+"geometry and [i]before[/i] committing the mesh using [method commit] or "
+"[method commit_to_arrays]. For correct display of normal-mapped surfaces, "
+"you will also have to generate tangents using [method generate_tangents].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [method generate_normals] only works if the primitive type to "
+"be set to [constant Mesh.PRIMITIVE_TRIANGLES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"Generates a tangent vector for each vertex. Requires that each vertex have "
+"UVs and normals set already (see [method generate_normals])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:187
+msgid ""
+"Shrinks the vertex array by creating an index array. This can improve "
+"performance by avoiding vertex reuse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/SurfaceTool.xml:194
+msgid "Sets [Material] to be used by the [Mesh] you are constructing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Tabbed container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Sets the active tab's [code]visible[/code] property to the value [code]true[/"
+"code]. Sets all other children's to [code]false[/code].\n"
+"Ignores non-[Control] children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the child [Control] node located at the active tab index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Popup] node instance if one has been set already with [method "
+"set_popup].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:29 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the previously active tab index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:36
+msgid "Returns the [Control] node from the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:42 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:48
+msgid "Returns the number of tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:49 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is "
+"disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:63 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Texture] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code] or "
+"[code]null[/code] if the tab has no [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns the index of the tab at local coordinates [code]point[/code]. "
+"Returns [code]-1[/code] if the point is outside the control boundaries or if "
+"there's no tab at the queried position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"Returns the title of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Tab titles "
+"default to the name of the indexed child node, but this can be overridden "
+"with [method set_tab_title]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:83
+msgid "Returns the [TabContainer] rearrange group id."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"If set on a [Popup] node instance, a popup menu icon appears in the top-"
+"right corner of the [TabContainer]. Clicking it will expand the [Popup] node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:98 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"If [code]disabled[/code] is [code]true[/code], disables the tab at index "
+"[code]tab_idx[/code], making it non-interactable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"If [code]hidden[/code] is [code]true[/code], hides the tab at index "
+"[code]tab_idx[/code], making it disappear from the tab area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:114
+msgid "Sets an icon for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:122
+msgid ""
+"Sets a title for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]. Tab titles default "
+"to the name of the indexed child node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Defines rearrange group id, choose for each [TabContainer] the same value to "
+"enable tab drag between [TabContainer]. Enable drag with [member "
+"drag_to_rearrange_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], all tabs are drawn in front of the panel. If "
+"[code]false[/code], inactive tabs are drawn behind the panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The current tab index. When set, this index's [Control] node's "
+"[code]visible[/code] property is set to [code]true[/code] and all others are "
+"set to [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:141 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:150
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], tabs can be rearranged with mouse drag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"The alignment of all tabs in the tab container. See the [enum TabAlign] "
+"constants for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], tabs are visible. If [code]false[/code], tabs' content "
+"and titles are hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], children [Control] nodes that are hidden have their "
+"minimum size take into account in the total, instead of only the currently "
+"visible one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the [TabContainer]'s [Popup] button is clicked. See [method "
+"set_popup] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:162 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:178
+msgid "Emitted when switching to another tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:168
+msgid "Emitted when a tab is selected, even if it is the current tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:174 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:202
+msgid "Align the tabs to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:177 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:205
+msgid "Align the tabs to the center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:180 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:208
+msgid "Align the tabs to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:185 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:237
+msgid ""
+"Icon for the left arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to "
+"fit in the container width. When the button is disabled (i.e. the first tab "
+"is visible), it appears semi-transparent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:188 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"Icon for the left arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to "
+"fit in the container width. Used when the button is being hovered with the "
+"cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:191 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:243
+msgid "The font used to draw tab names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:194 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:246
+msgid "Font color of inactive tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:197 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:249
+msgid "Font color of disabled tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:200 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:252
+msgid "Font color of the currently selected tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:203
+msgid "Horizontal separation between tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:206 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"Icon for the right arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to "
+"fit in the container width. When the button is disabled (i.e. the last tab "
+"is visible) it appears semi-transparent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:209 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"Icon for the right arrow button that appears when there are too many tabs to "
+"fit in the container width. Used when the button is being hovered with the "
+"cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:216
+msgid "The icon for the menu button (see [method set_popup])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"The icon for the menu button (see [method set_popup]) when it's being "
+"hovered with the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:222
+msgid "The style for the background fill."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:225
+msgid "The space at the left and right edges of the tab bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:228
+msgid "The style of inactive tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:231
+msgid "The style of disabled tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TabContainer.xml:234 doc/classes/Tabs.xml:274
+msgid "The style of the currently selected tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:4
+msgid "Tabs control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Simple tabs control, similar to [TabContainer] but is only in charge of "
+"drawing tabs, not interacting with children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:17
+msgid "Adds a new tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:24
+msgid "Moves the scroll view to make the tab visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the offset buttons (the ones that appear when "
+"there's not enough space for all tabs) are visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:42
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if select with right mouse button is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:68
+msgid "Returns the number of hidden tabs offsetted to the left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:75
+msgid "Returns tab [Rect2] with local position and size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:82
+msgid "Returns the title of the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:88
+msgid "Returns the [Tabs]' rearrange group ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:96
+msgid "Moves a tab from [code]from[/code] to [code]to[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:103
+msgid "Removes the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables selecting a tab with the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:126
+msgid "Sets an [code]icon[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:134
+msgid "Sets a [code]title[/code] for the tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Defines the rearrange group ID. Choose for each [Tabs] the same value to "
+"dragging tabs between [Tabs]. Enable drag with [member "
+"drag_to_rearrange_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:147
+msgid "Select tab at index [code]tab_idx[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:153
+msgid ""
+"if [code]true[/code], the mouse's scroll wheel can be used to navigate the "
+"scroll view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:156
+msgid "The alignment of all tabs. See [enum TabAlign] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Sets when the close button will appear on the tabs. See [enum "
+"CloseButtonDisplayPolicy] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the active tab is rearranged via mouse drag. See [member "
+"drag_to_rearrange_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:172
+msgid "Emitted when a tab is right-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:184
+msgid "Emitted when a tab is clicked, even if it is the current tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:190
+msgid "Emitted when a tab is closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:196
+msgid "Emitted when a tab is hovered by the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:211
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum TabAlign] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:214
+msgid "Never show the close buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:217
+msgid "Only show the close button on the currently active tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:220
+msgid "Show the close button on all tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:223
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum CloseButtonDisplayPolicy] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:228
+msgid "Background of the close button when it's being hovered with the cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:231
+msgid "Background of the close button when it's being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:234
+msgid "The icon for the close button (see [member tab_close_display_policy])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:255
+msgid "The horizontal separation between the tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:268
+msgid "The style of an inactive tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tabs.xml:271
+msgid "The style of a disabled tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:4
+msgid "A TCP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A TCP server. Listens to connections on a port and returns a [StreamPeerTCP] "
+"when it gets an incoming connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:15
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a connection is available for taking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the server is currently listening for "
+"connections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Listen on the [code]port[/code] binding to [code]bind_address[/code].\n"
+"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set as [code]\"*\"[/code] (default), the "
+"server will listen on all available addresses (both IPv4 and IPv6).\n"
+"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set as [code]\"0.0.0.0\"[/code] (for IPv4) "
+"or [code]\"::\"[/code] (for IPv6), the server will listen on all available "
+"addresses matching that IP type.\n"
+"If [code]bind_address[/code] is set to any valid address (e.g. "
+"[code]\"192.168.1.101\"[/code], [code]\"::1\"[/code], etc), the server will "
+"only listen on the interface with that addresses (or fail if no interface "
+"with the given address exists)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:38
+msgid "Stops listening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TCP_Server.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If a connection is available, returns a StreamPeerTCP with the connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:4
+msgid "Multiline text editing control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"TextEdit is meant for editing large, multiline text. It also has facilities "
+"for editing code, such as syntax highlighting support and multiple levels of "
+"undo/redo.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When holding down [code]Alt[/code], the vertical scroll wheel "
+"will scroll 5 times as fast as it would normally do. This also works in the "
+"Godot script editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:20
+msgid "Adds color region (given the delimiters) and its colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:28
+msgid "Adds a [code]keyword[/code] and its [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns if the given line is foldable, that is, it has indented lines right "
+"below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Centers the viewport on the line the editing cursor is at. This also resets "
+"the [member scroll_horizontal] value to [code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Clears all custom syntax coloring information previously added with [method "
+"add_color_region] or [method add_keyword_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:53
+msgid "Clears the undo history."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:59
+msgid "Copy's the current text selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:65
+msgid "Returns the column the editing cursor is at."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:71
+msgid "Returns the line the editing cursor is at."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Moves the cursor at the specified [code]column[/code] index.\n"
+"If [code]adjust_viewport[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], the viewport "
+"will center at the cursor position after the move occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Moves the cursor at the specified [code]line[/code] index.\n"
+"If [code]adjust_viewport[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], the viewport "
+"will center at the cursor position after the move occurs.\n"
+"If [code]can_be_hidden[/code] is set to [code]true[/code], the specified "
+"[code]line[/code] can be hidden using [method set_line_as_hidden]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:98
+msgid "Cut's the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:104
+msgid "Deselects the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:110
+msgid "Folds all lines that are possible to be folded (see [method can_fold])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:117
+msgid "Folds the given line, if possible (see [method can_fold])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:123
+msgid "Returns an array containing the line number of each breakpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:130
+msgid "Returns the [Color] of the specified [code]keyword[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:137
+msgid "Returns the text of a specific line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:143
+msgid "Returns the amount of total lines in the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [PopupMenu] of this [TextEdit]. By default, this menu is "
+"displayed when right-clicking on the [TextEdit].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:156
+msgid "Returns the selection begin column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:162
+msgid "Returns the selection begin line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:168
+msgid "Returns the text inside the selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:174
+msgid "Returns the selection end column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:180
+msgid "Returns the selection end line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [String] text with the word under the caret (text cursor) location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the specified [code]keyword[/code] has a color set to it or "
+"not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:199 doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:121
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a \"redo\" action is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:205 doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:127
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if an \"undo\" action is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:212
+msgid "Insert the specified text at the cursor position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:219
+msgid "Returns whether the line at the specified index is folded or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:226
+msgid "Returns whether the line at the specified index is hidden or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified [code]line[/code] is bookmarked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified [code]line[/code] has a "
+"breakpoint."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:247
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified [code]line[/code] is marked as "
+"safe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:253
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the selection is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"Triggers a right-click menu action by the specified index. See [enum "
+"MenuItems] for a list of available indexes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:266
+msgid "Paste the current selection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:272
+msgid "Perform redo operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:278
+msgid ""
+"Removes all the breakpoints. This will not fire the [signal "
+"breakpoint_toggled] signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Perform a search inside the text. Search flags can be specified in the [enum "
+"SearchFlags] enum.\n"
+"Returns an empty [code]PoolIntArray[/code] if no result was found. "
+"Otherwise, the result line and column can be accessed at indices specified "
+"in the [enum SearchResult] enum, e.g:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var result = search(key, flags, line, column)\n"
+"if result.size() > 0:\n"
+" # Result found.\n"
+" var res_line = result[TextEdit.SEARCH_RESULT_LINE]\n"
+" var res_column = result[TextEdit.SEARCH_RESULT_COLUMN]\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"Perform selection, from line/column to line/column.\n"
+"If [member selecting_enabled] is [code]false[/code], no selection will occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:313
+msgid ""
+"Select all the text.\n"
+"If [member selecting_enabled] is [code]false[/code], no selection will occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:322
+msgid "Sets the text for a specific line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:330
+msgid ""
+"Bookmarks the [code]line[/code] if [code]bookmark[/code] is true. Deletes "
+"the bookmark if [code]bookmark[/code] is false.\n"
+"Bookmarks are shown in the [member breakpoint_gutter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:339
+msgid ""
+"Adds or removes the breakpoint in [code]line[/code]. Breakpoints are shown "
+"in the [member breakpoint_gutter]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:347
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], hides the line of the specified index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:355
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], marks the [code]line[/code] as safe.\n"
+"This will show the line number with the color provided in the "
+"[code]safe_line_number_color[/code] theme property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:363
+msgid "Toggle the folding of the code block at the given line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:369
+msgid "Perform undo operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:376
+msgid "Unfolds the given line, if folded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:382
+msgid ""
+"Unhide all lines that were previously set to hidden by [method "
+"set_line_as_hidden]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:388
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the breakpoint gutter is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:397
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the caret displays as a rectangle.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], the caret displays as a bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:401
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], a right-click moves the cursor at the mouse position "
+"before displaying the context menu.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], the context menu disregards mouse location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:405
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a right-click displays the context menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:408
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the \"space\" character will have a visible "
+"representation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:411
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the \"tab\" character will have a visible "
+"representation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:415
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the fold gutter is visible. This enables folding "
+"groups of indented lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:418
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], all lines that have been set to hidden by [method "
+"set_line_as_hidden], will not be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:421
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], all occurrences of the selected text will be "
+"highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:424
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the line containing the cursor is highlighted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:427
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], a minimap is shown, providing an outline of your "
+"source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:430
+msgid "The width, in pixels, of the minimap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:434
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], custom [code]font_color_selected[/code] will be used "
+"for selected text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:437
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], read-only mode is enabled. Existing text cannot be "
+"modified and new text cannot be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"If there is a horizontal scrollbar, this determines the current horizontal "
+"scroll value in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:443
+msgid ""
+"If there is a vertical scrollbar, this determines the current vertical "
+"scroll value in line numbers, starting at 0 for the top line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:446
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], text can be selected.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], text can not be selected by the user or by the "
+"[method select] or [method select_all] methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:450
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], shortcut keys for context menu items are enabled, even "
+"if the context menu is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], line numbers are displayed to the left of the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:456
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], sets the [code]step[/code] of the scrollbars to "
+"[code]0.25[/code] which results in smoother scrolling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:459
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], any custom color properties that have been set for "
+"this [TextEdit] will be visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:462
+msgid "String value of the [TextEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:465
+msgid "Vertical scroll sensitivity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:471
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], enables text wrapping when it goes beyond the edge of "
+"what is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:478
+msgid "Emitted when a breakpoint is placed via the breakpoint gutter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:483
+msgid "Emitted when the cursor changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:490
+msgid "Emitted when the info icon is clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:512
+msgid "Match case when searching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:515
+msgid "Match whole words when searching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:518
+msgid "Search from end to beginning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:521
+msgid "Used to access the result column from [method search]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:524
+msgid "Used to access the result line from [method search]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:533
+msgid ""
+"Pastes the clipboard text over the selected text (or at the cursor's "
+"position)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:536
+msgid "Erases the whole [TextEdit] text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:539
+msgid "Selects the whole [TextEdit] text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:545
+msgid "Redoes the previous action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:553
+msgid ""
+"Sets the background [Color] of this [TextEdit]. [member syntax_highlighting] "
+"has to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:556
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the bookmark marker. [member syntax_highlighting] has to "
+"be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:561 doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:588
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the breakpoints. [member breakpoint_gutter] has to be "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:599
+msgid "Sets the default [Font]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:602
+msgid "Sets the font [Color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:607
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the selected text. [member override_selected_font_color] "
+"has to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:612
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Color] of the line numbers. [member show_line_numbers] has to be "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:615
+msgid "Sets the spacing between the lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:618
+msgid "Sets the [Color] of marked text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:623
+msgid "Sets the [StyleBox] of this [TextEdit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:628
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [StyleBox] of this [TextEdit] when [member readonly] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:633
+msgid "Sets the highlight [Color] of text selections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:640
+msgid "Sets a custom [Texture] for tab text characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextEdit.xml:643
+msgid ""
+"Sets the highlight [Color] of multiple occurrences. [member "
+"highlight_all_occurrences] has to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:4
+msgid "Texture for 2D and 3D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A texture works by registering an image in the video hardware, which then "
+"can be used in 3D models or 2D [Sprite] or GUI [Control].\n"
+"Textures are often created by loading them from a file. See [method "
+"@GDScript.load].\n"
+"[Texture] is a base for other resources. It cannot be used directly.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The maximum texture size is 16384×16384 pixels due to graphics "
+"hardware limitations. Larger textures may fail to import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] API at the "
+"specified [code]position[/code]. Equivalent to [method VisualServer."
+"canvas_item_add_texture_rect] with a rect at [code]position[/code] and the "
+"size of this [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Draws the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] API. "
+"Equivalent to [method VisualServer.canvas_item_add_texture_rect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Draws a part of the texture using a [CanvasItem] with the [VisualServer] "
+"API. Equivalent to [method VisualServer.canvas_item_add_texture_rect_region]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Image] that is a copy of data from this [Texture]. [Image]s can "
+"be accessed and manipulated directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:60
+msgid "Returns the texture height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the texture size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:72
+msgid "Returns the texture width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:78
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Texture] has an alpha channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"The texture's [enum Flags]. [enum Flags] are used to set various properties "
+"of the [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Default flags. [constant FLAG_MIPMAPS], [constant FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant "
+"FLAG_FILTER] are enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:92 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3206
+msgid ""
+"Generates mipmaps, which are smaller versions of the same texture to use "
+"when zoomed out, keeping the aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the texture (instead of clamp to edge).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Ignored when using an [AtlasTexture] as these don't support "
+"repetition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:99 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3212
+msgid "Uses a magnifying filter, to enable smooth zooming in of the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:102 doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:88
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3215
+msgid ""
+"Uses anisotropic mipmap filtering. Generates smaller versions of the same "
+"texture with different aspect ratios.\n"
+"This results in better-looking textures when viewed from oblique angles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:106 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3219
+msgid "Converts the texture to the sRGB color space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Repeats the texture with alternate sections mirrored.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Ignored when using an [AtlasTexture] as these don't support "
+"repetition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture.xml:113 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3225
+msgid "Texture is a video surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture3D.xml:4
+msgid "Texture with 3 dimensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture3D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Texture3D is a 3-dimensional texture that has a width, height, and depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Texture3D.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Creates the Texture3D with specified [code]width[/code], [code]height[/"
+"code], and [code]depth[/code]. See [enum Image.Format] for [code]format[/"
+"code] options. See [enum TextureLayered.Flags] enumerator for [code]flags[/"
+"code] options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureArray.xml:4
+msgid "Array of textures stored in a single primitive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[TextureArray]s store an array of [Image]s in a single [Texture] primitive. "
+"Each layer of the texture array has its own mipmap chain. This makes it is a "
+"good alternative to texture atlases.\n"
+"[TextureArray]s must be displayed using shaders. After importing your file "
+"as a [TextureArray] and setting the appropriate Horizontal and Vertical "
+"Slices, display it by setting it as a uniform to a shader, for example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"shader_type canvas_item;\n"
+"\n"
+"uniform sampler2DArray tex;\n"
+"uniform int index;\n"
+"\n"
+"void fragment() {\n"
+" COLOR = texture(tex, vec3(UV.x, UV.y, float(index)));\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Set the integer uniform \"index\" to show a particular part of the texture "
+"as defined by the Horizontal and Vertical Slices in the importer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureArray.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Creates the TextureArray with specified [code]width[/code], [code]height[/"
+"code], and [code]depth[/code]. See [enum Image.Format] for [code]format[/"
+"code] options. See [enum TextureLayered.Flags] enumerator for [code]flags[/"
+"code] options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Texture-based button. Supports Pressed, Hover, Disabled and Focused states."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[TextureButton] has the same functionality as [Button], except it uses "
+"sprites instead of Godot's [Theme] resource. It is faster to create, but it "
+"doesn't support localization like more complex [Control]s.\n"
+"The \"normal\" state must contain a texture ([member texture_normal]); other "
+"textures are optional.\n"
+"See also [BaseButton] which contains common properties and methods "
+"associated with this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the texture stretches to the edges of the node's "
+"bounding rectangle using the [member stretch_mode]. If [code]false[/code], "
+"the texture will not scale with the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Controls the texture's behavior when you resize the node's bounding "
+"rectangle, [b]only if[/b] [member expand] is [code]true[/code]. Set it to "
+"one of the [enum StretchMode] constants. See the constants to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Pure black and white [BitMap] image to use for click detection. On the mask, "
+"white pixels represent the button's clickable area. Use it to create buttons "
+"with curved shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Texture to display when the node is disabled. See [member BaseButton."
+"disabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:36
+msgid "Texture to display when the node has mouse or keyboard focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:39
+msgid "Texture to display when the mouse hovers the node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Texture to display by default, when the node is [b]not[/b] in the disabled, "
+"focused, hover or pressed state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Texture to display on mouse down over the node, if the node has keyboard "
+"focus and the player presses the Enter key or if the player presses the "
+"[member BaseButton.shortcut] key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:50 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:38
+msgid "Scale to fit the node's bounding rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:53 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:41
+msgid "Tile inside the node's bounding rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:56 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The texture keeps its original size and stays in the bounding rectangle's "
+"top-left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:59 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The texture keeps its original size and stays centered in the node's "
+"bounding rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:62 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, but maintain the "
+"texture's aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, center it, and "
+"maintain its aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureButton.xml:68 doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Scale the texture so that the shorter side fits the bounding rectangle. The "
+"other side clips to the node's limits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for 3D texture types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for [Texture3D] and [TextureArray]. Cannot be used directly, but "
+"contains all the functions necessary for accessing and using [Texture3D] and "
+"[TextureArray]. Data is set on a per-layer basis. For [Texture3D]s, the "
+"layer specifies the depth or Z-index, they can be treated as a bunch of 2D "
+"slices. Similarly, for [TextureArray]s, the layer specifies the array layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Returns the depth of the texture. Depth is the 3rd dimension (typically Z-"
+"axis)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current format being used by this texture. See [enum Image."
+"Format] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns the height of the texture. Height is typically represented by the Y-"
+"axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Image] resource with the data from specified [code]layer[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the width of the texture. Width is typically represented by the X-"
+"axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Partially sets the data for a specified [code]layer[/code] by overwriting "
+"using the data of the specified [code]image[/code]. [code]x_offset[/code] "
+"and [code]y_offset[/code] determine where the [Image] is \"stamped\" over "
+"the texture. The [code]image[/code] must fit within the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Sets the data for the specified layer. Data takes the form of a 2-"
+"dimensional [Image] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:65
+msgid "Returns a dictionary with all the data used by this texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:68
+msgid "Specifies which [enum Flags] apply to this texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Default flags for [TextureArray]. [constant FLAG_MIPMAPS], [constant "
+"FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant FLAG_FILTER] are enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:76
+msgid "Default flags for [Texture3D]. [constant FLAG_FILTER] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:79
+msgid "Texture will generate mipmaps on creation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:82
+msgid "Texture will repeat when UV used is outside the 0-1 range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureLayered.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Use filtering when reading from texture. Filtering smooths out pixels. "
+"Turning filtering off is slightly faster and more appropriate when you need "
+"access to individual pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Texture-based progress bar. Useful for loading screens and life or stamina "
+"bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"TextureProgress works like [ProgressBar], but uses up to 3 textures instead "
+"of Godot's [Theme] resource. It can be used to create horizontal, vertical "
+"and radial progress bars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:28
+msgid "The fill direction. See [enum FillMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], Godot treats the bar's textures like in "
+"[NinePatchRect]. Use the [code]stretch_margin_*[/code] properties like "
+"[member stretch_margin_bottom] to set up the nine patch's 3×3 grid. When "
+"using a radial [member fill_mode], this setting will enable stretching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Offsets [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] is [constant "
+"FILL_CLOCKWISE] or [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Upper limit for the fill of [member texture_progress] if [member fill_mode] "
+"is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE] or [constant FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]. When the "
+"node's [code]value[/code] is equal to its [code]max_value[/code], the "
+"texture fills up to this angle.\n"
+"See [member Range.value], [member Range.max_value]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Starting angle for the fill of [member texture_progress] if [member "
+"fill_mode] is [constant FILL_CLOCKWISE] or [constant "
+"FILL_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE]. When the node's [code]value[/code] is equal to its "
+"[code]min_value[/code], the texture doesn't show up at all. When the "
+"[code]value[/code] increases, the texture fills and tends towards [member "
+"radial_fill_degrees]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The height of the 9-patch's bottom row. A margin of 16 means the 9-slice's "
+"bottom corners and side will have a height of 16 pixels. You can set all 4 "
+"margin values individually to create panels with non-uniform borders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:48
+msgid "The width of the 9-patch's left column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:51
+msgid "The width of the 9-patch's right column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:54
+msgid "The height of the 9-patch's top row."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"[Texture] that draws over the progress bar. Use it to add highlights or an "
+"upper-frame that hides part of [member texture_progress]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"[Texture] that clips based on the node's [code]value[/code] and [member "
+"fill_mode]. As [code]value[/code] increased, the texture fills up. It shows "
+"entirely when [code]value[/code] reaches [code]max_value[/code]. It doesn't "
+"show at all if [code]value[/code] is equal to [code]min_value[/code].\n"
+"The [code]value[/code] property comes from [Range]. See [member Range."
+"value], [member Range.min_value], [member Range.max_value]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"The offset of [member texture_progress]. Useful for [member texture_over] "
+"and [member texture_under] with fancy borders, to avoid transparent margins "
+"in your progress texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:67
+msgid "[Texture] that draws under the progress bar. The bar's background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies the color of the bar's [code]texture_over[/code] texture. The "
+"effect is similar to [member CanvasItem.modulate], except it only affects "
+"this specific texture instead of the entire node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies the color of the bar's [code]texture_progress[/code] texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:76
+msgid "Multiplies the color of the bar's [code]texture_under[/code] texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:81
+msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from left to right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:84
+msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from right to left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:87
+msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from top to bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:90
+msgid "The [member texture_progress] fills from bottom to top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills "
+"clockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] "
+"and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills "
+"counterclockwise. See [member radial_center_offset], [member "
+"radial_initial_angle] and [member radial_fill_degrees] to control the way "
+"the bar fills up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The [member texture_progress] fills from the center, expanding both towards "
+"the left and the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"The [member texture_progress] fills from the center, expanding both towards "
+"the top and the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureProgress.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Turns the node into a radial bar. The [member texture_progress] fills "
+"radially from the center, expanding both clockwise and counterclockwise. See "
+"[member radial_center_offset], [member radial_initial_angle] and [member "
+"radial_fill_degrees] to control the way the bar fills up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:4
+msgid "Control for drawing textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Used to draw icons and sprites in a user interface. The texture's placement "
+"can be controlled with the [member stretch_mode] property. It can scale, "
+"tile, or stay centered inside its bounding rectangle.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You should enable [member flip_v] when using a TextureRect to "
+"display a [ViewportTexture]. Alternatively, you can enable [member Viewport."
+"render_target_v_flip] on the Viewport. Otherwise, the image will appear "
+"upside down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:17
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the texture scales to fit its bounding rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Controls the texture's behavior when resizing the node's bounding rectangle. "
+"See [enum StretchMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:30
+msgid "The node's [Texture] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Scale to fit the node's bounding rectangle, only if [code]expand[/code] is "
+"[code]true[/code]. Default [code]stretch_mode[/code], for backwards "
+"compatibility. Until you set [code]expand[/code] to [code]true[/code], the "
+"texture will behave like [constant STRETCH_KEEP]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TextureRect.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Scale the texture to fit the node's bounding rectangle, center it and "
+"maintain its aspect ratio."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:4
+msgid "Theme for controls."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A theme for skinning controls. Controls can be skinned individually, but for "
+"complex applications, it's more practical to just create a global theme that "
+"defines everything. This theme can be applied to any [Control]; the Control "
+"and its children will automatically use it.\n"
+"Theme resources can alternatively be loaded by writing them in a [code]."
+"theme[/code] file, see the documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:11
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/gui/gui_skinning.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:17
+msgid "Clears all values on the theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Clears the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Clears the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Clears the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Clears the icon at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Clears [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Clears the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the "
+"theme has [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:72
+msgid "Sets the theme's values to a copy of the default theme values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:79
+msgid "Sets the theme's values to a copy of a given theme."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Color] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the [Color]s as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each [Color]'s "
+"name, for use in [method get_color], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the [Color] types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type "
+"names, for use in [method get_color] and/or [method get_color_list]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Returns the constant at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the constants as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each constant's "
+"name, for use in [method get_constant], if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the constant types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique "
+"type names, for use in [method get_constant] and/or [method "
+"get_constant_list]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Font] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the [Font]s as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each [Font]'s "
+"name, for use in [method get_font], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the [Font] types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type "
+"names, for use in [method get_font] and/or [method get_font_list]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Returns the icon [Texture] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has "
+"[code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the icons as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each [Texture]'s "
+"name, for use in [method get_icon], if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the icon types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type "
+"names, for use in [method get_icon] and/or [method get_icon_list]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [StyleBox] at [code]name[/code] if the theme has "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_list]. "
+"Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_types]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the [StyleBox]s as a [PoolStringArray] filled with each "
+"[StyleBox]'s name, for use in [method get_stylebox], if the theme has "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method get_stylebox_types]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the [StyleBox] types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique "
+"type names, for use in [method get_stylebox] and/or [method "
+"get_stylebox_list]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:195
+msgid ""
+"Returns the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]name[/code] if the "
+"theme has [code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Valid [code]name[/code]s may be found using [method get_theme_item_list] or "
+"a data type specific method. Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found "
+"using [method get_theme_item_types] or a data type specific method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:204
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] as a [PoolStringArray] "
+"filled with each theme items's name, for use in [method get_theme_item] or a "
+"data type specific method, if the theme has [code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Valid [code]node_type[/code]s may be found using [method "
+"get_theme_item_types] or a data type specific method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the theme items of [code]data_type[/code] types as a "
+"[PoolStringArray] filled with unique type names, for use in [method "
+"get_theme_item], [method get_theme_item_list] or data type specific methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"Returns all the theme types as a [PoolStringArray] filled with unique type "
+"names, for use in other [code]get_*[/code] functions of this theme.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]node_type[/code] has no effect and will be removed in "
+"future version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:228
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [Color] with [code]name[/code] is in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:237
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if constant with [code]name[/code] is in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:244
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this theme has a valid [member default_font] "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [Font] with [code]name[/code] is in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if icon [Texture] with [code]name[/code] is in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if [StyleBox] with [code]name[/code] is in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a theme item of [code]data_type[/code] with "
+"[code]name[/code] is in [code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Returns [code]false[/code] if the theme does not have [code]node_type[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Adds missing and overrides existing definitions with values from the "
+"[code]other[/code] [Theme].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This modifies the current theme. If you want to merge two "
+"themes together without modifying either one, create a new empty theme and "
+"merge the other two into it one after another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"Renames the [Color] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the "
+"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, "
+"this method fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:307
+msgid ""
+"Renames the constant at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the "
+"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, "
+"this method fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:316
+msgid ""
+"Renames the [Font] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the "
+"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, "
+"this method fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:325
+msgid ""
+"Renames the icon at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the theme "
+"has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, this "
+"method fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:334
+msgid ""
+"Renames [StyleBox] at [code]old_name[/code] to [code]name[/code] if the "
+"theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/code] is already taken, "
+"this method fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:344
+msgid ""
+"Renames the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] at [code]old_name[/code] to "
+"[code]name[/code] if the theme has [code]node_type[/code]. If [code]name[/"
+"code] is already taken, this method fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"Sets the theme's [Color] to [code]color[/code] at [code]name[/code] in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:363
+msgid ""
+"Sets the theme's constant to [code]constant[/code] at [code]name[/code] in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:373
+msgid ""
+"Sets the theme's [Font] to [code]font[/code] at [code]name[/code] in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:383
+msgid ""
+"Sets the theme's icon [Texture] to [code]texture[/code] at [code]name[/code] "
+"in [code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:393
+msgid ""
+"Sets theme's [StyleBox] to [code]stylebox[/code] at [code]name[/code] in "
+"[code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:404
+msgid ""
+"Sets the theme item of [code]data_type[/code] to [code]value[/code] at "
+"[code]name[/code] in [code]node_type[/code].\n"
+"Does nothing if the [code]value[/code] type does not match [code]data_type[/"
+"code].\n"
+"Creates [code]node_type[/code] if the theme does not have it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:412
+msgid ""
+"The default font of this [Theme] resource. Used as a fallback value for font "
+"items defined in this theme, but having invalid values. If this value is "
+"also invalid, the global default value is used.\n"
+"Use [method has_default_font] to check if this value is valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:418
+msgid "Theme's [Color] item type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:421
+msgid "Theme's constant item type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:424
+msgid "Theme's [Font] item type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:427
+msgid "Theme's icon [Texture] item type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:430
+msgid "Theme's [StyleBox] item type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Theme.xml:433
+msgid "Maximum value for the DataType enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:4
+msgid "A unit of execution in a process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A unit of execution in a process. Can run methods on [Object]s "
+"simultaneously. The use of synchronization via [Mutex] or [Semaphore] is "
+"advised if working with shared objects.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Breakpoints won't break on code if it's running in a thread. "
+"This is a current limitation of the GDScript debugger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/threads/thread_safe_apis.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current [Thread]'s ID, uniquely identifying it among all "
+"threads. If the [Thread] is not running this returns an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Thread] has been started. Once started, "
+"this will return [code]true[/code] until it is joined using [method "
+"wait_to_finish]. For checking if a [Thread] is still executing its task, use "
+"[method is_alive]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this [Thread] is currently running. This is "
+"useful for determining if [method wait_to_finish] can be called without "
+"blocking the calling thread.\n"
+"To check if a [Thread] is joinable, use [method is_active]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Starts a new [Thread] that runs [code]method[/code] on object "
+"[code]instance[/code] with [code]userdata[/code] passed as an argument. Even "
+"if no userdata is passed, [code]method[/code] must accept one argument and "
+"it will be null. The [code]priority[/code] of the [Thread] can be changed by "
+"passing a value from the [enum Priority] enum.\n"
+"Returns [constant OK] on success, or [constant ERR_CANT_CREATE] on failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Joins the [Thread] and waits for it to finish. Returns the output of the "
+"method passed to [method start].\n"
+"Should either be used when you want to retrieve the value returned from the "
+"method called by the [Thread] or before freeing the instance that contains "
+"the [Thread].\n"
+"To determine if this can be called without blocking the calling thread, "
+"check if [method is_alive] is [code]false[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] After the [Thread] finishes joining it will be disposed. If you "
+"want to use it again you will have to create a new instance of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:58
+msgid "A thread running with lower priority than normally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:61
+msgid "A thread with a standard priority."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Thread.xml:64
+msgid "A thread running with higher priority than normally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:4
+msgid "Node for 2D tile-based maps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Node for 2D tile-based maps. Tilemaps use a [TileSet] which contain a list "
+"of tiles (textures plus optional collision, navigation, and/or occluder "
+"shapes) which are used to create grid-based maps.\n"
+"When doing physics queries against the tilemap, the cell coordinates are "
+"encoded as [code]metadata[/code] for each detected collision shape returned "
+"by methods such as [method Physics2DDirectSpaceState.intersect_shape], "
+"[method Physics2DDirectBodyState.get_contact_collider_shape_metadata], etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:11 doc/classes/TileSet.xml:11
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/2d/using_tilemaps.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:14 doc/classes/TileSet.xml:14
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/111"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:23
+msgid "Clears all cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:29
+msgid "Clears cells that do not exist in the tileset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tile index of the given cell. If no tile exists in the cell, "
+"returns [constant INVALID_CELL]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns the coordinate (subtile column and row) of the autotile variation in "
+"the tileset. Returns a zero vector if the cell doesn't have autotiling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tile index of the cell given by a Vector2. If no tile exists in "
+"the cell, returns [constant INVALID_CELL]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:59
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given collision layer bit is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:66
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given collision mask bit is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [Vector2] array with the positions of all cells containing a tile "
+"from the tileset (i.e. a tile index different from [code]-1[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of all cells with the given tile index specified in "
+"[code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:85
+msgid "Returns a rectangle enclosing the used (non-empty) tiles of the map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is transposed, i.e. the X and Y "
+"axes are swapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:101
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is flipped in the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:109
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given cell is flipped in the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns the local position of the top left corner of the cell corresponding "
+"to the given tilemap (grid-based) coordinates.\n"
+"To get the global position, use [method Node2D.to_global]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var local_position = my_tilemap.map_to_world(map_position)\n"
+"var global_position = my_tilemap.to_global(local_position)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Optionally, the tilemap's half offset can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Sets the tile index for the cell given by a Vector2.\n"
+"An index of [code]-1[/code] clears the cell.\n"
+"Optionally, the tile can also be flipped, transposed, or given autotile "
+"coordinates. The autotile coordinate refers to the column and row of the "
+"subtile.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Data such as navigation polygons and collision shapes are not "
+"immediately updated for performance reasons.\n"
+"If you need these to be immediately updated, you can call [method "
+"update_dirty_quadrants].\n"
+"Overriding this method also overrides it internally, allowing custom logic "
+"to be implemented when tiles are placed/removed:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func set_cell(x, y, tile, flip_x=false, flip_y=false, transpose=false, "
+"autotile_coord=Vector2()):\n"
+" # Write your custom logic here.\n"
+" # To call the default method:\n"
+" .set_cell(x, y, tile, flip_x, flip_y, transpose, autotile_coord)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Sets the tile index for the given cell.\n"
+"An index of [code]-1[/code] clears the cell.\n"
+"Optionally, the tile can also be flipped or transposed.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Data such as navigation polygons and collision shapes are not "
+"immediately updated for performance reasons.\n"
+"If you need these to be immediately updated, you can call [method "
+"update_dirty_quadrants]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:170
+msgid "Sets the given collision layer bit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:178
+msgid "Sets the given collision mask bit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Applies autotiling rules to the cell (and its adjacent cells) referenced by "
+"its grid-based X and Y coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"Applies autotiling rules to the cells in the given region (specified by grid-"
+"based X and Y coordinates).\n"
+"Calling with invalid (or missing) parameters applies autotiling rules for "
+"the entire tilemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Updates the tile map's quadrants, allowing things such as navigation and "
+"collision shapes to be immediately used if modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tilemap (grid-based) coordinates corresponding to the given "
+"local position.\n"
+"To use this with a global position, first determine the local position with "
+"[method Node2D.to_local]:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var local_position = my_tilemap.to_local(global_position)\n"
+"var map_position = my_tilemap.world_to_map(local_position)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:218
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the cell's UVs will be clipped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:221
+msgid "The custom [Transform2D] to be applied to the TileMap's cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:224
+msgid ""
+"Amount to offset alternating tiles. See [enum HalfOffset] for possible "
+"values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"The TileMap's quadrant size. Optimizes drawing by batching, using chunks of "
+"this size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:230
+msgid "The TileMap's cell size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:233
+msgid "Position for tile origin. See [enum TileOrigin] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the TileMap's direct children will be drawn in order "
+"of their Y coordinate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the textures will be centered in the middle of each "
+"tile. This is useful for certain isometric or top-down modes when textures "
+"are made larger or smaller than the tiles (e.g. to avoid flickering on tile "
+"edges). The offset is still applied, but from the center of the tile. If "
+"used, [member compatibility_mode] is ignored.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], the texture position start in the top-left corner "
+"unless [member compatibility_mode] is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Bounce value for static body collisions (see [code]collision_use_kinematic[/"
+"code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Friction value for static body collisions (see "
+"[code]collision_use_kinematic[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"The collision layer(s) for all colliders in the TileMap. See [url=https://"
+"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"The collision mask(s) for all colliders in the TileMap. See [url=https://"
+"docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/physics/physics_introduction."
+"html#collision-layers-and-masks]Collision layers and masks[/url] in the "
+"documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:255
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], TileMap collisions will be handled as a kinematic "
+"body. If [code]false[/code], collisions will be handled as static body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this tilemap's collision shape will be added to the "
+"collision shape of the parent. The parent has to be a [CollisionObject2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:261
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the compatibility with the tilemaps made in Godot 3.1 "
+"or earlier is maintained (textures move when the tile origin changes and "
+"rotate if the texture size is not homogeneous). This mode presents problems "
+"when doing [code]flip_h[/code], [code]flip_v[/code] and [code]transpose[/"
+"code] tile operations on non-homogeneous isometric tiles (e.g. 2:1), in "
+"which the texture could not coincide with the collision, thus it is not "
+"recommended for isometric or non-square tiles.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code], the textures do not move when doing [code]flip_h[/"
+"code], [code]flip_v[/code] operations if no offset is used, nor when "
+"changing the tile origin.\n"
+"The compatibility mode doesn't work with the [member centered_textures] "
+"option, because displacing textures with the [member cell_tile_origin] "
+"option or in irregular tiles is not relevant when centering those textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:266
+msgid "The TileMap orientation mode. See [enum Mode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:269
+msgid ""
+"The light mask assigned to all light occluders in the TileMap. The TileSet's "
+"light occluders will cast shadows only from Light2D(s) that have the same "
+"light mask(s)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], collision shapes are visible in the editor. Doesn't "
+"affect collision shapes visibility at runtime. To show collision shapes at "
+"runtime, enable [b]Visible Collision Shapes[/b] in the [b]Debug[/b] menu "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:275
+msgid "The assigned [TileSet]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:281
+msgid "Emitted when a tilemap setting has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:287
+msgid "Returned when a cell doesn't exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:290
+msgid "Orthogonal orientation mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:293
+msgid "Isometric orientation mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:296
+msgid "Custom orientation mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:299
+msgid "Half offset on the X coordinate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:302
+msgid "Half offset on the Y coordinate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:305
+msgid "Half offset disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:308
+msgid "Half offset on the X coordinate (negative)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:311
+msgid "Half offset on the Y coordinate (negative)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:314
+msgid "Tile origin at its top-left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:317
+msgid "Tile origin at its center."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileMap.xml:320
+msgid "Tile origin at its bottom-left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:4
+msgid "Tile library for tilemaps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A TileSet is a library of tiles for a [TileMap]. It contains a list of "
+"tiles, each consisting of a sprite and optional collision shapes.\n"
+"Tiles are referenced by a unique integer ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Determines when the auto-tiler should consider two different auto-tile IDs "
+"to be bound together.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]neighbor_id[/code] will be [code]-1[/code] ([constant "
+"TileMap.INVALID_CELL]) when checking a tile against an empty neighbor tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:50
+msgid "Clears all bitmask information of the autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Returns the bitmask of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n"
+"The value is the sum of the values in [enum AutotileBindings] present in the "
+"subtile (e.g. a value of 5 means the bitmask has bindings in both the top "
+"left and top right)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the [enum BitmaskMode] of the autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns the subtile that's being used as an icon in an atlas/autotile given "
+"its coordinates.\n"
+"The subtile defined as the icon will be used as a fallback when the atlas/"
+"autotile's bitmask information is incomplete. It will also be used to "
+"represent it in the TileSet editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns the light occluder of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its "
+"coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns the navigation polygon of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given "
+"its coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:97
+msgid "Returns the size of the subtiles in an atlas/autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:104
+msgid "Returns the spacing between subtiles of the atlas/autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Returns the priority of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n"
+"When more than one subtile has the same bitmask value, one of them will be "
+"picked randomly for drawing. Its priority will define how often it will be "
+"picked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"Returns the drawing index of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its "
+"coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bitmask of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n"
+"The value is the sum of the values in [enum AutotileBindings] present in the "
+"subtile (e.g. a value of 5 means the bitmask has bindings in both the top "
+"left and top right)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:139
+msgid "Sets the [enum BitmaskMode] of the autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Sets the subtile that will be used as an icon in an atlas/autotile given its "
+"coordinates.\n"
+"The subtile defined as the icon will be used as a fallback when the atlas/"
+"autotile's bitmask information is incomplete. It will also be used to "
+"represent it in the TileSet editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"Sets the light occluder of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its "
+"coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Sets the navigation polygon of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its "
+"coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:174
+msgid "Sets the size of the subtiles in an atlas/autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:182
+msgid "Sets the spacing between subtiles of the atlas/autotile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Sets the priority of the subtile from an autotile given its coordinates.\n"
+"When more than one subtile has the same bitmask value, one of them will be "
+"picked randomly for drawing. Its priority will define how often it will be "
+"picked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:201
+msgid ""
+"Sets the drawing index of the subtile from an atlas/autotile given its "
+"coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:207
+msgid "Clears all tiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:214
+msgid "Creates a new tile with the given ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:221
+msgid "Returns the first tile matching the given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"Returns the ID following the last currently used ID, useful when creating a "
+"new tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:233
+msgid "Returns an array of all currently used tile IDs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:240
+msgid "Removes the given tile ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:251
+msgid "Adds a shape to the tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:258
+msgid "Returns the tile's light occluder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:265
+msgid "Returns the tile's material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:272
+msgid "Returns the tile's modulation color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:279
+msgid "Returns the tile's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:286
+msgid "Returns the navigation polygon of the tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:293
+msgid "Returns the offset of the tile's navigation polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:300
+msgid "Returns the tile's normal map texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:307
+msgid "Returns the offset of the tile's light occluder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:314
+msgid "Returns the tile sub-region in the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:322
+msgid "Returns a tile's given shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:329
+msgid "Returns the number of shapes assigned to a tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:337
+msgid "Returns the offset of a tile's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:345
+msgid "Returns the one-way collision value of a tile's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:360
+msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] of a tile's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:367
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of dictionaries describing the tile's shapes.\n"
+"[b]Dictionary structure in the array returned by this method:[/b]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"autotile_coord\": Vector2,\n"
+" \"one_way\": bool,\n"
+" \"one_way_margin\": int,\n"
+" \"shape\": CollisionShape2D,\n"
+" \"shape_transform\": Transform2D,\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:384
+msgid "Returns the tile's texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:391
+msgid "Returns the texture offset of the tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:398
+msgid "Returns the tile's [enum TileMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:405
+msgid "Returns the tile's Z index (drawing layer)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:413
+msgid "Sets a light occluder for the tile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:421
+msgid "Sets the tile's material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:429
+msgid "Sets the tile's modulation color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:437
+msgid "Sets the tile's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:445
+msgid "Sets the tile's navigation polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:453
+msgid "Sets an offset for the tile's navigation polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:461
+msgid ""
+"Sets the tile's normal map texture.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Godot expects the normal map to use X+, Y-, and Z+ coordinates. "
+"See [url=http://wiki.polycount.com/wiki/"
+"Normal_Map_Technical_Details#Common_Swizzle_Coordinates]this page[/url] for "
+"a comparison of normal map coordinates expected by popular engines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:470
+msgid "Sets an offset for the tile's light occluder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:478
+msgid ""
+"Sets the tile's sub-region in the texture. This is common in texture atlases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:487
+msgid "Sets a shape for the tile, enabling collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:496
+msgid "Sets the offset of a tile's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:505
+msgid "Enables one-way collision on a tile's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:522
+msgid "Sets a [Transform2D] on a tile's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:530
+msgid "Sets an array of shapes for the tile, enabling collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:538
+msgid "Sets the tile's texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:546
+msgid "Sets the tile's texture offset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:554
+msgid "Sets the tile's [enum TileMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TileSet.xml:562
+msgid "Sets the tile's drawing index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:4
+msgid "A countdown timer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Counts down a specified interval and emits a signal on reaching 0. Can be "
+"set to repeat or \"one-shot\" mode.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To create a one-shot timer without instantiating a node, use "
+"[method SceneTree.create_timer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:17
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the timer is stopped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Starts the timer. Sets [code]wait_time[/code] to [code]time_sec[/code] if "
+"[code]time_sec > 0[/code]. This also resets the remaining time to "
+"[code]wait_time[/code].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method will not resume a paused timer. See [member paused]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:31
+msgid "Stops the timer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the timer will automatically start when entering the "
+"scene tree.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is automatically set to [code]false[/code] after "
+"the timer enters the scene tree and starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the timer will stop when reaching 0. If [code]false[/"
+"code], it will restart."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the timer is paused and will not process until it is "
+"unpaused again, even if [method start] is called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:47
+msgid "Processing mode. See [enum TimerProcessMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"The timer's remaining time in seconds. Returns 0 if the timer is inactive.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot set this value. To change the timer's remaining "
+"time, use [method start]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"The wait time in seconds.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Timers can only emit once per rendered frame at most (or once "
+"per physics frame if [member process_mode] is [constant "
+"TIMER_PROCESS_PHYSICS]). This means very low wait times (lower than 0.05 "
+"seconds) will behave in significantly different ways depending on the "
+"rendered framerate. For very low wait times, it is recommended to use a "
+"process loop in a script instead of using a Timer node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Update the timer during the physics step at each frame (fixed framerate "
+"processing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Timer.xml:70
+msgid "Update the timer during the idle time at each frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:4
+msgid "Flat button helper class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This is a helper class to generate a flat [Button] (see [member Button."
+"flat]), creating a [ToolButton] is equivalent to:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var btn = Button.new()\n"
+"btn.flat = true\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:24
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is focused. It is displayed over the "
+"current [StyleBox], so using [StyleBoxEmpty] will just disable the focus "
+"visual effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:30
+msgid "[Font] of the [ToolButton]'s text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:33
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the [ToolButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:36
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is focused. Only replaces the normal "
+"text color of the button. Disabled, hovered, and pressed states take "
+"precedence over this color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:42
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:45
+msgid "Text [Color] used when the [ToolButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:48
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:51
+msgid "The horizontal space between [ToolButton]'s icon and text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:54
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the [ToolButton]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ToolButton.xml:57
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [ToolButton] is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:4
+msgid "Button for touch screen devices for gameplay use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"TouchScreenButton allows you to create on-screen buttons for touch devices. "
+"It's intended for gameplay use, such as a unit you have to touch to move. "
+"Unlike [Button], TouchScreenButton supports multitouch out of the box. "
+"Several TouchScreenButtons can be pressed at the same time with touch "
+"input.\n"
+"This node inherits from [Node2D]. Unlike with [Control] nodes, you cannot "
+"set anchors on it. If you want to create menus or user interfaces, you may "
+"want to use [Button] nodes instead. To make button nodes react to touch "
+"events, you can enable the Emulate Mouse option in the Project Settings.\n"
+"You can configure TouchScreenButton to be visible only on touch devices, "
+"helping you develop your game both for desktop and mobile devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:17
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this button is currently pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:23
+msgid "The button's action. Actions can be handled with [InputEventAction]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:26
+msgid "The button's bitmask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:29
+msgid "The button's texture for the normal state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the [signal pressed] and [signal released] signals are "
+"emitted whenever a pressed finger goes in and out of the button, even if the "
+"pressure started outside the active area of the button.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is a \"pass-by\" (not \"bypass\") press mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:36
+msgid "The button's texture for the pressed state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:39
+msgid "The button's shape."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the button's shape is centered in the provided "
+"texture. If no texture is used, this property has no effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:45
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the button's shape is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"The button's visibility mode. See [enum VisibilityMode] for possible values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:54
+msgid "Emitted when the button is pressed (down)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:59
+msgid "Emitted when the button is released (up)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:65
+msgid "Always visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TouchScreenButton.xml:68
+msgid "Visible on touch screens only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:4
+msgid "3D transformation (3×4 matrix)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"3×4 matrix (3 rows, 4 columns) used for 3D linear transformations. It can "
+"represent transformations such as translation, rotation, or scaling. It "
+"consists of a [member basis] (first 3 columns) and a [Vector3] for the "
+"[member origin] (last column).\n"
+"For more information, read the \"Matrices and transforms\" documentation "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a Transform from four [Vector3] values (matrix columns). Each "
+"axis corresponds to local basis vectors (some of which may be scaled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:34
+msgid "Constructs a Transform from a [Basis] and [Vector3]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:41
+msgid "Constructs a Transform from a [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a Transform from a [Quat]. The origin will be [code]Vector3(0, 0, "
+"0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Constructs the Transform from a [Basis]. The origin will be Vector3(0, 0, 0)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:61 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the "
+"transformation is composed of rotation, scaling and translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Interpolates the transform to other Transform by weight amount (on the range "
+"of 0.0 to 1.0)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the "
+"transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use "
+"affine_inverse for transforms with scaling)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:82 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this transform and [code]transform[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by calling [code]is_equal_approx[/code] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of the transform rotated such that its -Z axis points towards "
+"the [code]target[/code] position.\n"
+"The transform will first be rotated around the given [code]up[/code] vector, "
+"and then fully aligned to the target by a further rotation around an axis "
+"perpendicular to both the [code]target[/code] and [code]up[/code] vectors.\n"
+"Operations take place in global space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized "
+"axis vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the transform around the given axis by the given angle (in radians), "
+"using matrix multiplication. The axis must be a normalized vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Scales basis and origin of the transform by the given scale factor, using "
+"matrix multiplication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:120 doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Translates the transform by the given offset, relative to the transform's "
+"basis vectors.\n"
+"Unlike [method rotated] and [method scaled], this does not use matrix "
+"multiplication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Transforms the given [Vector3], [Plane], [AABB], or [PoolVector3Array] by "
+"this transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Inverse-transforms the given [Vector3], [Plane], [AABB], or "
+"[PoolVector3Array] by this transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"The basis is a matrix containing 3 [Vector3] as its columns: X axis, Y axis, "
+"and Z axis. These vectors can be interpreted as the basis vectors of local "
+"coordinate system traveling with the object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"The translation offset of the transform (column 3, the fourth column). "
+"Equivalent to array index [code]3[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"[Transform] with no translation, rotation or scaling applied. When applied "
+"to other data structures, [constant IDENTITY] performs no transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:152
+msgid "[Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the YZ plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:155
+msgid "[Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XZ plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform.xml:158
+msgid "[Transform] with mirroring applied perpendicular to the XY plane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:4
+msgid "2D transformation (2×3 matrix)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"2×3 matrix (2 rows, 3 columns) used for 2D linear transformations. It can "
+"represent transformations such as translation, rotation, or scaling. It "
+"consists of three [Vector2] values: [member x], [member y], and the [member "
+"origin].\n"
+"For more information, read the \"Matrices and transforms\" documentation "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:21
+msgid "Constructs the transform from a 3D [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Constructs the transform from 3 [Vector2] values representing [member x], "
+"[member y], and the [member origin] (the three column vectors)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:38
+msgid "Constructs the transform from a given angle (in radians) and position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the basis matrix.\n"
+"This method does not account for translation (the origin vector)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns a vector transformed (multiplied) by the inverse basis matrix.\n"
+"This method does not account for translation (the origin vector)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the transform's origin (translation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:72
+msgid "Returns the transform's rotation (in radians)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:78
+msgid "Returns the scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Returns a transform interpolated between this transform and another by a "
+"given [code]weight[/code] (on the range of 0.0 to 1.0)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"Returns the inverse of the transform, under the assumption that the "
+"transformation is composed of rotation and translation (no scaling, use "
+"[method affine_inverse] for transforms with scaling)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Returns the transform with the basis orthogonal (90 degrees), and normalized "
+"axis vectors (scale of 1 or -1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Rotates the transform by the given angle (in radians), using matrix "
+"multiplication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Scales the transform by the given scale factor, using matrix multiplication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Transforms the given [Vector2], [Rect2], or [PoolVector2Array] by this "
+"transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Inverse-transforms the given [Vector2], [Rect2], or [PoolVector2Array] by "
+"this transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"The origin vector (column 2, the third column). Equivalent to array index "
+"[code]2[/code]. The origin vector represents translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"The identity [Transform2D] with no translation, rotation or scaling applied. "
+"When applied to other data structures, [constant IDENTITY] performs no "
+"transformation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:161
+msgid "The [Transform2D] that will flip something along the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Transform2D.xml:164
+msgid "The [Transform2D] that will flip something along the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:4
+msgid "Language Translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translations are resources that can be loaded and unloaded on demand. They "
+"map a string to another string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:10 doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/i18n/internationalizing_games."
+"html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:11 doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:11
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/i18n/locales.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:18
+msgid "Virtual method to override [method get_message]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:26
+msgid "Adds a message if nonexistent, followed by its translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:33
+msgid "Erases a message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:40
+msgid "Returns a message's translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:46
+msgid "Returns the number of existing messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:52
+msgid "Returns all the messages (keys)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Translation.xml:58
+msgid "The locale of the translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server that manages all translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Server that manages all translations. Translations can be set to it and "
+"removed from it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:18
+msgid "Adds a [Translation] resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:24
+msgid "Clears the server from all translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:30
+msgid "Returns an array of all loaded locales of the project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current locale of the project.\n"
+"See also [method OS.get_locale] and [method OS.get_locale_language] to query "
+"the locale of the user system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Returns a locale's language and its variant (e.g. [code]\"en_US\"[/code] "
+"would return [code]\"English (United States)\"[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:51
+msgid "Removes the given translation from the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Sets the locale of the project. The [code]locale[/code] string will be "
+"standardized to match known locales (e.g. [code]en-US[/code] would be "
+"matched to [code]en_US[/code]).\n"
+"If translations have been loaded beforehand for the new locale, they will be "
+"applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TranslationServer.xml:66
+msgid "Returns the current locale's translation for the given message (key)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:4
+msgid "Control to show a tree of items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This shows a tree of items that can be selected, expanded and collapsed. The "
+"tree can have multiple columns with custom controls like text editing, "
+"buttons and popups. It can be useful for structured displays and "
+"interactions.\n"
+"Trees are built via code, using [TreeItem] objects to create the structure. "
+"They have a single root but multiple roots can be simulated if a dummy "
+"hidden root is added.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" var tree = Tree.new()\n"
+" var root = tree.create_item()\n"
+" tree.set_hide_root(true)\n"
+" var child1 = tree.create_item(root)\n"
+" var child2 = tree.create_item(root)\n"
+" var subchild1 = tree.create_item(child1)\n"
+" subchild1.set_text(0, \"Subchild1\")\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"To iterate over all the [TreeItem] objects in a [Tree] object, use [method "
+"TreeItem.get_next] and [method TreeItem.get_children] after getting the root "
+"through [method get_root]. You can use [method Object.free] on a [TreeItem] "
+"to remove it from the [Tree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:27
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the column titles are being shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:33
+msgid "Clears the tree. This removes all items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Creates an item in the tree and adds it as a child of [code]parent[/code].\n"
+"If [code]parent[/code] is [code]null[/code], the root item will be the "
+"parent, or the new item will be the root itself if the tree is empty.\n"
+"The new item will be the [code]idx[/code]th child of parent, or it will be "
+"the last child if there are not enough siblings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Edits the selected tree item as if it was clicked. The item must be set "
+"editable with [method TreeItem.set_editable]. Returns [code]true[/code] if "
+"the item could be edited. Fails if no item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Makes the currently focused cell visible.\n"
+"This will scroll the tree if necessary. In [constant SELECT_ROW] mode, this "
+"will not do horizontal scrolling, as all the cells in the selected row is "
+"focused logically.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Despite the name of this method, the focus cursor itself is "
+"only visible in [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns the column index at [code]position[/code], or -1 if no item is there."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:71
+msgid "Returns the column's title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:78
+msgid "Returns the column's width in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Returns the rectangle for custom popups. Helper to create custom cell "
+"controls that display a popup. See [method TreeItem.set_cell_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"Returns the drop section at [code]position[/code], or -100 if no item is "
+"there.\n"
+"Values -1, 0, or 1 will be returned for the \"above item\", \"on item\", and "
+"\"below item\" drop sections, respectively. See [enum DropModeFlags] for a "
+"description of each drop section.\n"
+"To get the item which the returned drop section is relative to, use [method "
+"get_item_at_position]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Returns the currently edited item. Can be used with [signal item_edited] to "
+"get the item that was modified.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" $Tree.item_edited.connect(on_Tree_item_edited)\n"
+"\n"
+"func on_Tree_item_edited():\n"
+" print($Tree.get_edited()) # This item just got edited (e.g. checked).\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:112
+msgid "Returns the column for the currently edited item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Returns the rectangle area for the specified item. If [code]column[/code] is "
+"specified, only get the position and size of that column, otherwise get the "
+"rectangle containing all columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tree item at the specified position (relative to the tree origin "
+"position)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next selected item after the given one, or [code]null[/code] if "
+"the end is reached.\n"
+"If [code]from[/code] is [code]null[/code], this returns the first selected "
+"item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:141
+msgid "Returns the last pressed button's index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tree's root item, or [code]null[/code] if the tree is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:153
+msgid "Returns the current scrolling position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Returns the currently focused item, or [code]null[/code] if no item is "
+"focused.\n"
+"In [constant SELECT_ROW] and [constant SELECT_SINGLE] modes, the focused "
+"item is same as the selected item. In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode, the "
+"focused item is the item under the focus cursor, not necessarily selected.\n"
+"To get the currently selected item(s), use [method get_next_selected]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Returns the currently focused column, or -1 if no column is focused.\n"
+"In [constant SELECT_SINGLE] mode, the focused column is the selected column. "
+"In [constant SELECT_ROW] mode, the focused column is always 0 if any item is "
+"selected. In [constant SELECT_MULTI] mode, the focused column is the column "
+"under the focus cursor, and there are not necessarily any column selected.\n"
+"To tell whether a column of an item is selected, use [method TreeItem."
+"is_selected]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:176
+msgid "Causes the [Tree] to jump to the specified item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the column will have the \"Expand\" flag of [Control]. "
+"Columns that have the \"Expand\" flag will use their \"min_width\" in a "
+"similar fashion to [member Control.size_flags_stretch_ratio]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"Sets the minimum width of a column. Columns that have the \"Expand\" flag "
+"will use their \"min_width\" in a similar fashion to [member Control."
+"size_flags_stretch_ratio]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:200
+msgid "Sets the title of a column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:207
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], column titles are visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the currently selected cell may be selected again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:216
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a right mouse button click can select items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:219
+msgid "The number of columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"The drop mode as an OR combination of flags. See [enum DropModeFlags] "
+"constants. Once dropping is done, reverts to [constant DROP_MODE_DISABLED]. "
+"Setting this during [method Control.can_drop_data] is recommended.\n"
+"This controls the drop sections, i.e. the decision and drawing of possible "
+"drop locations based on the mouse position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:227
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the folding arrow is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:230
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the tree's root is hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"Allows single or multiple selection. See the [enum SelectMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a button on the tree was pressed (see [method TreeItem."
+"add_button])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:248
+msgid "Emitted when a cell is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:254
+msgid "Emitted when a column's title is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a cell with the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] is clicked "
+"to be edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:266
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the right mouse button is pressed in the empty space of the "
+"tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the right mouse button is pressed if right mouse button "
+"selection is active and the tree is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:277
+msgid "Emitted when an item's label is double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:283
+msgid "Emitted when an item is collapsed by a click on the folding arrow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a custom button is pressed (i.e. in a [constant TreeItem."
+"CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:293
+msgid "Emitted when an item's icon is double-clicked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:298
+msgid "Emitted when an item is edited."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:303
+msgid "Emitted when an item is edited using the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:309
+msgid "Emitted when an item is selected with the right mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:314
+msgid "Emitted when an item is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:322
+msgid ""
+"Emitted instead of [code]item_selected[/code] if [code]select_mode[/code] is "
+"[constant SELECT_MULTI]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:327
+msgid "Emitted when a left mouse button click does not select any item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"Allows selection of a single cell at a time. From the perspective of items, "
+"only a single item is allowed to be selected. And there is only one column "
+"selected in the selected item.\n"
+"The focus cursor is always hidden in this mode, but it is positioned at the "
+"current selection, making the currently selected item the currently focused "
+"item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:337
+msgid ""
+"Allows selection of a single row at a time. From the perspective of items, "
+"only a single items is allowed to be selected. And all the columns are "
+"selected in the selected item.\n"
+"The focus cursor is always hidden in this mode, but it is positioned at the "
+"first column of the current selection, making the currently selected item "
+"the currently focused item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:341
+msgid ""
+"Allows selection of multiple cells at the same time. From the perspective of "
+"items, multiple items are allowed to be selected. And there can be multiple "
+"columns selected in each selected item.\n"
+"The focus cursor is visible in this mode, the item or column under the "
+"cursor is not necessarily selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:345
+msgid ""
+"Disables all drop sections, but still allows to detect the \"on item\" drop "
+"section by [method get_drop_section_at_position].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is the default flag, it has no effect when combined with "
+"other flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:349
+msgid ""
+"Enables the \"on item\" drop section. This drop section covers the entire "
+"item.\n"
+"When combined with [constant DROP_MODE_INBETWEEN], this drop section halves "
+"the height and stays centered vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:353
+msgid ""
+"Enables \"above item\" and \"below item\" drop sections. The \"above item\" "
+"drop section covers the top half of the item, and the \"below item\" drop "
+"section covers the bottom half.\n"
+"When combined with [constant DROP_MODE_ON_ITEM], these drop sections halves "
+"the height and stays on top / bottom accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:359
+msgid "The arrow icon used when a foldable item is not collapsed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:362
+msgid "The arrow icon used when a foldable item is collapsed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:365
+msgid ""
+"Default [StyleBox] for the [Tree], i.e. used when the control is not being "
+"focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:368
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the [Tree] is being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:371
+msgid "The horizontal space between each button in a cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:374
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when a button in the tree is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"The check icon to display when the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CHECK] mode "
+"cell is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:380
+msgid "[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [Tree] is being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:383
+msgid "[StyleBox] used for the cursor, when the [Tree] is not being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:386
+msgid ""
+"Default [StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:389
+msgid ""
+"Text [Color] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's "
+"hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:392
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's "
+"hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for a [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CUSTOM] mode cell when it's "
+"pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:398
+msgid ""
+"Draws the guidelines if not zero, this acts as a boolean. The guideline is a "
+"horizontal line drawn at the bottom of each item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:401
+msgid ""
+"Draws the relationship lines if not zero, this acts as a boolean. "
+"Relationship lines are drawn at the start of child items to show hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:404
+msgid ""
+"[Color] used to draw possible drop locations. See [enum DropModeFlags] "
+"constants for further description of drop locations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:416
+msgid "[Color] of the guideline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:419
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal space between item cells. This is also used as the margin at "
+"the start of an item when folding is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:422
+msgid ""
+"The horizontal margin at the start of an item. This is used when folding is "
+"enabled for the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:425
+msgid "[Color] of the relationship lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:428
+msgid ""
+"The maximum distance between the mouse cursor and the control's border to "
+"trigger border scrolling when dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:431
+msgid "The speed of border scrolling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:434
+msgid ""
+"The arrow icon to display for the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode "
+"cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:437
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [Tree] is not being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:440
+msgid ""
+"[StyleBox] for the selected items, used when the [Tree] is being focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:443
+msgid "Default text [Color] of the title button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:446
+msgid "[Font] of the title button's text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:449
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the title button is being hovered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:452
+msgid "Default [StyleBox] for the title button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:455
+msgid "[StyleBox] used when the title button is being pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:458
+msgid ""
+"The check icon to display when the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_CHECK] mode "
+"cell is unchecked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:461
+msgid ""
+"The updown arrow icon to display for the [constant TreeItem.CELL_MODE_RANGE] "
+"mode cell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tree.xml:464
+msgid ""
+"The vertical padding inside each item, i.e. the distance between the item's "
+"content and top/bottom border."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:4
+msgid "Control for a single item inside a [Tree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Control for a single item inside a [Tree]. May have child [TreeItem]s and be "
+"styled as well as contain buttons.\n"
+"You can remove a [TreeItem] by using [method Object.free]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Adds a button with [Texture] [code]button[/code] at column [code]column[/"
+"code]. The [code]button_idx[/code] index is used to identify the button when "
+"calling other methods. If not specified, the next available index is used, "
+"which may be retrieved by calling [method get_button_count] immediately "
+"after this method. Optionally, the button can be [code]disabled[/code] and "
+"have a [code]tooltip[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Calls the [code]method[/code] on the actual TreeItem and its children "
+"recursively. Pass parameters as a comma separated list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:35
+msgid "Resets the background color for the given column to default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:42
+msgid "Resets the color for the given column to default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:49
+msgid "Deselects the given column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Removes the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in column [code]column[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Texture] of the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] in "
+"column [code]column[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of buttons in column [code]column[/code]. May be used to "
+"get the most recently added button's index, if no index was specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"Returns the tooltip string for the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] "
+"in column [code]column[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:87
+msgid "Returns the column's cell mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns the TreeItem's first child item or a null object if there is none."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:100
+msgid "Returns the custom background color of column [code]column[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:107
+msgid "Returns the custom color of column [code]column[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:114
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if [code]expand_right[/code] is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:121
+msgid "Returns the given column's icon [Texture]. Error if no icon is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:128
+msgid "Returns the column's icon's maximum width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:135
+msgid "Returns the [Color] modulating the column's icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:142
+msgid "Returns the icon [Texture] region as [Rect2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Returns the metadata value that was set for the given column using [method "
+"set_metadata]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is none."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"Returns the next visible TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is "
+"none.\n"
+"If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the first "
+"visible element in the tree when called on the last visible element, "
+"otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:169
+msgid "Returns the parent TreeItem or a null object if there is none."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"Returns the previous TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there is none."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"Returns the previous visible TreeItem in the tree or a null object if there "
+"is none.\n"
+"If [code]wrap[/code] is enabled, the method will wrap around to the last "
+"visible element in the tree when called on the first visible element, "
+"otherwise it returns [code]null[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:190
+msgid "Returns the value of a [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Returns a dictionary containing the range parameters for a given column. The "
+"keys are \"min\", \"max\", \"step\", and \"expr\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:204
+msgid "Gets the suffix string shown after the column value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:211
+msgid "Returns the given column's text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:218
+msgid "Returns the given column's text alignment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:225
+msgid "Returns the given column's tooltip."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] for "
+"the given column is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:240
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the given column is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:253
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is editable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:260
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:267
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if column [code]column[/code] is selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:273
+msgid "Moves this TreeItem to the bottom in the [Tree] hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:279
+msgid "Moves this TreeItem to the top in the [Tree] hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"Removes the given child [TreeItem] and all its children from the [Tree]. "
+"Note that it doesn't free the item from memory, so it can be reused later. "
+"To completely remove a [TreeItem] use [method Object.free]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:293
+msgid "Selects the column [code]column[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given column's button [Texture] at index [code]button_idx[/code] to "
+"[code]button[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], disables the button at index [code]button_idx[/code] "
+"in column [code]column[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:319
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given column's cell mode to [code]mode[/code]. See [enum "
+"TreeCellMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:327
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the column [code]column[/code] is checked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:343
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given column's custom background color and whether to just use it "
+"as an outline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:351
+msgid "Sets the given column's custom color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:360
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given column's custom draw callback to [code]callback[/code] method "
+"on [code]object[/code].\n"
+"The [code]callback[/code] should accept two arguments: the [TreeItem] that "
+"is drawn and its position and size as a [Rect2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:369
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], column [code]column[/code] is editable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], column [code]column[/code] is expanded to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:385
+msgid "Sets the given column's icon [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:393
+msgid "Sets the given column's icon's maximum width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:401
+msgid "Modulates the given column's icon with [code]modulate[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:409
+msgid "Sets the given column's icon's texture region."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:417
+msgid ""
+"Sets the metadata value for the given column, which can be retrieved later "
+"using [method get_metadata]. This can be used, for example, to store a "
+"reference to the original data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:425
+msgid "Sets the value of a [constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:436
+msgid ""
+"Sets the range of accepted values for a column. The column must be in the "
+"[constant CELL_MODE_RANGE] mode.\n"
+"If [code]expr[/code] is [code]true[/code], the edit mode slider will use an "
+"exponential scale as with [member Range.exp_edit]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:445
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the given column is selectable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:453
+msgid ""
+"Sets a string to be shown after a column's value (for example, a unit "
+"abbreviation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:461
+msgid "Sets the given column's text value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:469
+msgid ""
+"Sets the given column's text alignment. See [enum TextAlign] for possible "
+"values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:477
+msgid "Sets the given column's tooltip text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:483
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the TreeItem is collapsed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:486
+msgid "The custom minimum height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:489
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], folding is disabled for this TreeItem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:494
+msgid "Cell contains a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:497
+msgid "Cell contains a checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:500
+msgid "Cell contains a range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:503
+msgid "Cell contains an icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:508
+msgid "Align text to the left. See [code]set_text_align()[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:511
+msgid "Center text. See [code]set_text_align()[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TreeItem.xml:514
+msgid "Align text to the right. See [code]set_text_align()[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml:4
+msgid "Internal mesh type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/TriangleMesh.xml:7
+msgid "Mesh type used internally for collision calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:4
+msgid "Smoothly animates a node's properties over time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Tweens are useful for animations requiring a numerical property to be "
+"interpolated over a range of values. The name [i]tween[/i] comes from [i]in-"
+"betweening[/i], an animation technique where you specify [i]keyframes[/i] "
+"and the computer interpolates the frames that appear between them.\n"
+"[Tween] is more suited than [AnimationPlayer] for animations where you don't "
+"know the final values in advance. For example, interpolating a dynamically-"
+"chosen camera zoom value is best done with a [Tween] node; it would be "
+"difficult to do the same thing with an [AnimationPlayer] node.\n"
+"Here is a brief usage example that makes a 2D node move smoothly between two "
+"positions:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var tween = get_node(\"Tween\")\n"
+"tween.interpolate_property($Node2D, \"position\",\n"
+" Vector2(0, 0), Vector2(100, 100), 1,\n"
+" Tween.TRANS_LINEAR, Tween.EASE_IN_OUT)\n"
+"tween.start()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Many methods require a property name, such as [code]\"position\"[/code] "
+"above. You can find the correct property name by hovering over the property "
+"in the Inspector. You can also provide the components of a property directly "
+"by using [code]\"property:component\"[/code] (e.g. [code]position:x[/code]), "
+"where it would only apply to that particular component.\n"
+"Many of the methods accept [code]trans_type[/code] and [code]ease_type[/"
+"code]. The first accepts an [enum TransitionType] constant, and refers to "
+"the way the timing of the animation is handled (see [url=https://easings."
+"net/]easings.net[/url] for some examples). The second accepts an [enum "
+"EaseType] constant, and controls where the [code]trans_type[/code] is "
+"applied to the interpolation (in the beginning, the end, or both). If you "
+"don't know which transition and easing to pick, you can try different [enum "
+"TransitionType] constants with [constant EASE_IN_OUT], and use the one that "
+"looks best.\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
+"tween_cheatsheet.png]Tween easing and transition types cheatsheet[/url]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Follows [code]method[/code] of [code]object[/code] and applies the returned "
+"value on [code]target_method[/code] of [code]target[/code], beginning from "
+"[code]initial_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, [code]delay[/"
+"code] later. Methods are called with consecutive values.\n"
+"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] "
+"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and "
+"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Follows [code]property[/code] of [code]object[/code] and applies it on "
+"[code]target_property[/code] of [code]target[/code], beginning from "
+"[code]initial_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, [code]delay[/"
+"code] seconds later.\n"
+"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] "
+"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and "
+"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Returns the total time needed for all tweens to end. If you have two tweens, "
+"one lasting 10 seconds and the other 20 seconds, it would return 20 seconds, "
+"as by that time all tweens would have finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Calls [code]callback[/code] of [code]object[/code] after [code]duration[/"
+"code]. [code]arg1[/code]-[code]arg5[/code] are arguments to be passed to the "
+"callback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Calls [code]callback[/code] of [code]object[/code] after [code]duration[/"
+"code] on the main thread (similar to [method Object.call_deferred]). "
+"[code]arg1[/code]-[code]arg5[/code] are arguments to be passed to the "
+"callback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Animates [code]method[/code] of [code]object[/code] from [code]initial_val[/"
+"code] to [code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, "
+"[code]delay[/code] seconds later. Methods are called with consecutive "
+"values.\n"
+"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] "
+"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and "
+"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Animates [code]property[/code] of [code]object[/code] from "
+"[code]initial_val[/code] to [code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] "
+"seconds, [code]delay[/code] seconds later. Setting the initial value to "
+"[code]null[/code] uses the current value of the property.\n"
+"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] "
+"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and "
+"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if any tweens are currently running.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This method doesn't consider tweens that have ended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Stops animation and removes a tween, given its object and property/method "
+"pair. By default, all tweens are removed, unless [code]key[/code] is "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:138
+msgid "Stops animation and removes all tweens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Resets a tween to its initial value (the one given, not the one before the "
+"tween), given its object and property/method pair. By default, all tweens "
+"are removed, unless [code]key[/code] is specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Resets all tweens to their initial values (the ones given, not those before "
+"the tween)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"Continues animating a stopped tween, given its object and property/method "
+"pair. By default, all tweens are resumed, unless [code]key[/code] is "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:166
+msgid "Continues animating all stopped tweens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:173
+msgid "Sets the interpolation to the given [code]time[/code] in seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"Activates/deactivates the tween. See also [method stop_all] and [method "
+"resume_all]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:186
+msgid "Starts the tween. You can define animations both before and after this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:194
+msgid ""
+"Stops a tween, given its object and property/method pair. By default, all "
+"tweens are stopped, unless [code]key[/code] is specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:200
+msgid "Stops animating all tweens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Animates [code]method[/code] of [code]object[/code] from the value returned "
+"by [code]initial_method[/code] to [code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/"
+"code] seconds, [code]delay[/code] seconds later. Methods are animated by "
+"calling them with consecutive values.\n"
+"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] "
+"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and "
+"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"Animates [code]property[/code] of [code]object[/code] from the current value "
+"of the [code]initial_val[/code] property of [code]initial[/code] to "
+"[code]final_val[/code] for [code]duration[/code] seconds, [code]delay[/code] "
+"seconds later.\n"
+"Use [enum TransitionType] for [code]trans_type[/code] and [enum EaseType] "
+"for [code]ease_type[/code] parameters. These values control the timing and "
+"direction of the interpolation. See the class description for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:238
+msgid "Returns the current time of the tween."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:244
+msgid "The tween's animation process thread. See [enum TweenProcessMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:247
+msgid ""
+"The tween's speed multiplier. For example, set it to [code]1.0[/code] for "
+"normal speed, [code]2.0[/code] for two times normal speed, or [code]0.5[/"
+"code] for half of the normal speed. A value of [code]0[/code] pauses the "
+"animation, but see also [method set_active] or [method stop_all] for this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:250
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the tween loops."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:256
+msgid "Emitted when all processes in a tween end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:263
+msgid "Emitted when a tween ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:270
+msgid "Emitted when a tween starts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:279
+msgid "Emitted at each step of the animation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:285
+msgid "The tween updates with the [code]_physics_process[/code] callback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:288
+msgid "The tween updates with the [code]_process[/code] callback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:291
+msgid "The animation is interpolated linearly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:294
+msgid "The animation is interpolated using a sine function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:297
+msgid ""
+"The animation is interpolated with a quintic (to the power of 5) function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"The animation is interpolated with a quartic (to the power of 4) function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"The animation is interpolated with a quadratic (to the power of 2) function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:306
+msgid ""
+"The animation is interpolated with an exponential (to the power of x) "
+"function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:309
+msgid ""
+"The animation is interpolated with elasticity, wiggling around the edges."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"The animation is interpolated with a cubic (to the power of 3) function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:315
+msgid "The animation is interpolated with a function using square roots."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:318
+msgid "The animation is interpolated by bouncing at the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:321
+msgid "The animation is interpolated backing out at ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:324
+msgid "The interpolation starts slowly and speeds up towards the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:327
+msgid "The interpolation starts quickly and slows down towards the end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:330
+msgid ""
+"A combination of [constant EASE_IN] and [constant EASE_OUT]. The "
+"interpolation is slowest at both ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Tween.xml:333
+msgid ""
+"A combination of [constant EASE_IN] and [constant EASE_OUT]. The "
+"interpolation is fastest at both ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:4
+msgid "Helper class to implement a UDP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A simple server that opens a UDP socket and returns connected "
+"[PacketPeerUDP] upon receiving new packets. See also [method PacketPeerUDP."
+"connect_to_host].\n"
+"After starting the server ([method listen]), you will need to [method poll] "
+"it at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method Node._process]) for it to "
+"process new packets, delivering them to the appropriate [PacketPeerUDP], and "
+"taking new connections.\n"
+"Below a small example of how it can be used:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# server.gd\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var server := UDPServer.new()\n"
+"var peers = []\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" server.listen(4242)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _process(delta):\n"
+" server.poll() # Important!\n"
+" if server.is_connection_available():\n"
+" var peer : PacketPeerUDP = server.take_connection()\n"
+" var pkt = peer.get_packet()\n"
+" print(\"Accepted peer: %s:%s\" % [peer.get_packet_ip(), peer."
+"get_packet_port()])\n"
+" print(\"Received data: %s\" % [pkt.get_string_from_utf8()])\n"
+" # Reply so it knows we received the message.\n"
+" peer.put_packet(pkt)\n"
+" # Keep a reference so we can keep contacting the remote peer.\n"
+" peers.append(peer)\n"
+"\n"
+" for i in range(0, peers.size()):\n"
+" pass # Do something with the connected peers.\n"
+"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# client.gd\n"
+"extends Node\n"
+"\n"
+"var udp := PacketPeerUDP.new()\n"
+"var connected = false\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" udp.connect_to_host(\"127.0.0.1\", 4242)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _process(delta):\n"
+" if !connected:\n"
+" # Try to contact server\n"
+" udp.put_packet(\"The answer is... 42!\".to_utf8())\n"
+" if udp.get_available_packet_count() > 0:\n"
+" print(\"Connected: %s\" % udp.get_packet().get_string_from_utf8())\n"
+" connected = true\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if a packet with a new address/port combination "
+"was received on the socket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the socket is open and listening on a port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Starts the server by opening a UDP socket listening on the given port. You "
+"can optionally specify a [code]bind_address[/code] to only listen for "
+"packets sent to that address. See also [method PacketPeerUDP.listen]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Call this method at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method Node._process]) "
+"to process new packets. And packet from known address/port pair will be "
+"delivered to the appropriate [PacketPeerUDP], any packet received from an "
+"unknown address/port pair will be added as a pending connection (see [method "
+"is_connection_available], [method take_connection]). The maximum number of "
+"pending connection is defined via [member max_pending_connections]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Stops the server, closing the UDP socket if open. Will close all connected "
+"[PacketPeerUDP] accepted via [method take_connection] (remote peers will not "
+"be notified)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Returns the first pending connection (connected to the appropriate address/"
+"port). Will return [code]null[/code] if no new connection is available. See "
+"also [method is_connection_available], [method PacketPeerUDP."
+"connect_to_host]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UDPServer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Define the maximum number of pending connections, during [method poll], any "
+"new pending connection exceeding that value will be automatically dropped. "
+"Setting this value to [code]0[/code] effectively prevents any new pending "
+"connection to be accepted (e.g. when all your players have connected)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:4
+msgid "Helper to manage undo/redo operations in the editor or custom tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Helper to manage undo/redo operations in the editor or custom tools. It "
+"works by registering methods and property changes inside \"actions\".\n"
+"Common behavior is to create an action, then add do/undo calls to functions "
+"or property changes, then committing the action.\n"
+"Here's an example on how to add an action to the Godot editor's own "
+"[UndoRedo], from a plugin:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var undo_redo = get_undo_redo() # Method of EditorPlugin.\n"
+"\n"
+"func do_something():\n"
+" pass # Put your code here.\n"
+"\n"
+"func undo_something():\n"
+" pass # Put here the code that reverts what's done by "
+"\"do_something()\".\n"
+"\n"
+"func _on_MyButton_pressed():\n"
+" var node = get_node(\"MyNode2D\")\n"
+" undo_redo.create_action(\"Move the node\")\n"
+" undo_redo.add_do_method(self, \"do_something\")\n"
+" undo_redo.add_undo_method(self, \"undo_something\")\n"
+" undo_redo.add_do_property(node, \"position\", Vector2(100,100))\n"
+" undo_redo.add_undo_property(node, \"position\", node.position)\n"
+" undo_redo.commit_action()\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[method create_action], [method add_do_method], [method add_undo_method], "
+"[method add_do_property], [method add_undo_property], and [method "
+"commit_action] should be called one after the other, like in the example. "
+"Not doing so could lead to crashes.\n"
+"If you don't need to register a method, you can leave [method add_do_method] "
+"and [method add_undo_method] out; the same goes for properties. You can also "
+"register more than one method/property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:39
+msgid "Register a method that will be called when the action is committed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:48
+msgid "Register a property value change for \"do\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Register a reference for \"do\" that will be erased if the \"do\" history is "
+"lost. This is useful mostly for new nodes created for the \"do\" call. Do "
+"not use for resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:63
+msgid "Register a method that will be called when the action is undone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:72
+msgid "Register a property value change for \"undo\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Register a reference for \"undo\" that will be erased if the \"undo\" "
+"history is lost. This is useful mostly for nodes removed with the \"do\" "
+"call (not the \"undo\" call!)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Clear the undo/redo history and associated references.\n"
+"Passing [code]false[/code] to [code]increase_version[/code] will prevent the "
+"version number to be increased from this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Commit the action. All \"do\" methods/properties are called/set when this "
+"function is called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Create a new action. After this is called, do all your calls to [method "
+"add_do_method], [method add_undo_method], [method add_do_property], and "
+"[method add_undo_property], then commit the action with [method "
+"commit_action].\n"
+"The way actions are merged is dictated by the [code]merge_mode[/code] "
+"argument. See [enum MergeMode] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:108
+msgid "Gets the name of the current action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Gets the version. Every time a new action is committed, the [UndoRedo]'s "
+"version number is increased automatically.\n"
+"This is useful mostly to check if something changed from a saved version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the [UndoRedo] is currently committing the "
+"action, i.e. running its \"do\" method or property change (see [method "
+"commit_action])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:139
+msgid "Redo the last action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:145
+msgid "Undo the last action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:152
+msgid "Called when [method undo] or [method redo] was called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:158
+msgid "Makes \"do\"/\"undo\" operations stay in separate actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"Makes so that the action's \"do\" operation is from the first action created "
+"and the \"undo\" operation is from the last subsequent action with the same "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/UndoRedo.xml:164
+msgid "Makes subsequent actions with the same name be merged into one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:4
+msgid "UPNP network functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides UPNP functionality to discover [UPNPDevice]s on the local network "
+"and execute commands on them, like managing port mappings (port forwarding) "
+"and querying the local and remote network IP address. Note that methods on "
+"this class are synchronous and block the calling thread.\n"
+"To forward a specific port:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"const PORT = 7777\n"
+"var upnp = UPNP.new()\n"
+"upnp.discover(2000, 2, \"InternetGatewayDevice\")\n"
+"upnp.add_port_mapping(port)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"To close a specific port (e.g. after you have finished using it):\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"upnp.delete_port_mapping(port)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] UPnP discovery blocks the current thread. To perform discovery "
+"without blocking the main thread, use [Thread]s like this:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"# Emitted when UPnP port mapping setup is completed (regardless of success "
+"or failure).\n"
+"signal upnp_completed(error)\n"
+"\n"
+"# Replace this with your own server port number between 1025 and 65535.\n"
+"const SERVER_PORT = 3928\n"
+"var thread = null\n"
+"\n"
+"func _upnp_setup(server_port):\n"
+" # UPNP queries take some time.\n"
+" var upnp = UPNP.new()\n"
+" var err = upnp.discover()\n"
+"\n"
+" if err != OK:\n"
+" push_error(str(err))\n"
+" emit_signal(\"upnp_completed\", err)\n"
+" return\n"
+"\n"
+" if upnp.get_gateway() and upnp.get_gateway().is_valid_gateway():\n"
+" upnp.add_port_mapping(server_port, server_port, ProjectSettings."
+"get_setting(\"application/config/name\"), \"UDP\")\n"
+" upnp.add_port_mapping(server_port, server_port, ProjectSettings."
+"get_setting(\"application/config/name\"), \"TCP\")\n"
+" emit_signal(\"upnp_completed\", OK)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" thread = Thread.new()\n"
+" thread.start(self, \"_upnp_setup\", SERVER_PORT)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _exit_tree():\n"
+" # Wait for thread finish here to handle game exit while the thread is "
+"running.\n"
+" thread.wait_to_finish()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:59
+msgid "Adds the given [UPNPDevice] to the list of discovered devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Adds a mapping to forward the external [code]port[/code] (between 1 and "
+"65535) on the default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) to the "
+"[code]internal_port[/code] on the local machine for the given protocol "
+"[code]proto[/code] (either [code]TCP[/code] or [code]UDP[/code], with UDP "
+"being the default). If a port mapping for the given port and protocol "
+"combination already exists on that gateway device, this method tries to "
+"overwrite it. If that is not desired, you can retrieve the gateway manually "
+"with [method get_gateway] and call [method add_port_mapping] on it, if any.\n"
+"If [code]internal_port[/code] is [code]0[/code] (the default), the same port "
+"number is used for both the external and the internal port (the [code]port[/"
+"code] value).\n"
+"The description ([code]desc[/code]) is shown in some router UIs and can be "
+"used to point out which application added the mapping. The mapping's lease "
+"duration can be limited by specifying a [code]duration[/code] (in seconds). "
+"However, some routers are incompatible with one or both of these, so use "
+"with caution and add fallback logic in case of errors to retry without them "
+"if in doubt.\n"
+"See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:79
+msgid "Clears the list of discovered devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the port mapping for the given port and protocol combination on the "
+"default gateway (see [method get_gateway]) if one exists. [code]port[/code] "
+"must be a valid port between 1 and 65535, [code]proto[/code] can be either "
+"[code]TCP[/code] or [code]UDP[/code]. See [enum UPNPResult] for possible "
+"return values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Discovers local [UPNPDevice]s. Clears the list of previously discovered "
+"devices.\n"
+"Filters for IGD (InternetGatewayDevice) type devices by default, as those "
+"manage port forwarding. [code]timeout[/code] is the time to wait for "
+"responses in milliseconds. [code]ttl[/code] is the time-to-live; only touch "
+"this if you know what you're doing.\n"
+"See [enum UPNPResult] for possible return values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:105
+msgid "Returns the [UPNPDevice] at the given [code]index[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:111
+msgid "Returns the number of discovered [UPNPDevice]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"Returns the default gateway. That is the first discovered [UPNPDevice] that "
+"is also a valid IGD (InternetGatewayDevice)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Returns the external [IP] address of the default gateway (see [method "
+"get_gateway]) as string. Returns an empty string on error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Removes the device at [code]index[/code] from the list of discovered devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"Sets the device at [code]index[/code] from the list of discovered devices to "
+"[code]device[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:144
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], IPv6 is used for [UPNPDevice] discovery."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"If [code]0[/code], the local port to use for discovery is chosen "
+"automatically by the system. If [code]1[/code], discovery will be done from "
+"the source port 1900 (same as destination port). Otherwise, the value will "
+"be used as the port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Multicast interface to use for discovery. Uses the default multicast "
+"interface if empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:155
+msgid "UPNP command or discovery was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Not authorized to use the command on the [UPNPDevice]. May be returned when "
+"the user disabled UPNP on their router."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"No port mapping was found for the given port, protocol combination on the "
+"given [UPNPDevice]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:164
+msgid "Inconsistent parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"No such entry in array. May be returned if a given port, protocol "
+"combination is not found on an [UPNPDevice]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:170
+msgid "The action failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the source IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:176
+msgid "The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the external port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:179
+msgid "The [UPNPDevice] does not allow wildcard values for the internal port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:182
+msgid "The remote host value must be a wildcard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:185
+msgid "The external port value must be a wildcard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"No port maps are available. May also be returned if port mapping "
+"functionality is not available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Conflict with other mechanism. May be returned instead of [constant "
+"UPNP_RESULT_CONFLICT_WITH_OTHER_MAPPING] if a port mapping conflicts with an "
+"existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:194
+msgid "Conflict with an existing port mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:197
+msgid "External and internal port values must be the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"Only permanent leases are supported. Do not use the [code]duration[/code] "
+"parameter when adding port mappings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:203
+msgid "Invalid gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:206
+msgid "Invalid port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:209
+msgid "Invalid protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:212
+msgid "Invalid duration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:215
+msgid "Invalid arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:218
+msgid "Invalid response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:221
+msgid "Invalid parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:224
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:69
+msgid "HTTP error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:227
+msgid "Socket error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:230
+msgid "Error allocating memory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:233
+msgid ""
+"No gateway available. You may need to call [method discover] first, or "
+"discovery didn't detect any valid IGDs (InternetGatewayDevices)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:236
+msgid ""
+"No devices available. You may need to call [method discover] first, or "
+"discovery didn't detect any valid [UPNPDevice]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNP.xml:239
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:93
+msgid "Unknown error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:4
+msgid "UPNP device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"UPNP device. See [UPNP] for UPNP discovery and utility functions. Provides "
+"low-level access to UPNP control commands. Allows to manage port mappings "
+"(port forwarding) and to query network information of the device (like local "
+"and external IP address and status). Note that methods on this class are "
+"synchronous and block the calling thread."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Adds a port mapping to forward the given external port on this [UPNPDevice] "
+"for the given protocol to the local machine. See [method UPNP."
+"add_port_mapping]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Deletes the port mapping identified by the given port and protocol "
+"combination on this device. See [method UPNP.delete_port_mapping]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this is a valid IGD (InternetGatewayDevice) "
+"which potentially supports port forwarding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the external IP address of this [UPNPDevice] or an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:46
+msgid "URL to the device description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:49
+msgid "IDG control URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Address of the local machine in the network connecting it to this "
+"[UPNPDevice]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:55
+msgid "IGD service type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:58
+msgid "IGD status. See [enum IGDStatus]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:61
+msgid "Service type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:66
+msgid "OK."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:72
+msgid "Empty HTTP response."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:75
+msgid "Returned response contained no URLs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:78
+msgid "Not a valid IGD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:81
+msgid "Disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:84
+msgid "Unknown device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:87
+msgid "Invalid control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/upnp/doc_classes/UPNPDevice.xml:90
+msgid "Memory allocation error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Variant.xml:4
+msgid "The most important data type in Godot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Variant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"In computer programming, a Variant class is a class that is designed to "
+"store a variety of other types. Dynamic programming languages like PHP, Lua, "
+"JavaScript and GDScript like to use them to store variables' data on the "
+"backend. With these Variants, properties are able to change value types "
+"freely.\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var foo = 2 # foo is dynamically an integer\n"
+"foo = \"Now foo is a string!\"\n"
+"foo = Reference.new() # foo is an Object\n"
+"var bar: int = 2 # bar is a statically typed integer.\n"
+"# bar = \"Uh oh! I can't make static variables become a different type!\"\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Godot tracks all scripting API variables within Variants. Without even "
+"realizing it, you use Variants all the time. When a particular language "
+"enforces its own rules for keeping data typed, then that language is "
+"applying its own custom logic over the base Variant scripting API.\n"
+"- GDScript automatically wrap values in them. It keeps all data in plain "
+"Variants by default and then optionally enforces custom static typing rules "
+"on variable types.\n"
+"- VisualScript tracks properties inside Variants as well, but it also uses "
+"static typing. The GUI interface enforces that properties have a particular "
+"type that doesn't change over time.\n"
+"- C# is statically typed, but uses the Mono [code]object[/code] type in "
+"place of Godot's Variant class when it needs to represent a dynamic value. "
+"[code]object[/code] is the Mono runtime's equivalent of the same concept.\n"
+"- The statically-typed language NativeScript C++ does not define a built-in "
+"Variant-like class. Godot's GDNative bindings provide their own godot::"
+"Variant class for users; Any point at which the C++ code starts interacting "
+"with the Godot runtime is a place where you might have to start wrapping "
+"data inside Variant objects.\n"
+"The global [method @GDScript.typeof] function returns the enumerated value "
+"of the Variant type stored in the current variable (see [enum Variant."
+"Type]).\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var foo = 2\n"
+"match typeof(foo):\n"
+" TYPE_NIL:\n"
+" print(\"foo is null\")\n"
+" TYPE_INTEGER:\n"
+" print(\"foo is an integer\")\n"
+" TYPE_OBJECT:\n"
+" # Note that Objects are their own special category.\n"
+" # To get the name of the underlying Object type, you need the "
+"`get_class()` method.\n"
+" print(\"foo is a(n) %s\" % foo.get_class()) # inject the class name "
+"into a formatted string.\n"
+" # Note also that there is not yet any way to get a script's "
+"`class_name` string easily.\n"
+" # To fetch that value, you need to dig deeply into a hidden "
+"ProjectSettings setting: an Array of Dictionaries called "
+"\"_global_script_classes\".\n"
+" # Open your project.godot file to see it up close.\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"A Variant takes up only 20 bytes and can store almost any engine datatype "
+"inside of it. Variants are rarely used to hold information for long periods "
+"of time. Instead, they are used mainly for communication, editing, "
+"serialization and moving data around.\n"
+"Godot has specifically invested in making its Variant class as flexible as "
+"possible; so much so that it is used for a multitude of operations to "
+"facilitate communication between all of Godot's systems.\n"
+"A Variant:\n"
+"- Can store almost any datatype.\n"
+"- Can perform operations between many variants. GDScript uses Variant as its "
+"atomic/native datatype.\n"
+"- Can be hashed, so it can be compared quickly to other variants.\n"
+"- Can be used to convert safely between datatypes.\n"
+"- Can be used to abstract calling methods and their arguments. Godot exports "
+"all its functions through variants.\n"
+"- Can be used to defer calls or move data between threads.\n"
+"- Can be serialized as binary and stored to disk, or transferred via "
+"network.\n"
+"- Can be serialized to text and use it for printing values and editable "
+"settings.\n"
+"- Can work as an exported property, so the editor can edit it universally.\n"
+"- Can be used for dictionaries, arrays, parsers, etc.\n"
+"[b]Containers (Array and Dictionary):[/b] Both are implemented using "
+"variants. A [Dictionary] can match any datatype used as key to any other "
+"datatype. An [Array] just holds an array of Variants. Of course, a Variant "
+"can also hold a [Dictionary] and an [Array] inside, making it even more "
+"flexible.\n"
+"Modifications to a container will modify all references to it. A [Mutex] "
+"should be created to lock it if multi-threaded access is desired."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Variant.xml:53
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/development/cpp/variant_class.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Vertical box container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:7
+msgid "Vertical box container. See [BoxContainer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VBoxContainer.xml:18
+msgid "The vertical space between the [VBoxContainer]'s elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:4
+msgid "Vector used for 2D math."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"2-element structure that can be used to represent positions in 2D space or "
+"any other pair of numeric values.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In a boolean context, a Vector2 will evaluate to [code]false[/"
+"code] if it's equal to [code]Vector2(0, 0)[/code]. Otherwise, a Vector2 will "
+"always evaluate to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:14 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLZHQObOWTQDPD3MizzM2xVFitgF8hE_ab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Constructs a new Vector2 from the given [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:30 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new vector with all components in absolute values (i.e. positive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Returns this vector's angle with respect to the positive X axis, or [code]"
+"(1, 0)[/code] vector, in radians.\n"
+"For example, [code]Vector2.RIGHT.angle()[/code] will return zero, "
+"[code]Vector2.DOWN.angle()[/code] will return [code]PI / 2[/code] (a quarter "
+"turn, or 90 degrees), and [code]Vector2(1, -1).angle()[/code] will return "
+"[code]-PI / 4[/code] (a negative eighth turn, or -45 degrees).\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
+"vector2_angle.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]\n"
+"Equivalent to the result of [method @GDScript.atan2] when called with the "
+"vector's [member y] and [member x] as parameters: [code]atan2(y, x)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Returns the angle to the given vector, in radians.\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
+"vector2_angle_to.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Returns the angle between the line connecting the two points and the X axis, "
+"in radians.\n"
+"[url=https://raw.githubusercontent.com/godotengine/godot-docs/master/img/"
+"vector2_angle_to_point.png]Illustration of the returned angle.[/url]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Returns the aspect ratio of this vector, the ratio of [member x] to [member "
+"y]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:68 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector \"bounced off\" from a plane defined by the given normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector with all components rounded up (towards positive "
+"infinity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector with a maximum length by limiting its length to "
+"[code]length[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:88
+msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]with[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Cubically interpolates between this vector and [code]b[/code] using "
+"[code]pre_a[/code] and [code]post_b[/code] as handles, and returns the "
+"result at position [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range "
+"of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:105 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Returns the normalized vector pointing from this vector to [code]b[/code]. "
+"This is equivalent to using [code](b - a).normalized()[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:112 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns the squared distance between this vector and [code]b[/code].\n"
+"This method runs faster than [method distance_to], so prefer it if you need "
+"to compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:120
+msgid "Returns the distance between this vector and [code]to[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"Returns the dot product of this vector and [code]with[/code]. This can be "
+"used to compare the angle between two vectors. For example, this can be used "
+"to determine whether an enemy is facing the player.\n"
+"The dot product will be [code]0[/code] for a straight angle (90 degrees), "
+"greater than 0 for angles narrower than 90 degrees and lower than 0 for "
+"angles wider than 90 degrees.\n"
+"When using unit (normalized) vectors, the result will always be between "
+"[code]-1.0[/code] (180 degree angle) when the vectors are facing opposite "
+"directions, and [code]1.0[/code] (0 degree angle) when the vectors are "
+"aligned.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]a.dot(b)[/code] is equivalent to [code]b.dot(a)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector with all components rounded down (towards negative "
+"infinity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:143 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this vector and [code]v[/code] are "
+"approximately equal, by running [method @GDScript.is_equal_approx] on each "
+"component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:149 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the vector is normalized, [code]false[/code] "
+"otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:155 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:131
+msgid "Returns the length (magnitude) of this vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:161 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Returns the squared length (squared magnitude) of this vector.\n"
+"This method runs faster than [method length], so prefer it if you need to "
+"compare vectors or need the squared distance for some formula."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and "
+"[code]to[/code] by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the "
+"range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Moves the vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] "
+"amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:184 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector scaled to unit length. Equivalent to [code]v / v.length()"
+"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:191 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Returns a vector composed of the [method @GDScript.fposmod] of this vector's "
+"components and [code]mod[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:198 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"Returns a vector composed of the [method @GDScript.fposmod] of this vector's "
+"components and [code]modv[/code]'s components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:205
+msgid "Returns the vector projected onto the vector [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:212
+msgid "Returns the vector reflected from a plane defined by the given normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector rotated by [code]phi[/code] radians. See also [method "
+"@GDScript.deg2rad]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector with all components rounded to the nearest integer, with "
+"halfway cases rounded away from zero."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending "
+"on the signs of the components. If a component is zero, it returns positive "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:239 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of spherical linear interpolation between this vector and "
+"[code]to[/code], by amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on "
+"the range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Both vectors must be normalized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:247 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:251
+msgid "Returns this vector slid along a plane defined by the given normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:254 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"Returns this vector with each component snapped to the nearest multiple of "
+"[code]step[/code]. This can also be used to round to an arbitrary number of "
+"decimals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:260
+msgid ""
+"Returns a perpendicular vector rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise compared "
+"to the original, with the same length."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:266 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:271
+msgid ""
+"The vector's X component. Also accessible by using the index position [code]"
+"[0][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:269 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"The vector's Y component. Also accessible by using the index position [code]"
+"[1][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:274
+msgid "Enumerated value for the X axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:277
+msgid "Enumerated value for the Y axis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:280 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:291
+msgid "Zero vector, a vector with all components set to [code]0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:283 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:294
+msgid "One vector, a vector with all components set to [code]1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:286 doc/classes/Vector3.xml:297
+msgid ""
+"Infinity vector, a vector with all components set to [constant @GDScript."
+"INF]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:289
+msgid "Left unit vector. Represents the direction of left."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:292
+msgid "Right unit vector. Represents the direction of right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:295
+msgid "Up unit vector. Y is down in 2D, so this vector points -Y."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector2.xml:298
+msgid "Down unit vector. Y is down in 2D, so this vector points +Y."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:4
+msgid "Vector used for 3D math."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"3-element structure that can be used to represent positions in 3D space or "
+"any other pair of numeric values.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] In a boolean context, a Vector3 will evaluate to [code]false[/"
+"code] if it's equal to [code]Vector3(0, 0, 0)[/code]. Otherwise, a Vector3 "
+"will always evaluate to [code]true[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:25
+msgid "Returns a Vector3 with the given components."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the unsigned minimum angle to the given vector, in radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new vector with all components rounded up (towards positive "
+"infinity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:58
+msgid "Returns the cross product of this vector and [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Performs a cubic interpolation between vectors [code]pre_a[/code], [code]a[/"
+"code], [code]b[/code], [code]post_b[/code] ([code]a[/code] is current), by "
+"the given amount [code]weight[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the range of "
+"0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:90
+msgid "Returns the distance between this vector and [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Returns the dot product of this vector and [code]b[/code]. This can be used "
+"to compare the angle between two vectors. For example, this can be used to "
+"determine whether an enemy is facing the player.\n"
+"The dot product will be [code]0[/code] for a straight angle (90 degrees), "
+"greater than 0 for angles narrower than 90 degrees and lower than 0 for "
+"angles wider than 90 degrees.\n"
+"When using unit (normalized) vectors, the result will always be between "
+"[code]-1.0[/code] (180 degree angle) when the vectors are facing opposite "
+"directions, and [code]1.0[/code] (0 degree angle) when the vectors are "
+"aligned.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [code]a.dot(b)[/code] is equivalent to [code]b.dot(a)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new vector with all components rounded down (towards negative "
+"infinity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Returns the inverse of the vector. This is the same as [code]Vector3( 1.0 / "
+"v.x, 1.0 / v.y, 1.0 / v.z )[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"Returns the result of the linear interpolation between this vector and "
+"[code]to[/code] by amount [code]t[/code]. [code]weight[/code] is on the "
+"range of 0.0 to 1.0, representing the amount of interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"Returns the axis of the vector's largest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] "
+"constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant "
+"AXIS_X]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Returns the axis of the vector's smallest value. See [code]AXIS_*[/code] "
+"constants. If all components are equal, this method returns [constant "
+"AXIS_Z]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Moves this vector toward [code]to[/code] by the fixed [code]delta[/code] "
+"amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:179
+msgid "Returns the outer product with [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:200
+msgid "Returns this vector projected onto another vector [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:207
+msgid "Returns this vector reflected from a plane defined by the given normal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:215
+msgid ""
+"Rotates this vector around a given axis by [code]phi[/code] radians. The "
+"axis must be a normalized vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:221
+msgid ""
+"Returns this vector with all components rounded to the nearest integer, with "
+"halfway cases rounded away from zero."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"Returns a vector with each component set to one or negative one, depending "
+"on the signs of this vector's components. If a component is zero, it returns "
+"positive one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"Returns the signed angle to the given vector, in radians. The sign of the "
+"angle is positive in a counter-clockwise direction and negative in a "
+"clockwise direction when viewed from the side specified by the [code]axis[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:264
+msgid ""
+"Returns a diagonal matrix with the vector as main diagonal.\n"
+"This is equivalent to a Basis with no rotation or shearing and this vector's "
+"components set as the scale."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"The vector's Z component. Also accessible by using the index position [code]"
+"[2][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:282
+msgid ""
+"Enumerated value for the X axis. Returned by [method max_axis] and [method "
+"min_axis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:285
+msgid ""
+"Enumerated value for the Y axis. Returned by [method max_axis] and [method "
+"min_axis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"Enumerated value for the Z axis. Returned by [method max_axis] and [method "
+"min_axis]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:300
+msgid ""
+"Left unit vector. Represents the local direction of left, and the global "
+"direction of west."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:303
+msgid ""
+"Right unit vector. Represents the local direction of right, and the global "
+"direction of east."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:306
+msgid "Up unit vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:309
+msgid "Down unit vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:312
+msgid ""
+"Forward unit vector. Represents the local direction of forward, and the "
+"global direction of north."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Vector3.xml:315
+msgid ""
+"Back unit vector. Represents the local direction of back, and the global "
+"direction of south."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:4
+msgid "Physics body that simulates the behavior of a car."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node implements all the physics logic needed to simulate a car. It is "
+"based on the raycast vehicle system commonly found in physics engines. You "
+"will need to add a [CollisionShape] for the main body of your vehicle and "
+"add [VehicleWheel] nodes for the wheels. You should also add a "
+"[MeshInstance] to this node for the 3D model of your car but this model "
+"should not include meshes for the wheels. You should control the vehicle by "
+"using the [member brake], [member engine_force], and [member steering] "
+"properties and not change the position or orientation of this node "
+"directly.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The origin point of your VehicleBody will determine the center "
+"of gravity of your vehicle so it is better to keep this low and move the "
+"[CollisionShape] and [MeshInstance] upwards.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class has known issues and isn't designed to provide "
+"realistic 3D vehicle physics. If you want advanced vehicle physics, you will "
+"probably have to write your own physics integration using another "
+"[PhysicsBody] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Slows down the vehicle by applying a braking force. The vehicle is only "
+"slowed down if the wheels are in contact with a surface. The force you need "
+"to apply to adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member "
+"RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a "
+"value in the 25 - 30 range for hard braking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Accelerates the vehicle by applying an engine force. The vehicle is only "
+"speed up if the wheels that have [member VehicleWheel.use_as_traction] set "
+"to [code]true[/code] and are in contact with a surface. The [member "
+"RigidBody.mass] of the vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the "
+"vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 "
+"range for acceleration.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, "
+"you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears.\n"
+"A negative value will result in the vehicle reversing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleBody.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The steering angle for the vehicle. Setting this to a non-zero value will "
+"result in the vehicle turning when it's moving. Wheels that have [member "
+"VehicleWheel.use_as_steering] set to [code]true[/code] will automatically be "
+"rotated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:4
+msgid "Physics object that simulates the behavior of a wheel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node needs to be used as a child node of [VehicleBody] and simulates "
+"the behavior of one of its wheels. This node also acts as a collider to "
+"detect if the wheel is touching a surface.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This class has known issues and isn't designed to provide "
+"realistic 3D vehicle physics. If you want advanced vehicle physics, you will "
+"probably have to write your own physics integration using another "
+"[PhysicsBody] class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:17
+msgid "Returns the rotational speed of the wheel in revolutions per minute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Returns a value between 0.0 and 1.0 that indicates whether this wheel is "
+"skidding. 0.0 is skidding (the wheel has lost grip, e.g. icy terrain), 1.0 "
+"means not skidding (the wheel has full grip, e.g. dry asphalt road)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:29
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this wheel is in contact with a surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Slows down the wheel by applying a braking force. The wheel is only slowed "
+"down if it is in contact with a surface. The force you need to apply to "
+"adequately slow down your vehicle depends on the [member RigidBody.mass] of "
+"the vehicle. For a vehicle with a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - "
+"30 range for hard braking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The damping applied to the spring when the spring is being compressed. This "
+"value should be between 0.0 (no damping) and 1.0. A value of 0.0 means the "
+"car will keep bouncing as the spring keeps its energy. A good value for this "
+"is around 0.3 for a normal car, 0.5 for a race car."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"The damping applied to the spring when relaxing. This value should be "
+"between 0.0 (no damping) and 1.0. This value should always be slightly "
+"higher than the [member damping_compression] property. For a [member "
+"damping_compression] value of 0.3, try a relaxation value of 0.5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Accelerates the wheel by applying an engine force. The wheel is only speed "
+"up if it is in contact with a surface. The [member RigidBody.mass] of the "
+"vehicle has an effect on the acceleration of the vehicle. For a vehicle with "
+"a mass set to 1000, try a value in the 25 - 50 range for acceleration.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The simulation does not take the effect of gears into account, "
+"you will need to add logic for this if you wish to simulate gears.\n"
+"A negative value will result in the wheel reversing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"The steering angle for the wheel. Setting this to a non-zero value will "
+"result in the vehicle turning when it's moving."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The maximum force the spring can resist. This value should be higher than a "
+"quarter of the [member RigidBody.mass] of the [VehicleBody] or the spring "
+"will not carry the weight of the vehicle. Good results are often obtained by "
+"a value that is about 3× to 4× this number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"This value defines the stiffness of the suspension. Use a value lower than "
+"50 for an off-road car, a value between 50 and 100 for a race car and try "
+"something around 200 for something like a Formula 1 car."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"This is the distance the suspension can travel. As Godot units are "
+"equivalent to meters, keep this setting relatively low. Try a value between "
+"0.1 and 0.3 depending on the type of car."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this wheel will be turned when the car steers. This "
+"value is used in conjunction with [member VehicleBody.steering] and ignored "
+"if you are using the per-wheel [member steering] value instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this wheel transfers engine force to the ground to "
+"propel the vehicle forward. This value is used in conjunction with [member "
+"VehicleBody.engine_force] and ignored if you are using the per-wheel [member "
+"engine_force] value instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"This determines how much grip this wheel has. It is combined with the "
+"friction setting of the surface the wheel is in contact with. 0.0 means no "
+"grip, 1.0 is normal grip. For a drift car setup, try setting the grip of the "
+"rear wheels slightly lower than the front wheels, or use a lower value to "
+"simulate tire wear.\n"
+"It's best to set this to 1.0 when starting out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:71
+msgid "The radius of the wheel in meters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"This is the distance in meters the wheel is lowered from its origin point. "
+"Don't set this to 0.0 and move the wheel into position, instead move the "
+"origin point of your wheel (the gizmo in Godot) to the position the wheel "
+"will take when bottoming out, then use the rest length to move the wheel "
+"down to the position it should be in when the car is in rest."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VehicleWheel.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"This value affects the roll of your vehicle. If set to 1.0 for all wheels, "
+"your vehicle will be prone to rolling over, while a value of 0.0 will resist "
+"body roll."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:4
+msgid "Control for playing video streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Control node for playing video streams using [VideoStream] resources.\n"
+"Supported video formats are [url=https://www.webmproject.org/]WebM[/url] "
+"([code].webm[/code], [VideoStreamWebm]), [url=https://www.theora.org/]Ogg "
+"Theora[/url] ([code].ogv[/code], [VideoStreamTheora]), and any format "
+"exposed via a GDNative plugin using [VideoStreamGDNative].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to a bug, VideoPlayer does not support localization "
+"remapping yet.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] On HTML5, video playback [i]will[/i] perform poorly due to "
+"missing architecture-specific assembly optimizations, especially for VP8/VP9."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Returns the video stream's name, or [code]\"<No Stream>\"[/code] if no video "
+"stream is assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:24
+msgid "Returns the current frame as a [Texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the video is playing.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The video is still considered playing if paused during playback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Starts the video playback from the beginning. If the video is paused, this "
+"will not unpause the video."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Stops the video playback and sets the stream position to 0.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Although the stream position will be set to 0, the first frame "
+"of the video stream won't become the current frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:50
+msgid "The embedded audio track to play."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:53
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], playback starts when the scene loads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:56
+msgid "Amount of time in milliseconds to store in buffer while playing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:59
+msgid "Audio bus to use for sound playback."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the video scales to the control size. Otherwise, the "
+"control minimum size will be automatically adjusted to match the video "
+"stream's dimensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:65
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the video is paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:68
+msgid "The assigned video stream. See description for supported formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The current position of the stream, in seconds.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing this value won't have any effect as seeking is not "
+"implemented yet, except in video formats implemented by a GDNative add-on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:75
+msgid "Audio volume as a linear value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:78
+msgid "Audio volume in dB."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoPlayer.xml:84
+msgid "Emitted when playback is finished."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoStream.xml:4
+msgid "Base resource for video streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VideoStream.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base resource type for all video streams. Classes that derive from "
+"[VideoStream] can all be used as resource types to play back videos in "
+"[VideoPlayer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:4
+msgid "[VideoStream] resource for for video formats implemented via GDNative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VideoStream] resource for for video formats implemented via GDNative.\n"
+"It can be used via [url=https://github.com/KidRigger/godot-"
+"videodecoder]godot-videodecoder[/url] which uses the [url=https://ffmpeg."
+"org]FFmpeg[/url] library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the video file handled by this [VideoStreamGDNative]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/gdnative/doc_classes/VideoStreamGDNative.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Sets the video file that this [VideoStreamGDNative] resource handles. The "
+"supported extensions depend on the GDNative plugins used to expose video "
+"formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:4
+msgid "[VideoStream] resource for Ogg Theora videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VideoStream] resource handling the [url=https://www.theora.org/]Ogg Theora[/"
+"url] video format with [code].ogv[/code] extension. The Theora codec is less "
+"efficient than [VideoStreamWebm]'s VP8 and VP9, but it requires less CPU "
+"resources to decode. The Theora codec is decoded on the CPU.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] While Ogg Theora videos can also have an [code].ogg[/code] "
+"extension, you will have to rename the extension to [code].ogv[/code] to use "
+"those videos within Godot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:16
+msgid "Returns the Ogg Theora video file handled by this [VideoStreamTheora]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/theora/doc_classes/VideoStreamTheora.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Sets the Ogg Theora video file that this [VideoStreamTheora] resource "
+"handles. The [code]file[/code] name should have the [code].ogv[/code] "
+"extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:4
+msgid "[VideoStream] resource for WebM videos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VideoStream] resource handling the [url=https://www.webmproject.org/]WebM[/"
+"url] video format with [code].webm[/code] extension. Both the VP8 and VP9 "
+"codecs are supported. The VP8 and VP9 codecs are more efficient than "
+"[VideoStreamTheora], but they require more CPU resources to decode "
+"(especially VP9). Both the VP8 and VP9 codecs are decoded on the CPU.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Alpha channel (also known as transparency) is not supported. "
+"The video will always appear to have a black background, even if it "
+"originally contains an alpha channel.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] There are known bugs and performance issues with WebM video "
+"playback in Godot. If you run into problems, try using the Ogg Theora format "
+"instead: [VideoStreamTheora]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:17
+msgid "Returns the WebM video file handled by this [VideoStreamWebm]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webm/doc_classes/VideoStreamWebm.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Sets the WebM video file that this [VideoStreamWebm] resource handles. The "
+"[code]file[/code] name should have the [code].webm[/code] extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:4
+msgid "Creates a sub-view into the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Viewport creates a different view into the screen, or a sub-view inside "
+"another viewport. Children 2D Nodes will display on it, and children Camera "
+"3D nodes will render on it too.\n"
+"Optionally, a viewport can have its own 2D or 3D world, so they don't share "
+"what they draw with other viewports.\n"
+"If a viewport is a child of a [ViewportContainer], it will automatically "
+"take up its size, otherwise it must be set manually.\n"
+"Viewports can also choose to be audio listeners, so they generate positional "
+"audio depending on a 2D or 3D camera child of it.\n"
+"Also, viewports can be assigned to different screens in case the devices "
+"have multiple screens.\n"
+"Finally, viewports can also behave as render targets, in which case they "
+"will not be visible unless the associated texture is used to draw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:16
+msgid "https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/viewports/index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:18 doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:12
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/128"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:20
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/130"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:21
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/541"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:22 doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:14
+msgid "https://godotengine.org/asset-library/asset/586"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Returns the 3D world of the viewport, or if none the world of the parent "
+"viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:34
+msgid "Returns the 2D world of the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:40
+msgid "Returns the active 3D camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:46
+msgid "Returns the total transform of the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:52
+msgid "Returns the topmost modal in the stack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:58
+msgid "Returns the mouse position relative to the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:65
+msgid "Returns information about the viewport from the rendering pipeline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:72
+msgid "Returns the [enum ShadowAtlasQuadrantSubdiv] of the specified quadrant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:78
+msgid "Returns the size override set with [method set_size_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Returns the viewport's texture.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Due to the way OpenGL works, the resulting [ViewportTexture] is "
+"flipped vertically. You can use [method Image.flip_y] on the result of "
+"[method Texture.get_data] to flip it back, for example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var img = get_viewport().get_texture().get_data()\n"
+"img.flip_y()\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:95
+msgid "Returns the viewport's RID from the [VisualServer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:101
+msgid "Returns the visible rectangle in global screen coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"Returns the drag data from the GUI, that was previously returned by [method "
+"Control.get_drag_data]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:113
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if there are visible modals on-screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the viewport is currently performing a drag "
+"operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the size override is enabled. See [method "
+"set_size_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"Attaches this [Viewport] to the root [Viewport] with the specified "
+"rectangle. This bypasses the need for another node to display this "
+"[Viewport] but makes you responsible for updating the position of this "
+"[Viewport] manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:149
+msgid "Stops the input from propagating further down the [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of subdivisions to use in the specified quadrant. A higher "
+"number of subdivisions allows you to have more shadows in the scene at once, "
+"but reduces the quality of the shadows. A good practice is to have quadrants "
+"with a varying number of subdivisions and to have as few subdivisions as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size override of the viewport. If the [code]enable[/code] parameter "
+"is [code]true[/code] the override is used, otherwise it uses the default "
+"size. If the size parameter is [code](-1, -1)[/code], it won't update the "
+"size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:178
+msgid "Forces update of the 2D and 3D worlds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:185
+msgid "Warps the mouse to a position relative to the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:191
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will be used in AR/VR process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:194
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will process 2D audio streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:197
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will process 3D audio streams."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:200
+msgid ""
+"The canvas transform of the viewport, useful for changing the on-screen "
+"positions of all child [CanvasItem]s. This is relative to the global canvas "
+"transform of the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses a fast post-processing filter to make banding "
+"significantly less visible. In some cases, debanding may introduce a "
+"slightly noticeable dithering pattern. It's recommended to enable debanding "
+"only when actually needed since the dithering pattern will make lossless-"
+"compressed screenshots larger.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend. [member hdr] must also be "
+"[code]true[/code] for debanding to be effective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:207
+msgid "The overlay mode for test rendered geometry in debug purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport will disable 3D rendering. For actual "
+"disabling use [code]usage[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:213
+msgid ""
+"Enables fast approximate antialiasing. FXAA is a popular screen-space "
+"antialiasing method, which is fast but will make the image look blurry, "
+"especially at lower resolutions. It can still work relatively well at large "
+"resolutions such as 1440p and 4K. Some of the lost sharpness can be "
+"recovered by enabling contrast-adaptive sharpening (see [member "
+"sharpen_intensity])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"The global canvas transform of the viewport. The canvas transform is "
+"relative to this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:219
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport will not receive input events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the GUI controls on the viewport will lay pixel "
+"perfectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:227
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport rendering will receive benefits from High "
+"Dynamic Range algorithm. High Dynamic Range allows the viewport to receive "
+"values that are outside the 0-1 range. In Godot HDR uses 16 bits, meaning it "
+"does not store the full range of a floating point number.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Requires [member usage] to be set to [constant USAGE_3D] or "
+"[constant USAGE_3D_NO_EFFECTS], since HDR is not supported for 2D."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:231
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the result after 3D rendering will not have a linear "
+"to sRGB color conversion applied. This is important when the viewport is "
+"used as a render target where the result is used as a texture on a 3D object "
+"rendered in another viewport. It is also important if the viewport is used "
+"to create data that is not color based (noise, heightmaps, pickmaps, etc.). "
+"Do not enable this when the viewport is used as a texture on a 2D object or "
+"if the viewport is your final output. For the GLES2 driver this will convert "
+"the sRGB output to linear, this should only be used for VR plugins that "
+"require input in linear color space!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"The multisample anti-aliasing mode. A higher number results in smoother "
+"edges at the cost of significantly worse performance. A value of 4 is best "
+"unless targeting very high-end systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:237
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport will use [World] defined in [code]world[/"
+"code] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:240
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the objects rendered by viewport become subjects of "
+"mouse picking process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:243
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], renders the Viewport directly to the screen instead of "
+"to the root viewport. Only available in GLES2. This is a low-level "
+"optimization and should not be used in most cases. If used, reading from the "
+"Viewport or from [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code] becomes unavailable. For more "
+"information see [method VisualServer.viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"The clear mode when viewport used as a render target.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This property is intended for 2D usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:250
+msgid "The update mode when viewport used as a render target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the result of rendering will be flipped vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:256
+msgid "The subdivision amount of the first quadrant on the shadow atlas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:259
+msgid "The subdivision amount of the second quadrant on the shadow atlas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:262
+msgid "The subdivision amount of the third quadrant on the shadow atlas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:265
+msgid "The subdivision amount of the fourth quadrant on the shadow atlas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:268
+msgid ""
+"The shadow atlas' resolution (used for omni and spot lights). The value will "
+"be rounded up to the nearest power of 2.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] If this is set to 0, shadows won't be visible. Since user-"
+"created viewports default to a value of 0, this value must be set above 0 "
+"manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:272
+msgid ""
+"If set to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code], contrast-adaptive "
+"sharpening will be applied to the 3D viewport. This has a low performance "
+"cost and can be used to recover some of the sharpness lost from using FXAA. "
+"Values around [code]0.5[/code] generally give the best results. See also "
+"[member fxaa]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"The width and height of viewport. Must be set to a value greater than or "
+"equal to 2 pixels on both dimensions. Otherwise, nothing will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:278
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the size override affects stretch as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:281
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport should render its background as "
+"transparent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:284
+msgid "The rendering mode of viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:287
+msgid "The custom [World] which can be used as 3D environment source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:290
+msgid "The custom [World2D] which can be used as 2D environment source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:297
+msgid "Emitted when a Control node grabs keyboard focus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the size of the viewport is changed, whether by [method "
+"set_size_override], resize of window, or some other means."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:308
+msgid "Do not update the render target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"Update the render target once, then switch to [constant UPDATE_DISABLED]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:314
+msgid ""
+"Update the render target only when it is visible. This is the default value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:317
+msgid "Always update the render target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:320
+msgid "This quadrant will not be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:323
+msgid "This quadrant will only be used by one shadow map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:326
+msgid "This quadrant will be split in 4 and used by up to 4 shadow maps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:329
+msgid "This quadrant will be split 16 ways and used by up to 16 shadow maps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:332
+msgid "This quadrant will be split 64 ways and used by up to 64 shadow maps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:335
+msgid ""
+"This quadrant will be split 256 ways and used by up to 256 shadow maps. "
+"Unless the [member shadow_atlas_size] is very high, the shadows in this "
+"quadrant will be very low resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"This quadrant will be split 1024 ways and used by up to 1024 shadow maps. "
+"Unless the [member shadow_atlas_size] is very high, the shadows in this "
+"quadrant will be very low resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:341
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ShadowAtlasQuadrantSubdiv] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:344
+msgid "Amount of objects in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:347
+msgid "Amount of vertices in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:350
+msgid "Amount of material changes in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:353
+msgid "Amount of shader changes in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:356
+msgid "Amount of surface changes in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:359 doc/classes/Viewport.xml:365
+msgid "Amount of draw calls in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:362
+msgid "Amount of items or joined items in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:368
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum RenderInfo] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:371
+msgid "Objects are displayed normally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:374
+msgid "Objects are displayed without light information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"Objected are displayed semi-transparent with additive blending so you can "
+"see where they intersect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:380
+msgid "Objects are displayed in wireframe style."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:383
+msgid "Multisample anti-aliasing mode disabled. This is the default value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:386
+msgid "Use 2x Multisample Antialiasing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:389
+msgid "Use 4x Multisample Antialiasing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:392
+msgid ""
+"Use 8x Multisample Antialiasing. Likely unsupported on low-end and older "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"Use 16x Multisample Antialiasing. Likely unsupported on medium and low-end "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:398
+msgid ""
+"Allocates all buffers needed for drawing 2D scenes. This takes less VRAM "
+"than the 3D usage modes. Note that 3D rendering effects such as glow and HDR "
+"are not available when using this mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:401
+msgid ""
+"Allocates buffers needed for 2D scenes without allocating a buffer for "
+"screen copy. Accordingly, you cannot read from the screen. Of the [enum "
+"Usage] types, this requires the least VRAM. Note that 3D rendering effects "
+"such as glow and HDR are not available when using this mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:404
+msgid ""
+"Allocates full buffers for drawing 3D scenes and all 3D effects including "
+"buffers needed for 2D scenes and effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:407
+msgid ""
+"Allocates buffers needed for drawing 3D scenes. But does not allocate "
+"buffers needed for reading from the screen and post-processing effects. "
+"Saves some VRAM."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:410
+msgid "Always clear the render target before drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:413
+msgid "Never clear the render target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/Viewport.xml:416
+msgid ""
+"Clear the render target next frame, then switch to [constant "
+"CLEAR_MODE_NEVER]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Control for holding [Viewport]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A [Container] node that holds a [Viewport], automatically setting its size.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Changing a ViewportContainer's [member Control.rect_scale] will "
+"cause its contents to appear distorted. To change its visual size without "
+"causing distortion, adjust the node's margins instead (if it's not already "
+"in a container)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport will be scaled to the control's size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportContainer.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Divides the viewport's effective resolution by this value while preserving "
+"its scale. This can be used to speed up rendering.\n"
+"For example, a 1280×720 viewport with [member stretch_shrink] set to "
+"[code]2[/code] will be rendered at 640×360 while occupying the same size in "
+"the container.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] [member stretch] must be [code]true[/code] for this property to "
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Texture which displays the content of a [Viewport]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Displays the content of a [Viewport] node as a dynamic [Texture]. This can "
+"be used to mix controls, 2D, and 3D elements in the same scene.\n"
+"To create a ViewportTexture in code, use the [method Viewport.get_texture] "
+"method on the target viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/ViewportTexture.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The path to the [Viewport] node to display. This is relative to the scene "
+"root, not to the node which uses the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:4 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:4
+msgid "Enables certain nodes only when approximately visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The VisibilityEnabler will disable [RigidBody] and [AnimationPlayer] nodes "
+"when they are not visible. It will only affect other nodes within the same "
+"scene as the VisibilityEnabler itself.\n"
+"If you just want to receive notifications, use [VisibilityNotifier] "
+"instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityEnabler uses an approximate heuristic for performance "
+"reasons. It doesn't take walls and other occlusion into account. The "
+"heuristic is an implementation detail and may change in future versions. If "
+"you need precise visibility checking, use another method such as adding an "
+"[Area] node as a child of a [Camera] node and/or [method Vector3.dot].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityEnabler will not affect nodes added after scene "
+"initialization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:19 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns whether the enabler identified by given [enum Enabler] constant is "
+"active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:27 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Sets active state of the enabler identified by given [enum Enabler] constant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:33
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [RigidBody] nodes will be paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:36 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:39
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [AnimationPlayer] nodes will be paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:41 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:53
+msgid "This enabler will pause [AnimationPlayer] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:44
+msgid "This enabler will freeze [RigidBody] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler.xml:47 doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:71
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Enabler] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The VisibilityEnabler2D will disable [RigidBody2D], [AnimationPlayer], and "
+"other nodes when they are not visible. It will only affect nodes with the "
+"same root node as the VisibilityEnabler2D, and the root node itself.\n"
+"If you just want to receive notifications, use [VisibilityNotifier2D] "
+"instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, VisibilityEnabler2D uses an "
+"approximate heuristic with precision determined by [member ProjectSettings."
+"world/2d/cell_size]. If you need precise visibility checking, use another "
+"method such as adding an [Area2D] node as a child of a [Camera2D] node.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityEnabler2D will not affect nodes added after scene "
+"initialization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:33
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [RigidBody2D] nodes will be paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:36
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [AnimatedSprite] nodes will be paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:42
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], [Particles2D] nodes will be paused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the parent's [method Node._physics_process] will be "
+"stopped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the parent's [method Node._process] will be stopped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:56
+msgid "This enabler will freeze [RigidBody2D] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:59
+msgid "This enabler will stop [Particles2D] nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:62
+msgid "This enabler will stop the parent's _process function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:65
+msgid "This enabler will stop the parent's _physics_process function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityEnabler2D.xml:68
+msgid "This enabler will stop [AnimatedSprite] nodes animations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:4 doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:4
+msgid "Detects approximately when the node is visible on screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The VisibilityNotifier detects when it is visible on the screen. It also "
+"notifies when its bounding rectangle enters or exits the screen or a "
+"[Camera]'s view.\n"
+"If you want nodes to be disabled automatically when they exit the screen, "
+"use [VisibilityEnabler] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] VisibilityNotifier uses an approximate heuristic for "
+"performance reasons. It doesn't take walls and other occlusion into account. "
+"The heuristic is an implementation detail and may change in future versions. "
+"If you need precise visibility checking, use another method such as adding "
+"an [Area] node as a child of a [Camera] node and/or [method Vector3.dot]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the bounding box is on the screen.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It takes one frame for the node's visibility to be assessed "
+"once added to the scene tree, so this method will return [code]false[/code] "
+"right after it is instantiated, even if it will be on screen in the draw "
+"pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:24
+msgid "The VisibilityNotifier's bounding box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:31
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier enters a [Camera]'s view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:37
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier exits a [Camera]'s view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:42
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier enters the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier.xml:47
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier exits the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The VisibilityNotifier2D detects when it is visible on the screen. It also "
+"notifies when its bounding rectangle enters or exits the screen or a "
+"viewport.\n"
+"If you want nodes to be disabled automatically when they exit the screen, "
+"use [VisibilityEnabler2D] instead.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] For performance reasons, VisibilityNotifier2D uses an "
+"approximate heuristic with precision determined by [member ProjectSettings."
+"world/2d/cell_size]. If you need precise visibility checking, use another "
+"method such as adding an [Area2D] node as a child of a [Camera2D] node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the bounding rectangle is on the screen.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] It takes one frame for the node's visibility to be assessed "
+"once added to the scene tree, so this method will return [code]false[/code] "
+"right after it is instantiated, even if it will be on screen in the draw "
+"pass."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:25
+msgid "The VisibilityNotifier2D's bounding rectangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:31
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D enters the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:36
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D exits the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:42
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D enters a [Viewport]'s view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisibilityNotifier2D.xml:48
+msgid "Emitted when the VisibilityNotifier2D exits a [Viewport]'s view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:4
+msgid "Parent of all visual 3D nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [VisualInstance] is used to connect a resource to a visual "
+"representation. All visual 3D nodes inherit from the [VisualInstance]. In "
+"general, you should not access the [VisualInstance] properties directly as "
+"they are accessed and managed by the nodes that inherit from "
+"[VisualInstance]. [VisualInstance] is the node representation of the "
+"[VisualServer] instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [AABB] (also known as the bounding box) for this "
+"[VisualInstance]. See also [method get_transformed_aabb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Returns the RID of the resource associated with this [VisualInstance]. For "
+"example, if the Node is a [MeshInstance], this will return the RID of the "
+"associated [Mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Returns the RID of this instance. This RID is the same as the RID returned "
+"by [method VisualServer.instance_create]. This RID is needed if you want to "
+"call [VisualServer] functions directly on this [VisualInstance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] when the specified layer is enabled in [member "
+"layers] and [code]false[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the transformed [AABB] (also known as the bounding box) for this "
+"[VisualInstance].\n"
+"Transformed in this case means the [AABB] plus the position, rotation, and "
+"scale of the [Spatial]'s [Transform]. See also [method get_aabb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Sets the resource that is instantiated by this [VisualInstance], which "
+"changes how the engine handles the [VisualInstance] under the hood. "
+"Equivalent to [method VisualServer.instance_set_base]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:56
+msgid "Enables a particular layer in [member layers]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualInstance.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"The render layer(s) this [VisualInstance] is drawn on.\n"
+"This object will only be visible for [Camera]s whose cull mask includes the "
+"render object this [VisualInstance] is set to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:4
+msgid "A script implemented in the Visual Script programming environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A script implemented in the Visual Script programming environment. The "
+"script extends the functionality of all objects that instance it.\n"
+"[method Object.set_script] extends an existing object, if that object's "
+"class matches one of the script's base classes.\n"
+"You are most likely to use this class via the Visual Script editor or when "
+"writing plugins for it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/getting_started/scripting/visual_script/"
+"index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:19
+msgid "Add a custom signal with the specified name to the VisualScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:26
+msgid "Add a function with the specified name to the VisualScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:36
+msgid "Add a node to a function of the VisualScript."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Add a variable to the VisualScript, optionally giving it a default value or "
+"marking it as exported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Add an argument to a custom signal added with [method add_custom_signal]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:62
+msgid "Get the count of a custom signal's arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:70
+msgid "Get the name of a custom signal's argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:78
+msgid "Get the type of a custom signal's argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:86
+msgid "Remove a specific custom signal's argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:95
+msgid "Rename a custom signal's argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:104
+msgid "Change the type of a custom signal's argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:113
+msgid "Swap two of the arguments of a custom signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Connect two data ports. The value of [code]from_node[/code]'s "
+"[code]from_port[/code] would be fed into [code]to_node[/code]'s "
+"[code]to_port[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"Disconnect two data ports previously connected with [method data_connect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:142
+msgid "Returns the id of a function's entry point node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:149
+msgid "Returns the position of the center of the screen for a given function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:157
+msgid "Returns a node given its id and its function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:165
+msgid "Returns a node's position in pixels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:172
+msgid "Returns the default (initial) value of a variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:179
+msgid "Returns whether a variable is exported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"Returns the information for a given variable as a dictionary. The "
+"information includes its name, type, hint and usage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:193
+msgid "Returns whether a signal exists with the specified name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:204
+msgid "Returns whether the specified data ports are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:211
+msgid "Returns whether a function exists with the specified name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:219
+msgid "Returns whether a node exists with the given id."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:229
+msgid "Returns whether the specified sequence ports are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:236
+msgid "Returns whether a variable exists with the specified name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:243
+msgid "Remove a custom signal with the given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:250
+msgid "Remove a specific function and its nodes from the script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:258
+msgid "Remove a specific node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:265
+msgid "Remove a variable with the given name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:273
+msgid "Change the name of a custom signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:281
+msgid "Change the name of a function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:289
+msgid "Change the name of a variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:299
+msgid ""
+"Connect two sequence ports. The execution will flow from of [code]from_node[/"
+"code]'s [code]from_output[/code] into [code]to_node[/code].\n"
+"Unlike [method data_connect], there isn't a [code]to_port[/code], since the "
+"target node can have only one sequence port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:310
+msgid ""
+"Disconnect two sequence ports previously connected with [method "
+"sequence_connect]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:318
+msgid "Position the center of the screen for a function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:325
+msgid "Set the base type of the script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:334
+msgid "Position a node on the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:342
+msgid "Change the default (initial) value of a variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:350
+msgid "Change whether a variable is exported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:358
+msgid ""
+"Set a variable's info, using the same format as [method get_variable_info]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScript.xml:367
+msgid "Emitted when the ports of a node are changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node representing a constant from the base types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script node representing a constant from base types, such as "
+"[constant Vector3.AXIS_X]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:15
+msgid "The type to get the constant from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBasicTypeConstant.xml:18
+msgid "The name of the constant to return."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node used to call built-in functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A built-in function used inside a [VisualScript]. It is usually a math "
+"function or an utility function.\n"
+"See also [@GDScript], for the same functions in the GDScript language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:16
+msgid "The function to be executed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:21
+msgid "Return the sine of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:24
+msgid "Return the cosine of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:27
+msgid "Return the tangent of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:30
+msgid "Return the hyperbolic sine of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:33
+msgid "Return the hyperbolic cosine of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:36
+msgid "Return the hyperbolic tangent of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:39
+msgid "Return the arc sine of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:42
+msgid "Return the arc cosine of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:45
+msgid "Return the arc tangent of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Return the arc tangent of the input, using the signs of both parameters to "
+"determine the exact angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:51
+msgid "Return the square root of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Return the remainder of one input divided by the other, using floating-point "
+"numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Return the positive remainder of one input divided by the other, using "
+"floating-point numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:60
+msgid "Return the input rounded down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:63
+msgid "Return the input rounded up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:66
+msgid "Return the input rounded to the nearest integer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:69
+msgid "Return the absolute value of the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Return the sign of the input, turning it into 1, -1, or 0. Useful to "
+"determine if the input is positive or negative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:75
+msgid "Return the input raised to a given power."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Return the natural logarithm of the input. Note that this is not the typical "
+"base-10 logarithm function calculators use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Return the mathematical constant [b]e[/b] raised to the specified power of "
+"the input. [b]e[/b] has an approximate value of 2.71828."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Return whether the input is NaN (Not a Number) or not. NaN is usually "
+"produced by dividing 0 by 0, though other ways exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"Return whether the input is an infinite floating-point number or not. "
+"Infinity is usually produced by dividing a number by 0, though other ways "
+"exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Easing function, based on exponent. 0 is constant, 1 is linear, 0 to 1 is "
+"ease-in, 1+ is ease out. Negative values are in-out/out in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Return the number of digit places after the decimal that the first non-zero "
+"digit occurs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:96
+msgid "Return the input snapped to a given step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Return a number linearly interpolated between the first two inputs, based on "
+"the third input. Uses the formula [code]a + (a - b) * t[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:106
+msgid "Moves the number toward a value, based on the third input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Return the result of [code]value[/code] decreased by [code]step[/code] * "
+"[code]amount[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Randomize the seed (or the internal state) of the random number generator. "
+"Current implementation reseeds using a number based on time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Return a random 32 bits integer value. To obtain a random value between 0 to "
+"N (where N is smaller than 2^32 - 1), you can use it with the remainder "
+"function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"Return a random floating-point value between 0 and 1. To obtain a random "
+"value between 0 to N, you can use it with multiplication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:121
+msgid "Return a random floating-point value between the two inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:124
+msgid "Set the seed for the random number generator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:127
+msgid "Return a random value from the given seed, along with the new seed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:130
+msgid "Convert the input from degrees to radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:133
+msgid "Convert the input from radians to degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:136
+msgid "Convert the input from linear volume to decibel volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:139
+msgid "Convert the input from decibel volume to linear volume."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:152
+msgid "Return the greater of the two numbers, also known as their maximum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:155
+msgid "Return the lesser of the two numbers, also known as their minimum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:158
+msgid ""
+"Return the input clamped inside the given range, ensuring the result is "
+"never outside it. Equivalent to [code]min(max(input, range_low), range_high)"
+"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:161
+msgid "Return the nearest power of 2 to the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:164
+msgid "Create a [WeakRef] from the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:167
+msgid "Create a [FuncRef] from the input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:170
+msgid "Convert between types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:173
+msgid ""
+"Return the type of the input as an integer. Check [enum Variant.Type] for "
+"the integers that might be returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:176
+msgid "Checks if a type is registered in the [ClassDB]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:179
+msgid "Return a character with the given ascii value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:182
+msgid "Convert the input to a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:185
+msgid "Print the given string to the output window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:188
+msgid "Print the given string to the standard error output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Print the given string to the standard output, without adding a newline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:194
+msgid "Serialize a [Variant] to a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"Deserialize a [Variant] from a string serialized using [constant VAR_TO_STR]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:200
+msgid "Serialize a [Variant] to a [PoolByteArray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"Deserialize a [Variant] from a [PoolByteArray] serialized using [constant "
+"VAR_TO_BYTES]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:206
+msgid ""
+"Return the [Color] with the given name and alpha ranging from 0 to 1.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Names are defined in [code]color_names.inc[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:210
+msgid ""
+"Return a number smoothly interpolated between the first two inputs, based on "
+"the third input. Similar to [constant MATH_LERP], but interpolates faster at "
+"the beginning and slower at the end. Using Hermite interpolation formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"var t = clamp((weight - from) / (to - from), 0.0, 1.0)\n"
+"return t * t * (3.0 - 2.0 * t)\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptBuiltinFunc.xml:223
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum BuiltinFunc] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:4
+msgid "Gets a constant from a given class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node returns a constant from a given class, such as [constant "
+"TYPE_INT]. See the given class' documentation for available constants.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]value[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:19
+msgid "The constant's parent class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptClassConstant.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The constant to return. See the given class for its available constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node used to annotate the script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script node used to display annotations in the script, so that code "
+"may be documented.\n"
+"Comment nodes can be resized so they encompass a group of nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:16
+msgid "The text inside the comment node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:19
+msgid "The comment node's size (in pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComment.xml:22
+msgid "The comment node's title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComposeArray.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script Node used to create array from a list of items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptComposeArray.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script Node used to compose array from the list of elements "
+"provided with custom in-graph UI hard coded in the VisualScript Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCondition.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node which branches the flow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCondition.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script node that checks a [bool] input port. If [code]true[/code], "
+"it will exit via the \"true\" sequence port. If [code]false[/code], it will "
+"exit via the \"false\" sequence port. After exiting either, it exits via the "
+"\"done\" port. Sequence ports may be left disconnected.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]if (cond) is[/code]\n"
+"- Data (boolean): [code]cond[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]true[/code]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]false[/code]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]done[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:4
+msgid "Gets a contant's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node returns a constant's value.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:19
+msgid "The constant's type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstant.xml:22
+msgid "The constant's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstructor.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node which calls a base type constructor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptConstructor.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script node which calls a base type constructor. It can be used for "
+"type conversion as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:4
+msgid "A scripted Visual Script node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:7
+msgid "A custom Visual Script node which can be scripted in powerful ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:15
+msgid "Return the node's title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:21
+msgid "Return the node's category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:27
+msgid "Return the count of input value ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Return the specified input port's hint. See the [enum @GlobalScope."
+"PropertyHint] hints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:41
+msgid "Return the specified input port's hint string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:48
+msgid "Return the specified input port's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Return the specified input port's type. See the [enum Variant.Type] values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:61
+msgid "Return the amount of output [b]sequence[/b] ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:68
+msgid "Return the specified [b]sequence[/b] output's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:74
+msgid "Return the amount of output value ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Return the specified output port's hint. See the [enum @GlobalScope."
+"PropertyHint] hints."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:88
+msgid "Return the specified output port's hint string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:95
+msgid "Return the specified output port's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Return the specified output port's type. See the [enum Variant.Type] values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"Return the custom node's text, which is shown right next to the input "
+"[b]sequence[/b] port (if there is none, on the place that is usually taken "
+"by it)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Return the size of the custom node's working memory. See [method _step] for "
+"more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:120
+msgid "Return whether the custom node has an input [b]sequence[/b] port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Execute the custom node's logic, returning the index of the output sequence "
+"port to use or a [String] when there is an error.\n"
+"The [code]inputs[/code] array contains the values of the input ports.\n"
+"[code]outputs[/code] is an array whose indices should be set to the "
+"respective outputs.\n"
+"The [code]start_mode[/code] is usually [constant START_MODE_BEGIN_SEQUENCE], "
+"unless you have used the [code]STEP_*[/code] constants.\n"
+"[code]working_mem[/code] is an array which can be used to persist "
+"information between runs of the custom node. The size needs to be predefined "
+"using [method _get_working_memory_size].\n"
+"When returning, you can mask the returned value with one of the "
+"[code]STEP_*[/code] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:141
+msgid "The start mode used the first time when [method _step] is called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"The start mode used when [method _step] is called after coming back from a "
+"[constant STEP_PUSH_STACK_BIT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"The start mode used when [method _step] is called after resuming from "
+"[constant STEP_YIELD_BIT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that control should return to it when "
+"there is no other node left to execute.\n"
+"This is used by [VisualScriptCondition] to redirect the sequence to the "
+"\"Done\" port after the [code]true[/code]/[code]false[/code] branch has "
+"finished execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that control should return back, either "
+"hitting a previous [constant STEP_PUSH_STACK_BIT] or exiting the function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that control should stop and exit the "
+"function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptCustomNode.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"Hint used by [method _step] to tell that the function should be yielded.\n"
+"Using this requires you to have at least one working memory slot, which is "
+"used for the [VisualScriptFunctionState]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptDeconstruct.xml:4
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptDeconstruct.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script node which deconstructs a base type instance into its parts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptDeconstruct.xml:15
+msgid "The type to deconstruct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEditor.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Add a custom Visual Script node to the editor. It'll be placed under "
+"\"Custom Nodes\" with the [code]category[/code] as the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEditor.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Remove a custom Visual Script node from the editor. Custom nodes already "
+"placed on scripts won't be removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEditor.xml:31
+msgid "Emitted when a custom Visual Script node is added or removed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEmitSignal.xml:4
+msgid "Emits a specified signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEmitSignal.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Emits a specified signal when it is executed.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]emit[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEmitSignal.xml:19
+msgid "The signal to emit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEngineSingleton.xml:4
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEngineSingleton.xml:7
+msgid "A Visual Script node returning a singleton from [@GlobalScope]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptEngineSingleton.xml:15
+msgid "The singleton's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptExpression.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node that can execute a custom expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptExpression.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script node that can execute a custom expression. Values can be "
+"provided for the input and the expression result can be retrieved from the "
+"output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunction.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node representing a function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunction.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptFunction] represents a function header. It is the starting "
+"point for the function body and can be used to tweak the function's "
+"properties (e.g. RPC mode)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node for calling a function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptFunctionCall] is created when you add or drag and drop a "
+"function onto the Visual Script graph. It allows to tweak parameters of the "
+"call, e.g. what object the function is called on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The script to be used when [member call_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:18
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The base type to be used when [member call_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The type to be used when [member call_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_BASIC_TYPE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"[code]call_mode[/code] determines the target object on which the method will "
+"be called. See [enum CallMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:27
+msgid "The name of the function to be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:30
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The node path to use when [member call_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_NODE_PATH]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The mode for RPC calls. See [method Node.rpc] for more details and [enum "
+"RPCCallMode] for available options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The singleton to call the method on. Used when [member call_mode] is set to "
+"[constant CALL_MODE_SINGLETON]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Number of default arguments that will be used when calling the function. "
+"Can't be higher than the number of available default arguments in the "
+"method's declaration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"If [code]false[/code], call errors (e.g. wrong number of arguments) will be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:47
+msgid "The method will be called on this [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:50
+msgid "The method will be called on the given [Node] in the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The method will be called on an instanced node with the given type and "
+"script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:56
+msgid "The method will be called on a GDScript basic type (e.g. [Vector2])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:59
+msgid "The method will be called on a singleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:62
+msgid "The method will be called locally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:65
+msgid "The method will be called remotely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:68
+msgid "The method will be called remotely using an unreliable protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:71
+msgid "The method will be called remotely for the given peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionCall.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"The method will be called remotely for the given peer, using an unreliable "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node representing a function state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptFunctionState] is returned from [VisualScriptYield] and can be "
+"used to resume a paused function call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Connects this [VisualScriptFunctionState] to a signal in the given object to "
+"automatically resume when it's emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:24
+msgid "Returns whether the function state is valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptFunctionState.xml:31
+msgid "Resumes the function to run from the point it was yielded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptGlobalConstant.xml:4
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptGlobalConstant.xml:7
+msgid "A Visual Script node returning a constant from [@GlobalScope]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptGlobalConstant.xml:15
+msgid "The constant to be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexGet.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node for getting a value from an array or a dictionary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexGet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptIndexGet] will return the value stored in an array or a "
+"dictionary under the given index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexSet.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node for setting a value in an array or a dictionary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIndexSet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptIndexSet] will set the value stored in an array or a dictionary "
+"under the given index to the provided new value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node returning a state of an action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptInputAction] can be used to check if an action is pressed or "
+"released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:15
+msgid "Name of the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:18
+msgid "State of the action to check. See [enum Mode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:23
+msgid "[code]True[/code] if action is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:26
+msgid "[code]True[/code] if action is released (i.e. not pressed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:29
+msgid "[code]True[/code] on the frame the action was pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptInputAction.xml:32
+msgid "[code]True[/code] on the frame the action was released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIterator.xml:4
+msgid "Steps through items in a given input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptIterator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node steps through each item in a given input. Input can be any "
+"sequence data type, such as an [Array] or [String]. When each item has been "
+"processed, execution passed out the [code]exit[/code] Sequence port.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]for (elem) in (input)[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]input[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]each[/code]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]exit[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]elem[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script virtual class for in-graph editable nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A Visual Script virtual class that defines the shape and the default "
+"behavior of the nodes that have to be in-graph editable nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:18
+msgid "Adds an input port to the Visual Script node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:27
+msgid "Adds an output port to the Visual Script node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:34
+msgid "Removes an input port from the Visual Script node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:41
+msgid "Removes an output port from the Visual Script node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:49
+msgid "Sets the name of an input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:57
+msgid "Sets the type of an input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:65
+msgid "Sets the name of an output port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLists.xml:73
+msgid "Sets the type of an output port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:4
+msgid "Gets a local variable's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returns a local variable's value. \"Var Name\" must be supplied, with an "
+"optional type.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:19
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:21
+msgid "The local variable's type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVar.xml:22
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:24
+msgid "The local variable's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:4
+msgid "Changes a local variable's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptLocalVarSet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Changes a local variable's value to the given input. The new value is also "
+"provided on an output Data port.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]set[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:4
+msgid "Commonly used mathematical constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides common math constants, such as Pi, on an output Data port.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]get[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:19
+msgid "The math constant."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:24
+msgid "Unity: [code]1[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:27
+msgid "Pi: [code]3.141593[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:30
+msgid "Pi divided by two: [code]1.570796[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:33
+msgid "Tau: [code]6.283185[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"Mathematical constant [code]e[/code], the natural log base: [code]2.718282[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:39
+msgid "Square root of two: [code]1.414214[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:42
+msgid "Infinity: [code]inf[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:45
+msgid "Not a number: [code]nan[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptMathConstant.xml:48
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum MathConstant] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:4
+msgid "A node which is part of a [VisualScript]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A node which is part of a [VisualScript]. Not to be confused with [Node], "
+"which is a part of a [SceneTree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the default value of a given port. The default value is used when "
+"nothing is connected to the port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:22
+msgid "Returns the [VisualScript] instance the node is bound to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Notify that the node's ports have changed. Usually used in conjunction with "
+"[VisualScriptCustomNode] ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:36
+msgid "Change the default value of a given port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptNode.xml:43
+msgid "Emitted when the available input/output ports are changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node that performs an operation on two values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]A[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]B[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]result[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The operation to be performed. See [enum Variant.Operator] for available "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptOperator.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The type of the values for this operation. See [enum Variant.Type] for "
+"available options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPreload.xml:4
+msgid "Creates a new [Resource] or loads one from the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPreload.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new [Resource] or loads one from the filesystem.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (object): [code]res[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPreload.xml:19
+msgid "The [Resource] to load."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node returning a value of a property from an [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptPropertyGet] can return a value of any property from the "
+"current object or other objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:15
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The script to be used when [member set_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:18
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The base type to be used when [member set_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_INSTANCE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:21
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The type to be used when [member set_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_BASIC_TYPE]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"The indexed name of the property to retrieve. See [method Object."
+"get_indexed] for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:27
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The node path to use when [member set_mode] is set to [constant "
+"CALL_MODE_NODE_PATH]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"The name of the property to retrieve. Changing this will clear [member "
+"index]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"[code]set_mode[/code] determines the target object from which the property "
+"will be retrieved. See [enum CallMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:38
+msgid "The property will be retrieved from this [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:41
+msgid "The property will be retrieved from the given [Node] in the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The property will be retrieved from an instanced node with the given type "
+"and script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertyGet.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The property will be retrieved from a GDScript basic type (e.g. [Vector2])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node that sets a property of an [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptPropertySet] can set the value of any property from the current "
+"object or other objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The additional operation to perform when assigning. See [enum AssignOp] for "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The indexed name of the property to set. See [method Object.set_indexed] for "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The name of the property to set. Changing this will clear [member index]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"[code]set_mode[/code] determines the target object on which the property "
+"will be set. See [enum CallMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:41
+msgid "The property will be set on this [Object]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:44
+msgid "The property will be set on the given [Node] in the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The property will be set on an instanced node with the given type and script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:50
+msgid "The property will be set on a GDScript basic type (e.g. [Vector2])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:53
+msgid "The property will be assigned regularly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The value will be added to the property. Equivalent of doing [code]+=[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"The value will be subtracted from the property. Equivalent of doing [code]-"
+"=[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"The property will be multiplied by the value. Equivalent of doing [code]*=[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"The property will be divided by the value. Equivalent of doing [code]/=[/"
+"code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"A modulo operation will be performed on the property and the value. "
+"Equivalent of doing [code]%=[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The property will be binarly shifted to the left by the given value. "
+"Equivalent of doing [code]<<[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"The property will be binarly shifted to the right by the given value. "
+"Equivalent of doing [code]>>[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"A binary [code]AND[/code] operation will be performed on the property. "
+"Equivalent of doing [code]&=[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"A binary [code]OR[/code] operation will be performed on the property. "
+"Equivalent of doing [code]|=[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptPropertySet.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"A binary [code]XOR[/code] operation will be performed on the property. "
+"Equivalent of doing [code]^=[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:4
+msgid "Exits a function and returns an optional value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Ends the execution of a function and returns control to the calling "
+"function. Optionally, it can return a [Variant] value.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]result[/code] (optional)\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:20
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the [code]return[/code] input port is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptReturn.xml:23
+msgid "The return value's data type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneNode.xml:4
+msgid "Node reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneNode.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A direct reference to a node.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data: [code]node[/code] (obj)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneNode.xml:19
+msgid "The node's path in the scene tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneTree.xml:4
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSceneTree.xml:7
+msgid "A Visual Script node for accessing [SceneTree] methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelect.xml:4
+msgid "Chooses between two input values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelect.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Chooses between two input values based on a Boolean condition.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (boolean): [code]cond[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]a[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]b[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]out[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelect.xml:21
+msgid "The input variables' type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelf.xml:4
+msgid "Outputs a reference to the current instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSelf.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Provides a reference to the node running the visual script.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (object): [code]instance[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSequence.xml:4
+msgid "Executes a series of Sequence ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSequence.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Steps through a series of one or more output Sequence ports. The "
+"[code]current[/code] data port outputs the currently executing item.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]in order[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]1[/code]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]2 - n[/code] (optional)\n"
+"- Data (int): [code]current[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSequence.xml:21
+msgid "The number of steps in the sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSubCall.xml:4
+msgid "Calls a method called [code]_subcall[/code] in this object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSubCall.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptSubCall] will call method named [code]_subcall[/code] in the "
+"current script. It will fail if the method doesn't exist or the provided "
+"arguments are wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSubCall.xml:16
+msgid "Called by this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSwitch.xml:4
+msgid "Branches program flow based on a given input's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptSwitch.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Branches the flow based on an input's value. Use [b]Case Count[/b] in the "
+"Inspector to set the number of branches and each comparison's optional "
+"type.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]'input' is[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]=[/code]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]=[/code] (optional)\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]input[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence\n"
+"- Sequence (optional)\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]done[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node that casts the given value to another type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptTypeCast] will perform a type conversion to an [Object]-derived "
+"type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The target script class to be converted to. If none, only the [member "
+"base_type] will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptTypeCast.xml:18
+msgid "The target type to be converted to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableGet.xml:4
+msgid "Gets a variable's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableGet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returns a variable's value. \"Var Name\" must be supplied, with an optional "
+"type.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"none\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]value[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableGet.xml:19
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableSet.xml:20
+msgid "The variable's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableSet.xml:4
+msgid "Changes a variable's value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptVariableSet.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Changes a variable's value to the given input.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence\n"
+"- Data (variant): [code]set[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptWhile.xml:4
+msgid "Conditional loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptWhile.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Loops while a condition is [code]true[/code]. Execution continues out the "
+"[code]exit[/code] Sequence port when the loop terminates.\n"
+"[b]Input Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]while(cond)[/code]\n"
+"- Data (bool): [code]cond[/code]\n"
+"[b]Output Ports:[/b]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]repeat[/code]\n"
+"- Sequence: [code]exit[/code]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node used to pause a function execution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptYield] will pause the function call and return "
+"[VisualScriptFunctionState], which can be used to resume the function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The mode to use for yielding. See [enum YieldMode] for available options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:18
+msgid "The time to wait when [member mode] is set to [constant YIELD_WAIT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:23
+msgid "Yields during an idle frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:26
+msgid "Yields during a physics frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYield.xml:29
+msgid "Yields a function and waits the given time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:4
+msgid "A Visual Script node yielding for a signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[VisualScriptYieldSignal] will pause the function execution until the "
+"provided signal is emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"[code]call_mode[/code] determines the target object to wait for the signal "
+"emission. See [enum CallMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:24
+msgid "The signal name to be waited for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:29
+msgid "A signal from this [Object] will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:32
+msgid "A signal from the given [Node] in the scene tree will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/visual_script/doc_classes/VisualScriptYieldSignal.xml:35
+msgid "A signal from an instanced node with the given type will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:4
+msgid "Server for anything visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Server for anything visible. The visual server is the API backend for "
+"everything visible. The whole scene system mounts on it to display.\n"
+"The visual server is completely opaque, the internals are entirely "
+"implementation specific and cannot be accessed.\n"
+"The visual server can be used to bypass the scene system entirely.\n"
+"Resources are created using the [code]*_create[/code] functions.\n"
+"All objects are drawn to a viewport. You can use the [Viewport] attached to "
+"the [SceneTree] or you can create one yourself with [method "
+"viewport_create]. When using a custom scenario or canvas, the scenario or "
+"canvas needs to be attached to the viewport using [method "
+"viewport_set_scenario] or [method viewport_attach_canvas].\n"
+"In 3D, all visual objects must be associated with a scenario. The scenario "
+"is a visual representation of the world. If accessing the visual server from "
+"a running game, the scenario can be accessed from the scene tree from any "
+"[Spatial] node with [method Spatial.get_world]. Otherwise, a scenario can be "
+"created with [method scenario_create].\n"
+"Similarly, in 2D, a canvas is needed to draw all canvas items.\n"
+"In 3D, all visible objects are comprised of a resource and an instance. A "
+"resource can be a mesh, a particle system, a light, or any other 3D object. "
+"In order to be visible resources must be attached to an instance using "
+"[method instance_set_base]. The instance must also be attached to the "
+"scenario using [method instance_set_scenario] in order to be visible.\n"
+"In 2D, all visible objects are some form of canvas item. In order to be "
+"visible, a canvas item needs to be the child of a canvas attached to a "
+"viewport, or it needs to be the child of another canvas item that is "
+"eventually attached to the canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/optimization/using_servers.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:28
+msgid "Sets images to be rendered in the window margin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Sets margin size, where black bars (or images, if [method "
+"black_bars_set_images] was used) are rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Creates a camera and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with "
+"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]camera_*[/code] "
+"VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Sets the cull mask associated with this camera. The cull mask describes "
+"which 3D layers are rendered by this camera. Equivalent to [member Camera."
+"cull_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Sets the environment used by this camera. Equivalent to [member Camera."
+"environment]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Sets camera to use frustum projection. This mode allows adjusting the "
+"[code]offset[/code] argument to create \"tilted frustum\" effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Sets camera to use orthogonal projection, also known as orthographic "
+"projection. Objects remain the same size on the screen no matter how far "
+"away they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"Sets camera to use perspective projection. Objects on the screen becomes "
+"smaller when they are far away."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:100
+msgid "Sets [Transform] of camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], preserves the horizontal aspect ratio which is "
+"equivalent to [constant Camera.KEEP_WIDTH]. If [code]false[/code], preserves "
+"the vertical aspect ratio which is equivalent to [constant Camera."
+"KEEP_HEIGHT]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Creates a canvas and returns the assigned [RID]. It can be accessed with the "
+"RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]canvas_*[/code] "
+"VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:125
+msgid "Adds a circle command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"If ignore is [code]true[/code], the VisualServer does not perform clipping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:145
+msgid "Adds a line command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:157
+msgid "Adds a mesh command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [MultiMesh] to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands. Only affects its "
+"aabb at the moment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"Adds a nine patch image to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands.\n"
+"See [NinePatchRect] for more explanation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:195
+msgid "Adds a particle system to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:208
+msgid "Adds a polygon to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:219
+msgid ""
+"Adds a polyline, which is a line from multiple points with a width, to the "
+"[CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:232
+msgid "Adds a primitive to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:241
+msgid "Adds a rectangle to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:249
+msgid ""
+"Adds a [Transform2D] command to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands.\n"
+"This sets the extra_matrix uniform when executed. This affects the later "
+"commands of the canvas item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:263
+msgid "Adds a textured rect to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:277
+msgid ""
+"Adds a texture rect with region setting to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:295
+msgid "Adds a triangle array to the [CanvasItem]'s draw commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:302
+msgid "Clears the [CanvasItem] and removes all commands in it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:308
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new [CanvasItem] and returns its [RID]. It can be accessed with "
+"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]canvas_item_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:317
+msgid "Sets clipping for the [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:326
+msgid "Sets the [CanvasItem] to copy a rect to the backbuffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:335
+msgid "Defines a custom drawing rectangle for the [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:343
+msgid ""
+"Enables the use of distance fields for GUI elements that are rendering "
+"distance field based fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:351
+msgid "Sets [CanvasItem] to be drawn behind its parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:359
+msgid "Sets the index for the [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:367 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:493
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:549
+msgid ""
+"The light mask. See [LightOccluder2D] for more information on light masks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:375
+msgid "Sets a new material to the [CanvasItem]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:383
+msgid "Sets the color that modulates the [CanvasItem] and its children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:391
+msgid ""
+"Sets the parent for the [CanvasItem]. The parent can be another canvas item, "
+"or it can be the root canvas that is attached to the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:399
+msgid "Sets the color that modulates the [CanvasItem] without children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:407
+msgid "Sets if [CanvasItem]'s children should be sorted by y-position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:415
+msgid "Sets the [CanvasItem]'s [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:423
+msgid "Sets if the [CanvasItem] uses its parent's material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:431
+msgid "Sets if the canvas item (including its children) is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:439
+msgid ""
+"If this is enabled, the Z index of the parent will be added to the "
+"children's Z index."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:447
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [CanvasItem]'s Z index, i.e. its draw order (lower indexes are "
+"drawn first)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:455
+msgid ""
+"Attaches the canvas light to the canvas. Removes it from its previous canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:461
+msgid ""
+"Creates a canvas light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]canvas_light_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:470
+msgid ""
+"Attaches a light occluder to the canvas. Removes it from its previous canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:476
+msgid ""
+"Creates a light occluder and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]canvas_light_ocluder_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:485
+msgid "Enables or disables light occluder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:501
+msgid "Sets a light occluder's polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:509
+msgid "Sets a light occluder's [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:517
+msgid "Sets the color for a light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:525
+msgid "Enables or disables a canvas light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:533
+msgid "Sets a canvas light's energy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:541
+msgid "Sets a canvas light's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:557
+msgid ""
+"The binary mask used to determine which layers this canvas light's shadows "
+"affects. See [LightOccluder2D] for more information on light masks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:566
+msgid "The layer range that gets rendered with this light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:574
+msgid "The mode of the light, see [enum CanvasLightMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:582
+msgid ""
+"Sets the texture's scale factor of the light. Equivalent to [member Light2D."
+"texture_scale]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:590
+msgid ""
+"Sets the width of the shadow buffer, size gets scaled to the next power of "
+"two for this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:598
+msgid "Sets the color of the canvas light's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:606
+msgid "Enables or disables the canvas light's shadow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:614
+msgid ""
+"Sets the canvas light's shadow's filter, see [enum CanvasLightShadowFilter] "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:622
+msgid "Sets the length of the shadow's gradient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:630
+msgid "Smoothens the shadow. The lower, the smoother."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:638
+msgid ""
+"Sets texture to be used by light. Equivalent to [member Light2D.texture]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:646
+msgid ""
+"Sets the offset of the light's texture. Equivalent to [member Light2D."
+"offset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:654
+msgid "Sets the canvas light's [Transform2D]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:663
+msgid ""
+"Sets the Z range of objects that will be affected by this light. Equivalent "
+"to [member Light2D.range_z_min] and [member Light2D.range_z_max]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:669
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new light occluder polygon and adds it to the VisualServer. It can "
+"be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]canvas_occluder_polygon_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:678
+msgid ""
+"Sets an occluder polygons cull mode. See [enum "
+"CanvasOccluderPolygonCullMode] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:687
+msgid "Sets the shape of the occluder polygon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:695
+msgid "Sets the shape of the occluder polygon as lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:704
+msgid ""
+"A copy of the canvas item will be drawn with a local offset of the mirroring "
+"[Vector2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:712
+msgid "Modulates all colors in the given canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:718
+msgid ""
+"Creates a directional light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID can be used in most "
+"[code]light_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this directional light to an instance using "
+"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:728
+msgid ""
+"Draws a frame. [i]This method is deprecated[/i], please use [method "
+"force_draw] instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:734
+msgid ""
+"Creates an environment and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]environment_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:747
+msgid ""
+"Sets the values to be used with the \"Adjustment\" post-process effect. See "
+"[Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:757
+msgid "Sets the ambient light parameters. See [Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:765
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [i]BGMode[/i] of the environment. Equivalent to [member Environment."
+"background_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:773
+msgid ""
+"Color displayed for clear areas of the scene (if using Custom color or Color"
+"+Sky background modes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:781
+msgid "Sets the intensity of the background color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:789
+msgid "Sets the maximum layer to use if using Canvas background mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:801
+msgid ""
+"Sets the values to be used with the \"DoF Far Blur\" post-process effect. "
+"See [Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:813
+msgid ""
+"Sets the values to be used with the \"DoF Near Blur\" post-process effect. "
+"See [Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:824
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the scene fog. See [Environment] for more "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:837
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the fog depth effect. See [Environment] "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:848
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the fog height effect. See [Environment] "
+"for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:866
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the \"glow\" post-process effect. See "
+"[Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:874
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Sky] to be used as the environment's background when using "
+"[i]BGMode[/i] sky. Equivalent to [member Environment.background_sky]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:882
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom field of view for the background [Sky]. Equivalent to [member "
+"Environment.background_sky_custom_fov]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:890
+msgid ""
+"Sets the rotation of the background [Sky] expressed as a [Basis]. Equivalent "
+"to [member Environment.background_sky_orientation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:909
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the \"Screen Space Ambient Occlusion "
+"(SSAO)\" post-process effect. See [Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:922
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the \"screen space reflections\" post-"
+"process effect. See [Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:937
+msgid ""
+"Sets the variables to be used with the \"tonemap\" post-process effect. See "
+"[Environment] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:943
+msgid "Removes buffers and clears testcubes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:951
+msgid ""
+"Forces a frame to be drawn when the function is called. Drawing a frame "
+"updates all [Viewport]s that are set to update. Use with extreme caution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:957
+msgid "Synchronizes threads."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:964
+msgid "Tries to free an object in the VisualServer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:971
+msgid "Returns a certain information, see [enum RenderInfo] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:977
+msgid "Returns the id of the test cube. Creates one if none exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:983
+msgid "Returns the id of the test texture. Creates one if none exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:989
+msgid ""
+"Returns the name of the video adapter (e.g. \"GeForce GTX 1080/PCIe/"
+"SSE2\").\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When running a headless or server binary, this function returns "
+"an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:996
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vendor of the video adapter (e.g. \"NVIDIA Corporation\").\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] When running a headless or server binary, this function returns "
+"an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1003
+msgid "Returns the id of a white texture. Creates one if none exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1009
+msgid ""
+"Creates a GI probe and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with "
+"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]gi_probe_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this GI probe to an instance using [method "
+"instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1018
+msgid ""
+"Returns the bias value for the GI probe. Bias is used to avoid self "
+"occlusion. Equivalent to [member GIProbeData.bias]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1025
+msgid ""
+"Returns the axis-aligned bounding box that covers the full extent of the GI "
+"probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1032
+msgid "Returns the cell size set by [method gi_probe_set_cell_size]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1039
+msgid "Returns the data used by the GI probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1046
+msgid ""
+"Returns the dynamic range set for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member "
+"GIProbe.dynamic_range]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1053
+msgid ""
+"Returns the energy multiplier for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member "
+"GIProbe.energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1060
+msgid ""
+"Returns the normal bias for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member GIProbe."
+"normal_bias]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1067
+msgid ""
+"Returns the propagation value for this GI probe. Equivalent to [member "
+"GIProbe.propagation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1074
+msgid "Returns the Transform set by [method gi_probe_set_to_cell_xform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1081
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the GI probe data associated with this GI probe "
+"is compressed. Equivalent to [member GIProbe.compress]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1088
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the GI probe is set to interior, meaning it "
+"does not account for sky light. Equivalent to [member GIProbe.interior]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1096
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bias value to avoid self-occlusion. Equivalent to [member GIProbe."
+"bias]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1104
+msgid ""
+"Sets the axis-aligned bounding box that covers the extent of the GI probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1112
+msgid "Sets the size of individual cells within the GI probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1120
+msgid ""
+"Sets the compression setting for the GI probe data. Compressed data will "
+"take up less space but may look worse. Equivalent to [member GIProbe."
+"compress]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1128
+msgid ""
+"Sets the data to be used in the GI probe for lighting calculations. Normally "
+"this is created and called internally within the [GIProbe] node. You should "
+"not try to set this yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1136
+msgid ""
+"Sets the dynamic range of the GI probe. Dynamic range sets the limit for how "
+"bright lights can be. A smaller range captures greater detail but limits how "
+"bright lights can be. Equivalent to [member GIProbe.dynamic_range]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1144
+msgid ""
+"Sets the energy multiplier for this GI probe. A higher energy makes the "
+"indirect light from the GI probe brighter. Equivalent to [member GIProbe."
+"energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1152
+msgid ""
+"Sets the interior value of this GI probe. A GI probe set to interior does "
+"not include the sky when calculating lighting. Equivalent to [member GIProbe."
+"interior]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1160
+msgid ""
+"Sets the normal bias for this GI probe. Normal bias behaves similar to the "
+"other form of bias and may help reduce self-occlusion. Equivalent to [member "
+"GIProbe.normal_bias]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1168
+msgid ""
+"Sets the propagation of light within this GI probe. Equivalent to [member "
+"GIProbe.propagation]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1176
+msgid "Sets the to cell [Transform] for this GI probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1182
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if changes have been made to the VisualServer's "
+"data. [method draw] is usually called if this happens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1189
+msgid "Not yet implemented. Always returns [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1196
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the OS supports a certain feature. Features "
+"might be [code]s3tc[/code], [code]etc[/code], [code]etc2[/code], "
+"[code]pvrtc[/code] and [code]skinning_fallback[/code].\n"
+"When rendering with GLES2, returns [code]true[/code] with "
+"[code]skinning_fallback[/code] in case the hardware doesn't support the "
+"default GPU skinning process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1206
+msgid ""
+"Sets up [ImmediateGeometry] internals to prepare for drawing. Equivalent to "
+"[method ImmediateGeometry.begin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1213
+msgid ""
+"Clears everything that was set up between [method immediate_begin] and "
+"[method immediate_end]. Equivalent to [method ImmediateGeometry.clear]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1221
+msgid ""
+"Sets the color to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method "
+"ImmediateGeometry.set_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1227
+msgid ""
+"Creates an immediate geometry and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]immediate_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this immediate geometry to an instance using "
+"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1236
+msgid ""
+"Ends drawing the [ImmediateGeometry] and displays it. Equivalent to [method "
+"ImmediateGeometry.end]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1243
+msgid "Returns the material assigned to the [ImmediateGeometry]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1251
+msgid ""
+"Sets the normal to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method "
+"ImmediateGeometry.set_normal]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1259
+msgid "Sets the material to be used to draw the [ImmediateGeometry]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1267
+msgid ""
+"Sets the tangent to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method "
+"ImmediateGeometry.set_tangent]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1275
+msgid ""
+"Sets the UV to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method "
+"ImmediateGeometry.set_uv]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1283
+msgid ""
+"Sets the UV2 to be used with next vertex. Equivalent to [method "
+"ImmediateGeometry.set_uv2]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1291
+msgid ""
+"Adds the next vertex using the information provided in advance. Equivalent "
+"to [method ImmediateGeometry.add_vertex]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1299
+msgid ""
+"Adds the next vertex using the information provided in advance. This is a "
+"helper class that calls [method immediate_vertex] under the hood. Equivalent "
+"to [method ImmediateGeometry.add_vertex]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1305
+msgid ""
+"Initializes the visual server. This function is called internally by "
+"platform-dependent code during engine initialization. If called from a "
+"running game, it will not do anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1313
+msgid ""
+"Attaches a unique Object ID to instance. Object ID must be attached to "
+"instance for proper culling with [method instances_cull_aabb], [method "
+"instances_cull_convex], and [method instances_cull_ray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1321
+msgid ""
+"Attaches a skeleton to an instance. Removes the previous skeleton from the "
+"instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1327
+msgid ""
+"Creates a visual instance and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]instance_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"An instance is a way of placing a 3D object in the scenario. Objects like "
+"particles, meshes, and reflection probes need to be associated with an "
+"instance to be visible in the scenario using [method instance_set_base]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1337
+msgid ""
+"Creates a visual instance, adds it to the VisualServer, and sets both base "
+"and scenario. It can be accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID "
+"will be used in all [code]instance_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1346 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1365
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1592 doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2673
+msgid "Not implemented in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1354
+msgid ""
+"Sets the shadow casting setting to one of [enum ShadowCastingSetting]. "
+"Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance.cast_shadow]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1374
+msgid ""
+"Sets the flag for a given [enum InstanceFlags]. See [enum InstanceFlags] for "
+"more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1382
+msgid ""
+"Sets a material that will override the material for all surfaces on the mesh "
+"associated with this instance. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance."
+"material_override]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1390
+msgid ""
+"Sets the base of the instance. A base can be any of the 3D objects that are "
+"created in the VisualServer that can be displayed. For example, any of the "
+"light types, mesh, multimesh, immediate geometry, particle system, "
+"reflection probe, lightmap capture, and the GI probe are all types that can "
+"be set as the base of an instance in order to be displayed in the scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1399
+msgid "Sets the weight for a given blend shape associated with this instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1407
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom AABB to use when culling objects from the view frustum. "
+"Equivalent to [method GeometryInstance.set_custom_aabb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1415
+msgid "Function not implemented in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1423
+msgid ""
+"Sets a margin to increase the size of the AABB when culling objects from the "
+"view frustum. This allows you to avoid culling objects that fall outside the "
+"view frustum. Equivalent to [member GeometryInstance.extra_cull_margin]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1431
+msgid ""
+"Sets the render layers that this instance will be drawn to. Equivalent to "
+"[member VisualInstance.layers]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1439
+msgid ""
+"Sets the scenario that the instance is in. The scenario is the 3D world that "
+"the objects will be displayed in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1448
+msgid ""
+"Sets the material of a specific surface. Equivalent to [method MeshInstance."
+"set_surface_material]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1456
+msgid ""
+"Sets the world space transform of the instance. Equivalent to [member "
+"Spatial.transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1467
+msgid "Sets the lightmap to use with this instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1475
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether an instance is drawn or not. Equivalent to [member Spatial."
+"visible]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1483
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided AABB. Only "
+"visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance] or "
+"[DirectionalLight]. Use [method @GDScript.instance_from_id] to obtain the "
+"actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the "
+"[World] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to "
+"update.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This function is primarily intended for editor usage. For in-"
+"game use cases, prefer physics collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1492
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided convex shape. "
+"Only visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance] or "
+"[DirectionalLight]. Use [method @GDScript.instance_from_id] to obtain the "
+"actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the "
+"[World] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to "
+"update.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This function is primarily intended for editor usage. For in-"
+"game use cases, prefer physics collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1502
+msgid ""
+"Returns an array of object IDs intersecting with the provided 3D ray. Only "
+"visual 3D nodes are considered, such as [MeshInstance] or "
+"[DirectionalLight]. Use [method @GDScript.instance_from_id] to obtain the "
+"actual nodes. A scenario RID must be provided, which is available in the "
+"[World] you want to query. This forces an update for all resources queued to "
+"update.\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This function is primarily intended for editor usage. For in-"
+"game use cases, prefer physics collision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1511
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], this directional light will blend between shadow map "
+"splits resulting in a smoother transition between them. Equivalent to "
+"[member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_blend_splits]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1519
+msgid ""
+"Sets the shadow depth range mode for this directional light. Equivalent to "
+"[member DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_depth_range]. See [enum "
+"LightDirectionalShadowDepthRangeMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1527
+msgid ""
+"Sets the shadow mode for this directional light. Equivalent to [member "
+"DirectionalLight.directional_shadow_mode]. See [enum "
+"LightDirectionalShadowMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1535
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether to use vertical or horizontal detail for this omni light. This "
+"can be used to alleviate artifacts in the shadow map. Equivalent to [member "
+"OmniLight.omni_shadow_detail]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1543
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether to use a dual paraboloid or a cubemap for the shadow map. Dual "
+"paraboloid is faster but may suffer from artifacts. Equivalent to [member "
+"OmniLight.omni_shadow_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1551
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bake mode for this light, see [enum LightBakeMode] for options. The "
+"bake mode affects how the light will be baked in [BakedLightmap]s and "
+"[GIProbe]s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1559
+msgid "Sets the color of the light. Equivalent to [member Light.light_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1567
+msgid ""
+"Sets the cull mask for this Light. Lights only affect objects in the "
+"selected layers. Equivalent to [member Light.light_cull_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1575
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], light will subtract light instead of adding light. "
+"Equivalent to [member Light.light_negative]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1584
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified light parameter. See [enum LightParam] for options. "
+"Equivalent to [method Light.set_param]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1600
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], reverses the backface culling of the mesh. This can be "
+"useful when you have a flat mesh that has a light behind it. If you need to "
+"cast a shadow on both sides of the mesh, set the mesh to use double sided "
+"shadows with [method instance_geometry_set_cast_shadows_setting]. Equivalent "
+"to [member Light.shadow_reverse_cull_face]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1608
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], light will cast shadows. Equivalent to [member Light."
+"shadow_enabled]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1616
+msgid ""
+"Sets the color of the shadow cast by the light. Equivalent to [member Light."
+"shadow_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1624
+msgid ""
+"Sets whether GI probes capture light information from this light. "
+"[i]Deprecated method.[/i] Use [method light_set_bake_mode] instead. This "
+"method is only kept for compatibility reasons and calls [method "
+"light_set_bake_mode] internally, setting the bake mode to [constant "
+"LIGHT_BAKE_DISABLED] or [constant LIGHT_BAKE_INDIRECT] depending on the "
+"given parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1630
+msgid ""
+"Creates a lightmap capture and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]lightmap_capture_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this lightmap capture to an instance using "
+"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1639
+msgid "Returns the size of the lightmap capture area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1646
+msgid "Returns the energy multiplier used by the lightmap capture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1653
+msgid "Returns the octree used by the lightmap capture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1660
+msgid ""
+"Returns the cell subdivision amount used by this lightmap capture's octree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1667
+msgid "Returns the cell transform for this lightmap capture's octree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1674
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if capture is in \"interior\" mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1682
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the area covered by the lightmap capture. Equivalent to "
+"[member BakedLightmapData.bounds]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1690
+msgid ""
+"Sets the energy multiplier for this lightmap capture. Equivalent to [member "
+"BakedLightmapData.energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1698
+msgid ""
+"Sets the \"interior\" mode for this lightmap capture. Equivalent to [member "
+"BakedLightmapData.interior]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1706
+msgid ""
+"Sets the octree to be used by this lightmap capture. This function is "
+"normally used by the [BakedLightmap] node. Equivalent to [member "
+"BakedLightmapData.octree]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1714
+msgid ""
+"Sets the subdivision level of this lightmap capture's octree. Equivalent to "
+"[member BakedLightmapData.cell_subdiv]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1722
+msgid ""
+"Sets the octree cell transform for this lightmap capture's octree. "
+"Equivalent to [member BakedLightmapData.cell_space_transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1731
+msgid ""
+"Returns a mesh of a sphere with the given amount of horizontal and vertical "
+"subdivisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1737
+msgid ""
+"Creates an empty material and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]material_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1746
+msgid "Returns the value of a certain material's parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1754
+msgid ""
+"Returns the default value for the param if available. Otherwise returns an "
+"empty [Variant]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1761
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shader of a certain material's shader. Returns an empty RID if "
+"the material doesn't have a shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1769
+msgid "Sets a material's line width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1777
+msgid "Sets an object's next material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1786
+msgid "Sets a material's parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1794
+msgid "Sets a material's render priority."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1802
+msgid "Sets a shader material's shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1813
+msgid ""
+"Adds a surface generated from the Arrays to a mesh. See [enum PrimitiveType] "
+"constants for types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1820
+msgid "Removes all surfaces from a mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1826
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new mesh and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with "
+"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]mesh_*[/code] "
+"VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this mesh to an instance using [method "
+"instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1835
+msgid "Returns a mesh's blend shape count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1842
+msgid "Returns a mesh's blend shape mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1849
+msgid "Returns a mesh's custom aabb."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1856
+msgid "Returns a mesh's number of surfaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1864
+msgid "Removes a mesh's surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1872
+msgid "Sets a mesh's blend shape count."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1880
+msgid "Sets a mesh's blend shape mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1888
+msgid "Sets a mesh's custom aabb."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1896
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's aabb."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1904
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's vertex buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1912
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's amount of indices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1920
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's amount of vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1928
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's buffer arrays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1936
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's arrays for blend shapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1944
+msgid "Returns the format of a mesh's surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1954
+msgid "Function is unused in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1971
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's index buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1979
+msgid "Returns a mesh's surface's material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1987
+msgid "Returns the primitive type of a mesh's surface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:1995
+msgid "Returns the aabb of a mesh's surface's skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2004
+msgid "Sets a mesh's surface's material."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2014
+msgid ""
+"Updates a specific region of a vertex buffer for the specified surface. "
+"Warning: this function alters the vertex buffer directly with no safety "
+"mechanisms, you can easily corrupt your mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2025
+msgid ""
+"Allocates space for the multimesh data. Format parameters determine how the "
+"data will be stored by OpenGL. See [enum MultimeshTransformFormat], [enum "
+"MultimeshColorFormat], and [enum MultimeshCustomDataFormat] for usage. "
+"Equivalent to [member MultiMesh.instance_count]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2031
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new multimesh on the VisualServer and returns an [RID] handle. "
+"This RID will be used in all [code]multimesh_*[/code] VisualServer "
+"functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this multimesh to an instance using [method "
+"instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2040
+msgid ""
+"Calculates and returns the axis-aligned bounding box that encloses all "
+"instances within the multimesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2047
+msgid "Returns the number of instances allocated for this multimesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2054
+msgid ""
+"Returns the RID of the mesh that will be used in drawing this multimesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2061
+msgid "Returns the number of visible instances for this multimesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2069
+msgid "Returns the color by which the specified instance will be modulated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2077
+msgid "Returns the custom data associated with the specified instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2085
+msgid "Returns the [Transform] of the specified instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2093
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Transform2D] of the specified instance. For use when the "
+"multimesh is set to use 2D transforms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2102
+msgid ""
+"Sets the color by which this instance will be modulated. Equivalent to "
+"[method MultiMesh.set_instance_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2111
+msgid ""
+"Sets the custom data for this instance. Custom data is passed as a [Color], "
+"but is interpreted as a [code]vec4[/code] in the shader. Equivalent to "
+"[method MultiMesh.set_instance_custom_data]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2120
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Transform] for this instance. Equivalent to [method MultiMesh."
+"set_instance_transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2129
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Transform2D] for this instance. For use when multimesh is used in "
+"2D. Equivalent to [method MultiMesh.set_instance_transform_2d]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2137
+msgid ""
+"Sets all data related to the instances in one go. This is especially useful "
+"when loading the data from disk or preparing the data from GDNative.\n"
+"\n"
+"All data is packed in one large float array. An array may look like this: "
+"Transform for instance 1, color data for instance 1, custom data for "
+"instance 1, transform for instance 2, color data for instance 2, etc.\n"
+"\n"
+"[Transform] is stored as 12 floats, [Transform2D] is stored as 8 floats, "
+"[code]COLOR_8BIT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_8BIT[/code] is stored as 1 float "
+"(4 bytes as is) and [code]COLOR_FLOAT[/code] / [code]CUSTOM_DATA_FLOAT[/"
+"code] is stored as 4 floats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2149
+msgid ""
+"Sets the mesh to be drawn by the multimesh. Equivalent to [member MultiMesh."
+"mesh]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2157
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of instances visible at a given time. If -1, all instances "
+"that have been allocated are drawn. Equivalent to [member MultiMesh."
+"visible_instance_count]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2163
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new omni light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID can be used in most [code]light_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this omni light to an instance using [method "
+"instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2171
+msgid ""
+"Creates a particle system and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]particles_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach these particles to an instance using [method "
+"instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2180
+msgid ""
+"Calculates and returns the axis-aligned bounding box that contains all the "
+"particles. Equivalent to [method Particles.capture_aabb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2187
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if particles are currently set to emitting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2194
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if particles are not emitting and particles are "
+"set to inactive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2201
+msgid ""
+"Add particle system to list of particle systems that need to be updated. "
+"Update will take place on the next frame, or on the next call to [method "
+"instances_cull_aabb], [method instances_cull_convex], or [method "
+"instances_cull_ray]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2208
+msgid ""
+"Reset the particles on the next update. Equivalent to [method Particles."
+"restart]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2216
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of particles to be drawn and allocates the memory for them. "
+"Equivalent to [member Particles.amount]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2224
+msgid ""
+"Sets a custom axis-aligned bounding box for the particle system. Equivalent "
+"to [member Particles.visibility_aabb]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2232
+msgid ""
+"Sets the draw order of the particles to one of the named enums from [enum "
+"ParticlesDrawOrder]. See [enum ParticlesDrawOrder] for options. Equivalent "
+"to [member Particles.draw_order]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2241
+msgid ""
+"Sets the mesh to be used for the specified draw pass. Equivalent to [member "
+"Particles.draw_pass_1], [member Particles.draw_pass_2], [member Particles."
+"draw_pass_3], and [member Particles.draw_pass_4]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2249
+msgid ""
+"Sets the number of draw passes to use. Equivalent to [member Particles."
+"draw_passes]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2257
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [Transform] that will be used by the particles when they first emit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2265
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], particles will emit over time. Setting to false does "
+"not reset the particles, but only stops their emission. Equivalent to "
+"[member Particles.emitting]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2273
+msgid ""
+"Sets the explosiveness ratio. Equivalent to [member Particles.explosiveness]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2281
+msgid ""
+"Sets the frame rate that the particle system rendering will be fixed to. "
+"Equivalent to [member Particles.fixed_fps]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2289
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses fractional delta which smooths the movement of "
+"the particles. Equivalent to [member Particles.fract_delta]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2297
+msgid ""
+"Sets the lifetime of each particle in the system. Equivalent to [member "
+"Particles.lifetime]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2305
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], particles will emit once and then stop. Equivalent to "
+"[member Particles.one_shot]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2313
+msgid ""
+"Sets the preprocess time for the particles' animation. This lets you delay "
+"starting an animation until after the particles have begun emitting. "
+"Equivalent to [member Particles.preprocess]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2321
+msgid ""
+"Sets the material for processing the particles.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This is not the material used to draw the materials. Equivalent "
+"to [member Particles.process_material]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2330
+msgid ""
+"Sets the emission randomness ratio. This randomizes the emission of "
+"particles within their phase. Equivalent to [member Particles.randomness]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"Sets the speed scale of the particle system. Equivalent to [member Particles."
+"speed_scale]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2346
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], particles use local coordinates. If [code]false[/code] "
+"they use global coordinates. Equivalent to [member Particles.local_coords]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2352
+msgid ""
+"Creates a reflection probe and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]reflection_probe_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this reflection probe to an instance using "
+"[method instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2362
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], reflections will ignore sky contribution. Equivalent "
+"to [member ReflectionProbe.interior_enable]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2370
+msgid ""
+"Sets the render cull mask for this reflection probe. Only instances with a "
+"matching cull mask will be rendered by this probe. Equivalent to [member "
+"ReflectionProbe.cull_mask]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2378
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses box projection. This can make reflections look "
+"more correct in certain situations. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe."
+"box_projection]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2386
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], computes shadows in the reflection probe. This makes "
+"the reflection much slower to compute. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe."
+"enable_shadows]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2394
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the area that the reflection probe will capture. Equivalent "
+"to [member ReflectionProbe.extents]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2402
+msgid ""
+"Sets the intensity of the reflection probe. Intensity modulates the strength "
+"of the reflection. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.intensity]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2410
+msgid ""
+"Sets the ambient light color for this reflection probe when set to interior "
+"mode. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.interior_ambient_color]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2418
+msgid ""
+"Sets the energy multiplier for this reflection probes ambient light "
+"contribution when set to interior mode. Equivalent to [member "
+"ReflectionProbe.interior_ambient_energy]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2426
+msgid ""
+"Sets the contribution value for how much the reflection affects the ambient "
+"light for this reflection probe when set to interior mode. Useful so that "
+"ambient light matches the color of the room. Equivalent to [member "
+"ReflectionProbe.interior_ambient_contrib]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2434
+msgid ""
+"Sets the max distance away from the probe an object can be before it is "
+"culled. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.max_distance]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2442
+msgid ""
+"Sets the origin offset to be used when this reflection probe is in box "
+"project mode. Equivalent to [member ReflectionProbe.origin_offset]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2450
+msgid ""
+"Sets how often the reflection probe updates. Can either be once or every "
+"frame. See [enum ReflectionProbeUpdateMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2459
+msgid ""
+"Schedules a callback to the corresponding named [code]method[/code] on "
+"[code]where[/code] after a frame has been drawn.\n"
+"The callback method must use only 1 argument which will be called with "
+"[code]userdata[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2466
+msgid ""
+"Creates a scenario and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with "
+"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]scenario_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"The scenario is the 3D world that all the visual instances exist in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2476
+msgid ""
+"Sets the [enum ScenarioDebugMode] for this scenario. See [enum "
+"ScenarioDebugMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2484
+msgid "Sets the environment that will be used with this scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2492
+msgid ""
+"Sets the fallback environment to be used by this scenario. The fallback "
+"environment is used if no environment is set. Internally, this is used by "
+"the editor to provide a default environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2501
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the reflection atlas shared by all reflection probes in "
+"this scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2511
+msgid ""
+"Sets a boot image. The color defines the background color. If [code]scale[/"
+"code] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled to fit the screen size. "
+"If [code]use_filter[/code] is [code]true[/code], the image will be scaled "
+"with linear interpolation. If [code]use_filter[/code] is [code]false[/code], "
+"the image will be scaled with nearest-neighbor interpolation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2518
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the engine will generate wireframes for use with the "
+"wireframe debug mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2525
+msgid ""
+"Sets the default clear color which is used when a specific clear color has "
+"not been selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2532
+msgid ""
+"Sets the scale to apply to the passage of time for the shaders' [code]TIME[/"
+"code] builtin.\n"
+"The default value is [code]1.0[/code], which means [code]TIME[/code] will "
+"count the real time as it goes by, without narrowing or stretching it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2540
+msgid "Enables or disables occlusion culling."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2546
+msgid ""
+"Creates an empty shader and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]shader_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2554
+msgid "Returns a shader's code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2562
+msgid "Returns a default texture from a shader searched by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2569
+msgid "Returns the parameters of a shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2577
+msgid "Sets a shader's code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2586
+msgid "Sets a shader's default texture. Overwrites the texture given by name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2595
+msgid "Allocates the GPU buffers for this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2603
+msgid "Returns the [Transform] set for a specific bone of this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2611
+msgid "Returns the [Transform2D] set for a specific bone of this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2620
+msgid "Sets the [Transform] for a specific bone of this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2629
+msgid "Sets the [Transform2D] for a specific bone of this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2635
+msgid ""
+"Creates a skeleton and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed with "
+"the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]skeleton_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2643
+msgid "Returns the number of bones allocated for this skeleton."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2649
+msgid ""
+"Creates an empty sky and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]sky_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2659
+msgid "Sets a sky's texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2665
+msgid ""
+"Creates a spot light and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID can be used in most [code]light_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method.\n"
+"To place in a scene, attach this spot light to an instance using [method "
+"instance_set_base] using the returned RID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2686
+msgid "Allocates the GPU memory for the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2694
+msgid "Binds the texture to a texture slot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2700
+msgid ""
+"Creates an empty texture and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be accessed "
+"with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all [code]texture_*[/"
+"code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2709
+msgid ""
+"Creates a texture, allocates the space for an image, and fills in the image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2715
+msgid "Returns a list of all the textures and their information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2723
+msgid ""
+"Returns a copy of a texture's image unless it's a CubeMap, in which case it "
+"returns the [RID] of the image at one of the cubes sides."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2730
+msgid "Returns the depth of the texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2737
+msgid "Returns the flags of a texture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2744
+msgid "Returns the format of the texture's image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2751
+msgid "Returns the texture's height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2758
+msgid "Returns the texture's path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2765
+msgid "Returns the opengl id of the texture's image."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2772
+msgid "Returns the type of the texture, can be any of the [enum TextureType]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2779
+msgid "Returns the texture's width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2788
+msgid ""
+"Sets the texture's image data. If it's a CubeMap, it sets the image data at "
+"a cube side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2804
+msgid ""
+"Sets a part of the data for a texture. Warning: this function calls the "
+"underlying graphics API directly and may corrupt your texture if used "
+"improperly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2812
+msgid "Sets the texture's flags. See [enum TextureFlags] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2820
+msgid "Sets the texture's path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2827
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], sets internal processes to shrink all image data to "
+"half the size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2844
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the image will be stored in the texture's images array "
+"if overwritten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2852
+msgid "Sets a viewport's camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2860
+msgid "Sets a viewport's canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2869
+msgid ""
+"Copies viewport to a region of the screen specified by [code]rect[/code]. If "
+"[member Viewport.render_direct_to_screen] is [code]true[/code], then "
+"viewport does not use a framebuffer and the contents of the viewport are "
+"rendered directly to screen. However, note that the root viewport is drawn "
+"last, therefore it will draw over the screen. Accordingly, you must set the "
+"root viewport to an area that does not cover the area that you have attached "
+"this viewport to.\n"
+"For example, you can set the root viewport to not render at all with the "
+"following code:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" get_viewport().set_attach_to_screen_rect(Rect2())\n"
+" $Viewport.set_attach_to_screen_rect(Rect2(0, 0, 600, 600))\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"Using this can result in significant optimization, especially on lower-end "
+"devices. However, it comes at the cost of having to manage your viewports "
+"manually. For a further optimization see, [method "
+"viewport_set_render_direct_to_screen]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2882
+msgid ""
+"Creates an empty viewport and adds it to the VisualServer. It can be "
+"accessed with the RID that is returned. This RID will be used in all "
+"[code]viewport_*[/code] VisualServer functions.\n"
+"Once finished with your RID, you will want to free the RID using the "
+"VisualServer's [method free_rid] static method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2890
+msgid "Detaches the viewport from the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2898
+msgid ""
+"Returns a viewport's render information. For options, see the [enum "
+"ViewportRenderInfo] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2905
+msgid "Returns the viewport's last rendered frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2913
+msgid "Detaches a viewport from a canvas and vice versa."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2921
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], sets the viewport active, else sets it inactive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2931
+msgid ""
+"Sets the stacking order for a viewport's canvas.\n"
+"[code]layer[/code] is the actual canvas layer, while [code]sublayer[/code] "
+"specifies the stacking order of the canvas among those in the same layer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2941
+msgid "Sets the transformation of a viewport's canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2949
+msgid ""
+"Sets the clear mode of a viewport. See [enum ViewportClearMode] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2957
+msgid ""
+"Sets the debug draw mode of a viewport. See [enum ViewportDebugDraw] for "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2965
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], a viewport's 3D rendering is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2973
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], rendering of a viewport's environment is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2981
+msgid "Sets the viewport's global transformation matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2989
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport renders to hdr."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:2997
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport's canvas is not rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3005
+msgid "Currently unimplemented in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3013
+msgid "Sets the anti-aliasing mode. See [enum ViewportMSAA] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3021
+msgid "Sets the viewport's parent to another viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3029
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], render the contents of the viewport directly to "
+"screen. This allows a low-level optimization where you can skip drawing a "
+"viewport to the root viewport. While this optimization can result in a "
+"significant increase in speed (especially on older devices), it comes at a "
+"cost of usability. When this is enabled, you cannot read from the viewport "
+"or from the [code]SCREEN_TEXTURE[/code]. You also lose the benefit of "
+"certain window settings, such as the various stretch modes. Another "
+"consequence to be aware of is that in 2D the rendering happens in window "
+"coordinates, so if you have a viewport that is double the size of the "
+"window, and you set this, then only the portion that fits within the window "
+"will be drawn, no automatic scaling is possible, even if your game scene is "
+"significantly larger than the window size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3037
+msgid ""
+"Sets a viewport's scenario.\n"
+"The scenario contains information about the [enum ScenarioDebugMode], "
+"environment information, reflection atlas etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3047
+msgid "Sets the shadow atlas quadrant's subdivision."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3055
+msgid ""
+"Sets the size of the shadow atlas's images (used for omni and spot lights). "
+"The value will be rounded up to the nearest power of 2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3063
+msgid ""
+"Sets the sharpening [code]intensity[/code] for the [code]viewport[/code]. If "
+"set to a value greater than [code]0.0[/code], contrast-adaptive sharpening "
+"will be applied to the 3D viewport. This has a low performance cost and can "
+"be used to recover some of the sharpness lost from using FXAA. Values around "
+"[code]0.5[/code] generally give the best results. See also [method "
+"viewport_set_use_fxaa]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3072
+msgid "Sets the viewport's width and height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3080
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport renders its background as transparent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3088
+msgid ""
+"Sets when the viewport should be updated. See [enum ViewportUpdateMode] "
+"constants for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3096
+msgid ""
+"Sets the viewport's 2D/3D mode. See [enum ViewportUsage] constants for "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3104
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], the viewport uses augmented or virtual reality "
+"technologies. See [ARVRInterface]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3112
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], uses a fast post-processing filter to make banding "
+"significantly less visible. In some cases, debanding may introduce a "
+"slightly noticeable dithering pattern. It's recommended to enable debanding "
+"only when actually needed since the dithering pattern will make lossless-"
+"compressed screenshots larger.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Only available on the GLES3 backend. [member Viewport.hdr] must "
+"also be [code]true[/code] for debanding to be effective."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3121
+msgid ""
+"Enables fast approximate antialiasing for this viewport. FXAA is a popular "
+"screen-space antialiasing method, which is fast but will make the image look "
+"blurry, especially at lower resolutions. It can still work relatively well "
+"at large resolutions such as 1440p and 4K. Some of the lost sharpness can be "
+"recovered by enabling contrast-adaptive sharpening (see [method "
+"viewport_set_sharpen_intensity])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3129
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the viewport's rendering is flipped vertically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3135
+msgid ""
+"If [code]false[/code], disables rendering completely, but the engine logic "
+"is still being processed. You can call [method force_draw] to draw a frame "
+"even with rendering disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3141
+msgid ""
+"Emitted at the end of the frame, after the VisualServer has finished "
+"updating all the Viewports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3146
+msgid ""
+"Emitted at the beginning of the frame, before the VisualServer updates all "
+"the Viewports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3152
+msgid "Marks an error that shows that the index array is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3155
+msgid "Number of weights/bones per vertex."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3158
+msgid "The minimum Z-layer for canvas items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3161
+msgid "The maximum Z-layer for canvas items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3164
+msgid ""
+"Max number of glow levels that can be used with glow post-process effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3167
+msgid "Unused enum in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3170
+msgid "The minimum renderpriority of all materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3173
+msgid "The maximum renderpriority of all materials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3176
+msgid "Marks the left side of a cubemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3179
+msgid "Marks the right side of a cubemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3182
+msgid "Marks the bottom side of a cubemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3185
+msgid "Marks the top side of a cubemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3188
+msgid "Marks the front side of a cubemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3191
+msgid "Marks the back side of a cubemap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3194
+msgid "Normal texture with 2 dimensions, width and height."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3197
+msgid ""
+"Texture made up of six faces, can be looked up with a [code]vec3[/code] in "
+"shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3200
+msgid "An array of 2-dimensional textures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3203
+msgid "A 3-dimensional texture with width, height, and depth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3209
+msgid "Repeats the texture (instead of clamp to edge)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3222
+msgid "Repeats the texture with alternate sections mirrored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3228
+msgid ""
+"Default flags. [constant TEXTURE_FLAG_MIPMAPS], [constant "
+"TEXTURE_FLAG_REPEAT] and [constant TEXTURE_FLAG_FILTER] are enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3231
+msgid "Shader is a 3D shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3234
+msgid "Shader is a 2D shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3237
+msgid "Shader is a particle shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3240
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ShaderMode] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3243
+msgid "Array is a vertex array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3246
+msgid "Array is a normal array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3249
+msgid "Array is a tangent array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3252
+msgid "Array is a color array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3255
+msgid "Array is an UV coordinates array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3258
+msgid "Array is an UV coordinates array for the second UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3261
+msgid "Array contains bone information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3264
+msgid "Array is weight information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3267
+msgid "Array is index array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3273
+msgid "Flag used to mark a vertex array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3276
+msgid "Flag used to mark a normal array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3279
+msgid "Flag used to mark a tangent array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3282
+msgid "Flag used to mark a color array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3285
+msgid "Flag used to mark an UV coordinates array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3288
+msgid ""
+"Flag used to mark an UV coordinates array for the second UV coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3291
+msgid "Flag used to mark a bone information array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3294
+msgid "Flag used to mark a weights array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3297
+msgid "Flag used to mark an index array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3336
+msgid ""
+"Used to set flags [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_NORMAL], [constant "
+"ARRAY_COMPRESS_TANGENT], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_COLOR], [constant "
+"ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV], [constant ARRAY_COMPRESS_TEX_UV2], [constant "
+"ARRAY_COMPRESS_WEIGHTS], and [constant "
+"ARRAY_FLAG_USE_OCTAHEDRAL_COMPRESSION] quickly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3339
+msgid "Primitive to draw consists of points."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3342
+msgid "Primitive to draw consists of lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3345
+msgid "Primitive to draw consists of a line strip from start to end."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3348
+msgid ""
+"Primitive to draw consists of a line loop (a line strip with a line between "
+"the last and the first vertex)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3351
+msgid "Primitive to draw consists of triangles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3354
+msgid ""
+"Primitive to draw consists of a triangle strip (the last 3 vertices are "
+"always combined to make a triangle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3357
+msgid ""
+"Primitive to draw consists of a triangle strip (the last 2 vertices are "
+"always combined with the first to make a triangle)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3360
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum PrimitiveType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3369
+msgid "Is a directional (sun) light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3372
+msgid "Is an omni light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3375
+msgid "Is a spot light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3378
+msgid "The light's energy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3381
+msgid "Secondary multiplier used with indirect light (light bounces)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3384
+msgid ""
+"The light's size, currently only used for soft shadows in baked lightmaps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3387
+msgid "The light's influence on specularity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3390
+msgid "The light's range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3393
+msgid "The light's attenuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3396
+msgid "The spotlight's angle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3399
+msgid "The spotlight's attenuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3402
+msgid "Scales the shadow color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3405
+msgid "Max distance that shadows will be rendered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3408
+msgid "Proportion of shadow atlas occupied by the first split."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3411
+msgid "Proportion of shadow atlas occupied by the second split."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3414
+msgid ""
+"Proportion of shadow atlas occupied by the third split. The fourth split "
+"occupies the rest."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3417
+msgid ""
+"Normal bias used to offset shadow lookup by object normal. Can be used to "
+"fix self-shadowing artifacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3420
+msgid "Bias the shadow lookup to fix self-shadowing artifacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3423
+msgid ""
+"Increases bias on further splits to fix self-shadowing that only occurs far "
+"away from the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3426
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum LightParam] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3435
+msgid "Use a dual paraboloid shadow map for omni lights."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3438
+msgid ""
+"Use a cubemap shadow map for omni lights. Slower but better quality than "
+"dual paraboloid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3441
+msgid "Use more detail vertically when computing shadow map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3444
+msgid "Use more detail horizontally when computing shadow map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3447
+msgid "Use orthogonal shadow projection for directional light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3450
+msgid "Use 2 splits for shadow projection when using directional light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3453
+msgid "Use 4 splits for shadow projection when using directional light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3456
+msgid ""
+"Keeps shadows stable as camera moves but has lower effective resolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3459
+msgid ""
+"Optimize use of shadow maps, increasing the effective resolution. But may "
+"result in shadows moving or flickering slightly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3462
+msgid "Do not update the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3465
+msgid "Update the viewport once then set to disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3468
+msgid "Update the viewport whenever it is visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3471
+msgid "Always update the viewport."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3474
+msgid "The viewport is always cleared before drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3477
+msgid "The viewport is never cleared before drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3480
+msgid ""
+"The viewport is cleared once, then the clear mode is set to [constant "
+"VIEWPORT_CLEAR_NEVER]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3483
+msgid "Multisample antialiasing is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3486
+msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 2×."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3489
+msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 4×."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3492
+msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 8×."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3495
+msgid "Multisample antialiasing is set to 16×."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3498
+msgid ""
+"Multisample antialiasing is set to 2× on external texture. Special mode for "
+"GLES2 Android VR (Oculus Quest and Go)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3501
+msgid ""
+"Multisample antialiasing is set to 4× on external texture. Special mode for "
+"GLES2 Android VR (Oculus Quest and Go)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3504
+msgid "The Viewport does not render 3D but samples."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3507
+msgid "The Viewport does not render 3D and does not sample."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3510
+msgid "The Viewport renders 3D with effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3513
+msgid "The Viewport renders 3D but without effects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3516
+msgid "Number of objects drawn in a single frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3519
+msgid "Number of vertices drawn in a single frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3522
+msgid "Number of material changes during this frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3525
+msgid "Number of shader changes during this frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3528
+msgid "Number of surface changes during this frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3531
+msgid "Number of draw calls during this frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3534
+msgid "Number of 2d items drawn this frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3537
+msgid "Number of 2d draw calls during this frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3540
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum ViewportRenderInfo] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3543
+msgid "Debug draw is disabled. Default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3546
+msgid "Debug draw sets objects to unshaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3549
+msgid "Overwrites clear color to [code](0,0,0,0)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3552
+msgid "Debug draw draws objects in wireframe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3555
+msgid "Do not use a debug mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3558
+msgid "Draw all objects as wireframe models."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3561
+msgid ""
+"Draw all objects in a way that displays how much overdraw is occurring. "
+"Overdraw occurs when a section of pixels is drawn and shaded and then "
+"another object covers it up. To optimize a scene, you should reduce overdraw."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3564
+msgid ""
+"Draw all objects without shading. Equivalent to setting all objects shaders "
+"to [code]unshaded[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3567
+msgid "The instance does not have a type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3570
+msgid "The instance is a mesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3573
+msgid "The instance is a multimesh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3576
+msgid "The instance is an immediate geometry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3579
+msgid "The instance is a particle emitter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3582
+msgid "The instance is a light."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3585
+msgid "The instance is a reflection probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3588
+msgid "The instance is a GI probe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3591
+msgid "The instance is a lightmap capture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3594
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum InstanceType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3597
+msgid ""
+"A combination of the flags of geometry instances (mesh, multimesh, immediate "
+"and particles)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3600
+msgid "Allows the instance to be used in baked lighting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3603
+msgid "When set, manually requests to draw geometry on next frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3606
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum InstanceFlags] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3609
+msgid "Disable shadows from this instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3612
+msgid "Cast shadows from this instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3615
+msgid ""
+"Disable backface culling when rendering the shadow of the object. This is "
+"slightly slower but may result in more correct shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3618
+msgid ""
+"Only render the shadows from the object. The object itself will not be drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3621
+msgid "The nine patch gets stretched where needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3624
+msgid "The nine patch gets filled with tiles where needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3627
+msgid ""
+"The nine patch gets filled with tiles where needed and stretches them a bit "
+"if needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3630
+msgid "Adds light color additive to the canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3633
+msgid "Adds light color subtractive to the canvas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3636
+msgid "The light adds color depending on transparency."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3639
+msgid "The light adds color depending on mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3642
+msgid "Do not apply a filter to canvas light shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3645
+msgid "Use PCF3 filtering to filter canvas light shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3648
+msgid "Use PCF5 filtering to filter canvas light shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3651
+msgid "Use PCF7 filtering to filter canvas light shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3654
+msgid "Use PCF9 filtering to filter canvas light shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3657
+msgid "Use PCF13 filtering to filter canvas light shadows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3660
+msgid "Culling of the canvas occluder is disabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3663
+msgid "Culling of the canvas occluder is clockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3666
+msgid "Culling of the canvas occluder is counterclockwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3669
+msgid "The amount of objects in the frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3672
+msgid "The amount of vertices in the frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3675
+msgid "The amount of modified materials in the frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3678
+msgid "The amount of shader rebinds in the frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3681
+msgid "The amount of surface changes in the frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3684
+msgid "The amount of draw calls in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3687
+msgid "The amount of 2d items in the frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3690
+msgid "The amount of 2d draw calls in frame."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3705
+msgid "Hardware supports shaders. This enum is currently unused in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3708
+msgid ""
+"Hardware supports multithreading. This enum is currently unused in Godot 3.x."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3711
+msgid "Use [Transform2D] to store MultiMesh transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3714
+msgid "Use [Transform] to store MultiMesh transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3717
+msgid "MultiMesh does not use per-instance color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3720
+msgid ""
+"MultiMesh color uses 8 bits per component. This packs the color into a "
+"single float."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3723
+msgid "MultiMesh color uses a float per channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3726
+msgid "MultiMesh does not use custom data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3729
+msgid ""
+"MultiMesh custom data uses 8 bits per component. This packs the 4-component "
+"custom data into a single float."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3732
+msgid "MultiMesh custom data uses a float per component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3735
+msgid "Reflection probe will update reflections once and then stop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3738
+msgid ""
+"Reflection probe will update each frame. This mode is necessary to capture "
+"moving objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3741
+msgid "Draw particles in the order that they appear in the particles array."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3744
+msgid "Sort particles based on their lifetime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3747
+msgid "Sort particles based on their distance to the camera."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3750
+msgid "Use the clear color as background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3753
+msgid "Use a specified color as the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3756
+msgid "Use a sky resource for the background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3759
+msgid ""
+"Use a custom color for background, but use a sky for shading and reflections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3762
+msgid ""
+"Use a specified canvas layer as the background. This can be useful for "
+"instantiating a 2D scene in a 3D world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3765
+msgid ""
+"Do not clear the background, use whatever was rendered last frame as the "
+"background."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3768
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum EnvironmentBG] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3771
+msgid "Use lowest blur quality. Fastest, but may look bad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3774
+msgid "Use medium blur quality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3777
+msgid "Used highest blur quality. Looks the best, but is the slowest."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3780
+msgid "Add the effect of the glow on top of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3783
+msgid ""
+"Blends the glow effect with the screen. Does not get as bright as additive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3786
+msgid "Produces a subtle color disturbance around objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3789
+msgid "Shows the glow effect by itself without the underlying scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3792
+msgid "Output color as they came in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3795
+msgid "Use the Reinhard tonemapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3798
+msgid "Use the filmic tonemapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3801
+msgid "Use the ACES tonemapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3804
+msgid "Use the ACES Fitted tonemapper."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3807
+msgid "Lowest quality of screen space ambient occlusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3810
+msgid "Medium quality screen space ambient occlusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3813
+msgid "Highest quality screen space ambient occlusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3816
+msgid "Disables the blur set for SSAO. Will make SSAO look noisier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3819
+msgid "Perform a 1x1 blur on the SSAO output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3822
+msgid "Performs a 2x2 blur on the SSAO output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualServer.xml:3825
+msgid "Performs a 3x3 blur on the SSAO output. Use this for smoothest SSAO."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:4
+msgid "A custom shader program with a visual editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class allows you to define a custom shader program that can be used for "
+"various materials to render objects.\n"
+"The visual shader editor creates the shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:20
+msgid "Adds the specified node to the shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified nodes and ports can be connected "
+"together."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:42 doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:64
+msgid "Connects the specified nodes and ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Connects the specified nodes and ports, even if they can't be connected. "
+"Such connection is invalid and will not function properly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"Returns the shader node instance with specified [code]type[/code] and "
+"[code]id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:79
+msgid "Returns the list of connected nodes with the specified type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:86
+msgid "Returns the list of all nodes in the shader with the specified type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:94
+msgid "Returns the position of the specified node within the shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified node and port connection exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:119
+msgid "Removes the specified node from the shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:126
+msgid "Sets the mode of this shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:135
+msgid "Sets the position of the specified node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:141
+msgid "The offset vector of the whole graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:146
+msgid "A vertex shader, operating on vertices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:149
+msgid "A fragment shader, operating on fragments (pixels)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:152
+msgid "A shader for light calculations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShader.xml:155
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum Type] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for nodes in a visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Visual shader graphs consist of various nodes. Each node in the graph is a "
+"separate object and they are represented as a rectangular boxes with title "
+"and a set of properties. Each node has also connection ports that allow to "
+"connect it to another nodes and control the flow of the shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/visual_shaders.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns an [Array] containing default values for all of the input ports of "
+"the node in the form [code][index0, value0, index1, value1, ...][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:23
+msgid "Returns the default value of the input [code]port[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Sets the default input ports values using an [Array] of the form [code]"
+"[index0, value0, index1, value1, ...][/code]. For example: [code][0, "
+"Vector3(0, 0, 0), 1, Vector3(0, 0, 0)][/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:38
+msgid "Sets the default value for the selected input [code]port[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Sets the output port index which will be showed for preview. If set to "
+"[code]-1[/code] no port will be open for preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the node requests an editor refresh. Currently called only in "
+"setter of [member VisualShaderNodeTexture.source], "
+"[VisualShaderNodeTexture], and [VisualShaderNodeCubeMap] (and their "
+"derivatives)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Floating-point scalar. Translated to [code]float[/code] type in shader code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"3D vector of floating-point values. Translated to [code]vec3[/code] type in "
+"shader code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:62
+msgid "Boolean type. Translated to [code]bool[/code] type in shader code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:65
+msgid "Transform type. Translated to [code]mat4[/code] type in shader code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Sampler type. Translated to reference of sampler uniform in shader code. Can "
+"only be used for input ports in non-uniform nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNode.xml:71
+msgid "Represents the size of the [enum PortType] enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml:4
+msgid "A boolean constant to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Has only one output port and no inputs.\n"
+"Translated to [code]bool[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanConstant.xml:16
+msgid "A boolean constant which represents a state of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml:4
+msgid "A boolean uniform to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeBooleanUniform.xml:7
+msgid "Translated to [code]uniform bool[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml:4
+msgid "A [Color] constant to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Has two output ports representing RGB and alpha channels of [Color].\n"
+"Translated to [code]vec3 rgb[/code] and [code]float alpha[/code] in the "
+"shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorConstant.xml:16
+msgid "A [Color] constant which represents a state of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:4
+msgid "A [Color] function to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Accept a [Color] to the input port and transform it according to [member "
+"function]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"A function to be applied to the input color. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Converts the color to grayscale using the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"vec3 c = input;\n"
+"float max1 = max(c.r, c.g);\n"
+"float max2 = max(max1, c.b);\n"
+"float max3 = max(max1, max2);\n"
+"return vec3(max3, max3, max3);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorFunc.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Applies sepia tone effect using the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"vec3 c = input;\n"
+"float r = (c.r * 0.393) + (c.g * 0.769) + (c.b * 0.189);\n"
+"float g = (c.r * 0.349) + (c.g * 0.686) + (c.b * 0.168);\n"
+"float b = (c.r * 0.272) + (c.g * 0.534) + (c.b * 0.131);\n"
+"return vec3(r, g, b);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:4
+msgid "A [Color] operator to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:7
+msgid "Applies [member operator] to two color inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"An operator to be applied to the inputs. See [enum Operator] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Produce a screen effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"result = vec3(1.0) - (vec3(1.0) - a) * (vec3(1.0) - b);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Produce a difference effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"result = abs(a - b);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Produce a darken effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"result = min(a, b);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Produce a lighten effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"result = max(a, b);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Produce an overlay effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n"
+" float base = a[i];\n"
+" float blend = b[i];\n"
+" if (base < 0.5) {\n"
+" result[i] = 2.0 * base * blend;\n"
+" } else {\n"
+" result[i] = 1.0 - 2.0 * (1.0 - blend) * (1.0 - base);\n"
+" }\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"Produce a dodge effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"result = a / (vec3(1.0) - b);\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Produce a burn effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"result = vec3(1.0) - (vec3(1.0) - a) / b;\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Produce a soft light effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n"
+" float base = a[i];\n"
+" float blend = b[i];\n"
+" if (base < 0.5) {\n"
+" result[i] = base * (blend + 0.5);\n"
+" } else {\n"
+" result[i] = 1.0 - (1.0 - base) * (1.0 - (blend - 0.5));\n"
+" }\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorOp.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Produce a hard light effect with the following formula:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) {\n"
+" float base = a[i];\n"
+" float blend = b[i];\n"
+" if (base < 0.5) {\n"
+" result[i] = base * (2.0 * blend);\n"
+" } else {\n"
+" result[i] = 1.0 - (1.0 - base) * (1.0 - 2.0 * (blend - 0.5));\n"
+" }\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml:4
+msgid "A [Color] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeColorUniform.xml:7
+msgid "Translated to [code]uniform vec4[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:4
+msgid "A comparison function for common types within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Compares [code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] of [member type] by [member "
+"function]. Returns a boolean scalar. Translates to [code]if[/code] "
+"instruction in shader code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Extra condition which is applied if [member type] is set to [constant "
+"CTYPE_VECTOR]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:18
+msgid "A comparison function. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The type to be used in the comparison. See [enum ComparisonType] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:26
+msgid "A floating-point scalar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:29
+msgid "A 3D vector type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:32
+msgid "A boolean type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:35
+msgid "A transform ([code]mat4[/code]) type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:38
+msgid "Comparison for equality ([code]a == b[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:41
+msgid "Comparison for inequality ([code]a != b[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Comparison for greater than ([code]a > b[/code]). Cannot be used if [member "
+"type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant CTYPE_TRANSFORM]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Comparison for greater than or equal ([code]a >= b[/code]). Cannot be used "
+"if [member type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant "
+"CTYPE_TRANSFORM]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Comparison for less than ([code]a < b[/code]). Cannot be used if [member "
+"type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant CTYPE_TRANSFORM]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Comparison for less than or equal ([code]a < b[/code]). Cannot be used if "
+"[member type] set to [constant CTYPE_BOOLEAN] or [constant CTYPE_TRANSFORM]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The result will be true if all of component in vector satisfy the comparison "
+"condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCompare.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"The result will be true if any of component in vector satisfy the comparison "
+"condition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:4
+msgid "A [CubeMap] sampling node to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translated to [code]texture(cubemap, vec3)[/code] in the shader language. "
+"Returns a color vector and alpha channel as scalar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The [CubeMap] texture to sample when using [constant SOURCE_TEXTURE] as "
+"[member source]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Defines which source should be used for the sampling. See [enum Source] for "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:21
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Defines the type of data provided by the source texture. See [enum "
+"TextureType] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Use the [CubeMap] set via [member cube_map]. If this is set to [member "
+"source], the [code]samplerCube[/code] port is ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Use the [CubeMap] sampler reference passed via the [code]samplerCube[/code] "
+"port. If this is set to [member source], the [member cube_map] texture is "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:32
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:44
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:23
+msgid "No hints are added to the uniform declaration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:35
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:47
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]hint_albedo[/code] as hint to the uniform declaration for proper "
+"sRGB to linear conversion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMap.xml:38
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:50
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]hint_normal[/code] as hint to the uniform declaration, which "
+"internally converts the texture for proper usage as normal map."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml:4
+msgid "A [CubeMap] uniform node to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCubeMapUniform.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translated to [code]uniform samplerCube[/code] in the shader language. The "
+"output value can be used as port for [VisualShaderNodeCubeMap]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Virtual class to define custom [VisualShaderNode]s for use in the Visual "
+"Shader Editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"By inheriting this class you can create a custom [VisualShader] script addon "
+"which will be automatically added to the Visual Shader Editor. The "
+"[VisualShaderNode]'s behavior is defined by overriding the provided virtual "
+"methods.\n"
+"In order for the node to be registered as an editor addon, you must use the "
+"[code]tool[/code] keyword and provide a [code]class_name[/code] for your "
+"custom script. For example:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"tool\n"
+"extends VisualShaderNodeCustom\n"
+"class_name VisualShaderNodeNoise\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/plugins/editor/"
+"visual_shader_plugins.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the category of the associated custom node in "
+"the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog. The path may look like "
+"[code]\"MyGame/MyFunctions/Noise\"[/code].\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, the node will be "
+"filed under the \"Custom\" category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the actual shader code of the associated "
+"custom node. The shader code should be returned as a string, which can have "
+"multiple lines (the [code]\"\"\"[/code] multiline string construct can be "
+"used for convenience).\n"
+"The [code]input_vars[/code] and [code]output_vars[/code] arrays contain the "
+"string names of the various input and output variables, as defined by "
+"[code]_get_input_*[/code] and [code]_get_output_*[/code] virtual methods in "
+"this class.\n"
+"The output ports can be assigned values in the shader code. For example, "
+"[code]return output_vars[0] + \" = \" + input_vars[0] + \";\"[/code].\n"
+"You can customize the generated code based on the shader [code]mode[/code] "
+"(see [enum Shader.Mode]) and/or [code]type[/code] (see [enum VisualShader."
+"Type]).\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]required[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the description of the associated custom node "
+"in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog.\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to add shader code on top of the global shader, to "
+"define your own standard library of reusable methods, varyings, constants, "
+"uniforms, etc. The shader code should be returned as a string, which can "
+"have multiple lines (the [code]\"\"\"[/code] multiline string construct can "
+"be used for convenience).\n"
+"Be careful with this functionality as it can cause name conflicts with other "
+"custom nodes, so be sure to give the defined entities unique names.\n"
+"You can customize the generated code based on the shader [code]mode[/code] "
+"(see [enum Shader.Mode]).\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the amount of input ports of the associated "
+"custom node.\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. If not overridden, the node has no "
+"input ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the names of input ports of the associated "
+"custom node. The names are used both for the input slots in the editor and "
+"as identifiers in the shader code, and are passed in the [code]input_vars[/"
+"code] array in [method _get_code].\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, "
+"input ports are named as [code]\"in\" + str(port)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the returned type of each input port of the "
+"associated custom node (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType] for possible "
+"types).\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, "
+"input ports will return the [constant VisualShaderNode.PORT_TYPE_SCALAR] "
+"type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the name of the associated custom node in the "
+"Visual Shader Editor's members dialog and graph.\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, "
+"the node will be named as \"Unnamed\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the amount of output ports of the associated "
+"custom node.\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]required[/b]. If not overridden, the node has no "
+"output ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the names of output ports of the associated "
+"custom node. The names are used both for the output slots in the editor and "
+"as identifiers in the shader code, and are passed in the [code]output_vars[/"
+"code] array in [method _get_code].\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, "
+"output ports are named as [code]\"out\" + str(port)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the returned type of each output port of the "
+"associated custom node (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType] for possible "
+"types).\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b], but recommended. If not overridden, "
+"output ports will return the [constant VisualShaderNode.PORT_TYPE_SCALAR] "
+"type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the return icon of the associated custom node "
+"in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog.\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, no return icon "
+"is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeCustom.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Override this method to define the subcategory of the associated custom node "
+"in the Visual Shader Editor's members dialog.\n"
+"Defining this method is [b]optional[/b]. If not overridden, the node will be "
+"filed under the root of the main category (see [method _get_category])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Calculates the determinant of a [Transform] within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDeterminant.xml:7
+msgid "Translates to [code]determinant(x)[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml:4
+msgid "Calculates a dot product of two vectors within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeDotProduct.xml:7
+msgid "Translates to [code]dot(a, b)[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A custom visual shader graph expression written in Godot Shading Language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Custom Godot Shading Language expression, with a custom amount of input and "
+"output ports.\n"
+"The provided code is directly injected into the graph's matching shader "
+"function ([code]vertex[/code], [code]fragment[/code], or [code]light[/"
+"code]), so it cannot be used to declare functions, varyings, uniforms, or "
+"global constants. See [VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression] for such global "
+"definitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeExpression.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"An expression in Godot Shading Language, which will be injected at the start "
+"of the graph's matching shader function ([code]vertex[/code], "
+"[code]fragment[/code], or [code]light[/code]), and thus cannot be used to "
+"declare functions, varyings, uniforms, or global constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector that points in the same direction as a reference vector "
+"within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFaceForward.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]faceforward(N, I, Nref)[/code] in the shader language. "
+"The function has three vector parameters: [code]N[/code], the vector to "
+"orient, [code]I[/code], the incident vector, and [code]Nref[/code], the "
+"reference vector. If the dot product of [code]I[/code] and [code]Nref[/code] "
+"is smaller than zero the return value is [code]N[/code]. Otherwise, [code]-"
+"N[/code] is returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml:4
+msgid "A Fresnel effect to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeFresnel.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returns falloff based on the dot product of surface normal and view "
+"direction of camera (pass associated inputs to it)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A custom global visual shader graph expression written in Godot Shading "
+"Language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGlobalExpression.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Custom Godot Shader Language expression, which is placed on top of the "
+"generated shader. You can place various function definitions inside to call "
+"later in [VisualShaderNodeExpression]s (which are injected in the main "
+"shader functions). You can also declare varyings, uniforms and global "
+"constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Base class for a family of nodes with variable amount of input and output "
+"ports within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:7
+msgid "Currently, has no direct usage, use the derived classes instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Adds an input port with the specified [code]type[/code] (see [enum "
+"VisualShaderNode.PortType]) and [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"Adds an output port with the specified [code]type[/code] (see [enum "
+"VisualShaderNode.PortType]) and [code]name[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:33
+msgid "Removes all previously specified input ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:39
+msgid "Removes all previously specified output ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns a free input port ID which can be used in [method add_input_port]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"Returns a free output port ID which can be used in [method add_output_port]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of input ports in use. Alternative for [method "
+"get_free_input_port_id]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [String] description of the input ports as a colon-separated list "
+"using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_input_port])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of output ports in use. Alternative for [method "
+"get_free_output_port_id]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Returns a [String] description of the output ports as a colon-separated list "
+"using the format [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_output_port])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:82
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified input port exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:89
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified output port exists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the specified port name does not override an "
+"existed port name and is valid within the shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:103
+msgid "Removes the specified input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:110
+msgid "Removes the specified output port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:118
+msgid "Renames the specified input port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified input port's type (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Defines all input ports using a [String] formatted as a colon-separated "
+"list: [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_input_port])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:141
+msgid "Renames the specified output port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"Sets the specified output port's type (see [enum VisualShaderNode.PortType])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Defines all output ports using a [String] formatted as a colon-separated "
+"list: [code]id,type,name;[/code] (see [method add_output_port])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeGroupBase.xml:162
+msgid "The size of the node in the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Gives access to input variables (built-ins) available for the shader. See "
+"the shading reference for the list of available built-ins for each shader "
+"type (check [code]Tutorials[/code] section for link)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"https://docs.godotengine.org/en/3.4/tutorials/shading/shading_reference/"
+"index.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeInput.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"One of the several input constants in lower-case style like: \"vertex"
+"\"([code]VERTEX[/code]) or \"point_size\"([code]POINT_SIZE[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A boolean comparison operator to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returns the boolean result of the comparison between [code]INF[/code] or "
+"[code]NaN[/code] and a scalar parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:15
+msgid "The comparison function. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:20
+msgid "Comparison with [code]INF[/code] (Infinity)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeIs.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Comparison with [code]NaN[/code] (Not a Number; denotes invalid numeric "
+"results, e.g. division by zero)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Calculates an outer product of two vectors within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOuterProduct.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"[code]OuterProduct[/code] treats the first parameter [code]c[/code] as a "
+"column vector (matrix with one column) and the second parameter [code]r[/"
+"code] as a row vector (matrix with one row) and does a linear algebraic "
+"matrix multiply [code]c * r[/code], yielding a matrix whose number of rows "
+"is the number of components in [code]c[/code] and whose number of columns is "
+"the number of components in [code]r[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml:4
+msgid "Represents the output shader parameters within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeOutput.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This visual shader node is present in all shader graphs in form of \"Output"
+"\" block with multiple output value ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml:4
+msgid "Clamps a scalar value within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarClamp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Constrains a value to lie between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] "
+"values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:4
+msgid "Calculates a scalar derivative within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:7
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This node is only available in [code]Fragment[/code] and [code]Light[/code] "
+"visual shaders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:15
+msgid "The derivative type. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:20
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:20
+msgid "Sum of absolute derivative in [code]x[/code] and [code]y[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:23
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:23
+msgid "Derivative in [code]x[/code] using local differencing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarDerivativeFunc.xml:26
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:26
+msgid "Derivative in [code]y[/code] using local differencing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Linearly interpolates between two scalars within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarInterp.xml:7
+msgid "Translates to [code]mix(a, b, weight)[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml:4
+msgid "Calculates a scalar SmoothStep function within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSmoothStep.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader "
+"language.\n"
+"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/"
+"code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/"
+"code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] "
+"and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSwitch.xml:4
+msgid "A boolean/scalar function for use within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeScalarSwitch.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returns an associated scalar if the provided boolean value is [code]true[/"
+"code] or [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml:4
+msgid "A boolean/vector function for use within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeSwitch.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Returns an associated vector if the provided boolean value is [code]true[/"
+"code] or [code]false[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:4
+msgid "Performs a texture lookup within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Performs a lookup operation on the provided texture, with support for "
+"multiple texture sources to choose from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:15
+msgid "Determines the source for the lookup. See [enum Source] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:18
+msgid "The source texture, if needed for the selected [member source]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the type of the texture if [member source] is set to [constant "
+"SOURCE_TEXTURE]. See [enum TextureType] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:26
+msgid "Use the texture given as an argument for this function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:29
+msgid "Use the current viewport's texture as the source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Use the texture from this shader's texture built-in (e.g. a texture of a "
+"[Sprite])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:35
+msgid "Use the texture from this shader's normal map built-in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:38
+msgid "Use the depth texture available for this shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTexture.xml:41
+msgid "Use the texture provided in the input port for this function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:4
+msgid "Performs a uniform texture lookup within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Performs a lookup operation on the texture provided as a uniform for the "
+"shader."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:15
+msgid "Sets the default color if no texture is assigned to the uniform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Adds [code]hint_aniso[/code] as hint to the uniform declaration to use for a "
+"flowmap."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:35
+msgid "Defaults to white color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniform.xml:38
+msgid "Defaults to black color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Performs a uniform texture lookup with triplanar within the visual shader "
+"graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTextureUniformTriplanar.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Performs a lookup operation on the texture provided as a uniform for the "
+"shader, with support for triplanar mapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Composes a [Transform] from four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformCompose.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Creates a 4x4 transform matrix using four vectors of type [code]vec3[/code]. "
+"Each vector is one row in the matrix and the last column is a [code]vec4(0, "
+"0, 0, 1)[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml:4
+msgid "A [Transform] constant for use within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml:7
+msgid "A constant [Transform], which can be used as an input node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformConstant.xml:15
+msgid "A [Transform] constant which represents the state of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Decomposes a [Transform] into four [Vector3]s within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformDecompose.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Takes a 4x4 transform matrix and decomposes it into four [code]vec3[/code] "
+"values, one from each row of the matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:4
+msgid "Computes a [Transform] function within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:7
+msgid "Computes an inverse or transpose function on the provided [Transform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:15
+msgid "The function to be computed. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:20
+msgid "Perform the inverse operation on the [Transform] matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformFunc.xml:23
+msgid "Perform the transpose operation on the [Transform] matrix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:4
+msgid "Multiplies [Transform] by [Transform] within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A multiplication operation on two transforms (4x4 matrices), with support "
+"for different multiplication operators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The multiplication type to be performed on the transforms. See [enum "
+"Operator] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:20
+msgid "Multiplies transform [code]a[/code] by the transform [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:23
+msgid "Multiplies transform [code]b[/code] by the transform [code]a[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Performs a component-wise multiplication of transform [code]a[/code] by the "
+"transform [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformMult.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Performs a component-wise multiplication of transform [code]b[/code] by the "
+"transform [code]a[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml:4
+msgid "A [Transform] uniform for use within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformUniform.xml:7
+msgid "Translated to [code]uniform mat4[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies a [Transform] and a [Vector3] within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A multiplication operation on a transform (4x4 matrix) and a vector, with "
+"support for different multiplication operators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"The multiplication type to be performed. See [enum Operator] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:20
+msgid "Multiplies transform [code]a[/code] by the vector [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:23
+msgid "Multiplies vector [code]b[/code] by the transform [code]a[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies transform [code]a[/code] by the vector [code]b[/code], skipping "
+"the last row and column of the transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeTransformVecMult.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Multiplies vector [code]b[/code] by the transform [code]a[/code], skipping "
+"the last row and column of the transform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml:4
+msgid "A base type for the uniforms within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A uniform represents a variable in the shader which is set externally, i.e. "
+"from the [ShaderMaterial]. Uniforms are exposed as properties in the "
+"[ShaderMaterial] and can be assigned from the inspector or from a script."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniform.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Name of the uniform, by which it can be accessed through the "
+"[ShaderMaterial] properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml:4
+msgid "A reference to an existing [VisualShaderNodeUniform]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Creating a reference to a [VisualShaderNodeUniform] allows you to reuse this "
+"uniform in different shaders or shader stages easily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeUniformRef.xml:15
+msgid "The name of the uniform which this reference points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml:4
+msgid "A [Vector3] constant to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml:7
+msgid "A constant [Vector3], which can be used as an input node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Constant.xml:15
+msgid "A [Vector3] constant which represents the state of this node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml:4
+msgid "A [Vector3] uniform to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVec3Uniform.xml:7
+msgid "Translated to [code]uniform vec3[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml:4
+msgid "Clamps a vector value within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorClamp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Constrains a value to lie between [code]min[/code] and [code]max[/code] "
+"values. The operation is performed on each component of the vector "
+"individually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml:4
+msgid "Composes a [Vector3] from three scalars within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorCompose.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Creates a [code]vec3[/code] using three scalar values that can be provided "
+"from separate inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Decomposes a [Vector3] into three scalars within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDecompose.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Takes a [code]vec3[/code] and decomposes it into three scalar values that "
+"can be used as separate inputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:4
+msgid "Calculates a vector derivative within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDerivativeFunc.xml:15
+msgid "A derivative type. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Returns the distance between two points. To be used within the visual shader "
+"graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorDistance.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Calculates distance from point represented by vector [code]p0[/code] to "
+"vector [code]p1[/code].\n"
+"Translated to [code]distance(p0, p1)[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:4
+msgid "A vector function to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:7
+msgid "A visual shader node able to perform different functions using vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:15
+msgid "The function to be performed. See [enum Function] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Normalizes the vector so that it has a length of [code]1[/code] but points "
+"in the same direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:23
+msgid "Clamps the value between [code]0.0[/code] and [code]1.0[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:26
+msgid "Returns the opposite value of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:29
+msgid "Returns [code]1/vector[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:32
+msgid "Converts RGB vector to HSV equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:35
+msgid "Converts HSV vector to RGB equivalent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the absolute value of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:41
+msgid "Returns the arc-cosine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:44
+msgid "Returns the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:47
+msgid "Returns the arc-sine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:50
+msgid "Returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:53
+msgid "Returns the arc-tangent of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:56
+msgid "Returns the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Finds the nearest integer that is greater than or equal to the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:62
+msgid "Returns the cosine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:65
+msgid "Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:68
+msgid "Converts a quantity in radians to degrees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:71
+msgid "Base-e Exponential."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:74
+msgid "Base-2 Exponential."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:77
+msgid "Finds the nearest integer less than or equal to the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:80
+msgid "Computes the fractional part of the argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:83
+msgid "Returns the inverse of the square root of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:86
+msgid "Natural logarithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:89
+msgid "Base-2 logarithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:92
+msgid "Converts a quantity in degrees to radians."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:95
+msgid "Finds the nearest integer to the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:98
+msgid "Finds the nearest even integer to the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Extracts the sign of the parameter, i.e. returns [code]-1[/code] if the "
+"parameter is negative, [code]1[/code] if it's positive and [code]0[/code] "
+"otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:104
+msgid "Returns the sine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:107
+msgid "Returns the hyperbolic sine of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:110
+msgid "Returns the square root of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:113
+msgid "Returns the tangent of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:116
+msgid "Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Returns a value equal to the nearest integer to the parameter whose absolute "
+"value is not larger than the absolute value of the parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorFunc.xml:122
+msgid "Returns [code]1.0 - vector[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Linearly interpolates between two vectors within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorInterp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]mix(a, b, weight)[/code] in the shader language, where "
+"[code]weight[/code] is a [Vector3] with weights for each component."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml:4
+msgid "Returns the length of a [Vector3] within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorLen.xml:7
+msgid "Translated to [code]length(p0)[/code] in the shader language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:4
+msgid "A vector operator to be used within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A visual shader node for use of vector operators. Operates on vector "
+"[code]a[/code] and vector [code]b[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:15
+msgid "The operator to be used. See [enum Operator] for options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:20
+msgid "Adds two vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:23
+msgid "Subtracts a vector from a vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:26
+msgid "Multiplies two vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:29
+msgid "Divides vector by vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:32
+msgid "Returns the remainder of the two vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Returns the value of the first parameter raised to the power of the second, "
+"for each component of the vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:38
+msgid "Returns the greater of two values, for each component of the vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:41
+msgid "Returns the lesser of two values, for each component of the vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:44
+msgid "Calculates the cross product of two vectors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:47
+msgid "Returns the arc-tangent of the parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns the vector that points in the direction of reflection. [code]a[/"
+"code] is incident vector and [code]b[/code] is the normal vector."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorOp.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Vector step operator. Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]a[/code] is smaller "
+"than [code]b[/code] and [code]1.0[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [Vector3] that points in the direction of refraction. For use "
+"within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorRefract.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translated to [code]refract(I, N, eta)[/code] in the shader language, where "
+"[code]I[/code] is the incident vector, [code]N[/code] is the normal vector "
+"and [code]eta[/code] is the ratio of the indices of the refraction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarMix.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Linearly interpolates between two vectors using a scalar. For use within the "
+"visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarMix.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]mix(a, b, weight)[/code] in the shader language, where "
+"[code]a[/code] and [code]b[/code] are vectors and [code]weight[/code] is a "
+"scalar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Calculates a vector SmoothStep function using scalar within the visual "
+"shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarSmoothStep.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader "
+"language, where [code]x[/code] is a scalar.\n"
+"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/"
+"code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/"
+"code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] "
+"and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml:4
+msgid "Calculates a vector Step function within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorScalarStep.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]step(edge, x)[/code] in the shader language.\n"
+"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge[/code] "
+"and [code]1.0[/code] otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml:4
+msgid "Calculates a vector SmoothStep function within the visual shader graph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VisualShaderNodeVectorSmoothStep.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Translates to [code]smoothstep(edge0, edge1, x)[/code] in the shader "
+"language, where [code]x[/code] is a vector.\n"
+"Returns [code]0.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is smaller than [code]edge0[/"
+"code] and [code]1.0[/code] if [code]x[/code] is larger than [code]edge1[/"
+"code]. Otherwise the return value is interpolated between [code]0.0[/code] "
+"and [code]1.0[/code] using Hermite polynomials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:4
+msgid "Vertical scroll bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Vertical version of [ScrollBar], which goes from top (min) to bottom (max)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] up. Supports custom step "
+"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VScrollBar.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Icon used as a button to scroll the [ScrollBar] down. Supports custom step "
+"using the [member ScrollBar.custom_step] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:4
+msgid "Vertical version of [Separator]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Vertical version of [Separator]. Even though it looks vertical, it is used "
+"to separate objects horizontally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"The width of the area covered by the separator. Effectively works like a "
+"minimum width."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSeparator.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"The style for the separator line. Works best with [StyleBoxLine] (remember "
+"to enable [member StyleBoxLine.vertical])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:4
+msgid "Vertical slider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Vertical slider. See [Slider]. This one goes from bottom (min) to top "
+"(max).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The [signal Range.changed] and [signal Range.value_changed] "
+"signals are part of the [Range] class which this class inherits from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:25
+msgid "The background of the area below the grabber."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSlider.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The background for the whole slider. Determines the width of the "
+"[code]grabber_area[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:4
+msgid "Vertical split container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/VSplitContainer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Vertical split container. See [SplitContainer]. This goes from top to bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WeakRef.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Holds an [Object], but does not contribute to the reference count if the "
+"object is a reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WeakRef.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A weakref can hold a [Reference], without contributing to the reference "
+"counter. A weakref can be created from an [Object] using [method @GDScript."
+"weakref]. If this object is not a reference, weakref still works, however, "
+"it does not have any effect on the object. Weakrefs are useful in cases "
+"where multiple classes have variables that refer to each other. Without "
+"weakrefs, using these classes could lead to memory leaks, since both "
+"references keep each other from being released. Making part of the variables "
+"a weakref can prevent this cyclic dependency, and allows the references to "
+"be released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WeakRef.xml:15
+msgid "Returns the [Object] this weakref is referring to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:13
+msgid "Closes this data channel, notifying the other peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of bytes currently queued to be sent over this channel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Returns the id assigned to this channel during creation (or auto-assigned "
+"during negotiation).\n"
+"If the channel is not negotiated out-of-band the id will only be available "
+"after the connection is established (will return [code]65535[/code] until "
+"then)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:32
+msgid "Returns the label assigned to this channel during creation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [code]maxPacketLifeTime[/code] value assigned to this channel "
+"during creation.\n"
+"Will be [code]65535[/code] if not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [code]maxRetransmits[/code] value assigned to this channel "
+"during creation.\n"
+"Will be [code]65535[/code] if not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Returns the sub-protocol assigned to this channel during creation. An empty "
+"string if not specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:58
+msgid "Returns the current state of this channel, see [enum ChannelState]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this channel was created with out-of-band "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if this channel was created with ordering enabled "
+"(default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:76
+msgid "Reserved, but not used for now."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the last received packet was transferred as "
+"text. See [member write_mode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"The transfer mode to use when sending outgoing packet. Either text or binary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"Tells the channel to send data over this channel as text. An external peer "
+"(non-Godot) would receive this as a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"Tells the channel to send data over this channel as binary. An external peer "
+"(non-Godot) would receive this as array buffer or blob."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:99
+msgid "The channel was created, but it's still trying to connect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:102
+msgid "The channel is currently open, and data can flow over it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"The channel is being closed, no new messages will be accepted, but those "
+"already in queue will be flushed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCDataChannel.xml:108
+msgid "The channel was closed, or connection failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"A simple interface to create a peer-to-peer mesh network composed of "
+"[WebRTCPeerConnection] that is compatible with the [MultiplayerAPI]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class constructs a full mesh of [WebRTCPeerConnection] (one connection "
+"for each peer) that can be used as a [member MultiplayerAPI.network_peer].\n"
+"You can add each [WebRTCPeerConnection] via [method add_peer] or remove them "
+"via [method remove_peer]. Peers must be added in [constant "
+"WebRTCPeerConnection.STATE_NEW] state to allow it to create the appropriate "
+"channels. This class will not create offers nor set descriptions, it will "
+"only poll them, and notify connections and disconnections.\n"
+"[signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.connection_succeeded] and [signal "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.server_disconnected] will not be emitted unless "
+"[code]server_compatibility[/code] is [code]true[/code] in [method "
+"initialize]. Beside that data transfer works like in a "
+"[NetworkedMultiplayerPeer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Add a new peer to the mesh with the given [code]peer_id[/code]. The "
+"[WebRTCPeerConnection] must be in state [constant WebRTCPeerConnection."
+"STATE_NEW].\n"
+"Three channels will be created for reliable, unreliable, and ordered "
+"transport. The value of [code]unreliable_lifetime[/code] will be passed to "
+"the [code]maxPacketLifetime[/code] option when creating unreliable and "
+"ordered channels (see [method WebRTCPeerConnection.create_data_channel])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:27
+msgid "Close all the add peer connections and channels, freeing all resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Return a dictionary representation of the peer with given [code]peer_id[/"
+"code] with three keys. [code]connection[/code] containing the "
+"[WebRTCPeerConnection] to this peer, [code]channels[/code] an array of three "
+"[WebRTCDataChannel], and [code]connected[/code] a boolean representing if "
+"the peer connection is currently connected (all three channels are open)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns a dictionary which keys are the peer ids and values the peer "
+"representation as in [method get_peer]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the given [code]peer_id[/code] is in the peers "
+"map (it might not be connected though)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Initialize the multiplayer peer with the given [code]peer_id[/code] (must be "
+"between 1 and 2147483647).\n"
+"If [code]server_compatibilty[/code] is [code]false[/code] (default), the "
+"multiplayer peer will be immediately in state [constant "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.CONNECTION_CONNECTED] and [signal "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.connection_succeeded] will not be emitted.\n"
+"If [code]server_compatibilty[/code] is [code]true[/code] the peer will "
+"suppress all [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_connected] signals until "
+"a peer with id [constant NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.TARGET_PEER_SERVER] "
+"connects and then emit [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer."
+"connection_succeeded]. After that the signal [signal "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_connected] will be emitted for every already "
+"connected peer, and any new peer that might connect. If the server peer "
+"disconnects after that, signal [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer."
+"server_disconnected] will be emitted and state will become [constant "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.CONNECTION_CONNECTED]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCMultiplayer.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Remove the peer with given [code]peer_id[/code] from the mesh. If the peer "
+"was connected, and [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_connected] was "
+"emitted for it, then [signal NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.peer_disconnected] "
+"will be emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:4
+msgid "Interface to a WebRTC peer connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"A WebRTC connection between the local computer and a remote peer. Provides "
+"an interface to connect, maintain and monitor the connection.\n"
+"Setting up a WebRTC connection between two peers from now on) may not seem a "
+"trivial task, but it can be broken down into 3 main steps:\n"
+"- The peer that wants to initiate the connection ([code]A[/code] from now "
+"on) creates an offer and send it to the other peer ([code]B[/code] from now "
+"on).\n"
+"- [code]B[/code] receives the offer, generate and answer, and sends it to "
+"[code]A[/code]).\n"
+"- [code]A[/code] and [code]B[/code] then generates and exchange ICE "
+"candidates with each other.\n"
+"After these steps, the connection should become connected. Keep on reading "
+"or look into the tutorial for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Add an ice candidate generated by a remote peer (and received over the "
+"signaling server). See [signal ice_candidate_created]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Close the peer connection and all data channels associated with it.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You cannot reuse this object for a new connection unless you "
+"call [method initialize]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Returns a new [WebRTCDataChannel] (or [code]null[/code] on failure) with "
+"given [code]label[/code] and optionally configured via the [code]options[/"
+"code] dictionary. This method can only be called when the connection is in "
+"state [constant STATE_NEW].\n"
+"There are two ways to create a working data channel: either call [method "
+"create_data_channel] on only one of the peer and listen to [signal "
+"data_channel_received] on the other, or call [method create_data_channel] on "
+"both peers, with the same values, and the [code]negotiated[/code] option set "
+"to [code]true[/code].\n"
+"Valid [code]options[/code] are:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"negotiated\": true, # When set to true (default off), means the "
+"channel is negotiated out of band. \"id\" must be set too. "
+"\"data_channel_received\" will not be called.\n"
+" \"id\": 1, # When \"negotiated\" is true this value must also be set to "
+"the same value on both peer.\n"
+"\n"
+" # Only one of maxRetransmits and maxPacketLifeTime can be specified, not "
+"both. They make the channel unreliable (but also better at real time).\n"
+" \"maxRetransmits\": 1, # Specify the maximum number of attempt the peer "
+"will make to retransmits packets if they are not acknowledged.\n"
+" \"maxPacketLifeTime\": 100, # Specify the maximum amount of time before "
+"giving up retransmitions of unacknowledged packets (in milliseconds).\n"
+" \"ordered\": true, # When in unreliable mode (i.e. either "
+"\"maxRetransmits\" or \"maxPacketLifetime\" is set), \"ordered\" (true by "
+"default) specify if packet ordering is to be enforced.\n"
+"\n"
+" \"protocol\": \"my-custom-protocol\", # A custom sub-protocol string for "
+"this channel.\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You must keep a reference to channels created this way, or it "
+"will be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new SDP offer to start a WebRTC connection with a remote peer. At "
+"least one [WebRTCDataChannel] must have been created before calling this "
+"method.\n"
+"If this functions returns [constant OK], [signal "
+"session_description_created] will be called when the session is ready to be "
+"sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:68
+msgid "Returns the connection state. See [enum ConnectionState]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Re-initialize this peer connection, closing any previously active "
+"connection, and going back to state [constant STATE_NEW]. A dictionary of "
+"[code]options[/code] can be passed to configure the peer connection.\n"
+"Valid [code]options[/code] are:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"iceServers\": [\n"
+" {\n"
+" \"urls\": [ \"stun:stun.example.com:3478\" ], # One or more STUN "
+"servers.\n"
+" },\n"
+" {\n"
+" \"urls\": [ \"turn:turn.example.com:3478\" ], # One or more TURN "
+"servers.\n"
+" \"username\": \"a_username\", # Optional username for the TURN "
+"server.\n"
+" \"credential\": \"a_password\", # Optional password for the TURN "
+"server.\n"
+" }\n"
+" ]\n"
+"}\n"
+"[/codeblock]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"Call this method frequently (e.g. in [method Node._process] or [method Node."
+"_physics_process]) to properly receive signals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:105
+msgid ""
+"Sets the SDP description of the local peer. This should be called in "
+"response to [signal session_description_created].\n"
+"After calling this function the peer will start emitting [signal "
+"ice_candidate_created] (unless an [enum Error] different from [constant OK] "
+"is returned)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Sets the SDP description of the remote peer. This should be called with the "
+"values generated by a remote peer and received over the signaling server.\n"
+"If [code]type[/code] is [code]offer[/code] the peer will emit [signal "
+"session_description_created] with the appropriate answer.\n"
+"If [code]type[/code] is [code]answer[/code] the peer will start emitting "
+"[signal ice_candidate_created]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a new in-band channel is received, i.e. when the channel was "
+"created with [code]negotiated: false[/code] (default).\n"
+"The object will be an instance of [WebRTCDataChannel]. You must keep a "
+"reference of it or it will be closed automatically. See [method "
+"create_data_channel]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a new ICE candidate has been created. The three parameters are "
+"meant to be passed to the remote peer over the signaling server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Emitted after a successful call to [method create_offer] or [method "
+"set_remote_description] (when it generates an answer). The parameters are "
+"meant to be passed to [method set_local_description] on this object, and "
+"sent to the remote peer over the signaling server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"The connection is new, data channels and an offer can be created in this "
+"state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"The peer is connecting, ICE is in progress, none of the transports has "
+"failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:152
+msgid "The peer is connected, all ICE transports are connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:155
+msgid "At least one ICE transport is disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:158
+msgid "One or more of the ICE transports failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webrtc/doc_classes/WebRTCPeerConnection.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"The peer connection is closed (after calling [method close] for example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:4
+msgid "A WebSocket client implementation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class implements a WebSocket client compatible with any RFC 6455-"
+"compliant WebSocket server.\n"
+"This client can be optionally used as a network peer for the "
+"[MultiplayerAPI].\n"
+"After starting the client ([method connect_to_url]), you will need to "
+"[method NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.poll] it at regular intervals (e.g. inside "
+"[method Node._process]).\n"
+"You will receive appropriate signals when connecting, disconnecting, or when "
+"new data is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Connects to the given URL requesting one of the given [code]protocols[/code] "
+"as sub-protocol. If the list empty (default), no sub-protocol will be "
+"requested.\n"
+"If [code]true[/code] is passed as [code]gd_mp_api[/code], the client will "
+"behave like a network peer for the [MultiplayerAPI], connections to non-"
+"Godot servers will not work, and [signal data_received] will not be "
+"emitted.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code] is passed instead (default), you must call "
+"[PacketPeer] functions ([code]put_packet[/code], [code]get_packet[/code], "
+"etc.) on the [WebSocketPeer] returned via [code]get_peer(1)[/code] and not "
+"on this object directly (e.g. [code]get_peer(1).put_packet(data)[/code]).\n"
+"You can optionally pass a list of [code]custom_headers[/code] to be added to "
+"the handshake HTTP request.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To avoid mixed content warnings or errors in HTML5, you may "
+"have to use a [code]url[/code] that starts with [code]wss://[/code] (secure) "
+"instead of [code]ws://[/code]. When doing so, make sure to use the fully "
+"qualified domain name that matches the one defined in the server's SSL "
+"certificate. Do not connect directly via the IP address for [code]wss://[/"
+"code] connections, as it won't match with the SSL certificate.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Specifying [code]custom_headers[/code] is not supported in "
+"HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Disconnects this client from the connected host. See [method WebSocketPeer."
+"close] for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:41
+msgid "Return the IP address of the currently connected host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:47
+msgid "Return the IP port of the currently connected host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"If specified, this [X509Certificate] will be the only one accepted when "
+"connecting to an SSL host. Any other certificate provided by the server will "
+"be regarded as invalid.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Specifying a custom [code]trusted_ssl_certificate[/code] is not "
+"supported in HTML5 exports due to browsers restrictions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], SSL certificate verification is enabled.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] You must specify the certificates to be used in the Project "
+"Settings for it to work when exported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the connection to the server is closed. [code]was_clean_close[/"
+"code] will be [code]true[/code] if the connection was shutdown cleanly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:70
+msgid "Emitted when the connection to the server fails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a connection with the server is established, [code]protocol[/"
+"code] will contain the sub-protocol agreed with the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a WebSocket message is received.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is [i]not[/i] emitted when used as high-level "
+"multiplayer peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketClient.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the server requests a clean close. You should keep polling "
+"until you get a [signal connection_closed] signal to achieve the clean "
+"close. See [method WebSocketPeer.close] for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for WebSocket server and client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Base class for WebSocket server and client, allowing them to be used as "
+"network peer for the [MultiplayerAPI]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Returns the [WebSocketPeer] associated to the given [code]peer_id[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Configures the buffer sizes for this WebSocket peer. Default values can be "
+"specified in the Project Settings under [code]network/limits[/code]. For "
+"server, values are meant per connected peer.\n"
+"The first two parameters define the size and queued packets limits of the "
+"input buffer, the last two of the output buffer.\n"
+"Buffer sizes are expressed in KiB, so [code]4 = 2^12 = 4096 bytes[/code]. "
+"All parameters will be rounded up to the nearest power of two.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] HTML5 exports only use the input buffer since the output one is "
+"managed by browsers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketMultiplayerPeer.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a packet is received from a peer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is only emitted when the client or server is "
+"configured to use Godot multiplayer API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:4
+msgid "A class representing a specific WebSocket connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class represents a specific WebSocket connection, allowing you to do "
+"lower level operations with it.\n"
+"You can choose to write to the socket in binary or text mode, and you can "
+"recognize the mode used for writing by the other peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"Closes this WebSocket connection. [code]code[/code] is the status code for "
+"the closure (see RFC 6455 section 7.4 for a list of valid status codes). "
+"[code]reason[/code] is the human readable reason for closing the connection "
+"(can be any UTF-8 string that's smaller than 123 bytes).\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] To achieve a clean close, you will need to keep polling until "
+"either [signal WebSocketClient.connection_closed] or [signal WebSocketServer."
+"client_disconnected] is received.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] The HTML5 export might not support all status codes. Please "
+"refer to browser-specific documentation for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Returns the IP address of the connected peer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in the HTML5 export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Returns the remote port of the connected peer.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in the HTML5 export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Returns the current amount of data in the outbound websocket buffer. [b]Note:"
+"[/b] HTML5 exports use WebSocket.bufferedAmount, while other platforms use "
+"an internal buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:46
+msgid "Gets the current selected write mode. See [enum WriteMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:52
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if this peer is currently connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Disable Nagle's algorithm on the underling TCP socket (default). See [method "
+"StreamPeerTCP.set_no_delay] for more information.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in the HTML5 export."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:67
+msgid "Sets the socket to use the given [enum WriteMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the last received packet was sent as a text "
+"payload. See [enum WriteMode]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that WebSockets messages should be transferred as text payload "
+"(only valid UTF-8 is allowed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketPeer.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that WebSockets messages should be transferred as binary payload "
+"(any byte combination is allowed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:4
+msgid "A WebSocket server implementation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class implements a WebSocket server that can also support the high-"
+"level multiplayer API.\n"
+"After starting the server ([method listen]), you will need to [method "
+"NetworkedMultiplayerPeer.poll] it at regular intervals (e.g. inside [method "
+"Node._process]). When clients connect, disconnect, or send data, you will "
+"receive the appropriate signal.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"Disconnects the peer identified by [code]id[/code] from the server. See "
+"[method WebSocketPeer.close] for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:41
+msgid "Returns [code]true[/code] if a peer with the given ID is connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Returns [code]true[/code] if the server is actively listening on a port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Starts listening on the given port.\n"
+"You can specify the desired subprotocols via the \"protocols\" array. If the "
+"list empty (default), no sub-protocol will be requested.\n"
+"If [code]true[/code] is passed as [code]gd_mp_api[/code], the server will "
+"behave like a network peer for the [MultiplayerAPI], connections from non-"
+"Godot clients will not work, and [signal data_received] will not be "
+"emitted.\n"
+"If [code]false[/code] is passed instead (default), you must call "
+"[PacketPeer] functions ([code]put_packet[/code], [code]get_packet[/code], "
+"etc.), on the [WebSocketPeer] returned via [code]get_peer(id)[/code] to "
+"communicate with the peer with given [code]id[/code] (e.g. "
+"[code]get_peer(id).get_available_packet_count[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:65
+msgid "Stops the server and clear its state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"When not set to [code]*[/code] will restrict incoming connections to the "
+"specified IP address. Setting [code]bind_ip[/code] to [code]127.0.0.1[/code] "
+"will cause the server to listen only to the local host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"When using SSL (see [member private_key] and [member ssl_certificate]), you "
+"can set this to a valid [X509Certificate] to be provided as additional CA "
+"chain information during the SSL handshake."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"The time in seconds before a pending client (i.e. a client that has not yet "
+"finished the HTTP handshake) is considered stale and forcefully disconnected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"When set to a valid [CryptoKey] (along with [member ssl_certificate]) will "
+"cause the server to require SSL instead of regular TCP (i.e. the [code]wss://"
+"[/code] protocol)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"When set to a valid [X509Certificate] (along with [member private_key]) will "
+"cause the server to require SSL instead of regular TCP (i.e. the [code]wss://"
+"[/code] protocol)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a client requests a clean close. You should keep polling until "
+"you get a [signal client_disconnected] signal with the same [code]id[/code] "
+"to achieve the clean close. See [method WebSocketPeer.close] for more "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a new client connects. \"protocol\" will be the sub-protocol "
+"agreed with the client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a client disconnects. [code]was_clean_close[/code] will be "
+"[code]true[/code] if the connection was shutdown cleanly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/websocket/doc_classes/WebSocketServer.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when a new message is received.\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] This signal is [i]not[/i] emitted when used as high-level "
+"multiplayer peer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:4
+msgid "AR/VR interface using WebXR."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"WebXR is an open standard that allows creating VR and AR applications that "
+"run in the web browser.\n"
+"As such, this interface is only available when running in an HTML5 export.\n"
+"WebXR supports a wide range of devices, from the very capable (like Valve "
+"Index, HTC Vive, Oculus Rift and Quest) down to the much less capable (like "
+"Google Cardboard, Oculus Go, GearVR, or plain smartphones).\n"
+"Since WebXR is based on Javascript, it makes extensive use of callbacks, "
+"which means that [WebXRInterface] is forced to use signals, where other AR/"
+"VR interfaces would instead use functions that return a result immediately. "
+"This makes [WebXRInterface] quite a bit more complicated to initialize than "
+"other AR/VR interfaces.\n"
+"Here's the minimum code required to start an immersive VR session:\n"
+"[codeblock]\n"
+"extends Spatial\n"
+"\n"
+"var webxr_interface\n"
+"var vr_supported = false\n"
+"\n"
+"func _ready():\n"
+" # We assume this node has a button as a child.\n"
+" # This button is for the user to consent to entering immersive VR mode.\n"
+" $Button.connect(\"pressed\", self, \"_on_Button_pressed\")\n"
+"\n"
+" webxr_interface = ARVRServer.find_interface(\"WebXR\")\n"
+" if webxr_interface:\n"
+" # WebXR uses a lot of asynchronous callbacks, so we connect to "
+"various\n"
+" # signals in order to receive them.\n"
+" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_supported\", self, "
+"\"_webxr_session_supported\")\n"
+" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_started\", self, "
+"\"_webxr_session_started\")\n"
+" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_ended\", self, "
+"\"_webxr_session_ended\")\n"
+" webxr_interface.connect(\"session_failed\", self, "
+"\"_webxr_session_failed\")\n"
+"\n"
+" # This returns immediately - our _webxr_session_supported() method\n"
+" # (which we connected to the \"session_supported\" signal above) "
+"will\n"
+" # be called sometime later to let us know if it's supported or not.\n"
+" webxr_interface.is_session_supported(\"immersive-vr\")\n"
+"\n"
+"func _webxr_session_supported(session_mode, supported):\n"
+" if session_mode == 'immersive-vr':\n"
+" vr_supported = supported\n"
+"\n"
+"func _on_Button_pressed():\n"
+" if not vr_supported:\n"
+" OS.alert(\"Your browser doesn't support VR\")\n"
+" return\n"
+"\n"
+" # We want an immersive VR session, as opposed to AR ('immersive-ar') or "
+"a\n"
+" # simple 3DoF viewer ('viewer').\n"
+" webxr_interface.session_mode = 'immersive-vr'\n"
+" # 'bounded-floor' is room scale, 'local-floor' is a standing or sitting\n"
+" # experience (it puts you 1.6m above the ground if you have 3DoF "
+"headset),\n"
+" # whereas as 'local' puts you down at the ARVROrigin.\n"
+" # This list means it'll first try to request 'bounded-floor', then\n"
+" # fallback on 'local-floor' and ultimately 'local', if nothing else is\n"
+" # supported.\n"
+" webxr_interface.requested_reference_space_types = 'bounded-floor, local-"
+"floor, local'\n"
+" # In order to use 'local-floor' or 'bounded-floor' we must also\n"
+" # mark the features as required or optional.\n"
+" webxr_interface.required_features = 'local-floor'\n"
+" webxr_interface.optional_features = 'bounded-floor'\n"
+"\n"
+" # This will return false if we're unable to even request the session,\n"
+" # however, it can still fail asynchronously later in the process, so we\n"
+" # only know if it's really succeeded or failed when our\n"
+" # _webxr_session_started() or _webxr_session_failed() methods are "
+"called.\n"
+" if not webxr_interface.initialize():\n"
+" OS.alert(\"Failed to initialize\")\n"
+" return\n"
+"\n"
+"func _webxr_session_started():\n"
+" $Button.visible = false\n"
+" # This tells Godot to start rendering to the headset.\n"
+" get_viewport().arvr = true\n"
+" # This will be the reference space type you ultimately got, out of the\n"
+" # types that you requested above. This is useful if you want the game "
+"to\n"
+" # work a little differently in 'bounded-floor' versus 'local-floor'.\n"
+" print (\"Reference space type: \" + webxr_interface."
+"reference_space_type)\n"
+"\n"
+"func _webxr_session_ended():\n"
+" $Button.visible = true\n"
+" # If the user exits immersive mode, then we tell Godot to render to the "
+"web\n"
+" # page again.\n"
+" get_viewport().arvr = false\n"
+"\n"
+"func _webxr_session_failed(message):\n"
+" OS.alert(\"Failed to initialize: \" + message)\n"
+"[/codeblock]\n"
+"There are several ways to handle \"controller\" input:\n"
+"- Using [ARVRController] nodes and their [signal ARVRController."
+"button_pressed] and [signal ARVRController.button_release] signals. This is "
+"how controllers are typically handled in AR/VR apps in Godot, however, this "
+"will only work with advanced VR controllers like the Oculus Touch or Index "
+"controllers, for example. The buttons codes are defined by [url=https://"
+"immersive-web.github.io/webxr-gamepads-module/#xr-standard-gamepad-"
+"mapping]Section 3.3 of the WebXR Gamepads Module[/url].\n"
+"- Using [method Node._unhandled_input] and [InputEventJoypadButton] or "
+"[InputEventJoypadMotion]. This works the same as normal joypads, except the "
+"[member InputEvent.device] starts at 100, so the left controller is 100 and "
+"the right controller is 101, and the button codes are also defined by "
+"[url=https://immersive-web.github.io/webxr-gamepads-module/#xr-standard-"
+"gamepad-mapping]Section 3.3 of the WebXR Gamepads Module[/url].\n"
+"- Using the [signal select], [signal squeeze] and related signals. This "
+"method will work for both advanced VR controllers, and non-traditional "
+"\"controllers\" like a tap on the screen, a spoken voice command or a button "
+"press on the device itself. The [code]controller_id[/code] passed to these "
+"signals is the same id as used in [member ARVRController.controller_id].\n"
+"You can use one or all of these methods to allow your game or app to support "
+"a wider or narrower set of devices and input methods, or to allow more "
+"advanced interations with more advanced devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:94
+msgid "https://www.snopekgames.com/blog/2020/how-make-vr-game-webxr-godot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"Gets an [ARVRPositionalTracker] for the given [code]controller_id[/code].\n"
+"In the context of WebXR, a \"controller\" can be an advanced VR controller "
+"like the Oculus Touch or Index controllers, or even a tap on the screen, a "
+"spoken voice command or a button press on the device itself. When a non-"
+"traditional controller is used, interpret the position and orientation of "
+"the [ARVRPositionalTracker] as a ray pointing at the object the user wishes "
+"to interact with.\n"
+"Use this method to get information about the controller that triggered one "
+"of these signals:\n"
+"- [signal selectstart]\n"
+"- [signal select]\n"
+"- [signal selectend]\n"
+"- [signal squeezestart]\n"
+"- [signal squeeze]\n"
+"- [signal squeezestart]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Checks if the given [code]session_mode[/code] is supported by the user's "
+"browser.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRSessionMode]WebXR's XRSessionMode[/url], including: [code]\"immersive-"
+"vr\"[/code], [code]\"immersive-ar\"[/code], and [code]\"inline\"[/code].\n"
+"This method returns nothing, instead it emits the [signal session_supported] "
+"signal with the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"The vertices of a polygon which defines the boundaries of the user's play "
+"area.\n"
+"This will only be available if [member reference_space_type] is "
+"[code]\"bounded-floor\"[/code] and only on certain browsers and devices that "
+"support it.\n"
+"The [signal reference_space_reset] signal may indicate when this changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"A comma-seperated list of optional features used by [method ARVRInterface."
+"initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n"
+"If a user's browser or device doesn't support one of the given features, "
+"initialization will continue, but you won't be able to use the requested "
+"feature.\n"
+"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to "
+"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member "
+"required_features] or [member optional_features]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"The reference space type (from the list of requested types set in the "
+"[member requested_reference_space_types] property), that was ultimately used "
+"by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to "
+"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member "
+"required_features] or [member optional_features]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:139
+msgid ""
+"A comma-seperated list of reference space types used by [method "
+"ARVRInterface.initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n"
+"The reference space types are requested in order, and the first on supported "
+"by the users device or browser will be used. The [member "
+"reference_space_type] property contains the reference space type that was "
+"ultimately used.\n"
+"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to "
+"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member "
+"required_features] or [member optional_features]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"A comma-seperated list of required features used by [method ARVRInterface."
+"initialize] when setting up the WebXR session.\n"
+"If a user's browser or device doesn't support one of the given features, "
+"initialization will fail and [signal session_failed] will be emitted.\n"
+"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRReferenceSpaceType]WebXR's XRReferenceSpaceType[/url]. If you want to "
+"use a particular reference space type, it must be listed in either [member "
+"required_features] or [member optional_features]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"The session mode used by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] when setting up "
+"the WebXR session.\n"
+"This doesn't have any effect on the interface when already initialized.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRSessionMode]WebXR's XRSessionMode[/url], including: [code]\"immersive-"
+"vr\"[/code], [code]\"immersive-ar\"[/code], and [code]\"inline\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"Indicates if the WebXR session's imagery is visible to the user.\n"
+"Possible values come from [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/"
+"API/XRVisibilityState]WebXR's XRVisibilityState[/url], including "
+"[code]\"hidden\"[/code], [code]\"visible\"[/code], and [code]\"visible-"
+"blurred\"[/code]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"Emitted to indicate that the reference space has been reset or "
+"reconfigured.\n"
+"When (or whether) this is emitted depends on the user's browser or device, "
+"but may include when the user has changed the dimensions of their play space "
+"(which you may be able to access via [member bounds_geometry]) or pressed/"
+"held a button to recenter their position.\n"
+"See [url=https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/XRReferenceSpace/"
+"reset_event]WebXR's XRReferenceSpace reset event[/url] for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Emitted after one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary action"
+"\".\n"
+"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:178
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary action"
+"\".\n"
+"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has started its \"primary action\".\n"
+"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when the user ends the WebXR session (which can be done using UI "
+"from the browser or device).\n"
+"At this point, you should do [code]get_viewport().arvr = false[/code] to "
+"instruct Godot to resume rendering to the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:198
+msgid ""
+"Emitted by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] if the session fails to start.\n"
+"[code]message[/code] may optionally contain an error message from WebXR, or "
+"an empty string if no message is available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:204
+msgid ""
+"Emitted by [method ARVRInterface.initialize] if the session is successfully "
+"started.\n"
+"At this point, it's safe to do [code]get_viewport().arvr = true[/code] to "
+"instruct Godot to start rendering to the AR/VR device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"Emitted by [method is_session_supported] to indicate if the given "
+"[code]session_mode[/code] is supported or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"Emitted after one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary squeeze "
+"action\".\n"
+"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:225
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has finished its \"primary squeeze "
+"action\".\n"
+"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"Emitted when one of the \"controllers\" has started its \"primary squeeze "
+"action\".\n"
+"Use [method get_controller] to get more information about the controller."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: modules/webxr/doc_classes/WebXRInterface.xml:238
+msgid "Emitted when [member visibility_state] has changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:4
+msgid "Base class for window dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Windowdialog is the base class for all window-based dialogs. It's a by-"
+"default toplevel [Control] that draws a window decoration and allows motion "
+"and resizing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"Returns the close [TextureButton].\n"
+"[b]Warning:[/b] This is a required internal node, removing and freeing it "
+"may cause a crash. If you wish to hide it or any of its children, use their "
+"[member CanvasItem.visible] property."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:22
+msgid "If [code]true[/code], the user can resize the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:25
+msgid "The text displayed in the window's title bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:32
+msgid "The icon for the close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:35
+msgid "The horizontal offset of the close button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The icon used for the close button when it's hovered with the mouse cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The style for both the content background of the [WindowDialog] and the "
+"title bar. The title bar is created with a top border and an expand margin "
+"using the [code]panel[/code] stylebox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The thickness of the border that can be dragged when scaling the window (if "
+"[member resizable] is enabled)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:50
+msgid "The color of the title text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:53
+msgid "The font used to draw the title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WindowDialog.xml:56
+msgid "The vertical offset of the title text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:4
+msgid "Class that has everything pertaining to a world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Class that has everything pertaining to a world. A physics space, a visual "
+"scenario and a sound space. Spatial nodes register their resources into the "
+"current world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Direct access to the world's physics 3D space state. Used for querying "
+"current and potential collisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:19
+msgid "The World's [Environment]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The World's fallback_environment will be used if the World's [Environment] "
+"fails or is missing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:25
+msgid "The World's visual scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World.xml:28
+msgid "The World's physics space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:4
+msgid "Class that has everything pertaining to a 2D world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Class that has everything pertaining to a 2D world. A physics space, a "
+"visual scenario and a sound space. 2D nodes register their resources into "
+"the current 2D world."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The [RID] of this world's canvas resource. Used by the [VisualServer] for 2D "
+"drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Direct access to the world's physics 2D space state. Used for querying "
+"current and potential collisions. When using multi-threaded physics, access "
+"is limited to [code]_physics_process(delta)[/code] in the main thread."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/World2D.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"The [RID] of this world's physics space resource. Used by the "
+"[Physics2DServer] for 2D physics, treating it as both a space and an area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Default environment properties for the entire scene (post-processing "
+"effects, lighting and background settings)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The [WorldEnvironment] node is used to configure the default [Environment] "
+"for the scene.\n"
+"The parameters defined in the [WorldEnvironment] can be overridden by an "
+"[Environment] node set on the current [Camera]. Additionally, only one "
+"[WorldEnvironment] may be instanced in a given scene at a time.\n"
+"The [WorldEnvironment] allows the user to specify default lighting "
+"parameters (e.g. ambient lighting), various post-processing effects (e.g. "
+"SSAO, DOF, Tonemapping), and how to draw the background (e.g. solid color, "
+"skybox). Usually, these are added in order to improve the realism/color "
+"balance of the scene."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/WorldEnvironment.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"The [Environment] resource used by this [WorldEnvironment], defining the "
+"default properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:4
+msgid "An X509 certificate (e.g. for SSL)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The X509Certificate class represents an X509 certificate. Certificates can "
+"be loaded and saved like any other [Resource].\n"
+"They can be used as the server certificate in [method StreamPeerSSL."
+"accept_stream] (along with the proper [CryptoKey]), and to specify the only "
+"certificate that should be accepted when connecting to an SSL server via "
+"[method StreamPeerSSL.connect_to_stream].\n"
+"[b]Note:[/b] Not available in HTML5 exports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:18
+msgid "Loads a certificate from [code]path[/code] (\"*.crt\" file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/X509Certificate.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Saves a certificate to the given [code]path[/code] (should be a \"*.crt\" "
+"file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:4
+msgid ""
+"Low-level class for creating parsers for [url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"XML]XML[/url] files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"This class can serve as base to make custom XML parsers. Since XML is a very "
+"flexible standard, this interface is low-level so it can be applied to any "
+"possible schema."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:15
+msgid "Gets the amount of attributes in the current element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Gets the name of the attribute specified by the index in [code]idx[/code] "
+"argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Gets the value of the attribute specified by the index in [code]idx[/code] "
+"argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:35
+msgid "Gets the current line in the parsed file (currently not implemented)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Gets the value of a certain attribute of the current element by name. This "
+"will raise an error if the element has no such attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Gets the value of a certain attribute of the current element by name. This "
+"will return an empty [String] if the attribute is not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Gets the contents of a text node. This will raise an error in any other type "
+"of node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"Gets the name of the current element node. This will raise an error if the "
+"current node type is neither [constant NODE_ELEMENT] nor [constant "
+"NODE_ELEMENT_END]."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Gets the byte offset of the current node since the beginning of the file or "
+"buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"Gets the type of the current node. Compare with [enum NodeType] constants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:80
+msgid "Check whether the current element has a certain attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"Check whether the current element is empty (this only works for completely "
+"empty tags, e.g. [code]<element \\>[/code])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:93
+msgid "Opens an XML file for parsing. This returns an error code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:100
+msgid "Opens an XML raw buffer for parsing. This returns an error code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:106
+msgid "Reads the next node of the file. This returns an error code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"Moves the buffer cursor to a certain offset (since the beginning) and read "
+"the next node there. This returns an error code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"Skips the current section. If the node contains other elements, they will be "
+"ignored and the cursor will go to the closing of the current element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:125
+msgid "There's no node (no file or buffer opened)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:128
+msgid "Element (tag)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:131
+msgid "End of element."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:134
+msgid "Text node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:137
+msgid "Comment node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:140
+msgid "CDATA content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/XMLParser.xml:143
+msgid "Unknown node."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/YSort.xml:4
+msgid "Sort all child nodes based on their Y positions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/YSort.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"Sort all child nodes based on their Y positions. The child node must inherit "
+"from [CanvasItem] for it to be sorted. Nodes that have a higher Y position "
+"will be drawn later, so they will appear on top of nodes that have a lower Y "
+"position.\n"
+"Nesting of YSort nodes is possible. Children YSort nodes will be sorted in "
+"the same space as the parent YSort, allowing to better organize a scene or "
+"divide it in multiple ones, yet keep the unique sorting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: doc/classes/YSort.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"If [code]true[/code], child nodes are sorted, otherwise sorting is disabled."
+msgstr ""